Full text of "Western Reserve University bulletin"

See other formats

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non- commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at http : //books . google . com/|

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

'-<

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Western Reserve University

CATALOGUE.

1901-1902

CLEVELAND, OHIO.

CLBVBI^ND, O.:
PRBS8 OF WINN * JUOSON

1902

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CONTENTS.

Gbnsral Statement 5

i^ySTBES 6

l^ACui,TY, Instructors and Officers 8

Adei«bert Coi^lege— Historical Statement 23

Faculty and Instructors 27

Students 30

Requirements for Admission 36

Courses of Study : 43

General Information 61

Expenses 70

The C01.1.EGE FOR Women— General Statement 73

Faculty and Instructors 76

Students 79

Requirements for Admission 36

Courses of Study 90

General Information 112

Expenses 120

Graduate Department— General Statement 122

Faculty and Instructors 123

Students 125

Courses of Study 126

General Information 142

Medical Coli^EGE— General Statement 145

Faculty 148

Students 153

Requirements for Admission 157

Courses of Study 159

General Information 180

Expenses 188

Examination Papers 190

The Schooi, of Law— Historical Statement 203

Faculty 205

Students 206

Requirements for Admission 211

Course of Instruction 211

General Information 215

Expenses ' 217

Dental Department — General Statement 218

Faculty 220

Students 222

Admission and Course of Study 225

General Information 236

Expenses 237

Appendix 242

Directory 249

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CALENDAR.

I90I.

16-17 Sept.

Monday-Tuesday

Examinations for admission.

17 Sept.

Tuesday

First term begins.

28 Nov.

Thursday

Thanksgiving day.

21 Dec.

Saturday

Winter recess begins.

1902.

I Jan.

Wednesday

Winter recess ends.

23 Jan.

Thursday

Examinations begin.

I Feb.

Saturday

First term ends.

3 Feb.

Monday

Second term begins.

9 Feb.

Sunday

Day of prayer for colleges.

22 Feb.

Saturday

Washington's birthday.

27 March

Thursday

Kaster recess begins.

2 April

Wednesday

Easter recess ends.

28 May

Wednesday

General examinations begin.

30 May

Friday

Decoration day.

8 June

Sunday

Baccalaureate sermon.

9 June

Monday

Prize oratorical contest, Adel-
bert College.

II June

Wednesday

Meeting of alumni.

II June

Wednesday

Commencement, College for
Women.

12 June

Thursday

COMMENCRMRNT.

13-14 June

Friday-Saturday

Examinations for admission.

SUMMER VACATION OF THIRTEEN WEEKS.

22-23 Sept.

Monday-Tuesday

Examinations for admission.

23 Sept

Tuesday

First term begins.

27 Nov.

Thursday

Thanksgiving day.

24 Dec.

Wednesday

Winter recess begins.

28P333

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

..leoi..

..ieo2..

July.

January.

July.

S. '

2»

August.

February.

AUOU8T.

3 4

10 111

17 18

26 27

24 25

31 ..

Sbptbmbbr.

March.

September.

1! 2

8! 9

15 16

22,23

28
80

24
31

29 80

October.

April.

October.

8; 4

2 8

2, 3

10 11

9 10

17 I 18

16] 17

24,25

28 24

81' ..

30 ..

••

November.

May.

November.

• 1 •

8 ..

4! 5

10 < 2

17 9

24 16

28 129

31 23
..130

December.

June. | December.

21 31 4

7 .. 1, 2

ion

14 7

17 18

24 25

2:^

.. 1 ..

29 30

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

Western Reserve University embraces six departments.

Adetbctt G)IIc8fC— ^formerly the Western Reserve Col-
lie — founded at Hudson in 1826, and removed to Cleveland
in 1882.

The CoUesfe for Wotntn, established in 1888.

The Department of Graduate Instruction^ established
in 1892 by the Faculties of Adelbert College and the College
for Women ; designed to ofiPer to college graduates courses
leading to the degree of A. M. and Ph. D.

The Medical G>IIegfe — formerly known as the Cleve-
land Medical College — fotmded in 1844, offering a course of
four years in medicine.

The Franklin T* Backus Law Schoolt opened in 1892 ;
designed by means of a course of study covering three
years, to give an adequate training for the practice of the
law.

The Dental Department, opened in 1892 ; designed to
teach the art of dentistry as a department of medicine.

Popular and educational lectures are included in the
plans of the University.

Chari^es F. Thwing, President.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

TRUSTEES.

CHARLES F. THWING, D. D., LL. D., President, Ci,evei.and.

HIRAM C. HAYDN, D. D., LL. D.. Vice President, Ci.rvei.and.

WILLIAM H. UPSON, A. B., Akron.
JEBENEZER BUSHNELL, D. D.. Cwvei^and.

JOHN HAY, LL. D., Washington, D. C.

SAMUEL E. WILLIAMSON, LL. D.. New York.

LIBERTY E. HOLDEN, A. M., Clevei.and.

EDWIN R. PERKINS, A. B., Cleveland.

SAMUEL MATHER, A. M., Cleveland.

J. HOMER WADE, Cleveland.
fWILLIAM H. BALDWIN, A. B., New York City.
tJOEL M. SEYMOUR, A. B., B. D., Alliance.

WASHINGTON S. TYLER, Cleveland.
♦JOHN H. McBRIDE, Cleveland.

EDWARD P. WILLIAMS, A. M., Cleveland.
tHENRY M. LADD, D. D., East Cleveland.
tCHARLES M. RUSSELL, A. B., Massillon.
♦HARRY A. GARFIELD, A. B., Cleveland.
♦CHARLES L. PACK, Cleveland.
fMOSES G. WATTERSON, A. M., Cleveland.
♦JARVIS M. ADAMS, A. B., CLEVELAND.

HERBERT A. HITCHCOCK, A. B., Hudson.

ALFRED A. POPE, Cleveland.

LOUIS H. SEVERANCE, Cleveland.

HENRY R. HATCH, Cleveland.

WORCESTER R. WARNER, Cleveland.

LEWIS H. JONES, A. M., Cleveland.

WILLIAM D. REES, Cleveland.
tWILLIAM G. MATHER, A. B., Cleveland.
♦ANDREW SQUIRE, LL. D., Cleveland.
fD. Z. NORTON, Cleveland.
♦CHARLES W. BINGHAM, A. B., Cleveland.
♦CHARLES F. BRUSH, Ph. D., LL. D., Cleveland.

HARRY A. HARING, A. B., Secretary and Treasurer.
Office in Adelbert College, Cleveland.

^Trustees of the University only. fTrustees of Adelbert College only. All others

sre Trustees of both corporations.
{Deceased.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE UNIVERSITY.

SAMUEL E. WILLIAMSON,
LOUIS H. SEVERANCE,
SAMUEL MATHER,
J. HOMER WADE,
WASHINGTON S. TYLER.

THE UNIVERSITY SENATE.

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE,

THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY,

THE DEANS OF THE SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS,

Professors M. M. Curtis and S. B. Pi^atnbr, for Adelbert College.

Professors H. E. Bourne and H. N. Fowi^er, for the College for
Women.

Professors J. H. Lowman and D. P. Ai^tEN, for the Medical
CoU^e.

Professors H. H. Johnson and H. C. White, for the Law School.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged alphabeticali y within each division.

Chari«es Frankijn Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

A. B., Harvard Coll.. 1876; B. D., Andoyer Theological Seminanr.
1879 ; D. D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1888 ; LL. D., Illinois Coll.
and Marietta Coll., 1894; President Adelbert College and Western Re-
serve Unlyersltj, 1890 —

Hiram Coixins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 15 La Grange St.

Vice President and Harkness Prof essor of Biblical Literature.

A. B., Amherst Coll., 1856; D. D., Wooster Univ.. 1878; LL. D.,
Amherst Coll. and Marietta Coll., 1888; President Adelbert College and
Western Reserve University, 1887-90 ; Instructor In Biblical Literature,
1888-96 ; Professor of Biblical Literature, 1896—

Hbrbbrt Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 40 Cornell St.

Leffingwell Professor of Philosophy,

A. B., Univ. of Toronto. 1887 ; Instructor, Univ. of Southern Cali-
fornia, 1888 : Yale Univ., 1888-91 ; Lecturer on History of Philosophy,
Yale Univ., 1890-91 ; Ph. D., Yale. 1891 ; Professor of Logic and Phfl-
osophy. Trinity Coll., N. C. 1891-93; Honorarv Fellow, Clark Univ..
1892-93; Professor of Philosophy, College for Women, 1893 —

DUDI^BY P. Ai,i,en, a. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of the Theory and Pnutice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.

A. B., Oberlln Coll., 1876 ; A. M., 1883 ; M. D., Harvard Univ., 1880 :
Freiburg. Berlin, Vienna, London, Leipsic, 1880-82; Lecturer and Pro-
fessor of Surgery, Western Reserve University, 1893 —

Hrnry Lovp:joy Ambi^kr, M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene.

Dean of the Dental College.

B. S., Hillsdale Coll., 1864; M. S., 1867; D. D. S., Ohio Coll. of
Dental Surgery, 1867 ; M. D., Cleveland Univ. of Medicine and Surgery,
1 868 ; Professor of Dental Science in the same institution, 1868-70 ;
Lecturer in Dental Hygiene, Dental College of Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1892 ; Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene, .1893 —

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St.

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine,

Registrar and Bursar of the Medical College.

M. D., Cleveland Medical Coll., 1873; Professor of Diseases of
Children, Wooster Univ.. 1889-93 ; Professor of Hygiene, Western
Reserve University, 1893 —

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of History, Registrar of the College for Women.

A. B., Yale Coll., 1883 ; Principal of High School. Thomaston, Conn.,
1883-84 ; B. D., Yale Divinity School. 1887 ; Hooker Fellow, Tale Di-
vinity School, 1887-88 : Teacher of History and Psychology, Free Acad-
Norwich, Conn.. 1889-92 ; Professor of History and Instructor in Philo-
sophy, College for Women. 1892-98 ; Professor of History, 1898 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 9

Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Prof essor 0/ the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery,

United States Naval Acad., 1881 ; M. D., The Medical Coll., Western
Reserve Univ., 1886: Lecturer on Minor Sorsery, Medical Department
of Wooster Univ.. 1887-88; Berlin, Vienna. Paris. 1888-89; Professor
of Principles of Surgery, Wooster Univ., 1890-94; Professor of the
Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery in Medical College. Western
Reserve University. 1894 —

Ai^FRBD G. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Streator Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts,

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan Univ., 1878 ; A. M.. 1876 ; LL. B., Univ. of
Michigan, 1876: Professor of Law of Contracts, Western Reserve
University, 1896 —

Cai^vin Suvbrii^L Case, M. D., D. D. S., Stewart Bldg., Chicago, 111.

Professor of Orthodontia.

D. D. S.» Ohio Dental Coll., 1871 : M. D., Univ. of Michigan. 1885 ;
Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry, Univ. of Michigan, 1882-1885:
Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry and Orthodontia, Chicago Coll. of
Dental Surgery, 1889-1895; Professor of Orthodontia, Chicago Coll.
of Dental Surgery, 1896 ; Professor of Orthodontia, western ueserve
University, 1897—

Henry Bardwei^i, Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Professor of the Law of Agency^ and Bills and Notes,

A. B., Oberlln, 1885; LL. B., Harvard Univ., 1890; Professor of
the Law of Agency, Western Reserve University, 1897 —

Wn^UAM Thomas Corlktt, M.D., L.R. C.P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.

Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology,

M. D., Wooster Univ., 1877 ; L. R. C. P., London, 1882 ; Professor
of Dermatology and Syphilology, Western Reserve University, 1898 —

Ghorgb W. Crile, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington St.

Professor of Clinical Surgery,

A. B., Ohio Normal Univ.. 1882 ; A. B., Wooster Univ., 1887 ; M. D.,
1887 ; Student in New York, Vienna and London. 1887-95 : Professor of
Physiology and Surgery, wooster Medical Coll., 1897-1900; Ph. D.,
Hiram Coll.. 1899; Professor of Clinical Surgery, Western Reserve
University, 1900 —

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy,

A. B.. Hamilton Coll., 1880; B. D., Union Theological Seminary,
1888 ; A. M., Hamilton Coll., 1883 ; Pastor at Hastings-on-Hudson and at
Cleveland, 1888-88 ; Univ. of Lelpsic, 1888-91 ; Ph. D., 1890 ; Professor
of Philosophy, Adelbert College. 1891—

Henry Platt Gushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology.

Ph. B.. Cornell Univ.. 1882: Cornell Univ., 1882-83; School of
Mines, Columbia Coll., 1883-84; Cornell Univ., 1884-85; M. S., 1885;
Instructor in Geology, Chemistry and Phvslcs. State Normal School,
Mankato, Minn.. 1885-91: Univ. of Munich. 1891-92; Instructor in
Geology and Chemistry. Adelbert College, 1892-93; Associate Profes-
sor of Geology, 1898-96; Professor of Geology, 1895 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lO FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [19OI-I902

Edward F. Gushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children,

Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1883; M. D^ Harvard Univ., 1888; Profeator
of the Dlaeaaea of Children, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

John E. Darby, A. M., M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics,

A. B.. Williams Coll., 1868 ; A. M., 1861 ; M. D., Western Reserve
Univ., 1861 ; Professor of Biaterla Medlca and Therapeutics, Western
Reserve University, 1867 —

ROBSRT Wallsr Deering, Ph. D., 41 Cornell St.

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature^

Dean of the Graduate School,

Centre Coll., 1879-80; Yanderbllt Univ., 1880-85; A. B., 1884;
A.'M., 1885: Instructor In German, Yanderbllt Univ., 1885-86: Univ.
of Lelpslc, 1886-89; Ph. D., 1889: Adjunct Professor of Germanic Lan-
guages and Literature. Yanderbllt Univ., 1889-92; Professor of Ger-
manic Languages and Literature. College for Women, 1892 —

Owyer Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.

A. B^ Iowa Coll., 1882: A. M., 1885: Superintendent of Schools,
Grlnnell, la., 1882-84 : Muscatine, la., 1884-85 ; Principal of the Academy
of Iowa Coll., 1885-88 ; Goldwln Smith Fellow In English, Cornell Univ.,
1888-89; Instructor In English, Cornell Univ., 1889-91 ; Ph. D., 1891;
Assistant Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology, 1892-96; Pro-
fessor of Rhetoric and English Philology, Adelbert College, 1896 —

Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Clark Professor of Greek,

A. B.. Harvard Coll.. 1880; Classical Master In Marston's Univer-
sity School, Baltimore. 1880-82 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1880-81 ; Ameri-
can School of Classical Studies in Athens, 1882-88; Univ. of Berlin,
1888-84 ; Univ. of Bonn., 1884-85 ; Ph. D.. 1885 ; Instructor in Greek,
Latin, and Archseology, Harvard Coll., 1885-88; Instructor in Latin,
Phillips Exeter Acad., 1888-90; Professor of Latin, Phillips Exeter
Acad.. 1890-92 ; Professor of Greek, Univ. of Texas, 1892-98 ; Professor
of Greek, College for Women. 1898 —

Abraham Lincoln Fullbr, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greeks Dean of Adelbert College.

A. B.. Dartmouth Coll., 1885 ; A. M., 1888 ; Univ. of Lelpslc, 1885-
87 ; Univ. of Eriangen, 1887-88 ; Ph. D., 1888 ; Instructor in Latin and
French, Adelbert Coll.. 1889-90 ; Professor of Greek, College for Women.
1890-93 : Professor of Greek, Adelbert College, 1898 —

Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law oj Crimes, Criminal Procedure, and Damages.,

A. B., Oberlln Coll., 1878; Professor of the Law of Crimes and
Damages, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy,

"iii. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania. 1890; Demonstrator of Anatomy,
Univ. of Pennsylvania. 1890-98 ; Professor of Anatomy, Western
Reserve University, 1893 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 90 1 - 1 902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY . 1 1

Charles Harris, Ph. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of German,

A. B., Indiana Uniy., 1879; Ph. D., Uniy. of Leipslc, 1883: In-
strnctor In German, Academic Department of Vincennee Uniy., 1888-86 ;
Profeasor of French and German, southern Illinois State Normal School,
1886-88; Professor of German, Oberlin Coll., 1888-98; Professor of
German, Adelbert College, 1898 —

Francis Hobart Hbrrick, Ph. D., D. Sc., 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection,

A. B., Dartmouth Coll., 1881 ; Ph. D., Johns Hopkins Uniy., 1888 :
D. Sc, Western Uniy. of Pennsylyania, 1897; Instructor In Biology,
Adelbert College, 1888-91 ; Professor of Biology, 1891 —

Prank Rufus Hbrrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts,

A. B., Yale Uniy., 1888; Professor of Law of Torts, Western Be-
serye Uniyersity, 1897 —

Perry L. Hobbs, Ph. D. (Berlin), 1420 Euclid Av.

Professor of Chemistry.

B. S., Case School of Applied Science, 1886 ; Ph. D., Uniy. of Berlin.
1889 ; Professor of Chemistry, Western Resenre Uniyersity, 1894 —

CHARI.BS F. Hoover, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Physical Diagnosis,

A. B., Harvard Univ., 1890; M. D.. 1892; Professor of Physical
Diagnosis, Western Reserve University, 1895 —

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts and Equity furisdiction.

Dean of the Law School,

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1889 ; LL. B., Harvard Univ., 1892 ; Professor
of Law of Contracts and Equity Jurisdiction and Dean of Law School,
Western Reserve University, 1892 —

William T. Howard, Jr., M. D , 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology^ Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology,

Univ. of Virginia, 1885-87 ; M. D., Univ. of Maryland, 1889 ; Johns
Hopkins Univ., 1889-94; Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology,
Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Paul Howland, A. M., LL. B., 11 Granger St.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice, and Partnership.

A. B., Oberlin Coll.. 1884; A. M., 1894; LL. B.. Harvard Univ.,
1890; Professor of Law of Pleading and Practice, and Partnership,
Western Reserve Uniyersity, 1896 —

William Hbnry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English ,

A. B., Vanderbilt Univ.. 1890; Assistant in Greek, 1889-90: Univ.
of Leipslc. 1891-92; Univ. of Jena, 1892-98; Univ. of Freiburg. 1898-94;
Ph. D.. 1894; Instructor in German, Adelbert College, 1894-96; Asso-
ciate Professor of English, College for Women. 1896-1900 ; Professor of
English, 1900 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 2 FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [ [ 90 1 - 1 902

HoMSR HosBA Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of Constitutional Law,

A. B., Oberlln Coll., 1885; A. Ai., LL. B., Haryard Uniy.. 1888:
Professor of the Law of Tmats and Constitotlonal Law, Weetem Reserye
Uniyersity, 1893 —

Jacob Laisy, A. M., M. D., Syracuse, Neb.

Professor Emeritus of Anatomy,

A. B., Western Reserye Coll., 1860 ; A. M., 1858 ; M. D., Cleyeland
Medical Coll.. 1853; Professor of Anatomy, Cleyeland Medical Coll.,
1863-84 ; Professor Emeritus of Anatomy, western Reserye Uniyersity,
1884—

Jambs Lawrence, A. B., 709' Genesee Av.

Professor of the Law of Public and Private Corporations.

A. B., Kenyon Coll., 1871: Professor of the Law of Public and
Prlyate Corporations, Western Reserye Uniyersity, I8»fl —

Roger Mii^ler Lee, LL. B., 115 Ingleside Av.

Professor of the Law of Shipping and Admiralty^ aad

Common Carriers.

LL. B., Unly. of Michigan, 1886 ; Professor of Law of Shipping and
Admiralty and Common Carriers, Western Reserye Uniyersity, 1894 —

John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.

A. B., Connecticut Wesleyan Uniy., 1871: A. M., 1874: M. D.,

Wooster Medical Coll., 1873; M. D., Coll. of Physicians and Surgeons,

New York, 1876; Professor of Medicine, Western Reserye Uniyersity,

1881—

Benjamin L. Millikin, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of Opthalmology,

Dean of the Medical Co lege.

A, B., Allegheny Coll., 1874; A. M., 1877; M. D., Uniy. of Penn-
sylyanla, 1879; Ophthalmic Surgeon Charity Hospital, 1884; Lakeside
uoBpital, 1893; Professor of Ophthalmology, Western Reserye Uniy.,
1894; Dean of Medical College, Western Reserye Uniyersity, 1900 —

Edward Wii^uams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.

A. B., Williams Coll., 1860 ; A M., 1868 ; M. D., Cleyeland Medical
Coll., 1877; Ph. D., Wooster Univ., 1879; LL. D., Western Reserve
Unly., 1891 ; Professor of Chemistry, Western Reserve College and
Adelbert College, 1869—

Anna Hbi<ene Palmi^, Ph. B., 34 Sayles St.

Professor of Mathematics.

Ph. B.. Cornell Univ., 1890: Fellow in Mathematics, 1890-91; In-
structor In Mathematics and German. College for the Training of
Teachers, New York City, 1891-92; Instructor in Mathematics. College
for Women. 1892-93; Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1898-96;
Professor of Mathematics. 1895^

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 13

Charlbs Eixiott Pennewbix, 1254 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Real Property,

Profesaor of the Law of Real Property, Western Reserve Uniyerslty,
1892 —

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St

Woods Professor of Latin,

A. B., Vassar Coll.. 1879; Instructor in Classics, Central Hlffb
School, Cleveland, 1879-92; Associate Professor of Latin, College for
Women, 1892-98 ; Professor of Latin, 1898 —

John Wiu^iam Pbrrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Haydn Professor of History.

Plu B., Illinois Wesleyan Univ., 1887 ; Assistant Principal of High
School, Danville, 111.. 1887-88; Superintendent of Schools, Petersburg,
III.. 1888-89 : A. M., Wabash Coll., 1889 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1890-92 ;
Univ. of Chicago. 1892-98 ; Professor of History and Political Economy,
Wisconsin State Normal School, Plattevllle, Wis., 1898-94; Ph. D.,
Univ. of Chicago, 1895; Professor of History and Politics, Allegheny
Coll., 1895-98 ; Professor of History, Adelbert College, 1898 —

Samurl Bai^l Pi^atnbr, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit^

Secretary of the Faculty of Adelbert College,

A. B.. Tale Coll., 1888; Ph. D., 1885; Instructor In Latin and
French, Adelbert Coll., 1885-90; Assistant Professor of Latin, Adelbert
Coll., 1890-92 ; Professor of Latin, Adelbert College, 1892—

Lemuel Stoughton Potwin, A. M., D. D., 322 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature,

A B., Yale Coll., 1854 ; A. M.. 1857 ; Tutor In Yale, 1858-60 ; D. D.,
1886; Professor of Latin, Western Reserve Coll. and Adelbert College,
1871-92 ; Professor of the English Language and Literature, 1892 —

Hunter H. Powell, A. M.,. M. D., 467 Prospect St.

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics,

M. D., Virginia Medical Coll., 1867 ; A. M., Western Reserve Univ.,
1894 ; Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics, Western Reserve Univer-
sity, 1875—; Dean of Medical College, 1895-1900.

HxTNTBR RoBB, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Gynecology.

A B., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1880; M. D., 1884; House StaflC,
Presbyterian Hospital, Philadelphia, 1885; Episcopal Hospital, 1886;
Assistant Snrgeon, Kensington Hospital, 1887 ; Vienna, Berlin, Prague,
Lelpslc, Paris, London, 1888-89; Associate Professor of Gynecology,
Johns Hopkins Univ., 1889-94; Professor of Gynecology. Western Re-
serve University, 1894 —

John Pascal Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 526 The Rose Bldg.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1888; A. M., M. D., Western Reserve Univ.,
1886; Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine, Western Reserve
University, 1889—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

14 FACUI<TY AND OFFICERS. [19OI-I902

CharIvBS Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St.

Professor of MathenuUics.
A. B.. Western Reserve Coll., 1870; A M., 1878; Professor of
Mathematics and Perkins Professor of Natural Philosophy and Astron-
omy, Western Reserve Coll., 1870-82; Professor of Mathematics, Adel-
bert College, 1882—

Arthur AdeI/BERT Stearns, A. M., 87 Oakdale St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage,

A. B.. Bnchtel Coll., 1879 ; A. M., 1888 ; Professor of Law of Surety-
ship and Mortgsge, Western Reserve tJnlverslty, 1894 —

John Franki.in Stephan, D. D. S., 29 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dental Technic.
D. D. 8., Western Reserve University, 1892 ; Professor of Operative
Dental Technic. 1898 —

George NeiIv Stewart, M.A., D.Sc, M. D. (Edin.), D.P.H. (Camb.),
Professor of Physiology and Histology. Medical College.

M. A.. Univ. of Edinburs, 1882 ; D. Sc, 1887 ; M. D., 1888 ; D. P. H.,
Cambridge, 1890; Senior Demonstrator of Physiology, Owens Coll.,
Victoria Univ., 1888-90; Examiner In Physiology, Univ. of Aberdeen,
1889-93 ; Medical Dept. Harvard Univ., 1893-94 ; Professor of Physiology
and Histology, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Edwin L. Thurston, Ph. B., 865 Prospect St.

Professor of Patent Law.

Ph. B.. Brown Univ., 1881; Professor of Patent Law, Western
Reserve University, 1896 —

Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., 514 New England Bldg.

Professor of Neurology.

A. B., Western Reserve Coll.. 1880 ; M. D., Coll. of Physicians and
Surgeons, New Yorl£, 1884 ; Staff of Roosevelt Hospital, New York,
1885-86 ; Berlin and Heidelberg, 1886-87 ; Professor of Neurology, West-
ern Reserve University, 1898 —

John Wilwam Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Dental Medicine.

Adelbert Coll.. 1885-87 : D. D. S., New York Coll. of Dentistry, 1890 ;
Lecturer on Materia Medica and Dental Therapeutics, Western Reserve
University, 1892-96 ; Professor of Dental Medicine, 1896 —

Henry Ci.ay White, B. L., A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates.

B. L., Univ. of Michigan, 1862 ; A. M., Hiram Coll., 1891 ; Probate
Judge of Cuyahoga Co., 1888 — : Professor of Medical Jurisprudence,
Cleveland Homeopathic Medical Coll., 1891 ; Professor of Testamentary
Law and Probate Procedure, Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Prank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

A. B., Brown Univ., 1874; A. M.. 1877; D. Sc, 1900; Brown Univ.,

Massachusetts Inst, of Technology, 1879 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1870-80 ;

Professor of Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst, 1880-86; Professor

of Physics, Adelbert College, 1886 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 5

Wrix Henry Whitsi,ar, M. D., D. D. S., 29 Euclid Av.

Professor of Dental AncUomy and Pathology,

Secretary of the Dental College,

D. D. 8., Unly. of Michigan, 1885 ; li. D.. Rush Medical Coll., 1886 ;
Prof easor of Dental Anatomy and Pathology and Secretary of the Dental
College of Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Prank Severity Wiluams, A. M., LL. B., iii Crawford Road.

Professor of the Law of Evidence^ Personal Property ^ and Trusts,

A. B., Harvard Univ., 1888 : Instructor In Political Economy and

. Assistant In American History, 1889-90 ; A. M., 1890 ; Traveling Fellow,

1890-1892 ; Instructor In Roman Law, 1892-97 ; LL. B., 1895 ; Assistant

Professor of Law, 1897-98 ; Professor of the Law of Evidence, Personal

Property and Trusts In Western Reserve University, 1899 —

George Henry Wilson, D. D. S., 44 Exiclid Av.

Professor of Prosthesis and Metallurgy, and

Superintendent of Laboratories and C/inics.

D. D. S., Univ. of Michigan, 1878; Professor of Prosthetics and
Metallurgy, Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., 12 Adelbert Hall.

Associate Professor of Romance Languages,

A. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1889 ; A. M., 1890 ; Instructor In French,
1892-95: Student Paris and Vienna, Bom#, Florence, Madrid, 1895-98;
Ph. D., Univ. of Vienna, 1897 ; Instructor In French, Univ. of Michigan.
1898-99; Assistant Professor, 1899-1901; Associate Professor of
Romance Languages, Adelbert College, 1901 —

HiPPOLYTK Gruener, Ph. D,, 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

A. B., Yale Coll.. 1891 ; Ph. D., 1898 ; Instructor In Chemistry and
Physics, Hill School. Pottstown, Pa., 1898-94 : Univ. of Munich, 1894-
95 ; Instructor In Chemistry. Adelbert Coll., 1895 — ; Associate Professor
of Chemistry, College for women, 1898 —

William H. Humiston, M. D., 536 Rose Bldg.

Associate Prof essor of Gynecology .

M. D., Long Island College Hospital, 1879 ; Associate Professor of
Gynecology, Medical Department of Western Reserve University, 1895 —

Torald Sollmann, M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica,

M. D., Western Reserve Univ.. 1896; Lecturer on Pharmacology,
Western Reserve University, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor of Pharma-
cology and Materia Medica, 1901 —

Ashley Horace Thorndike, Ph. D., 95 May field St.

Associate Professor of English,

A. B., Wesleyan Univ., 1898: Principal, Smith Acad., Hatfield,
Mass., 1898-95 ; Harvard Univ., 1895-98 ; A. M., Harvard, 1896 ; Ph. D..
Harvard, 1898 ; Instructor, Boston Univ., 1895-98 ; Instructor In English,
College for Women, 1898-1900; Associate Professor of English, 1900—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6 FACUI^TY AND OFFICBRS. [19OI-1902

. Own Frbbman Towbr, Ph. D., 8 Nantucket St.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry,

A. B., Wesleyan UniT., 1802 ; A M., 1898 ; Assistant In Chemistry,
Wesleyan Univ., 1893-04 : Univ. of Lelpslc, 1894-95 ; Ph. D., 1895 ; As-
sistant Chemist in Nutrition Inyestlgatlons, Department of Agriculture,
1895-98: Assistant in Chemistry, Wesleyan Uniy., 1896-98; Instructor
in Chemistry, Adelbert College, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor, 1901—

PRBDBRICK C. Waite, A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard), 77 Hillbum Av.
Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology.

B. L., Adelbert Coll., 1892 ; A. M.. Western Reserve Uniy., 1894 ; A.
M., Harvard Uniy., 1890 ; Ph. D., 1898 ; Assistant in Biology, Adelbert
Coll., 1892-95 : Assistant in Zoology, Harvard Univ., 1897-98 ; Instructor
in Biology, Peter Cooper High School, New llork City, 1808-1900; In-
structor in Biology, New York Univ., 1899-1900 ; Assistant in Anatomy,
Rush Medical Coll., of the Univ. of Chicago, 1900-1901 ; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Histology and Embryology, Western Reserve Univ., 1901 —

Francis Walker, Ph. D., 46 Nantucket St.

Associate Professor of Political and Social Science.

S. B., Mass. Inst, of Technology, 1892; A. M., Columbia Univ..
1898; Ph. D., 1895; University Fellow in Economics, Columbia Univ.,
1892-94; Instructor in Political and Social Science. Colorado ColL,
1895-97 ; Professor of Political and Social Science. 1897-1900 : Associate
Professor of Political and Social Science, Adelbert College, 1900 —

Edward Perkins Cartel, M. D., 8 Hayward St.

Lecturer on Medical furisprudence and Diseases of Children.

M. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1894; Fellow in Pathology, Johns
Hopkins Univ.. 1896-97 ; Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence, Western Re-
serve University, 1899 —

Harriet B. Chapman, A. B., M. D., 810 Rose Building.

Lecturer on Hygiene y College for Women,

a. B.. Wellesley Coll., 1898; M. D., Cleveland Medical Coll.. 1896;
Clinical Assistant, Eye and Ear Department, Good Samaritan Dispens-
ary, 1897 ; Lecturer on Hygiene, College for Women, 1900 —

Harry J. Crawford, A. B., LL. B., 3 Republic PI.

Lecturer on Common Carriers.

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan Univ., 1890; LL. B., Western Reserve Univ.,
1898; Lecturer on Common Carriers, Law School of Western Reserve
Univ., 1901—

Prbderick Wii^liam Green, LL. B., Rice Av., Newburgh.

Lecturer on Sales,

LL. B., Western Reserve Univ., 1890 ; Lecturer In Western Reserve
University, 1897—

Frederick Augustus Henry, A. M., LL. B., Williamson Building.
Lecturer on Dental furisprudence,

A. B.. Hiram Coll.. 1888 ; A. M., LL. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1891 ;
Professor of Law of Torts, Western Reserve University, 1894-1899;
Professor of Dental Jurisprudence, 1899 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WBSTBRN RBSBRVE UNIVERSITY. 17

John M. Ingbrsou^, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid Av.

Lecturer an Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

A, B.. Adelbert Coll., 1891 ; A. M., 1896 ; M. D., Medical Coll., West-
ern Reserre Univ., 1898; House Staff Cleveland City Hospital, 1894;
Uniyersities of Vienna, Berlin and London, 1894-96 ; Lecturer on Otol-
ogy, Rhinology and Laryngology, Western Reserve Uniyersity, 1895—

Hbrman Clifford Kknyon, D. D. S., • 677 The Arcade.

Lecturer on Dental Anatomy and Instructor in Operative and

Prosthetic Dental Technics.

Hiram College, 1895-96; D. D. S., Western Reserve Univ., College
of Dentistry, 1898: Demonstrator of Prosthetic Technics, Western Re-
serye Unly., 1898 — ; Instructor in Operatiye and Prosthetic Technics,
1901 — ; Lecturer on Dental Anatomy, 1901 —

LoRiN Williams Ladd, A. B., M. D., Russell and Euclid.

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Microscopy.

a. B., Tale Unly.. 1895; Johns Hopkins Unly., 1896-99; M. D.,
1899: Assistant Resident Physician Johns Hopkins Unly. Hospital,
1899-1900 : Resident Physician, Lakeside Hospital, 1900-01 ; Lecturer In
Clinical Microscopy, Western Reserye Uniyersity, 1901 —

ROGBR G. Pbrkins. a. B., M. D., Russell and Euclid.

Lecturer on Bacteriology and Assistant in Pathology.

A. B.. Union Coll.. 1893 ; A. B.. Haryard Unly.. 1894 : M. D.. Johns
Hopkins Unly.. 1898: Resident PathologlBt. Lakeside Hospital, 1898-
1901 : Demonstrator of Pathology, Western Reserye Univ.. 1899-1901 ;
Fellow in Research of the Rockefeller Institute, 1901-2 ; Lecturer In Bac-
teriology. 1901 —

Wkston a. Vallbau Prick, D. D. S., M. E.. 2238 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Electro-therapeutics and Electrical Appliances.

D. D. S., Uniy. of Mich., 1898 : Demonstrator Electro-Therapeutics
and Elect. Appliances, Western Reserye Unly., 1897 ; l^ecturer, 1901 —

Clarbncb Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Instructor in Latin and Greek.

A. B.. Adelbert Coll., 1894; A. M., 1895; A. M., Harvard Univ.,
1896 : Ph. D.. 1898 ; Instructor in Latin, Adelbert College, 1898 —

WiLUAM Dinsmorb Briggs, Ph. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

lustructorin English.

A. B., Stanford Univ., 1896; A. M., Harvard Univ., 1899; Ph. D.,
1900: Instructor in English and German, Univ. of Vermont, 1900-01;
Instructor in English, Adelbert College, 1901 —

Mary GborGB Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.

Sargent Normal School of Gymnastics. 1900; Instructor in Hist-
ology, Sargent Normal School, 1900-01 ; Instmctor in Histology, Hem-
enway Gymnasium. Harvard Univ., summer 1901 ; Instructor of Physi-
cal Training. College for Women, 1901 —

Charlks E. Clbmens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory 0/ Music.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8 FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [190I-I902

John Dickbrman, A. B., 852 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics.
A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891; Instructor In Mathematics. Western
Ueserve Acad^ 1891-04; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1894-95; Cnamberlln
Observatory, Denver Univ., 1895-96: Univ. of Chicago, 1896-97; In-
structor In Mathematics. Adelbert College, 1897 —

Robert Hbrndon Fife, Jr., Ph. D., 91 Mayfield St.

Instructor in German,

A. B., Univ. of Virginia, 1890 ; A. M.. 1896 ; Instructor In Bngllsh,
St. Albans School, Radford. Va., 1895-98 ; Univ. of Gottlngen, 1898-99 ;
Univ. of Leipzig, 1899-1901 : Ph. D., 1901 ; Instructor In German. Col-
lege for Women. 1901 —

IvAWRBNCB Edmonds Griffin, Ph. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Biology.

A. B., Hamllne Univ., 1895; Assistant In Biology. Univ. of Minne-
sota, 1895-98 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1898-1900 ; Ph. D., 1900 : Instruc-
tor In Biology. College for Women, 1900 —

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 15 La Grange St.

Instructor in the Bible.

A. B.. Adelbert Coll.. 1896 : Auburn Theological Sem.. 1896-99 ; In-
structor In Bible, College for Women. 1899 —

Grace Moreland Henderson, B. L., East Cleveland.

Instructor in French.

B. L., College for Women, 1899 ; Instructor of French and German,
Carthage Collegiate Inst., 1899-1900; Preceptress and Instructor In
French and German, Iowa College Academy, 1900-01; Instructor in
French. College for women. 1901 —

Agnes Hunt, Ph. D., 51 Mayfield St.

Instructor in History.

A. B.. Smith Coll., 1897; Ph. D., Yale Univ., 1900: Assistant in
History, College for Women, 1900-1901; Instructor in History. College
for Women 1901 —

David Gaul Jabger, A. B., LL. B., 113 Brookfield St.

Instrtictor in Charge of Review Work Preparatory to

Ohio Bar Examinations.

A. B., Adelbert Coll.. 1897; LL. B., Western Reserve Univ., 1900;
Instructor In Law School, Western Reserve Univ., 1901.

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 36 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy.

A. B., Columbia, 1893 ; Univ. of Jena, 1898-94 ; General Theological
Seminary, New York, 1894-95; Columbia, 1895-97; Halle and Bonn,
1897-98 ; Ph. D., Bonn, 1898 ; Assistant In Philosophy, Columbia. 1898-
99 ; Instructor in Philosophy, Adelbert College, 1899 —

Edward MbybRi Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

Instructor in German.

B. L., Adelbert Coll., 1898; Univ. of Lelpslc, 1898-94; Univ. of
Heidelberg, 1894-96; Ph. D., 1896; Instructor In German, Western Re-
serve Univ., 1896-99 ; Instructor in German, Adelbert College, 1899 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 19

Thomas Edward Oi^ivaR, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Romance Languages,

A. B., Hanrard tJnlT., 1898; Harvard Medical School, 1893-94;
UnlT. of Lelpaic 1894-95 ; Univ. of Heidelberg, 1895-97 : The Sorbonne,
Ecole des Haotes Etudes, 1897-98 ; Univ. of Heidelberg, 1898-99 ; Ph. D.,
1899; Instructor in French, Univ. of Michigan, 1899-1900; Instructor
In Romance Languages, College for Women. 1900 —

Fritz Rbichmann, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Physics,

C. E. and B. B., Univ. of Texas 1896; M. S., 1897; Fellow in
Physics. Uniy. of Texas, 1895-97 ; Tutor and Instructor, 1897-98 ; Fellow
in Physics. Univ. of Chicago, 1898-1901; Ph. D.. 1901: Academy In-
structor. Uniy. of Chicago. 1900-01; Instructor In Physics, College for
Women. 1901 —

Ai«i«BN Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography,

A. B., Amherst Coll.. 1889; A. Bi., 1896: Oberlin Theological Sem.,
1890-92 : B. D., Hartford Theological Sem., 1898 : Unlyersitles of Halle,
Berlin, and at Paris, 1898-97; B. D., Oberlin Theological Sem., 1896;
Assistant in History, College for Women, 1897-1900 ; Instructor In His-
torical Bibliography, 1900 —

Clarence Dimick Stevens, A. M., 698 Republic St.

Instructor in English,

Ph. B., Wabash Coll., 1894 ; Fowler-Duhme Fellow in English, 1894-
95 : Instructor in English, 1894-95 ; Professor in English, Vlncennes
Uniy.. 1895-1900; A. M., Wabash Coll., 1900; Uniyerslty Scholar in
English, Columbia Uniy., 1900-1901 ; Instructor in English, Adelbert
College. 1901—

Charles Jesse Wehr, A. B., M. D., 5 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director of Gymnasium,

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1898 ; M. D., Western Reserye Uniy., 1901 ; In-
structor in Physical Culture and Director of Gymnasium, j^delbert Coll.,
1901.

Varnbv Edward Barnes, D. D. S., New England Building.

Demonstrator of Prosthesis and Instructor of Orthodontia.

Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

Russell H. Birgb, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

William E, Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Bldg.

Demonstrator of Ophthalmology,

Edward P. Carter, M. D., 8 Hayward St.

Demonstrator of Dermatology and Syphilology,

Digitized by VjrOOQlC

20 FACUI.TY AND OFFICERS. [19OI-I902

John C Darby, A. B., M D., lakeside Hospital.

Defmmstrator of Faihology,

Frank J, Geib, A. B., M. D., Cor. Willaon and Prospect St

Denumsiraior of Medicine,

Prbdbrick C. Hbrrick, a. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Demonstraior of Surgery,

Wm. E. IvOWER, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery at St, Alexis' Hospital,

Walter H. Mbrriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

Gborgb W. Moorbhousb, M. L., M. D., ' 39 Cutler St.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

William O. Osborn, B. I/., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

Henry P. Parker, A. B., M. D., Russell and Euclid.

Demonstrator of Pathology and Bacteriology,

Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

Hubert L. Spence, M. D., 512 New England Bldg.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases,

Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Demonstrator of Gynecology,

John S. Tierney, M. D., Medical College.

Demonstrator of Anatomy,

Jambs Freed Wark, D. D. S., Rose Building.

Defnonstrator of Operative Dentistry.

Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 332 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry,

Daniel Hkndrix Zeigler, D. D. S., Rose Building.

Chief Demonstrator in Operative Dentistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I - 1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 2 1

Lyman W. Childs, M. D., Cor. Wade Park and Dunham A vs.

Assislani in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

PRAKK S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 493 Colonial Arcade.

Assistant in Obstetrics and Pediatrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

A1.1CB DoYi,E Drake, Ph. B., 792 Republic Si.

Assistant in English.

Jambs a. Evans, B. S., Medical College.

Assistant in Chemistry.

T. E. Griffiths, M. D., 1104 Woodland Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

R. A. Hatchkr, Ph. G., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Assistant in Pharmacology and Materia Medica.

H. J. Hbrrick, a. M., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Fanny C. Hutchins, M. D., 373 Jennings Av.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases.

Carl B. Jambs, B. S., 958 S. hogan Av.

Assistant in Biology.

S. H. Largb, M. D., 1012 New England Bldg.

Assistant in Nose, Ear and Throat Diseases.

Nina May Roberts, A. M., Alta House.

Assistant in English.

William E. Shacklbton, M. D., 605 The Osbom.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

WiNiFRBD Alice Storbr, B. L., 95 Ingleside Av.

Assistant in English.

John J. Thomas. A. M., M. D., 156 Crawford Rd.

Assistant in Diseases of Children At Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

Maud Winship, A. M., 100 Kensington St.

Assistant in Philosophy and Education.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

FACULTY AND OFPICBRS.

[19OI-I902

LECTURERS IN YEAR J900-J90J-

Howard Crosby Butlbr, Ph. D., Princeton University.

Lecturer on " The Deserted Villages of Northern Syria,**

Thomas WentworthHigoinson, h. H.D., LL. D., Cambridge, Mass.

Lecturer on American History ^ on the Foundation Endowed

by the Daughters of the American Revolution.

Frank K. Saunders, Ph. D., D. D. Yale University.

Lecturer on " The Prophets of Israel and Their Messages.**

The Florence Harkness Biblical Foundation.

Wu Ting Fang, Chinese Minister to the United States, Washington.

Lecturer on ** Washington and Education.**

Martin L. D'Ooge, University of Michigan.

Lecturer on ** Delphi and Recent French Excavations.**

OTHER OFFICERS.

Edward Christopher Wii;i,iams, B. L.,

Librarian,

Esther Crawford, B. L.,

Assistant in Library,
Anna Louise Mac Intyre, A. B,,

Librarian, College for Women

Frances L. Trowbridge,

Librarian of Law School.

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B.,

Registrar^ College for Women
Roy B. Metz, M. D.,

Clerk of Medical College,

Miss K. G. Frankle,

Clerk of Operative Clinic,

Mrs. D. A. Wright,

Clerk of Prosthetic Clinic,
Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemistress,
Jessie Boggs, a. m., M. D.,

Medical Examiner^ College for Women,
Andrew Flower, * Erie and St Clair Sts.

Prosector and Curator Anatomical Rooms.

Herman Douglass Graham, 7 Dodge Ct.

Curator of Dental Museum,

61 Grant St.

972 Cedar Av..

136 Sawtell Av.

84 Miles Av.

Guilford House.

Medical College.

520 Woodland Av.

Guilford House.
1257 Euclid Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADiELBERT COLLEGE.

HISTORICAL STATEMENT.

VVn i8oi The General Assembly of the Territory of
Uj the United States northwest of the river Ohio was
petitioned by residents of the Connecticut Western Reserve
to grant a charter for a college to be situated within the
limits of the Reserve. The petition was denied. In 1803,
on tjie sixteenth of April, the first General Assembly of the
State of Ohio, chartered the Erie Literary Society, a corpo-
ration composed of several proprietors of land within the
county of Trumbull (then comprising the entire Reserve) ,
who desired to appropriate a part thereof to found a semin-
ary of learning within that county. Under this charter an
Academy was established at Burton in 1805, the first insti-
tution of this kind in Northern Ohio. This school, with the
exception of the years 1810 to 1819, continued in operation
until 1834. In 1817 the Presbytery of Grand River, which
embraced nearly all the Presbyterian and Congregational
ministers and churches of the Reserve, formed itself into a
society ** for the education of indigent, pious young men for
the ministry, within the limits of the Presbytery." The
students aided by this society studied privately with clergy-
men until the opening of the Academy at Burton, when
they pursued their studies at that school. In 18 18 the
Presbytery of Portage formed a similar society. In 1822
the two Presbyteries appointed a committee to confer to-
gether for the purpose of devising **ways and means for
establishing on the Connecticut Western Reserve a Literary
and Theological Institution. ' ' The report of the committee,
which was adopted by the Presbyteries, provided for the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

24 ADBI^BERT COLI^EGE. [19OI-1902

establishment, under certain conditions, of a Theological
Institution on the foundation of the Erie I^iterary Society
at Burton. The Trustees of the Erie Uterary Society ac-
cepted the conditions. A Board of Managers of the Edu-
cation fund was then appointed by the Presbyteries.

The connection between the Board of Managers and the
Trustees of the Erie I^iterary Society lasted until June, 1824.
During the year 1823 the managers became convinced that
such an institution as they desired could not be built up at
Burton, and consequently they requested the Trustees of the
Erie Literary Society to move their establishment to a more
eligible situation. As the Trustees held property on condi-
tion that the school should be in Burton, they declined
this proposition. In June, 1824, at a joint session of the
Board of Managers, with special commissioners of the Pres-
byteries, it was decided to discontinue the connection with
the Erie Literary Society and to found a separate institu-
tion. In January a special Board of Commissioners, repre-
senting the Presbyteries, to which the Presbytery of Huron
was now added, selected Hudson as the site of the college.
The Board of Managers, with four additional members rep-
resenting the Huron Presbytery, now became the Board of
Trustees, and held their first meeting at Hudson, February
15, 1825. They drafted a charter and drew up plans for
the grounds. The charter was granted February 7, 1826,
and on April 26 the comer stone of the first building was
laid. The first students were received in December, 1826,
and were instructed at Talmadge by Mr. Coe, the principal
of the Academy at that place, who was appointed tutor pro
tempore. In 1827 the new building at Hudson was occupied
and the preparatory department established. A Theological
Department was opened in 1830 and maintained until 1852.*

*Thii sketch of the foundfttion of the College ii based upon ** A History of
Western Reserve College. 1826-1876, by Rev. Carroll Cutler, D. D., President.
Cleveland, 1876.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 25

In 1878 the question of removing the College from Hud-
son to Cleveland was raised, and a committee of the Trus-
tees was appointed to take the matter under consideration.
In March, 1880, through a member of the Board of Trust,
Mr. Amasa Stone, of Cleveland, proposed to give the Col-
lege five hundred thousand dollars, provided it should be
removed to Cleveland, occupy some suitable site to be do-
nated by the citizens, and change its name to **Adelbert
College of Western Reserve University.'* The new name
was to be a memorial to Mr. Stone's only son, Adelbert,
who had been drowned while a student at Yale. Mr. Stone
proposed further, that of the sum offered by him one hun-
dred and fifty thousand dollars should be expended in build-
ings and the remainder added to the permanent funds of
the College. The committee weighed the comparative
advantages of dty and country situation and especially the
opportunities for growth and development in the new envi-
ronment. Moreover an investigation showed that, in the
fifty years from its foundation in 1876, the College had
received in gifts some three hundred and seventy-five thou-
sand dollars, two hundred thousand dollars of which had
been given for current expenses. The remainder consti-
tuted the College endowment, and included the funds used
in establishing the Handy, Hurlbut, Oviatt, and Perkins
professorships. Mr. Stone's offer would exactly treble the
endowment, in addition to providing a modem equipment.
The committee, therefore, recommended the acceptance of
the proposition, and the Trustees voted, on September 20
of the same year, to make the change whenever the condi-
tions were fulfilled. On March 19, 1881, the Trustees
voted that the conditions had been complied with and that
the removal should be made.

In accordance with this decision, in September, 1882, the
College opened its doors on the new campus of twenty-two
acres, situated in the midst. of the great park system of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [190I-I902

Cleveland. On this campus two buildings had been erected,
one containing rooms for the work of instruction, with
offices, chapel, librar>', and museum ; the other, apartments
for sixty students. The ensuing years have fully proved
the wisdom of the change, as shown by the increase of stu-
dents and of endowment funds. In 1883 the sura of one
hundred thousand dollars was added to the funds of the
College by the will of Mr. Stone. In 1888 the gymnasium
was erected and equipped by the gifts of numerous friends.
During the same year fifty thousand dollars was received
to found the Haydn Professorship. In 1894 Mr. Samuel
Mather built and furnished the Physical Laboratory In
the following year Mr. Henry R. Hatch presented the
librar)' building bearing his name, and in 1898 added the
wings as provided in the original designs. In 1 897 Eldred
Hall, a building for the use of the Young Men's Christian
Association, was erected through the gift of the late Rev.
Henry B. Eldred. In 1899, the Biological Laboratory, to
which many friends contributed, was completed. By the
will of Daniel B. Fayerweather, of New York City, who
died in 1890, the College has received an additional endow-
ment fund of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 27

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged^ with exception of the President^ in the order oj graduation from College,

Charles Frankun Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,
Lemuel StoughTON Potwin, A. M., D. D., 322 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature.
Edward Williams Mor ley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.
Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 AdeU)ert St.

Professor of Mathemaiics.
Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.
Charles Harris, Ph. D., (Absent on leave).

Professor of German.
Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy.

Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection.

Henrv Pi-ATT Cushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology.
Oliver Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.

Samuel Ball PlaTner, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.

Secretary of the Faculty.

Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek, Dean of the Faculty,
John Wili*iam Perrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Haydn Prof essor of History .
Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., 12 Adelbert Hall

Associate Professor of Romance Languages.
Francis Walker, Ph. D., 44 Nantucket St.

Associate Professor of Political and Social Science.

OUN Freeman Tower, Ph. D., Euclid Av. and Nantucket St.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

28 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

John Dickbrman, A. B., S52 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics.

HiPPOLYTE Grubner, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Instructor in Chemistry.

Edward Meyer, Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

Instructor in German.

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 36 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy.
Clarbncb Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Instructor in Latin and Greek.
Clarence Dimick Stevens, A. M., 698 Republic St.

Instructor in Rhetoric and Elocution.
Fritz Reichmann, Ph. D., 46 Knox.

Instructor in Physics.
William Dinsmorb Briggs, Ph. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

lustructor in English.

Charles Jesse Wehr, A. B., M. D., 5 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director of Gymnasium.

OTHER OFFICERS,

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 61 Grant St.

Librarian.

Esther Crawford, B. L., 972 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Library.

Carl B. James, B. S., 958 S. Logan Av.

Assistant in Biology.

Additional instruction in their own departments is given by the
following members of the Faculty of the College for Women.

Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Professor of Greek.
Robert Waller Pbering, Ph. D., 41 Cornell St.

Professor of German.
Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography.

Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Romance Languages.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 29

Lawrence Edward Griffin, Ph. D., 2838 Euclid A v.

Instructor in Biology.

Howbi«l*Mbrriman Haydn, A. B., 15 Lagrange St.

Instructor in Bible.

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY,

i. committee on admission :

Professors Fui.i*er*, Pi,atner, Smith.

II. executive committee:

( Having oversight of the classroom work and academic status of the students.)

Professors Fui,i,ek*, Platner, Smith.

III. committee on curriculum :

Professors Emerson, Mori^ey*, Pi^atner.

IV. committee on program of recitations and i^ectures :

Professors Gushing*, Perrin, Whitman.

v. committee on cataix)gue i

Professors Emerson, Perrin*, Dr. Meyer.

vi. committee on i«ibrary :

Professors Curtis, Deering, Pi^atner*, Emerson, Whitman.

vii. committee on rooms :

Professors Herrick, Perrin, Whitman*.

viii. committee on gymnasium.

Professor Cushing, Mr. Dickerman* and Mr. Wehr.

ix. committee on athi,etics i

Professors Gushing*, Fui.i,er, and Mr. Dickerman.

*Chaimiati.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBBRT COI,LKGE.

[19OI-1902

STUDENTS.

John Alvin Alburn, CI.
Wilfred IIenr>^ Alburn, CI.
Edwin Clare Caldwell, CI.
Richard Emmet Collins, L. S.
Joseph Warren Conner, M. L.
Claude Leroy Difford. CI.
Clarence Earl Drayer, CI.
Frank Brown Evarts, CI.
Daniel Robert Fairfax, M. L.
Harry Lindsley Findlay, CI.
John Fish, L. S.
Robert Thompson Gage, M. L.
Raymond Hobart, M. h.
Charles Samuel McKee, L. S.
Henry Leonard Mach, CI.
Ralph Woodward Mead, CI.
Roy Rybum MoflPett, L. vS.
Charles Augustus Morris, CI.
Herbert Gans Muckley, CI.
Walter Worthington Nims, CI.
Herman Joel Nord, L. S.
Harry Benton Parrott, h. S.
Edward Peterka, CI.
Raymond Vincent Phelan, h. S
James Douglass Pilch er, L. S.
William Harper Rider, CI.
John Philander Rorabeck, L. S.
George William Saywell, M. L.
Edward Henry Sensel, CI.
Frank North Shankland, L. S.
Miles Reuben South worth, CI.
Edwin Wesley Suits, L. S.
Homer Fordyce Swift, L. S.
Philip Hyatt Tarr, L. S.
George Taylor, CI.

SENIORS.

Ay/es' Corners Eldred Hall.

Kyles' Comers Eldred Hall.

Warten ATA Rooms.

Cleveland 1 734 Woodland Hills A v.
Rochester, N. V. AY House.

Cleveland

Kenton

Cleveland

Pemberville

Mt. Vernon

CI eve I arid

Norwalk

Cleveland

Belleviie

Giddings

Mt. Vernon

Cleveland

Alliance

Bedford

Hudson

Cleveland

Willoughby

49 Alum St.

K ^ E House.

99 Bellflower A v.

63 Calvert St.

151 Cornell St.

A T O House.

788 Republic St.

A K E House.

K * E House.

688 Forest St.

7 Adelbert Hall.

715 N. Logan Av.

189 W. Madison Av.

148 Hawthorne A v.

798 Republic St.

60 Bellflower A v.

805 Fairmount St.

51 Goethe St.

698 Bridge St.

54 Auburndale St.

A T O House.

16 Adelbert Hall.

K * E House.

124 Putnam St.

ATA Rooms.

Schuyler's Lake, A^. K. A T O House.
Cleveland 939 S. Logan Av.

Beaver Falls, Pa. A T'O House.
Mt. Vernon 79 Sayles St.

Lima 89 Cutler St.

♦Abbreviations': CI., Classical Course; L. S, Latin-Scientific Course; M. L..
Modern I^ang^uage Course. A number in parenthesis after the name of a special
student indicates the year to which he belongs.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

Frederick William Uhlman, M. L. IVeston A Y House.

James Washburn Waite, L. S. Cleveland 1086 Scranton Av.

Roydon Edward Weaver, L. S. Akron 153 Cornell St.

Oliver Arkenburgh Weber, L. S. Miamisburg B 9 11 House.

Arthur Garfield Wilcox, L. S. Akron 16 Adelbert Hall.

Owen N. Wilcox, M. L. Cleveland 59 Olive St.

Lewis Blair W^illiams, CI. Cleveland 64 Glen Park PI.

Oliver Amos Wright, CI. 45 Knox St.

Seniors, 43.

JUNIORS.

Edwin Allen Barnes, L. S.
Edwin Childs Baxter, CI.
Walter Lewis Bissell, CI.
Charles Bushnell Byal, CI.
Homer Charles Campbell, L. S.
John Stanard Campbell, L. S.
Edwin Leland Carle, CI.
James Williams Carpenter, M. L.
Paul Richard Chamberlain, CI.
Francis Corrigan, CI.
Raymond Garfield De Frees, L. S.
David Love Dugan, CI.
Arthur Bradley Eisenbrey, L. S.
Albert Ellenberger, L. S.
Robert Emmett Finley, L. S.
Robert Edward Gammel, M. L.
Birt Eugene Gaiver, M. L.
Harlan Adolphus Hepfinger, L. S.
James Julius Hoffman, CI.
Bradley Hull, Jr., CI.
Willis Burton Knisely, L. S.
Frederick Tyler Lawton, L. S.
Robert George Lotspietch, CI.
Albert W. Meyer, CI.
John William O'Brien. L. S.
Edward Maynard Otis, L. S.
Herbert Ernest Parker, L. S.
William Robert Polhamus,
Ernest James Reece, L. S.
Hugh Griffith Rose, L. S.
Rollin Henry Spelman, CI.

Payne 20 Adelbert Hall.

Los Angeles, Cal. A A ^ House.

New Milford
Findlay
Akron
Cleveland
Geneva
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Troy

Huntsburg
Cleveland
Cleveland
Salem
Cleveland
Lorain

Dunkirk, N. J
Cleveland
Cleveland
Canlon
Toledo
London
Cleveland
Mi. Vernon
Willoughby

A K E House.

68 Bell Av.

1035 St. Clair St.

24.Streator Av.

46 Knox St.

76 White Av.

66 Covington St.

8 Adelbert Hall.

K * E House.

63 Adelbert St.

Euclid Heights.

730 Republic St.

413 Dunham Av.

Ben House.

Willoughby.

1059 Central Av.

340 Euclid Av.

1578 Cedar Av.

K * E House.

6 Cornell PI.

844 Logan Av-

Wain St.

16 Mariner St.

Binghamton^N. Y. 730 Republic St.
Cleveland 20 Tennessee St.

Cleveland 59 Beersford PI.

Wellsville 142 Cornell St.

RooistoTvn Euclid Heights.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE.

[1901-1902

Warren Daniel Spengler, M. h.
Feist M. Strauss, CI.
George Franklin Thomas, L. S.
Herbert Alfred Thomas, L. S.
Sidney Burnett Tryon, CI.
Albert George Tuttle, CI.
Lawrence Waldo Ustick, L. S.
Isaac Roy Watts, L. S.
Elmer Bertram Wolfram, M. L.

Cleveland

Lima

Willoughby

Rowe^ Mass.

Washington C. H.

Willoughby

Bellevue

SOPHOMORES.

Hiram Henry Canfield, M. L. Euclid Heights
Sidney Loftus Chaffee, L. S. Cleveland

Willis Brainard Clarke, M. L. E. Clatidon
Clyde Lottridge Cummer, L. S. Cleveland
William Jay Dawley, CI. Cleveland

John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr., M. L. Cleveland

M. L.

L. S.

Cleveland

Toledo

Warren

Bedford

Piqua

Riitman

Toledo

Ralph Stevens Emery,
Louis Englander, CI.
George Tuttle Filius, CI.
George Nathaniel Forbes,
William Levi Fox, CI.
Rayman Forrest Fritz, CI.
Maurice Grifl5n, Jr., L. S.
William Henry Charles Heinmiller, CI. Cleveland
Kenneth Ethelbert Hodgman, L. S. Parma

Isaac McCallum Hogg, L. S. Youngstown

Wade Oakly Hulbert, CI. Thompson

Charles J. Jackson, L. S. Huckleberry

Percy R. Jenks, CI. Nottingham
William Pendleton Lanphear, Jr., CI. Cleveland

Leonard Corwin Loomis, CI. Cleveland

Arthur Fraw McArthur, L. S. Cleveland

Forest Oliver March, L. S. Chagrin Falls

Victor Garfield Mills. M. L. Willoughby

Walter George Miser, L. S. Annapolis

Arthur Garfield Moore, CI. Cuyahoga Falls

Willis Edwin Morehouse, CI. Huntsburg

Edmond DeWitt Neer, L. S. De Graff

Arthur Price Nutt, L. S. Sidney

John Frederic Oberlin, L. S. Canton

63 Fourth Av.

1388 Superior St.

ATA House.

147 Cornell St.

ATA Rooms.

853 Doan St.

iSAdelbertHall.

ATA Rooms.

A Y House.

Juniors, 40.

Euclid Heights.

239 Genesee Av.

345 Orange St.

396 Bolton Ave.

A K E House.

1433 Willson Av.

2036 Broadway.

A T O House.

117 AdelbertSt.

14 Adelbert Hall.

102 Adelbert St.

49 Fairchild St.

41 Cornell St.

5 Steinway Av.

29 Foster St.

139 Cornell St.

845 Fairmount St.

Nottingham.

782 Republic St.

1280 Willson Av.

203 Oakdale St.

A A ^ House.

Willoughby.

14 Adelbert Hall.

129 Burt St.

14 Adelbert Hall.

117 AdelbertSt.

Ben House.

67 Cornell St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

Raymond Patton, h. S.
Frank Herson Pelton, L. S.
Frederick Early Pfeiffer, L. S.
Ulrich John PfeiflFer, ly. S.
Noyes BiUin^s Prentice, Jr., M. L.
Ralph Roscoe Proctor, L. S.
Henry K. Ronk, CI.
Olivia Bumell Sharp, L. S.
Louis Bennet Spanner, M. L.
I^wrence Caleb Spieth, CI.
Prank Holt Stedman, M. L.
Emery E. Stevens, CI.
Howard Clifford Summers, CI.
Carl Peter Paul Vitz, CI.
Raymond Crandall Warner, CI.
Oarratt Smith Wilkin, L. S.
Joseph Frank Williams, L. S.
James Garfield Woodward,
Charles Clarence Williamson,
Robert Algar Woolfolk, M. L.
James Herbert Young, CI.
John LilHe Young, L. S.

Sidney

IVilloughby

Kenton

Cleveland

Fremont

Norwalk

Jonesboro, III.

Cleveland

12 AdelbertHall.

Collinwood.

89 Sayles St.

12 Lake view Av.

A A ^ House.

26 Wilbur St.

45 Fairchild St.

240 Orange St.

A Y House.

Belmont, Mass. 1944 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 2036 Broadway.

Cleveland 1528 Superior St.

Cleveland 45 Marvin Av.

Geneva ATA Rooms.
New Philadelphia A K E House.

YoungstoTvn A T O House.

Painesville 203 Adelbert St.

Salem K ^ E House.

Danville, Va. 49 Fairchild St.

Cleveland 17 Centennial St.

Cleveland 345 Russell A v.
Sophomores, 52.

PRBSHMBN.

Cary Rudolph Album, CI.
Horace Barnes, M. L.
George Forrest Bamett, L. S.
James William Baxter, M. L.
Henry Wilmer Blackburn, CI.
Robert Swinton Campbell, M. L.
Walter Baldwin Carnes, L. S.
Carl Judd Case, CI.
Howard Latham Clarke, M. L.
Harold L. Cline, L. S.
Charles Manchester Coe, M. L.
John Lewis Conant, CI.
Harvey Lee Comin, CI.
Gomer Abraham Cook, CI.
Walter Henry Cook, CI.
Herbert Randolph Cox, L. S.
Bainbridge Cowell , CI .

Kyles' Comers Eldred Hall.

Cleveland 21 Claremont St.

Painesville 15 Adelbert Hall.

Cleveland 29 Aetna St.

Wellsville 142 Cornell St.

Cleveland 2209 Superior St.

Lima 147 Cornell St.

Hudson 149 Cornell St.
IV, Williamsfield 102 Adelbert St.
New Philadelphia A K E House.

Glenville Glenville.

Cleveland 22 Bleeker St.

Mansfield 168 Streator Av.

Youngstown 49 Fairchild St.

Cleveland 724 Republic St.

Canton 2481 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 91 Arlington St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE.

[19OI-I902

John Walter Daehler, M. L. Portsmouth

John Benjamin Daugherty, L. S. SteubenviHe
Charles Francis Enyeart, L. S. Troy
Earl Roemer Findley, M. L. Akron

Charles Clarence Gamian, CI. Troy
Clark Peter Gamian, CI. Troy

Clarence Edward Gibbons, L. S. Talhnadp^e
Charles Albert Gilbert, L. S. CUidand

William Hamilton Gillie, L. S. Tivinsburg
John James Gunn, CI. Cleveland

Roy Asa Haynes, L. S. Hillsboro

Howard Warinj( Herrick, CI. Cleveland

F)merson Freeman Hird, CI. Baldwinville,
Wallace Holliday, CI. Cleveland

I'Yank Merrick Hubl>ell, CI. Cleveland

Daniel Ernest Johnson, CI. Cleveland

Harris Cecil Johnston, L. S. BoonvilU\

Oliver Jones, CI. Cleveland

Harry Ralph Lloyd, L. S. Wickliffe

William Claude Martin, L. S. Cleveland
Budd Noble Merrills, CI. Wickliffe

Oscar Richard Micklethwaite, L. S. Portsmouth
William Theodore Miller, M. L. Cleveland
Arnold Minnig, L. S.
Homer Lynn Nearpass, CI.
William Thomson Nimmons, L. S
Robert Henry Horace Pierce, L. S. Toledo
Carl Adolph Riemenschneider, M. L. Cleveland
Walter Iviiwrence Robison, M. L.
John Richard Ruggles, L. S.
Edgar Conrad Schmidt, M. L.
Philip Wallace Seagrave, CI.
William Ernest Singer, L. S.
Clarence Evans Stinchcomb, L. S
Clarence Ansel Strong, CI.
Wilbert Rosco Strunk, L. S.
John Hollam Stuart, CI.
Roy Foster Van Voorhis, CI.
Saul Charles Wachner, CI.
Chester Marvin Wallace, CI.
Andrew Bracken White, M. L.
James Victor Wolcott, M. L.

125 Adelbert St..

Euclid Heights.

12 Adelbert Hall.

151 Cornell St.

23 Adelbert Hall.

766 Faimiount St.

1604 Euclid Av.

117 Adelbert St.

153 Dibble A v.

3S9 Cedar A v.

3006 Euclid Av.

Mass. 44 Nantucket St.

30 Miles Park St.

673 Franklin Av.

53 Calvert St.

45 Knox St.

2370 Elmwood St.

Wickliffe.

84 Marvin Av.

Wickliffe.

125 Adelbert St.

999 E. Madison A v.

i\ew Philadelphia 24S1 Euclid Av.

Culver y Ind. 761 N. Logan A v.

Lincoln, Kan. 45 Knox St.

1 68 Slreator A v.

161 Beech wood St.

5 Hay ward St.

224 Streator Av.

A Y House.

55 Fourth Ave.

A Y House.

1177 Dennison Av.

109 Cornell St.

13 Adelbert Hall.

136 Murray Hill A v.

126 Murray Hill Av.

440 Scovill Av

Willoughby.

19 La Grange St.

72 Gra.smere St.

Freshmen, 59.

Cleveland

Dayton

Cleveland

Weston

Perry

Warren

Sidney

Youjigstown

Van Wert

Akron

Willoughby

Cleveland

E. Cleveland

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

SPECIAL STUDENTS.

Thomas Allan Boyle, (i) Salem 121 Bell A v.

Albert Franklin Counts, (2) Sidney 13 Adelbert Hall.

Bert Elijah Dean, (2) Faimiouni Fairmount.

Roy Gould Harris, (i) ' Cleveland 221 1 Euclid Av.

Harold Edward Ivangdou, (2) Akron 715 N. Logan Av.

Joseph Jackson Lane ( i ) Cleveland 7 1 Streator Av.

Benjamin Muhlhauser, (1) Cleveland no Walton Av.

Clarence J. Neal, (3) Cleveland 616 Woodland Av.

John Roy Petty, (i) East Cleveland East Cleveland.

Charles Clark Thwing, (i), Leavenworthy Kan. 44 Nantucket St.

Walter Herbert Warren, (2), Woosier 76 Bell Av.

John Calvin Winter, ( i ) Terre Haute, Ind. 1252 Scranton Av.

Speciai^, 12.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 43

Juniors 40

Sophomores 52

Freshmen 59

Special Students 12

206

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

36 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

All applicants for admission, whether to the Freshman
class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses, must pre-
sent satisfactory testimonials of good moral character, and
those from other colleges must also bring certificates of hon-
orable dismission. Admission to the Freshman class may-
be gained in one of two ways, either on examination, or on
presentation of a certificate from an approved High School
or Academy. Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION.

The regular examination for admission to the Freshman
class is held at Adelbert College on the Friday and Saturday
following Commencement (June 13-14, 1902). Attendance
is required at the opening of the examination on Friday
morning. The examinations, which are partly oral and
partly written, occur as follows:

First Day— Mathematics, 9 a. M. to 12 M. (Arithmetic, 9 to 9:30;
Algebra, 9:30 to 11; Geometry, 11 to 12); Greek, German and French,
2 p. M. to 5 p. M.; Chemistry, 2 p. M. to 3 p. M.; Physics, 3 p. m. to 4
p. M.; History, 4 p. M to 5 p. M.

Second Day — Latin, 9 a. m. to 12 m.; English, 2 p. m. to 4 p. M.

A second examination, to accommodate those unable to
attend the first, is held at Adelbert College on the Monday
and Tuesday before the opening of the first term (Septem-
ber 15-16, 1902), beginning promptly at 9 A. m. The order
of examinations is the same as at the regular examination.
Candidates applying to be examined at other than these
specified times, or late at the second examination, must ob-
tain special permission from the Faculty. Candidates late
at the regular examinations have no opportunity to make
good their loss until the second examination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 37

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

All candidates, irrespective of the course they may choose,
must be prepared in English, I^atin, and Mathematics,
according tt> the outlines of those subjects given below.
Students whose examination papers show marked deficiency
in spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division into paragraphs,
will not be admitted to any course.

English: The examination consists of two parts. The student is
required to show a general knowledge of the books marked A in the
following lists, and to write several short paragraphs on different sub-
jects chosen from them. In preparation for this part of the require-
ment it is important that the candidate shall receive instruction in the
fundamental principles of rhetoric. He is also required to answer
questions testing a thorough acquaintance with the books marked B.
These questions relate to the author and subject matter, to the essen-
tials of English grammar, and to the leading facts in those periods of
English literary history to which the prescribed books belong.

Examinations in 1902: A. For Reading: Shakespeare's Merchant
of Venice; Pope's Iliad, Books i, vi, xxii, and xxiv; The Sir Roger de
Coverley Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Colerid>?e's Ancient
Mariner; Scott's Ivauhoe; Cooper's Last of the Mohicans; Tennyson's
Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas Mamer.
B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's Lycidas, Comus,
L' Allegro, II Penseroso; Burke's Conciliation with America; Mac-
aulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Examinations in 1903 and 1904: A. For Reading: Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Carlyle's Essay on Bums; Tenny-
son's Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas
Mamer. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L' Allegro,
U Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with America;
Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Latin: Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough); Roman
pronunciation. Caesar — ^three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — six orations, inclu<fing De Imperio Gn.
Pompeii. Virgil — the Bucolics, two books of the Georgics and five
books of the ^neid, or the Bucolics and six books of the iEneid.
Ovid — ^Translation at sight. The translation at sight of passages from

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

38 ADBLBBRT COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

prose authors. Prose Composition — rendering of simple English
sentences into Latin. History of Rome — ^the amount required is indi-
cated by Smith *s Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's Primer of
Roman History. Ancient Geography.

Mathematics: Arithmetic, including the metric system of weights
and measures. Algebra ( Milne^s or Taylor's Academic, or Wentworth's
College), to the chapter on the Binomial Theorem. Geometry—
(Beman and Smith, Milne or Wells) complete.

Note : It is very important that students re\'iew a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

In addition to the above, students entering the several
courses must be prepared in the following subjects: For the
Classical Course, Greek; for the Modern Language Course,
French or German; for the Latin-Scientific Course, Chem-
istry, Physics, and English History. The entrance require-
ments in these subjects are as follows:

Grekk: Grammar; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the Preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon — four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered as equivalent). Homer — ^three
books of the Iliad, with Prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition— the rendering into
Greek of simple English sentences. White's Beg^nner*s Greek Book
(complete), Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exercises),
or Pearson's Greek Prose Composition are recommended. History of
Greece — FyfTe's Primer, Oman's, Myers's, or Smith's History of
Greece, or Pennell's Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

French: Ability to write simple sentences in French. A thorough
knowledge of French Grammar, special attention being paid to the
verbs. Ability to read ordinary French at sight. The following
course is advised: First Year — French Grammar and exercises;
irregular verbs; Kuhns' French Reader; Hal^vy's L'Abb^ Constantin;
Labiche's Voyage de M. Perrichon. Second Year — Grammar with
Composition exercises from L'Abb^ Constantin (Grandgent). San-
deau's Mile de la Seiglidre, Pailleron*s Le Monde oil I'on s'ennuie,
Loti's Pdcheur d'Islande, Daudet's Contes (Cameron). Third Year —
Review of irregular verbs, vnth composition exercises from I^a Belle

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 39

Nivemaise. Moli^re's Bourgeois Gentilhomme, or any other comedy
•of Moli^re. Racine's Athalie, Comeille's Cid, Balzac's Eugenie
Grandet.

German: Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose. Prose Composition — the rendering of simple connected prose
from English into German. Ability to pronounce German and to
recognize German words and simple phrases when uttered. Iw addi-
tion, familiarity with the following works or their equivalents, is
required: Riehl — Der Fluch der Schonheit. Freytag — Aus dem
Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. Heine — Die Harzreise, Goethe — First
three books of Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing— Minna von Barn-
helra. Schiller — Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke Thirty
pages of lyrics and ballads

Chemistry: Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.

Physics: Carhart and Chute, Avery, or an equivalent. Class-
work through one year. Each student must perform in the labora-
tory at least thirty^five or forty experiments, mainly quantitative,
•such as are given in the best laboratory manuals. The laboratory
note-book should be presented as part of the certificate.

Engi^ish History: Ransom's Short History of England, or Mont-
gomery's Leading Facts in English History.

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE.

Students from such High Schools and Academies as may
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that they have completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of such certificates, similar
to that given below, will be furnished instructors on appli-
cation to the President, with whom they are invited to cor-
respond. Applicants for admission are requested to present
their certificates, or send them by mail to the Dean, Pro-
fessor Fuller, during Commencement week, or as soon there-
after as practicable.

Students received on certificate are regarded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in
preparation are dropped whenever the deficiency has been

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

40 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [1901-1902^

clearly demonstrated. In order to co-operate with the sec-
ondary schools in preparatory work, a report of the progress
of each student admitted by certificate will be sent to the
Principal of the school from which he comes. If those
entering from any school during a term of years are found
deficient in preparation, the privilege of entering on certifi-
cate will be withdrawn from that school.

[form of certificate].

Mr is a graduate of the

School, in the course, Class of ,

has pursued the studies marked below with the success indicated by
the attached standing, and is hereby recommended for admission to-

the course. Freshman class, Adelbert College, Western

Reserve University.

(Requirements far admission common to all courses).

English: Composition and Literature as prescribed in the cata-
logue.

Mathematics: Arithmetic, including the metric system; Algebra.
(Milne's or Taylor's Academic, or Wentworth's College) to the
Binomial Theorem; Geometry (Beman and Deniati, Milne, or Wells)
complete.

Latin — Grammar; Csesar — ^three books of the Gallic, or two books,
of the Civil War; Cicero— six orations, including De Imperio Gn.
Pompeii: Vergil — ^the Bucolics, two books of the Georgics, and five
books of the ^neid, or the Bucolics and six books of the ^neid;
translation at sight from Ovid and simple prose; Prose Composition —
rendering simple English sentences into Latin; History of Rome;.
Ancient Geography.

In addition to the above for admission to

THE CI^ASSICAI* COURSE:

Greek: Grammar; Xenophon — ^four books of the Anabasis;
Homer — three books of the Iliad, with Prosody; Translation at sight.
Prose Composition; History of Greece; Ancient Geography.

THE MODERN I«ANGUAGE COURSE:

German: Grammar; Translation at sight; Prose Composition;
Riehl — Der Fluch der Schonheit, Freytag — Aus dem Staat Friedrichs
des Grossen; Heine — Die Harzreise; Goethe — First three books of

Digitized by Google

19OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 4I

Dichtung und Wahrheit; Lessin^ — Minna von Barnhelm; Schiller—
Wilhelm Tell und Das I^ied von der Glocke; thirty pages of lyrics or
ballads; — or^

French: Grammar; Translation at sight; Prose Composition;
Hal^vy — L'Abb^ Constantin; Daudet — Contes; Sandeau — Mile de
la Seigli^re. Pailleron's Le Monde ou 1' on Sennuie; Lotis P^cheur
d' Islande; Moli^re — Bourgeois Gentilhomme; Racine — Athalie;
Comeille — Cid; Balzac— Eugenie Grandet.

the i.atin-scientific course :

Chemistry, Physics, English History.

WTien the above requirements have not been exactly met, the
equivalents offered therefor must be specified in detail. When a cer-
tificate does not meet the above requirements in full, the applicant
may be required to pass the usual examination in any or all the
requirements.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Candidates for admission to the Sophomore, Junior and
Senior classes, whether from other colleges or not, may be
required to pass examinations on studies previously pur-
sued, but full credit will be given to such certificates as they
bring from former instructors. No one is admitted to the
Senior class after the beginning of the second half-year.

In connection with entrance to advanced standing, atten-
tion is called to the opportunity for combining professional
training with the undergraduate work of the last year. For
further particulars see the statement regarding th^ Medical
College on page 56.

ADMISSION TO PARTIAL COURSES.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

42 ADEI.BERT COLLEGE. 1901-1902]

to enter only those courses for which their previous training
has fitted them. In general they are subject to the same
requirements as to college regulations, number of hours of
work, and standing in class as regular students, but each
application is considered on its merits.

Special students, on severing their connection with the
College, receive certificates of all work satisfactorily com-
pleted. The requirements for admission to each course may
be learned on application to the Dean.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 43

COURSES OF STUDY.

FRESHMAN YEAR.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

!>,»*» , /I hour a week ) ,^1,^

»^»^« ^ i First half-year. I '^hrs,

English i ] 3 hours a week |

Latin i and 2 > throughout the >- 102 hrs.

Mathematics i, 2 and 3 J year. j

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

Classical / GREEK i and 2 .
Course. \ German i

T^n'^^.fl^KNCHIAND2

Latin f Chemistry 2

Scientific -j Physics i A. First half-year
Course. ( History A. Second half-yr ^

6 hours a weekl
throughout the [► 204 hrs.
year. j

527 hrs.
In addition to the above subjects all members of the Freshman class
are required to take systematic exercises in the gymnasium three times
a week during six months of the year.

SOPHOMORE YEAR.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.
English 2, i hour a week throughout the year, 34 hours.
Electives, 15 hours a week throughout the year, 510 hours.

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS.

Electives, 15 hours a week throughout the year.

With the exception of English 2, which is required of all students
in their Sophomore year, each student, during the last three years,
selects, with the approval of the Faculty, every course of study pur-
sued by him. But during the three years in question, and before
graduation, each student must complete not less than four half-year
courses of three hours each in Language and Literature, not less than
four in Mathematics and Natural Science, and not less than four in
Philosophy, History and Social Science.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

44 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

SYNOPSIS OF COURSES.

The following statements describe all courses offered both
prescribed and elective. Prescribed courses are indicated
on page 43 of this catalogue; all others are elective.
Unless otherwise stated, each course consists of three one-
hour recitations each week. Numbers of courses are not
necessarily consecutive. The hours at which courses are
given will be found on the schedule of recitations, a copy of
which may be obtained at the Dean's office.

ASTRONOMY.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.

I. Astronomy. Young's General Astronomy. The course is
mainly descriptive, and is amply illustrated. Some attention is given
to the history of astronomy. Second half-year.

BIBLICAL LITERATURE,

PRESID5NT THWING.
MR. HA YD EN. (CourseS 2, 3, 4.)

1. The Life op Christ. Essays and discussions upon the prin-
cipal doctrines of Christianity. One hour a week, first half of Fresh-
man year.

2. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's "Elements of Hebrew" will be used, later the Old Testament
text. Three hours a week, throughout the year.

3. New Testament Greek. A critical reading of selections
from the Gospels, Acts and Epistles, to bring out the special charac-
reristics of this Greek. Either half-year.

4. Seminary in New Testament Exegesis. (Open to those
who have taken Course 3). Written expositions of assigned passages,
with discussions. Either half-year.

BIBUCXJRAPHY.

MR. WILLIAMS.

I . Generai^ and National Bibuography. A study of the prin-
cipal general bibliographies, and the national bibliographies of the
United States, England, France and Germany. Familiarity with the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-I9O2] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 45

works studied will be induced by practical problems. The course will
be supplemented by a study of some of the best library catalogues and
of the principles of cataloguing from the standpoint of the user.

2. Reference Work. A study of the better known works of
reference, as the general and special cyclopedias, dictionaries, annuals,
indexes to periodicals, and ready reference manuals of every kind.
Works of a similar nature will be compared, and the limitations of
each pointed out. Lists of questions to be solved by the use of the
works studied will be given, and the methods of finding the answers
discussed in class. One hour a week, second half-year.

BIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR HERRICK.
DR. GRIFFIN.

1. Ei*EMENTARY Bioi^OGY. An introduction to the study of living
things upon the basis of morphology, physiology, and development.
One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. Second
half year.

2. Zooi^oGY — Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A
study of the structure, development and relationship of certain types
of invertebrate animals. One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two
hours each. First half-year.

3-4. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A
laboratory course in the general anatomy of vertebrates. One recita-
tion and two laboratory exercises throughout the year.

6. Ei^ements of Vertebrate Histoi^ogy. The study of the
tissues of the mammalian body. One recitation, two laboratory
exercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

7. Ei^EMEnts of Vertebrate Embryoi^ogy. a detailed study
of the development of the bird, and general principles of the embry-
ology of vertebrates. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two
hours each. Second half-year.

9. Generai, Physioi^ogy. a course of reading, supplemented by
experiments in the laboratory, on the general physiology of the cell;
an examination of the facts and theories of life and of the problems
which it offers. Two exercises weekly. First half-year.

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants on the basis
of their physiology, morphology and classification. Instruction is
given by lectures, laboratory work and field excursions. Second
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

46 ADKLBERT COLI.EGE. [19OI-I902

II. Reading Ci^ub. A voluntary association of students and
instructors for reading and discussing works of general scientific
interest. Meetings are held weekly from November i to May i at a
time most convenient to the members.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses i, 2, 6,
7, 10, $5.00; Course 3-4, $5.00 for each term; Course 9, $2.00.

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR MORI^EY.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER.

DR. GRUENBR.

1. Chemistry of the Non-Metai^wc Ei^ements. Wurtz*s Ele-
ments of Chemistry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of
three hours.

2. Inorganic Chemistry. A more advanced com-se in general
chemistry, for the Freshman year of the Latin-Scientific Course.
Newth's Inorganic Chemistry. Two laboratory exercises and one
recitation, throughout the year.

4. Chemistry of the Metals. Wurtz's Elements of Chemistry.
Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. First
half-year.

5. Elements of Qualitative Analysis. Three laboratory
exercises of three hours each. Open to those who have taken either
course 2 or course 4. Second half-year.

6. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two reci-
tations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout the year.

7. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. Three laboratory
exercises of three hours each, throughout the year.

8. Physiological Chemistry. Halliburton's Essentials of
Chemical Physiology. A course on the chemistry of the animal body,
of nutrition, and of the ordinary food materials. Two recitations and
one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to those who have taken
or are taking course 6. First half-year.

9. Physical Chemistry. An elementary course treating princi-
pally of the theory of solutions and electro-chemistry. Three times a
week with occasional laboratory exercises. Second half-year. Open
to those who have had three half-year courses in chemistry.

The Laboratory Fee for Courses i, 4, 7, or 8 is I3.00; for Course 2,
J4.00; for Course 6, $5.00; and for Course 5 or 7, $6.00. These fees are
for each half-year. Breakage and other damage to apparatus are
charged extra.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 47

ECX)NOMICS.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR WALKER.

In general the student will be required to take the first course in
economics before pursuing any of the others.

1. Elements of Economics. The work is conducted by lectures,
recitations and required readings. The text-book used is Walker's
Political Economy (Advanced Course). First half-year.

2. Value and Distribution. A discussion of the problem of
value in relation to distribution together with an historical treatment
of the institution of property, systems of land tenure, slavery and the
remuneration of free labor, interest and usury, profits and monopolies,
etc. Lectures, recitations and readings. Second half-year.

3. Money. The history and theory of money, considering the
production of the precious metals, coinage, paper money, bank money,
theory of value, prices, bimetallism, etc. Lectures and required
readings. The text-books are Walker, Money, and White, Money
and Banking. First half-year.

4. Public Finance. This course deals with state economy —
expenditure, taxation, debts, administration, etc. Lectures and
required readings. The text-book is Bastable's Public Finance.
Second half-year.

5. Socialism. An historical and critical course in socialism and
socialistic theory. Attention is paid to the historical basis of socialism,
the various schools of the nineteenth century, and the efforts at social-
istic reform. Lectures and required readings. The text-books are
Ely*s French and German Socialism, Schaeffle's Quintessence of
Socialism. First half-year.

6. Railroads and Transportation. This treats of the history
of transportation and its present problems, i^-ith especial reference to
tlie relations of the railroads to the state, to the public, and to
employes. Lectures and required readings in government reports, etc.
The text-book is Hadley*s Railroad Transportation. Second half-year.

7. History of Economic Theory. This deals, historically and
comparatively, with the development of economic thought from the
earliest times. Lectures, with required readings in examples of the
principal schools. Ingram's History of Political Economy is used.
1901-1902. First half-year.

8. History of Political Theory. An historical and compara-
tive course in the development or political thought from the earliest
times. Lectures, with readings in examples of the principal schools.
1902-1903. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

48 ADKLBSRT COI.LEGE. [190I-1902

9. HiSTORiCAi, PowTics. The evolution of the political institu-
tions of mankind is traced from theirorigins to modem times, with a
particular consideration of gentile society, the city state, the Athenian
democracy, the Roman Republic and Kmpire, the feudal system, the
mediaeval Empire, parliamentary institutions, etc. Text, Wilson:
The State. First half-year.

10. Comparative Poutics. The governments of four modem
states, viz., the United States, British Empire, German Empire, and

> French Republic are examined and compared. Text, Wilson: The
State. Second half-year.

ENGLISH.

PROFESSOR POTWIN (COURSES 14, I5, 16, I9, 2o).

PROFESSOR EMERSON (COURSES 4, 5, 7, lO, 13, 17, 21-23).

DR. BRIGGS (COURSES 2, 4, 5, II).

MR. STEVENS (COURSES I, 6, 30).

RHETORIC AND ENGLISH COMPOSITION.

1. Rhetoric. Rhetorical theory from a text-book of rhetoric,
and analysis of prose selections illustrating the principles of composi-
tion during the first half-year. During the second half-year a study
of masterpieces of poetry and prose with an historical survey of
English literature. A short essay or its equivalent each week, with
conference for the correction of individual faults. Freshman year.

2. Theme Writing. Short themes each week with individual
conferences. Lectures on writing and the use of good English. One
hour a week throughout Sophomore year.

4. Daii^y Themes. Five short themes each week on subjects
chosen by the student. Weekly conferences with each student for
correction and suggestion. First half-year.

5. Daii^y Themes. Similar to Course 4, but of a more advanced
character. Students must have had Course 4 or its equivalent.
1 900- 190 1. Second half-year.

6. FoRENSics. Critical study of masterpieces in argument and
oratory, with preparation of briefs, argumentative essays and orations.
First half-year.

7. History of Engi.ish Prose. Lectures on prose writers and
the development of prose style. Critical reading of specimens of
English prose from Mandeville to Burke, with collateral readings and
essajrs. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 49

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

Students are advised to take at least two of the first five courses
before beginning those which follow.

10. Chaucer and Spenser. A study of the minor poems and the
Canterbury Tales of Chaucer, together with the most important poetry
of Spenser. A survey of English poetry between Chaucer and Spen-
ser, with lectures and collateral reading. First half-year.

11. Shakespeare and the Drama. A general course on 'the
literature from 1600 to 1625-30, with special emphasis upon the drama.
Second half-year.

12. MUrTON AND THE Ci^ASSiciSTS. English poetry from Milton
to Pope inclusive, with special emphasis of Milton. The classical
influence on English writers. Readings in the minor writers of the
period. First half-year.

13. CoLi^iNS TO Keats. A rapid survey of the poets from the
death of Pope to Cowper, and special study of Cowper, Bums, Words-
worth, Coleridge, Scott, Southey, Byron, Shelley, Keats. Second
half-year.

14. Tennyson and the Poets from 1830. The poetry of Ten-
nyson will be the central and principal study, with readings of other
poets, except Browning who is the subject of a separate course. First
half-year.

15. American Literature. Its beginnings, dependence on
English authors, and development under the influences of our history.
First half-year.

16. History of Engwsh Criticism. The study will begin with
Dryden, and include the critical works of Addison, Johnson, Hallam
and others down to Matthew Arnold, and the critics of todaj- .

17. The Engwsh Novei*. An historical course beginning with
the story-writers of the Elizabethan period, and following the devel-
opment of the novel through the eighteenth, and early nineteenth
century. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

18. The Engush Drama before Shakespeare. Text-book,
Manley's Specimens of the Pre-Shakesperean Drama. First half-year.

19. Shakespeare. All the plays of Shakespeare to be read
rapidly in the probable order of composition, with selection of charac-
teristic passages. As an introduction, one of the more familiar plays
will be studied for its illustration of the language of that period.
Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

50 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [I90I-I90^

20. The Poetry of Browning. The study will follow the order
of time of composition, typical selections being made for careful
analysis and explanation. Second half-year.

21. Old English (Anglo-Saxon). Lectures and recitations
upon the language, with readings of selections from Old English
prose and poetry. Special attention to the development of the lan«
guage. First half-year.

22. Middle English. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with readings of selections from prose and poetry. Special
study of Chaucer and his contemporaries. Second half-year.

23. Advanced Study of Old and Middle English. Critical
reading of texts, study of sources, and of the development of languagei
and literature. Throughout the year.

ELOCUTION.
30. A course in vocal training and drill in public speaking. In-
struction is given by lectures; by individual training in the analysis
and delivery of oratorical masterpieces; and in the writing of orations.
Three hours a week, second half-year.

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.

PROFESSOR GUSHING.

1. Mineralogy. Cr>'Stallography, and Descriptive Mineralogy.
Two hours of recitation and lectures, and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

2. MiNERAi^oGY. Determinative Mineralogy and Blow-pipe Anal-
ysis. Three laboratory exercises of three hours each. Physical
Crystallography may be substituted for the Blow-pipe work. Second
half-year.

3. Gkology. Dynamical and Structural Geology. Three hours a
week. First lialf-year.

4. GKOI.OGY. Historical Geology. Lectures and field work in
vicinity of Cleveland. Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. Second half-year.

A Laboratory fee of Ji.oo is charged for courses i, 2 and 4.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 5 1

GERMAN.

PROFESSOR HARRIS.
PROFESSOR DEERING (COURSE l).
DR. MEYER (COURSES I, 2 AND 3).

1. Elementary German. Harris's German Lessons; German
Reader and German Composition; easy texts. In this and the follow-
ing courses as much of the work as possible is done in German, but
conversation is used as a means, not as an end. Required of all who
begin German in college. Throughout the year.

2. Selected Masterpieces of representative German authors,
the latter part of the year being given to Schiller. The texts read
vary from year to year. The first text in 1902- 1903 will be Lessing's
Emilia Galotti. Composition and advanced grammar. For Modern
Language Freshmen. Throughout the year.

3. Second Year German. Whitney's German Grammar;
Harris's German Composition. Reading of representative literary
works. The texts riead vary from year to year. The first text in 1902-
1903 will be Eichendorff, Aus dem Leben eines Tangenichts. Open to
all who have had Course i or its equivalent. Throughout the year.

4. Author Course. The greater part of the year is given up to
the more detailed study of some of the great writers, usually Goethe,
but some other texts are also read. The work is partly in the form of
class exercises and partly private reading on which the student is
examined. Drill in writing German. Open to all who have had
Course 2 or 3, or an equivalent. Throughout the year.

The following electives are open to all who have had Course 4 or its
equivalent:

5. OuTi^iNB History of German Literature. Recitations
from a manual, with collateral readings; lectures on German history
and Literature. Throughout the year.

6. Middi^e High German. This course gives a reading knowl-
edge of Middle High German through a careful study of the grammar
and the reading of selections from various texts, such as the Nibe-
lungenlied, Hartmann, Walther von der Vogelweide, etc 1 902-1 903.
Throughout the year.

8. Recent German Drama. Lectures on the history of the
German drama since Goethe's death; with the reading of plays of rep-
resentative modern dramatists. Second half-year.

9. Modern German Prose. This course is given up to the study
of a few of the modem writers in the fields of history, biography,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

52 ADEI.BKRT COLI.EGE. [190I-1902

travels, etc. Essays, lectures, and portions of larger works are read.
Throughout the year.

10. Faust. Goethe's Faust; connected history of the Faust legend
(lectures), with selected readings from the more important Faust-
biicher and Volksschauspiele. 1902- 1903. First half-year.

12. Modern Fiction. German Fiction since 1848 (lectures);
readings from Auerbach, SchefTel, Freytag, Spielhagen, Sudenhann,
and others. 1902- 1903. Throughout the year.

13. Franz Grillparzer. His life, works, and relations to con-
temporary German dramatic literature. 1902-1903. First half-year.

14. Heinrich Heine. A detailed study of the life and works of
Heine and his relations to contemporary German literature. 1902-
1903. Second half-year.

GREEK*

PROFESSOR FUI.I.ER.

PROFESSOR FOWI^ER.

DR. BII.I,.

MR. HAYDN.

1. Homer. First half Freshman year.

2. Attic Orators. Rhetoric; Greek History from 404 to 338.
Second half Freshman year.

3. The Drama. Selections, with an introduction to the study of
metres and scenic antiquities. First half Sophomore year.

4. Pi^To. Greek Literature, connected survey, illustrated
by extracts from authors not previously studied. Second half
Sophomore year.

5. Tragedy. Selected dramas of Buripides, Sophocles, and
.<9Sschylus. First half-year.

6. Thucydides, with comparative studies of Herodotus and
Xenophon. Second half-year.

7. PHII.OSOPHY. First half-year.

8. Arch^oi^ogy. Second half-year.

9. iDYi^uc Poetry. First half-year.

10. ^SCHINES and Demosthenes on the Crown. First half-
year.

11. IvYRic Poetry. First half-year.

12. New Testament Greek. See Bible, Course 3.

13. New Testament Exegesis. See Bible, Course 4.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 53

HISTORY.

PROFESSOR PERRIN.

PROFESSOR PI^ATNER (COURSE 16).

MR. SEVERANCE (COURSE I7).

A. Outlines of European History. Text, George Burton Adams*
•* European History.** Required of all Latin-Scientific Freshmen.
Second half-year.

Students are advised to take courses i and 2 before beginning any
of the others.

1. The Middi,e Ages. Europe from the foiulli century to the
fourteenth. The migration and settlement of the Teutonic peoples,
the rise of the Christian church, .Mohammedanism and the crusades,
feudalism, the struggle of the Empire and Papacy, the growth of
cities and the rise of modem kingdoms. First half-year.

2. Modern Europe. An outline of the political, religious and
social history of Europe from the fourteenth century to the present.
Second half-year.

3. History of France, from the fall of the Carolingians to the
middle of the eighteenth century, with special reference to the growth
of French institutions. Second half-year.

4. The Reformation. A course based upon Fisher*s History of
the Reformation with collateral reading in Schaff's History of the
Christian Church, Hausser*s Period of the Reformation, Ranke's
History of the Popes, and the writings of the reformers. Special
topics are assigned for investigation. First half-year.

5. Politic Ai, History of Engi,and, from the Tudor period to
1815. Lectures and prescribed reading. First half-year.

6. American Coi^oniai. History. The constitutional and insti-
tutional development of the English colonies to 1783. Lectures with
prescribed readings. First half-year.

7. PowTiCAi, AND Constitutional, History of the United
States, 1 783-1860. Lectures with required readings. The more im-
portant documents in McDonald's Select Documents are read and
discussed. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

8. The Old Rj^gime and the Revolution. France, with com-
parisons drawn from other states, 1 774-1 789; the French Revolution,
1789-1795, its social and political struggles and its permanent results
in French society. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

54 ADELBERT COI.I.EGE. [l§OI-I902

9. The History of Europe from 1815. A continuation of
Course 8. Second half-year.

10. (a) The United States i860- 1885. Lectures and reports
upon topics assigned for investigation. Or,

(d) American Poi^iTics. A study of the government of the
United States, both National and State. Second half-year.

11. History of Coi^onization since 1492. The history- of the
English colonies in America is not included. First half-year.

12. The Stuart Regime, 1603- 1 7 14. Especial attention given to
constitutional questions. The more important documents of Gardiner's
Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution are read and dis-
cussed. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

13. Engi,and in the Nineteenth Century. A continuation
of Course 5. Second half-year.

14. Constitution Ai, History of Engi,and. Lectures and pre-
scribed reading. The more important constitutional documents are
discussed. First half-year.

15. American Diplomacy, 1776-1877. Lectures and reports upon
topics assigned for investigation.

16. Roman History. Open to Juniors and Seniors.

17. Church History. The growth of the Christian Church will
be traced in its organization, doctrine and life to the Reformation.
An especial attempt will be made to introduce students to the larger
literature of the subject.

LATIN.
professor pi«atnbr.

DR. Bll,!,.

1. Livy. First half Freshman year.

2. Pi,AUTus, two or three plays. Horace, Satires. Second half
Freshman year.

3. Odes of Horace. First half Sophomore year.

4. Tacitus, Germania and Agricola. Juvenai,, Satires. Second
half Sophomore year.

5. Cicero's Letters.

6. Lucretius.

7. Roman Arch^EOIvOGy. Topography and monuments of ancient
Rome.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 55

8. Latin of the Silver Age. This course is based mainly on
the letters of Pliny the Younger, Seneca, Tacitus, and Suetonius.

9. Roman Comedy, Terence and Plautus, with the antiquities of
the Roman stage.

10. Roman Elegiac and Lyric Poetry.

12. Latin Epigraphy. Introductory course.

13. Roman History. See History, Course 16.

Bach of the elective courses, 5 to 12, is a half-year course, and in
general they are given in a cycle, but no definite order can be stated,
variations being introduced according to the number and character of
the students.

MATHEMATICS.

professor smith,
mr. dickbrman.

1. Plane Trigonometry.

2. Plane Analytic Geometry. Construction and discussion of
Equation, Straight Line, Circle. Parabola, Ellipse.

Courses i and 2 required in Freshman year.

4. Algebra (advanced course). First half Sophomore year.

5. Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry (advanced course).
First half-year.

6. Spherical Trigonometry. Surveying. Second half Sopho-
more year.

7. Elements of Differential and Integral Calculus.
Second half Sophomore year.

8. Differential and Integral Calculus (advanced course).
First half-year.

9. The Theory of Equations. Burnside and Panton's Theory
of Equations. 1 901- 1902. Second half-year.

10. Quaternions. Kelland and Tait's Introduction to Qua-
ternions. First half-year.

1 1 . Differential Equations. Johnson's Differential Equations.
1902-1903. Second half-year.

12. Modern Analytic Geometry. Second half-year.
The Laboratory fee for course 5 is |i.oo.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

56 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

BflEMCINE.

Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Metlical College
of the University provided it does not count for more than six hours a
week, as leading to an academic degree. By availing themselves of
this opportunity and by proper choice of electives in the College,
students may complete one of the four years required for the degree
in medicine during their academic course. For details of such
courses application should be made to the Dean of the Medical College,
Dr. Millikin.

PHILOSOPHY.

PROFESSOR CURTIS.
DR. MAR\'n?.

The following chronological order will be obser\-ed. Students
wishing to elect any of the more advanced courses f 5-11 ) in the Senior
year are ad^-ised to take Courses i, 3 and 4, in the Junior year.

1. Psychology. An elementarj- course which presents in outline
the entire subject matter, with special emphasis upon the functions of
the Ner\'ous System and the process of perception. First half-year.

2. Anthropology. The main problems and bearings of Anthro-
pology are discussed in systematic order. Lectures are given on the
history of Anthropology, and an effort is made to understand its posi-
tion in the present century. First half-year.

3. Logic. This course, of which the piupose is chiefly practical,
presents the elements of deductive and inductive logic, laying especial
emphasis on tlie formal and material fallacies. The text-book used is
Hyslop's Elements of Logic, or Jevons' Lessons in Logic togjether with
Minto's Logic for consultation on special topics. Second half-year.

4. Introduction to Philosophy. This course introduces the
student to the chief problems of systematic philosophy, their history
and present status. The instruction is given in the form of lectures
and assigned private reading. Second half-year.

5. Ethics. Muirhead's Elements of Ethics or Mackenzie's
Manual of Ethics will be read to secure a general outline. Some of
the more important problems of ethics will be studied in their histori-
cal and philosophical aspects by reference to the works of Aristotle,
Kant, Martineau, Sidgwick, Green, Spencer and Stephen. First half-
year.

6. (a) General History of Philosophy. A course for
Seniors extending throughout the year. The first term reviews oriental

Digitized by VjOOQIC

190I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 57

aod Greek thought with their bearings upon patristic and scholastic
philosophy to the close of the sixteenth century. The second term
will consider the main lines of thought from Bacon and Descartes to
Wundt and Si)encer, inclusive. The more important texts are those
of Windelband, Weber, Ueberweg-Heinze, Zeller, Hoeffding.

(d) British PHiix>soPHy prom Bacon to Hume. Lectures,
recitations and private readings. The purpose is to acquaint the
student with the classics of British Empiricism by means of selections
from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum Organum,
Hobbes' Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understanding,
Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, and Hume's Treatise of
Human Nature. The course will bring forward the main problems of
Modem Philosophy. First half-year.

7. (a) Introduction to the History and Phii^osophy of
Religion. The aim is to present Religion in its psychological, histo-
rical, critical, and constructive aspects. The course is based upon
Menzie's History of Religion and Principal Caird's or Sabatier's
Philosophy of Religion.— Or,

(d) Philosophy of Society. Open only to students who have
taken Courses i and 2. Lectures will be given by the instructor
throughout the term and special work will be assigned to each student
for report and discussion. Second half-year.

8. (a) The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical
study of Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolu-
tion along with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Digests
and critical essays are required for the purpose of bringing into prom-
inence the main questions of Cosmology, and the bearing of Evolution
on recent thought.— Or,

(d) The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's
Philosophy have been reviewed, Kant's Critique of Pure Reason will
be taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This
will be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysics of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. Second
half-year. Or,

(c) Contemporary Thought. A study of some recent work of
value, such as Balfour's The Foundations of Belief, or. Ward's Natur-
alism and Agnosticism.

10. Advanced Psychology. The subject of the course is the
Psychology of Education. Its aim is to apply the results of psy-
chology to the solution of some of the chief problems of education.
First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

58 ADKI.BERT COLLEGE. [1901-1902

II. Applied Logic, or Scientific Method. In this course the
general methods of science will be analyzed in order to study their
principles and nature and logical justification. The chief works con-
sulted are those of Mill, Sigwart and Venn. Second half-year.

PHYSICS.

PROPBSSOR WHITMAN.
DR. REICHMANN.

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Electricity and Magnetism, Light. Continuation of
Course i. Second half-year.

I. (^) General contents and text-book asin i. For Freshmen
entering the Latin-Scientific course. The work is arranged to utilize
as fully as possible the preparatory course in physics. First half-year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics, or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory op Heat. An introduction to thermodynamics, based
mainly on Buckingham's Theory of Thermodynamics, with lectures
and references. Second half-year.

Alternating with 8.

5. Electricity and Magnetism. A general review of electrical
theory, with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The
text-book will depend somewhat on the character of the class. First
half-year.

6. Continuation of Course 5. Second half-year.

7. Mechanical Drawing. A course involving the principles of
Descriptive Geometry and their application to projective drawing.
Second half-year.

8. Mrch.\nics. a .study of the principles of applied mechanics.
Text-book, Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year.

Alternating with 4.

9. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important phys-
ical phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to Ha.stings and Beach, General Physics, and a few exercises in
the laboratory. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 59

10. Physicai* Manipui,ation. Instruction is given in the ele-
ments of the ordinary arts, as glass-blowing and soldering, in the use
of the dividing engine and other general instruments, in the construc-
tion of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly. Second
half-year.

11. Physicai, Experiment. Special topics in physics are as-
signed to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is to
introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than are
usually possible in the general courses. Each student is expected to
spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

Courses 10 and 11 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

Two weekly exercises under Course 10 may be combined with Course
1 1 to count for one three-hour course.

An elementary knowledge of the Differential and Integral Calculus
is necessary for Courses 4, 5, 6, 8 and 11.

The Laboratory fee for Course 9 is $2.00; for each of the other
courses, $4.00.

THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES,

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BOURI..\ND.
DR. OI*rVER (courses 3 AND 4 IN FRENCH).

FRENCH.

1 . Elementary. Grandgent's French Grammar; Kuhns' French
Reader. Practice in speaking and writing French. First half-year.

2. Elementary Course continued. Reading of modern prose
and plays, with practice in speaking and writing. Second half-year.

3. Rapid Reading of Nineteenth Century Texts, with
practice in conversation. First half-year.

4. Rapid Reading of Modern and Classic Texts, with prac-
tice in conversation. Second half-year.

The foregoing are elementary courses, which will be offered annu-
ally; they or their equivalent must precede all other work in French.
Of the following electives, not more than two may be expected in any
one half-year:

5. 6. French Prose Composition. Practice in writing French,
with review of the Sjmtax. First and second half-years.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

6o ADELBERT COLI.EGB. [19OI-1902

7. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century. Lec-
tures, recitations and collateral readings in the classic drama and the
prose writers. First half-year.

8. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Lec-
tures and recitations, with special reference to Montesquieu, Voltaire,
Diderot and J. J. Rousseau. Second half-year.

9. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. Montaigne,
Rabelais. Lectures and recitations. First half-year.

10. Outlines of the History of French Literature to the
END OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. Lectures with illustrative read-
ings. Second half-year.

11. 12. Historical French Grammar. Lectures on the Phonol-
ogy and Morphology, with illustrative readings in Old French texts.
First and second half-years.

ITALIAN.

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. First half-year.

2. Dante. The Inferno and the Vita Nuova. Lectures, readings,
and recitations. Second half-year.

SPANISH.

1. Ei<ementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with
practice in speaking. First half-year.

2. Reading of Modern Prose and Plays, with special drill
in .speaking and writing Spanish. Second half-year.

3. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the dramatic literature of
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with readings from Lope de
Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarc6n, Calder6n. First half-year.

4. Cervantes. Lectures, recitations and reports. Second half-
year.

SANSKRIT.

professor platner.
I. Elementary Course, designed for students who intend to
make a specialty of Classical Philology. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 6r

GENERAL INFORMATION*

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a holiday
recess of nine days, until the Saturday after the last Thurs-
day in January. The second half-year begins on the Mon-
day after the last Thursday in January, and continues, with
an Easter recess of one week, until Commencement, which
occurs on the Thursday after the eleventh day of June (or
after the tenth in years in which February has twenty-nine
days). No college exercises are held on Thanksgiving
day, Washington's birthday, and Decoration day. On the
day of prayer for colleges, religious exercises are held in
Eldred Hall. The exercises of each half-year begin with
prayers in the chapel at nine o'clock.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.

All students are required to attend daily prayers in the
chapel. At this service addresses are frequently made by
the clergymen of Cleveland and other cities. Students are
also expected to attend morning service on Sunday in the
chiu-ches of the city. It is desired that students should
connect themselves with the churches of their choice, and
enter as far as possible into their religious activities.

The Young Men's Christian Association of the college
holds its meetings in Eldred Hall. This building is devoted
entirely to the religious and social work of the Association.

LIBRARIES.

The College Library, including the collections of former
literary societies, contains about forty-five thousand bound
volumes and ten thousand unbound books and pamphlets.
It is commodiously housed in the Hatch Library building,
the gift of Mr. Henry R. Hatch, of Cleveland. The col-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

62 ADRI.BERT COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

lections relating to the study of the German language and
literature, French literature, United States history, and the
histor}'^ of the French Revolution are particularly full.
. The list of periodicals is very complete, and the library con-
tains many sets of valuable publications in classical phil-
ology and archaeology', Germanic and general philology,
history, anthropology, and science, besides sets of the oldest
and best literary magazines. These sets are kept up to
date and their number is increased by constant additions.
The whole collection is classified according to the Dewey
system somewhat modified. Students have access to all the
books on the shelves, and the library is open from eight in
the morning to half -past five in the afternoon.

In addition to the College Library, students may freely
use the Free Public Library of Cleveland. It contains
150,000 volumes, and includes valuable collections for the
study of Shakespeare, modem literature, history, art, and
archaeology. On request of members of the Faculty, books
from the Public Library are delivered at the Hatch Library
building, and may be retained for an extended period.
This arrangement makes its collections readily accessible to
students at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and
general literature, and oifers excellent facilities for study of
the fine arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the
sciences, especially chemistry and botany.

Students thus have access to collections aggregating about
250,000 volumes, and constantly increasing in number.

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS.

Biology. The biological laboratory is designed, for
the study of the biological sciences, especially zoology and
botany; for a biological museum, 'in the sense of a reference

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 63

or teaching collection of objects drawn from the living
world to illustrate types of structure, variations, life his-
tories and kindred subjects; and for the maintenance of
vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals and plants, both
aquatic and terrestrial; may be kept alive while their habits
are studied, and, when possible, their breeding and devel-
opment watched.

The building is of stone in Gothic design, and consists of
three stories ninety-three by sixty-three feet, and two small
wings, one of which contains the machinery used in heating.
The first story contains suitable rooms for anatomy, botany
and vivaria. The main elementary laboratory has an
exposure of sixty feet on the north and twenty-seven feet
on the east and west sides. It is lighted by eighteen win-
dows and is designed for the conduct of large classes in
elementary biology. In the same story are the offices of
instructors, special laboratory rooms for zoology and
embryology, coat, cloak and toilet rooms, and preparation
and supply rooms for the main laboratories. The third
story is divided into a large lecture room, a reference
library and reading room, a photographic laboratory, and a
series of museum and preparation rooms.

Chemistry. The department of chemistry is well sup-
plied with apparatus for use in illustrative lectures. The
chemical laboratory is equipped with sufficient apparatus so
that each student may become familiar with the facts of the
science through experiments made by himself under the
guidance of the instructor. Such experimental courses are
offered in the chemistry of the non-metallic and metallic
elements, in organic, analytical, and physiological chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

64 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

optical Study, and rock sections in g^eat number, besides
mineralogical, lithological, and palaeontological collections.
The vicinity of Cleveland is interesting geologically, es-
pecially in regard to its glacial deposits and its palaeon-
tology. It furnishes abundance of material for the special
investigator.

Physics and Astronomy. The Physical laboratory is
a three-story building of sound and substantial construction,
containing large lecture and laboratory rooms for the ele-
mentary courses, and a considerable number of smaller
apartments for more advanced work. Especial attention
has been paid to heating, lighting, and ventilation. The
department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present oflFered— all of which
include work in the laboratory — and additional apparatus
is continually being obtained.

Upon the physical laboratory has been erected an equa-
torial telescope, covered by a revolving dome. The tele-
scope, of ten and one-half inches aperture and fifteen feet
focal length, is equipped with all the necessary accessories
for observation and measurement. This valuable addition
to the scientific apparatus of the University is the gift of
Messrs. W. R. Warner and Ambrose Swasey, of Cleveland.

GYMNASIUM AND ATHLETIC FIELD.

At the southern end of the campus is the gymnasium, and
beside it the athletic field. The former is well equipped
with apparatus of the latest and most approved style. All
members of the Freshman class are required to take system-
atic exercise three times a week during six months of the
year. During the same period a similar opportunity is
afforded members of the other classes. All work is under
the supervision of the instructor in physical culture.

The athletic field has been graded and fenced, and seats
have been erected. All college games can thus be played

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 65

on the campus itself, and most of the evils attendant upon
inter-collegiate contests avoided.

GRADES OF SCHOLARSHIPS.

Students are graded in their studies by letters which have
value on a scale of eight, as follows :

E (excellent) 7-8

G (good) 6-7

F (fair) 5-6

P (pass) 4-5

D (deficient) -4
At the close of each half-year, instructors combine the
grades of the term's work and of examinations in any ratio
they see fit, and report to the Dean the resultant grades
expressed in letters. The Dean then reports the grades of
each student to his parent or guardian.

Care over the work of students is exercised by the execu-
tive committee after the following method. When the
grade of a student becomes D in any study, the instructor
reports the fact at once to the Dean, who sends an official
notification of the deficiency to the student and to his
parent or guardian. The instructor keeps the Dean in-
formed as to whether the student's grade continues D.
Once a month the Dean reports to the faculty all infor-
mation which he has received from instructors in regard to
the grades of students.

Any student whose grade is D in the class-work of any
study may be dropped from that study at any time by a
majority vote of the executive committee and the instructor
whose course is involved. • He shall be so dropped when he
has had grade D for six consecutive weeks, unless by a
majority vote of the same persons he is allowed to remain in
the study under special probation for a short time. In all
cases the student's grade is determined by all his previous
work in a study from the beginning of the half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

66 ADKLBERT COLI.EGE. .[iQOI-igo^

If a Student has grade D in the class-work of any study,
he is not allowed to enter the examination, and cannot
graduate until the head of the department reports to the
Dean that the deficiency has been removed. In case the
student is deficient in an elective study, he may take in
class some other elective of the same number of hours a
week, and the satisfactory completion of such elective will
be regarded as removing his deficiency.

If a student's term standing in any study is not below
grade P, but he fails in his examination, the instructor
hands in his grade as D and also a notice that he is to be
re-examined in that study. When he has passed this
re-examination the instructor notifies the Dean at once, and
the deficiency is cancelled.

When a student so fails in his work that, in the judgment
of the executive committee, he cannot successfully continue
h, a condition is placed upon him. He cannot then go on
with any study unless he makes up the deficiency before a
specified time.

No student who has entrance conditions will be advanced
to the rank of Junior. No student is allowed to enter the
second half of his Senior year who has not made up all his
deficiencies.

In general, regular students are not allowed to become
special students on account of failure to maintain them-
selves in their regular work, but individual cases may be
considered on their merits by the executive committee.

DEGREES.

In order to be recommended for a degree a student must
have passed in all the studies of his course and have attained
a grade of * * Fair " or a higher grade in at least one-third of
them. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred
upon those who have completed that regular course which
includes the study of the Greek language and literature;
the degree of Bachelor of Letters on those who have

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 67

completed the course in which modem languages are substi-
tuted for Greek; and the degree of Bachelor of Phiix)S-
OPHY on those who have completed the course in which
more advanced science is substituted for languages.

Members of classes earlier than that of 1893 ^^^y receive
the degree of Master of Arts as heretofore, or, if they
prefer, after a special course of study. The fee for the
Master* s degree is ten dollars. For further information
candidates should address the Secretary of the Faculty,
Professor Platner.

honors.

In Chemistry, French, German, Greek, Latin and
Mathematics, two-year honors are given to those students
who, at the completion of the Sophomore year, have attained
grade * * Excellent ' ' in each course of these departments
during two yeats, and grade * * Fair ' * or a higher grade in
all of their other studies.

Honors are awarded to the graduating class at each
Commencement, and to the Junior class at the end of the
Junior year. These honors are determined by the standing
of the students in all their previous college work. To be
recommended for a degree with honors, a student must have
attained grade ** Fair*' or a higher grade in all his college
work; for degree summa cum lavde, grade "Excellent" in
five-sixtbs of all his work; for degree magna cum laude,
grade *' Excellent " in one-half of all his work, or ** Excel-
lent '* or ** Good *' in five-sixths of it; for degree cum laude,
** Excellent '' or " Good " in one-half of all his work.

Opportunity is given to students with advanced prepara-
tion to pursue studies and investigations outside the pre-
scribed course under the direction and assistance of the
Faculty, provided they maintain a standing of at least G in
each of their regular studies. Students who pass successful
examinations in these additional studies may be exempted
from a portion of the regular examinations, and receive
honorable mention in the catalogue.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

68 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

PRIZES.

President's Prizes are oflFered as follows:
Three prizes for excellence in producing and speaking
orations are awarded to members of the Junior and Sopho-
more Classes who engage in a Junior-Sophomore oratorical
contest at Commencement. Of these, two first prizes of
thirty-five dollars each are given to the contestants who
rank first in each class. A second prize of twenty dollars is
awarded irrespective of class. The following rule respect-
ing the competion has been adopted by the faculty. A
Sophomore who gains the first prize in any contest shall not
compete again, and one who gains the second prize may
compete, in his Junior year, for the first prize only.

Six prizes for the highest records in scholarship are
awarded at the end of the Freshman year as follows : In
French and German (Modern lyanguage Freshmen) twenty-
five dollars; in German (all except Modern Language Fresh-
men) twenty-five dollars; in English, forty dollars; in Greek,
twenty-five dollars; in Latin, forty dollars; in Mathematics,
forty dollars. A prize of twenty-five dollars is also awarded
for the best results in the work of the gymnasium during
the Freshman year. These prizes are awarded only to those
pursuing their Sophomore year in Adelbert College, and no
prize will be given if it seems to the department or depart-
ments concerned, that it is not clearly merited.

Philosophical Prizes, founded by Mr. Truman P.
Handy, and continued in his memory by his daughter, Mrs
John S. Newberry, are offered as follows: Two prizes, one
of sixty and one of thirty dollars, are awarded by a com-
mittee at the close of the college year, to the two members
of the philosophical group who shall excel in an original
essay and a special examination. The subject assigned for
1901-1902 is, A Critical Review of Hedonism.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WKSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 69

English Prizes are oflfered as follows: The early Eng-
lish Text Society offers a prize, consisting of publications
of the Society, for the best examination in old and Middle
English. The New Shakespeare Society offers a similar
prize for the best examination in Shakespeare. Each prize
consists of publications of the Society offering it.

The Hughes Prize. By the kindness of Mr. Rupert
Hughes, of the Class of 1892, two prizes, one of fifteen and
one of ten dollars, are offered for the best poems written by
undergraduates. These sums may be combined into a single
prize in any year if any one poem is of exceptional merit.
Competitors must submit their productions, in type-written
form and under an assumed name, not later than May
fifteenth of each year.

The Holden Prize. Mr. L. E. Holden, of Cleveland,
offers a prize of twenty-five dollars for the best essaj' writ-
ten by a Senior on some subject* selected by the department
of Rhetoric. Essays in competion for this prize must be
type-written and submitted under an assumed name not later
than May fifteenth, 1902. The subject for this academic
year is ** Aspects of the Lyrical Spirit in English Poetry
from Collins to Keats."

The Debate Prize. In order to encourage and
strengthen the debating interests of the College, an alumnus
offers a prize of thirty dollars to be divided equally among
the three students who win places on the debating team in
the preliminary contests, and represent the institution in
the annual contest of the Ohio Debating League.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

70 ADBLBERl? COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

Sophomore year. He must also attain, among those fulfill-
ing the first condition, the highest rank for excellence in
the English Language and Literature, having taken, besides
all required courses, at least three hours a week during both
terms of the Junior year. Finally, he must continue his
studies in the College through his Senior year, unless dis-
abled by illness, or by some other cause which shall be
deemed satisfactory.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER PUBLICATION FUND.

In March, 1893, Mrs Julia W. Butler gave one thousand
dollars to found the Francis G. Butler Publication Fund,
/'the income from the fund to be devoted to the publication
of the results of original research in the field of American
history, made by the professors or students of Adelbert Col-
lege, the College for Women, or the Graduate School of
Western Reserve University.

EXPENSES.
The College charges are as follows :

Matricui,ation $ 5.00

Tuition, Incidentals, Library, and Gymnasium. . . 85.00

Students taking work in the biological, chemical, geo-
logical and physical departments pay for the cost of perish-
able material and the loss incident to the use of the instru-
ments. Laboratory fees vary for different courses, and the
amount for each is specified in the statement of courses.

All College charges are paid to the Bursar — the matricula-
tion fee at the time of registration; the laboratory fee, and
one-half the charge for tuition, within fourteen days of the
opening of each half-year.

Board and rooms in private families in the vicinity of the
College may be obtained at a cost of from three to five
dollars a week; board in clubs for from two and a half to
three dollars a week.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 7 1

BENEFICIARY AND OTHER AID.

Certain scholarships are awarded to meritorious students
who need pecuniary aid. By these they are relieved of a
portion of the fixed charges of the College. The scholar-
ships are founded by gifts of $500 each, and are worth the
interest of that sum at six per cent., or $30 a year. All
scholarships are granted upon the following conditions :

1 . All applicants for scholarships shall file written state-
ments of resources, expenses, and needs, accompanied in
the case of those just entering college, whether as Fresh-
men or in the higher classes, by testimonials as to character
and attainments.

2. Scholarships shall be granted annually upon each
application, but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of
one half-year.

3. The granting and withdrawing of scholarships, for
students who have attended the College as long as one half-
year, shall be in the hands of the executive committee, who
shall report to the Faculty at the beginning of each year the
names of those students to whom scholarships are to be
granted, and each half-year the names of those from whom
scholarships have been withdrawn.

4. In general only candidates for a degree in full stand-
ing are eligible to a scholarship. But one may be granted
to any student who, by reason of incomplete preparation, is
obliged to enter college as a special student, but with the in-
tention of making up his deficiencies and taking a degree,
and it may be continued to him in successive years if his
progress warrants the belief that he will carry out his inten-
tion. But a student in full standing, who becomes a special
student, shall not in general be eligible to a scholarship. A
student, to be eligible to a scholarship, or to retain one, must
in general maintain an average of ** Fair*' in all his studies
and must not fall below the passing grade in any subject.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

72 ADEIrBERT COL,LEGE. [19OI-I902

5. A scholarship may be withdrawn from a student
whose work or conduct ceases to be satisfactory.

6. A limited number of scholarships of larger amount
(covering perhaps four-fifths of, or even the whole of the term
bills) shall be offered to students of distinctly higher grade,
the number and conditions to be determined later.

In addition to the scholarships, there are also certain
funds which are loaned to students recommended by the
Faculty. When repaid they will be used in aiding other
students. A few of those students who have a thorough
preparation for college are enabled to earn more or less
money by teaching or other labor.

Students placed upon the list of beneficiaries are expected
to maintain their standing in scholarship, and also to finish
their course here. Before dismissal to another institution
can be granted, the college dues, including the amounts
given or loaned, must first be paid.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

DN ORDER to provide more adequate means for the
separate higher education of young women, the
Board of Trust of Western Reserve University established
the College for Women in 1888. The first session began in
September of the same year. For the first three years of
its existence the college depended largely for its courses of
instruction upon members of the faculty of Adelbert Col-
lege. At the end of that period it acquired a separate corps
of instructors, so that since that time each of the two col-
leges, the one for women and the other for men, has had a
faculty of its own. In this relation special mention should
be made of the generous gifts and bequests through which
have been established the Eliza Clark Professorship of
Greek, the Emily A. Woods Professorship of Latin, the
Florence Harkness Professorship of Biblical Literature, and
the Lucy A. Leffingwell Professorship of Philosophy. The
two colleges have a common standard of work, and the rela-
tions of each to the other and to the rest of the University
tend to develop a common breadth of outlook. Moreover,
in a number of the departments, by exchange of work and
other arrangements, instruction is given in each college by
members of the faculty of the other. Graduates of the Col-
lege far Women receive their degrees from the University,
of which it is an integral part. The system is thus not one
of co-education, nor of complete separation in education,
but of co-ordination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

74 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

In 1892 it moved to its present site on Bellflower Avenue,
in the most attractive and healthful part of the city, a few
steps from Euclid Avenue on one side and from Wade Park
and the great system of parks and boulevards on the other.
In 1898 the college grounds were enlarged, so that they
now contain about four acres. Clark Hall, named from its
donor, Eliza Clark, was erected in 1892 from designs by
Richard M. Hunt. It contains the library, gymnasium,
and offices, in addition to recitation and study rooms. A
home for students, called Guilford House, the gift of Mrs.
Samuel Mather, was built in 1892 and greatly enlarged in
1894. The Florence Harkness Memorial is just completed;
it contains, in addition to the main assembly room, the reci-
tation room and library for the Bible classes. Haydn Hall
will be completed this year; it is designed to supply rooms
for study and social purposes, and also to serve as a dormi-
tory. The laboratories in Biology, Chemistry, Geology
and Physics are situate on the campus of Adelbert College
and are used in common with the members pf that college.
The Hatch Library and Astronomical Observatory are also
used in common.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVBRSITY. 75

ADVISORY COUNCIL,

President :
Miss L. T. GUILFORD.

Vice President:
Mrs. WILLIAM A. LEONARD.

Secretary :
Miss MARY L. SOUTHWORTH.

Mrs. SikMUBL Mathbr, Mrs. C. F. Oi*nry,

Mrs. Edward W. Morley, Mrs. W. S. Tyi,br,

Mrs. Henry S. Sherman, Mrs. George A. Garretson,
Miss Harriet Shei^don Huri^but, Mrs. James J. Tracy,

Miss Harriet L. Keei«er, Miss Mary E. Spencer,

Miss Eixen G. Revbi^ey, Mrs. Jay C. Morse,

Mrs. J. H. Wade, Mrs. D. Z. Norton,

Mrs. Chari^bs J. Shefpiei^d, Mrs. H. E. Myers,

Mrs. Luke Lascei«i«es, Miss Anna Burgess,

Miss Hei^en L. Storke, Mrs. Dudi^ey P. Ai«i«en,

Miss Augusta Mitti«eberger, Mrs. Edward W. Haines,

Mrs. Pascai, H. Sawyer, Mrs. Arthur E. Lyman,
Mrs. Worcester R. Warner,

Miss Bertha L. Torrey, President of the Alumnae Association.

Corresponding Members.
Mrs. Wm. H. Upson, Akron, O. Mrs. G. H. McElevy,Youngstown, O.
Mrs. C. W. Jacques, Ashtabula, O. Mrs. Henry B. Perkins, Warren, O.
Mrs. J. Osborne Moss, New York. Mrs. Frank Swayne, Toledo, O.
Mrs. James A. Garfield, Mentor, O. Mrs. J. S. Newberry, Detroit, Mich.
Mrs. H.S. Lane, Crawfordsville, Ind. Mrs. Wm. E. Moore, Columbus, O.
Mrs. C. O. Gridley, Erie, Pa. Mrs. Frank G. Sigler, Montclair, N.J.

Mrs. Thos. Kilpatrick, Omaha, Neb. Mrs. Joseph Howells, Jefferson, O.
Mrs. George H. Ely, Elyria, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

76 COLLEGB FOR WOMBN. [igoi-igoa

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arrangedy with exception of the President^ in the order qt graduation from College,

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LI/. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Hiram Collins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 15 La Grange St.

Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature.

Emma Maud Pbrkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Woods Professor of Latin.

Harold North Fowlkr, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Clark Professor of Greek.

Henry Platt Cushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology.

Henry Eldridge Bourne, a. B., B. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of History.

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., 41 Cornell St.

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature.

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 40 Gomell St.

Leffingwell Professor of Philosophy,

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 198 i Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography.

Anna Helene Palmie, Ph. B., 34 Sayles St.

Professor of Mathematics.

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English.

Hippolyte Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Charles E. Clemens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

Francis Walker, Ph. D., 46 Nantucket St.

Associate Professor of Political and Social Science.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 77

AsHi^EY Horace Thorndikb, Ph. D., 95 Mayfield St.

Associate Professor of English,

Thomas Edward Owvbr, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Romance Languages.

Lawrence Edmonds Griffin, Ph. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Biology,

Robert Herndon Fife, Jr., Ph. D., 91 Mayfield St.

Instructor in German,

Fritz Reichmann, Ph. D., 46 Knox St

Instructor in Physics.

HowEiX Merriman Haydn, A. B., 15 La Grange St.

Instructor in Bible,

Agn^es Hunt, Ph. D., 51 Mayfield St.

Instructor in History,

Grace MoREi^AND Henderson, B. L., East Cleveland.

Instructor in French.

Mary GHORGE Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training,

Nina May Roberts, A.M., Alta House.

Assistant in English,

Maud Winship, A. M., 100 Kensington St.

Assistant in Philosophy and Education,

Winifred Ajwce Storer, B. L., 95 Ingleside Av.

Assistant in English.

AucE Doyle Drake, Ph. B., . 792 Republic St.

Assistant in English.

OTHER OFFICERS.

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., Guilford House.

Registrar and Assistant to Bursar.

Anna Louise Mac Intyre, A. B., 136 Sawtell Av.

Librarian.
Harriet B. Chapman, A. B., M. D., Sio Rose Building.

Lecturer on Hygiene,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

78 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

JBSSIB BoGGS, A. M., M. D., 1 257 Euclid Av.

Medical Examiner,

Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemistress^ Guilford House.

Harold N. Fowler, ^

Emma M. Perkins, \ Executive Committee,

Robert W. Deering, )

Henry E. Bourne, Bursar,

Additional instruction in their own departments is given by the.
follounng members of the Adelbert College Faculty,

Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D., 2238 Euclid Av.
Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc., 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy,

Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology,

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

f^fessor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.

Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek,

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., 12 Adelbert Hall

Associate Professor of Romance Languages.

John Dickerman, A. B., 852 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics.

Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., Euclid Av. and Nantucket St.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry,

Edward Meyer, Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

In'Structor in German,

Carl B. James, B. S., 958 S. Logan Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

STUDENTS.

Helen Anderson Allen,

SSNIORS.

CI. * Salt Lake City, Utah «ii

Guilford House.

Bertha Elizabeth Beck, O.
Charlotte Bdwina Black, L. E.
Helen Olive Bouldon, CI.
Barbara Sigwalt Brassington, M. I/.

Arabella Swift Canfield, L. E.
Bessie Mildred Chandler, L. E.
Cordelia Elizabeth Claflin, M. L.
Mabel Fay Clark, M.I,.
Evelyn Maude Collins, CI.
Minnie Anna Creedon, L. E.
Sarah Smith Harbine, L. E.
Eva Minerva Hauxhurst, L. E.
Mabel Ainslie Holland, I/. E.
Mathilde Emma Junge, M. L.
Lura Claire Kurtz, L. E.
Martha Lueke, M. L.
Susan Ray McKean, M. I/.
Effie McKinney, L. E.
Rebecca Sjrville Markowitz, L. E.
May Jane Meacham, M. L.
Katherine Marie O'Brien, L. E.
•Orpha Maud Peters, M. L.
Thalia Maud Reese, M. I/.
Zara Belle Rhoades, CI.
Isabelle Dolores Roberts, CI.
Lila Pauline Robeson, L. E.
Jeannette Eunice Sague, L. E.
Lucia Harriet Sanderson, CI.
Hannah Eva Selby, CI.
Harriet Marie Skeel, M. L.
Margaret May Skeel, M. L.
Carrie Belle Smith, L. E.

Cleveland^ 85 Hower Av.

Sandusky ^^ Guilford House.

Cleveland » 119 Poplar St.

Cleveland *
Overlook Rd. E. Euclid Heights.

Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland ^
Cleveland^
Painesville *
Xenia^
Cleveland^
Sandusky ^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland ^
Cleveland ^

Guilford House.

446 Dunham Av.

348 Dunham Av.

1235 Cedar Av.

69 Beechwood St.

75 Adelbert St.

13 Kenmore St.

Guilford House.

951 Detroit St.

8 Cedar Av.

708 Willson Av

40 Summit St.

Mechanicsburg^ Guilford House.
Cleveland^ 21 Vine St.

Cleveland ^ 109 Lincoln Av.

Cleveland « The Milton.

EastRinggold'^^ ^01 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland^
Cleveland ^
Clet^eland*
Cleveland ^
Cleveland ^
Cleveland *
Cleveland ^
Cleveland^
Cleveland*
Cleveland^

30 Tilden Av.

499 Russell Av.

ii6GaylordSt.

106 White Av.

Guilford House.

166 Sawtell Av.

25 Commonwealth Av.

770 Republic St.

17 Marble St.

109 Oakdale St.

*Abbr«viationa: CI. for Classical Course; M. I«. for Modern I^anruage Course;
L. B. for Latin-BngUsh Course The numerals after the home address indicate
the institution from which the student came to College (see page 85); those after
special students, the year of their course.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COIXBGK FOR WOMEN.

[19OI-1902

Grace Alice Taft, L. E.

Cleveland^

1082 Detroit St.

Bessie Marian Templeton, L. E.

Medina ^

Guilford House.

Mabel Katherine Thomas, CI.

Cleveland ^'^

2004 Superior St.

Mabel Walker, h. E.

Cleveland^

2803 Broadway.

Ida Young, M. L.

Pittsburgh^

Guilford House.

Cornelia Anna Zismer, M. L.

Cleveland^

112 Mechanic St.
Seniors, 39.

Anna Leah Bailey, L. E.
Mary Lawson Ballantyne,

jxmiORS.

St, Louis, Mich.^ 93 East Lake St.
CI. Elizabeth, N.J,^

Hillcrest, East Cleveland.

Emma Laveme Bishop, M. L.

Caroline Arrowsmith Bruce, CI.

Marcia Gertrude Bruckshaw, L. E. Cler/eland^

Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland *
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland '
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^

Maud Isabel Bruckshaw, M. L.
Matilda Clara Buschman, M. L.
Luella Lenore ChaflFee, L. E.
Blanche Genevieve Cole, L. E.
Elizabeth Bertha Cristy, L. E.
Susie Adah De Witt, M. L.
Alice Dunham. M. L.
Ethel Endora May Gifford, L. E.
Juliette Alice Handerson, M. L.
Ruth Evelyn Haydn, M. L.
Mary Adeline Hird, CI.

Elizabeth Hubbell. L. E.

Maria Margaret Kelly, L. E.

Sophia Clarke Kenyon, M. L.

Maud Harriet King, M. L.

Laura Helen Krejci, CI.

Emilie Louise Krug, M. L.

Bertha May Lee, L. E.

Lillie Margaret SharlowLothrop, L. E. Cleveland^

Medina ®** 70 Ingleside Av.

Cleveland^ 49 Lincoln A v.

36 Beechwood St.

Guilford House.

199 Van Ness Av.

Mayfield Hill.

679 East Prospect St.

388 Dunham Av.

107 Gaylord St.

444 Dunham Av.

Guilford House.

Baldwinville, Mass, *

Guilford House.
Cleveland^ 65 Arlington St.

Cleveland^ 165 University St.

Rochester, N. Y.^ Guilford House.
Chardon ^ Guilford House.

Cleveland * 290 Forest St.

Cleveland'^ 51 Fourth Av.

St,Johnsbury,Vt,^ 71 Tilden Av.

Ethel MacDonald, CI.
Charlotte May Parker, L. E.
Edith Harris Parmenter, CI.
Ethel Marian Peck, L. E.
Bessie May Post, CI.
May Cameron Quinby, CI.

Bertha May Rosenfeld, M. L

Cleveland^
Solon 1
Cleveland^
Cleveland*
Cleveland^
East Cleveland^^

Hillcrest, East Cleveland,
Cleveland '^'^ 1329 WiUson Av,

1745 Harvard St.
Guilford House.
Guilford House.
717 Republic St.
28 Walker St.
22 1 1 Euclid Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RBSBRVE UNIVERSITY.

Lydia Margaret Schwegler, CI. Cleveland^

Edith May Tanner, CI. Cleveland ^

Florence Jeanette Taylor, CI. Cleveland^

Fmnces Lncille Thomas, M. L. Cleveland'^

Edith Wynonah Thompson, L. E. Cleveland^

Grace Ethel Tompkins, M. L. Cleveland^

Gertrude Elizabeth Vilas, M. L. Cleveland^

Alice May Wallace, L. E. Cleveland^

SOPHOMORES.

58 Euclid Place.

25 Linwood St.

78 Oakdale St.
1467 Willson Av.

72 Harriet Av.

97 Luveme St.

220 Kennard St.

28 Marion St.

Juniors, 39.

Florence EUinwood Allen, CI.
Carlyne Margaret Buschman, M. L.
Katherine Evelyn CoUord, L. E.
Jessie Edna Daniels, L. E.
Agnes Mary Doster, M. L.
Fanny Alice Dunsford, M. L.
Lois Violet Ellett, L. E.
Madge Ina Ferry, L. E.
Matilda Fish, L. E.
Bessie Gillmer, L. E.
Alma Gertrude Gleason, CI.
Jennie Adele Gleeson, L. E.
Susan Elizabeth Gray, L. E.
Alice Constance Hagan, CI.
Frances Antoinette Hinde, L

Salt Lake City ^-^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Canton «
Cleveland^

Guilford House.

189 Taylor St.

134 Murray Hill Av.

72 Merchants Av.

Avon, N. y. « Guilford House.
Cuyahoga Falls'^ Guilford House.
South Kirtland^ 821 FairmountSt.

Mary Estelle Hopkinson, L. E.
Clara Margaret Huddleston, L. E.
Clara Ethelinde Jacobi, M. L.
Ethel Irene Jones, CI.
Carrie Hannah Kingsbury,
Sadie Rose Koblitz, M. L.
Ella Konigslow, M. L.
Rhoda Landsberg, M. I/.
Louise Reber Layman, CI.
Florence Agnes Lessick, CI.
Mabelle Amele Monson, L. E.
Florence Elizabeth Myers. M. L.
Addie Ellen Oakley, L. E.
Lillian Elizabeth Oakley, L. E.
Frances Isabel Odlin, L. E.
Rhoda Katharine Parks, L. E.

Cleveland^ 224 Streator Av.

Warren ^ Guilford House.

Cleveland ^ 168 Cedar Av.

Cleveland ^ 54 Kenwood Av.

Cleveland^ 199 Quincy St.

Cleveland ^ 386 Willson Av.

E. Cuyahoga Falls^'^

158 Murray Hill Av.
Cleveland ^ 288 Gordon Av.

Cincinnati^ Guilford House.

East Cleveland^
Cleveland^

M. L. Cleveland ^
Cleveland^
Cleveland *
Cleveland^
Youngstozvn ^
Cleveland'^
Cleveland^
Cleveland'^
Cleveland^
Cleveland ^
Dayton **
Collinwood^'^

63 Beersford PI.

1635 Harvard St.

94 Bertram St.

63 Osborne St.

882 Scovill Av.

The Euclid.

Guilford House.

486 Giddings Av.

Guilford House.

I Glen Park Place.

800 Hough Av.

Guilford House.

Collinwood.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGB FOR WOMEN.

[19OI-I902

Mary Jeannette Proudfoot, CI.
Florence Alice Reeve, CI.
Etta Anthony Sampliner, M. L.
Clara Beth Schneider, M. L.
Anna Groh Seesholtz, M. L.
Beulah Blanche Smith, L. £.
Ruhamah Georgette Smith, CI.
Lillian Belle StilweU, L. E.
Fannie Langhom Stoney, CI.
Jennie Camille Suits, CI.
Mary Eugenia Suliot, M. L.
Mary Helen Thayer, M. L.
Mary Emily Van Epps, CI.
Josephine Depear Walsh, CI.
Ethel Georgia Ward, CI.
Ethel Ogarita Weimer, CI.
Katie Weis, M. L.

Cecily Whelan, CI.
Eleanor Worthington, M. L.

Cleveland * 2320 Spafford St.

Willaughby » 49 Wilbur Place.
Cleveland^ 321 Kennard St.

Canton " 821 Fairmount St.

Canton ^ Guilford House.

Cortland^ 1204 Cedar Av.

Cleveland ^ 40 Cheshire St.

East Cleveland^ 37 Stanwood Rd.
Cleveland ^ 30 Bridge St.

Cleveland ^ 50 Bertram St.

Salem »7 2 Sturteyvant St.

Canton ** * Guilford House.

Cleveland^ 915 S. Logan Av.

East Cleveland «-io 69 Hower Av.
Willoughby^ Willoughby.

Cleveland ^ 144 Hawthorne Av.
Cleveland^

Cor. Marcelline & Harvard St.
Cleveland^ 103 Kentucky St.

Cleveland ^ 34 Cheshire St.

Sophomores, 50.

FRBSHMEN.

Helen Grace Abbott, L. E.
Ida Florence Budde, CI.
Stella May Champ, L. E.
Mabel Elizabeth Chapman, CI.
Anita Marie Cleveland, M. L.
Gruyce Mildred Daniels, M. L.
Jeanette Agnes Davidson, L. E.
Lillian Wenona Durstine, M. L.
Alice Duty, M. L.
Marina Everett, L. E.
Frieda Fliedner, M. L.
Etta Freedlander, M. L.
Malvina Friedman, M. L.
Hortense Furth, M. L.
Helen Gilchrist, L. E.
Gertrude Marie Gillin, L. E.
Blanche Edna Hager, L. E.
Elizabeth Hardy Hall, CI.
Hilda Maud Hetzel, L. E.
Edith Mabel Hill, L. E.

Cleveland ^ 212 Bell Av.

Cleveland * 116 Spangler Av.

Cleveland * 59 Bolton Av.

Cleveland • 103 Marcelline Av.

Cleveland^ 392 Bolton Av.

Canton * 134 Murray Hill Av.

East Cleveland 7« 24 Elsinore St.
Cleveland^ 757 Willson Av.

Cleveland^ 2577 Euclid Av.

Foxcroft, Me, i^-« 887 Doan St.
Cleveiand^ 160 Wellington Av.
Cleveland ^ 158 Putnam St.

Cleveland^ 132 Hawthorne St

St, Louis ^ The Brooklawn.

Cleveland * 560 Franklin Av.

Cleveland^ 91 Quincy St.

Euclid ^ Nottingham.

New Haven, CL » 75 Adelbert St.
Miamisburg '^ 75 Adelbert St.

Cleveland *••* 350 Russell Av.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

1901-1902] WESTBRN RBSBRVB DNIYERSITY.

Vesta Maude Jackson, L. B.
Edna Mary Jones, L. E.
Julia Clair Kelly, L. E.
Lena Rivere Kiefer, L. E.
Grace Amanda King, M. L.

Carrie Louise Krauss, M. L.
LilHe Belle Krider, M. L.
Florence Rose Lembeck, M. L.
Irma Linn, M. L.
Maud Eugenia L3mian, L. E.
Jean Bailey McFall, L. E.
Florence Worcester McLean, L. E
Pauline Angelette Miser, M. L.
Max^ret Isabel Morton, CI.
Mabel Adelle Morris, L. E.
Bmma May Mumaw, L. E.
Dorothy Carrie Neitzel, L. E.
Fannie Elvira Paulson, L. E.
Grace Louise Pennington, CI.
Jean Quay, CI.
Mary Joy Rawson, M. L.
Elizabeth Ellinwood Roberts, CI.
Rita Remington Sabin, M. L.
Louise Christina Schuele, L. E.
Helen Dennison Shepherd, CI.
Edith Roberta Smith, L. E.
Olga Elizabeth Solberg, M. L.
Lotta May Sprague, L. E.
Helen Florence Stevens, M. L.
Harriet Anna Thomas, CI.
Gwendolyne Lloyd Thomas, CI.
Faye Emma Tracy, L. E.
Julia Benjamin Turner, L. E.
Ruth Van Nostran, L. E.
EUzabeth White, L. E.
Lois Brockway Williams, CI.
Maud Frances Wilson, M. L.
Mary Wittier, L. E.
Helen Maria Wright, CI.
Jennie Young, L. E.

Garrettsville ** 2900 Superior St.
Cleveland « 158 Murray Hill Av.
Cleveland ^'^ 165 University St.
Findlay ** . Guilford House.

Butle, Mont, «

26 Wellesley St., East Cleveland.
Cleveland^-^ 1997 Superior St.

Cleveland ^ 423 Bolton Av.

Cleveland ^'^ 46 Streator Av.

Cleveland^ 151 Courtland St.

Chardon ^ Guilford House.

Pittsburgh, Pa, ^ Guilford House.
New Philadelphia « 75 Adelbert St.
Ml. Vernon » Guilford House.
Mt, Vernon » Guilford House.
Cleveland^ 189 W. Madison Av.
Canton » 134 Murray Hill Av.

Bedford^ Bedford.

Cleveland "•!« 1806 Euclid Av.

Cleveland ^ 79 Hough Av.

East Cleveland ^^ 4050 Euclid Av.
Lisbon *> 75 Adelbert St.

IVinsted, Ct,^ Guilford House.
Cleveland ^ < 89 Tilden Av.

Cleveland ' Guilford House.

Painesville ^ Guilford House.

Cleveland^ Guilford House.

Salem ^ 136 Stearns St.

Cleveland^ 30 Bridge St.

Cleveland^ 2036 Broadway.

Cleveland^ 27 Walker St.

Cleveland"^ 5 Hinman St.

Euclid^^ Euclid.

Geneva *^ 98 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland * 14 Stanley Av.

Euclid^^ Euclid.

Cleveland^ 127 Streator Av.

Fremont <» 75 Adelbert St.

Miamisburg ^ 75 Adelbert St.

Akron ^ Guilford House.

Cleveland ^ 22 Melrose Av.

Freshmen, 60.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COI.LEGK FOR WOMEN.

[1901-1902

STUDENTS PURSUING PARTIAL COURSES.

Gertrude Pearl Badger, (4)

Edith Pansy Barret, ( i )
Isabella Beaton, (4)
Edna Brush, (i)
Elsie Bailey Carrel, ( i )
Winifred Chapman, (2)
Myra Clark, (2)
Edith Cond^, (i)
Edna Church Dailey , ( 2 )
Edith Leona Eastman, (2)
Mary R. Freer, (2)
Bessie Ruth Gilchrist, (2)
Clover Althea Hartz, (2)
Mary Margaret Hay, (4)
Helen Sterrett Henning, (i)
Pauline Waring Herrick, ( i )
Pearl Irene Horton, (4)
Florence Edith Jones, (3)
Lulu Kaufman, (2)
Maude Barber Kendall, (2)
Theresa Dorothy Luck, (3)
Emma Bean McKim, (2)
Wilamina Morrow, (2)
Beatrice Moss, (3)
Zillah Genevieve Quayle, (2)
Clara Risdon, (2)
Catherine Dingwall Ross, (2)
Clara Adelaide RufBni, (2)
Mary Grace Shanklin. (2)
Grace Irene Smith, (2)
Olive Louise Spengler, (4)
Rizpah Norwood Tarr, ( i )
Pearl West, (i)
Olive Gertrude Wills, ( i )

BinghamUm, N.

Cleveland^

Cleveland ^^

Cleveland^

Cleveland'^

East Cleveland^

Cleveland ^

GlenvilW^

Cleveland^

Cleveland *

Cleveland^

Cre^ton^^

Fargo, N, D, »

Y, ^

Guilford House.
383 Norwood Av.
462 Kinsman St.
1003 Euclid Av.
467 Bolton Av.
445 Russell Av.
130 Melvin St.
33WellesleySt.
281 Hough Av.
161 Avondale Av.
1528 Cedar Av.
560 Franklin Av.
987 Case Av.
75 Adelbert St.
Guilford House.
East Cleveland ^ 3006 Euclid Av.

Cleveland'^
Cleveland^
Cleveland ^
Cleveland ^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland"^
Cleveland ^
Ravenna «*
Cleveland ^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Norwalk *•
Cleveland ^
Ml. Vernon^
CUteland^-'^^
Lakewood^

100 Claremont St.

1635 Harvard St.

981 Case Av.

1306 Cedar Av.

829 Scranton Av.

100 Oakdale St.

223 East Prospect St.

39 Osbom St.

290 Sibley St.

Guilford House.

249 Streator Av.

891 Scovill Av.

261 Hough Av,

Guilford House.

63 Fourth Av.

79 Sayles St.

203 Amesbury Av.

38 Clarence Av.

Special, 34.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 39

Juniors 39

Sophomores 50

Freshmen 60

Specials 34

Total 222

1— Cleveland Central High School.

2— Clereland South High School.

8— CIcveUnd West High School.

4-CleveUnd Bast High School.

5— Cleveland l4ncoln High School.

6— New Iryme Institnte.

7— Glenville High School.

8— Willougrhby High School.

9-I«alce Brie College.
10— Bochtel Preparatory and College.
U-Salt Lake Academy, UUh.
1»-Prlvate Tuition.
IS— Miss Mittleberger's School.
14— Iowa College.
15— Binghamton. N. T., Central High

SchooL
16— Harooart Place Seminary.
17— Pozcroft Seminary, Maine.
18-Hast Cleveland High School.
1»-Enclid High School.
20—Kayen School, Youngstown.
21— Hill House, Ct., High School.
22-Avon, N. Y., High School.
2S— Miamisburg High School.
24— Garrettaville High School.
a&-Pindlay High SchooL
28— Butte High School, Montana.
27— PitUtmrgh, Pa.. Central High School.
2B— New PhiUdelphia High School.
2»— Mt. Vernon High School.
80— Painesville High School.
81— Sandusky High School.
82-Bedford High School.
88— Medina High School.
84— Miss Barclay's School. Allegheny,Pa.
85— Miss Buckingham's School, Canton.
8e-St. Louis, Mo., High School.
87— Mrs. Knapp's School, Blizabeth, N. J
88— Northfield Seminary, Mass.

89— University of Chicago.

4D-Lisbon High School.

41— Chardon High School.

42— Akron High School.

48— Wyoming High School.

44-Ohio State University.

45— Oberlin College.

46-Collinwood High School.

47— Geneva High School.

48— Smith College.

40— Fremont High School.

60— Canton High School.

51— Parmington, Me., Normal School.

62— Cuyahoga Falls High School.

68— Warren High School.

54— University of Cincinnati.

66— Steele High School, Dayton.

66— Norwalk High School.

67— Salem High School.

68— University of Wooster.

60-Mechanicshurg High School.

60— Cortland High School.

61— St. Johnsbury, Vt., Academy.

62— Rochester, N. Y., High School and

University.
68-Salt Lake College, UUh.
64— Ravenna High School.
65— Toledo High School.
66-Gilbert School, Winsted. Ct.
07— Fargo, N. Dakota, High School.
68— Wellesley College.
69— Hathaway-Brown School.
70— Rockford High School. Illinois.
71— Oberlin Academy.
72— Miss Andrews* School.
73— Shepardaon College.
74— Blyria High School.
76— Western Reserve Academy
70-Collinwood High School.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

86 COI^LEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION-

All applicants for admission, whether to the Freshman
class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses, must pre-
sent satisfactory testimonials of good moral character, and
those from other colleges must also bring certificates of hon-
orable dismission. Admission to the Freshman class may
be gained in one of two ways, either on examination, or on
presentation of a certificate from*an approved High School
or Academy. Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION.

Applicants for admission may be examined either during
Commencement week or at the opening of the first term in
September. Those who wish to be examined during Com-
mencement week should notify the Registrar before June
10; those who wish to be examined in September, before
September 10.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

All candidates, irrespective of the course they may choose,
must be prepared in English, I^atin, and Mathematics,
according to the outlines of those subjects given below.

English: The examination consists of two parts. On the books
marked A in the following lists, the student is required to write a
paragraph or two on each of several topics chosen by her from a con-
siderable number set before her on the examination paper. In every
case the knowledge of the book will be considered of less importance
•than the ability to write English. On the books marked B^ the
student is required to answer questions relating to the author, subject
matter, the essentials of English grammar, and the important facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong. She is also expected to express her knowledge with
clearness and accuracy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 87

Bzaminations in 1902: A. For Reading: Shakespeare's Merchant
of Venice; Pope's Iliad, Books i, vi, xxii, and xxiv; The Sir Roger de
Coverley Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Ancient
Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Cooper's Last of the Mohicans; Tennyson's
Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas Mamer.
B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's Lycidas, Comus,
L' Allegro, II Penseroso; Burke's Conciliation with America; Mac-
aulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Examinations in 1903 and 1904: Ai For Reading: Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Csesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Carlyle's Essay on Bums; Tenny-
son's Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas
Mamer. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L' Allegro,
n Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with America;
Macaulay's Kssays on Milton and Addison.

Latin: Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough); Roman
pronunciation. Caesar — ^three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — six orations, including De Imperio Gn.
Pompeii. Virgil — six books of the ^neid. Ovid — ^Translation at
sight. The translation at sight of passages from prose authors.
Prose Composition — rendering of simple English sentences into
Latin. History of Rome — ^the amount required is indicated by
Smith's Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's Primer of Roman
History. Ancient Geography.

Mathematics: Arithmetic, including the metric S3rstem of weights
and measures. Algebra (Loomis, Wells, or Wentworth's College), to
the chapter on the Binomial Theorem. Geometry — (Wentworth or
Wells) complete.

Note: It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

In addition to the above, students entering the several
courses must be prepared in the following subjects: For the
Classical Course, Greek; for the Modem Language Course,
French or German; for the Latin-English Course, Chem-
ktry, Physics, and History. The entrance requirements in
these subjects are as follows:

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

88 COLI^EGE FOR WOMEN. [1901-1902

Greek: Grammar; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the Preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon — four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered an equivalent). Homer — ^three
books of the Iliad, with Prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition— the rendering into
Greek of simple English sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), or Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exercises)^
is recommended. History of Greece — ^the amount required is indicated
by Botsford's, Oman's or Myer's History of Greece, or Pennell's
Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

French: A thorough knowledge of grammatical forms and of
syntax; accuracy in pronunciation; ability to understand simple
spoken French; facility in rendering English into easy French; ease
and accuracy in sight translation.

First year: Elementary grammar with exercises; the irregular verbs;
Super's French Reader; Hal^vy's L'Abb^ Constantin, and similar
easy texts. Second year: Advanced grammar; syntax; reading of
some 500 pages from modem authors — Sand, M6rim^e, Labiche,
Hugo, Sandeau, Daudet; composition based upon the texts (see such
a series edited by Grandgent and Kimball, or Fran9ois' Introductory
French Prose Composition). Third year: Advanced syntax and
review of grammar; composition and dictation; reading of about 80a
pages of prose, poetry and drama from the works of Comeille, Moli^re,
Racine, La Fontaine, Voltaire, Rousseau, Balzac, Musset, Copp^e^
De Maupassant, Daudet, Zola; practice in sight translation.

The following grammars are recommended : Grandgent, Whitney,
Edgren, Chardenal, or a similar work. For suggestions of great
value, regarding reading material, grading of courses, and methods of
instruction, consult the "Report of the Committee of Twelve of the
Modem Language Association of America." (D. C. Heath & Co.)

Gbrman: Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose. Prose Composition — ^the rendering of simple connected prose
from English into German. Ability to pronounce German and to
recognize German words and simple phrases when spoken. In addi-
tion, familiarity with the following works or their equivalents, is
required : Riehl — Der Fluch der Schonheit. Freytag — Aus dem
Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. Heine — ^Die Harzreise. Goethe — First
three books of Dichtung und W^ahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Bam-
helm. Schiller— Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty
pages of lyrics and ballads.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 89

Chbmistry: Remsen^s Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.
Class work (through one year). Laboratory.

Physics: Carhart and Chute, Avery, or an equivalent. Class-
work through one year. Bach student must perform in the labora-
tory at least thirty-five or forty experiments, mainly quantitative,
such as are given in the best laboratory manuals. The laboratory
note-book should be presented as part of the certificate.

History: English or General (through one year).

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE.

Students from such High Schools and Academies as may
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that they have completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of such certificates will be
furnished instructors on application to the President, with
whom they are invited to correspond. Applicants for ad-
mission are requested to present their certificates, or send
them by mail to the Registrar, during Commencement
week, or as soon thereafter as practicable.

When the above requirements have not been met exactly,
the equivalents offered must be specified in detail. When
they have not been met in full, the applicant may be
required to pass the usual examination in any or all of the
requirements.

Students received on certificate are regarded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in
preparation are dropped whenever the deficiency has been
clearly demonstrated.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Candidates for admission to the Sophomore, Junior and
Senior classes, whether from other colleges or not, may be
required to pass examinations on studies previously pur-
sued, but full credit will be given to such certificates as they
bring from their previous instructors. No one is admitted
to the Senior class after the beginning of the second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN.

[19OI-I902

COURSES OF STUDY;

FRESHMAN YEAR.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

Hours Total

a week. hours.

Bible, 1,2 i (throughout the year) 34

English, 12 3 •* ** •• 102

Latin, I, 2 3 " ** *' 102

Mathematics, I, 2 3 •* " ** 102

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

Classical
Course

Modern

Language ■

Course

Latin-
English
Course

Greek, i, 2

AND

German, i, 2]

or
French,

German, 5, 6 j
French,
or
French, 3, 4 j
German,

N, I, 2|

I, I, 2J

N, 5. 6 ^

I, I. 2f

^ 3, 4 I

^. I, 2 f

Physics, i A (first half-year). .
History, i (second half-year).
German, i, 2]

or
French,

N, I, 2|

I, I. 2 I

6 hours a week

throughout

the year.

204

544

In addition to the above subjects all members of the Freshman class
are required to attend lectures on Hygiene, one hour a week, first half-
year. Systematic exercises in the gymnasium three times a week,
throughout the year, are required of Freshmen and Sophomores.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVB UNIVERSITY.

SOPHOMORE YEAR.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALI< COURSES.

Hours
a week.

Bible 3 i (first half-year)

Tcital
hours.

ADDITIONAL REQIHREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

Classical

and

Modem

Language

Courses

History, i 3 (first half-year)

Physics, 10 3 ^ first half-year)

f ... 9 (first half-year)
* \...I5 (second half-year)

El,KCTIVES.

51
153
255

Latin-
English
Course

French, i, 2
German, 3, 4

or
Frbnch, 3, 4
German, i, 2
Philosophy i

Electivbs . . .

6 (throughout the year") . . 204

{:::

3 (second half-year) 51

9 (first half-year) 153

6 (second half-year) 102

510

527
JUNIOR YEAR.

Bible 4. 5 i (throughout the year) 34

Electives . 15 ** ** " 510

544
SENIOR YEAR.

Elbctivbs 15 (throughout the year) 510

Among their electives students are required to take at least one
course in either Bconomics or Philosophy, and at least one course
each in two of the three sciences. Biology, Chemistry, and Physics.
See also page 113.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

92 COI^LBGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

SYNOPSIS OF STUDIES-

The following statements include all cx)urses oflFered,
whether prescribed or elective. Unless otherwise stated,
each course consists of three weekly recitations of one
hour each.

In making choice of elective courses students are ex-
pected to confer with the President, Registrar, and mem-
bers of the Faculty for advice and assistance. Students
must give the Registrar written notice of their choice of
electives for the second half-year of 1 901 -1902, on or
before January i8th, 1902; for first half-year, 1902-1903,
on or before May 27th, 1902.

ANTHROPOLOGY,

PROFESSOR CURTIS.

AnThropoi<ogy. The main problems and bearings of Anthro-
pology are discussed in systematic order. Lectures arc given on
the history of Anthropology, and an effort is made to understand its
position in the present century. First half-year.

ART.

PROFESSOR FOWI^ER.

1. History of Art. Ancient Art— Lectures and collateral
reading. 1902-1903. Through the year.

2. History of Art. Post-classical Art; from the beginning of
Christian Art through the period of the Renaissance — Lectures and
collateral reading. 1901-1902. Through the year.

ASTRONOMY.

professor whitman.
The course is mainly descriptive and is amply illustrated. The
simpler problems of spherical astronomy are discussed. Some atten-
tion is given to the history of astronomy. Text-book, Yoimg's
General Astronomy. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 93

THE BIBLE*

PRKSIDBNT THWING, I.

DR. HAYDN.

MR. HOWBI.I. M. HAYDN, 2-10.

I, 2. The Life of Christ. One hour a week throughout the year.

3. Thb Acts of the Aposti.es. One hour a week, first half-year.

4, 5. STUDIES IN THE Oi,D TESTAMENT. One hour a week through-
out the year.

6. Studies in the Paui^ine Epistles. A critical course in-
tended for those who can use the Greek Testament. Second half-year.

7. The Pauline Epistles. A course in the English Testament,
aiming to exhibit the circumstances of writing, content, and per-
manent value of these epistles to the church. Second half-year.

8. The General Epistles. A course similar to 7. First half-year.

9. 10. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory
course. Harper's "Elements of Hebrew." will be used, then the Old
Testament text. Throughout the year.

The establishment of the Florence Harkness Foundation has
enabled this department not only to become exceptionally well sup-
plied with maps and books, but to offer each year to all the students
a series of lectures by eminent persons from outside the University.
In 1896-7, Dr. William H. Ward, of the Independent, delivered five
lectures on the connection of Old Testament History with that of
Egypt, Babylon and Syria. In 1897-8 Professor Charles P. Fagnani,
of Union Theological Seminary, gave a course of five lectures on The
Bible and its Interpretation, and Mr. Gerald Stanley Lee, of North-
ampton, Mass., five lectures on the Mind of Christ. In the Spring of
1899, Professor George Adam Smith, of Free Church College, Glas-
gow, Scotland, gave eight lectures on the Old Testament. In
1 899- 1900, Professor Richard G. Moulton, of the University of Chicago,
delivered five lectures on The Literary Interpretation of the Bible.

In 1900-01 Professor Frank K. Saunders, Ph. D., D. D., of Yale
University, gfave a course of five lectures on "The Prophets of Israel
and their Messages."

In Old Testament teaching the object is to trace the development
of the idea of the kingdom of God, as wrought out in the history of
the Hebrew people until the coming of Christ; to dwell upon the
pivotal men and periods of the history; to take account of the several
books, their significance and literary form — so to prepare the way for
a more intelligent study of the Scriptures, in detail, in after life.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

94 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1901-1902

BIOLOGY.

PROFBSSOR HBRRICK.
DR. GRIFFIN.

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of living
things upon the basis of morphology, physiology, and development.
One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. Second
half-year.

2. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A
study of the structure, development and relationship of certain types
of invertebrate animals. One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two
hours each. First half-year.

3. 4. Zoology— Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A
laboratory course in the general anatomy of the principal types of
vertebrates, including amphioxus, a cyclostome, cartilaginous and
bony fish, an amphibian, reptile, bird and mammal. One recitation
and two laboratory exercises, throughout the year.

6. Elements of Vertebrate Histology. The study of the
tissues of the mammalian body. No student is admitted to this course
who has not had preliminary training in general biology. One recita-
tion, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

7. Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A detailed study
of the development of the bird, and general principles of the embry-
ology of vertebrates. One recitation, two laboratory' exercises of two
hours each. Second half-year.

9. General Physiology. A course of reading, supplemented by
experiments in the laboratory', in the general physiology of the cell;
an examination of the facts and theories of life, and of the problems
which it offers. For Seniors at discretion of instructor.

10. Botany— Vegetable Morphology. An introduction to the
study of plants on tiie basis of their physiolog>', morphology and
general classification. Instruction is given by lectures, laboratory
work and field excursions. Second half-year.

11. Biologicai, Reading Club. A voluntary association of stu-
dent<^ and instructors for reading and discussing works of general
scientific interest. Meetings are held weekly from November ist to
May 1st, at times most convenient to the members.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are : courses 1,2,6, 7>
10, $5.00; course 3-4, $5.00 for each term; course 9, 12.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 95

CHEMISTRY.

PROFBSSOR MORI^EY.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR GRUENER.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER.

1. Chemistry of the Non-Metai,uc Ei^ements. Wurtz*s
Elements of Chemistry. Two hom^ a week in recitation and one
laboratory exercise of three hours. First half-year.

2. Inorganic Chemistry. A more advanced course in general
chemistry, designed for students entering with a preparation in
chemistry. Newth's Inorganic Chemistry. One recitation and two
laboratory exercises each week. First half-year.

3. Chemistry op the Metaw. Wurtz's Elements of Chemistry.
Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to
those who have taken course i or course 2. Second half-year.

4. Physioi^ogicai, Chemistry. This course will be popular in
its nature, and will consist of lectures on the chemistry of the animal
body, the chemistry of nutrition, and the chemistry of the ordinary
food materials, including the influence of cooking on the chemical
composition and on the nutritive value of foods. The laboratory
exercises will include the preparation and some of the simpler
methods of analysis of the compounds of most interest in physio-
logical chemistry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. Open to those who have taken course i or course 2.
Second half-year.

5. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to those
who have taken courses i and 3, or courses 2 and 3. Students
choosing this course will take Chemistry 6 in the second half-year.
First half-year.

6. Course 5 continued. Second half-year.

7. Elements of Quai^itative Anai<ysis. Three laboratory
exercises of three hours each. Second half-year.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are : Courses i, 3 or 4,
I3.00; Course 2, $4.00; Courses 5 or 6, $5.00; Course 7, |6.oo.

ECONOMICS.

associate professor wai«ker.
I. Ei<bments of Economics. Recitations, lectures and required
readings. Text-book, Walker's Political Economy (Advanced
Course). First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

96 COI.LEGK FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

2. Vai^uk and Distribution. Consideration of the institution of
property in history and theory, systems of land tenure and the doc-
trine of rent, interest in theory and practice, methods of labor
remuneration and theory of wages, monopolies, etc. Lectures,
readings, recitations. Second half-year.

3. History of Economic Theory. The development of eco-
nomic thought from the earliest times. Lectures and readings in
selections- from various writers. Text-book, Ingram's History of
Political Economy. First half-year,

4. Socialism. An historical and critical course in socialism, dis-
cussing the historical basis, the various schools and movements of the
nineteenth century, and such efforts at social reform as cooperation.
Lectures, required readings. Text-books, Ely's French and German
Socialism, Schaeffle's Quintessence of Socialism. Second half-year,

5. Comparative P01.1TICS and Constitutionai. Law. An exam-
ination and comparison of the governmental systems of the United
States, England, France and Germany. Lectures, readings and
recitations. Text-book, Wilson : The State. Second half-year.

EDUCATION AND TEACHING.

See Philosophy and Psychology.

ENGLISH*

professor hxji^me, 8-13, 16-19, 23.
associate professor thorndike, 1-7, 14, 15, 20-22.

COMPOSITION.
I, 2. Principles of Engi<ish Composition. Lectures, recita-
tions, themes and conferences. Especial attention will be given to
paragraph writing and the study of modem prose writers. Required
throughout Freshman year.

3. DAII.Y Themes (for a considerable portion of the time);
frequent long themes, lectures, conferences. Open to all who have
taken courses i and 2. First half-year.

4. Continuation of 3. In course of the year detailed attention
will be given to exposition, criticism, description, narrative and
argumentation. Second half-year.

5. Themes. The work in this course will be adapted to the needs
and tastes of the students electing it. Especial opportunity will be
given for criticism by the members of the class. Open to those who
have taken courses 3 and 4. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 97

6. Continuation of 5. Under the direction of the instructor,
each student will be required to plan and write a piece of composition
of considerable length. This course may be elected two years in suc-
cession. Second half-year.

7. Argumentation. Two long forensics, preceded by briefs.
The questions for these forensics will be so selected that each student
may write on a subject connected with her college studies. Lectures,
conferences, study of masterpieces of argumentation, briefs based on
the latter, debates.

LANGUAGE.

8. A Beginner's Course in Oi,d Engwsh. In this course
special attention is given to the elements of Old English grammar,
and to the reading of selections from Old English prose and poetry.
The etjrmological relations of Old and Modem English. Text-books:
Smith's Old English Grammar; Bright's Anglo-Saxon Reader. First
half-year.

9. Old Engwsh Epic Poetry. Beowulf is read and is made the
basis of a detailed study of the mythology, and the religious and
social life of the Anglo-Saxons. Advanced Old English Grammar.
Parallel reading of other epic fragments in Old English. Text-books:
Wyatt's Beowulf; the Cook-Sievers Old English Grammar. First
half-year.

10. Old and Middle English. This course is intended to follow
course 8. The Blene is read with the class. Lectures on Cynewulf
and Old English poetical literature. The history of the English
language, and readings from late Old English and early Middle
English. Text-books : Kent's Elene; Emerson's History of the
English Language; Morris and Skeat's Specimens of Early English,
Part I. Second half-year.

11. Old English Religious Poetry. A detailed study of the
so-called Caedmoniah poems, as well as of the poems of Cynewulf and
his school. The class is required to read parts of Genesis, Exodus and
Daniel, and two or more of the Cynewulfian poems. Second half-year.

LITERATURE.

12. Chaucer. Select readings from the Canterbury Tales. Lec-
tures on Chaucer's life and works, and on his contemporaries and
immediate successors in English literature. Text-books: Skeat's
edition of The Prologue, The Knight's Tale, and The Nonne Prestes
Tale (Clarendon Press Series). Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

98 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-I902

13. Non-Dramatic Poetry of the Sixteenth and Early
Seventeenth Centuries. In this course the work will be confined
mainly to a careful study of the poetry of Spenser and Milton.
1901-1902 First half-year.

14. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drabia. This course
is preparatory to a more extended study of Shakespeare and his con-
temporaries. A brief history of the Pre-Shakesperean drama in lec-
tures. A study of three or four of Shakespeare's plays. First half-year.

15. Shakespeare. Lectures on the development of Shakespeare's
art and the later Elizabethan drama. The class is required to read all
of Shakespeare's plays. Open to students who have had course 14 or
its equivalent. 1 901 -1902. Second half-year.

16. Classicism in English Literature. A history of modem
English literature from Milton to the beginning of the Romantic
movement in the eighteenth century. The development of Classicism
in English poetry of the seventeen and eighteenth centuries. The
rise of the Essay. The origin and development of the Novel. Lec-
tures, select readings and papers. This course is arranged specially
for Sophomores who intend to elect English literature. First half-year.

17. The Romantic Movement of the Eighteenth Century.
A history of English poetry from about 1760 to 1830. Select readings
from the poetry of Bums, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, Byron,
Keats, Shelley and other contemporaries. Outline of the rise and
growth of the Historical Novel. The rise of periodical literature and
modem literary criticism. Lectures and papers. Second half-year.

18. English Literary Criticism. The history of literary criti-
cism. The class will study select essays of Dryden, Steele and Addi-
son, Johnson, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, DeQuincey, Leigh Hunt,
Carlyle, Mathew Arnold and others. Lectures and papers. Open to
students who have had courses 16 and 17 or their equivalents. First
half-year.

19. The English Novel. The history of the rise and growth of
the English Novel from its beginning to the nineteenth century.
Lectures, select readings and papers. Text-book: Cross* Development
of the English Novel. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

20. English Poetry prom 1830 to 1880. Tennyson, Browning,
IVIrs. Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, and other poets
of the period. A large amount of reading and frequent papers are
required on topics suggested by the course. Open to Juniors and
Seniors. 1902- 1903. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. .99

21. Kngush Prose from 1830 to 1880. Carlyle, Ruskin,
Matthew Arnold, Newman, Thackeray, George Eliot, and other prose
writers of the period. The course is a continuation of 20, but the
two may be elected separately. Open to Seniors and Jtmiors. 1902-
1903. Second half-year.

22. The Devew)pment op English Prose. Ascham, Lyly,
Sidney, Bacon, Taylor, Dryden, Temple and other prose writers from
Tyndale to Addison. First half-year.

23. American Literature. The historical development of Eng-
lish literature in America from its beginning to the present day. Lec-
tures, papers and extensive readings from the principal writers. Open
to Juniors and Seniors. Second half-year.

FRENCH.

See Romance Languages.

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.

PROFESSOR GUSHING.

1. MiNERAiX)GY. Crystallography, and Descriptive Mineralogy.
Two hours of recitation and lectures, and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

2. Mineralogy. Determinative Mineralogy and Blow-pipe Anal-
ysis. Three laboratory exercises of three hours each. Physical
Crystallography may be substituted for the Blow-pipe work. Second
half-year.

3. Geology. Dynamical and Stiuctural Geology. Three hours a
week. First half-year.

4. Geology. Historical Geology. Lectures and field work in
vicinity of Cleveland. Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. Second half-year.

A Laboratory fee of $1.00 is charged for courses i, 2 or 4.

GERMAN.

PROFESSOR DEERING.

DR. MEYER 5b.
DR. FIFE, I, 3, 5a.

I, 2. German Grammar and Reader. Easy modern texts. In
this and the following courses German is spoken as mnch as possible
in the class-room, but such conversation is regarded as a means, not
as an end. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lOO COLLBGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-I902

3, 4. Grammar contintjed— Prose Composition. Recent Ger-
man prose and the simpler plays of Lessing, Goethe, or Schiller. In
1 902- 1 903 the first text will be Bemhardt*s Auf der Sonnenseite.
Throughout the year.

5, 6. Advanced Grammar — Prosb Composition. Rapid read-
ing of representative modem authors and, in the second half-year of
classic German, with especial attention to Schiller. Practice in read-
ing at sight. The first text for 1902-1903 will be Freytag's Die Jour-
nalisten. Throughout the year.

7. Goethe. His life and works and times, with selected readings
from his lyrics, prose and dramas. An outline of the development of
German literature during the classical period will be studied. First
half-year.

8. Nineteenth Century Authors. Outline history of German
literature since Goethe's death, with especial reference to its prose
development. Readings from the best modem novelists, essayists,
historians and dramatists. Practice in writing German. Second
half-year.

9. Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend, with
parallel reading of the most important Faust literature; Goethe's
Faust. First half-year.

10. Lessing and the Ci^assic German Drama. Early eight-
eenth century drama, Lessing's reforms and influence (lectures); all
his important dramas and best critical works, with illustrative parallel
reading. First half-year.

12, 15. Middle High German. Paul's Mittelhochdeutsche
Grammatik; Selections from the Nibelungenlied, from Hartmann,
Walther, and Wolfram. Throughout the year.

14. Heine. Lectures on the life and times of Heine, with readings
from his most important works. Especial attention will be given to
his contemporaries, as well as to the social and political aspects of the
time. Second half-year.

16. Advanced Composition. Studies in German style. Original
German essays on subjects assigned. Lectures on the history of the
German language. Recommended to tliose who intend teaching
German.

17. Contemporary German Literature- The new spirit of
German literature. Sudermann, Hauptmann, Liliencron, Fontane.

18. Oi,D Germanic Myths and Legends. Outline of Germanic
Mythology. Study of the most important mediaeval saga cycles,
lectures and papers.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-I902] WESTERN RBSKRVK UNIVERSITY. lOr

Courses 9-18 are open only to students who have taken courses 7
and 8, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year.

GREEK.

PROFESSOR FOWI.ER.
PROFESSOR FUI^LER.

1. HoMBR. The Odyssey. Two books will be read consecutively
and the remainder studied in representative selection and in English
translation, with a view to a literary acquaintance with the entire
poem. Considerable attention will be given to developing facility in
translating at sight. First half-year.

2. Attic Orators. Selections from Lysias, Isocrates and Demos-
thenes. Greek Rhetoric. Lives of Attic Orators, Legislative Bodies
and Law Practice in Athens. History of Greece from the beginning
of the Peloponnesian war to the death of Philip. Greek Prose Com-
position. Second half-year.

Only two of the following elective courses will be given in any
half-year.

3. The Drama. Two tragedies; Metres and Theory of Music;
Lectures on the Archaeology of the Drama (Actors, Costumes,
Buildings, etc.) First half-year.

4. Plato's Apology, Crito, and selections from other works.
Second half-year.

5. Phiw)SOPHY. Seminary work in the Fragments of the Early
Philosophers (Diogenes Laertius, de Vitis, Dogmatibus et Apophtheg-
matibus Philosophorum; Ritter et Preller, Fragmenta Philosophise
Graecae), and selections from Plato and Aristotle. First half-year.

6. History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, and other sources of Greek history. Second half-year.

7. Oratory. Comparative study of speeches of Attic Orators.
The speeches in Thucydides, etc. First half-year.

8. Aristophanes' Frogs and selected Dialogues of Lucian. History
of Greek Literature illustrated by selections from authors not hitherto
studied in class. Second half-year.

9. Drama. The development of Attic Drama as exhibited in the
extant plays and fragments. First half-year.

10. Grsek Prosb Composition. An advanced course, the special
features of which will be determined by the acquirements and needs
of the class. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I02 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

11. Grbbk Lyric Poetry. Elegiac, Iambic, Melic, Choric, and
selections from the Anthology. First half-year.

12. Idyllic and Choric Poetry. Selections from Theocritus
and Pindar. Second half-year.

HISTORICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

MR. SEVERANCE.

1. Historical and General Bibliography. The object of
this course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides,
indices, repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examina-
tion ^11 be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those look-
ing forward to library work. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

2. The Sources and Literature of Medusval History.
This course will describe the original material at the command of the
historian of the Middle Ages, and show what use has been made of
this source material by modem writers. The course is designed for
students interested in historical study or library work.

HISTORY,

professor bourne.
mr. severance, i3, i4, i5.

DR. HUNT, 5, 6.

1. History of the Middle Ages. The migrations, the develop-
ment of the church as an institution, the mediaeval empire, feudal
society. First half-year.

2. History of Europe, 1400-1763. The Renaissance, the Reform-
ation, development of modem states. Second half-year.

Courses i and 2 are introductory to the more special courses which
follow. They include some training in the elementary study of topics
from original documents, contemporary narratives, etc., and the cul-
tivation of an interest in historical literature.

3. History of England, from the German migrations to the
death of Elizabeth. The development of English institutions, and the
rise of England to the position of a great state. First half-year.

4. History of England, from the accession of the Stuarts to
the present day; the development of a Parliamentary democracy, and
the building of the British empire. Second half-year.

5. American Colonial History, to the end of the Revolutionary
War. The discovery and settlement of North America, the political

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WKSTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I03

growth of the colonies, and their development towards independence
and union. First half-year.

6. History op the United States, from 1783 to the close of the
Reconstruction period. The consolidation of institutions, the growth
of national life, expansion westward, the slavery question, etc.
Second half-year.

7. French Revoi,ution, 1789-1795, with introductory studies of
the Old Regime. First half-year.

8. Reorganization op Europe, in consequence of the Revolu-
tion, 1 795- 185 1, including a study of the French empire, the Restora-
tion, with the reorganization of Germany, and the revolutions of 1830
and 1848. Second half-year.

9. Modern Europe and the Great Powers. 1851-1900. The
growth of the present political system since the failure of the Revolu-
tion of 1848, the reconstruction of Germany, the imion of Italy, the
Eastern Question. First half-year.

10. History op Discovery and Colonization, including the
progress of geographical knowledge, and with special reference to
enterprises of European nations outside the limits of the United
States since the banning of the sixteenth century. Second half-
year.

In courses 3-10 the work will include wide reading from the litera-
ture of. the subject, as well as the study of official records and of
contemporary writers.

11. Epochs, OP History. The object is the more careful study
of a particular epoch, from the sources and from other writers; for
example, England under the Tudors or the Stuarts, Mediaeval
France, the beginnings of the Bourbon monarchy, the Lutheran
Reformation. Annual. First half-year.

12. History and Historical Research. This includes a sketch
of the development of the scope of history as a literature, a study of
the masters of historical writing, a study of the elements of historical
criticism, and practical work in investigation. Second half-year.

Course 1 1 is open each year to Seniors who have had, in addition
to I, two other courses selected from 2 to 10. Course 12 is open to
Seniors who have had 11 or 15.

13. Life in the Middi^E Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photographs
and prints taken from Mediaeval Manuscripts. 1902- 1903. First half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

104 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-I902

14. The Bbwefs and Superstitions of the MroDLE Ages.
Especial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their out-
come in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and imlucky days,
precious stones, palmistry, etc. will also be touched on. 1901-1902.
First half-year.

15. Speciai, Topics in Medijsvai, History. This course will be
conducted according to the principles of the Seminary Method, and
aims to teach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval His-
tory from the sources. The subject for 1902-3 will be either the "Vita
Heinrici IV. Imperatoris,*' or *'The Crusades.**

For the courses in Bibliography, see Historical Bibliography.

The lectureship in History was founded by the Daughters of the
American Revolution, and was filled in 1900 by the late Professor
Moses Coit Tyler, of Cornell University, and in 1901 by Mr. Thomas
Wentworth Higginson, LL. D.

HYGIENE.

DR. CHAPMAN.

I. The instruction consists of weekly lectures illustrated with
charts, manikin and skeleton. These lectures embrace the funda-
mental principles that underlie the promotion of health; the structure
and functions of all the organs of the body; the proper exercise and
rest of the muscles; the conversion of food into tissues; the importance
of always keeping the body supplied with pure blood; ventilation,
food and clothing. Special attention is given to the nervous system,
including the care of the eyes First half-year.

LATIN.

professor PERKINS.

professor platner, 8, 19.

1. Livy, Books XXI, XXII; translation at sight and at hearing;
the writing of Latin. Collateral reading in Roman History. First
half-year.

2. Cicero de Senectute; Plautus (one play); Horace, Satires.
Translation at sight and at hearing; the writing of Latin. Second
half-year.

Only four of the following elective courses will be given in any
half-year.

3. Odes and Epodes of Horace. First half-year.

4. CiCERO*s Letters. First half-year.

5. Letters of Pliny the Younger. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 105

6. Tacitus and Suetonius. Tacitus, Agricola; Annales (Books
1-2, entire; Books 3 and 4, selections). Suetonius, selections. First
half-year.

7. History of Latin Literature (Poetry). Lectures, with
reading of typical selections, and direction of the student's private
reading, one hour a week. Advanced courses in Latin writing, two
hours a week. First half-year.

8. Lucretius. First half-year.

9. Catullus. Selections from Tibullus, Propertius and Ovid's
Tristia. Second half-year.

10. Thr Epistles of Horace. The Ars Poetica. Wilkins'
Primer of Roman Literature. Second half-year.

11. Roman Comedy. Terence and Plautus. Second half-year.

12. Juvenal and Martial. Second half-year.

13. Latin Rhetoric. Quintilian, Book x ; Cicero, De Oratore,
Selections. Second half-year.

14. Roman Oratory. Tacitus, Dialogus de Oratoribus, with
selections from Cicero. Second half-year.

15. Teachers' Training Course. This course is recommended
only for students who have had two years of elective work in Latin.
The aim of the course is to give prospective teachers assurance in their
work. The course includes lectures on problems connected with the
teaching of Latin in secondary schools; practical exercises in the study
of the Grammar and the authors read in secondary schools. Second
half-year.

16. Selections from Cicero, de Officiis, and the Tusculan Disputa-
tions. Second half-year.

17. Seneca. Selections from (a) Prose writings, (d) Tragedies.
Second half-year.

18. History of Latin Literature. (Prose). Lectures, with
direction of the student's private reading, one hour a week. Ad-
vanced courses in Latin writing, two hours a week. Second half-year.

19. Latin of the Silver Age. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

MATHEMATICS.

PROFESSOR PALMIE.
MR. DICKERMAN, I, b.

I. Trigonometry. Jones* Drill Book in Trigonometry. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I06 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-I902

2. AusEBRA. Hall and Knight's. Second half-year.

3. P1.ANE AND Solid Geometry. Exercises to be solved by the
students; Chauvenet's Elementary Geometry. Second half-year.

5. Analytical Geometry. Tanner and Allen's Analytical Geom-
etry. First half-year.

6. Differential Calculus. McMahon and Snyder's Differen-
tial Calculus. Second half-year.

7. Integral Cai^culus. Murray's Integral Calculus. First
half-year.

8. Dikferentiai. Calcui^us (advanced course). Hamack's
Introduction to the Calculus.

9. Analyticai, Geometry (advanced course). Salmon's Conic
Sections. First half-year.

10. Theory of Functions, of a complex variable. Introductory
course.

11. The Theory of Equations. Burnside and Panton's Theory
of Equations. First half-year.

12. Projective Geometry. Second half-year.

13. Theory of Substitution Groups, and its application to
algebraic equations.

14. Theory of Numbers. Elementary course.

Only three elective courses will be offered in any half-year.

MUSIC.

MR. CLEMENS.

1. History of Music. A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music, Ancient Music, and the music
of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fillmore's
Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supplemented by
musically illustrated lectures and references to standard works. A
short course in the elements of Harmony is combined with the more
strictly historical study in order that the musical development and
relations of the different periods may be more clearly understood.
First half-year.

2. A continuation of course i, embracing the periods from the
beginning of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and
Bach. Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the
work of the first half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I07

Those desiring to elect the course iu the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject.

3. Harmony and Counterpoint. The details of this course will
be announced later. Second half-year.

PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY.

PROFESSOR AIKINS.

1 . Logic. The principles of logic, with practice in definition and
the analysis of arguments. Required* of Latin-English Sophomores,
elective for others. Three hours a week, second half-year.

2. BlembnTary Psychoi/>GY. An outline of the subject, mainly
from the physiological standpoint. This course is introductory to all
the other work in the department, except Logic. It is open to
Sophomores. First half-year.

3. Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discussion
of practical problems. First half-year.

4. Introocction To Philosophy. A direct and simple discussion
of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the ultimate
nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real nature of
material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged conflict of
science and religion, what knowledge is and what we can hope to
know, idealism, realism and scepticism; the relation of knowledge to
faith. Second half-year.

5. History of Philosophy. The course can be made to cover a
period or confined to the work of some single philosopher, according
to the preparation and interests of the students who elect it. First
half-year.

6. HiSTOKY OF Morals. The moral ideals and practices of human
beings in various stages of development. The origin of some of our
present problems of right and wrong. Open only to those who have
taken Ethics. First half-year.

7. Advanced Coursb in Philosophy. A critical study of some
one or two philosophers or of some group of philosophical problems.
Second half-year.

8. Psychology in Education. The course is intended to cover
as much as possible of the following ground. Animals : their
instincts, habits, intelligence and training. Children : aims and
methods of child-study, practice in psychological observation, growth
of mind and body and physical basis of precocity and dullness, con-
tents of children's minds, their reasoning and their ideas of good and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I08 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1901-1902

bad. Rhythm, fatigue, and other general relations of mind and
body. Individual differences : the mental life and education of the
blind, the deaf, and other defectives. The aims of education : the
acquisition of specific habits and the alleged training of general
faculties, such as memory, imagination, observation, judgment, atten-
tion and will; diseases of various faculties; the meaning of culture,
character, power and personality. The noticeable effects of education.
Special educational means and their psychological basis: interest,
imitation, sympathy, suggestion (hypnotism), apperception and cor-
relation, manual training. Second half-year, alternating with 9.

9. Principi.es and History op Education. The course is based
on an historical study of educational theories and practice, especially
since the Renaissance. It includes extensive readings from the great
writers on education and the discussion of some of the current prob-
lems and controversies concerning aims and methods. Second half-
year, alternating with 8.

PHYSICS.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.
DR. REICHMANN.

I A. General contents and text-book as in course i. For Freshmen
entering the Latin-English course. The work is arranged to utilize
as fully as possible the preparatory course in Physics. First half-
year.

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat, Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Light, Electricity and Magnetism. Continuation of
course i . Second half-year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics, with lectures
and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's
Theory of Heat, with lectures and references. Second half-year.
Alternating with 9.

5. Electricity and Magnetism. A review of electrical theory,
with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The text-book
will depend somewhat on the character of the class. First half-year.

6. Continuation of course 5. Second half-year.

9. Mechanics. The Elements of Applied Mechanics. Text-
book: Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year. Alter-
nating with 4.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 109

10. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important physi-
cal phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to Hastings and Beach. General Physics and a few exercises in
the laboratory. Required of Classical and Modern Language Soph-
omores. First half-year.

11. Physicai, Manipulation. Instruction is given in the ele-
ments of the ordinary laboratory arts, as glass-blowing and soldering,
in the use of the dividing engine and other general instruments, in
the construction of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly.
Second half-year.

12. Physical Experiment. Special topics in Physics are
assigned to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is
to introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than are
usually possible in the general courses. Each student is ex|>ected to
spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

Courses 11 and 12 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

The weekly exercises under course 1 2 may be combined with course 1 1
to count for one three-hour course.

The laboratory fee for course 10 is $2.00; for each of the other
courses, $4 00.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES.

FRENCH.

DR. OLIVER.
MISS HENDERSON.

I, 2. Beginners' Course. Grammar, easy reading, composition,
conversation. Throughout the year.

3, 4. Advanced Course. Rapid reading of modem prose, poetry
and drama. Syntax and composition. Reports on outside reading.
Throughout the year.

Courses i, 2, 3, 4 or their equivalent must precede all others.

Of the following courses not more than two will be given in any
half-year:

5. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and development
of French Drama. Interpretation of the masterpieces of Comeille,
Racine, Molidre, Regnard. Collateral reading. Themes. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

no COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1901-I902

6. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Cen-
turies. The Decadence of Classic Drama. Rise and growth of the
romantic and realistic drama. Modem tendencies. Reading of Vol-
taire, Beaumarchais, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo, Alfred de
Musset, Scribe, Dumas p^re, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou, Copp6e,
Rostand. Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year.

7. MoLi^RE. Lectures on the life and times of Moli^re. Inter-
pretation of the greater comedies. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

8. French Lyric and Didactic Poetry. Boileau, La Fontaine,.
Ch^nier, Victor Hugo, de Musset, Lamartine. Collateral reading.

9, 10. Modern Novelists. Lectures and recitations. The Ro~
mantic School. First half-year. The Realistic School. Second
half-year.

11. Seventeenth Century Prose Classics. Lectures on
French culture, society and prose literature of the seventeenth cen-
tury'. The great preachers and moralists. Jansenism and Port Royal.
The French Academy and the Salons. Memoirs and Letter- Writers.
Readings from Descartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruydre,
Bossuet, Bourdalone, Mme. de S^vign^, Mme. de La Fayette, F^nelonv
Saint-Simon. Themes and collateral reading, i go i -1902. First
half-year.

12. Eighteenth Century Prose Classics. Lectures on the
society and culture of the eighteenth century. Break-up of the classic
ideals. Growth of the revolutionary spirit. First movements toward
romanticism. Voltaire and the Encyclopedists. Rousseau, Diderot,
Montesquieu, Le Sage, Bernardin de Saint Pierre. Themes and col-
lateral reading. 1 901-1902. Second half-year.

13. The Sixteenth Century. The Reformation and the Re-
naissance. Rabelais, Calvin, Marot, Ronsard and the Pleiade, Mon-
taigne. Readings from Damisteter and Hatzfeld*s Le Seizi^me Si^cle
en France. Study of the language and syntax of the period. Themes
and collateral reading. First half-year.

14. History op Old French Literature, with representative
readings from Bartsch's Chrestomathie, La Chanson de Roland, and
Christian of Troyes. The Mediaeval Drama. Second half-year.

15. French Historical Grammar. Phonetics, Morphology,
Syntax. Illustrative reading from old French texts. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. Ill

16. Comparative Historical Grammar of the Romance Lan-
guages, with especial emphasis of Old French and Provencal. Illus-
trative reading. Second half-year.

ITALIAN.

DR. 01,1 VER.

1, 2. Grandgent's Itawan Grammar. Reading of modem
Italian. Composition. 1902- 1903. Throughout the year.

SPANISH.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BOURLAND.

I Elementary Course. Edgren's Grammar and Matzke's
Reader, with practice in speaking and writing Spanish. 1901-1902.
First half-year.

2. Reading of modem texts with practice in conversation and
composition. 1901-1902. Second half-year.

SOaOLOGY.

professor CURTIS.

Philosophy of Society. Open only to Seniors who have taken
courses in Philosophy, Ethics and Economics. Lectures will be given
by the instructor throughout the term and special work will be assigned
to each student for report and discussion. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

112 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [19OI-I902

GENERAL INFORMATION-

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a Christmas
recess of nine days, until the Saturday after the last Thtu-s-
day in January. The second half-year begins on the Mon-
day after the last Thursday in January, and continues, with
an Easter recess of one week, until Commencement, which
occurs on the Wednesday after the tenth day of June (or
after the ninth in years in which February has twenty-nine
days). No college exercises are held on Thanksgiving
day, Washington's birthday, and Decoration day. On the
day of prayer for colleges, religious exercises are held in
the chapel. The exercises of the first half-year begin with
prayers in the chapel at ten o'clock.

DEFICIENT WORK.

1. All entrance conditions must be removed before a
student is allowed to begin the work of Sophomore year.

2 . A student who fails in the work of an elective course
must remove this deficiency, or complete another course as
extra work.

3. All conditions incurred at examinations must be re-
moved at the next examinations held for the same courses;
except that all conditions incurred and all work omitted in
Freshman year must be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of Junior year; and that all conditions
incurred, and all work omitted in Sophomore year must be
made up before a student is allowed to begin the work of
Senior year; and that all other conditions, and all other
omitted work, must be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of the second term of Senior year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. II3

GRADUATION AND DEGREES.

No student will be allowed to graduate unless she has
taken at least one cx)urse in either Economics or Philosophy
and Psychology and at least one course each in two of the
three sciences, Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Students
should consult the instructors in the departments concerned
as to the best time at which to take these courses.

Juniors and Seniors may diminish the number of their
recitations, though not the total amount of their work,
three hours a week, by arranging to do extra work in one
or more courses.

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on stu-
dents who have completed the Classical course which
includes the study of the Greek language and literature;
the degree of Bachelor of Letters on those who have
completed the Modern Language course, in which Modern
Languages are substituted for Greek; and the degree of
Bachelor of Philosophy on those who have completed
the Latin-English course, which differs from the Modern
Language course in that an entrance requirement of science
and history is substituted for French or German.

libraries.

Hatch Library on the Adelbert College campus, five min-
utes* walk from the College for Women, is open on equal
terms to all members of the University. It is furnished with
well lighted reading rooms, contains about forty-five thous-
and bound volumes and ten thousand pamphlets, and is
especially rich in German, French, historical and philosoph-
ical literature. The list of periodicals is very complete,
and the library contains many sets of valuable publications
in classical philology and archaeology, Germanic and general
philology, history, anthropology and science, besides sets of
the oldest and best literary magazines. These sets are kept
up to date and their number is increased by constant addi-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

114 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1901-1902

tions. Students have access to all the books on the shelves.
The library is open every day from eight to half-past five
o'clock.

For the special convenience of students in the College for
Women there is in Clark Hall itself a carefully selected and
growing library containing encyclopaedias and other books
of reference, magazines, duplicates of books in common use^
and a considerable number of other works.

A special library in Biblical literature is placed in The Flor-
ence Harkness Memorial Chapel. This collection is being
constantly enlarged by means of funds from the Florence
Harkness Foundation.

In addition to these, students may freely use the prin-
cipal libraries of Cleveland. The Free Public Library con-
tains 150,000 volumes, and includes valuable collections for
the study of Shakespeare, modern literature, histor>', art,
and archaeology. On request of members of the Faculty >
books from the Public Library are delivered at the Hatch
Library building, and may be retained for an extended
period. This arrangement makes its collections readily
accessible to students at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and
general literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of
the fine arts, of political economy and sociolog>', and of the
sciences, especially chemistry and botany.

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. II5

maintenance of vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals
and plants, both aquatic and terrestrial, may be kept alive
while their habits are studied, and, when possible, their
breeding and development watched.

Chemistry. The department of chemistry is well sup-
plied with apparatus for use in illustrative lectures. The
chemical laboratory is equipped with suflBcient apparatus so
that each student may become familiar with the facts of the
science through experiments made by herself under the
guidance of the instructor. Such experimental courses are
offered in the chemistry of the non-metallic and metallic
elements, in organic, analytical, and physiological chemistry.

Geology and Mineralogy. The collections at the
service of the department are well chosen, and are rapidly
growing. They comprise sets of cr>'^stal models and crystals,
crystal sections for optical study, and rock sections in great
number, besides mineralogical, Hthological, and palaeonto-
logical collections. The library is good and constantly be-
ing increased. The vicinity of Cleveland is interesting

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Il6 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. L1901-1902

geologically, especially in regard to its glacial deposits and
its palaeontology. It furnishes abundance of material for
special investigation.

Physics and Astronomy. The Physical laboratory is
a three-story building of sound and substantial construction,
containing large lecture and laboratory rooms for the ele-
mentary courses, and a considerable number of smaller
apartments for more advanced work. Especial attention
has been paid to heating, lighting, and ventilation. The
department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present offered— all of which
include work in the laboratory — and additional apparatus
is continually being obtained.

GYMNASIUM.

The Gymnasium in Clark Hall is well equipped with all
the necessary apparatus, and is under the direction of a
graduate of Dr. Sargent's School of Physical Training.
Upon entering college each student is examined by the
College Physician and the Director of the gymnasium, and
information obtained concerning habits and general health.
From this data and the measurements made by the Director,
exercise is prescribed to meet the special need of each indi-
vidual. Exercise in the gymnasium is required three hours
a week of Freshmen and Sophomores, and is under the
personal supervision of the Director. Students are advised
to consult the Director before procuring their gymnasium
suits. When the weather permits, work in the gymnasium

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. II7

is replaced by tennis, basket ball, golf, and other games out
of doors. Special instruction is given to those who wish it
in fencing and track athletics. Wade Park pond furnishes
the students with facilities for rowing and skating.

Two prizes annually, one of fifteen, and the other of ten
dollars, are awarded by the President to the students who,
through their gymnastic work, make the greatest progress
toward symmetrical development.

GUILFORD HOUSE.

Guilford House offers a good home for forty students.
It is warmed by hot water, well lighted, and thoroughly
ventilated. The rooms are large and fully furnished. The
linen for beds and tables is provided, but each student pays
fifty cents a month to meet the cost of its laundrying. The
charge for other laundry work is fifty cents a dozen. The
table is excellent and well served, and the aim of the house-
keeping is to make the surroundings as homelike as possible.

The rooms in Guilford House are arranged, for the most
part, in suites consisting of a study and two sleeping rooms.
The price of board and lodging for each of two students in
such a suite is $250 for the college year. This rooming
arrangement is earnestly recommended in preference to any
other. There are, however, four choice, large single rooms,
the price of which is also $250; five smaller rooms for $225
each, and one for $200. There is also one especially' desir-
able suite for two students paying $275 apiece. Any
student entering within the first five weeks will be charged
from the beginning of the year. If an applicant has had
a special room retained for her, and if she fail to occupy it,
she will be charged for one-half of a term. Claims for
deductions arising from necessary withdrawal are to be
adjusted with the OflBcers. The date of withdrawal of a
student is reckoned from the time when the President is
informed of the fact by the parent or guardian. It is re-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Il8 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1901-1902

quested that students make separate payments for their
tuition and board. Checks for board should be made pay-
able to Guilford House. One-half the amount is due at the
beginning of each term.

HAYDN HALL.

Haydn Hall offers a home for twenty-two students 'and
also supplies rooms for the various needs of the student
body. The basement contains a bicycle room and a well-
equipped kitchen. The first floor is devoted especially
to students who reside at their homes in Cleveland. It
contains a study room, a lunch room, and a central hall.
For social occasions these may be used as one large room.
On the second floor are rooms for the use of the four college
classes and the alumnae. The remainder of the second and
the whole of the third floor are divided into living rooms
for students. The occupants of tliese rooms may board at
Guilford House.

The price for a single room in Haydn Hall and board at
Guilford House is $250 for the college year, and the terms
of payment are the same as at Guilford House. Arrange-
ments have also been made to provide for a few students
who desire to live as economically as possible.

The life in both Guilford House and Haydn Hall is
founded upon the desire to give to each student such super-
vision as earnest and able young women absent from home
should receive, and yet to subject no one to unnecessary or
annoying restraint. Certain members of the Faculty reside
in each building. Their endeavor and the endeavor of all
the officers — the Housemistress, the Faculty, the Advisory
Council — is to make a home in every way suitable for
college women.

THE FLORENCE HARKNESS MEMORIAL.
The Florence Harkness Memorial Chapel is a beautiful
Early English Gothic structure in stone and quartered oak.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. II9

Its character is further indicated by the fact that the win-
dows are from The Tiffany Company and the organ from
The Austin Company. The chapel seats about six hun-
dred. Under the same roof are a large lecture room, a
library and study for the Biblical work of the college. The
endowment of this bears the same name as the chapel

The religious life of the college, the chapel service, the
Young Women's Christian Association and Missionary
societies as well as the Biblical instruction therefore centre
in this building, which it is believed is as complete as pos-
sible and one of the best for its purpose in the land.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.

The principles and influences of the College are distinc-
tively Christian, but the College has no formal connection
with any particular denomination. A short service is held
each morning in the Chapel at a quarter past nine o'clock.
All students are expected to be present at this service and
on Sunday to attend the services at the churches of their
choice. It is desired that as far as possible each student
should enter into the life of her church. Sunday Vesper
Services are held in the Florence Harkness Memorial Chapel
during a part of the college year. The students carry on a
Young Women's Christian Association, the aims of which
are to maintain in the College a healthy, progressive
Christian spirit and to keep the students in touch with the
religious and charitable work of the world.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS.

The students publish a monthly journal called The Col-
lege Folio. This periodical gives them an opportunity, not
merely to record or comment upon the events of the College
life, but also to give expression to their literary interests.
The College Annual, **Varia Historia" is published by the
Junior class.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I20 COLLEGB FOR WOMEN. [19OI-1902

The student organizations include a Young Women's
Christian Association, a Glee Club, a Mandolin Club, a
Dramatic Association, an Athletic Association, and several
literary and scientific societies.

The conduct of the student body as a whole is largely
entrusted to the Student's Association.

CORRESPONDENCE.

Letters respecting the admission or dismission of students,
requests for catalogues or general information should be
addressed to the President of the University or to the
Registrar of the College for Women.

Communications in reference to board and rooms at
Guilford House should be sent to Miss Elizabeth Annin.

EXPENSES AND BENEFICIARY AID.

The charge for tuition and incidentals tor each student is
$85 per year. In addition to this each student pays a
matriculation fee of $5 on entering College. All checks
should be made payable to the Treasurer. No charge is
made for diplomas. One-half of the charge for tuition is to
be paid at the beginning of each half-year; no part will be
refunded if the student retain her place in class. In labora-
tory courses fees are charged to meet the cost of perishable
material. The amount in each case is indicated with the
description of the courses.

There are certain annual scholarships which are awarded
to students of high rank and slender means, by which
they are relieved of a portion of the tuition fee of the
College. Conference either in person or by letter with the
President is invited.

Scholarships are granted annually upon each applica-
tion, but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of one
half-year. The granting and withdrawing of scholarships,
for students who have attended the College as long as one
half-year, is in the hands of the executive committee^

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 121

who shall report to the Faculty at the beginning of each
year the names of those students to whom scholarships are
to be granted, and each half-year the names of those from
whom scholarships have been withdrawn.

From the Loan Fund certain grants are made to worthy
students. The Alumnae Association has also established a
Loan Fund to be used for similar purposes. Students re-
ceiving these benefits are expected to maintain their standing
in scholarship and to finish their course here. If dismissal
to another college is sought, the College dues, including the
amounts given or loaned, must first be paid.

The opportunities offered by the College for the higher
education of young women of limited means are presented
to the attention of those who desire to promote such
work by the establishment of scholarships for worthy
students. Such foundations may be made to have an annual
value of from $25 to $335.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE.

Mr. L. E. Holden, of Cleveland, offers a prize of twenty-
five dollars for the best essay written by a Senior or Junior
on some subject selected by the Department of Rhetoric.
Essays in competition for this prize must be submitted not
later than May 15, 1902.

PUBLICATION FUND.

The Francis G. Butler Publication Fund has been estab-
lished, the income of which is to be devoted to the publi-
cation of original researches in the field of American history
by professors or students of this College as well as Adelbert
College and the Graduate School.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

DEPARTMENT OF GRADUATE
INSTRUCTION.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

HHE privileges of the Graduate Department are open,
without distinction of sex, to graduates of this and
other universities and colleges of good standing who present
satisfactory evidence of character and scholarship. In
exceptional cases, by special permission, other persons of suit-
able age and attainments may also be received as students.

The work of the department is under the general super-
vision of an Executive Committee, consisting, this year, of
Professors R. W. Deering (Dean), H. N. Fowler, and F. P.
Whitman. Persons desiring to do graduate work are in-
vited to confer or correspond with any member of this
committee.

Applications for admission as graduate students may be
received at any time, but should be presented, if possible,
at least a month before the beginning of the academic year.
This is advisable because books and apparatus for special
work must often be imported from Europe. All such ap-
plications should be made to the Dean of the Graduate
Faculty, and should be accompanied, except in the case of
graduates of this university, by diplomas or such other
official certificates as will satisfy the Executive Committee
as to the student's character and attainments. Applicants
admitted as students must then register with the Dean and
file statements of the courses of study they intend to pursue,
indicating also the degrees, if any, for which they wish to
be candidates. Eligible students who do not wish to apply
for higher degrees may be admitted and registered as
resident graduates.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RBi>BRVE UNIVERSITY. 123

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged, with the exception of the President and Dean, in the order of
College graduation.

Charles Frankun Thwing, D. D., LL.. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,
Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., Dean, 41 Cornell St.

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature,
Lemuel Stoughton Potwin, A. M., D. D., 322 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature,
Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,
Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St.

Professor of Mathematics.
Prank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Professor of L atin .

Charles Harris, Ph. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of German,

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Professor of Philosophy.
Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Professor of Greek.
Francis Hobart Hkrrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology,

Oliver Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit,
Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of History,
Abraham Lincoi^n Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek,

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 40 Cornell St.

Professor of Philosophy,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

124

GRADUATE DEPARTMENT.

[1901-1902
81 Cutler St.
34 Sayles St.
48 Maylield St.
12 Adelbert Hall.

John Wiluam Pkrrin, Ph. D.,

Professor of History,
Anna Hei,ene Pai^mi^, Ph. B.,

Professor of Mathematics.

Wii^WAM Henry Hui^me, Ph. D.,

Professor of English,
Bbnjamin Parsons Boxjri,and, Ph. D.,

Associate Professor of Romance Languages.
HiPPOLYTE Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry,
Francis Wai^ker, Ph. D., 46 Nantucket St.

Associate Professor of Political and Social Science.
Gun Freeman Tower, Ph. D., Euclid Av. and Nantucket St.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry,
Ashley Horace Thorndike, Ph. D., 95 Mayfield St.

Associate Professor of English,
Ai*i.EN DUDI.EY Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography.
John Dickerman, A. B., 852 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics.
Edward Stockton Meyer, Jr. Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

Instructor in German.
Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 36 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy.
Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Romance Languages.
Clarence Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Instructor in Latin and Greek,
Lawrence Edward Griffin, Ph. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Biology.
Robert Herndon Fife, Jr., Ph. D., 91 Mayfield St.

Instructor in German,

Fritz Reichmann, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Physics,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I25

STUDENTS.

Edwin Hugh Edwards, Cleveland 259 W. Clinton St.

B. S., University of Michigan, 1802. 8 year. Biology.

Edna Hermine Fick, Cleveland 139 Kennard St.

A. B., University of Cincinnati, 1800. 2 year. German.

John Glanville Gill, Cleveland 788 Fainnount St.

A. B., Ottawa University, 1896. 1 year. Romance Philology, German.

Fmnds Florian Herr, Cleveland 1276 Scranton Av.

Ph. B., Adelbert College. 1901. 1 year. English.

Franklin Turner Jones, Cleveland 40 Knox St.

A. B., Adelbert College, 1897. 2 year. Mathematics, Physics, German.

Mary Lakin, Cleveland 51 Mayfield St.

Ph. B., University of Chicago, 1889. 1 year. Education.

Daniel Acker Lehman, • Cleveland 843 Fainnount St.

Ph. B., Wesleyan University, 1898. 1 year. Mathematics, Physics,
Astronomy.

Elizabeth Lore McGrew, Cleveland 715 Case Av.

B. S., Smith College. 1901. 1 year. Biology.

Frederick Jacob Menger, Cleveland 107 Quinby St.

Diploma, National Deutsches I«ehrerseminar, 1893. 2 year. German
Literature, Education.

Ida Catherine Messer, Cleveland 244 Becker Av.

B. I«., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1000 2 year.
German, French.

Simon Peiser, Cleveland Cor. Willson and Woodland Avs.

A. B., IJniversity of Cincinnati, 1896. 1 year. Germanic Philology,
Education.

Paul Hermann Phillipson, Cleveland Cor. Willson and Woodland Avs.
Diploma, National Deutsches Lehrerseminar. 1897; A. M., Western
Reserve University, 1001. 2 year. Philosophy.

Nina May Roberts, Cleveland 30 Sayles St.

A. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1897 ; A. M.,
1806. 4 year. English.

Anna May Salzer. Cleveland 610 Giddings Av.

Ph. B., Oberlin College, 1896. 1 year. English.
Clarence Dimick Stevens, Cleveland 698 Republic St.

Ph. B., Wabash College, 1804; A. M., 1900. 1 year. EnglUh.
Albert Clarence Streich, Cleveland 2 Hodgson St.

A. B., Otterbeln University, 1808. 1 year. English.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

126 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1901-1902-

COURSES OF GRADUATE INSTRUCTION.

Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are undergraduate
elective courses, but are open to graduate students, with
the consent of the instructor and the approval of the Faculty.
Hours for graduate work will be arranged to suit the con-
venience of instructor and student.

BIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR HERRICK.
DR. GRIFFIN.

2. *ZooW)GY. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A study
of the structure, development, an4 relationship of certain types of
invertebrate animals. One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two
hours each. First half-year

3, 4. *Zo6i,OGY. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A labor-
atory course in the general anatomy of the principal types of verte-
brate animals. One recitation and two laboratory exercises through-
out the year.

5. Zoology. Research in Animal Morphology — ^The assignment
of special problems for investigation, with individual instruction and
supervision. Laboratory work throughout the year.

6. *Ei.EMENTS OF VERTEBRATE HiSTOWJGY or Minute Anatomy.
A study of the tissues of the mammalian body. One recitation, two-
laboratory exercises. Second half-year.

7. *Elements of Vertebrate Embryoi^ogy. A detailed study
of the development of the bird, and general principles of the embry-
ology of vertebrates. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two
hours each. Second lialf-year.

9 General Physiology. A course of reading, supplemented by
experiments in the laboratory, on the general physiology of the cell,
together with an examination of the facts and theories of life and of
the problems which it presents. Two exercises weekly. First half-
year.

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants on the basis
of their physiology, morphology, and classification. Instruction is
given by lectures, laboratory and field exercises. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 27

II. BiOLOGiCAi, Reading Ci.ub. A voluntary association of stu-
dents and instructors for reading and discussing works of general
scientific interest. Meetings are held weekly, from November to May,
at times most convenient to all.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses 2, 5, 6,
7. 10, I5.00; Courses 3, 4, $5.00 for each term; Course 9, $2 00.

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR MORI.Ey.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR GRUENER.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER.

I *Organic Chemistry. Remsen*s Organic Chemistry. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout
the year.

2. Organic Preparations. An equivalent of three laboratory
exercises of three hours each, with occasional discussions, for one
term or the entire year. This course may be taken in conjunction
with or as supplementary to course i .

3. *Ei,EMENTS OF QUANTITATIVE Anai^ysis. Three laboratory
exercises of three hours each, throughout the year.

4. *Physioi.ogicai, Chemistry. Halliburton's Essentials of
Chemical Physiology. A course on the chemistry of the animal body,
of nutrition, and of the ordinary food materials. Two recitations and
one laboratory exercise q£ three hours, first half-year.

5. ♦Physicai, Chemistry. An elementary course treating prin-
cipally of the theory of solutions and electro-chemistry. Three times
a week with occasional laboratory exercises. Second half-year.

ECONOMICS.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR WALKER.

I Statistics. Theory and method. General survey of the field
of economic and sociological statistics, with the study of important
statistical documents. First half-year

2. Theory of Value and Distribution. A critical study and
comparison of the principal theories from the eighteenth century to
the present day, based on the writers considered. Second half-year.

3. *MoNEY. A course in the history and theory of money, con-
sidering the production of the metals, history of coinage, history of
paper money, theory of money and credit, history and theory of pieces,
bimetallism and other attempts at monetary reform. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

128 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1901-I902

4. *SociAi«iSM. An historical and critical course in socialism,
tracing the development of socialistic thought and effort and giving a
critical examination of proposed reforms. First half-year.

5. ♦Finance. A systematic course in public finance, including
expenditure, revenue, debts, and administration. Second half-year.

6. *Raii<roads. An historical course in the development of the
transportation system in the principal modem states, with the con-
sideration of the chief economic problems. Second half-year.

7. *HiSTORY OF Economic Theory. A course in the develop-
ment of general economic theory, with references to the originals.
First half-year.

8. History op Political Theory. A course in the develop-
ment of political thought, with references to the originals. Second
half-year, 1 902-1 903.

9. Historical Politics. A course in the development of political
institutions, considering especially the gentile system, the ancient
city, the Athenian democracy, the Roman republic and empire, the
feudal system, the origin and rise of representative government, etc.
First half-year.

10. Comparative Politics. A comparison of the political insti-
tutions of four modem states, viz., the United States, Great Britain,
the German Empire, and the French Republic. Second half-year.

EDUCATION AND TEACHING.

See Philosophy and Psychology.

ENGLISH.

PROPESSOR POTWIN (l).

PROPESSOR EMERSON (2-7).

PILOPESSOR HULME (8-I2).

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR THORNDIKE (13-16).

1. Literary Sources op English Literature. Sources (i)
Biblical, (2) Classical, (3) French, (4) Italian, (5) German. The
study will include (a) Translations and Paraphrases, (b) Imitations in
form and spirit — as Milton's Samson Agonistes, (c) Sources of Topics
and Subject-matter, (d) Sources of Style. First half-year.

2. Rhetorical Theory. An historical and critical study of
rhetorical study with reference to Greek, Roman, mediseval, and
English rhetoricians. Lectures and recitations, A course for those
who expect to teach English. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WBSTKRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 29

3. Oi*D Bn6I«ish. Lectures on historical and descriptive gram-
mar, with readings from Old English prose and poetry. Special
attention to the development of the language. First half-year.

4. Middle Kngush. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with critical reading of selections from prose and poetry.
Further development of the language. Second half-year.

5. CYNEWUI.F AND His SCHOOL. The acknowledged poems of
Cynewulf will be critically read and examined. This will be followed
by a careful reading of the works believed to have been written by
Cynewulf, or by those influenced by him. First half-year.

6. The Middle English Poetical Romance. The sources of
the poetical romance of Middle English times and its development on
English soil. Lectures and readings. Second half-year.

7. Phonetics. Lectures and recitations on the fundamental rela-
tions of speech sounds, and on phonetic analysis. Special study of
the phonetics of English. One hour a week, throughout the year.

8. ♦The English Novel. The Historical development of the
English novel. Lectures and recitations. Manual : Croft's develop-
ment of the English novel. Second half-year.

9. *Old English Epic Poetry. The B6owulf will be read with
the class and made the basis of a careful study of Old English society,
religion, etc. Advanced Old English grammar. Reading of other
Old English epic fragments required as parallel work. First half-year.

10. The Non-Dramatic Poetry of the Sixteenth and Early
Seventeenth Centuries. This course will include special study of
Spencer and Milton, with lectures, select reading and papers. First
half-year.

11 . *Chaucer. a study of Chaucer's life and works, with special
reference to contemporary life and literature. Class will read and
discuss selections from the Canterbury Tales. Second half-year,

12 English Literary Criticism. Lectures on the develop-
ment of English literary criticism from the sixteenth century to the
present time. Selections from the critical essays of Dryden, Addison
and Steele, Johnson, Coleridge, Lamb, DeQuincey, Leigh Hunt,
Hazlitt, Christopher North, Landor, Carlyle, Macaulay, Matthew
Arnold and others. Original papers. First half-year.

13 *English Poetry, 1830-1880. Tennyson, Browning, Mrs.
Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, with some attention
to other poets of the period. Lectures, reports, and class-room dis-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

130 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [19OI-I902

cussions. A considerable amount of reading will be required, and a
much larger amount recommended. First half-year.

14. ♦Engush Pro^E, 1830-1880. Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay^
Emerson, Matthew Arnold, George Eliot, Hawthorne, Thackeray,
with some attention to other prose writers. The course will be con-
ducted by much the same method as Course 13. Second half-year.

15. Bkginnings of Ei^izabethan Literature. A course of
lectures dealing with the prominent literary genres of the period, with
especial attention to Italian influence. The early history of the
sonnet, pastoral, romance, novel, drama, and criticism will be care-
fully studied, and opportunity given for individual research. Through-
out the year.

16. *Shakkspeare and the Jacobean Drama. All of Shake-
speare's plays, and some of the best Jacobean plays will be read, and
a course of lectures will be given discussing the development of
Shakespeare's art from a historical point of view. Second half-year.

GERMANIC LANGUAGES.

professor deering (1-7).
PROFESSOR HARRIS (Absent for the year), 8-9.

DR. MEYER (10-I5).
DR. FIFE (16-19).

I Gothic. Introduction to Germanic Philologj' — ^aims, means,
methods; Gothic Grammar (Braune); Readings from Wulfila*s Bible;
Skeireins and other Fragments; Germanic Phonology. First half-
year. 1902-1903. Or,

2. O1.D German Literature. Critical study of the history of
the older German literature from the beginning to the Reformation.
Lectures and parallel readings. First half-year.

3. Oi,D German Life. A study of Old German Life, Customs,
Culture, and Institutions, using for reference the texts of Schultz,
Scherr, Hirth, Freytag, Biedermann, etc. Special reports on assigned
topics. Second half-year, 1 902-1903.

4. Old High German. Old High German Grammar and Reader
(Braune); Readings from Tatian, Notker, Otfrid, Williram; Special
study of Old High German dialects, with illustrative readings. Sec-
ond half-year.

5. Germanic Mythology and Legends. Study of Germanic
Mythologie and Heldensage. Lectures and reports. Second half-
year. Omitted 1 901-1902.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 13I

6. ♦Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend
with parallel readings from the most important Faust literature;
Critical study of Goethe's Faust. First half-year.

7. Middle High German. Grammar (Paul). Selections from
the Nibelungen, Gudrun, Walther, Wolfram, Hartmann, Gotfried.
Throughout the year.

8. *HisTORY OF German Literature. Outline History of Ger-
man Literature from the earliest times to the present; Development of
Lyric, Kpic, Drama; Illustrative parallel readings. Throughout the
year. Omitted 1901-1902.

9. *MiDDi.E High German. This course gives a reading knowl-
edge of Middle High German through a careful study of the grammar
and the reading of selections from various texts, such as the Nibe-
lungenlied, Hartmann, .Walther von der Vogelweide, etc. Through-
out the year. Omitted 1901-1902.

10. The Oldest Germanic Poetry. Rapid reading and com-
parison of Beowulf, Widsith, the Eddas and Volsunga Saga, the
Hildebrandslied and Muspilli. First half-year.

11. The Germanic Rewgious Epics. Comparative study of
Csedmon, Otfrid, and the Heliand. Second half-year.

12. The Court Epic. Reading of Wolfram's Parzival with lec-
tuies on Heinrich von Veldeke, Hartmann von Aue, Wolfram von
Eschenbach , an d Gottfried von Strassburg. First half-year, 1 902- 1 903.

13. The Popui^ar Epic. Reading of the Nibelungenlied and
Gudrun, with lectures on the six saga-cycles (Franconian, Burgim-
dian Hunnish, Ostrogothic, Lombardic, and Norman-Saxon. Second
half-year, 1902- 1903.

14. GRILI.PARZER. Study of Sappho, Des Meeres und der Liebe
Wellen, Wehe dem der Liigt (in part), Das Goldene Vliesz (in part),
and die Jiidin von Toledo with lectures on the relation of Grillparzer's
art to that of Shakespeare, Lope de Vega, Alfieri, Goethe, and Schiller.
Second half-year.

15. The German Sociai. Drama of Today. In its relation to
that of the French, Belgian, Norse and English. Reading of Suder-
mann and Ilauptmann, Dumas fils and Sardou, Maeterlinck, Bjom.son
and Ibsen, Jones and Pinero. Second half-year.

16. Oi,D Icelandic. Elementary Course. Study of Phonology
and forms, followed by the reading of easy prose selections. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

132 GRADUATB DEPARTMENT. [19OI-I902

17. History of Eari^y Scandinavian Liter ature. Outline in
lectures, with cursory readings from the sagas, and more intensive
study of selections from the elder Bdda. Second half-year.

18. Oi«D Saxon. Descriptive grammar, accompanied by readings
from the H^liand and Genesis. Second half-year.

Courses 16 and 18 are intended also to be of value to students of
English Philology.

19 German Lyric since Goethe. Outline in lectures, with
illustrative reading of the masterpieces. Two hours a week, through-
out the year.

GREEK.

professor FUIrLER (l-2).

professor fowi^er (3-6).

1. *Atheni AN Drama. Selected dramas of Euripides, Sophocles,
and i^schylus. This course will aim to promote a careful comparison
of the methods and spirit of the three great tragedians. Some of the
more unusual idioms and the more prominent questions of text-
criticism will be discussed. First half-year.

2. *Philosophy. Fragments of the pre-Socratic Philosophers
(Diogenes Laertius, de vitis, dogmatibus et apophthegmatis philoso-
phorum; Ritter et Preller, Historia Philosophise Graecae), and Selec-
tions from Plato and Aristotle. First half-year.

These courses may be taken as minors only when they are being
given to an imdergraduate elective class. Special graduate courses
adapted to the needs and acquirements of the applicant may be
arranged by conference.

3. Introduction to Grbek Epigraphy. A selection of Greek
inscriptions will be read, illustrating more especially the history, insti-
tutions, and social customs of the Athenians. Of inscriptions valu-
able for their form rather than their contents, a number will be
studied to illustrate the history of the Greek alphabet and those
dialect features which are prominent in Homer, Herodotus, and other
authors. Text-books will be Rohl's Imagines Inscriptionum Anti-
quissimarum, Roberts* Introduction to Greek Epigraphy, and Ditten-
berger*s Sylloge Inscriptionum Grsecarum. First half-year.

4. PieATo's Republic and Aristoti^e's Politics. Selections
from these works will be read and studied for their contents rather
than their language, with discussion of Greek forms and theories of
government. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WKSTBRN RESBRVE UNIVERSITY. ' 133

5. *Arch^ow)GY. Extracts from the description of Olympia in
Pausanias will be read and discussed « with full illustration from the
great excavations, and a topical study of architecture and sculpture
will be pursued. The object of the course is to acquaint the student
with the great monuments of art, and to stimulate the faculty of inde-
pendent observation and criticism. Second half-year.

6. *HiSTORY. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phou, the Historicorum Graecorum Pragmenta, and other sources of
Greek history. Second half-year.

Professor Fowler will also give instruction, if desired, in the history
of Greek Vase Painting, in the later Greek Philosophy, and in
Modem Greek, the details of the work to be determined after con-
ference with the students.

HISTORY.

PROFESSOR BOURNE (Absent for the year).

PROFESSOR PERRIN (5-I2).

MR. SEVERANCE (13-16).

1. *HiSTORY OF Prance. From the fall of the Carolingians to
the middle of the eighteenth century. This course concerns the
growth of French institutions, and especially the development of
the French monarchical system. Other phenomena of French his-
tory — ^feudal society, the rise of the towns, commerce and industry —
are treated in connection with this principal subject. Second half-year.

2. *MoDERN European History since 1789. The French
Revolution as a social and political movement, the Empire, the
growth of the national movements in Germany and Italy, industrial
and social changes, the development of the democratic spirit, will be
the subjects chiefly investigated. Throughout the year.

3. The French Government. From the Assembly of the
Notables to the overthrow of the Directory. This course will be
based on contemporary memoirs and documents, and upon the author-
ities, chiefly French, whose works cover special phases of the Revo-
lutionary movement. Two hours a week, either half-year.

4. ♦European Discovery and Coi.onization. This course will
begin with a brief review of the history of Mediaeval Travel and of the
progress of geographical knowledge. This will be followed by a thor-
ough investigation of the discoveries of the fifteenth and sixteenth
centuries, of the origin and various phases of the colonial system, and
of the effects of the discoveries upon Europe. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

134 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [19OI-I902

5. *American Coi^onial History. The history of the Colonies
to the close of the Revolutionary War. The founding of the Colonies,
their institutions and political life. The struggle with France and
the revolt from the mother country. Special topics are assigned for
investigation and class discussion. First half-year.

6. *0UTUNES OF THE POLITICAL AND CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY

OF THE United States, i 781-1860. Lectures with required readings
in von Hoist, Schouler, McMasters, Rhodes, and other standard
authorities; the more important documants in McDonald's Select
Documents are read and discussed. Second half-year.

7. The United States, 1781-1829. The Government under the
Articles of Confederation. The formation of the Constitution, a
study of the debates in the convention of 1787, and the ratification of
the Constitution by the States. The organization of the National
Government and the development of the Constitution and our polit-
ical history to Jackson's administration. First half-year.

8. *The United States, i860- 1885. Lectures and reports upon
topics assigned for investigation. Second half-year.

9. American Politics. A study of the government of the
United States, both national and state, based upon Cooley's Princi-
ples of Constitutional Law and Bryce's American Commonwealth.
Second half-year.

10. *PoLiTiCAL and Constitutional History of England
FROM THE Accession of the Tudors. Lectures and prescribed
readings in standard authorities; the more important constitutional
documents are discussed. First half-year.

11. The Stuart Regime, 1603-1714. Especial attention given to
constitutional questions. The more important documents of Gardi-
ner's Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution are read
and discussed. Second half-year. — Or^

12. The Political and Constitutional History of England
SINCE 1815.

13. Life in the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations, and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by photographs and prints
taken from Mediaeval Manuscripts. First half-year.

14. The Beliefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages.
Especial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery and their outcome
in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days,
precious stones, palmistry, etc. YnW also be touched on. Second
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WKSTBRN RESERVB UNIVERSITY. 1 35

15. Spbciai, Topics in Medi-«vai, History. This course will be
conducted according to the Seminary Method, and aims to teach the
student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval History from the
"sources." The subject for 1902-3 will be either the "Vita Heinrici
IV. Imperatoris," or "The Crusades.'* First half-year.

16. Church History. The growth of the Christian Church will
be traced in its organization, doctrine and life to the Reformation.
Its heroes and saints will be portrayed, and an especial attempt will
be made to introduce students to the lai^ger literature of tjie subject.
Second half-year.

If desired, Mr. Severance will also form special classes in Bibliog-
raphy, and will conduct an "Historical Seminar" for graduate students.

LATIN.
professor pi,a.tner (i).

professor PERKINS (2-6).

1 . The Elective Courses in Latin in Adelbert College are open to
graduate students.

2. *RoMAN Satire, (a) Lectures on the beginnings of Satire,
the history of its development, and its influence on later writers,
(b) A course of reading in Lucilius, Horace, Persius, Juvenal, and
Martial. First half-year.

3. Roman Lyric and Ei,egiac Poetry. A course of reading
covering the chief works in each of these divisions. First half-year.

4. Latin Prose Composition. An advanced course, adapted to
the acquirements and needs of the class. Second half-year.

5. History of Latin Literature. Lectures, with reading of
typical selections, and direction of the student's private reading.
Throughout the year.

6. Cicero's Letters. Lectures on the history of the period.
Students will do critical work on various points in this correspond-
ence and present reports. Second half-year.

MATHEMATICS.

professor smith.

PROFESSOR PALMlfe (7-II).
MR. DICKER MAN.

I. ♦Plane and Soud Analytic Geometry (advanced course).
First half-year.

2 *Diffbrential and Integral Calcult-s (advanced course).
First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

136 GRADUATE DKPARTMENT. [1901-1962

3. The Theory of Equations. Burasideand Panton's Theory
of Equations. Second half-year.

4. *QuATERNiONS. Kelland and Tait*s Introduction to Quater-
nions. First half-year.

5. *DiFFERENTiAi, Equations. Johnson's Differential Equations.
1902- 1 903. Second half-year.

6. ♦Modern Anai^ytic Geometry. Second half-year.

7. Higher Pi^ane Curves. General Properties of Algebraic
Curves; Multiple Points and Tangents; Poles and Polars; Envelopes,
Reciprocal Curves, Tact-invariant of two curves; Caustics, Parallel
Curves and Negative Pedals; Metrical Properties. Salmon's Higher
Plane Curves. First half-year.

8. Theory of Functions. General Theory of Functions. Sec-
ond half-year.

9. Differential Equations. Equations of the First Order;
Linear Equations with constant Coefficients; Miscellaneous Methods;
Legendre*s Equation; Bessel's Equation; Forsythe's Differential Equa-
tions. First half-year.

10. *Projective Geometry. Lectures on Parallel Projections;
Perspective; Homology; Vanishing Points and Lines; Projective
Figures; Cross Ratios; Harmonic Ratios; Projective Ranges and Pen-
cils; Conic Involution; Conjugate Points and Lines; Reciprocal
Figures; Centers and Diameters; Foci and Directrices. Second
half-year.

11. Theory OF Substitutions. General Theory of Substitutions,
with applications to the solution of cubic and biquadratic equations.
First half-year.

PHILOSOPHY.

professor CURTIS.

PROFESSOR AIKINS (10-I7).

DR. MARVIN.

I. Greek Philosophy and its Relation to the Rise of
Christianity. A review of the rise and trend of philosophic
thought among the Greeks and Romans from about 600 B. C. to 500-
A. D. The main points kept in view are: (a) how the early philos-
ophers treated the problems of life and mind, and (b) how their treat-
ment of these problems is related to the rise and development of
Christian Doctrine. The works of Zeller, Marshall, Grote, Jowett^
Ueberweg, Heinze, Ritter, Harnack, and Hatch are among the refer-
ences. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 37

2. British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume. Lectures, reci-
tations and private readings. The purpose of this course is to
acquaint the student with the classics of British Empiricism by means
of selections from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum
Organum, Hobbes' Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human
Understanding, Berkeley's Principles of Himian Knowledge, and
Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward
the main problems of Modern Philosophy. Such features as are
specially prominent today will be indicated and outlined. Among
the general reviews of this period mention may be made of Morris'
British Thought and Thinkers, Fraser's Selections from Berkeley,
and Grimm's Zur Geschichte des Erkenntnisproblems von Bacon bis
Hume. First half year.

3. The Philosophy of Hbrbert Spbncbr. A critical study of
Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolution along
with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Selections from
the following parts of his work are thus examined: First Principles,
The Principles of Biolog>'', The Principles of Psychology, and The
Principles of Sociology. Lectures will be given with the aim of
showing the historical development and present condition of evolu-
tional thought. Digests and critical essays will be required for the
purpose of bringing into prominence the main questions of Cos-
mology. The more important handbooks for this study are Spencer's
First Principles, and Collins' An Epitome of the Synthetic Philosophy.
Second half-year. — 6>r,

4. The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's
Philosophy have been reviewed, Kant's Critique of Pure Reason will
be taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This will
be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysic of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. For this
course some knowledge of German is advantageous. Second half-year.

5. *Introduction to Philosophy. This course is designed as a
systematic review of the content of Philosophy. It will probably be
given in the form of lectures by the instructor and reports on assigned
topics by the students. Ladd's Philosophy of Mind, and Introduc-
tion to Philosophy ; Royce's Spirit of Modern Philosophy ; Paulsen's
Introduction to Philosophy ; Mill's Examination of Hamilton and
Kiilpe's Einleitung in die Philosophic are among the books of refer-
ence. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

138 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [19OI-I902

6. Advanced Ethics. Presupposes the undergraduate work in
Psychology, Logic, Ethics and Introduction to Philosophy. The
work is conducted by seminary methods in abstracts and discussions.
Throughout the year.

7. Socioi,OGY IN THE LiGHT OF ANTHROPOLOGY. The main
problems and bearings of anthropology will be discussed in systematic
order and their sociological import noted in such works as those of
Morgan, Brinton, Quatrefages, Taylor, Pritchard, Darwin, Wallace,
Ranke and Ratzel. Then a course of lectures will outline a more
systematic treatment of Sociology based upon Anthropology, after
which certain aspects of the works of Compte, Buckle, Spencer,
Schaffle, Lilienfeld, Stein, Ward and Giddings will be discussed.
Throughout the year.

8. Advanced Logic and IvOGical Methods. This course will
include a careful study of Sigwart's Logic in connection vdth other
important German and English works on that subject. Throughout
the year.

9. Metaphysics. The main problems of systematic Metaphysics
will be studied in connection with the reading of some recent writings
belonging to this part of philosophy. Throughout the year.

10. *Ei,ementary Psychology. An outline of the subject, mainly
from the physiological standpoint. First half-year.

11. Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental dis-
cussion of practical problems. First half-year.

1 2. *Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discus-
sion of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the
ultimate nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real nature
of material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged conflict of
science and religion. Knowledge: what it is and what we can hope
to know; idealism, realistn and scepticism; the relation of knowledge
to faith. Second half-year.

13. H1.ST0RY of Philosophy. The course can be made to cover a
period or confined to the work of some single philosopher, according
to the preparation and interests of the students who elect it. In 1900-1
the course was devoted to Locke, Berkeley and Hume. In 190 1-2 it
is devoted to Kant. First half-year.

14. History of Morai^. The moral ideals and practices of human
beings in various stages of development. The origin of some of our
present ]iroblems of right and wrong. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 139

15. Advanced Course in Philosophy. A critical study of some
one or two philosophers or of some group of philosophical problems.
In 1900-1 and in 1901-2 the course has been a continuation of course 13.
Second half-year.

16. PSYCHOiXKJY IN EDUCATION. The course is intended to cover
as much as possible of the following groimd. Animals: their
instincts, habits, intelligence and training. Children: aims and
methods of child-^udy, practice in psychological observation, growth
of mind and body and physical basis of precocity and dullness, con-
tents of children's minds, their reasoning and their ideas of good and
bad. Rhythm, fatigue, and other general relations of mind and
body. Individual differences: the mental life and education of the
blind, the deaf, and other defectives. The aims of education: the
acquisition of specific habits and the alleged training of general
faculties, such as memory, imagination, observation, judgment, atten-
tion and will; disease of various faculties; the meaning of culture,
character, power and personality. The noticeable effects of education.
Special educational means and their psychological basis: interest,
imitation, sympathy, suggestion (hypnotism), apperception and cor-
relation, manual training. Second half-year, alternating with 17.

17. History and Principi^es of Education. An historical study
of educational theories and practice, especially since the Renaissance.
The course will include extensive readings from the great writers on
education and the incidental discussion of some of the current prob-
lems and controversies concerning aim's and methods. Second half-
year, alternating with 16.

PHYSICS.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.
DR. REICHMANN.

1. *Physicai, Optics. Preston's Light, with lectures and labora-
tory work. Two hours a week, and one laboratory exercise, first
half-year.

2. ^*Thbory OF Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's
Theory of Heat, with lectures and references. Three hours a week,
second half-year.

3. *Theory and Practice of Electrical Measurements.
While mainly a laboratory course, this includes a general review of
Electrical Theory. The text used will depend somewhat on the char-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I40 GRADUATE DEPARTMBNT. [19OI-1902

acter of the class. Two laboratory exercises, and one conference a
week, throughout the year.

4. Physicai, Experiment. This course involves detailed study,
theoretically and experimentally, of selected topics in Physics. The
amount of time to be given to the work is arranged with each indi-
vidual student.

A knowledge of the elements of the Calculus is necessary for
Courses i, 2, 3, and 4.

The laboratory fee for each of these courses is $4.00 for each term.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BOURI^AND (1-5).
DR. OlrlVBR (6-10).

1. Historic Ai« Grammar. Comparative Historical Grammar of
the Romance Languages, with special reference to French, Spanish,
and Italian. Lectures. Throughout the year.

2. Spanish Literature. History of Spanish Literature, with
special consideration of the old Spanish and classical periods.
Throughout the year.

3. Dante. Lectures and interpretations. Throughout the year.

4. Proven^ai,. Lectures on the language and literature, with
illustrative readings. Throughout the year.

5. Introduction to Romance Phiia3i*ogy. Lectures on sources
and methods of research. First half-year.

Only one of the foregoing courses may be expected in any one
half-year.

6. The Seventeenth Century. Lectures on the culture, the
society, and the literature of France in the seventeenth century.
Interpretation of the great Prose Writers and the Classic Dramatists.
First half-year.

7. The Eighteenth Century. The literature and culture of
France in the eighteenth century. Break up of the classic ideals;
growth of the Revolutionary Spirit; The Philosophers and the Ency-
clopedists: The Drama. Second half-year.

8. The Sixteenth Century. The Reformation and the Renais-
sance. Rabelais and Montaigne. The Pleiade and Literary Reform.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WSSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 141

Study of the language and syntax of the period. Readings from
Dannsteter and Hatzf eld's '^Lc Seizidme Sidcle en Ftance." First
half-year.

9. History of Old French Literature. With representative
readings from the great epics, especially La Chanson de Roland and
Christian of Troyes; The Mediaeval Drama. First half-year.

10. Frbnch Historical Grammar. Phonetics; Morphology;
Syntax. Illustrative Readings from Old French Texts. Second
half-year.

SANSKRIT.

PROFESSOR PLATNBR.

I. An Hlbmbntary Course. Designed primarily for those stu-
dents who intend to become teachers of the classics. The text-books
are Whitney*s Grammar and Lanman*s Reader. Number of exercises
variable. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

142 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [19OI-1902

GENERAL INFORMATION*

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The first-half year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a Christmas
recess of nine days, until the Saturday after the last Thurs-
day in January. The second half-year begins on the Mon-
day after the last Thursday in January, and continues, with
an Easter recess of one week, until Commencement, which
occurs on the Wednesday after the loth day of June (or
after the ninth in years in which February has twenty-nine
days) . No exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Wash-
ington's birthday, and Decoration day.

METHODS AND LIBRARY FACIUTIES.

Instruction is given by lectures, seminaries, recitations,
and conferences with instructors, by specially directed
courses of reading or research, by work in laboratories, etc.

The library facilities available are: (r) Hatch Library
(about 55,000 books and pamphlets), with a very full peri-
odical list, with good collections, especially in French
literature, classical philology, archaeology, and history, and
unusually well equipped in Germanic philology and litera-
ture, including the library (12,000 vols.) of the late Prof.
Wilhelm Scherer of the University of Berlin; (2) Library of
the College for Women, a small, well selected collection for
general work; (3) the Case Library (50,000 vols.) well sup-
plied with periodicals and general literature, and offering
excellent facilities for the study of the fine arts, of political
economy and sociology, and of the sciences, especially chem-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-190*2] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 143

istry and botany; (4) the Cleveland Public Library (150,000
vols.), well supplied with Shakesperiana, with modern liter-
ature, with works on history, art, and archaeology.

DEGREES.

The degrees conferred by the Trustees, on recommen-
dation of the Graduate Faculty, are Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Master of Arts
will be conferred on accepted candidates who shall have
pursued successfully, in residence and under the direction
of the Faculty, advanced courses of liberal study equal in
amount to the work of one collegiate year — ordinarily the
equivalent of four courses aggregating twelve hours a week.
These courses must be divided among at least three different
subjects. Etetailed information regarding courses of study
may be obtained from the Dean of the Faculty. The
degree will also be conferred without residence, upon grad-
uates of the class of 1893 or before, of Adelbert College or
the College for Women, provided the candidate sustain
satisfactory examination in the courses prescribed, and
submit either a thesis on a subject assigned or other suffi-
cient evidence of fitness to receive the degree — such as
printed essays.

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be conferred
only on persons who have previously received a Bachelor's
degree either from this or from some other university or
college of good standing. The candidate must have pursued
courses of advanced study, mainly of university as dis-
ting^shed from college grade. He must have shown special
ability in one branch of study (major) and high attainments
in two other branches (minors), as determined by written or
oral examinations or both. The candidate must have sub-
mitted to the Graduate Faculty a thesis, which shall be
accepted as evincing powers of research and independent
investigation. After its acceptance he must deposit at least

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

144 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [19OI-1902

fifty copies of his thesis, printed either in full or in abstract
as may be required, with the Dean of the Graduate Faculty.
The degree will be granted to no one who does not possess
a good reading knowledge of French and German and,
unless specially excused, of Latin. The degree is not given
merely for faithful study of courses taken or text-books
assigned, but as evidence of special ability in some chosen
field; hence no definite term of study can be specified.
Ordinarily at least two years are necessary and often a
longer time is advisable. Part of this time may be spent in
advanced study at some other institution of high standing
in this country or abroad; the last year, at least, must be
spent in residence here.

In cases where the undergraduate courses already taken
are not equivalent to those given in this university, or
where, for any reason, previous preparation is inadequate,
students must do additional undergraduate work or prolong
the term of graduate study, as may be required, before
receiving higher degrees.

EXPENSES.

The regular fee for instruction for each graduate student
is eighty-five dollars a year. This does not include special
laboratory fees, for which students may apply to the
instructors concerned.

A limited number of scholarships has been established
and will be awarded upon presentation of satisfactory- evi-
dence of scholarly ability. The recipients of these scholar-
ships may be called upon to render service to the university.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER FUND.

The Francis G. Butler Publication Fund is available
to graduate students for the publication of the results of
original research in the field of American history.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE.

GENERAL STATE»«ENT.

B9HE Medical Department of the Western Reserve
■ I University Was organized, in 1843, as the Cleveland
Medical College, a branch of the Western Reserve
College. The first Faculty contained the names of Drs.
John Delemater, Jared P. Kirtland, Noah Worcester,
Horace A. Ackley, John Lang Cassels, and Samuel St.
John, names widely known in medicine. The first dass
graduated in 1844. The requirements for graduation were
three years study of medicine, including two required terms
of attendance on medical lectures, each term extending over
a period of sixteen weeks, together **with good moral
character.'* The old college was built in 1844, on the site
of the present college building, comer of St. Clair and Erie
Streets. This ground has since been continuously occupied
for medical college purposes. The length of the course
remained sixteen weeks until 1868, when it was increased
to seventeen weeks. In 1871 the course was increased to
twenty weeks. In 1875 the old Cleveland City Hospital,
with its fifty-nine beds, the predecessor of the Lakeside
Hospital, was first utilized for clinical purposes. In 1878
the length of the course became twenty-four weeks. In
1881 an optional three years course was adopted. In 1881
Charity Hospital was added as a clinical field, with about
seventy-five beds, together with its Maternity Department.
In 1887 the present commodious college building was first
occupied; in the same year a preliminary examination was for
the first time instituted. In 1888 the length of the course
was increased to six months, and the number of the courses

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

146 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

required to three. In the same year laboratory work was
made an obligatory part of the course, in Chemistry -and
Pathology. An optional four years course was adopted in
1895, 21^^ was made obligatory in the following year. In
1895 the length of the course was increased to eight months;
at the same time practical work in the laboratories of His-
tology, Bacteriology and Physiology, was added as a part
of the required college work. In 1896 also, the right to
use the present City Hospital for four months in the year
for clinical purposes was acquired. In January, 1898, the
new Lakeside Hospital was formally occupied, and the new
chemical laboratory was erected. At the same time labora-
tory instruction in Pharmacology was added as one of the
required courses of the curriculum. In 1 900 the new labora-
tory of Clinical Microscopy and Clinical Medicine was
erected and in 1901 it was fully equipped. In 1901, by
unanimous recommendation of the Medical Faculty and by
vote of the Trustees, the requirement^^ for admission to the
first year of the Medical College have been increased to
include the work of the Junior year in a recognized literary
college. The rapid development of the curriculum in this
school in these late years has only been possible through
the generous financial assistance of its many friends, to
whom the Medical Faculty thus desires to make public
acknowledgment. The graduates of the Medical College
now number two thousand, two hundred and twenty-two.
The course of study for the degree of Doctor of Medicine
is now of four years duration. The school year or session
continues eight months. Theoretical and applied branches
of study are graded, and arranged with reference to their
bearing upon and preparation for each other, and the effect
of the whole course. Instruction is given by lectures, reci-
tations, quizzes, laboratory work, clinical demonstrations,
and practical dispensary and bedside work. Endowment of
the chairs of Anatomy, Histology, Bacteriology, Physiology,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I47

Chemistry, Pathology, Pharmacology, and Clinical Micros-
copy, permits the employment of teachers who devote all
of their time to teaching and research in this college. The
buildings are modem in plan, construction and equipment,
and ample in size for their purposes. In the subjects of
Anatomy, Chemistry, Physiology, Histology, Embryology
and Comparative Anatomy, Bacteriology, Pathological Anat-
omy, Pharmacy and Pharmacology, and Clinical Micros-
copy, laboratory work accompanies the didactic instruction
and is required of every student. In the Senior class every
student is required to do practical work in the Dispensaries,
at the bedside in the hospitals, and in the obstetrical wards.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

148 THE MEDICAI. COLUBGE. [19OI-1902

FACULTY.

Chari.es F. Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

/Resident.

Jacob Laisy, A. M., M. D., Syracuse, Neb.

Professor Emeritus of Anatomy.

John E. Darby, A. M., M. D., Doan St. and Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics.

Hunter H. Powei^l, A. M., M.-D., 467 Prospect St.

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics.
John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
John P. Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 526 The Rose Bldg.

Prof essor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
Perry L. Hobbs, Ph. D. (Berlin), 1420 Euclid Av.

Professor of Chemistry.
Wii^WAM T. C0RI.ETT, M. D., L. R. C. P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.

Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology,
Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., New England Bldg.

Professor of Neurology.

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St.

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine ^

Registrar and Bursar.

Dudley P. Allen, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.

Benjamin L. Millikin, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of Opthalmology,

Dean and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy.
Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clical Surgery.
Hunter Robb, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Gynecology.
George N. Stewart, M. A., D. Sc, M. D., (Edin.), D. P. H. (Camb.),
Professor of Physiology. Medical College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I49

Wii,UAM T. Howard, Jr., A. B., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology^ Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology,
Edward F. Cushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children,
Charles F. Hoover, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Physical Diagnosis,
George W. Crilb, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington St.

Professor of Clinical Surgery,
William H. Humiston, M. D., 526 Rose Bldg.

Associate Prof essor of Gynecology ,
Torald Sollmann, M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica,
Frederick C. Waite. A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard), 77 Hillbum Av.

Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology,
John M. Ingbrsoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Otology^ Rhinology and Laryngology.
William R. Lincoln, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Lecturer on Otology^ Rhinology and Laryngology,
Edward P. Carter, M. D., 8 Hayward St.

Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence .
L. W. Ladd, a. B., M. D., Colonial Flats, Russell & Euclid.

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Microscopy,

Roger G. Perkins, A. B., M. D., Colonial Flats, Russell & Euclid.

Lecturer on Bacteriology and Assistant in Pathology.

DEMONSTRATORS.

Henry A. Becker. A. M., M. D., Pearl St. & Clark Av.

Demonstrator in Surgery,

William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Bldg.

Demonstrator in Ophthalmology.

Roy B. MftTZ, M. D., Medical College.

Demonstrator of Physiology ,

William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator in Medicine,
Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator in Medicine.
Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Demonstrator in Surgery.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

150 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. L1901-1902

Prank J. Geib, A. B., M. D., Cor. Willson and Prospect St.

Demonstrator in Medicine.

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Demonstrator in Surgery.
Henry P. Parker, A. B., M. D., Colonial Flats, Russell & Euclid.

Demonstrator in Pathology and Bacteriology.
Hubert L. Spence, M. D., 512 New England Bldg.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases.
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Demonstrator in Gynecology.
Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator in Medicine.
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 39 Cutler St.

Demonstrator in Medicine.
John S. Tiernev, M. D., Medical College.

Demonstrator of Anatomy.

Edward P. Carter, M. D., 8 Hay ward St.

Demonstrator of Dermatology and Syphilology.

Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M, D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., Lakeside Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Wm. E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery at St. Alexis^ Hospital,

ASSISTANTS,

Frank S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 493 Colonial Arcade.

Assistant in Obstetrics and Pediatrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Bldg.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PL

Assistant in Gynecology at Charity Hospital Dispensary,

Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Assistant in Sufgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 151

Hubert L. Spence, M. D , 512 New England Bldg.

Assistant iu Nervous Diseases at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John J. Thomas, A. M., M. D., 156 Crawford Rd.

Assistant in Diseases of Children at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
ROBT. H. SUNKi^B, A. B., M. D., Pearl and Clark Sts.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Wii^MAM O. OSBORN, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect Sts.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
T. E. Griffiths, M. D., 1104 Woodland Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Wai^TER H. Mkrriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
H. J. Herrick, A. M., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Lyman W. Chii^ds, M. D., Cor. Wade Park and Dunham A vs.

Assistant in Throaty Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Edward P. Carter, M. D., 8 Hayward St.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilology at Lakeside

Hospital Dispensary.

Jambs A. Evans, B. S., Medical College.

Assistant in Chemistry.

Chari^rs E. Briggs, a. M, M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital LHspensary.
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 39 Cutler St.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Frank J. Geib, A. B., M. D., Willson Av. and Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

Wai^iAM E. Shacki,eton, M. D., 605 The Osbom

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

152 THE MEDICAL COIXEGE. [190I-1902

Fanny C. Hutchins, JM. D., 373 Jennings Av.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases.
S. H. Large, M. D., 1012 New England Bldg.

Assistant in Nose, Ear and Throat Diseases,
R. A. Hatcher, Ph. G., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Assistant in Pharmacology and Materia Medica,
RUSSEI*!. H. BiRGE, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid An-

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital.

Roy B. Metz, M. D., Medical College.

Clerk 0/ Medical College.

Andrew Fi^ower, Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Prosector and Curator Anatomical Rooms.

Mrs. Flower, Erie and St Clair Sts.

Janitress.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

153

STUDENTS, 190M9Q2.

FOURTH YEAR.

Jacob B. Austin, Ph. B.,

John W. Boss, A. B.,

E. D. Brown,

Brady B. Buck,

Mars W. Carpenter,

Percy W. Cobb, B. S.,

Chris E. Corlett,

Herbert E. Edwards,

C. V. Garver,

Arthur Leroy Garrison,

Walter A. Haldy,

Walter E. Hatch,

James J. Hathaway,

George R. Hays,

Jesse E. Hunt,

Frank H. Ikirt,

J. B. Isham,

Foster W. Jackson,

Nathaniel M. Jones, Jr., B. L.,

Emanuel Klaus,

Max H. Klaus,
Claude W. Lane,
John F. I/indsay,
William J. Manning,
John Mohr,
William C. Park,
Ben Peskind, B. S.,
John R. Philen,
Carlos E, Pitkin,
Henr>- Riewel,
Clarence D. Selby,
C. H. Senn, M. D.,
George W, Shepard,
James A. Sherbondy,
W. F. Stahl,
Parker F, Southwick,
Alvin S. Storey, B. S.,
B. C. Tamutzer,
Thomas J. Taylor,

Cleveland 217 Oakdale St.

Cleveland 530 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 161 7 Cedar Av.

Carrollton 701 Superior St.

Temple 451 Pearl St.

Cleveland 37 Hazard St.

Cleveland 264 Sawtell Av.

Cleveland 161 Putnam St.

Wooster 442 Euclid Av.

Rochester 275 Prospect St.

Cleveland 502 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 141 Chestnut St.

Cleveland 1378 Superior St.

Massillon 57 Sibley St.

Cleveland 726 E. Prospect St.
Liverpool

Cleveland 828 Rose Bldg.

Warren 37 Hazard St.

Cleveland 162 Taylor St.

Cleveland 958 Lorain St.

Cleveland 958 Lorain St.
Kenilworth Erie & St. Clair Sts.

Salineville 32 Hazard St.

Cleveland i Dodge Ct.

Cleveland 6 Cleve St.

Grafton 141 Chestnut St.

Cleveland 1354 Willson A v.

Cleveland 232 Cham plain St.

Brunswick 32 Hazard St.

Cleveland 95 Perry St.

Portsmouth 64 Hawthorne A v.
IVilliamsport, Pa. 755 Superior St.
Mantua Station 530 Euclid Av.
Jamestown, Pa, 701 Superior St,

Cleveland 171 Dodge St.
KendallvUle, Ind, 141 Chestnut St.

Cleveland 1083 St. Clair St.
Portage^ Wis. 914 Franklin Av.

Cleveland 294 Sterling Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

154

THB MEDICAI, COI^I^BGB.

[1901-1901

John H. Weber, Ph. B.,
B. W. Wilson, A. B.,
David Yohannon, A. B.,

George I. Bauman,
Amo E. Bohm.
John J. L. Bolden,
Nathan W. Brown, B. S-,
Webb P. Chamberlain, A.
Carl Cherdron,
Frederick E. Dilley,
Ralph W. Elliott, Ph. B.,
Henry Gerstenberger,
Homer H. Heath, B. S.,
W. C. Hill,
Leon Hirsh,
Alfred A. Jenkins,
Henry C. Kelker,
Wade A. Lewis,
George W. Magargee,
Frederick K. McCime,
Sidney M. McCurdy,
John F. Rudolph, A. B.,
William E. Sampliner,
Frederick M. Sayle,
Edward J. Scan Ion,
O. M. Shirey,
John A. Sipher, A. B.,
C. E. Spring,
Chauncey C. Stewart,
John R. Stewart,
Charles W. Thomas, A. B.
Harry D. Vail,
John A. Vincent,
Harry S. Watterson,
Richard Wedler,
Wm. H White,
Irvin S. Workman,
Thomas C. Young,

Miamisburg 442 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 530 Euclid Av.

Persia 1083 St. Clair St.

Fourth Year, 25.

1279 Cedar A v.

311 Huntington St.

25 Newton St.

331 Kennard St.

6 Wycombe PI.

no Erie St.

3717 Euclid Av.

855 Stark Av.

113 Linden St.

58 Marloes Av.

459 Euclid Av.

THIRD YEAR.

Cleveland

Swatow, China
B., Tztnnsdufg

Cleveland

E. Cleveland

Berlin Heights
New Brunsivicky N.J. 393 Jennings Av.

Cleveland 38 White Av.

ML Gilead 28 Cheshire St

Galion 88 Lawnview Av.

Pordoe, Pa. 162 Dodge St.

Buena Vista, Pa. 37 Plymouth St.

Andover, Mass. 42 Lawnview Av.

Cleveland

Lovelandy Colo.

Cleveland

Elyria

Poland

Rochester, N. Y.
, Cleveland

Cleveland

68 Mansion St.

The Augusta.

1499 Cedar Av.

850 Woodland Av.

171 Dodge St.

442 Euclid Av.

141 Chestnut St.

162 Dodge St.

818 Case Av.

1394 Woodland Hills.

190 Helen St.

Cleveland

Chandlersville

Danville

Cleveland

777 Superior St.

564 E. Prospect St.

160 Colfax St.

459 Euclid Av.

55 Sibley St.

1372 Woodland Hills.
Third Year, 35.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

155

'SBCONB YEAR.

Charles Albl,

Samuel S. Berger,

John H Brett,

Shepard Burroughs,

Arthur M. Cheetham,

Albert E. Connell,

J. R. Davis, D. D. S., D. D. Sc.,

John B. Donaldson,

John F. Flynn,

Henry G. Golden, A. B.,

Isadore Goodman,

Albert Grills,

Arden P. Hammond,

Harry Holibaugh,

Frank C. Hoskins,

Perry F. King, B. S.,

Emanuel Koblitz,

Carl A. Lenhart, Ph. B.,

J. George Mannhardt, Ph. G.

Russell H. McClure,

Carl E. Ochs,

Nicholas A. O'Connor,

George Pay,

Charles Parkhurst,

David A. Prendergast,

W. A. Schlessinger,

Demba M. Spicer,

John A. Staral,

Harry M. Tarr,

Jesse E. Thompson,

Bert E. Tyler,

John H. Wells,

Leslie A. Woolf,

Michcal Cyrillus Yeagle, Ph.

Harvey E. Yoder,

Samuel A. Young,

William Otto Ziemer,

Cleveland

Nofihfield

Cleveland

Lorain

Erie^ Pa,

Willoughby

Cleveland

Elyria

Cleveland

Marlboro

1406 Broadway.

1859 Superior St.

34 Ocean St.

229 Euclid Av.

805 E. Madison Av.

16 Dunham PI.

99 Lawnview Av.

154 N. Perry St.

The Ellington.

99 Lawnview Av.

264 Columbus St.

97 Rosedale Av.

607 Lakeview Flats.

753 Superior St.

Grand Rapids^ Mich, 900 Fairmount St.

N. Georgetown 99 Lawnview Av.

Cleveland Broadway and Humboldt St.

B.,

Wauseon

Galion

Elyria

Kenton

Cleveland

Fostoria

Cleveland

Lagrange

Cleveland

Bristolville

Cleveland

Glentnlle

Atwater

Clyde

North Industry

Cleveland

414 The Ellington.

698 Clark Av.

613 East Av.

98 Herrick St.

224 Starkweather Av.

47 Chestnut St.

753 Superior St.

61 Burton St.

129 McBride St.

162 >^ Chestnut St.

1 25 1 Willson Av.

193 Clinton St.

2 Livingston St.

51 Daisy Av.

Lonsdale Av.

507 Prospect St.

761 Superior St.

9 Wycombe PI.

2370 Crosby Av.

34 Woodbridge Av.

Second Year, 37.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

156

THE MEDICAL COI.LBGE.

[19OI-1902

FIRST YEAR.

N. S. Banker, A. B.,

Canton

739 Superior St.

Ohio suite Normal.

Claude L. Diflford,

Cleveland

49 Alum St.

Carroll Cleveland Elliott,

A. B., Cleveland

855 Stark St.

Adelbert.

Raymond L. Hobart,

Pemherville

201 Adelbert St.

N. W. Ingalls, B. S.,

Berea

Baldwin University.

J. Charles McFate, A. B.,

Cochran ton, Pa, 739 Superior St.

J. Douglas Pilcher,

Cleveland

54 Aubumdale Av.

Edward Peturcha,

Cleveland

51 Goethe St.

S. H. Solmonson, B. S.,

Cleveland

1022 Case Av.

Case.

Lubor Charles Sykora,

Avon Lake

221 Osbom St.

Oliver A. Weber,

Miamisburg

127 Murray Hill Av.

Arthur G. Wilcox,

Akron

Adelbert Hall.

SUMMARY.

Fourth Year 42

Third Year 35

Second Year 37

First Year 12

Total 126

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 57

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.
SESSION S9Q2-03.

I. Graduates in Arts and Sciences of recognized colleges
will be accepted without examination, on presentation of
diploma.

II. Students who present certificates from recognized
colleges, showing that the work of the Junior year in such
colleges has been completed, will be accepted without
examination.

III. Students who can not present certificates covering
the entire work of the first three years in a recognized col-
lege, will be required to passan examination upon the work
in which they may be deficient. These examinations will
be conducted by the Faculty of Adelbert College of Western
Reserve University.

IV. Students in the Senior class of Adelbert College are
permitted to take elective courses in the first year of the
Medical College. Such electives are counted toward the
academic degree, so that in this way students may save one
year in the combined literary and medical courses.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Graduates in Arts or Sciences of recognized colleges who
have, during their academic course, devoted to the subjects
the number of hours, or have covered the text-books men-
tioned below or their equivalents, and have passed satisfac-
tory examinations thereon, may be admitted to the second
year of the course. But the amount of practical work in
such courses must not be less than that required in the cor-
responding subjects during the first year in this college.

General Biology, 90 hours; Sedgwick and Minot, or Huxley and
Martin. Comparative Anatomy, 75 hours; Kingsley or Wiedersheim.
Embryology, 75 hours; Foster and Balfour, Hertwig, or Heisler.
Human Anatomy, 120 hours. Histology, 210 hours; Bohm and
DavidofT's, Schafer's, Piersol's, Stohr's, or Clarkson's Histology.
Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, 300 hours. Physics, 60 hours;
Carhart's University Physics, or Gage's Elements of Physics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

158 THE MBDICAL COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

Graduates in Arts or Sciences who are deficient in His-
tology or Organic Chemistry may still be permitted to enter
the second year on condition of making up the deficiency by
private work and passing the examination on these sub-
jects during the year. Students from other medical colleges
will be admitted to advanced standing on the produc-
tion of satisfactory proof that they have completed the
required preliminary work and also that comprised in the
portion of the curriculum of this college from which exemp-
tion is sought.

Graduates in Medicine from other schools, who desire to
applj' for the degree of Doctor of Medicine in this school,
must present satisfactory proof that they have completed
the preliminary literary work required of the class to which
they seek admission, must take at least the work of the
fourth year, and must pass the examinations on all the
subjects of this year, and any subjects of other years in
which they may be deficient. Graduates in Medicine, or
other students who desire to take special courses without
graduation, will be admitted without examination. Such
special courses will not count in any way for the degree of
Doctor of Medicine in this College.

Examination of certificates for admission will take place
in the college building on the two week days preceding
the opening of the session. Candidates should attend at
the college on either of these days, bringing their certificates
with them Diplomas or certificates may also be personally
presented to the Registrar duiyng the week preceding the
opening, or forwarded to him at any time.

In accordance with the laws of certain states, not includ-
ing Ohio, all persons desiring to practice medicine in these
states are required to have attended before taking the
state examination, four full years at a regular medical col-
lege, whether they are graduates of a literary college or
not. The attention of candidates for advanced standing is
therefore called to this fact.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVBRSITY. I59

COURSES OF STUDYi

Number of Hours Per Week.

FIRST YEAR.
I«BCTUR9S AND RBCITATIONS.

Anatomy 4 hours

Chemistry 3 hours

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy i hour

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy i hour first half-year

Vertebrate Embryology i hour second half-year

LABORATORY WORK.

Chemistry 7 hours throughout the year

Bacteriology 9 hours second half-year

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy . . .6 hours throughout the year

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 3 hours first half-year

Vertebrate Embryology 3 hours second half-year

Anatomical demonstrations and dissections throughout the year.

SECOND YEAR.

LKCTURBS AND RECITATIONS.

Physiology 4 hours

Anatomy and Applied Anatomy 4 hours

Pathology 2 hours

Bandaging and Splints 2 hours

Pharmacology and Materia Medica 4 hours after March ist

Physical Diagnosis i or 2 hours last half-year

LABORATORY BXBRCISBS.

Physiology 8 hours

Pathological Histology 9 hours till March ist

Demonstration in Gross Pathology i hour

Pharmacology 3 hours after March ist

THIRD YEAR.
LBCTURBS AND RECITATIONS.

Pharmacology 3 hours

Therapeutics 3 hours

Obstetrics 2 hours

Medicine 3 hours

Surgery 2 hours

Gynecology i hour

Physical Diagnosis 2 hours

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6o THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

DIDACTIC AND CLINICAL LECTURES.

Medicine 4 hours

Surgery 6 hours

Nose, Ear and Throat i hour

Dermatology i hour

LABORATORY EXERCISES.

Pharmacology 2-3 hours before February ist

Applied Anatomy i hour

Pathological Demonstrations i hour

Clinical Laboratory 4 hours

FOURTH YEAR.
Daily work in Dispensary Section, i to 3 p. m., Lakeside Hospital.
Indi\4dual Assignment for ward cases. Clinical Laboratory in con-
nection with Clinics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
to Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetric Mannikin
taught to Sections Autopsies and Clinical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year. No Sections to be detailed to Hos-
pitals or Dispensaries in hours conflicting with schedule.

GENERAL CI^INICS.

Medicine 4 hours

Surgery 6 hours

Gynecology 2 hours

Obstetrics As material offers

LECTURES.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine 2 hours

Jurisprudence i hour

LECTURES, CLINICAL AND DIDACTIC.

Nervous Diseases I hour

Pediatrics i hour

Ophthalmology i hour

Special clinics in medicine and surgery at St. Alexis or City Hos-
pitals, two sections to half of class, two hours each per week.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 161

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS, DAYS AND HOURS, J90J-J902.
FIRST YEAR.

Monday — Histology Recitation, 9 to 10 a. m. Anatomy, n to 12
a. m. Dissections, 1:30 to 5 p. m., first half-year; second half-year,
Bacteriological Laboratory.

Tuesday — Chemistry, 8 to 9 a. m. Chemical Laboratory, 9 to 12
a. m. Dissections, 1 130 to 5 p. m

Wednesday— Chemistry, 8 to 9 a. m. Histological Laboratory,
9 to 12 a. m. Comparative Anatomy and Embryology, 2 to 3 p. m.
Dissections, or Anatomical Demonstration, 3 to 5 p. m., first half-year;
Bacteriology, second half-year.

Thursday — Comparative Anatomy and Embryology', Laboratory,
8 to II a. m. Anatomy, 11 to 12 a. m. Dissections, 1:30 to 5 p. m.

Friday — Chemistry, 8 to 9 a. m. Histological Laboratory, 9 to 12
a. m. Dissections, 1:30 to 5 p. m., first half-year; second half-year,
Bacteriology'.

Saturday — Chemical Laboratory, 8 to 12 a. m.

SECOND YEAR.

Monday — Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. General Pathology, 9 to 10
a. m. Pathological Histology, 10 to 12 a. m. until March ist; after
March ist, Pharmacology and Materia Medica, 10 to 12 a. m. Dissec-
tions, 1:30 to 3 p. m. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Tuesday — Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. General Pathology, 9 to 10
a. m. Pathological Histology, 10 to 12 a. m. till March ist; after
March ist. Pharmacology and Materia Medica, 10 to 12 a. m. Dissec-
tions, 1:30 to 3 p. m. Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m. Demonstration 4 to 5
p. m. Demonstration Bandaging, 5 to 6 p. m.

Wednesday — Physiological Laboratory, 8 to 12 a. m. Dissection
first half-year, 1:30 to 3 p. m.; Physical Diagnosis, second half-year,
2 to 3 p. m. Qandaging, 3 to 4 p. m.

Thursday — Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. Demonstration Pathological
Anatomy, 11 to 12 a. m. Pathological Histolog>', 9 to 11 a. m., first
half-year. Pharmacology and Materia Medica, 10 to 12 a. m after
March ist. Dissection, 1 130 to 3 p. m. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday — Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. Pathological Histology, 9 to 11
a.m. Quiz in Pathology, 11 to 12 a. m.; after March ist, Pharma-
cology' and Materia Medica, 9 to 12 a. m. Dissection, 1:30 to 3 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l62 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m. Demonstratioii, 4 to 5 p. m. Demonstration
Bandaging, 5 to 6 p. m.
Saturday — Physiological Laboratory, 8 a. m. to 12 m.

THIRD YEAR.

Monday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Demonstration Pharmacology, i to 2 p. m.
Pharmacological Laboratory, first half-year, 2 to 4 p. m. till Jan. 19.
Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Tuesday— Medical Clinic, 8:30 to 10 a. m., Lakeside Hospital.
Surgical Clinic, 10 to 12 a. m., Lakeside Hospital. Physical Diag-
nosis, 2 to 3 p. m. Clinical Laboratory, 3 to 5 p. m.

Wednesday — Medical Recitation, 8 to 9 a. m.. Charity Hospital.
Medical Clinic, 9 to 10 a. m., Charity Hospital. Surgical Clinic, 10 to

11 a. m., Charity Hospital. Principles of Surgery, 11 to 12 a. m..
Charity Hospital. Dermatology, 2 to 3 p. m. Pharmacological Labo-
ratory, 3 to 5 p. m. till January 19.

Thursday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gross Pathology, Demonstration, ij to 12
a. m. Physical Diagnosis, 2 to 3 p. m. Medicine, 3 to 4 p. m.. Lake-
side Hospital. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday — Therapeutics, 8 to 9 a. m. Gynecology, 9 to 10 a. m.
Clinical Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Nose, Ear, Throat, 2 to 3 p. m..
Lakeside Hospital. Medicine, 4 to 5 p. m., College Building.

Saturday— Medicine, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m., Charity Hospital. Sur-
gical Clinic, 10:30 to 11:30 a. m.. Charity Hospital. Principles of
Surgery, 11:30 to 12:30 a. m.. Charity Hospital. Attendance on
Autopsies as specially arranged.

FOURTH YEAR.

Monday — St. Alexis Hospital Clinic, after Jan. ist, 8 to 9:30 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases, 10 to

12 a. m. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. Nervous Diseased, 3:30 to 4:30
p. m., Lakeside Hospital; after Jan. ist, Tuesdays. Physical Diag-
nosis, 4:30 to 5:30 p. m. at City Hospital till Jan. ist.

Tuesday — Medical Clinic, 8:30 to 10 a. m.. Lakeside Hospital.
Surgical Clinic, 10 to 12 a. m., Lakeside Hospital. Dispensary, i to
3 p. m. Surgical Diagnosis, 3 to 4 p. m., Lakeside Hospital; after Jan.
ist, on Monday.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

163

Wednesday — Medical Clinic, 9 to 10 a. m., Charity Hospital.
Surgical Clinic, 10 to 11 a. m., Charity Hospital. Dispensary, i to 2
p. m. Pediatrics, 2 to 3 p. m.. Lakeside Hospital. Hygiene and Pre-
ventive Medicine, 3 to 4 p. m.

Thursday — Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases, 8 to 9 a. m , by
sections. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gynecological Clinic, 11 to 12
a. m.. Lakeside Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. Medical Clinic,
3 to 4 p. m.

Friday — Jurisprudence, 9 to 10 a. ni. Surgical Clinic, 10 to 12
a. m.. Lakeside Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. Ophthalmology,

3 to 4 p. m., Lakeside Hospital. Hygiene and Preventive Medicine,

4 to 5 p. m

Saturday — Gynecological Clinic, 8 to 9:30 a m., Charity Hospital.
Medicine, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m., Charity Hospital. Sur:gical Clinic,
10:30 to 11:30 a. m.. Charity Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. City
Hospital Clinics, 2 to 5 p. m., to Jan. ist.

DISPENSARY SECTIONS.

SECTION.

Oct. 7 to

Nov. 2,

sye

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Nov. 4 to

Nov. 80,

N. B. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Surg.

Gyn.

Dec. 2 to

Jan. 4,

Gyn.

N. B. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Surg.

Jan. 6 to

Feb. L

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Feb. 3 to

Mar. 1.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

Mar. 8 to

Mar. 29,

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. B. T.

Eye

Paed.

Mar. 81 to

Apr. 26,

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

After Janunry lat sections will visit St Alexis Clinics according to special
arrangement.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l64 THE MEDICAI. COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

DEPARTMENTS AND METHODS OF
INSTRUCTION.

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR HOBBS.
MR. BVANS.

Chemistry extends throughout the entire first year and consists of
three hours of lectures and recitations and eight hours of laboratory
work a week.

The course opens with a preliminary review on inorganic Chemistry
and qualitative chemical analysis, which covers about two month's
time, and the balance of the first half of the year is devoted to lectures
on general organic Chemistry, chemical philosophy and quantitative
chemical methods and allied subjects. The last half-year is devoted
to lectures on special subjects, such as the chemistry of foods, their
composition and analysis, animal secretions and especially the urine,
both normal and pathological, and the general application of chem-
ical methods in clinical examinations.

The laboratory work during the first half-year consists of a short
course of qualitative chemical ahalysis, then the qualitative examina-
tion of the more common articles of food and animal secretions and
the study of the various chemical reactions involved; also the prepara-
tion of some of the more common organic preparations. The last half
of the year is devoted, mostly, to the quantitative chemical methods
of analysis. The preparing of standard solutions and the quantitative
chemical analysis of many of the food products and animal secretions,
both under normal and diseased conditions. The laboratory work is
all supplemented by a course of lectures involving full description of
the laboratory methods.

Besides the regular course as above outlined, the special laboratory
is open at all times for any extra or advanced work. It is completely
equipped for any special work and every aid will be given to any who
desire to avail themselves of its use.

ANATOMY.

PROFESSOR HAM ANN.
DR. TIERNEY.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 65

they are permitted to take to their rooms for study. Three hours in
recitations, and eight hours for dissecting, in suitable periods weekly,
are given to anatomy during the first year. Students are required to
dissect all parts of the cadaver at least once. For demonstrations
upon the cadaver and anatomical preparations the second year class is
divided into a number of small sections, whose meetings take the form
of anatomical conferences rather than of formal demonstrations.
Each individual student thus has an excellent opportunity for becom-
ing familiar with the various parts of the body, and for receiving direct
personal instruction. Four hours a week are given to lectures and
recitations in the second year and ten hours a week to dissecting. In
the third year instruction is g^ven by lectures and recitations in
applied anatomy.

HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY.

PROFESSOR WAITE.

HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPICAL ANATOMY.

The course includes work upon the fundamental mammalian tissues
followed by the study of the finer anatomy of the mammalian organs.
The sections used are human tissue in large part, supplemented by
tissue from other mammals. An essential part of the work is training
in the standard methods of technique. Each student stains and
mounts over two hundred sections which he later studies, describes
and draves. He is required to carry a considerable number of tissues
through all the steps of preparation, including removal from the
animal, fixation by several methods, hardening, dehydration, infiltra-
tion, embedding in celloidin and in paraffin, sectioning, including
serial sectioning, staining in toto, in sections and on the slide and
mounting The rapid preparation with the freezing microtome and
the special methods for blood examination are used.

The recitations supplement the laboratory work and aim to bring
out those points which the student does not see in his sections. One
recitation and six hours laboratory work per week throughout the
Freshman year.

COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY.
The aim of this course is to acquaint the student with the more
important characteristics of the classes of vertebrates, and also to pre-
pare for the experimental work in physiology. The student dissects,
as carefully as the time will allow, representatives of the different
classes of vertebrates. The lectures deal with the modifications of the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l66 THE MEDICAL COI.I.EGE. L1901-I902

several systems of organs in the vertebrate series and are supple-
mentary to assigned reading in a standard text-book. One lecture and
three hours laboratory work per week, first half Freshman year.

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOI.OGY.
This 'course endeavors to instruct the student in the fundamental
facts of vertebrate development. The laboratory work deals with
cleavage and gastrulation, followed by the study of the development
of the chick to the end of the fourth day. Certain later steps in the
development of the pig are then studied. In the recitations emphasis
is laid upon the development of the human embryo. One recitation
and three hours laboratory work per week, second half Freshman year.

PHYSIOLOGY*

PROFESSOR STEWART.
DR. MBTZ.

The course includes two lectures, illustrated by diagrams and experi-
ments, two conferences or quizzes, and eight hours laboratory work a
week for each student throughout the second year.

For the practical work on mammals, which is made a special feature
of the course, the class is divided into sections of four men; in experi-
ments on frogs two men work together; in other experiments each man
works for himself.

SYNOPSIS OF LABORATORY WORK.

Blood. Chemistry; coagulation; spectroscopic examination of
haemoglobin and its derivatives; other tests for blood-pigment; globuli-
ddes; enumeration of the colored and white corpuscles and estimation
of the haemoglobin in human blood; specific gravity.

Circulation. Circulation in a frog's web; heart tracings; action
of mammalian heart; action of vag^ and sympathetic nerves on heart;
action of muscarin and atropia on heart; action of valves of heart;
cardiographic, sphygmographic and plethysmographic tracings; blood-
pressure tracings; effect of stimulation of nerves (vagus, sciatic,
depressor) , of asphyxia, of supra-renal extract, of albumoses, of the
position of the body, and of haemorrhage and transfusion on the blood-
pressure; section and stimulation of the cervical sympathetic; deter-
mination of the circulation time.

Respiration. Respiratory tracings; eflPect of section and stimula-
tion of nerves (vagi, sciatic, superior lar3mgeal) on respiration ; measure-
ment of heat and carbon dioxide given off in respiration; influence of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 167

respiration on the blood-pressure; influence of temperature on the
respiratory centre.

DiGBSTiON AND ABSORPTION. Chemical and physiological prop-
erties of saliva, gastric juice, pancreatic juice and bile; effect of stimu-
lation of the chorda tympani on the secretion of saliva; evacuation of
stomach by tube or emetic to obtain normal chyme; gastric fistula;
examination of fseces, time required for digestion and absorption of
various food substances, etc.

Urine. Qualitative examination; quantitative determination of
chlorides, phosphates, sulphates, urea, uric acid, total nitrogen, pro-
teids, sugar.

Metabolism. Glycogen; experimental glycosuria, including
phlorhidzs in diabetes; variations in amount of urea with quantity of
proteids in food: thyroidectomy.

Musci^B AND Nerve. The various kinds of stimuli; the curve of
muscular contraction; action of curare, veratria and supra-renal extract
on the muscle-curve; influence of temperature, load and fatigue on
the muscle-curve; seat of exhaustion in fatigue; superposition of
stimuli; genesis of tetanus; velocity of the nerve impulse; chemistry
of muscle.

Electrophysioi^ogy. Galvani's experiment; contraction without
metals; secondary contraction; demarcation cturent and cturent of
action; electrotonus; Pfluger's formula of contraction ; Ritter's tetanus;
positive and negative polarisation.

Centrai* Nervous System. Section and stimulation of nerve-
roots; reflex action; action of strychnia; excision of cerebral hemis-
pheres (in frog); stimulation of motor areas.

Speciai, Senses. Formation of retinal image; change of curvature
of lens in accommodation; determination of near and far points of
vision; mapping of the blind spot; effect of light, atropia and stimula-
tion of cervical sympathetic on the pupil; Kiihne's artificial eye;
ophthalmoscopic examination of the eye; color mixing.

PHARMACOLOGY AND MATERIA MEDICA.

professor SOLI/MANN.
DR. HATCHER.

The course comprises 40 hours of lectures and recitations, and 30
hours of laboratory work in the last ten weeks of the second year; and
30 hours of laboratory and 100 hom^ of lectures and recitations in the
third year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6S THE MEDICAL COIXEGE. [19OI-I902

In the second year are taught the preliminary subjects of pharma-
cognosy, metrology and pharmacy, in as far as they are important for
medical students; introduction to prescription writing, flavoring and
materia medica of flavors; incompatibilities and solubilities; general
principles of pharmacology; and the strychnia, caffein and picrotoxin
groups. Outline lectures, illustrated by such experiments as can be
profitably demonstrated to a class, are given on subjects previously
assigned for reading. These are followed in the next lesson by recita-
tions on the same topics. The laboratory work in this year is designed
to familiarize the students with the chemical properties of important
drugs, their incompatibilities, isolation and identification; action upon
ferments, upon blood, etc.; chemical action of caustics; compounding
of single prescriptions, etc.

The course in the third year comprises lectures and recitations on
the action of drugs, their symptomatology, toxicology, therapeutical
uses, and materia medica. Whilst the presentation of these subjects
is based as far as possible upon experimental data, care is taken to
point out the practical application of the ascertained facts, the course
being intended as a foundation to clinical therapeutics. For this
reason, occasion is also taken to bring together and compare those
drugs which act upon the same organ or disease. For the main part,
however, the drugs are arranged into large groups, the principal
member of each group being studied in detail, whilst the less impor-
tant are introduced incidentally. The arrangement of lectures, demon-
strations and recitations is as in the second year. From time to time
there are given exercises in prescription- writing, intended to familiarize
the students with the methods of administering the substances which
have been studied. The instruction in materia medica is confined to
those facts which have a practical value to the medical student. An
extensive collection of drugs is kept easily accessible.

The laboratory work is designed to illustrate the actions of impor-
tant drugs upon animals. The experiments are arranged by methods
rather than by drugs, the practical work being kept entirely separate
from the lecture course. It serves in this way partly as a review of
the latter. The results of the experiments are recorded in detail, the
records being assigned to students for the preparation of papers which
are read and discussed before the class, as far as time permits.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 69

PATHOLOGY.

PROFESSOR HOWARD.
DRS. PBRKINS, PARKER AND DARBY.

Instruction in this department is given by lectures, laboratory work,
and demonstrations of fresh and prepared specimens. The most
important feature of this course is the laboratory work done by each
student.

Bactbrioi<ogy. Drs. Perkins and Parker. Laboratory work in
this course is given three half days a week from March i to the end of
the first year. The subject is elucidated by informal lectures, demon-
strations, and experiments on animals, as occasion requires. The stu-
dent, after having prepared the various media required, is instructed
in the principles of disinfection and sterilization, the bacteriological
examination of air, water and soil, and the methods of cultivating,
staining and studying bacteria. The pathogenic bacteria and various
molds and yeasts are then studied. Altogether from thirty to thirty-
five different micro-organisms are studied by each student. Students
are trained in the employment of bacteriological methods in medical
and surgical diagnosis, and those who prove themselves capable are
permitted to pursue investigations along special lines, on subjects
assigned them by the professor in charge.

Pathologicai. Histoi^ogy. Prof. Howard and Dr. Parker. The
course comprises nine hours a week of laboratory work for the first
five months of the second year. It begins with the study of the
various forms of tissue degeneration and necrosis. This is followed
by the study of inflammation in the frog's mesentery and in sections
of hardened tissue, showing all the various forms of inflammatory
processes. The infectious granulomata are then taken up, and the
forms and special characters of the reaction of the tissues to the specific
organisms of infectious diseases are demonstrated. The study of the
various pathological processes is based upon their aetiology, and in
addition to human tissues, the material from the experiments on ani-
mals in the bacteriological course is used for this purpose. The effects
of bacterial and other toxines upon the tissues is taught in the same
manner. Tumors are next considered. Based upon the above as a
ground work, the pathological histology of the various organs and
systems is studied. The use of fresh frozen sections of material de-
rived from autopsies, the operating room and animal experiments
forms an important feature of the course. Each student receives and
is required to stain, mount, carefully study and draw from two liim-
dred and fifty to three hundred sections.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lyo THE MEDICAL COLI<EGE. [19OI-19OI

Dbmonstrations of Gross PATHOivOCiCAry Anatomy. Prof.
Howard, and Drs. Parkbr and Darby. Demonstrations are made to
second and third year students from the large amount of fresh material
derived from autopsies and from the surgical and gynecological clinics.
Students are required to handle and describe specimens and to make
diagnoses from the gross appearances, the macroscopical diagnosis of
tumors being an important feature. The hospital connections of the
laboratory are such that students can be trained in making autopsies
and in writing protocols of the lesions found.

Gbnbral Pathology. Prof. Howard. Two lectures a week are
given to the second year class. In these lectures the various infectious
diseases, immunity, the degeneration and regeneration of tissue, the
aetiology of tumors, and the special pathology of the various organs
and systems are considered.

Advanced and Special Work. A special room, well lighted and
equipped, is provided for physicians and advanced students who wish
to undertake special work in pathological histology, experimental
pathology and bacteriology. The additions to the pathological labora-
tory at Lakeside Hospital include a large students' laboratory for
systematic courses in bacteriology, pathological histology and clinical
microscopy for second and third year students; a clinical laboratory
for the examination of urine and other discharges, a room for the
microscopical examination of blood, pus, urinary and other sediments,
tumors, etc., and a separate room for the study of sputum, and faeces.
Besides these there are two research rooms, two private rooms for
assistants, and one preparation and store room. All these laboratories
will be fitted not only with all necessary apparatus and fixtures, but
all the work tables will be provided with electric lights.

CLINICAL LABORATORY.

DR. LADD.

The new clinical laboratory at Lakeside Hospital is thoroughly
equipped with all the necessary apparatus for making complete
examinations of the various secretions and excretions, normal and
pathological; the blood, urine, sputum, gastric contents, faeces, etc.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 171

to the third year class who are given systematic instruction throughout
the session. The fourth year students are required to apply the
knowledge thus gained in working up the cases assigned to them dur-
ing the fourth year. Special rooms are equipped for the examination
of sputum and making chemical tests; also a dark room is fitted up for
doing polaroscopic and haemoglobin work. A few rooms are available
for the use of special workers, these rooms to be asigned at the discre-
tion of the direetor of the laboratory. Microscopes and other instru-
ments are available for the work in this department. The total labo-
ratory capacity contains 2,600 square feet.

CwNiCAi, Microscopy. Work in this departmeni will cover the
third and fourth years. The third year work will comprise a system-
atic course, consisting of two laboratory exercises a week throughout
the term, on blood, sputum, gastric juice, urine, faeces and pathological
exudates.

The technique employed in doing paracentesis of the chest, abdomen
and spinal canal; in taking throat, blood, bladder and uterine cultures
as well as the further examination of the products obtained, will be
carefully outlined.

The methods of preparing material obtained at the operating table
for microscopical examination will be shown and each student required
to do such work before the completion of his course. The object of
this course is not only to cover the ground outlined above, but to pre-
pare the student for independent work. In the fourth year the stu-
dents will work in small groups in the room assigned to them and
especially equipped for their use They will receive no systematic
instruction, but will work under the direction and control of the in-
structor. Their work will consist of the examination of urine, blood,
sputum, gastric juice, faeces, and purulent and other discharges from
their ward and dispensary cases as well as of tumors and other material
removed at operations. This work is obligator>', is done in connec-
tiou with the students' own clinical cases, and is therefore thoroughly
practical.

THERAPEUTICS.

PROFESSOR DARBY.

Therapeutics is taught during the third year. The teaching is done
by means of lectures and quizzes, and is designed to give the student a
thorough and practical knowledge of the mode of administration,
action and use of remedies in the treatment of disease. Due attention
is given to massage, electricity, dietetics and climatology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

172 THE MEDICAL COU^EGE. [19OI-1902

HYGIENE.

PROFESSOR ASHMX7N.

One lecture a week on hygiene is given to the second year class.
The course comprises a consideration of heredity; normal development
of races; climatic and meteorological influences; essentials to life and
health; effects of habits of life; symmetrical development of indi-
viduals; family and community sanitation.

OBSTETRICS.

PROFESSOR POWEI*!,
DRS. CI^ARK AND THOMAS.

Instruction in this course begins with the third and continues
through the fourth year, two lectures a week throughout each year.
The plan includes didactic lectures, quizzes, practical demonstrations
and bedside instruction. Lectures are illustrated freely by charts,
diagrams, models and operations upon the mannikin. Students are
required to become familiar with the use of the various obstetric
instruments. The Senior class is divided into small sections and
given practical work outside of schedule hours.

Each Senior student is expected to attend from three to five cases of
labor under the supervision of the Professor of Obstetrics, or hb
assistant The work of the class is chiefly practical.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

PROFESSOR HOOVER.
DRS. OSBORN, MERRIAM, SEASON AND MOOREHOUSB.

Physical diagnosis is taught in the second and third years. During
the second year the student is taught to recognize and elicit all of the
physical phenomena of the circulatory and respiratory organs and ab-
dominal viscera that are demonstrable by inspection, palpation and
auscultation. Pathological cases are shown only as they are found
necessary for the demonstration and explanation of physiological signs.
At the end of the year each student is required to demonstrate the normal
physical signs of the thorax and abdomen. During the third year
physical diagnosis is taught from pathological cases The students
are required to demonstrate at every exercise, and are also given oppor-
tunity to practice in the dispensary and hospital wards. The final
examination in this course is a practical one. Each student is required
to examine a patient, describe the physical signs and make an elimi-
native physical diagnosis.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 73

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE,

PROPBSSOR I/)WMAN.

PROFESSOR SAWYBR.

DRS- OSBORX, MERRIAM, SBASON, MOORBHOUSBi AND GBIB.

The teaching of medicine is done in the third and fourth years.
Lectures, largely clinical, are given to both classes, and the largest
possible number of students make direct observation of the patients
presented. It is found that very often the whole class can individ-
ually verify the conditions described by the lecturer, and this plan
has proved of great advantage in the presentation of the cases. The
third year class will receive two hours per week in text book work,
in which internal medicine not provided for in special departments
will be covered in recitation and discussion. The same class has three
hours of clinics, and is assigned to the individual study of select dis-
pensary cases. Clinical laboratory drill is made a decided feature of
this year's work In the fourth year the class is taught medicine by
clinics, by drill in sections in the dispensary, by the assignment to
ward cases, in connection with which the fullest use of the clinical
laboratory will be insisted upon. Throughout the course thus out-
lined, the endeavor is made to develop not only the knowledeg of
diseases and their diagnosis, but also to thoroughly consider the use
of remedies.

SURGERY.

PROFESSOR AI.LBN.

PROFESSOR BUNTS.

PROFESSOR CRII.E.

DRS. BECKER, BRIGGS, HBRRICK, GRIFFITHS, I«OWER, AND BIRGB.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

174 ^HE MKDICAL COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

the second year in the line of general pathology. In this course
students are taught to examine blood, and pus, to make cultures,
to innoculate animals, to cut sections and make diagnosis of tumors
and to perform personally all the laboratory work incident to the
diagnosis of surgical cases. This course occupies, in conjunction
with a similar course in clinical medicine, from four to six hours
weekly during the entire year.

During the fourth year the student attends clinics six hours weekly.
After January ist, there is an additional clinic of one and a half hours
weekly, in which instruction is given to sections of ten or twelve men.
Optional clinics are given every Saturday afternoon from the begin-
ning of the term until January ist, at the City Hospital. A course is
also given in operative surgery, utilizing all means necessary for the
best development of instruction in this department. Throughout the
fourth year, also, the student is given cases for examination and
diagnosis, upon which complete reports are required. Provision
is made in the clinical laboratory for the complete examination
of thes^ cases by all laboratory methods. The student is required
to examine the blood, sputum, urine, faeces, to make sections and
diagnosis of tumors and investigate infections, and to make Exhaustive
reports, which shall be compared with those made by the clinical
staif of the various hospitals In addition to this the class ie divided
into sections for daily work in the dispensaries. For the purposes of
instruction the material is ample, clinics being given at Lakeside,
Charity, St. Alexis and the City Hospitals.

GYNECOLCXJY.

PROFESSOR ROBB.
PROFESSOR HUMISTON. .
DRS. THOMAS AND SUNKLE.

Gynecology is taught by a weekly didactic lecture, lasting one hour,
and by supplemental quizzes during the third year; through the fourth
year two hours a week are devoted to clinical instruction. The
patients admitted to the wards of the Lakeside, Charity and City Hos-
pitals for laceration of the perinaeum and for vaginal, vesical, uterine,
tubal and ovarian disease, will be shown either at the regular clinics
in the amphitheatre or will be made the subjects of teaching at the
bedside. Instruction will be given in the wards, so far as it is pos-
sible, upon the management of such cases during the period immedi-
ately following operation and during the period of convalescence. As
a rule, each student will have an opportunity of performing some
minor operation.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 75

The work in the dispensary at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals will
include history-taking and the ordinary methods of examination, the
diagnosis and treatment of cases. This instruction is given daily dur-
ing the school year to the students of tlie fourth year. For this work
the class is divided into sections, so that each student can receive
individual attention. Students in turn will be permitted to examine
patients, and suitable cases will be operated upon before the class.

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY.

PROFESSOR CORI.BTT.
DR. CARTER.

Instruction in this department is given to the third and fourth year
classes. Clinical lectures are given once a week to the third year stu-
dents throughout the college year. It is the endeavor to cover the
whole field of dermatology with these demonstrative lectures. When
necessary lantern-slide plates and other illustrations are used to further
elucidate the subject of diseases of the skin. During the course the
class will be quizzed by the assistant in Dermatology.

The Senior class is divided into sections and given practical instruc-
tion in the clinics three times a week. Thus the common diseases of
the skin, as well as many of the more rare forms, are studied and
progress under treatment noted. Ample opportunity is given to
apply dressings and each student is called upon to make diagnoses
and outline courses of treatment under the immediate supervision of
the instructor. Clinical material is abundant

DISEASES OF THE NOSE» THROAT AND EAR.

DR. INGERSOI^i;.

DR. I«IXCOI«N.

DRS. CHII«DS AND I^ARGB.

Didactic lectures on these diseases are given once a week during the
third year. Clinical instruction is given during the fourth year and
consists in daily work in the dispensary of Lakeside Hospital. Each
section of the class is in turn given personal instruction in the use of
instruments for examination and operation and also in the diagnosis
and treatment of the various cases.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

PROPBSSOR GUSHING.
DRS. CI^ARK AND THOMAS.

The instruction in this course, given in the fourth year, consists of
a weekly clinical lecture and recitation, followed by a ward visit.
Abundant illustrative material is obtained from the Lakeside Hospital
dispensary and the children's ward.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

176 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

OPHTHALMOLOGY.

PROFESSOR MILLIKIN.
DRS. BRUNNBR, HERRICK, AND SHACKELTON.

The method of instruction is largely clinical with didactic teaching
interspersed. It is given to the Senior class. The class is divided
into sections, each one being assigned in rotation to cases for exam-
ination in the dark room. Each student will be given cases for special
study, and is expected to make a report upon them before the class,
and will be subject to quizzing by members of the class and the
instructor. The aim is to teach the diagnosis and methods of treat-
ment of the external diseases of the eye, and to give a working knowl-
edge of the uses of the ophthalmoscope. The eye department has
separate wards in Lakeside Hospital in which students have oppor-
tunities for seeing work at the bedside. The class will be divided into
sections for instruction with the ophtlialmoscope, and for daily work
in the dispensary rooms during the year. This department has
abundant facilities, appliances and material. A large **dark room"
with ten lights, a Javal-Schiotz Ophthalmometer, a perimeter, test
cases and ophthalmoscopes for practical ophthalmology are provided.
A Haab's magnet has recently been adde<l to the equipment.

NEUROLOGY.

PROFESSOR UPSON.
DRS. SPENCB AND HUTCH INS.

Instruction in this branch of medicine is clinical and occupies one
hour a week throughout the fourth year. In connection with the
cases shown the class is instructed in the use of the different forms of
electric current for diagnosis and treatment, and in other diagnostic
methods. The material of the City Hospital is utilized from the
beginning of the school year up to January i. Cases of nervous dis-
eases in the hospital proper are shown, and the class is taken through
the wards of the Department of the Insane and instruction given in
the different forms of mental disturbance. During the remainder of
the year material for demonstration is drawn from the Neurological
Clinic of the Dispensary and from the wards of Lakeside Hospital.

PREVENTIVE MEDICINE,

PROFESSOR ASHMUN.

This subject is taught by lectures and conferences, one hour a week
during the fourth year. The course includes the pathology, natural
history and methods of limiting the spread of infectious diseases; the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 77

duties and powers of public officers of health; value and methods of
keeping vital statistics; the relation and duties of the physician to the
public in matters relating to the public health, etc.

BAEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.

DR. CARTER.

Throughout the first half-year, one lecture a week is given to the
fourth year class on the subject of Medicine in its relations to the
existing layrs, and to the various decisions, which are rendered from
time to time in important medico-legal cases. Taking up the ques-
tion of real and apparent death, homicide, wounds, survivorship,
identity, the determination of stains, feigned diseases, life insurance,
etc., and considering in brief the relationship existing between the
law and the practice of medicine.

TEXT-BOOKS.

Chemistry — Witthaus, Hartley, Prescott and Johnson.

Anatomy — Gray, Morris.

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy — Bohm-Davidoff-Huber.

Comparative Anatomy — Kingsley or Wiedersheim.

Embryology— Yi^Xex,

Bacteriology — Abbot, Sternberg, Lehmann and Neumann.

Physiology — Stewart's Manual ; for reference, Schafer*s Physiology.

Pathology — Ziegler.

Pharmacology and Materia Medica — Sollmann.

Therapeutics — Wood, Brunton, Bartholow, Shoemaker, Butler,
Schmiedeberg.

Medicine— V^ood, & Fritz, Strumpell, Osier.

Surgery— pLmimcaji Text - book of Surgery, Koenig's Surgery,
Wanen*s Surgical Pathology.

Gynecology— lAsi&^sf&& of Women (Dudley), An American Text-
book of Gynecology (Baldy), A Text-book on Gynecology (Reed),
Practical Gynecology (Montgomery), Hart and Barbour's Manual of
Gynecology. Books of reference, Pozzi, Pritsch, Aseptic Surgical
Technique (Rqbb).

Obstetrics — ^Jewett, Reynolds, Davis, Hirst.

Dermatology — Crocker, Hardway, Jackson, Morrow's System of
Dermatology, Corlett's Acute Exanthemata.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

178 THE MEDICAL COI.LEGE. [190I-1902

Neurology — Church and Peterson, Dercum, Dana. Books of refer-
ence, Gowers, Berkley on Mental Diseases.

Ophthalmology — American Text-book, De Schweinitz, Norris and
Oliver, Fuchs, Noyes.

Nosey Ear and Throat — American Text-book, Kyle, Politzer, Bacon,
Buck, Coakley, Bishop.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine — Stevenson and Murphy, Egbert,
Abbot.

Physical Diagnosis — Vierordt's Medical Diagnosis.

Diseases of Children — Holt's Infancy and Childhood, Jacobi*s
Therapeutics of Infancy, Ashby and Wright.

Medical Jnrisprudence—TsLylor's (A. S.) Medical Jurisprudence,
Taylor's (A. N.) The Law in its Relation to Physicians.

EXAMINATIONS, J902.

FIRST YEAR CLASS.

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy— TvLeadayy February 4th.

Embryology — Saturday, May 24th.

Histology — Monday, May 26th.

Osteology— "lyxesidAy y May 27th.

Chemistry— V^^n^si^y, May 28th.

Bacteriology — Thursday, May 29th.

SECOND YEAR CLASS.

Pathological Histology — Friday, February 28th.

^«a/^wfrv— Tuesday, May 27th.

Physiology — ^Practical, Wednesday, May 28th, 8 to 11 a. m.; i to 4,
p. m. Written and oral, Thursday, May 29th, 8 a. m.

Minor Surgery — Saturday, May 24th.

Pharmacology — Practical, May i6th, 9 a. m. to 12 m. Written and
oral, Friday, May 23d, 9 a. m. to 12 m.

Physical Diagnosis — Monday, May 26th.

THIRD YEAR CLASS.

Therapeutics — Monday, May 26th.

Pharmacology — Materia Medica, written and oral, 1:30 to 4:30 p. m.^
Tuesday, May 27th. Practical, Monday, January 19th, 1903, 1:30 to
3:30 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 79

Obstetrics — ^Thursday, May 29th.

Medicine— Wednesday, June 4th.

Surgery — ^Thursday, June 5th.

Pathotogy — ^Friday, June 6th.

Physical Diagnosis — ^Thursday, May 15th to 29th.

Gynecology — Saturday, May 31st.

Anatomy — Wednesday, May 28th.

Eatf Nose and Throat — Wednesday, June 4th.

Dermatology — Monday, June 2d.

Clinical Lctboratory— Tuesday, June 3d.

FOURTH YEAR CI,ASS.

Neurology — Monday, May 26th.

Obstetrics — ^Tuesday, May 27th, 10 a. m.

Surgery — ^Tuesday, June 3d.

Physiail Diagnosis— Thva^ay , May 29th.

^O'lf^^^^P'— Thursday, June 5th.

Ophthalmology— Tndayy May 23rd.

Medicine — Saturday, May 31st.

Gynecology— yionday, June 2d.

Surgery — ^Wednesday, May 28th.

Medicine — Wednesday, June 4th.

Jurisprudence — Saturday, May 24th.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine — ^Friday, June 6th.

Pediatrics— Taeaday, May 27th, 2 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8o THB MEDICAL COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

GENERAL INFORMATION.

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The College session will open on October 1st, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a holiday vacation of two weeks, beginning
on December 24th., there will also be a vacation of one week
at Easter time. No College exercises will be held on Thanks-
giving Day, Washington's Birthday or Decoration Day.

SITUATION OF BUILDINGS.

The Medical College stands at the comer of Erie and
St. Clair Streets, about five minutes* walk from the center
of the city.

The Irakeside Hospital fronts on Lake Street, comer of
Muirson Street — five minutes* walk from the college. St.
Vincent's Hospital (Charity) fronts on Perry Street, comer
of Central Avenue. The Home of Maternity is on Marion
Street, in the rear of St. Vincent's. The City Hospital
fronts on Scranton Avenue, and is reached by either Jen-
nings Avenue or Pearl Street and Brooklyn cars. The
Medical Library building is at 586 Prospect Street.

ENDOWMENTS.
This College is indebted to the Perry- Payne Family for
the valuable ground upon which its buildings have been
erected, as well as for other generous assistance from time
to time. In addition there are the following special funds:
The John L. Woods Fund.
The H. B. Hurlbut Fund.
The John Huntington Fund.
The John A. Vincent Fund.
The H. Melville Hanna Fund.
The Leonard Hanna Endowment for
the Chair of Clinical Microscopy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WBSTBRN RKSBRVK UNIVERSITY. 181

It is also under a lasting bond of gratitude and obligation
to other generous donors of funds for the erection of build-
ings, and the endowment and equipment of laboratories and
dispensaries, who have permanently increased its resources
and advantages to students of medicine.

LIBRARIES.

The Free Public Library, 176,000 volumes, Case Library,
50,0000 volumes, Hatch Library, 60,000 volumes, and the
library of the Cleveland Medical Library Association are
accessible to students of this College, and, with the exception
of the Hatch Library, are within a few minutes* walk of
the Medical College. By special arrangement of the
Faculty members of the Senior class of this College may
have the reading privileges of the Medical Library Associa-
tion's books and journals during the year. This Library
now has on its shelves more than 8,000 bound volumes, and
one hundred and fifty Medical Journals on file in the reading
rooms. There are more than two hundred volumes of mod-
ern text-books and medical works. In addition there are
small working libraries in the laboratories of the College
itself.

LABORATORIES.

Chemistry. — A chemical laboratory building with over
six thousand five hundred square feet of floor space, has
been erected to the south of the main college building, and
in connection with it. The laboratories are thoroughly
equipped for all the details of the course, and each student
has a separate desk assigned him with a general supply of
apparatus. Extra and special apparatus is furnished upon
requisition.. A special laboratory has been furnished for
the work of advanced students, and every effort made to
make it as complete as possible, with facilities for original
and special work.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l82 THB MEDICAL COLLEGE. [190I-I902

Anatomy. — The dissecting room is well lighted with
electricity, heated and ventilated and provided with modem
appliances. The anatomical rooms have about three thou-
sand square feet of floor space. Anatomical material is
preserved at all seasons of the year.

Histology and Embryology. — ^The laboratory is well
lighted by a north and east exposure, with means for arti-
ficial light on dark days. Enough Leitz microscopes are
owned so that each student has one for his individual use,
available at all times. There is a good equipment of
microtomes, ovens, glassware, stains and reagents.

Bacteriology. — ^The work in bacteriology is carried
on in the pathological laboratory. Students are required to
provide their own material for drawings. Microscopes,
culture media and animals are provided without charge, and
material for staining and mounting specimens, to be retained
by students at cost. The laboratory has the benefit of
excellent lighting with space for individual work.

Pharmacology. — There is a large, well-lighted labora-
tory of two thousand one hundred square feet, devoted
exclusively to this subject and fitted up for animal and
chemical work. Apparatas and material are furnished
without extra charge. The laboratory is open for advanced
work in this department. A special laboratory for research
has just been added.

Physiology. -^The teaching laboratories comprise three
well-lighted rooms with an aggregate floor space of nearly
four thousand square feet. The room for experimental
physiology is fifty by thirty feet, the room for chemical
physiology measures thirty-five by thirty feet, and the
lecture room, devoted exclusively to physiology, is capable
of accommodating one hundred and forty students. The
equipment for teaching practical physiology permits more
than forty students to work in a class at one time, some in

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 183

the chemical and some in the experimental room. Several
separate rooms are available for research. There is also a
dark room and workshop.

Pathology. — The pathological laboratory occupies the
entire west third floor, two thousand four hundred square
feet, and has in addition a special room for research work,
a museum and a professor's room. The teaching laboratory
room, two thousand three hundred square feet, is on the
east fourth floor, and affords each student separate locker
and ample table space. Apparatus, instruments and teach-
ing materials are provided without extra charge.

A New Clinical Laboratory. — During the past sum-
mer a new clinical laboratory has been completed at Lakeside
Hospital, of sufficient size to accommodate an entire class.
This provides the students with greatly increased facilities
for the examination of secretions and excretions, sputum,
purulent and other infections, blood, urine, stomach con-
tents, stools, etc., and permits them to make personal exam-
inations of tumors and other pathological specimens. This
work is a part of the regular instruction in the third and
fourth years and greatly increases the eflficiency with which
the clinical work of these years is performed. Microscopes
and other instruments are available for the work in this
department.

MUSEUMS.
Rooms in the College building are set apart for the pres-
ervation of anatomical and pathological preparations, casts
and specimens. Persons not connected with the College
who have specimens they wish preserved can place them in
these rooms, with the owners* name attached and such
histories, descriptions or remarks as they choose to give,
respecting them. A very complete museum of Materia
Medica is kept accessible to the students.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

184 THE MEDICAI. COLLBGB. [1901-1902

HOSPITALS.

Lakeside Hospital. — ^The new Lakeside Hospital occu-
pies a plot of ground four hundred feet long by three
hundred and eighty feet deep, o^ the bank overlooking
Lake Erie, about five minutes* walk from the College
building. It affords accommodation for two hundred and
fifty patients. The staff is composed of members of the
Faculty of this College. The hospital has an amphitheatre
seating about two hundred students for the surgical classes,
and a smaller one with a seating capacity of over one
hundred for the medical classes. On the third floor of the
dispensary building are two lecture rooms, each capable of
seating fifty to seventy-five students. There are eighteen
resident assistants for the departments of surgery, gyne-
cology, medicine, ophthalmology, children's diseases, pa-
thology, etc. These positions are open to the graduates of
this College, and afford great opportunities for practical
work.

There is in process of erection and now nearly completed
^ pavilion for infectious and contagious diseases, having
four small wards, with everj' facility for the proper care and
study of these diseases.

St. Vincent's (Charity) Hospital. — This is one of
the oldest and best known institutions in the city and state.
It has between seventy-five and one hundred beds. The
staff is selected by the faculty, and the clinical material of
the hospital is utilized for instruction -in this College.
There are four hospital positions open each year to the
graduates of this College only.

This hospital is just adding a complete new wing for the
accommodation of female patients. This will add about
sixty beds, besides operating pavilion and recovery rooms,
to the capacity of this institution. A complete dispensary
department is added in the basement of this wing, with all
facilities for the care of out-door patients.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 185

City Hospital. — This institution is under municipal
control. It accommodates one hundred and fifty to one
hundred and seventy- five patients continually in the adult
department and has a new building for children, with one
hundred beds, besides operating rooms, pathological labora-
tory, etc. From September to January regular clinics in
medicine, gjoiecology, surgery, neurology and cutaneous
and venereal diseases are given here by members of this
faculty. The insane department of this hospital affords
material for clinical instruction in mental diseases. Fre-
quent autopsies are held and abundant material for patho-
logical demonstrations obtained. The resident staff is
selected by competitive examination, and the students of
this College are eligible.

Home of Maternity. — This is a department of Charity
Hospital, with a separate building, devoted to the care of
women during their confinement and of mothers and
children. From one hundred to one hundred and fifty
cases are received annually, the members of the Senior
class being assigned to them in rotation, so that each stu-
dent sees from two to five casej^ of labor under the super-
vision of the Professor of Obstetrics, who has charge of the
department with its children's ward.

CLINICAL facilities.

The clinical facilities of this College comprise, through-
out the course, the two hundred and fifty beds at Lakeside
Hospital, one hundred and fifty beds of Charity Hospital,
the Dispensaries at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals, the
Maternity and Children's Home, and the two hundred and
seventy-five beds of the City Hospital during four mouths
of each year.

resident physicians.

From twenty-five to thirty resident positions are open to
the graduates of the College in the hospitals of the city.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l86 THE MEDICAL COI^LEGE. [19OI-I9OI

Of the class graduating in 1901, twenty men received hos-
pital appointments.

HOSPITAL SERVICE.

LAKESIDE HOSPITAL STAFF.

Medicine— HviS, H. H. Powell, J. H. Lowman, H. S Upson, E.

F. CUSHING.

Surgery — Dr. D. P. Allen; Dr. G. W. Crile, Associate.
Ophthalmology— T^^. B. L. Millikin.
Gynecology — Dr. H. Robb.
Dermatology— D^, W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— ly^, W. T. Howard, Jr.

CHARITY hospital STAFF.

Consulting Physicians— Drs. G. C. Ashmun, B. W. Holliday, J.

H. LOWMAN.

Consulting Surgeons— Drs. G. C. E. Weber and D. P. Allen.

Consulting Ophthalmologist— Dk. B. L. Millikin.

Consulting Dermatologist— Dk. W. T. Corlett.

Consulting Gynecologist — Dr. H. Robb.

Visiting Physicians — Drs. H. J. Lee, J. E. Cook, J. P. Sawyer,
T. A. Burkb.

Visiting Surgeons— Drs. F. E. Bunts and C. A. Hamann.

Visiting Gytiecologist-VK. W. H. Humiston.

Visiting Ophthalmologist— Dk, W. E. Bruner.

Pathologist— Dr. W. T. Howard. Jr.

home of maternity.

Ods/etncs— Dr. H. H. Powell.

CONSITLTING STAFF AT CITY HOSPITAL.

Medicine — Drs. J. H. Lowman and J. E. Darby. *
Sufgery— Drs. D. P. Ai.len and F. E. Bunts.
Obstetrics— Dr. H. H. Powrll.
Neurology— Dr. H. L. Spknce.
Gynecology— Dr. \V. H. Humiston.
Dermatology— Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.
Ophthalmology — Dr. VV. E. Bruner.
Laryngology — Dr. J. M. Ingersoll.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 87

VISITINO STAFF.

Drs. C. p. Hoover and C. A. Hamann.

DISPENSARIES.
Free Dispensaries are maintained at Lakeside and Charity
Hospitals with daily service except Sundays. These col-
lege dispensaries were established on the Hurlbut and
Huntington Funds and afford treatment to about ten thou-
sand new cases annually.

I^KESrDE HOSPITAI« SERVICE.

Medicine — Dr. J. H. Lowman, Director; Drs. E. H. Season, G.
W. MooREHOUSE, Physicians in Charge.

Surgery— ly^, D. P. Ai^i^en, Director; Drs. H. A. BECKER, Chas.
E. Brigcs, and R. H. Birge, Surgeons in Charge.

Obstetrics— Dk, H. H. Powell, Director; Dr. F. S. Clark, Obste-
trician in Charge.

Diseases of Children— H^. E. F. Cushing, Director; Drs. F. S.
Clark, J. J. Thomas, Physicians in Charge.

Gynecology — Dr. H. Robb, Director; Dr. R. H. SunklE, Gyne-
cologist in Charge.

Nervous Diseases — Dr. H. S. Upson, Director; Dr. H. L. Spknce,
Neurologrist in Charge; Dr. F. C. HtJTCHiNS, Assistant.

Ophthalmology— T>K. B. L. Millikin, Director; Dr. W. E. Brunbr,
Ophthalmologist in Charge; Drs. H. J. Herrick, Wm. E. ShaklE-
Ton, Assistants.

Dermatology and Syphilis— Br, W. T. Corlett, Director and
Ph3rsician in Charge; Dr. E. P. Carter, Assistant.

Diseases of Nose, Ear and Throat— Hvls. J. M. Ingersoll and
William R. Lincoln, Surgeons in Charge; Drs. L. W. Childs, S.
H. Large, Assistants.

CHARITY hospital SERVICE.

Medicine— DVi, J. P. Sawyer, Director; Drs. W. O. Osborne, W.
H. Mbrriam, Frank J. Geib, Physicians in Charge.

Surgery — Dr. F. E. Bunts, Director; Drs. Fred C. Herrick and
T. E. Griffiths, Surgeons in Charge.

Gynecology— Hr, W. H. Humiston, Director; O. T. Thomas,
Gynecologist in Chaxge.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l88 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE, [190I-1902

HOMB OP MATERNTTY.

OdsUtrics—BR, H. H. Powell, Director; Dr. J. J. Thomas, Obste-
tridan in Charge; Dr. Eugene O. Houck, Assistant.

DISPENSARY APPOINTMENTS.

Members of the third year class remaining in the city
during the summer, may be appointed for practical work in
the Dispensary, in sections, by applying to the Dean.

SUMMER COURSES.

Students or practitioners of medicine who desire to take
special work in the laboratories and in the clinics, may
arrange for summer courses by appl5dng to the Dean or the
heads of the various laboratory departments.

EXPENSES.

The fees are |125 a year. This amount includes payment
for tuition and all laboratory expenses, except the price of
anatomical material, breakage and use of oil immersion
microscopes, and is due before October twentieth of each
year. Students who prefer may pay $75 by October twen^
tieth, and $55 by March fifteenth of the college year. No
student shall be permitted to present himself for examina-
tion in any branch who has not paid all dues and liabilities.
Students who wish to pay for the entire four years* course
by October twentieth of their first year, will be allowed a
reduction of $50 on the whole amount. A deposit of $2 is
required from students in each of the laboratories at the
outset, in addition to the tuition fee, to cover breakage.
The unused balance of such deposit is returned at the end
of the session. A rental of $5.00 per year will be charged
for the use of oil immersion microscopes, the students hav-
ing full use of these instruments during their entire j^ear.
Students who prefer may furnish their own microscopes.

Digitized by VjDOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 189

Good board can be procured at from three to five dollars
a week, and furnished rooms at from five to ten dollars a
month. By forming ** clubs*' students are able to bring
their living expenses considerably below these prices. The
janitor at the College building keeps a list of boarding
houses for the convenience of students. By an arrange-
ment with Goodrich House, which stands within one block
of the College, a gymnasium, with bathing accommodations,
is available to the students at a ver>' small cost. At the
Y. M. C. A. building, which is near, similar opportunities
are afforded.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1901-I902

APPENDIX-

CLASS EXAMINATIONS, t90U

HISTOLOGY.

1. Stain, mount, identify, draw and describe fully the specimens
A, B, C, D. [A was lymph gland; B, cerebellum; C, large intestine;
D, ovary].

2. Identify the stained and mounted specimens i to 7. [These
were: i, bone; 2, cardiac end of stomach; 3, thyroid; 4, mucous
salivary gland; 5, transverse section of nerve; 6, cerebrum; 7, cornea].

CHEMISTRY.

1. What is Chemistry ? Name fifteen of the elements and give the
atomic weight and quantivalence of each.

2. Give a general description of the manufacture of sulphuric acid;
and how much acid can be obtained from one ton of gelma, which
assays 98% Pf. S

3. Give the general analytical separation of the metals and the
members belonging to each group.

4. How would you proceed in a case of arsenical poisoning ?

5. What are some of the more important acids of phosphorus,
giving the formula and molecular weight of each ?

6. What two classes of mercury salts are there and describe some
of the most important salts of each ?

7. A volume of oxygen measures 1200 C. C. at 4° C. and at a higher
temperature the volume was observed to be 1460 C. C, what was its
final temperature ?

8. Wliat are some of the most important salts of sodium; give
formulas, molecular weights and methods of preparation of each ?

9. What elements constitute the Halogen Group? Describe each
of them.

10. What are acids, bases and salts, and how much oxygen, by
volume, measured at 20° C. and 720 m. m. pressure, can be obtained
from 30 grains of potassium chlorate ?

The examination in the Laboratory consisted in the analysis of
three solutions, containing not less than four unknowns each.

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

I. What is Organic Chemistry, and into what general groups are
the organic compounds divided ? Give illustrations of each.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 191

2. A certain organic compound was analyzed and analysis gave
results as follows: €=61.32%; 11=5.09%; 0=23.37%; N=i0 22%.

The V. D.=68.5.

3. What grouping of elements represent the following list of com-
pounds, and give illustrations of each: Hydrocarbons, ethers, esters,
ketones, aldehydides, acids, bases; primary, secondares £ind tertiary
alcohols; phenoles, hydrazones, azo, diazo, and amides.

4. What is fermentation and how does it differ from putrefaction ?

5. What are the Carbohydrates ? Give the general classification
and examples of each group.

6. What are fats, and describe the process of saponification and
the products formed ? '

7. Give a list of the di-and triatomic phenoles.

8. What is benzoic aldehyde and how can it be converted into the
corresponding acid and alcohol ? Give the formula of each.

9. How can benzole be obtained from carbon ? Show the various
chemical processes.

10. What are some of the ptomaines belonging to the paraffine
series, giving their formulas ? What are some of the groups of color
bases derived from the phenoles ?

BACTERIOLOGY.

1. Into what groups were the micro-organisms studied in this
course divided ? Name a member of each group.

2. Classify bacteria morphologically. Where are they found in
nature and what are their functions ?

3. Name the bacteria that most commonly cause inflammation.

4. Describe the morphological and cultural characters of B. typhos us,
and name the points in the affirmative diagnosis between it and B. coli-
communis.

5. Describe morphological and cultural characters of (a) Pyocy-
aneus; (d) B. prodigiosis.

6. Describe the morphological and cultural characters of Sp.
chaloial and state the difference between it and Sp. melschordovi.

7. Name all the bacteria you studied which (a ) were morphological ;
(d) stained by Grams, and {c) liquified gellatine.

8. Describe ardium albicans.

ANATOMY,
Examinations in anatomy are oral.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

192 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

PHARMACY.

1 . Name the difTeretit vessels used for measuring fluids, and state
the advantages of each.

2. Express in the metric system: 2 pints; 6 J troy; 12 minims.

3. How can you hasten (a) solution? (d) evaporation?

4. Define: (a) Gum; (d) Gum-Resin; (c) Resin; (d) Alkaloid;
(e) Glucoside; (/) Cellulose; (^) Fatty oil; (A) Essential oil; (/) Ele-
optene; (k) Starch.

5. (a) What is an ointment? (d) What substances may be used as
the base ? (c) What are the advantages of each ?

6. Define: {a) Pilula; (d) Pulvis; (c) mucilago; (d) Extractum
fiuidum; {e) Mistura.

MATERIA MEDICA.

1 . Define Materia Medica; Pharmacy; Pharmacology; Therapeutics.

2. Define a medicine; a remedy; a poison.

3. By and through what avenues can medicines enter the body?

4. What conditions may modify the action of medicines ?

5. Define an astringent; a cathartic; an emetic; a diaphoretic; an
emenogogue; a diuretic; a tonic; a stimulant.

6. Opium: (a) describe; {d) its source; (c) its active principles;
[d ) preparations; (e) dose of each; {/) action; (g-) use.

7. Describe tannic acid; boric acid; hydrochloric acid; hydrocyanic
acid; properties and dose of each.

8. Aconite: (a) active principles; (d) preparations and dose of
each; (c) action and use.

9. Same of Belladonna.
10. Same of Cinchona.

PHYSIOLOGY.
(written examination).

I . Enumerate the factors concerned in maintaining the blood-flow
in the veins. What are the characteristics of the circidation in the
arteries, capillaries and veins respectively ? State clearly the reasons
for these characteristics.

2.- What gases can be extracted from blood? By what methods
can the>' be extracted and in what amounts ? How are the gases dis-
tributed in the blood? In what chemical or physical condition do
they exist in it ?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 93

3. Give as full account as you can of intestinal digestion. Are
bacteria essentials for this part of digestion ? Give reasons for your
answer.

4. What is meant by the '* circulation of the bile?" Where is iron
found in the body ? What is its source ? and its fate ? What evidence
is there that bile-pigment is derived from blood-pigment ?

5. State fully the effects of removal of (a) the pancreas; (d) the
thyroid; (c) the spleen; (d) the salivary glands. What are the effects
of intra-venous injection of extracts of the supra-renal gland ?

6. Describe fully the histological and physiological effects of hemi-
section of the spinal cord in the mid-dorsal region.

7. What evidence is there that the Rolandic area has sensory
functions ?

8. What is (a) irregular; (d) regular astigmatism? To what are
they due ?

PHYSIOIX>GY.
(practical examination).
Two of the following experiments were assigned to each student
after entering the examination room. The candidate is supplied only
with such apparatus or reagents as he may ask for.

1. Prepare and demonstrate haemoglobin crystals.

2. Prepare and demonstrate haemin crystals.

3 Estimate the quantity of urea in the specimens of urine A and B.

4. Prepare glycogen, and demonstrate same.

5. Determine what ferments, if any, are present in solutions A and B.
[A was saliva; B, gastric juice].

6. Determine the amount of any pathological substance in the
specimen of urine furnished. [Contained glucose 3^].

7. Take tracing to show effect of stimulation of frog's vagus on
the heart.

8. Take tracing to show the composition of tetanus.

9. Insert a gastric canula, and obtain pure gastric juice, from
the animal provided.

10. Demonstrate, by stimulation of a nerve, pupillary dilatation.

11. Demonstrate the effects of stimulation of the cortical motor
areas in the mammal provided.

12. Take tracing to show increase of respiration upon stimulation
of some nerve.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

194 'l^HE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

PATHOLOGICAL HISTOLOGY.
The examination in pathological histology consisted in the thorough
description and interpretation of three unknown sections.

GROSS PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY.
The examination in this branch is oral.

GENERAL PATHOLOGY.
An oral examination. The questions included the following sub-
jects: The general principles of pathology, the etiology of infectious
and non-infectious diseases, the portals of entrance of micro-organisms
into the body, the bacterial flora of the body, the bacteria of wound
infection, immunity, antitoxins, the etiology and pathological anatomy
of typhoid fever, tuberculosis, diphtheria, sj-philis, pneumonia,
arterio-sclerosis, the pathology of the circulation," etc.

THERAPEUTICS.

1 . How do antipyretics control temperature and illustrate each class .

2. Alcohol: (a) its changes, if any, in the body; (d) destiny; {c) its
influence on digestion; (d) circulation; (e) blood; (/) tissue change;
(^) indications for use.

3. Opium: {a) describe; (d) active principles; (c) preparations;
id) dose of each; {e) action; (/) synergists as anodynes {^) as anti-
phlogistic; (A) as hypnotic.

4. Symptoms and treatment of opimn poisoning.

5. Digitalis: (a) how and why is it a heart tonic; (^) a diuretic;
(c) indications for use and preparations to be used in each case and why?

6. Quinine: Illustrate its use; (a) as tonic; (d) as antiperiodic;
(c) as antipyretic; {d) as oxytocic.

7. Anaesthesia: {a) local; {b) general; [c) means and methods of
producing; (d) sources of danger.

8. Belladonna (a) active principles; (d) preparations and dose of
each; {c) action; (d) indications for use; {e) symptoms and treatment
of poisoning.

9. Ergot: (a) action; (^) indications and contraindications for use
in obstetrics.

10. Outline the treatment of pneumonia.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 195

PHARMACOLOGY.

(WRXTTBXff).

1. Write a prescription for a diuretic mixture containing: (a) a
drug stimulating the renal cells; (d) one acting as a salt or alkali;
(/:) as an organic irritant; (^) as a cardiac tonic; (e) flavor, vehicle, etc.
Write the names without abbreviations, and give the quantities in
both metric and apothecaries' systems.

2. Describe the different ways in which antipyretics may act, and
the ways of differentiating between these. Give examples.

3. Discuss the theoretical basis of the action of potassium iodide.

4. Name one or more drugs which may be employed to secure:
{a) stimulation of the arterial muscle; (d) paralysis of arterial muscle;
(c) paralysis of vagus ganglia; (d) stimulation of vagus center;
(e) stimulation of cerebral cortex.

5. Name six of the most important emetics, stating dose for adults
(metric system).

6. Discuss fully the pharmacology, symptoms, antidote, and thera-
peutics of one of the following drugs: Aconite, Acids, Mercury.

PHARMACOLOGY.
(practical examination).

Each student performed a chemical experiment, and one on a frog
and a mammal.

*Chkmistry: Determine by chemical tests whether solutions R, S,
T, contain strychnine, codeine, or morphine; U, quinine, veratrine,
or atropine; V, a formate, oxalate, or cyanide; W, an alkaloid.

Demonstrate the effect of the solutions X, Y, and Z on the ferment
action of saliva.

Frog: Inject i% of solution G into a frog; describe the symptoms
and diagnose the poison. Determine by physiological tests whether
solution I or K contain cocaine. Demonstrate the effects of solution
L on maximal load lifted by frog's muscle. Demonstrate effects of
solution M upon excitability of muscle and nerve; does it possess a
curare action ? Demonstrate and describe the effects of solutions N,
O, P, or Q, applied to the frog's heart in situ; to what group does the
poison belong ?

Mammals : ( a ) Insertion of tracheal and carotid canulae. ( d ) Anaes-
thetic. Insertion of canulae into ureter. Intravenous injection of nor-
mal saline on flow of urine, (c) Preparation of manometer for tracing.
Insertion of vein canulae. Effect solution A on flow of urine, {d) Ap-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

196 THE MEDICAI. COLI^GE. [1901-1902

paratus for respiratory tracing— effect of solution A. {e) Blood pres-
sure tracing with solution A. Insertion of femoral canulae. (/) Solu-
tion A on venous pressure. Apparatus for pressure injection. (^) Solu-
tion B on blood pressure tracing. Apparatus for cardiomyogram.
(A) Respiratory tracing with solution B. Pressiu^ tracing with
solution C.

[A=Caffeine; B and G=Strychnine; C=Nitroglycerine; I=Cocaine;
L=Caffeine i-iooo; M=Quinine i-ioooo; N=Aconite 1-25; 0=Digi-
talis 1-25; P=Veratrine 1-200; Q=sBaCls i-ioo; R=Strychnine 1-500;
S=Morphine i-ioo; T=Codeine i-ioo; U= Atropine i-ioo; V=HCN
i-iooo; W=Quinine i-ioooo; X=Carbolic 5%; Y=Alcohol 10%;
Z=HgCl20.2%].

DERMATOIX>GY.

1. Give symptoms of, and treatment of impetigo.

2. Mention the main points of distinction between lupus vulgaris
and a tubercular syphilide.

3. What is acne ? Give chief distinguishing features and the treat-
ment of acne simplex.

4. Herpes zoster, its symptoms, etiology, course and treatment.

5. Discuss the treatment of syphilis; (a) During the first year of
the disease; (d) After the disease has existed many years and is accom-
panied by deep ulceration and loss of structure.

NOSE, THROAT, AND EAR. •

1. Discuss the physiology of the nose.

2. Discuss epistaxis.

3. Discuss otitis media acuta.

1. Describe tuberculosis of larynx.

2. Describe symptoms and treatment of acute folecular tonsillitis.

3. Give treatment and symptoms of chronic pharyngitis.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.
Examination in physical diagnosis is oral and clinical.

GENITO-URINARY DISEASES.

1. Give the etiology of gonorrhea and the treatment you would
employ during the acute stage.

2. What is paraphimosis, and when would you consider it neces-
sary to relieve the condition ? How would you proceed to do this ?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 197

3. Give the principal causes, and the treatment of epididymitis.

4. What treatment would you adopt in acute cystitis ?

5. Give the etiology of organic urethral stricture.

SURGICAI. PATHOXX>GY.

1. Name (a) six bacteria common to surgery; (b) their origin and
usual mode of infection and clinical manifestation.

2. Define (a) fever; (d) name and define the grades of surgical fever.

3. What is the difference between simple and infective inflamma-
tion ? Outline proce«»s of repair.

4. Name chief points of differential diagnosis of tubercular lesions
of skin and mucous membranes with reference to non-tubercular
lesions.

5. What is (a) a benign tumor; (^) a malignant tumor; (c) define
sarcoma, carcinoma. Give 1 two clinical examples of each with
diagnosis.

MEDICINE.

DR. I«OWMAN.

1. Jaundice: {a) Definition; {d) Symptoms; (c) Distinction be-
tween obstructive and toxic jaundice; (d) What is grave jaundice ?
(^) Causes of obstructive jaundice ? (/) Test for bile in the urine and
blood.

2. Typhoid Fever: {a) What is the diagnostic value of the serum
reaction? (d) What is the diagnostic value of the diazo reaction?
(c) Describe the method of making the above tests; (d) What is the
value in diagnosis of iliac tenderness, chills, hemorrhage, white
blood count, temperature? {e) What is the peculiar behavior of the
tongue, abdomen, bowels, liver, pulse, skin, spleen in typhoid fever?
(/) State immediate causes of death in typhoid fever.

3. Pneumo-pyo-thorax: {a) Differential diagnosis; (d) Causes;

4. Mitral Stenosis: (a) What is the form of the heart as outlined
by percussion in M.-S. ? {b) What murmur is present and how is it
caused? (c) What is the behavior of the heart as to rhythm and force ?

(d) What are some of the remote systemic effects ?

5. Rheumatism: {a) Name different forms; [b) Describe the
course of acute articular rheimiatism; {c) What are the chief dangers
and complications ? {d) Treatment in full ?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

IQS the MEDICAt COI.LBGE. L1901-1902

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.

1. Given the hand of a dead body, how can we determine the
height of the body to which it belongs ?

2. What is the most important sign of death by suffocation ?

3. By what signs can we determine the probable length of time
which has elapsed since death occurred ?

4. How can we distinguish between wounds inflicted anti- and
postmortem ?

5. What important point is of value in distinguishing between
postmortem decomposition, and lesions produced by poisons?

6. What conditions retard putrefaction ?

7. Describe in general the gross appearances of a body putrefying
in air, soil, and water?

8. What are the signs of death by drowning ?

9. What is the most reliable test for a suspected blood stain, and
upon what does it depend ?

10. Of what value is the detection of red blood corpuscles in a sus-
pected slain ?

11. How soon after death does cadaveric rigidity set in, and how
long does it last ?

12. Is it always possible to determine the exact moment of death
in a medico-legal "sense ?

SURGERY.

DR. ALLEN.

1. Carcinoma Mammae: {a) Diagnosis; {d) Treatment; (c) Method
of operation; {d) Prognosis.

2. Hernia: (a) Name varieties; (d) Diagnosis of inguinal hernia;
(c) Treatment of inguinal hernia; {d) Describe two operations.

3. Fistula in ano: (a) Causes of same; {d) Treatment and care.

4. What may cause collections of fluid in pleural cavity ? Name
the same and by what methods these may be treated.

5. What may cause oedema of a single lower extremity ?

6. Tuberculosis: (a) Name the various manifestations of tuber-
culosis which may require surgical treatment; {d) diagnosis of tuber-
culosis of the dorsal or lumbar vertebrae; {c) Symptoms and treat-
ment of same.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 199

DR. BUNTS.

1. (a) Name the principal pus producing micro-organisms; (d)
What are the essentials for their growth? {c) Give examples of mixed
infection.

2. Describe minute changes taking place in formation of an abscess.

3. (a) What are the indications for treatment of inflammation?
(d) What are the terminations of inflammation? {c) What are the
causes of swelling ?

4. {a ) Define gangrene; {b) What determines whether the gangrene
shall be dry or moist gangrene ? (c) Cause, prognosis, treatment of
senile gangrene; (d} What it cancrum oris ?

5. (fl) Define septic intoxication; id) Septic infection; (c) Pyemia;
(d) What are the causes of post-operative fevers ?

6. Erysipelas: Diagnosis, cause, treatment, prognosis. Tetanus:
Diagnosis, cause, treatment, prognosis.

7. Aneurysm: Define, active clot, passive clot, Hunterian method
and advantage.

8. Lymphangitis: Etiology, treatment. Phlebitis: Diagnosis
and treatment.

9. Fractures: Symptoms, indications for treatment. Causes and
treatment of delayed union of femur.

10. Describe one of the following operations: i. Thoracoplasty.
2. Amputation of hip joint. 3. Removal of infraorbital nerve. 4. In-
testinal anastomosis.

DR. CRILK.

1. Give non-operative treatment of appendicitis.

2. Define shock and give treatment. .

3. Define collapse and give causes.

4. Cause, diagnosis and treatment of tubercular glands of neck.

5. Treatment of hernia in children.

OPHTHALMOLOGY.

1. Name the structures of the eye-ball from behind forward, in
their order. Which are the most important ?

2. Give the varieties of conjunctivitis. State the causes, pathology,
course and treatment of acute, purulent ophthalmia.

3. Give the symptoms of paralysis of the third nerve..

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

200 THE MEDICAX COIXBGB. [1901-1902

4. Give the differential diagnosis of sympathetic irritation and
inflammation. State the causes and treatment for sympathetic
inflammation.

5. Give the differential diagnosis between acute conjunctivitis,
acute iritis, and acute glaucoma. Give the treatment for acute
glaucoma.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

1. Symptoms and diagnosis of tubercular peritonitis.

2. Causes and symptoms of post-laryngeal adenitis and abscess.

3. Diet-list for a child at 18 months; at 2^ years.

4. Conditions in which broncho-pneumonia is apt to arise; symp-
toms and diagnosis.

5. Treatment of scarlet fever with detail of isolation and disin-
fection.

GYNECOLOGY.
DR. ROBB.

1. What is the normal position of the uterus and to what extent
may its position vary within physiological limits ?

2. What are* the different forms of endometritis? Discuss the
causes, symptoms and treatment.

3. Define prolapsus of the uterus, and describe its symptoms and
treatment.

4. What is meant by retroflexion and retroversion of the uterus ?
Give etiology, symptoms and treatment.

5. How and under what circumstances would you apply a pessary*?
Enumerate the different pessaries in common use.

6. Mention the varieties of vaginitis, and their treatment.

7. State the chief etiological factors which may be responsible in a
case of pyosal pinx.

8. Describe in detail the nature and symptoms of extra-uterine
pregnancy.

9. How would you treat a case of ruptured tubal pregnancy ?

10. What are the symptoms and physical signs of malignant disease

of the uterus and of the cervix ? What treatment would you Advise ?

How is the condition to be differentiated from myoma of the uterus ?

The examinations are partly oral and partly written. The method

is to divide the ground covered during the year into say one hundred

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 20I

questions and then to divide the class up into ten sections and to give
two or three men the same set of questions and in this way very few
men in the class get the same set of questions.

DR. HUMISirON.

1. What are the causes of dysmenorrhoea ?

2. What are the indications for curettement?

3. What are the clinical evidences of carcinoma of cervix uteri and
how would you differentiate between a simple erosion and beginning
carcinoma of the cervix ?

4. What is the normal position of the uterus, and by what means
would you diagnose a retroflexion of the uterus ?

5. Give the treatment for an acute gonorrhoea! vaginitis.

6. Give the clinical signs (objective and subjective) of ruptured
tubal pregnancy.

7. How would you differentiate retroflexion of the uterus from a
fibroid in the posterior wall of that organ ?

8. What is a pyo-salpinx and what are its etiologic factors ?

9. Name the cystic formations fotmd in the ovary.

10. Give the differentiation between a uterine fibroid and an
ovarian cyst.

OBSTETRICS.

1. Give the diameter of the foetal skull.

2. Give the foetal circulation.

3. Give the treatment of abortion, (a) When threatened ;(^) When
inevitable.

4. Describe the usual mechanism observed in the third position of
the head.

5. Having determined a breech presentation, how would you man-
age the case?

6. Having determined a face presentation above the brim, give
treatment in (a) mento-anterior position; {b) in mento-posterior
position.

7. Give causes, prognosis and treatment of prolapse of the umbil-
ical cord.

8. Give the cause and treatment of post-partum hemorrhage.

9. Give the symptoms of extra-uterine gestation.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

202 THE MBDICAI^ COI^LKGB. [1901-1902

NKUROI.OGY.

1. What are the causes of brachial monoplegia ?

2. Give the symptoms caused by a tumor on the left side of the
pons Varolii.

3. Differentiate hysteric from epileptic convulsions.

4. What is the treatment of hemiplegia ?

5. How are the reflexes used in diagnosis ?

PREVENTIVE MEDICINE.

1. A knowledge of what facts, in respect to any communicable dis-
ease, is essential to efficient action for the prevention of such disease ?

2. How long should isolation be maintained for cases of (a) small
pox; {d) scarlet fever; (c) diphtheiia ?

3. How can infection through the skin and mucous surfaces best
be prevented ?

4. In what manner may inhalation of dust predispose to infection
through the lungs ?

5. Give three substances which may be effectively used as vapor,
and three solutions which may be used as spray, for the disinfection
of rooms and clothing.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE FRANKLIN T^ BACKUS
LAW SCHCX)L.

HISTORICAL STATEMENT.

VIE Franklin T. Backus Law School of Western Reserve
University was founded in the year 1 892 . Its first class
entered the school in September of that year. During the
first two years it was located in rented quarters at the
comer of Euclid Avenue and Adelbert Street. In the fall
of 1894 the school was removed to temporary quarters in
Adelbert Hall, where it remained for two years. In 1896
the stone building now occupied by the school was erected.
It contains, in addition to large halls, four rooms of equal
size, twenty-five by forty feet, inside measurement. One of
these rooms is fitted up for a library and reading room, and
the other three are used for recitation work. Each recita-
tion room is furnished with individual tables so constructed
as to enable the students to take notes with as little incon-
venience as possible. The basement is furnished with
toilet, locker and smoking rooms. Each student is furn-
ished a locker for the keeping of his coat, books, etc. The
building is so constructed as to allow the erection of a large
addition whenever the needs of the school shall require it.

In 1892 the library numbered about five hundred volumes.
Today it numbers thirteen thousand volumes and with one
possible exception is the largest law school library west of
Ithaca. There are but four or five better law school
libraries in the entire country.

In 1892 nine lectures a week were given ; now there are
given fifty-four lectures a week, and the number of the
members of the faculty has grown from five to seventeen.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

204 THK SCHOOI. OF I.AW. [19OI-I902

When the school was first opened candidates for a degree
were required to have but little more than a common school
education. Nearly all the law schools in the country, in-
cluding some of the oldest and most prominent, demanded
no more. Beginning with the year 1900 the requirements
for candidates for a degree were raised so that they must now
be, at least, qualified to enter college.

The enrollment of students has grown from twenty in our
first year to one hundred in the present year.

In 1893 Mrs. Franklin T. Backus of Cleveland, Ohio,
provided an endowment for the school and the name of the
school was then changed from the 'Xaw School of Western
Reserve University*' to the ** Franklin T. Backus Law
School of Western Reserve University' * in honor of a man
who, during his life, was one of the leaders of the Ohio bar
and who always took the deepest interest in all matters
pertaining to legal education.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

FACULTY.

Chari,es F. Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bell flower Av.

Presifient.
Chari^bs Eli^iott Pbnnbwbix, 1254 Willson Av.

Pro/essof of the Law of Real Property.

Evan Hbnry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts and Equity furtsdiction^

Dean of the Faculty.

Hbnry Ci,ay White, A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates.
HoMBR HosBA Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of Constitutional Law.
Ai^BXANDBR Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law oj Crimes^ Criminal Procedure^ and Damages.
Arthur Aoblbbrt Stearns, A. M., 87 Oakdale St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage.
Roger Mii,i,BR Lee, LL. 6., 115 Ingleside Av

Professor of the Law of Shipping and Admiralty.
Jambs I^awrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

/Professor of the Law of Public and Private Corporations.
AI.FRBD C. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Stieator Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts.
Paux, Howi^and, a. M., LL. B., 11 Granger St.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice, and Partnership.
Henry Bardwell Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Professor of the Law of Agency and Bills and Notes.
Francis Rufus Hbrrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts.
TvjLWi Beverly Williams, A. M., LL. B., iii Crawford Road.

Professor of the Law of Evidence , Trusts, and Personal Property.
Frbdbrick William Grben, LL. B., Rice Av., New burgh.

Lecturer on Sales.

Harry J. Crawford, A. B., LL. B., 3 Republic Place.

Lecturer on Common Carriers

David Gaul Jaeger, A. B., LL. B., 113 Brookfield St.

Instructor in Charge of Review Work Preparatory to

Ohio Bar Examinations.

Frances L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles Av.

Librarian.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

206

THE SCHOOL OF LAW.

[190I-1902

STUDENTS*

THIRD

YEAR CLASS.

Max Emerson Brunswick,

Youngstown

1195 Case Av.

Fred Samuel Chamberlain,

Cleveland

1267 Slater Av.

John Aldrich Chamberlain,

La Grange

126 Murray Hill Av.

A. B., Dennison Univenity, lb89.

Sigmund J. Deutsch,

Cleveland

37 Walker St.

A. B.. Adelbert, 1899.

Edward John Hobday,

Cleveland

182 Ontario St.

A. B., Adelbcrt, 1899.

Horatio Clark Gould,

Matloon, III.

28 Mayfield St.

Ph. B., Oberlin, 1898; Hansard University, 1808-99.

Earl Hibbard Ja3mes,

Des Moines, la, 7 Adelbert Hall.

A. B., Adelbcrt. 1899.

Walter Scott McAaron,

Cleveland

483 Cedar Av.

James Edward Mathews,

Cleveland

106 Alabama St.

Walter Edward Myers,

Alliance

126 Murray Hill A v.

B. S., Mt. Union. 1899.

Charles Fitch Ohl,

Warren

18 Adelbert Hall.

B. S., 0. N. u., 1896.

Lancelot Packer,

Cleveland

1066 Prospect St.

Niles Abraham Sponseller,

Canton

18 Adelbert Hall.

Mark Lawrence Thomsen,

Cleveland

502 Garfield Bldg.

A. B , Oberlin. 1898.

William Paul Trinter,

Cleveland

1 24 1 Willson Av.

Julian Woodworth Tyler,

Cleveland

21 Morse Av.

A. B., Adelbert, 1899.

Harvey J. Webster,

Brooklyn

2378 Pearl St.
Third Year, 17.

SECOND

YEAR CLASS.

Walter S. Adams,

Cleveland

3714 Euclid A v.

A. B., Adelbert, 1900; Harvard University, 1900-01.

William T. Arnos,

Defiance

22 Adelbert Hall.

A. B., Tri-State Normal, 1899.

William Hugus Chapman,

Cleveland

II SackettSt.

Adelbert, 1897-1898.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WBSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

207

Eli Edwin Doster,

Denniaon. 18W-1900.

Harry Tracy Duncan,

Ph. B , Adelbert, 1901.

Benedict Leonidas Elder,

A. M., spencer Institute.

Earl Washington Parwell,

Cleveland
Danville^ Va.

Cleveland

Akron

PortstnoiUh

Cleveland
Cleveland

Salevi,

A. B. Princeton, 1900; Harvard University, 1900-1901.

Andrew James Haggerty, Cleveland

Adelbert, 1909-1900.

Edgar A. Hahn,

Lewis Edwin Harvie, Jr.,

Danville Military Institute.

Samuel Edmund Kramer,
Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

William John Laub,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

Joseph Timmons Micklethwait
Ohio University, 1897-1900.

John Allen Neiding,

George Albert Palda,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

Irving Holland Randolph,

B. S., North-Eastem Ohio Normal, 1898.

Norman Rushton,

Ohio state University, 1808-1900.

Raymond Terry Sawyer,

A. B., Kenyon, 1900.

Bmest Schwartz,

Bartlett Carlton Shepherd,
Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

Lewis D. Slusser,

B. S., Mt. Union. 1896; Harvard University, 1900-1901

Vernon Leland Stanford, Ravenna

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

Liberty Bernard Ware, Clez'eland

David Ross Wamock, IJrbana

Urbana University, 1889.
Benjamin Breckenridge Wickham, Norwalk

A. B., Adelbert, 1896.

Cleveland iiy Murray Hill Av.
Cleveland 78 Fifth Av.

Taylorsville, fCy, 600 Lake St.

Millersburg 820 Fairmount St.

241 Hodge Av.

633 Scovill Av.
24 Adelbert Hall.

34 Van Buren St.

874 Fairmount St

21 Adelbert Hall.

186 Taylor St.
1655 Broadway.

24 Adelbert Hall.

Selkirk, Canada 22 Adelbert Hall.
54 Streator Av.

Cleveland

Cleveland
Painesville

Akron

25 McKinstry St.
21 Adelbert Hall.

I Arey St.

55 Euclid Av.

1430 Detroit St.
2097 Euclid Av.

University School.
Second Year, 25.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

208

THE SCHOOL OP LAW.

FIRST YBAR CLASS.

Ross Ake,
Mt. Union,

Mapleton
Cleveland

Cleveland

Marion

Cleveland

Renrock

Max L. Bernsteen,

Adelbert. 1899-01.

Charles McN. Camngton,

Clinton L. Case, Greensburg

B. S., New South Lyme Institute, 1901.

Allen S. Davis, Columbus

B. S., Dennison University, 1900.

Fred Desberg,

Amos J. Eibling,

Benjamin Feniger,

University of Chicago, 1900-01.

David Edward Green,

B. S., Dennison University, 1901.

Ben Haber, Cleveland

B. Lm Adelbert, 1901.
Ernest True Hall,

Theodore Hall, Jr., Ashtabula

A. B., Adelbert. 1901.

Hugh Edmund Hawthorne, Cambridge

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.
Morris W. Kastriner, Cleveland

A. B.. Adelbert. 1901.
Joseph H. Kitchen, Cleveland

A B., Yale, 1899.

William Kurzenberger, Cleveland

Harris Ray Loomis, Randolph

[1901-1902

461 Wade Park Av.

67 Fifth Av.

25 Vestry St.
49 Fairchild St.

131 Murray Hill Av.

1050 Central Av.
228 Payne Av.
512 Orange St.

131 Murray Hill Av.

8 Lewiston St.

B. S , Ohio Normal University, 1900.
Henry Lustig, Cleveland

Eugene C. Mathivet, Cleveland

Adelbert, 1900-01.
Walter Charles McClure, Woostef

A. B., Wooster University, 1901.

William Philpot Morris, Cleveland

W. Clarence Mumaw, Welshfield

Mt. Union, 1899-01; Hiram. 1898-99.

Adrian G. Newcomb, Berea

Baldwin- Wallace, 1807-1900.

Cleveland 3218 Detroit St., Lake wood.
40 Knox St.

147 Cornell St.

731 Scovill Ave.

858 Euclid Ave.

72 Noyes St.
7 York St.

2773 Broadway.
380 Woodland Av.

838 Doan St.

2179 Euclid Ay.
19 Adelbert Hall.

19 Adelbert Hall.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

209

Carl Frederick Orth,
Oberlin. 1809-I900.

IVauseon

139 Cornell St

John H. Price,

A. B.. Mt. Union, 1900.

Cleveland

Eldred Hall

Charies Scott Rose,

Mt, Blanchard

17 Adelbert Hall

Harrington Simpson,

Akron

38 Quebec St

Edward P. Strong,

St. Iisnatias, 1886^.

Cleveland

486 Lake St

Walter Herbert W^arren,

Wooster University, 1887-1900

Wooster

838 Doan St

First Year, 29.

SPKCIAI. STUDENTS.

John Alvin Album.
Adelbert.

Youngstown

Eldred Hall

Harold Leroy Beard,

Thiel College, 1894-97; U^ B.,

Youngstowfi
0. N. U.. 1900.

117 Adelbert St

Grant Bennett,

A. B.. 0. N. u.. 1887.

Cleveland

987 Doan St.

Thomas Bennett Bolton,

Cleveland

28 E. Prospect St.

Arthur E. Bowdler,

East Liverpool

135 Adelbert St.

James W. Bowes,

Sharon Center

117 Adelbert St

John J. Boyle,

Hubbard •

49 Fairchild St

George S. Cole

tx,. B., 0. N. U., 1901.

Bloom Center

117 Adelbert St.

John Logan Findlay,

Cleveland

151 Cornell St.

Robert Thompson Gage,
Adelbert.

Cleveland

788 Republic St.

Frederick Charles Gillette, Cleveland 988 K. Madison Av.
A. B.. Adelbert. 1897; University of Michigan, 1897-96;
1,1,. B.. W. R. U. Law School, 1901.

Walter Granger,

Volant College, 1899-1900.

Cleveland

893 St. Clair St.

John H. Hogg,

Cleveland

2638 St. Clair St.

Frederick F. Hunt,

St, Thomas, Ont,

49 Fairchild St.

Otho W. Kennedy,
0. N. U., 1899.

New Winchester

49 Fairchild St.

T. Mervin Kennedy,

0. N. U., 1894-98.

New Winchester

49 Fairchild St.

Manuel Levine,

Cleveland

66 Croton St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2IO THE SCHOOI. OF LAW. [1901-1902

Willard Lonzo Long, Clay Center^ Kan, 45 Knox St.

A. B., Obcrlin, 1899.

James Milton McCleary, Cleveland 728 Union St.

James V. Murphy, East Palestine 20 Adelbert Hall.

Harry T. Nolan, Painesville 45 Fairchild St.

Herman Joel Nord, Giddings Adelbert Hall.
Adelbert.

Jerome Aloysious Ryan, Cleveland 795 Doan St.

Niagara University, 1896-97.

Ward Cleland Sager, Bryan 22 Adelbert Hall.

A. B., Hiram, 1900; O. S. U., 1900-01.

Joseph Frank Sawicki, Cleveland 346 Fleet St.

St. Ignatius College, 1896-1900.

John C. Shea, Dayton 74 Calvert St.

Notre Dame University, 1892-96.

Jacob Henry Slike, Mt, Blanchard 18 Adelbert Hall.

Frank A. Stetson, Oberlin 117 Murray Hill Av.

A. B., Oberlin, 1900.

Lewis Blair Williams, Cleveland 64 Glen Park Place,

Adelbert.

Special Students, 29.

SUMMARY.

Third Year 17

Second Year 25

First Year 29

Special Students 29

Total 100

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-I902] WESTERN RESBRVB UNIVERSITY. 211

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

Each person entering the school, whether a candidate for
a degree or not, must present a certificate of good moral
character.

Candidates for the degree of LL. B. entering the school
must either be college graduates or matriculates, or graduates
of high schools of approved standing or must pass the entrance
examinations given by colleges of approved standing.

Persons not candidates for a degree may be admitted to
the school as special students at any time without examina-
tion, and may pursue such studies as they may elect, under
the advice of the Faculty.

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION.

First Year.
Contracts. Lectures and LangdeIVs Cases, embracing the topics of
mutual assent, consideration, and conditional contracts. Two hours
each week throughout the year. Professor Hopkins.

Common Law Pleading. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Pleading,
embracing demurrers, pleas by way of confession and avoidance, pleas
by way of traverse, duplicity, departure, new assignment, and motions
based on pleadings. Two hours each week during last half-\'ear.
Professor How land.

Criminal Law. Lectures and Clark and Marshall's Criminal Law.
Two hours each week. Professor Hadden.

Personal Property. Lectures and Vol. I, Gray's Cases on Prop-
erty, embracing distinction between real and personal property, nature
and acquisition of rights, suits for the recovery of personal property,
acquisition of rights not under former owner, transfer of rights and
possession. Two hoiu^ each week. Professor Williams.

Real Property. Lectures and Tiedeman on Real Property. Two
hours each week. Professor Pennewell.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

212 THE SCHOOI. OP LAW. [19OI-I902

Torts. Lectures and Ames' and Smith's Cases, embracing trespass,
disseisin and conversion, defamation, malicious prosecution, con-
spiracy, legal cause, negligence, contributory and imputed negligence,
degrees of care, extra-hazardous occupations, liability from fire and ex-
plosives, deceit, merger, joint wrong-doers, and distinction between tort
and breach of contract. Four hours each week throughout the year.
Professor Herrick.

History of Common Law Procedure. Lectures and selected
readings from Pollock and Maitland's History of English Law, Bige-
low's History of Procedure, Maitland's Domesday Book and Beyond,
Inderwick's The King's Peace, Stubb's Constitutional History of
England, Coke's Institutes, Blackstone's Commentaries, and Stephen
on Pleading. Five hours each week during the first-half of the first-
half-year. Professor Hopkins.

Second Year.

Agency. Lectures and Wambaugh's Cases, embracing introductory *
topics, the agent's power to subject his principal to liabilities, the
agent's responsibility to strangers, parties to writings, undisclosed
principal, the principal's duties to the agent, delegation by an agent,
termination of agency, and ratification. Two hours each veek. Pro-
fessor Chapman.

Bills and Notes. Lectures and Ames' Cases on Bills and Notes,
embracing formal requisites, acceptance, indorsement, transfer, extin-
guishment, obligations of parties to bills and notes, diligence, bill or
note in the nature of a specialty, checks, negotiable paper other than
bills, notes and checks. Two hours each week. Professor Chapman.

Equity Jurisdiction. Accident, Mistake and Fraud. Lectures
and Vol. Ill, Keener' s Cases on Equity. Two hours each week. Pro-
fessor Hopkins.

Equity Pleading. Cases and Lectures. Two hours each week
during first half-year. Ptofessor Hopkins.

Evidence. Lectures and Thayer's Cases, embracing preliminary
topics, leading principles and rules of exclusion, qualifications and ex-
ceptions to the rule against hearsay, real evidence, writings and wit-
nesses. Two hours each week. Professor Williams.

Code Pleading. Cases and Lectures. Two hours each week
during last half-year. Professor Hopkins.

Sales. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing subject matter
of sale, executed and executory sales, stoppage in transitu, fraud and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WBSTKRN RESKRVB UNIVERSITY. 213

related matters, warranty and Statute of Frauds. Two hours each
week. Mr. Green.

Wii.1^ AND Estates. Lectures and Bigelow on Wills. Two hours
each week. Professor White.

Trusts. Lectures and Ames*s Cases, embracing voluntary trusts,
language and formalities necessary to the creation of a trust, resulting
trusts, oral trusts, constructive trusts, executed and executory trusts.
Nature of a cestuy que trust's interest in the trust property, and the
interest of a trustee. Two houra each week. Professor Williams.

Contracts. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing impossible
contracts, illegal contracts, joint obligations, discharge of contracts and
assignment of contract. Also, Keener*s Cases on Quasi-Contracts, em-
bracing nature of the obligation, failure of consideration, benefits con-
ferred without request, benefits conferred at request but in the creation
or performance of a contract, recovery of money paid under compulsion
and waiver of tort. Two hours each week. Professor Carpenter.

Third Ykar.

Constitution Ai, Law. Lectures and Thayer's Cases, embracing
constitution of government, making and changing written constitu-
tions, the jurisdiction of the United States, citizenship, police power,
eminent domain, taxation, ex post facto and retroactive laws, state
laws impairing the obligation of contracts, regulation of commerce,
money and war. Four hours each week. Professor Johnson.

Equity Jurisdiction. Lectures and Vol. II, Keener's Cases, deal-
ing with specific performance of contracts. Two hours each week.
Professor Hopkins.

Suretyship and Mortgages. Lectures and selected cases. Two
hours each week. Professor Steams.

Damages. Lectures and Scale's Cases, embracing functions of
court and jury in estimating damages, exemplary, liquidated and
nominal damages, direct and consequential damages, avoidable con-
sequences, counsel fees, certainty, compensation, damages for non-
pecuniary injuries, values, interest, damages in certain actions of tort
and on contracts. One hour each week. Professor Hadden.

Criminai« Procedure. Lectures and Beale on Criminal Procedure.
One hour each week during second half-year. Professor Hadden.

Partnership. Lectures and Ames's Cases, embracing the creation
of a partnerahip, quasi or nominal partners, partnership property and
the interest of a partner therein, the separate property of a partner as

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

214 'THK SCHOOL OF LAW. [19OI-1902

affected by the partnership relation, the relation of debtor and creditor
between a partnership and a partner, the relation of debtor and creditor
between two firms having a common member, action between a part-
ner and one or more of his co-partners, and power of a partner to act
in behalf of the partnership. Two hours each week during first half-
year. Professor Rowland.

Corporations. Lecture^ and Elliott's Cases. Two hours each
week. Professor Lawrence.

Shipping and Admiralty. Lectures and Selected Cases. Two
hours each week. Professor Lee.

Common Carriers. Lectures and McClain's Cases, embracing
public callings, carriers of goods, and carriers of passengers. Two
hours each week first half-year. Mr. Crawford.

Pleadings and Practice in Ohio, including the drawing of deeds,
mortgages, wills, etc., as well as pleadings. Two hours each week.
Professor Rowland.

Legal Ethics. Lectures. One hour each week for ten weeks.
Professor Hopkins.

Review of subjects embraced in examinations for admission to the
Ohio Bar. Four hours each week. Mr. Jaeger.

Each student is expected to be in the class-room during
all the hours of the first year and at least ten hours a week
during each of the last two years, and the purpose is that
the students shall devote their entire time to the work of
the school.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

190I-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 215

GENERAL INFORMATION.

TERMS AND VACATIONS.
The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
. teenth day of September, and continues, with a holiday
recess of nine days, until the Saturday after the last Thurs-
day in January. The second half-year begins on the Mon-
day after the last Thursday in January, and continues, with
an Easter recess of one week, until Commencement, which
occurs on the Thursday after the eleventh day of June (or
after the tenth in years in which February has twenty-nine
days) . No college exercises are held on Thanksgiving day,
Washington's birthday, and Decoration day.

LITERARY WORK.
The members of the first year class conduct a regular de-
bating society, meeting on Saturdays from ten to twelve
o'clock.

MOOT COURT WORK.

The Junior Moot Court Association of Western Reserve
Law School, composed of members of the junior class, holds
court weekly, sitting as a justice of the peace court, one of the
professors acting as justice, with members of the class as the
other court ofiScers, attorneys, litigants, etc. The term of
court is three weeks and an entirely new set of officers acts
for each term, giving all the members an opportunity of be-
coming familiar with the duties of each office.

The cases are based upon actual facts and the trials are
conducted in all respects like those in the regular courts.

The third year course in pleading and practice is conducted
in part as a moot court coiurse. Cases are tried in the man-
ner prevailing in the common pleas court.

Special attention is paid to the several steps in the course
of trial, such as summoning and impanelling jury, statement
of case, examination of witnesses, taking of exceptions,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l6 THB SCHOOI, OF I.AW. [19OI-1902

making of motions, argument, preparation of charge to jury,
verdict, judgment, motion for new trial, bill of exceptions
and petition in error.

EXAMINATIONS.

Candidates for the degree of LL. B. must attend the school
at least two years, and must pass satisfactory examinations
in all the subjects of the first year and in enough courses of
the second year to aggregate ten hours a week, and of
the third year to aggregate eleven hours a week. If a stu-
dent is absent a year he must take the examinations in the
subjects of that year at the school with the class.

At the beginning of the school year an examination on
the subjects of the first year will be held for the benefit of
such students as may desire to enter the second year class.

LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL.
The work of the school is carried on in a stone building
of tasteful architecture erected for it on Adelbert Street op-
posite the Adelbert College Campus. The building contains
a library and reading room, several large lecture rooms and
rooms where students can meet socially. Individual lockers
and other appropriate conveniences are provided for the
students.

LIBRARIES.
The Law School has a library containing a large collection
of the leading text-books, an almost complete collection of
the English Reports, and the Reports of the Courts of last
resort of every state and territory together with the reports
of the Supreme and Circuit Courts of the United States.
Students also have the use of Hatch Library which is located
near the school and contains fifty thousand volumes. They
also have free access to the Cleveland Law Library contain-
ing about seventeen thousand volumes, and the Cleveland
Public Library of almost one hundred and fifty thousand

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 217

volumes. The library facilities ofiFered students are there-
fore abundant. The law school library is open on three
nights in the week to 9:30 P. M.

UNIVERSITY ADVANTAGES.
Students of the Law School are admitted without extra
charge to such classes in Adelbert College and the Graduate
School as they are fitted to enter. They also have the
privilege of attending many public lectures given at Adel-
bert College, the College for Women, and Case School of
Applied Science.

EXPENSES.

The fee for tuition is one hundred dollars a year. One-
half of this fee is payable at the beginning of the university
year, and the other half is payable at the beginning of the
second half-year. These fees are to be paid to the Bursar
within ten days of the opening of each half-year. For any
part of either half-year the tuition fee is fifty dollars. No
fees are charged for examination. When paid in advance
the fee for the tliree years will be two hundred and fifty
dollars.

Rooms can be secured in the vicinity of the school for
from $25 to $75 a year. Table board can be secured for
from $2.75 to $4 a week. Text-books used in the classes
cost from $17 to $30 a year, but second-hand books can
usually be procured at a considerable saving.

SCHOLARSHIPS.
A limited number of scholarships may be awarded to
meritorious students during the year 1902-3.
For further information address the Dean,

E. H. HOPKINS,

Cleveland, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE DENTAL COLLEGE-

GENERAL STATEMENT.

DHE Dental Department of Western Reserve University
was organized by the Trustees and Medical Faculty
of the University in the belief that Dental Surgery
should be regarded as a branch of Medicine, and with the
piu-pose of training students to practice it as a medical
specialty. The dental students thereof continue to be in-
structed in several branches of medicine with the medical
students. It is obvious that such an education tends to
broaden the mind and give a keener insight into the basal
principles of dentistry. The public also recognize the better
qualifications of a medically educated dentist.

Students of the Dental College are allowed to elect with-
out charge such courses in Adelbert College and the Graduate
School as they are fitted to pursue.

The College is under the control of the University Trus-
tees, and is thus in every sense a part of the University.
Its Professors do not control the fees from students, nor do
they accept fees for extra courses. The Dean of the College
acts as Bursar for the department, to whom the fees are
paid and by him transferred to the Treasurer of the Uni-
versity.

The College is active in its endeavors to place Dentistry
upon a high plane. It therefore cooperates as a member
with the National Association of Dental Faculties, the Na-
tional Association of Dental Examiners, and the Institute
of Dental Pedagogics, and conforms to all the rules of these
Associations.

Attention is directed to the fact that there are no extra
fees except as hereinafter indicated, but that the general fee
covers the expense of laboratory courses in chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RBSERVK UNIVERSITY. 219

histology, physiology, dissection, and bacteriology. The
matriculation fee is paid only once, and there is no diploma
fee. The College furnishes many instruments for the free
use of the students, such as vulcanizers, extracting forceps,
etc. , etc. , thus saving considerable expense for every student
during the course.

The course is graded and admirably adapted to preparing
students for the practice of dentistry. It requires three
years to complete the course. The studies of the first and
second years require seven months full attendance in each
year. All of the technical work is performed in these
years. The third year requires eight and one-half months*
attendance and is devoted largely to clinical work. The
Faculty have decided to require constant attendance each
day in the clinics from 9:30 A. M. to 4:30 P. M. from each
senior student. This gives an unusual amount of opportu-
nity for practice, and is the outcome of a large and increas-
ing amount of clinical material as well as the desire of the
Faculty to give a thoroughly practical education.

The dty of Cleveland now numbers nearly 400,000 inhab-
itants, and the Dental College is located in the center of the
city. This situation insures a large amount of clinical ma-
terial.

Students have free access to Adelbert Library, the Public
Library, and through the proper channels they can gain ad-
mission to Case Library. The Young Men's Christian
Association, in the adjoining building, oflFers to dental
students special rates of membership, admitting them to its
lectures, classes, gymnasium and other privileges. The
Association dining hall is open to all dental students. Ex-
cellent boarding houses are to be found in the neighborhood.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

220 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

FACULTY.

Chari«bs PiTanklin Thwing, D. D., LI/. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

Hbnry Lovejoy Ambi«br» M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene.

Dean of the Faculty,

WiLi* Hbnry Whitslar, M. D., D. D. S., 29 Euclid Av.

Professor of Dental Anatomy and Pathology.
Secretary and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

Gborgb Hbnry Wilson, D. D. S., 44 Euclid Av.

Professor of Prosthesis and Metallurgy.

John William Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Dental Medicine,

Calvin Suvbrill Case, M. D., P. D. S., Stewart Bldg. Chicago, 111.
Professor of Orthodontia,

George Nbil Stewart, M. A., D. Sc., M. D., D. P. H.,

Professor of Physiology and Histology. Medical College.

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 282 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy and Oral Surgery.

Perry L. Hobbs, Ph. D., Medical College.

Professor of Chemistry.

Frbderick Clayton Waite, A. M., Ph. D. Medical College.

Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology.

Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Lecturer on Bacteriology.

Frederick A. Henry, M. A., LL. B., Williamson Building.

Lecturer on Dental furisprudence.

Wbston a. Vallkau Price, D. D. S., M. E., 2238 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Electro-therapeutics and Dental Electric Appliances,

Herman Clifford Kenyon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Instructor of Prosthetic and Operative Technics and

Lecturer on Dental Anatomy,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RKSBRVB UNIVERSITY. 221

Daniei« Hendrix Zbigi,BR, D. D. Sm Rose Building.

Chief Demonstrator in Operative Dentistry,

DouGi,AS Austin Wright, D. D. S., 332 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry,

Varney Edward Barnes, D. D. S., New England Building.

Demonstrator of Prosthesis and Instructor of Orthodontia,

Jambs Freed Wark, D. D. S., Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Operative Dentistry,

Carl B. James, B. S., 2430 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Histology.

James A. Evans, B. S., Medical College.

Assistant in Chemistry,

Professor Wilson,

Superintendent of Laboratories and Clinics.

Herman Douglass Graham,

Curator of Museum,

Miss K. G. Frankle,

Clerk of Operative Clinic,

Mrs. D. a. Wright,

Clerk of Prosthetic Clinic,

Andrew Artman,

fanitor.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

222

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.

STUDENTS.

[1901-1902

William Roy Brewster,
George Lynn Carbon,
Elmer Blsworth Chambers,
Joseph Anson Coates,
Ralph Edmund Davis,
Lee Lamont De Arment,
Alfred Lawrence Duff,
John Wilson Fairbanks,
William B. Graff, M. D.,
Herman Douglas Graham,
Charles Brigham Hawn,
George Hugh Irwin,
Richard Kitzsteiner,
Ralph Nosker Leonard,
Walter Mitchell Leonard,
Clinton Edward Line,
James Calvin McConkey,
John McKerrall,
James Scott McLean,
Lyman Allen Messecar,
Albert William Nicholson,
Frank Bates Parrish,
Thomas Guy Patterson,
Edward Lacey Pettibone,
Albert C. Plant,
Otto Henry Reisser,
Herman B. Rosenwasser,
Ralph Edward Sadler,
Ira Maphis Saum,
William Otto Spieth,
Oscar Frederick Strong,
Howard Oclydes Wearstler,
Archie Leon Wood,

Arthur Andrew Bates,
Charles Christian Bachman,
Will Deville Bissell,
Leroy N. Bundy,

SENIORS.

Chagrin Falls The Gladstone, Muirson St.

AshtabtUa
Warren
Gladerun^ Pa.
Cleveland
Conneaut Lake.
Pi. Clinton
Hubbard
Cleveland
Mercer, Pa,
Youngstozvn
Calcutta
Clevelamd
Bellevue
Bellevue
Rochester, N.
Canton
Cleveland
Carleton PL, OnL

17 Tennis St.

44 Chestnut St.

254 Scovill Av.

44 Fairview Av.

7 Dodge Ct.

The Gladstone.

154 North Perry St.

694 Superior St.

7 Dodge Ct.

138 Dodge St.

7 Wycombe PI.

158 Luveme St.

168 North Perry St.

Y, riiSaylesSt.

28 Cheshire St.

215 Bayne St.

Can. 187 Dodge St.

Waterford, Ont., Can, The Gladstone.

Sandusky
Warren
Norwalk
Toledo
Wheeling, W. Va
Cleveland
Cleveland
Eagle Cliff
Saumsville, Va,
Wood River ^ Neb,

701 Superior St.

1255 Lexington A v.

429^ Superior St.

The Gladstone

154 North Perr\' St.

55 Vega Av.

722 Woodland A v.

188 Chestnut St.

28 Cheshire St.

17 Tennis St.

Carleton PL, Ont„
Wadsworth
Ridgeville

JUNIORS.

Bayard
Cleveland
Chicago, lU,
Cleveland

Can, 187 Dodge St.
The Gladstone.
The Gladstone.

838 Superior St.

14 Bailey St.

30 Wilbur St.

500 Erie St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-1902] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY.

223

Garfield Cannon,
Caryll E. Cline.
John William Culver,
George William Doutdel,
Gerald Felix Doyle,
Frank Arthur Dunn,
Wallace Hays Dunn,
Louis Weber Evans,
Phillip Henry Felger
Albert Kenyon Friend,
Joseph Garold Foltz,
James Martin Freer,
Albert Lorain Griffis,
Dwight Chfirles Hahn,
Edson Hill,
Willis K. Hoch,
Edward John Kocmit,
Bertram Ward Livingston,
Marion M. Lower,
Harrison D. Lowrey,
Isidore Lymon,
Lloyd Andrew Mapes,
Clarence Elworthy Magee,
Frank Sumner Manchester,
Ralph Edgar Miller,
Franklynn J. R. Price,
Robert Ralston,
Henry Stephen Rogers,
Harry H. Rosenberger,
Frank Garfield Rummel,
Orrin Franklin Sickman,
Arthur Albert Smith, M. D.,
Herman Leiter Smith,
Joseph Elmer Shultz,
Charles Davis Stambaugh,
Howard Clinton Standen,
Clarence Roy Thompson,
Thomas Cary Van Pelt,
Robert Lee Wilson,
Perry Winfield Workman,
Kirkum Glenn Worrell,
John Simon Windisch, M. D.,
Newton John Worley,

Coulson, Pa, 701 Superior St.

Appleion City, Mo. 504 Lake View Flats.

Rural Dale 407 Prospect St.

Cleveland 174 Lyman St.

Cleveland 951 Cedar A v.

Cleveland '2orj Dunham Av

Meadville, Pa, 125 Huntington St*
' Salineville 109 Huntington St.

New Springfield, 68 Collins PI.

Cleveland 1065 Pearl St.

Canton 407 Prospect' St.

Leamington, Ont., Can. 664 Castle Av.

Andover 172 Dodge St.

Bayard 159 Sterling Av.

Richfield 312 Prospect St.

Belleview 1065 Pearl St.

Cleveland 62 Petrie St.

Savannah 91 Huntington St.

New Alexander 838 Superior St.

Mansfield 168 North Perry St.

New York City 190 Greenwood St.

Cortland 172 Dodge St.

Stratford, Ont., Can, 242 E. Prospect St.

Canton 407 Prospect St.

Bayard 159 Sterling A v.

Ridgetown, Ont„ Can. 701 Superior St.

Newman 120 White A v.

Sandusky 701 Superior St

• Tiffin 168 North Perry St.

Mansfield 138 Dodge St.

Burton City

Berea

Trumansherg, N

Navarre

Cleveland

E. Rochester

2238 Euclid Av.

Berea.

Y. 136 Dodge St.

407 Prospect St.

346 Genesee St.

452 Scovill Av.
798 Republic St.
159 Sterling A v.

Cleveland Genesee Block, Suite 10.
Danville 28 Cheshire St.

Chiliy III, 2238 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 23 Freeman St.

Glentnlle 18 E. Franklin St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

224

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.

[1901-1902

Harrington Spencer Barrows,
William Bell,
Byron Hugo Bowman,
G. Humphrey Camp,
Leslie Merle Christie,
William Clarence Cooper,
Will Eugene Culp,
Harry Dixon,
Butler White Donaldson,
Andrews George Donaldson,
Otto Frank Dusek,
John William Frazier,
George Washington Green,
Nevin David Grill,
Albert Edward Hitch,
Ralph Barclay Holeman,
Raymond Edward Jackson,
Prank Paul Leonard,
John Francis McDonagh,
Robert Raymond McGeorge,
Abram Ostrander,
Willis LeRoy Powell,
Norval Jaseph Renouf,
Laurin Lindenberger Smith,
William Allen Smith,
Tyrell Strangways,
Edward Luke Teskey,
Ross Clay Unger,
Carl Henry Wadsworth,
F^win Wendell Walker,
Harry Watson,
Edward Arthur Womachka,
Thomas Watkins,

FRESHMEN.

Cleveland 44 Wooldridge St.

Massillon 426 Superior St.

Linesville, Pa, 508 Prospect St.

Salem 313 Prospect St.

Columbus^ Pa, 323 Huntington St.

Akron 32 Public Square.

Cleveland 664 Castle Av.

Warre7i 749 Superior St.

Lorain 154 North Perr>' St.

Scroggsfield 109 Huntington St.

Cleveland 123 Humboldt St.

Bridgeport 88 Handy St.

Battle Creek^Mich. 8i8SuperiorSt.

Orrville 826 Superior St.

Cleveland 35 Lake Front Av.

2\fill Village, Pa. 184 Dodge St.

Grafton 313 Prospect St.

Bucytus 739 Superior St.

Cleveland 449 W. Madison Av.

New Galilee^ Pa, 812 Superior St.
Brampton, Ont., Can, 48 Wallace St.

Oxbo7v, N. IV, T, 260 Euclid Av.

Kent Kent.

Troy 785 Superior St.

Nova 749 Superior St.

Beeton, Ont., Can, 312 Prospect St.

Willmot, Mich, 389 Prospect St.

Niles 389 Prospect St.

CooperstoTvn, N. Y. 1304 Euclid Av.

Alliance 508 Prospect St.

Zoar Station, 62 Sterling A v.

Oxford Junction, Iowa 53 DoUoif St.

Youngstown 62 Sterling Av.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 33

Juniors 47

Freshmen 33

Total 113

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 225

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

Each candidate for admission must be at least eighteen
years of age, and must furnish to the Secretary at the time
of matriculating a certificate of good moral character. A
blank form of certificate will be provided upon application.
The rules for admission and graduation are such as obtain
in the National Association of Dental Faculties, of which
the College is a member.

The minimum preliminary education required of entrance
is a certificate of entrance into the third year of a high school,
or its equivalent.

Those who are unable to provide certificates are subject
to an examination given by an examiner appointed by the
State School Commissioner. An examination which covers
the branches required in the first two years of a high school
will be given to those who do not present certificates.

This College does not receive women students.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Students from recognized dental colleges who present cer-
tificates of attendance upon one full course of lectures of at
least seven months, and give evidence satisfactory to the
heads of the respective departments that they have a good
knowledge of the work of the first year will be admitted to
the second. Graduates of reputable medical colleges will
also be admitted to the work of the second year and will be
excused from lectiu-es and examinations upon general
anatomy, chemistry, histology, physiology, pathology, ma-
teria medica and therapeutics. They will be required, how-
ever, to take the courses in operative and prosthetic technics,
dental pathology and histology.

Applicants for admission to advanced standing from
European schools are required, like other applicants, to fur-
nish properly attested evidence of study and of attendance

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

226 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

upon lectures, and they must pass the intermediate examina-
tions. Students from recognized dental schools may enter
the senior class only upon evidence of having completed
work equivalent to that of the first and second year in this
school.

Special Notice. — According to a rule of the National Asso-
ciation of Dental Faculties credit for a full term cannot be
given to students who enter more than ten days after the
opening of the session. But if any student is prevented by
sickness from entering within the ten days, and if his sick-
ness is properly certified to by a reputable practicing physi-
cian, he can enter not later than twenty days from the open-
ing of the session. Students are requested to be present on
the opening day.

Applications for admission may be sent any time to the
Secretary, Dr. W. H. Whitslar, 29 Euclid Avenue, who will
cheerfully answer any inquiries about the school. As chairs
in the operatory and places in the laboratory are selected in
the order of matriculation and payment of fees, it is advis-
able that students should have their names registered as
early as possible. Names can be registered at any time for
the following session. Jimiors and Seniors of this college
are not required to pay a matriculation fee.

COURSE OF STUDY.

The course of study extends over three sessions. The
session for 1902- 1903 begins on Wednesday, October first
and closes on Thiu-sday, June eighteenth.

Special Notice. — Beginning with the session commencing
in October, 1903, a four year's course of study will be insti-
tuted. This will be in conformity with the rules of the
National Association of Dental Faculties. Students who
have regularly entered the college previous to the session of
1903-4 will not be affected by the four years* course.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 227

The Students of the first and second year complete the re-
quired work in seven months.

The following table shows the work required in each year
and the number of hours a week in each subject.

FIRST YEAR.

HOURS PER WEEK.
Osteology 2.

C"-**^ •" {drbSry.

^*^^^ {.^^l!?a'S^tory.

Histology 4 — 15 weeks.

Dental Anatomy i.

SECOND YEAR.

Anatomy — Descriptive 4.

Anatomy — Regional i .

D|,„„. 1^^, f 2— lectures or demon-
Physiology I strations.

Dental Histology and Embryology i — to Christmas.

Metallurgy i.

Operative Technics 7—6 months.

Crown and Bridge i.

Prosthesis, Crown and Bridge Work io>^.

Orthodontia Technics I2>^.

Clinical Dentistry I7>4 .

Dissection Evenings.

Dental Pathology i (not completed. )

THIRD YEAR.

Operative Dentistry { ^Z^ montt:

Operative Clinics 17K.

Prosthetic Clinics I2>^.

Pathology, Completed i.

Materia Medica and Therapeutics i.

Oral Surgery i.

Orthodontia Special lectures.

Anaesthetics '* *'

Jurisprudence '* •'

Dental Hygiene " "

Blectro-therapeutics '* '*

Bacteriology 9 — 6 weeks.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

228 THE PKNTAL COLLEGE. [19OI-I902

METHODS OF INSTRUCTION AND DESCRIPTION
OF COURSES.

The methods of instruction consist of lectures, recitations, demon-
strations, clinics, and practical work in the chemical, physiological,
histological, and bacteriological laboratories. Complete courses are
given in the technic of operative and prosthetic dentistry, as well as
in orthodontia and steel. Clinical material is abundant and in great
variety. Anatomy, chemistry, physiology and histology are studied
in the Medical College. With the general work in these subjects
special instruction for dental students is interwoven.

During the hours for clinics the demonstrators in charge devote
their whole time to the work of instruction. It will be seen that this
method gives each student constant personal attention. All practical
work must be performed in the College, and every effort is made to
prevent students from practicing dentistry illegally. Regular attend-
ance at all the courses of instruction and clinics is required. No
student is excused from the technic or practical courses.

ANATOMY.

FROFBSSOR HAM ANN.

The course in anatomy consists of lectures upon descriptive and
applied anatomy, together with demonstrations and recitations. In
accordance with the needs of dental students especial attention is
given to the anatomy of the head, neck and alimentary canal. In
order to facilitate the work in osteology, students of the first year are
provided with separate bones, which they are permitted to take home
for purposes of study. For demonstrations upon the cadaver and
anatomical preparations, the second-year class is divided into sections,
in order that individual students may have every opportunity of
becoming familiar with the various parts of the body, and of receiving
direct personal instruction. Text-book, Gray's Anatomy.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

The advantages offered for the study of practical anatomy are very
complete. The anatomical room is well lighted, and perfectly heated
and ventilated. It has twenty-four tables, and is furnished with hot
and cold water, elevator and every convenience for successfully con-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

19OI-I902] WBSTKRN RESBRVE UNIVERSITY. 229

ducting the work of dissection. Dissections are made under the
immediate direction of the professor of anatomy.

PHYSIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR STEWART.

Two lectures a week are given to the students of the second year.
The lectures are illustrated by experiments in the claas-room and
demonstrations in the laboratory. The properties of the circulating
liquids of the body, blood and lymph, having been first described, the
mechanical and physiological factors concerned in the maintencmce
of the circulation are studied in detail. The physical and chemical
phenomena of respiration and the relation of the nervous system to
the respiratory- mechanism are next taken up. Then follows an
account of digestion, including the secretion of the digestive juices
and their action on the food substances, the movements of the stomach
and intestines, and the influence of nerves on the functions of the
alimentary canal. The absorption of the digested food into the blood-
vessels and lacteals, the changes which the absored substances
undergo in the body, and the channels by which the waste products
are excreted form the next division of the subject. A general view is
then taken of the statistics of nutrition and metabolism (including
Animal Heat), from which the rules governing the constitution of
dietaries are deduced. The general physiology of muscular and
nervous tissues having been treated of, the physiological anatomy and
functions of the brain and spinal cord are described at length. A
brief account of reproduction and development completes the course.

Care is taken to emphasize the special importance to the dental
student of such subjects as the secretion of the saliva, the formation
of salivary concretions, and the mechanism of mastication and of
articulation. Text-book, Stewart's Manual of Physiology.

HISTOLOGY.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR WAITE, MR. JAMES

The course includes a study of the fundamental mammalian tissues,
followed by a study of the finer anatomy of the principal organs.
Especial attention is given to the structure of bone, teeth, salivary
glands, and the structures connected with the mouth cavity. Each
student stains and mounts the sections which he studies and these
remain his property. The expense to each man for slides and material
is about two dollars. A deposit of two dollars to cover breakage, and
returnable at the end of the course, is required. Two two -hour
laboratory exercises and one recitation per week until February ist,
Freshman year. Text-book, Schaefer, Essentials of Histology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

230 THE DENTAI, COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

DENTAL EMBRYOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.

PROFESSOR WHITSLAR.

The subject of histology is of so much importance to the dentisl
that notwithstanding the subject is thoroughly taught to the dentat
classes by the professor of histology in the medical department, the
Faculty continue to have this instruction duplicated, in part, in the
Dental College. In addition are some comparative studies of the
teeth

The import of this course is to give the student an insight to the
practical uses of this study, and to inspire further investigation.

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR HOBBS.

Much care and attention have been devoted to the thorough arrange-
ment and equipment of the chemical laboratory and lecture room
according to modem methods. The course includes a series of illus-
trative lectures on inorganic and organic chemistry, showing their
relationship tb dental, medical and sanitary science, and laboratory
practice. The latter offers the student advantages in acquiring chem-
ical manipulations and favors his acquaintance with the principles of
chemistry. Five hours a week throughout the year are given to the
work.

Special or advanced students will also be furnished the means for
original work or research, under the guidance of the instructor.
Text-book ,'\Vitthaus' Chemistry.

OPERATIVE DENTISTRY.

PROFESSOR AMBLER.

In this department the teaching is partly accomplished by means of
lectures and quizzes which constitute a systematic and progressive
course, beginning with a concise history of ancient and modem den-
tistry, followed by a careful presentation of the most useful methods,
appliances and materials employed in filling teeth, together with the
basal principles which make operative dentistry a positive science.
The hygiene of the mouth, teeth, artificial dentmres, crown, and
bridge-work will also be considered.

In the senior year, the operatory offers to the student an opportu-
nity to become acquainted with the details of office practice ; here he
can apply the art of filling teeth, and have some opportunity for
observing the relative value of different methods and materials ; being
advanced from simple to complex operations so fast as his proficiency
will justify. Each senior is allowed to operate for eighteen hours

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 23 1

weekly ; thus he can develop his brain and hand in acquiring thought-
ful manipulative skill.

Text-book: American Text Book of Operative Dentistry. Ambler's
Tin Foil and its Combinations for Pilling Teeth.

DENTAL ANATOMY-OPERATIVE TECHNICS.

One hour each week is given to dental anatomy in the Freshman
year. The work is carried on principally^ by the recitation method
and lessons are regularly assigned for each meeting of the class. The
subject is thoroughly illustrated both by drawings and large models.
Especial attention is given to pulp chambers and root canals, and their
relation to the various suriaces of the teeth.

The course in operative technics in the second year consists in lec-
tures and technical training in the laboratory. The lectures cover the
technical methods of treating the various conditions found in pulp
chambers ; instrumentation, classification and measurements of oper-
ating instnunents ; classification and forms of cavities ; and filling
materials.

The technical training includes treating and filling root canals in
extracted teeth, excavating a large number of typical cavities repre-
senting each class in rubber tooth forms, filling these cavities with the
various filling materials, and exercises in engine technic upon
extracted teeth.

Note. — The operations in the technic department require a great
number of natural teeth, and as it is difficult to procure a sufficient
number, it would be to the interest of every student to obtain as many
as possible before he returns for the work of the second year.

PROSTHESIS AND METALLURGY,

PROFESSOR WII^ON.

Two lectures a week are given upon prosthesis, to the students of
the first year, and two lectures a week upon crown and bridge work
and metallurgy, to the students of the second year.

The aim is to make this department thoroughly practical, to elucidate
the mechanical and artistic principles as well as the science involved.

The technic laboratories are conducted under the guidance of this
chair. American Text Book of Prosthetic Dentistry, Essig's Metal-
lurgy fourth edition.

TECHNIC LABORATORIES.

PROFESSORS WII^SON, KEN YON AND WRIGHT.

There arc two dental laboratory class-rooms, one for students of the
first, and one for those of the second year ; each room is provided with

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

232 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

sixty benches and with a platform furnished with complete laboratory
appliances. There is also a dental laboratory furnished with lathes,
plaster, and apparatus for molding and casting. There is a specially
fitted forge room. Every effort is made to have the methods of
instruction as practical as pa<$sible. Comprehensive and progressive
technic courses are given in impressions — vulcanite, celluloid, cast
metal, aluminum, gold, continuous gum (optional), crown and bridge
work, steel and orthodontia.

Seventeen and one-half hours a week for nearly two years are
devoted to this work.

PATHOLOGY.

PROFESSOR WHITSLAR.

This course covers a description of general and special pathology.
It consists of an investigation of the principles of patholojgical pro-
cesses, their histological changes and effects upon the organism.
Dental pathology is elucidated and the general subject treated so as
to make the subject one of practical utility. The decay of teeth and
inflammation of the dental pulp and pericementum receive special
attention. Diseases of the mouth are also discussed. The lectures
commence in the Junior year and are continued to the end of the
Senior year. Text-books : Marshall's Injuries and Surgical Diseases
of the Face, Mouth and Jaws ; and Burchard's Dental Pathology.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

PROFESSOR VAN DOORN.

An intelligent knowledge of the properties and application of medi-
caments is so important that dental students should be as well grounded
in this as in anatomy and physiology. The course consists of a series
of comprehensive lectures upon all important drugs, with especial
illustrations of their use in dentistry. The methods of administration
and application are described in detail. The aim is to make these
lectures of great practical value. Text- book : Gorgas' Dental Medicine.

ORAL SURGERY.

PROFESSOR HAMANN.

Instruction in this branch will be given by means of lectures, clinics,
and recitations. The aim is to furnish the student an opportunity of
acquiring a practical knowledge of this department of surger>'.

The principles underlying the treatment of pathological conditions
of the mouth and jaws will be considered. Wounds, fractures^
tumors, ulcers and congenital defects are among the subjects to be

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-1902] WESTERN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY. 233

discussed, especial attention being devoted to diagnosis. Dental
students have access to the various hospitals. Marshall's Text Book
on Diseases and Injuries of Jaw and Mouth.

ANAESTHETICS.

PROFBSSOR HAMANN, DR. D. H. ZIBGI^ER.

The subject of anaesthetics is elucidated by special instruction.
Professor Hamann describes and illustrates the uses of chloroform and
ether in surgical operations about the mouth, and also the dangers
that may arise. Dr. Ziegler presents the subject of anaesthesia from
nitrous oxide gas and its combinations with other elements, also the
uses of local anaesthetics.

Realizing the dangers of anaesthetics, great care is bestowed upon
the teaching of these subjects; so that no mistakes will be made.
The clinics afford the students abundant experience in this college.

BACTERIOLOGY.

DR. ROCBR G. PERKINS, A. B., M. D.

The students will take up the various organisms which are found in
the buccal cavity in health and disease, including those concerned in
dental decay. The preliminary studies will deal with the chromogenic
organisms, tmtil the students have acquired the necessary technique,
when the bacteria peculiar to the mouth and those which use the
mouth as a portal of entry in lesions of the buccal cavity or more
general infections will be carefully investigated.

Special instruction will be given as to the proper methods of sterili-
zation of instruments, and asepsis in dental surgery. Microscopical
sections of decayed teeth will be given out to the students, and
stained to illustrate the invasion of the tissues by the bacteria of
dental decay.

ORTHODONTIA.
PROFKSSOR CAi^viN s. CASB (Chicago).

DR. V. K. BARNES.

The course in orthodontia consists of lectures, technic work and
practical cases.

The didactic instruction is given by Profesror Case and is supple-
mented by the demonstrator who has direct care of the practical and
technic work. The lectures of Professor Case are illustrated by lantern
slides, models and various appliances especially constructed for the
purpose of instruction.

The technic course is for the juniors and consists in the construction
of material and a technic apparatus which is to be considered in the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

234 THB DENTAL COI,LEGB. [19OI-1902

fym\ senior examination in this branch. The practical work is done
by senior students and ofiFers great advantages, for the clinical material
is abundant. Various methods of correcting irregularities of the teeth
are considered and their use and value explained.

Junior students attend the regular course of lectures which are given
to the senior students in this department.

JURISPRUDENCE*

F. A. HENRY, M. A., 1,1,. B.

The legal responsibilities by dental practitioners, and also the rela-
tions of the public to the dentist are clearly explained by the professor
of this department. A knowledge of the subject of dental law is
required in the course of instruction, and an examination at its close

is given.

ELECTRICITY*

DR. PRICE.

A thorough course of instruction is given in electro-physics and
electro-chemistry, and the practical application of their principles in
the processes employed in dentistry. It includes lectures, laboratory
experiments and clinical demonstrations. Cataphoresis will be given
special consideration and the various current controllers and millia-
meters are studied by the students and thoroughly demonstrated clin-
ically. The bleeching of teeth by means of electric currents with
various agents, the treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris and aveolar
abscess, and the use of the X Rays for locating unerupted teeth are
elucidated. Instruction is also given in the construction and manage-
ment of electric dental engines and motors, methods of controlling
various kinds of currents, the galvanic effect and electrolytic products
of various filling materials in the mouth, etc. Students should be
familiar with the general principles of electricity before commencing
the course. Text-book: Meadowcraft's A. B. C. of Electricity.

DENTAL CERAMICS.

PROFESSOR WII^SON.

A Special course of instruction in dental ceramics is provided for
those who desire to study this subject but it is not obligatory. The
course includes all varieties of porcelain work that the dentist requires
to use and is amply illustrated. Where students are able to provide
materials of their own extra instruction is given free of charge.

CLINICS.

The operative and prosthetic clinics provide all kinds of clinic
material. The prosthetic clinic is open from 9:30 to 12 a. m., and the
operative clinic is open from i to 4:30 p. m. In the first year the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WBSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 235

entire time is devoted to technic courses in prosthesis. In the second
year technic courses are given in crown and bridge work, also ortho-
dontia. After these the student is assigned to practical cases of arti-
ficial dentures as well as operating in the mouth. It is necessary,
however, to complete the operative technic course before cases are
assigned in the operatory. In the third year the course is made as
practical as possible. The morning clinic is devoted entirely to
prosthetic work, crowns and bridges, and orthodontia. The afternoon
clinic is devoted entirely to the filling of teeth, extracting, and the
various surgical operations that can be performed in the college with-
out hospital attendance. The extensive operations are performed in
the hospital. Thus students are provided with an exceptionally large
amount of actual clinical experience. The many clinical cases afford
an excellent opportimity for the use of anaesthetics. In rotation the
students are assigned to extracting and the use of ansesthetics under
the immediate supervision of a skilled demonstrator. Every student
thus gains experience that prepares him for actual practice. The
location of the collie in the heart of the city, where the street cars
center, enables the college to have an unusual advantage in securing
a large clinic.

Students are required to attend all clinics daily and perform opera-
tions faithfully. At the opening of the session each senior has a chair
assigned to him.

TEXT-BOOKS.

First Year : Gray*s Anatomy, Schaeffer's Histology, Witthaus'
Chemistry, American Text-Book Prosthetic Dentistry, Broomell*s
Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth and Mouth.

Sbcond Year : Stewart's Physiology, Essig's Metallurgy, Burch-
ard's Pathology.

Third Year : MarshalPs Injuries and Diseases of Pace, Mouth
and Jaws, Goigas* Dental Medicine, American Text-Book Operative
Dentistry, Ambler's Tin Foil and its Combinations for Filling Teeth,
lleadowcraft's A. B. C. of Electricity.

Books of Reference: Dictionary, Gould; American System of
Dentistry; Garrettson's Oral Surgery; Week's Operative Technics;
Evan's Crown and Bridge Work; Mitchell's Dental Chemistry; Mil-
ler's Micro-organisms of the Mouth; Eckley's Anatomy of the Head
and Neck; Cryer's Internal Anatomy of the Face.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

236 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [19OI-1902

GENERAL INFORMATION.

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The College session will open on October ist, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a holiday vacation of two weeks, beginning

on December 20th. No College exercises will be held on

Thanksgiving Day, Washington's Birthday or Decoration

Day.

THE DENTAL BUILDING.

When the College of Dentistry was established in 1892,
rooms were assigned to it in the building erected by Mr.
John L. Woods for the Medical College; but the work in
both dentistry and medicine has been so much extended and
the number of students in each department has so rapidly
increased, that the Trustees of the University have provided
separate acxx)modations for the Dental School in the new
and handsome Bangor Building, situated next to the Young
Men's Christian Association's building on Prospect Street.
Already six sessions have been held in the new building,
and they have proved its facilities to be excellent. Each
room has perfect light and ventilation. The laboratories,
one for the Freshmen and one for the Juniors, with an ad-
joining room for both classes, are arranged for an advanced
system of teaching. There is also a clinical laboratory for
the Seniors and Juniors. Each room contains a complete
laboratory equipment. Many tools and instuments are pro-
vided for the students without charge. The operating room
contains forty chairs and is fully equipped. The surgical
and extracting room contains a standing amphitheatre.
The building has been planned to accommodate one hundred
and fifty students. When this number is reached, admis-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 237

sion to the Freshman dass will be by a suitable method of
competition. It is advised that students matriculate early.

DENTAL MUSEUM AND LIBRARY.
A Dental Museum and Library is being formed. It is
earnestly requested of those who have specimens or litera-
ture of any interest to dental students, that they make con-
tributions. Bach specimen and book receives proper care,
and credit is given the donor.

DEGREE.
The degree of Doctor of Denial Surgery is conferred upon
all students not under twenty-one years of age, who have
satisfactorily completed the required course of study, paid
all required fees, passed all examinations, performed such
practical operations in the operative and prosthetic depart-
ments, as may be required, and conformed with such other
regulations as the faculty may prescribe. Graduates of
Dentistry of other institutions are required to attend one full
course and comply with all the regulations of the senior year
in order to receive a degree from Western Reserve Univer-
sity. Candidates who attain a general average of ninety per
cent, in all their examinations receive honorable mention.

FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES.

The fees are as follows: (i) Matriculation fee of five
dollars. This is paid only once. (2) An annual fee of one .
hundred dollars, is payable at the opening of the term.

Students who cannot pay the whole amount at that time
may pay fifty dollars then and after January i of the college
year there will be iifty-five dollars due, providing the whole
amount is not paid on that date. (3) An annual examina-
tion fee of ten dollars, due April i .

Students who desire to pay for the entire three years'
course by December ist of the first year will be allowed a
reduction of fifty dollars on the whole amount. There is

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

238 THB DENTAL COLLBGB. [1901-I902

no diploma fee. No fee is required for any of the laboratory
courses or dissection.

EXAMINATIONS.

No student is permitted to present himself for examina-
tion who has not paid all dues. A fee of ten dollars for
examinations is required April est.

Students who have failed in any branches are given an
opportunity for a second examination, but it shall not be
later than December ist in the succeeding year. A student
may register in the succeeding year but will not be allowed
to continue in it after December ist if he is deficient in
more than two branches.

A fee of two dollars is required for a re-examination. A
second re-examination can only be given with the consent
of the faculty.

There are no scholarships or special prizes.

Students are liable for breakage in the chemical and
histological laboratories. An expense of about two dollars
for microscopic slides is necessary in the first year, but they
remain the property of the student.

No student is permitted to enter the laboratories and op-
eratory until he presents a receipt for fees, and also is pro-
vided with the necessary equipment of instruments and tools.
Books and instruments can be bought within a short distance
of the college

The College fees are paid to the Dean.

The expenses for each year, including fees, are as follows:

FIRST YEAR.

Matriculation (paid only once) $ 5 00

Tuition 100 00

Instruments 26 00

Books 24 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

165 00

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-I902] WBSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 239

SECOND YEAR.

Tuition $100 00

Instruments, including engine, about 90 00

Books II 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

211 00

THIRD YEAR.

Tuition $100 00

Books 17 50

Examination at close of term 10 00

No Diploma Fee.

127 50

Good board may be had from $2.50 to $5.00 a week; good
accommodations for board and lodging, from $4.00 a week
and upwards. Students applying to the Janitor, Andrew
Artman, at the College building, as soon as they reach the
dty, will be directed to reliable boarding houses, of which
he has a carefully prepared list.

SCX3ALLIFE.

The College seeks to surround its students with the best
influences, and the Faculty therefore encourages them to
exert their talents in commendable directions. During the
session of 1896-97 a flourishing dental society was organized
for the purpose of placing serious responsibilities upon the
students, and of inculcating true professional ideas. Each
year this society elects its own oflScers and the president is
made Curator of the College Museum, which oflSce he holds
during his Senior year. A glee and musical club is one of
the interesting organizations to those musically inclined.
Other societies and organizations exist among the students.
Many of the students become members of the Young Men's
Christian Association, whose building is next door to the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

240 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [1901-1902

College, and thus have use of a fine gymnasium and other
means of amusement and recreation. A special rate of
membership is made to students. There is a branch associa-
tion of the Y. M. C. A. formed among the dental students.
They hold meetings weekly.

For further information, address the Secretary of the
Faculty, Dr. W. H. Whitslar, No. 29 Euclid Ave.,
Cleveland, Ohio, who will cheerfully answer all inquiries.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

GENERAL SUMMARY.
TRUSTEES, INSTRUCTORS AND OTHER OFFICERS.

Trustees.

Western Reserve University only 7

Adelbert College only 7

Members of Both Corporations i8

— 32
Advisory Councii, (College for Women) 29

Corresponding Members . . . . • 15

— 44

Instructors.

Professors 60

Associate Professors 5

Assistant Professors 3

Lecturers 10

Instructors 18

Demonstrators 22

Assistants 15

Non-Resident Lectures (1900-1901) 5

-138

Librarians and Library Assistants 4

Other Officers 8

— 12

Total I.

150

STUDENTS.

Adelbert College 206

The Collie for Women 222

The Graduate School 16

The Medical School 126

The Law School 100

The Dental School 113

Total 783

Digitized byX^OOQlC

APPENDDC
DEGREES GONFERRED AT GOMMENCEMENT, i90U

ADBI.BBRT COLLEGE.
BACHBIX>RS OF ARTS.

Prank Smith Baker,
Lamar Taney Beman,
Herbert John Coates,

(cum laude),
Stanley Leman Galpin,

{magna cum laude),
Milton Stahl Garver,

{magna cum laude)^
Theodore Hall, Jr.,

( magna cum laucte) ,
Harry Barren Howells,
Roland Martin Jones,
Walter Cutler Jones,
Morris William Kastriner,
Clifford Marshall King,

Otto

Winfred George Leutner,

{magna cum laude)^
John Roy McDowell,

{magna cum laude)^
Ezra J. Morgan,
Wayland Buckingham Peck,

{magna cum, laude)^
William Ganson Rose,
George Ambrose Seaton,

{magna cum laude),
Claude Wilber Shimmon,
Louis Bryant Tuckerman, Jr.,

{summa cum laude),
Ralph Sargent Tyler,

{magna cum laude),
Manthey Zom.

BACHBLORS OF LBTTBRS.

Isadore Freiberger,
George Washington Gumey,
Benjamin Haber,
Erie Clark Hopwood,

{magna cum laude)^
John William Osbom,

{magna cum laucU),

Carroll Adelbert Peabody,
{magna cum laude),

Emil Bruce Pratt,

Adelbert Hervey VanDuzer,
{cum laude)t

Edward Adolph Wankowsky.

BACHELORS OP PHILOSOPHY.

Ernest Ford Donley,
Harry Tracy Duncan,

{magna cum laude).
Francis Florian Herr,

{magna cum laude),
Alfred Noah Kellogg,

Carl Henri Lenhart,
Thomas Leander Mead,
Walter Martin Scott,
Charles Farrand Taplin,

{magna cum laude),
Charles Albert Tilden,

Michael Cyrillus Yeagle.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

243

THE COI^LEGE FOR WOMEN.
BACHBI«ORS OP ARTS.

Hattie C. Carpenter, Laura Josephine King,

Myrtle Blizabetb Dever, Florence May Knowles,

Blanche Joanna Disaette, Ethel May Parmenter,

Mabel Hope Dunsford, Helen Mary Pel ton,

Caroline Church Hardy, Maud Stiles,

Pearl Irene Horton, Mary Butler Thwing,

Winifred Newton Jones, Alice Elizabeth Shanks.

BACHBIX>RS OF LBTTBRS.
Mabel Eugenia Corll, Viola L. Roth,

Mabel Spence Crozton, Helen Electa Thomas,

Eleanor Elizabeth Magruder, Marguerite Livingston Thomas,

Myrtle May Wiser.

BACHEIX>RS
Edith Inez Beman,
Alice Lorraine Campbell,
Alice Doyle Drake,
Elsie May Holliday,
Evangeline Jenkins,
Leonora Belle Lane,
Elizabeth Anastatia McGorey,

OF PHILOSOPHY.

Alexandra McKechnie,
Stella Stanley McKee,
Alice Winifred Riggs,
Norma Jeannette Smith,
Winifred Worswick Stowe,
Belle Waltz,
Harriet Amanda Whiteside.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL.
MASTERS OF ARTS.

Edward Lewis Dodd, A. B., Paul Hermann Phillipson,

Phoebe Mary Luehrs, B. L., Harry William Springsteen, B.

Marda Masterman, B. L., George Edward Turrill, A. B.,

Maude Winship, B. L.

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE.
DOCTORS OF MEDICINE.

William Simmons Baldwin,
Arthur Holbrook Bill, A. M.,
Arthur fi. Brown,
Paul P. Carlisle,
Robert H. Cowley,
John Dickenson, Jr.,

Simon Englander,
Albert H. Gill,
Arthur LeRoy Garrison,
Edward Grossman,
Charles H. Hay,
Charles S. Hoover,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

244

APPENDIX.

[19OI-I902

Edmund M. Ickes, B. L.,
A. Irving Ludlow, A. B.,
James T. McConnell,
Augustus W. Mercer, M. D.,
Roy B. Metz,
John Neuberger,

David W. Peppard,
William H. Richardson,
Roy L. Stackpole,
Arthur H. Stall,
Clarence B. Wean,
Charles J Wehr, A. B.,

Logan B. Zintsmaster.

THE LAW SCHOOL.
BACHELORS OF LAW.

Charles Kingsley Allen, A. B.,
Abraham Joseph Bialosky,
Mark Anson Copeland,
Thomas Henry Cowin,
Moses Riley Dickey, Jr.,
Thomas H. Dillon,
Frank Hazen Ewing,
James Formanek,
George Albert Gaston,
Frederick Charles Gillette, A. B.,
Lew Dell Gripman,
James Harlen Griswold, A. B.,
William Edward Gunn, Ph. B.,
Ernest Henry Herbkersman,

David Klein,
Charles Lessick,
Clarence Jonathan Neal,
Pierce David Metzger,
Peter Painter, Jr. ,
Solomon Peskind,
Charles Andrew Pulley,
Harry Barber Sawyer,
Jacob Paul Saxer,
Christopher McClelland Smith,
Jefferson William Sutton,
Charles William Swartzel,
Robert Curtis Taylor,
David Udizky,

Willis Emerson White.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.
DOCTORS OF DENTAL SURGERY.

Lewis Daily Aldrich,
Roy Erwin Belden,
Robert Bums Chamberlin,

( honorable mention ) ,
Willard Fuller Chapin,
Alvin J. Endle,
Floyd Wesley Finch,
Charles Brett Fletcher,
John Baker Gillette,
William Johnson Gillie,

{honorable mention),
Charles Vandersall Gougler,

Joseph Patrick Henahan,
Delbert Hiram Henninger,
George Fenelon Hitchcock,
Harry Clay Holmes,
Arthur Wesley Maxwell,
Algernon Payne,
Samuel William Rice,
Clarence Orbin Shepherd,
William Alberto Sproull,
Hamilton Frederic Strong,
Archie Blanchard Wallace »
Louis Pranks Wasson.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1901-1902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 245

HONORS AND PRIZES.

ADELBERT COI.I,EGE.
Commencement Honors

First Honor — Louis Bryant Tuckennan, Jr.,
Second Honor— Winfred George Leutner,
Third Honor — Stanley Leman Galpin,
Fourth Hoftor— John William Osbom.

Junior Honors

Equal Scholarship Honors to
John Alvin Alburn, Wilfred Henry Alburn,

Richard Emmet Collins, George William Say well.

Phi Beta Kappa Society
Elected in June. 1900,

Harry Tracy Duncan, Stanley Leman Galpin,

Erie Clark Hopwood, Louis Bryant Tuckerman, Jr.

Elected in June, 1901.

SKNIORS.
Milton Stahl Garver, Winfred George Leutner,

John William Osborn. Wayland Buckingham Peck,

Charles Farrand Taplin, Ralph Sargent Tyler.

JUNIORS.

John Alvin Album, Wilfred Henry Album,

Richard Emmet Collins, Herbert Gans Muckley,

George William Say well.

The Two Year Honor in German to

Robert Emmet Finley, Birt Eugene Garver,

Harlan Adolphus Hepfinger.

The Two Year Honor in Greek to

Feist M. Strauss.

The Two Year Honor in Latin to

Feist M. Strauss.

THE HANDY PHII«OSOPHICAI« PRIZES

First /W-ar^— W^ayland Buckingham Peck,
Second Prize — Morris William Kastriner,
Honorable Mention — Carl Henri Lenhart.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

246 APPENDIX. [l 901 -1902

HARRIET PEI.TON PERKINS SCHOLARSHIP

Wilfred Henry Alburn.

PRESIDENT'S PRIZES

For the highest records for the Freshman Year in :
English

First Prize— ]o\m Frederic Oberlin,
Second Prise— Roheri Crosby Lowe.

German (Classical afid Latin Scientific Courses)

Leonard Corwin Loomis.
Greek

Carl Peter Paul Vitz.

Latin

First /y7>^— Joseph Frank Williams,
Second Prize — ^John Frederick Oberlin.

Mathematics

First Prize — John Frederic Oberlin,

Second Prize — Kenneth Ethelbert Hodgman.

Gymnasium

Raymond Patton.

Junior-Sophomore Oratorical Contest

First Junior Prize — Herman Joel Nord,

First Sophomore Prize — ^Walter Lewis Bissell,

Second Prize {irrespective of class)— ]ohn Alvin Album.

THE NEW SHAKSPKRE SOCIETY'S PRIZE

Fof the best exatnination

Roland Martin Jones.

THE EARLY ENGLISH TEXT SOCIETY'S PRIZE
Francis Florian Herr.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE

For the best Sophomore Essay in English

Robert Emmet Finley.
Honorable Mention — Walter Lewis Bissell.

THE RUPERT HUGHES PRIZES

For the best Poems

First Prize — Erie Clark Hopwood,
Second /V/V— Wilfred Henry Alburn.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 247

THE COI.LEGE FOR WOMEN.
PRESIDENT'S PRIZES

For Freshmen Work in the Gymnasium

Firsl—hois Violet Ellett.
Second — Fanny Alice Dunsford.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE

For Sophomore fVork in English

Charlotte May Parker.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATIONS.

ADELBERT COLLEGE.

Presideniy C. M. RussELi,, 1873.
Vice Presidents ^ Rev. J. P. Jones, 1875.
Dr. J. P. Sawyer, 1883.
Recording Secretary^ Ci.arbnce P. Bii,l, 1894.
Corresponding Secretary y Sherman Arter, 1886.
Necrologist, Rev. D. T. Thomas, 1885.

VISITING committee OF THE AI^UMNI.

W. C. Parsons, 1863, C. D. Everett, 1880.

the coli«ege for women.

President y Bertha L. Torrey, 1899.
Vice President y Bertha Lee Coe, 1894.
Recording Secretary, Grace E. Lottridge, 1897.
Corresponding Secretary, Sarah Babbitt, 1899.
Treasurer— MisXA O. Peters, 1896.

I^INANCE COMMITTEE.

HEI.EN M. Smith, 1894, Meta O. Peters, 1896.

Edith A. Hughes, 1899.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

248 APPENDIX. [19OI-I902

THE MEDICAL COLI^EGE.
President, Dr. J. P. Sawyer, 1883.
Vice Presidents, Dr. L. F. Switzer,

Dr. J. S. Wood.
Recording Secretary, Dr. G. C. Ash»iun, 1873.
Corresponding Secretary, Dr. W. O. Osborn, 1888.
Treasurer, Dr. E. B. Rhodes.

THE LAW SCHOOL.
President, F. W. Grebn, 1896.
Vice Presidents, D. B. WoLCOTT, 1899.

W. E. White, 1901.
Secretary, D. G. Jaeger, 1900.
Treasurer, J. L Cannon, 1898.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.
President, Dr. J. W. McDili,, 1898.
Vice President, Dr. Raymond Kelley, 1898.
Secretary^Treasurer, Dr. W. G. Ebersole, 1895.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

DIRECTORY.

The names of instructors and officers are printed in italics. Each name is followed by an
abbreriation indicating^ the department to which the person belong^s, viz: — A, Adelbert
College; D, Dental Department; G, Graduate Department; L, Law School; M, Medical
College; W, College for Women.

Abbot, H. G.— W 212 Bell Av.

Adams, W. S.— -L 8714 Euclid Av.

Aikint, H. A.—W 40 Cornell St.

Ake, H. R.— L 461 Wade Park At.

Aibl, Charles— M 1406 Broadway

Album, C. R.— A Eldred Hall

Album, J. A.— A Eldred Hall.

Album, W. H. — A Eldred Hall.

Allen, D, P.— M 278 Prospect St.

Allen, F. E. — ^W Guilford House.

Allen, H. A. — ^W Guilford House.

AmWer^ H. L.— D 176 Euclid Av.

Aimk^, B. O. — ^W Guilford House.

Amos, W. T.—L Adelbert Hall.

A9hv»un, G, C— M 704 Republic St.

Austin, J. B.— M 217 Oakdale St.

Baclunan, C. C— D 14 Bailey St.

Badger, G. P. — W Guilford House.

Bailey, A. L.— W 08 East Lake.

Ballantyne, M. L. — W.-.East Cleveland.

Banker, N. S. — ^M 780 Superior St.

Barnes, E. A. — ^A Adelbert Hall.

Barnes, Horace — A.... 21 Claremont St.

Barnes, Y, B, — D N. E. Bldg.

Bamett, G. F.— A Adelbert Hall.

Barret. E. P. — W 883 Norwood Av.

Barrows, H. & — D 44 Wooldridge St

Bates, A. A. — D 888 Superior St.

Bauman, G. I. — ^M 1270 Cedar Av.

Baxter, E. C. — A 158 Cornell St.

Baxter, J. W.—A 20 Aetna St.

Beard, H. L.— L 117 Adelbert St.

Beaton, Isabella — W...462 Kinsman St.

Beck, B. B. — ^W 85 Hower Av.

Beeker, U. A. — M Pearl and Clark.

Bell, W. — D 426 Superior St.

Bennett. Grant — L 087 Doan St

Berger, S. S. — M 1850 Superior St.

Bemsteen, M. L. — L 67 Fifth Av.

Bilh O. P.— A 868 Logan Av.

Birge, R, H.—U 260 Euclid Av.

Bishop, B. L. — W 70 Ingleslde Av.

Bissell, W. D.— D SO Wilbur St.

Bissell, W. L.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Black, C. E.--W Guilford House.

Blackburn, H. W.— A 142 Cornell St.

Boggs, Jeasie — ^W 1257 Euclid Av.

Bohm, A. E. — M 811 Huntington St.

Bolden, J. J. L.— M 25 Newton St.

Bolton, T. B. — L 28 E. Prospect St.

Boss, J. W.— M 580 Euclid Av.

Boulden, H. O. — ^W 110 Poplar St.

BaurUMd, B. P.— A Adelbert Hall.

Bowme, H. E. — W Absent.

Bowdler, A. E.^L 185 Adelbert St

Bowes, J. W. — L 117 Adelbert St.

Bowman, B. H. — D 508 Prospect St.

Boyle, J. J— L 40 Fairchild St.

Boyle, T. A.--A 121 Bell Av.

Brassington, B. S. — ^W . . Euclid Heights.

Brett, J. H.— M 84 Ocean St.

Brewster, W. G. — ^D The Gladstone.

Brigga* W. D.—A 2288 Euclid Av.

Brigg$, O, B. — M. .The New Amsterdam.

Brown, E. D. — M 1617 Cedar Av.

Brown, N. W.— M 831 Kennard St,

Bruce, C. A. — W 40 Lincoln Av.

Bruckshaw, M. G. — ^W.86 Beechwood St.
Bruckshaw, M. I. — W.86 Beechwood St.

Bruner, W. B. — M N. E. Bldg.

Brunswick, M. E. — L 1105 Case Av.

Brash, Edna— W 1008 Euclid Av.

Buck, B. B. — M 701 Superior St.

Budde, I. F.— W 116 Spangler Av.

Bundy, L. M. — D 600 Erie St.

BunU, F. JB.— M 275 Prospect St.

Burroughs, Shepard— M. .220 Euclid Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

250

DIRECTORY.

[190I-1902

Bnschman, M. C. — W . . . Guilford House.
Byal, C. B.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Caldwell, B. C— A. . Adelbert Hall.

Camp, G. H. — D 318 Prospect St.

Campbell, H. C— A 68 Bell Av.

Campbell, J. S.— A 1035 St. Clair St

Campbell, R. S. — A 2200 Superior St

Canfleld, A. S. — W Guilford House.

Canfleld, H. H.— A Euclid HeighU.

Cannon, G. — D 701 Superior St.

Carbon, G. L. — D 17 Tennis St.

Carle, B. L. — ^A 24 Streator At.

Carnes, W. B. — A 147 Cornell St

Carpenter, A. 0. — L...126 Streator Av.

Carpenter, J. W. — A 46 Knox St.

Carpenter, M. W.— -M 451 Pearl St

Carrell. B. B.— W 467 Bolton Av.

Carrlngton, C. M.— L 25 Vestry St

Carter, B. P. — M 8 Uayward St.

Case. C. J.— A 149 Cornell St

Case, C. L.— L 49 Fairchlld St

Case, O. 8. — D.. Stewart Bldg, Chicago.

Chaff e, L. L. — ^W Guilford House.

Chaffee, S. L. — A 239 Genesee Av.

Chamberlain, P. S. — L..1267 Slater Av.
Chamberlain, J. A. — L.126 Murray Hill.

Chamberlain, P. R. — A 76 White Av.

Chamberlain, W. P. — M . . 6 Wycombe PI.

Chambers, E. B. — D 44 Chestnut St.

Champ, S. M. — ^W 59 Bolton Av.

Chandler, B. M. — W Guilford House.

Chapman, H. B. — L E. Cleveland.

Chapman, U. B. — W 810 Rose Bldg.

Chapman, M. E. — W 103 Marcelline.

Chapman, Winifred — W.445 Russell Av.

Chapman, W. H. — L 11 Sackett St

Cheetham, A. M. — M...805 E. Madison.

Cherdron, Carl— M 110 Erie St

Childs, L. W. — M.Wade Park & Dunham.
Christie, L. M.— D..323 Huntington St

Claflln, C. E. — W 446 Dunham Av.

Clark, F. 8. — M 493 Colonial Arcade.

Clark, Myra— W 180 Melvin St

Clark, M. F. — W 348 Dunham Av.

Clark, M. G. — W Guilford House.

Clarke, H. L.— A 102 Adelbert St

Clarke, W. B. — A 345 Orange St

Clemens, C. E. — W. . . .1093 Prospect St.

Cleveland, A. M. — ^W 892 Bolton Av.

Cllne, C. E.— D...504 Lake View Flats.
Cllne. H. L.— A 201 Adelbert St

Coates, J. A. — D 254 Scovil Av.

Cobb, P. W.— M 87 Haaard St

Coe, C. M. — ^A Olenville.

Cole, B. G.— W 199 Van Ness Av.

Cole, G. S.— L 117 Adelbert St

Collard, K. E.— W 189 Taylor St

Collins, A. W. — Jntr 106 Cornell St

Collins, B. M. — W 1285 Cedar Av.

Collins, R. B.— A.. 1784 Woodland Hills.

Comin, H. L. — ^A 168 Streator Av.

Conant J. L. — ^A 22 Bleeker St.

Conde, Edith — ^W 88 Wellesley at.

Connell, A. B. — ^M 16 Dunham PI.

Conner, J. W. — A. 156 Murray Hill Av.

Cook, G. A.— A 49 Fairchild St

Cook, W. H.— A 724 Republic St.

Cooper, W. C. — D 32 Public Sq.

Corlett, C. B.— M 264 Sawtell Av.

Corlett, W, T.— M 558 Euclid Av.

Corrigan, Francis — A.. 66 Covington St.

Counts, A. F. — A Adelbert Hall.

Cowell, B.— A 91 Arlington St

Cox, H. R.— A 2481 Euclid Av.

Crawford, S. — A 972 Cedar Av.

Crawford, H. J. — h 8 Republic PI.

Creedon, M. A. — W ... 69 Beech wood St.

Crile, G. W. — M 169 Kensington St.

Christy, B. B.— W Mayfield Hill.

Culp, W. B. — D 664 Castle Av.

Culver, J. W. — D 407 Prospect St.

Cummer, C. L. — A 896 Bolton Av.

Curtis, M, M.—A 48 Adelbert St

Gushing, B. F.^M 1160 Euclid Av.

Oushino, H, P.— A 260 Sibley St

Cutts, C. H. — A 24 Melvin St

Daehler, J. W.— A 126 Adelbert St.

Dalley, E. C. — ^W 281 Hough Av.

Daniels, G. M. — W. .184 Murray Hill Av.
Daniels, J. B.— W. .134 Murray Hill Av.

Darlty, J. B. — M 2288 Euclid Av.

Darlfv, J. O. — ^M Lakeside Hospital.

Daugherty, J. B. — ^A Euclid Heights.

Davidson, J. A. — W 24 Elslnore St

Davis, A. S.— L 181 Murray Hill Av.

Davis, J. R. — ^M 99 Lawnview Av.

Davis, R. B. — D 44 Falrvlew Av.

Dawley, W. J.— A 201 Adelbert St

Dean, B. B. — A Falrmount.

DeArment L. L. — D 7 Dodge Ct.

Deering, R. W. — ^W 41 Cornell St.

DeFrees. R. G. — A Adelbert Hall.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I901-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

251

Desberg, F. — L 1050 Central At.

Deutsch, 8. J.— -L 87 Walker St.

DeWitt, 8. A.— W.670 East Proapect St.

Diokermon, John — A 852 Doan St.

Dlfford, C. L. — ^A 49 Alum St.

DUIey. P. B.— M 8717 Euclid Av.

Dixon, Harry — D 749 Superior St.

Donaldson, A. G. — D.109 Huntington St.
Donaldson, O. W. — D..164 N. Perry St.
Donaldson, J. B.— M..154 N. Perry St.

Doster, A. M. — W 72 Merchants At.

Doster, E. E.— L..117 Murray Hill At.

Douttlel, G. W. — D 174 Lyman St.

Doyle. G. F. — D 951 Cedar At.

Drake, A. D. — ^W 792 Republic St.

Drayer. C. B. — ^A 116 Streator at.

Doff, A. L. — ^D The Gladstone.

Dngan, D. L. — A 116 Streator At.

Duncan, H. T. — L 78 Fifth At.

Dunham, Alice — W 388 Dunham At.

Dunn, F. A. — D 207 Dunham At.

Dunn, W. H. — D 126 Huntington St.

Dunsford, F. A. — W Guilford House.

Durstine, L. W. — W 757 Willson aT.

Dusek, O. F. — D 128 Humboldt St.

Duty. Alice— W 2577 Euclid At.

Eastman, E. L. — W . . . 161 ATondale At.

Edwards, B. H. — G 29 W. Clinton St.

Edwards, H. E. — M 161 Putnam St.

Sibling, A. J. — L 228 Payne At.

Eisenbrey, A. B. — A 68 Adelbert St.

ELsenhauer, J. A., Jr. — A. .1433 Willson.

Eider, B. L. — L 600 Lake St.

Bllenberger, Albert — ^A.. Euclid Heights.

Ellet, L. V. — ^W Guilford House.

Elliott, C. C. — M 855 Stark At.

Elliott; R. W. — M 855 Stark At.

Emerson, O. F, — A 50 Wilbur St.

Emery, R. S. — A 2086 Broadway.

Englander. Louis — A 147 Cornell St.

Bnyeart. C. T. — A Adelbert Hall.

Brane, J. A. — ^M Medical College.

Erans, L. W. — D 109 Huntington St.

KTarts, F. B. — A 99 Bellflower At.

Ererett, M. — W 887 Doan St.

Fairbanks, J. W. — D. . .154 N. Perry St.

Fairfax, D. B. — A 68 CalTert St.

Farwell, E. W. — L...820 Fairmount St.

Felger. T. H. — ^D 68 Collins PI.

Fenlger, B. — L 512 Orange St.

Ferry, M. I. — W 821 Fairmount bt

B'lck, B. H.— G 189 Kennard St

Fife, R. H.— W 91 Mayfleld St.

Filius. G. T.— A 117 Adelbert St.

Findlay, H. L.— A 151 Cornell St.

Flndlay, J. L,— -L 151 Cornell St

Findlay, Wm.— Jntr 149 Cornell St

Findley, E. R.— A 151 Cornell St

Finley, R. E.— A 730 Republic St

Fish, John^A 147 Cornell St

Fish, Matilda— W 224 Streator At.

Fliedner, Frieda — W.160 Wellington At.

Flower, A. — M Erie and St. Clair.

Flower, Mrs. — ^M Erie and St. Clair.

Flynn, J. F.— M The Ellington.

Folts, J. G.— D 407 Prospect St

Forbes, G. N.— A Adelbert Hall.

Fowler, H. N.—W 49 Cornell St

B'ox, W. L.— A 102 Adelbert St.

Frankle, K. Q, — D. . . .520 Woodland at.

Frazier, J. W.-— D 88 Handy St

ITreedlander, Etta — W. . .158 Putnam St.

Freer, J. N.— D 664 Castle At.

P'reer. M. R.— W 1528 Cedar At.

Friedman, MalTlna — W . . 132 Hawthorne.

Friend, A. K.— D 1065 Pearl St

Frits, R. F.— A 49 Falrchlld St

Fuller, A. L.— A 45 Wilbur St

Furth, Hortense — W The Brooklawn.

Gage, R. T.— A 788 Republic St

Gammel, R. E. — A 413 Dunham At.

Garman, C. C. — A Adelbert Hall.

Garman, C. P.— A Adelbert Hall.

Garrison, A. L. — M 275 Prospect St.

GarTer, C. V.— M 442 Euclid At.

GarTer, B. E. — A.. 127 Murray Hill At.

Oeib, F. J. — M Willson and Prospect

Gerstenberger, Henry — M.113 Linden St

Gleason, A. G.— W 168 Cedar At.

Gleeson, J. A. — W 54 Kenwood A v.

Gibbons, C. E. — A 766 Fairmount St

Glfford, E. E. M.— W 107 Gaylord St

Gilbert C. A.— A 1604 BucUd At.

Gilchrist B. R.— W 560 Franklin At.

Gilchrist, Helen— W...06O Franklin At.

Gill, J. G.— G 788 Fairmount St

Gillette, F. C— L...988 E. Madison At.

Gillie, W. H.— A 117 Adelbert St

Glllin, G. M.— W 91 Qulncy St

Gillmer, Bessie — W Guilford House.

Golden, II. G. — M 99 Lawnvlew Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

252

DIRECTORY.

[19OI-I902

Goodman, Isadore — M.264 Colambus St.

Qould. H. C— L 28 Mayfleid St.

Graff, W. B. — ^D 694 Superior St.

Graham, H. D. — D 7 Dodge Ct.

Granger. Walter— L 893 St. Clair St.

Gray, S. B. — W 199 Qnlncy St.

Green, D. E.-— L...131 Murray Hill Av.
Chreen, F. W — L....Rlce Av., Newburg.

Green, G. W. — D 818 Superior St.

Oriffln, L. E.-^W 2238 Euclid Av.

Griffin, Maurice, Jr. — A.. 41 Cornell St.

Grlffla. A. L.— D 172 Dodge St.

Griffiths, T. JE?.— M..1104 Woodland Av.

Grill, N. D.-— D 826 Superior St.

Grills, Albert— M 97 Rosedale Av.

Qruener, H, — W 43 Knox St.

Gunn, J. J.— A 158 Dibble Av.

Haber, B. — L 8 Lewlston St.

Hadden, Alex. — L. . .1670 Lexington A v.

Uagan, A. C— W 38C Wllison Av.

Uager, B. E. — W Nottingham.

Haggerty. A. J.— L 240 Hodge St.

Hahn, D. C— D 159 Sterling Av.

llah^, E. A.— L 083 Scovll Av.

Haldy, W. A.— M 502 Euclid Av.

Hall, E. H.— W 75 Adelbert St.

Hall, E. T.— L 3218 Detroit St.

Hall, Theo.— L 40 Knox St.

Hamann, C. A. — M 661 Prospect St.

Hammond, A. P. — M.607 Lakevlew Flats
Handerson, J. A. — W . . 444 Dunham Av.

Harblne, S. S.— W 75 Adelbert St.

i(aHno, H. A. — ^Treas 78 Cornell St.

Harris , Charles — A Absent.

Harris, R. G.— A 2211 Euclid Av.

Hartz. C. A. — W 987 Case Av.

ilarvle, L. E.— L Adelbert Hall.

Hatch. W. B.— M 141 Chestnut St.

Hatcher, R. A.— M.. Erie and St. Clair.
Hathaway, J. J. — M . . 1378 Superior St.
Hauxhurst, E. M.— W..13 Kenmore St.

Hawn, C. B.—D 138 Dodge St.

ilawthorne, H. B. — L 147 Cornell St.

Hay, M. M.— W 75 Adelbert St.

Haydn, H. O. — W 15 LaGrange St.

Haydn, H. Jf.— W 15 LaGrange St.

Haydn, R. E. — W Guilford House.

Ilaynes, R. A. — A 389 Cedar Av.

Hays. G. R.— M 57 Sibley St.

Heath. H. II.— M 58 Marloes Av.

Helnmiller, W. H. C— A.5 Stelnway Av.
Henderson, G. M. — ^W . . . East Cleveland.
Hennlng, H. S. — ^W. .. .Guilford House.

Henry, F. A, — D Williamson Bldg.

Hepflnger, H. A.— A Willoughby.

Herr, F. F. — G 1276 Scranton Av.

Herrick, F, 0.— M 367 Erie St.

Herrick, F. H.— A 43 Cutler St.

Herrick, F. U.— L 449 Russell Av.

Herrick, H. .^.— M 367 Erie St.

Hefrlck, H. W.— A 8006 Euclid Av.

Herrick, P. W.— W 8006 Euclid Av.

Hetzel. H. M.— W 75 Adeii>ert St.

Hill. E.— D 312 Prospect St.

Hill, E. M.— W 350 Russell Av.

Hill, W. C— M 469 Euclid Av.

Hinde, F. A.— W. . .168 Murray Hill At.

Hird, E. F.— A 44 Nantucket St.

Hlrd, M. A.— W Guilford House,

Hlrsh, Leon — M 398 Jennings Av.

Hitch, A. E.— D 35 Lake Front Av.

Hobai-t, Raymond — ^A. . .201 Adelbert St.

Hohhs, P. //.— M 1420 Euclid Av.

Hobday, E. J.— L 182 Ontario St.

Hoch, W. K.— D 1065 Pearl St.

Hodgman, K. E. — A 29 Foster St.

Hoffman, J. J. — A 1059 Central Av.

Hogg. I. McC— A 139 Cornell St.

Hogg. J. H.— L 2688 St. Clair St.

Holeman, R. B. — D 184 Dodge St.

Holibaugh. Harry — M..758 Superior St

Holland, M. A. — W Guilford House.

HoUlday, W.— A 30 Miles Park St.

Hoover, O. F. — M 702 Rose Bldg.

Hopkins, E. H.— L 84 Miles Av.

Hopklnson. M. E. — ^W. . .288 Gordon Av.

Horton, P. L — W 100 Claremont St.

Hoskins, F. C. — ^M...900 Falrmount St
Howard, W. T., Jr. — M..88 Dorchester.

Howland, Paul — ^L 11 Granger St

Ilubbel. Elizabeth— W.. 66 Arlington St
Hubbell, F. M.— A. ..673 Franklin A v.
Huddleston, C. M. — W.. Guilford House.

Hulbert W. O.— A 139 Cornell St

Hull, Bradley, Jr.— A 840 Euclid Av.

Hulme, W. H.—W 48 Mayfleid St

Humiston, W, H.— M 526 Rose Bldg.

Hunt, Agnes — W..<; 61 Mayfleid St.

Hunt F. P.— L 49 Falrchlld St

Hunt J. E. — ^M 726 E. Prospect St.

Hutching, F. 0. — M 373 Jennings Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

253

Ikirt, F. H.— M Erie and St. Clair.

Ingalls, N. W.— M Erie and St. Clair.

IngeraoU, J. M. — M Arcade.

Irwin, G. H.— D 7 Wycombe PI.

iBham, J. B.— M 828 Rose Bldg.

Jacobi, C. E. — W 68 Beersford PI.

JackBon, C. J. — A. . . .845 Falrmount St.

JackBon« F. W. — M 37 Hazard St.

Jackson, R. E. — D 813 Prospect St.

Jackson, Y. M. — W 2900 Superior St.

Jaeger, D, G.— L 113 Brookfleld St.

James, (7. B. — ^A 958 S. Logan At.

Jaynes, B. H.— L Adelbert Hall.

Jenkins, A. A.— M 88 White at.

Jenks, P. B. — A Nottinghani.

Johnson, D. E. — Ai 53 CalTert St.

Johnaon, H. H. — L Euclid Heights.

Johnston, H. C. — A 45 Knox St.

Jones, E. I. — W 1635 Harvard St.

Jones, E. M.— W..158 Murray Hill At.

Jones, F. E. — W 1685 Harvard St.

Jones, F. T. — Q 40 Knox St

Jones, N. M.. Jr.— M 162 Taylor St.

Jones. OliTer — A 2370 Elmwood St.

Junge, M. £. — W 951 Detroit St.

Kastriner, M. W. — L 731 ScotU At.

Kaufman, Lulu — W 981 Case At.

Kelker, H. C. — M 28 Cheshire St

Kelly, J. C— W 165 UnlTerslty St

Kelly. M. M.— W 165 UnlTerslty St

Kendall. M. B. — W 1306 Cedar At.

Kennedy, T. M.— L 49 Falrchlld St

Kennedy. O. W.— L 49 Falrchlld St

Kenyan, H. 0. — D 677 Arcade.

Kenyon, S. C. — W Guilford House.

Kief er, L. B. — W Guilford House.

King, G. A. — ^W East CleTeland.

King, M. H. — W Guilford House.

King, P. F. — ^M 99 LawUTiew At.

Kingsbury, C. H. — W 94 Bertram St

Kitchen, J. H. — It 858 Euclid At.

Kltsstelner, R. — D 158 LuTerne St.

Klaus, Emannel — M 958 Lorain St

Klaus, M. H. — ^M 958 Lorain St

Knlsely, W. B. — A 1578 Cedar At.

Koblits, B. — M.. Broadway A Humboldt

KobliU, S. R. — W 63 Osborne St

Kocmit, E. J. — D 62 Petrle St

Konlgsiow, Ella — ^W 882 ScoTill At.

Kramer, 8. E. — L 34 YanBuren St

Krauss, C. L. — W 1997 Superior St

Krejci. L. H.— W 290 Forest St

Krider, L. B.— W 423 Bolton At.

Krug. E. L. — W 51 Fourth At.

Kurtz. L. C. — W 8 Cedar At.

Kurzenberger, W. — L 72 Noyes St.

Ladd, L. W.— M Colonial Flats.

Laiay, Jacob — ^M Syracuse, Neb.

Lakin, Mary— G 51 Mayfleld St

Landsberg, Rhoda — W The Euclid.

Lane, C. W. — M Erie and St Clair.

Lane. J. J. — ^A 71 Streator At.

Langdon, H. E. — A 715 N. Logan AT.

Lanphear, W. P. — ^A. . . .782 Republic St

Large, S, H.— M N. E. Bldg.

Laub. W. J. — ^L 874 Falrmount St

Lawrence, James — L . . . 709 Genesee At.

Lawton, F. T. — A 116 Streator At.

I<ayman, L. R. — W Guilford House.

Lee, B. M.— W 71 Tilden At.

Lee, R. if.— L 115 Ingleside At.

Lehman. D. A. — G...843 Falrmount St

Lembeck, F. R. — W 46 Streator At.

Lenhart C A. — M The Ellington.

Leonard, F. P. — D 739 Superior St

Leonard, R. N.— D 168 N. Perry St

Leonard, W. M. — D 168 N. Perry bt.

Lessick, F. A.— W 486 Giddings At.

Levine, M. — L 66 Croton St

Lewis. W. A. — M 88 LawuTiew At.

Lincoln, W. B. — M 275 Prospect St

Lindsay, J. F.— M 32 Hazard St

Line. C. E.— D Ill Sayles St

Linn, Irma — W 151 Courtland St

LlTingston. B. W. — D.91 Huntington St

Lloyd, H. R.— A Wickliffe.

Long, W. L. — L 45 Knox St

Loomis. H. R.— L 7 York St

Loomis, L. C— A 1280 Willson At.

Lothrop. L. M. S. — W.1745 Harrard St

Lotspietch, R. G.— A 6 Cornell PI.

Lower, M. M.— D 838 Superior St

Lower, Wm. E. — M 275 Prospect

Lowman, J. H. — M 441 Prospect St

Lowrey, H. D.—D 168 N. Perry St

Luck, T. D. — W 829 Scranton At.

Lueke, Martha — W 708 Wlllson At.

Lustlg, H. — L 2773 Broadway

Lyman, M. E. — W Guilford House.

Lymon, I. — D 190 Greenwood St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

254

DIRECTORY.

[19OI-I902

McAaroD. W. S. — L 483 Cedar At.

McArthur, A. F.— A 203 Oakdole St.

McCleary, J. M.— L 728 Union St.

McClure, B. H.— M 618 Bast Av.

McClure, W. C— L 888 Doan St

McConkey, J. C— D 28 Cheshire St.

McCune, F. K.— M 87 Plymouth St.

McCurdyp 8. M. — ^M...42 Lawnvlew At.
McDonongh, J. F. — D. .449 W. Madison.

McFall, J. B. — ^W Guilford Honse.

McFate, J. C. — M 789 Superior St.

McGeorge, B. B.— D...812 Superior St

McOrew, B. L. — 716 Case Ave.

McKean, S. B. — ^W 40 Summit St

McKee, C. S. — ^A 116 Streator Av.

McKerrall, J.— D 215 Bayne St

McKim, B. B.— W 100 Oakdale St

McKInney, Bffle — W Guilford House

McLean, F. W.— W 76 Adelbert St

McLean, J. S. — D 187 Dodge St

MacDonald, Ethel — W.. Guilford House.

Mach, H. L.— A 688 Forest St

Maclntyre, A. L.—W ... 136 Sawtell Av.

Magargee, G. W.— M 162 Dodge St

Magee, C. B. — D 242 E. Prospect St

Manchester, F. S. — D . . . 407 Prospect St.

Mannhardt J. G.— M 698 Clark Av.

Manning, W. J. — M 1 Dodge Ct

Mapes, L. A. — D 172 Dodge St

March, F. O.— A 168 Cornell St

Markowlti, B. S.— W 21 Vine St

Martin, W. C— A 84 Marvin Av.

Marvin, W, T. — A 86 Knoz St

Mathews, J. B. — L 106 Alabama St

Mathlvet B. C. — L. . .880 Woodland Av.

Meacham, M. J. — ^W 109 Lincoln Av.

Mead, B. W.— A Adelbert Hall.

Menger, F. J.— G 107 Qulnby St

Merriam, W, H. — M 276 Prospect St

Merrills, B. N.— A Wicklihe.

Messecar, L. A. — D The Gladstone.

Messer, I. C. — G 244 Becker Av.

Met8, R. B. — ^M Medical College.

Meyer. A. W. — ^A 844 Logan Av.

Meyer, Edward — A 844 Logan Av.

Mlcklethwait J- T.—L. . .Adelbert Hall.
Mlcklethwaite, O. B.— A..126 Adelbert

Miller, B. B.~D 169 Sterling Av.

Miller, W. T— A 999 B. Madison.

MilHkin, B. L.—U 278 Prospect St

Mills, V. G.— A Wllloughby.

Mlnnlg. Arnold— A 2481 Euclid Av.

Miser, P. A.— W Guilford Hoow.

Miser, W. G.— A Adelbert HaU.

Moffett B. B.— A 716 N. Logan Av.

Mohr, John — ^W 6 Cleve St

Monson, M. A. — W Guilford House.

Moore, A. G.— A 129 Burt St

Moorehouse, G. W. — M 39 Cutler St.

Morehouse, W. B. — A Adelbert Hall.

Morley, S. W.— A 2238 Euclid Av.

Morris, C. A.— A... 189 W. Madison Av.
Morris, M. A.— W..189 W. Madison Av.

Morris, W. P.— L 2179 Euclid Av.

Morrow, Wilamina — ^W.228 B. Prospect.

Morton, M. 1, — ^W Guilford House.

Moss, Beatrice — ^W 39 Osbom St.

Muckley, H. G. — ^A..148 Hawthorne Av.

Muhlhauser, B. — A 110 Walton Av.

Mumaw, B. M.— W.184 Murray Hill Av.

Mumaw, W. C. — L Adelbert Hall.

Murphy, J. V.— L Adelbert Hall.

Myers, F. E. — W 1 Glen Park PL

Myers, W. B.— L. . .126 Murray Hill Av.

Neal, C. J.— A 616 Woodland Av.

Nearpass, H. L. — A. . .761 N. Logan Av.

Neer, E. D.— A 117 Adelbert St

Neitsel, D. C— W Bedford.

Newcomb, A. G. — L Adelbert iaall.

Nicholson, A. W. — D...701 Superior St

Nieding, J. A.— L 186 Taylor St

Nimmons, W. T. — ^A 45 Knox St

Nlms, W. W.— A 798 Bepublic St

Nolan, H. T.—L 46 Fairchlld St

Nord, H. J.— A 60 Bellflower Av.

Nostran, B. V.— W 14 Stanley Av.

Nutt A. P.— A... 127 Murray Hill Av.

Oakley, A. B. — ^W 800 Hough Av.

Oakley, L. B. — W 800 Hough Av.

Oberlin, J. F.— A 67 Cornell 8t

O'Brien, J. W. — A Adelbert Hall.

O'Brien, K. M.— W The MUton.

Ochs, C. B. — ^M 98 Herrick St.

O'Connor, N. A. — M . . 224 Starkweather.

Odiln, F. I.— W Guilford House.

Ohl, C. F.—L Adelbert Hall.

Oliver, T, B.—W Adelbert Hall.

Orth. C. F. — ^L 139 Cornell St,

Oabom, W, O. — M 276 Prospect St.

Ostrander. A. — D 48 Wallace St.

Otis, E. M.— A 16 Mariner St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90I-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

255

I'acker. L.— L 1066 Prospect St.

Palda, G. A.— L 1655 Broadway.

Palmie, A. H.—W 84 Sayles St.

Park. W. C— -M 141 Chestnut St.

Parker. C. M.— W Guilford House.

Parker, H. E.— A 780 Republic St.

Parker, H. P.— M Colonial Flats.

Parkhurst, Charles — M.753 Superior St.

Parks, R. K.— W Colllnwood.

Parmenter. E. H.— W. . .717 Republic St.

Parrish. F. B. — D..1255 Lexington Av.

Parrott, H. B. — A 806 Palrmount St.

Patterson, T. G. — ^D 429 Superior St.

Patton. Raymond — A Adelbert Hall.

Paulson, F. E. — W 1806 Euclid Av.

Pay, George— M 47 Chestnut St.

Peck. E. M.— W 28 Walker St.

Peiser, Simon — G.Willson and Woodland

Pelton, F. H. — A Colllnwood.

PennetoeU, C. E.—IL. . .1254 Wlllson At.

Pennington, G. L. — ^W 79 Hough Av.

Perkiiu, B, if.— W... 121 Adelbert St.

PerhinB, R. G. — M Colonial Flats.

Perrin, J. W. — A 81 Cutler St.

Pesklnd, Ben— M 1354 Willson Av.

Peterka, Edward— A 61 Goethe St.

Peters, O. M.— W..301 Murray Hill Av.

Pettibone, E. L. — D The Gladstone.

Peturcha, Edward — M 51 Goethe St.

Petty, J. R.— A Bast Cleveland.

Pfelffer. F. E.— A 89 Sayles St.

Pfeifer, U. J.— A 89 Sayles St.

Phelan, R. V.— A 698 Bridge St.

Philen, J. R.— M 282 Champlain St.

Phillipson, P. H.— G.Willson A Woodland
Pierce, B. H. H.— A...168 Streator Av.

Pilcher, J. D.— M 64 Aubumdale Av.

Pitkin, C. E.— M 32 Haxard St.

Plant, A. C— D 164 N. Perry St.

Plainer^ 8. B. — A 24 Cornell St.

Polhamtu, W. R. — A. . .20 Tennessee St.

Post, B. M.— W 2211 Euclid Av.

Potwin, L, a, — ^A 322 Rosedale.

Pawelh B. H. — M 467 Prospect St

Powell, W. L.--D 260 Euclid Av.

Prendergast, D. A. — M 61 Burton St.

Prentice, N. B. — ^A 12 Lakeview Av.

Price, J. H.— L Eldred Hall.

Price, F. J. R,— D 701 Superior St.

Price, W. A. F.— D 2288 Luclid Av.

Proctor, R. R, — A 153 Cornell St.

Proudfoot, M. J. — W..2320 Spafford St.

Quay, Jean — W 4050 Euclid Av.

Quayle, Z. G.— W 290 Sibley St.

Quinby, M. C— W Bast Cleveland.

Ralston, R.— D 120 White A v.

Randolph, I. H.— L Adelbert Hall.

Rawson, M. J. — W 76 Adelbert ftt.

Reece. E. J.— A 50 Beersford PI.

Reese, T. M. — W 30 Tilden Av.

Reeve, F. A.— W 49 Wilbur PI.

Beiohman, F. — W 46 Knox St.

Reisser, O. H. — D 65 Vega St.

Renouf, M. J. — D Kent, O.

Rhoades, Z. B.— W 499 Russel Av.

Rider, W. H. — ^A 147 Cornell St.

Riemenschnelder, C. A. — ^A.

161 Beecliwood St.

Riewel, Henry— M 95 Perry St.

Risdon, Clara— W Guilford House.

Riser, M.— A 36 Mentor St.

Rolflf, Hunter — M 702 Rose Bldg.

Roberts, B. E. — W Guilford House.

Roberts, I. D.— W 116 Gaylord St.

Roberta, N. 3f. — ^W 30 Sayles St.

Robeson, L. P.— W 106 White St.

Robison, W. L. — A 5 Hay ward St.

Rodgers, H. S.— D 701 Superior St.

Ronk, H. K. — A 26 Wilbur St.

Rorabeck, J. i*.— A Adelbert Hall.

Rose, C. S.— L Adelbert Hall.

Rose, H. G. — A 142 Cornell St.

Rosenberger, H. H. — D.168 N. Perry St.
Rosenfeld, B. M.— W..1329 Willson Av.
Rosenwasser, H. B. — D. . .722 >Voodland.

Ross, C. D.— W 249 Streator Av.

Rudolph, J. F. — M 68 Mansion St.

Ruffini, C. A.— W 891 Scovlll Av.

Ruggles, J. R. — A 224 Streator Av.

Rummel, F. G. — D 138 Dodge St

Rushton, N.— L Adelbert HalL

Ryan, J. A. — L 795 Doan St

Sabln, R. R.— W 89 Tilden Av.

Sadler, B. R.— D 188 Chestnut St

Sager, W. C— L Adelbert Hall.

Sague, J. B. — ^W Guilford House.

Salzer, A. M.— G 619 Giddlngs Av.

Sampllner, E. A. — W...321 Kennard St

Sampiiner, W. B. — M The Augusta.

Sanderson, L. H. — W ... 166 Sawtell av.

Saum, I. M. — D 28 Cheshire St

Sawlckl, J. F.— L 346 Fleet St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

256

DIRECTORY.

[19OI-1902

Sawyer, J. P. — M 526 Rose BIdg.

Sawyer, R. T. — L 64 Streator Av.

Sayle. F. M.—M 1499 Cedar Av.

Say well, G. W. — A 116 Streator Av.

Sdilesslnger, W. A.— M.129 McBride St.
Schmidt, E. C— A. .166 Murray Hill Av.
Schneider, C. B. — W. .821 Falrmount St.

Schuele, L. C. — W Guilford House.

Schwartz, E. — L 26 McKinatry St.

Schwegler, L. M.— W 58 Euclid ±*1.

Seagrave, P. W. — A 55 Fourth Av.

Season, E. B. — M 18 Nantucket St.

Seesholtz, A. G. — W Guilford House.

Selby, C. D.— M 64 Hawthorne Av.

Selby, H. E. — W . . 25 Commonwealth Av.

Senn, C. H.— M 755 Superior St.

Sensel, E. H.— A 124 Putnam St.

Severance, A. D. — \V..1981 Euclid Av.
Shahleton, Wm. E. — M..605 The Osbom.

Shankland, F. N.— A Adalbert Hall.

Shanklln, M. G. — W 261 Hough -cv.

Sharp. O. B.^A 45 Falrchild St

Shea. J. C— L 74 Calvert St.

Shephard, G. W.— M 530 Euclid Av.

Shepherd, B. C— L Adelbert Hall.

Shepherd. H. D.— W Guilford House.

Sherbondy, J. A. — M...701 Superior bt.

Shlrey, O. M.— M 171 Dodge St.

Shultz, J. E. — D 407 Prospect St.

Sickman, O. F. — D 2288 Euclid Av.

Simpson, n. — 1> 88 Quebec St.

Skeel, H. M.— W 770 Republic St.

Skeel, M. M.— \7 17 Marble St.

Singer, W. E.— A..156 Murray Hill Av.

Sipher. J. A.— M 442 Euclid Av.

Slike, J. H.— L Adelbert Hall.

Slusser, L. D. — ^L 1 Arey St.

Smith, A. A. — D Berea, O.

Smith. B. B.— W 1204 Cedar Av.

Smith, C. B.— W 109 Oakdale St.

Smith, C. J.— A 86 Adelbert St

Smith, E. R. — W Guilford House.

Smith. G. I. — W Guilford House.

Smith. H. L.— D 136 Dodge St

Smith. L. L. — D 785 Superior St

Smith, R. G.-— W 40 Cheshire St

Smith, W. A.— D 749 Superior St

Solberg. O. E.— W 136 Stearns Bt

SoUmann, T. — M Brie and St Clair.

Solmanson, S. H. — M 1022 Case Av.

Southwick, P. F.->M...141 Chestnut St
South worth, M. R.— A...147 Cornell St

Spanner, L. B. — A 240 Orange St.

Spelman, R. H. — ^A Euclid Heights.

Spenoe, H. L. — ^M N. E. Bldg.

Spengler, O. L. — W 63 Fourth Av.

Spengler, W. D.— A 68 Fourth St

Splcer, D. M.—M 162 Chestnut St

Spleth, L. C— A...166 Murray Hill Av.

Spieth, W. O.— D 17 Tennis St.

Sponseller, N. A. — L Adelbert Hall.

Sprague, L. M. — ^W 30 Bridge St.

Spring, C. E.— M 141 Chestnut St

Stahl, W. F.— M 171 Dodge St

Stambaugh, C. D. — D. . .346 Genesee Av.

Standen, H. C— D 452 Scovil Av.

Stanford, V. L. — h 55 BucUd Av.

Staral. J. A.— M 1251 vVlUson Av.

Steiuma, A. A. — ^L 87 Oakdale St

Stedman, F. H.— A 1944 Buclld Av.

Stetson, F. A.— L.117 Murray Hill At.

Stewart C. C— M 162 Dodge St

Stevens, 0, D. — A 698 Republic St

Stevens, E. E. — ^A 2036 Broadway.

Stevens, H. F. — W 2036 Broadway.

Stewart, G, N.—U . . . Erie and St Clair.

Stewart J. R. — M 818 Case Av.

Stilwell, L. B.— W 87 Stanwood Rd.

Stlnchcomb, C. B. — A. 1177 Dennison Av.

Stoney, F. L.— W 30 Bridge St

Storer, W. A. — W 95 Ingleslde Av.

Storey, A. S.— M 1083 St Clair bt

Strangways, T. — D....312 Prospect St.

Strauss, F. M. — A 1388 Superior St

Streich, A. C— G 2 Hodgson St

Strong, C. A.— A 109 Cornell St

Strong, E. P. — L 486 Lake St

Strong. O. F.— D 187 Dodge St

Stuart J. H.— A...136 Murray Hill AV.

Strunk, W. R. — A Adelbert Halt

Suits, E. W. — A 989 S. Logan Av.

Suits, J. C— W 30 Bertram St

Suliot M. E.— W 2 Sturtevant St

Summers, H. C. — ^A...1528 Superior St

Sunkle, R. H. — M Pearl and Clark,

Swift H. F.— A 147 Cornell St

Sykora. L. C— M 221 Osbom St

Taft G. A.— W 1082 Detroit St

Tanner, E. M. — W 25 Llnwood St

Tamutzer, B. C. — M. . .914 Franklin Av.

Tarr, H. M.--M 193 Clinton St

Tarr, P. H.— A 79 Sayles St

Tarr, R. N.— W 79 Sayles St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9OI-I902] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

257

Taylor. F. J.— W 78 Oakdale St.

Taylor. George — A 89 Catler St.

Taylor, T. J.— M 294 Sterling Av.

Templeton, B. M. — W. .Oullford Honae.

Teakey, E. L. — D 889 Proapect St.

Thayerp M. H. — ^W Guilford Honae.

Thomaa, C. W.--M.1394 Woodland Hilla.

Thomaa, P. L.— W 1467 WiUaon Av.

Thomaa, G. P.— A Adelbert Hall.

Thomaa* G. L. — ^W 6 Hinman St

TtaomaBp H. A. — A 147 Cornell St.

Thomaa, H. A. — W 27 Walker St.

Thomaa, J. /.— M 166 Crawford Rd.

Thomaa, M. K.— W 2004 Superior St.

Thomat, O. T. — M 85 Edgewood PI.

Thompaon, C. R. — ^D...798 Republic St

Thompaon, E. W. — W 72 Harriet Av.

Thompaon, H. O. — Jntr...67 Cornell St.

Thompaon, J. E. — M 2 Llvingaton St.

Thomaen, M. L. — L. .602 Garfield Bldg.

Thitrndike, A. H.—W 95 Mayfleld St.

Thwing, C. C— A 44 Nantucket St.

ThtDinff, Ofias. F. — W. .55 Bell flower Av.

Tiemev, J, 8, — M Medical College.

Tompklna, G. E.— W 97 Luveme St.

Torrey, B, L. — W Guilford Houae.

Tower, O. P. — A 8 Nantucket St.

Tracy, F. E. — W Euclid.

Trinter. W. P.— L 1241 Wlllaon Av.

Trowbridge, F. L.—L 84 Milea Av.

Tryon. S. B. — A Adelbert Hall.

Turner, J. B. — W 98 Murray Hill Av.

Tuttle, A. G.— A.^. 863 Doan St.

Tyler, B. E.— M 51 Daiay Av.

Tyler, J. W. — L 21 Morse Av.

Uhlman, P. \\.— A.156 Murray Hill Av.

Unger, R. C. — D 889 Proapect St.

Upson, H, 5.— M N. E. Bldg.

Uatlck, L. W.— A Adelbert Hall.

Vail, H. D.— M 190 Helen St.

Tan Doom, J, W. — D 455 Arcade.

▼an Epps, M. E. — W. .915 S. Logan Av.

Van Pelt, T. .C-— D. . .* 169 Sterling.

Van Voorhia, R. F. .126 Murray Hill Av.

Vilaa, G. E. — W 220 Kennard St.

Vincent. J. A. — M 777 Superior St.

Vita, C. P. P. — A 45 Marvin St.

Wachner, S. C. — A 440 ScoviU Av.

Wadaworth. C. H. — D. . .1804 Euclid Av.

Waite, F, (7.— M 77 Hlllburn Av.

Waite, J. W. — A 1086 Scranton Av.

Walker, E. W. — D 508 Proapect St.

WiUker, P.— A 44 Nantucket St.

Walker, Mary — ^W 2808 Broadway.

Wallace, A. M.— W 28 Marion St.

Wallace, C. M.— A Wllloughby.

Walsh, J. D. — W 69 x^ower Av.

Ward, B. G.— W Wllloughby.

Ware, L. B. — L 1480 Detroit St.

Work, J. F. — D Rose Bldg.

Warner, R. C. — A Adelbert Hall.

Warnock, D. R. — L 2097 Euclid Av.

Warren, W. H. — L 838 Doan St.

Watson, Harry — ^D 62 SterllngAv.

Watkina. T.—D 62 Sterling Av.

Watteraon, H. S. — M.564 E. Prospect St.

Watts, I. R.— A Adelbert Hall.

Wearstler, H. O. — D The Gladatone.

Weaver, R. B. — A 153 Cornell St.

Weber, J. H.— M 442 Euclid Av.

Weber, O. A,— A... 127 Murray Hill Av.

Webster, H. J.— L 2378 Pearl St.

Wedler, Richard— M 160 Colfax.

Wehr, a. J.— A Adelbert Hall.

Weimer, E. O. — W..144 Hawthorne Av.
Weia, Katie — ^W. .Marcelllne & Harvard.

Wells, J. H.— M Lonsdale Av.

West, Pearl — W 203 Amesbury Av.

Whelan, Cecily — ^W 108 Kentucky St.

White, A. B. — A 19 LaGrange.

White, Elisabeth— W Euclid.

White, H, C— L 344 Harkneaa Av.

White, Wm. H.— M 459 Euclid Av.

Whitman, F, P. — A 79 Adei^ert St.

Whitslar, W. H.— D 29 Euclid Av.

Wickham, B. B. — L .. University School.

Wilcox, A. G.— A Adelbert Hall.

Wilcox, O. N.— A 59 Olive St.

Wilkin, G. S.— A 201 Adelbert St.

WUliams, B. 0.— Libr 61 Grant St.

Williama, P. B.—L 111 Crawford Rd.

Willlama, J. P.— A 153 Cornell St.

WiUiama, L. B.— W...127 Streator Av.
Willlama, L. B.— A...64 Glen Park PI.
Williamson. C. C— A..116 Streator Av.

Wills, O. G.— W 88 Clarence A7.

Wilaon, B. W. — M 580 Euclid Av.

Wilson, Q. H. — ^D 44 Euclid Av.

Wilson. M. P.— W 75 Adelbert St.

Wilson. R. L. — D The Genesee.

Windlsch, J. S. — D 23 Freeman St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

258

DIRECTORY.

[19OI-I902

WinsMp, Maud — ^W..1(K) Kensington St.

Winter, J. C. — A 1252 Scranton Av.

Wittier. Mary— W 75 Adelbert St.

Wolcott, J. v.— A 72 Grasmere St.

Wolfram, E. B. — ^A.166 Murray Hill Av.

Womachka. E. A. — ^D 53 DoUoff St.

Wood, A. L. — D The Gladstone.

Woodward, J. G. — A. . . .203 Adelbert St.

Woolf, L. A. — M 507 Prospect St.

Woolfolk, R. A.— A. 156 Murray Hill At.

Workman, I. S.— M 55 Sibley St.

Workman, T. W. — D....28 Cheshire St.

Worley. N. J.— D 18 B. Franklin St.

Worrell, K. G.—D 2238 Euclid Av.

Worthlngton, E. — ^W 34 Cheshire St.

Wright, D. A.—D 832 Cedar Av.

Wright, H. M. — W Guilford House.

Wright, O. A.— A 45 Knox St.

Yeagle, M. C— -M 761 Superior St.

Yoder, H. B. — M. . 9 Wycombe PL

Yohannon, David— M .. 1083 St. Clair St.

Young, Ida — W Guilford House.

Young, Jennie — W 22 Melrose Av.

Young, J. L. — A 845 Russell Av.

Young, J. H. — A 17 Centennial St.

Young, S. A. — M 2370 Crosby Av.

Young, T. C— M..1872 Woodland Hills.

Zeigler, D, H. — D Rose Bldg.

Ziemer, W. O. — ^M...34 Woodbrldge Av.
Zlsmer, C. A.— W 112 Mechanic St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

INDEX

APPENDIX

ADBLBERT COLLEGE,

Admission 86

Aid to students 71

Alumni Association 2f7

Course of study 48-00

Degrees 66

Expenses 70

Faculty 27

Grades of scholarship 65

Historical statement 28

Honors 67

Laboratories 62

Libraries 61

Physical training 64

Prues 68

Religious worship 61

Requirements for admission 86

Scholanhip— see Aid.

Students 80

Terms and vacations 61

CALENDAR 4

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,

Admission 86

Advisory council 75

Aid to students 120

Alumni association 247

Course of study 90-111

Degrees 118

Dormitory 117

Expenses 120

Faculty 76

General statement 78

Laboratories 114

Libraries 118

Physical training 116

Religious worship 119

Scholarship— see Aid.

Students 79

Terms and vacations 112

DENTAL DEPARTMENT,

Admission 225

Alumni association 248

Building 286

Clinics 234

Courses of study 226

Degree 287

Expenses 237

Faculty 220

General statement 218

Libraries 61,287

Students 222

242 DIRECTORY AND OFFICERS ^9

FACULTY S

GRADUATE DEPARTMENT,

Courses of instruction 126-141

Faculty 128

General information 122, 142

Libraries 142

Publication fund 144

Students 125

HISTORICAL STATEMENTS

28, 73, 122, 145, 205$. 218

LAW SCHOOL,

Admission 211

Alumni association 248

Courses of instruction 211

Degree— see Examinations.

Examinations 216

Expenses 217

Faculty 205

Historical statement 208

Libraries 61,216

Location 216

Moot courts 216

Scholarships 217

StudcnU 206

University advantages 217

MEDICAL COLLEGE,

Admission 157

Alumni association 248

Climes 185

Courses of study 150-179

Dispensaries 187

Examinations 190

Expenses 188

Faculty 148

General statement 145

Hospital appointments 185

Hospitals 184

Laboratories 181

Libraries 181

Museums 188

Schedule 161

Students 158

Text-books 177

PUBLICATION FUND 70

SENATE 7

SUMMARY OF NUMBERS 241

TRUSTEES 6

TRUSTEE COMMITTEES 7

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Western Reserve University

CATALOGUE.

1902-190?

CLEVELAND. OHIO.

CLEVELAND. O.

PRESS OF WINN * JUDSON

1008

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CONTENTS.

Gbnbrai. Statbmbnt 5

Trustbbs 6

FACUI.TY, Instructors and Oppicbrs 7

Adbwbrt Collbgb— Historical Statement 23

Faculty and Instructors 27

Students 30

Requirements for Admission 36

Courses of Study 42

General Information . . 62

Expenses 72

Thb Coi^lbgb for Wombn— General Statement 75

Faculty and Instructors 78

Students 81

Requirements for Admission 88

Courses of Study 92

General Information 113

Expenses 121

Graduatb Dbpartmbnt— General Statement 123

Faculty and Instructors 124

Students 126

Courses of Study 128

General Information 143

Mbdical Coi^lbge— General Statement 146

Faculty 149

Students 154

Requirements for Admission 157

Courses of Study 159

General Information 180

Expenses 189

Examination Papers 192

Thb School of Law — Historical Statement 203

Faculty 205

Students 206

Requirements for Admission 210

Course of Instruction 210

General Information 214

Expenses 216

Dental Department— General Statement 217

Faculty 219

Students 221

Admission and Course of Study 224

General Information 235

Expenses 237

Summer School 243

General Summary 244

Appendix 245

Directory 252

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CALENDAR.

1902.
22-23 Sept.

Monday-Tuesday

Examinations for admission

23 Sept.

Tuesday

First term begins.

27 Nov.

Thursday

Thanksgiving day.

24 Dec.

Wednesday

Winter recess begins.

1903.
4 Jan.

Sunday

Winter recess ends.

29 Jan.

Thursday

Examinations begin.

7 Feb.

Saturday

First term ends.

8 Feb.

Sunday

Day of prayer for colleges.

9 Feb.

Monday

Second term begins.

22. Feb.

Sunday

Washington's birthday.

9 April

Thursday

Easter recess begins.

15 April

Wednesday

Easter recess ends.

30 May

Saturday

Decoration day.

4 June

Thursday

General examinations begin.

14 June

Sunday

Baccalaureate sermon.

15 June

Monday

Undergraduate day.

16 June

Tuesday

Prize oratorical contest, Adel-
bert College.

17 June

Wednesday

Meeting of alumni.

17 June

Wednesday

Commencement, College for
Women.

18 June

Thursday

Commencement.

19-20 June

Friday-Saturday

Examinations for admission.

SUMMER VACATION OF THIRTEEN WEEKS.
2i~22 Sept. Monday-Tuesday Examinations for admission.

22 Sept.

Tuesday

First term begins.

26 Nov.

Thursday

Thanksgiving day.

24 Dec.

Thursday

Winter recess begins,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

■'

.»---

—

.» --

8. ,8.

3| ..

10 ! 5

17 12

24 19

31 26

JOC

BT.»

February. j August.

• • 1

a' 4

4 6

7l 2

6 6

10 ill

11 12

14, 9

12 IS

17ll8

18 19

21 Il6

19 20

24 |25

25 26

28|28

26 27

31 1 ..

.. l80

1 ..

September.

March. | September.

1 2

• 1 ••

.. 1 ..

S 9

41 5

7 6

15, 16

11 , 12

14 113

22123

18 19

21 20

29 80

22
29

28
SO

24
81

25 26

28 127

October.

April. ' October.

.. • .. 1 .. 1 1

2! 8

..\

1 1 2

3 4..

1, 2

51 e' 7l 8

9llO

81 9

10 ' 11

K 9

12^18

14 i 15

16 17

15 16

17 18

15 16

19|20

23124

22 23

24 25

22I23

26l27

30 31

.. 1 ..

29 SO

29,30

November.

May. November.

3 4 6

1
8

. 1 ..
4 5

1
8

2 ..
9; 1

2 8

4I 5

10 11 1 )2

11 1 12

16, 8

9 10

11 12

17 1 18 19

18 19

21 ,22

23' 15

16 17

18 19

2;^

24 25 1 26

25 126

28129

30122

23|24

25 26

. 1 .. 1 ..

.. 1..

..l29

80 ..

December.

June.

December.

.112

4 5

2 3 4

7 8, 9

11 12

9 10 11

13l 6

14 1 15 1 Itf

18 19

16;17 18

20 13

21 I 22 2:^

25 26

2:^1 24 25

27 20

28 129 {30

30,.. ..

.. 127

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY/

GENERAL STATEMENT.

Western Reserve University embraces six departments.

Addbert CoUesfc — formerly the Western Reserve Col-
lege — founded at Hudson in 1826, and removed to Cleveland
in 1882.

The CoUcgc for Women^ established in 1888.

The Department of Gradtsate Instruction, established
in 1892 by tUe Faculties of Adelbert College and the College
for Women; designed to offer to college graduates courses
leading to the degree of A. M. and Ph. D.

The Medical CoIles:e — formerly known as the Cleve-
land Medical College — founded in 1844, oflFering a course of
four years in medicine.

The Franklin T* Backtss Law School, opened in 1892;
designed by means of a course of study covering three
years, to give an adequate training for the practice of the
law.

The Dental Department^ opened in 1892; designed to
teach the art of dentistry as a department of medicine.

Popular and educational lectures are included in the
plans of the University.

Charles F. Thwing, President,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

TRUSTERS.

CHARLES F. THWING, D. D., LL. D., President, Cleveland.

HIRAM C. HAYDN, D. D., LL. D., Vice President, Cleveland.

WILLIAM H. UPSON, A. B., Vice President, Akkov.

JOHN HAY. LL. D., Washington, D. C

SAMUEL E. WILLIAMSON, LL. D., Cleveland.

LIBERTY E. HOLDEN, A. M., Cleveland.

EDWIN R. PERKINS, A. B., Cleveland.

SAMUEL MATHER,' A. M.. Cleveland.

J. HOMER WADE, Cleveland.
t WILLI AM H. BALDWIN, A. B., New York City.
tJOEL M. SEYMOUR, A. B., B. D., Alliance.

WASHINGTON S. TYLER, Cleveland.
*JOHN H. McBRIDE, Cleveland.

EDWARD P. WILLIAMS, A. M., Cleveland.
tHENRY M. LADD, D. D., East Cleveland.
fCHARLES M. RUSSELL, A. B., Massillon.
*HARRY A. GARFIELD, A. B., Cleveland.
«CHARLES L. PACK, CLEVELAND.
tMOSES G. WATERSON, A. M., Cleveland.
tJARVIS M. ADAMS, A. B., CLEVELAND.

HERBERT A. HITCHCOCK, A. B.. Michigan City. Ind.

ALFRED A. POPE, Cleveland.

LOUIS H. SEVERANCE, Cleveland.

HENRY R. HATCH, Cleveland.

WORCESTER R. WARNER. Cleveland.

LEWIS H. JONES, A. M., Ypsilanti, Mich.

WILLIAM D. REES, Cleveland.
tWILLIAM G. MATHER. A. B., Cleveland.
•ANDREW SQUIRE, LL. D., Cleveland.
tD. Z. NORTON, Cleveland.
*CHARLES W. BINGHAM, A. B., Cleveland.
*CHARLES F. BRUSH, Ph. D., LL. D., Cleveland.

HARRY A. HARING, A. B., Secretary and Treasurer,
Office in Adelbert College Building.

•Tmstees of the Unirersity only. fTrugtees of Adelbert College only. All others

are Tnaatees of both corporations.
tDeoeaied.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE UNIVERSITY*

SAMUEL E. WILLIAMSON,
LOUIS H. SEVERANCE.
SAMUEL MATHER,
J. HOMER WADE,
WASHINGTON S. TYLER.

THE UNIVERSITY SENATE.

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

THE PRESIDENT OP THE UNIVERSITY.

THE DEANS OP THE SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS.

Profbssors M. M. Curtis and S. B. Pi^tnbr, for Adelbert College.

Professors H. E. Bourne and H. N. Fowi^er, for the College for
Women.

Professors J. H. Lowman and D. P. Ai^len, for the Medical
College.

Professors H. H. Johnson and H. C. White, for the Law School.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged alphabetically within each division.

Charlbs FrankIvIN Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

A. B., Harvard Coll., 1876; B. D., Andover Theological SemlDary,
1879; D. D.. Chicago Theological Seminary, 1888; LL. D.. IlllnoU Coll.
and Marietta Coll., 1804; President Adelbert College and Western Re-
serve University, 1890 —

Hiram Coi^lins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 15 La Grange St.

Vice President and Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature,

A. B., Amherst Coll., 1866; D. D., Wooster Univ.. 1878; LL. D.,
Amherst Coll. and Marietta Coll., 1888 : President Adelbert College and
Western Reserve University, 1887-90; Instructor In Biblical Literature,
1888-96; Professor of Biblical Literature, 1896 —

Hbrbrrt Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 40 Cornell St.

Leffingwell Professor of Philosophy,

Acting Dean of the Graduate School,

A. B., Univ. of Toronto, 1887 ; Instructor, Univ. of Southern Cali-
fornia, 1888 ; Yale Univ., 1888-91; Lecturer on History of Philosophy,
Yale Univ., 1890-91; Ph. D., Yale. 1891; Professor of Logic and Phil-
osophy, Trinity Coll.. N. C, 1891-98; Honorary Fellow. Clark Univ.,
1892-98; Professor of Philosophy, College for Women, l898 —

DuDi^EY Peter Ai.i,en, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.

A. B., Oberlln Coll.. 1875 ; A. M., 1888 ; M. D.. Harvard Univ., 1880 ;
Freiburg, Berlin, Vienna, London, Lelpsic, 1880-82; Lecturer and Pro-
fessor of Surgery, Western Reserve University, 1898 —

Henry Lovejoy Ambi^er, M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene.

Dean of the Dental College,

B. S., Hillsdale Coll., 1864; M. S., 1867; D. D. S., Ohio ColL of
Dental Surgery, 1867 ; M. D., Cleveland Univ. of Medicine and Surgery,
1868; Professor of Dental Science In the same Institution, 1868-70;
Lecturer in Dental Hygiene, Dental College of Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1892 ; Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene, 1898 —

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St.

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine^

Registrar and Bursar of the Medical College,

M. D., Cleveland Medical Coll., 1878 : Professor of Diseases of
Children, Wooster Univ., 1889-98; Professor of Hygiene, Western
Reserve University, 1898 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 9

Henry Eldridgb Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Professor of History,

A. B., Yale Coll.. 1888 ; Principal of High School, Thomaston, Conn.,
1883-84; B. D., Yale Divinity School, 1887; Hooker Fellow, Yale Di-
vinity School, 1887-88 : Teacher of Etistory and Psychology, Free Acad.,
Norwich, Conn., 1889-92; Professor of History and Instructor in Phil-
osophy, College for Women, 1892-98; Professor of History, 1898 —

Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery,

United States Naval Acad., 1881 ; M. D., The Medical Coll., Western
Reserve Univ., 1886; Lectn;rer on Minor Surgery, Medical Department
of Wooster Univ., 1887-88; Berlin, Vienna, Paris, 1888-89; Professor
of Principles of Surgery, Wooster Univ., 1890-94; Professor of the
Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery in Medical College, Western
Reserve University, 1894 —

Ai^FRED G. Carpenter, a. M., LL. B., 125 Streator Av.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice,

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan Univ., 1878; A. M., 1876; LL. B., Univ. of
Michigan, 1876; Professor of Law of Contracts, Western Reserve
University, 1896-1902; Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice,
1902—

Henry Bardwei^i, Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Processor of the Law of Agency and Bills and Notes.

A. B., Oberlln, 1885; LL. B., Harvard Univ.. 1890; Professor of
the Law of Agency, Western Reserve University, 1897 —

William Thomas CoRLETT, M. D., L R.C.P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.
Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology.
M. D., Wooster Univ., 1877 ; L. E. C. P., London, 1882 ; Professor
of Dermatology and Syphilology, Western Reserve University, 1898 —

George W. Crile, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington Av.

Professor of Clinical Surgery,

A. B., Ohio Normal Univ., 1882 ; A. B., Wooster Univ., 1887 ; M. D.,
1887; Student In New York, Vienna and London. 1887-95; Professor of
Phy8ioI(Mnr and Surgery, Wooster Medical Coll., 1897-1900; Ph. D,
Hiram Coll., 1899; Professor of Clinical Surgery, Western Reserve
University, 1900 —

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy,

A. B., Hamilton Coll.. 1880; B. D., Union Theological Seminary,
1888; A. M., Hamilton Coll., 1883; Pastor at Hastings-on-Hudson and
at Cleveland, 1888-88 ; Univ. of Leipslc, 1888-91 ; Ph. D., 1890 ; Profes-
sor of Philosophy, Adelbert College 1891 —

Henry Platt Gushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology,

Ph. B., Cornell Univ.. 1882; Cornell Univ., 1882-83; School of
Mines, Columbia Coll., 1883-84; Cornell Univ., 1884-85; M. S., 1885;
Instructor In Geology, Chemistry and Physics. State Normal School,
Mankato, Minn., 1885-91; Univ. of Munich, 1891-92: Instructor in
Geology and Chemistry, College for Women, 1892-93 ; Associate Profes-
sor oF Geology, 1898-96; Professor of Geology, 1895 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lO FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [1902-I903

Edward Fitch Gushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor 0/ the Diseases of Children.

Ph. B., Cornell Unly., 1888 ; M. D., Harrard Unly., 1888 : Professor
of the Diseases of Children. Western Reserve Unlyersity, 1894 —

John E. Darby, A. M., M. D., Doan St. and Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics.
A. B.. Williams Coll., 1858 ; A. M., 1861 ; M. D., Western Reserve
Univ., 1861 : Professor of Materia Medlca and Therapeutics, Western
Reserve University, 1867 —

ROBBRT Wai.i,BR Deering, Ph. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature.

Dean of the Graduate School.

Centre Coll.. 1879-80; Vanderbllt Univ., 1880-85; A. B.. 1884;
A. M., 1885; Instructor In German, Vanderbllt Univ., 1885-86; Univ.
of Lelpslc. 1886-89 ; Ph. D., 1889 ; Adjunct Professor of Germanic Lan-
guages and Literature, Vanderbllt Univ.. 1889-92; Professor of Ger-
manic Languages and Iilterature, College for Women. 1892 —

Oi^ivER Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Otnatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.

A. B., Iowa Coll., 1882; A. M., 1885: Sunerlntendent of Schools,
Grinnell, la.. 1882-84 : Muscatine, la., 1884-85 ; Principal of the Academy
of Iowa Coll., 1885-88 ; Goodwin Smith Fellow in English, Cornell Univ.,
1888-89; Instructor In English, Cornell Univ., 1889-91; Ph. D., 1891;
Assistant Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology, 1892-96; Pro-
fessor of Rhetoric and English Philology, Adelbert College, 1896 —

Haroi^d North Fowi.er, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Clark Professor of Greek,

A. B., Harvard Coll., 1880; Classical Master in Marston's Univer-
sity School, Baltimore, 1880-82; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1880-81; Ameri-
can School of Classical Studies in Athens, 1882-83; Univ. of Berlin,
1888-84; Univ. of Bonn., 1884-85; Ph. D., 1885; Instructor in Greek,
Latin, and Archeology, Harvard Coll., 1885-88; Instructor in Latin,
Phillips Exeter Acad., 1888-90; Professor of Latin. Phillips Bzeter
Acad., 1890-92 ; Professor of Greek. Univ. of Texas, 1892-93 ; Professor
of Greek, College for Women, 189$ —

Abraham Lincoi^n Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greeks Dean of Adelbert College.

A. B., Dartmouth Coll., 1885 : A. M., 1888 ; Univ. of Leipslc, 1885-
87 ; Univ. of Erlangen, 1887-88 ; Ph. D., 1888 ; Instructor in Latin and
French, Adelbert Coll., 1889-90 ; Professor of Greek, College for Women,
1890-93; Professor of Greek, Adelbert College, 1893 —

Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law of Crimes^ Criminal Procedure^ and Damages.
a. B., Oberlln Coll., 1873; Professor of the Law of Crimes and
Damages, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy.

M. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1890; Demonstrator of Anatomy,
Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1890-93; Professor of Anatomy, Western
Reserve University, 1893 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. II

Chari^bs Harris, Ph. D.» 15 Adelbert Hall.

Professor of German,

K. B., Indiana Univ., 1879; Ph. D., Univ. of Lelpslc, 1888: In-
ttmctor In German, Academic Department of Vlncennes uniy., 1883-86 ;
Professor of French and German, Southern Illinois State Normal School,
1886-88; Professor of German, Oberlln Coll., 1888-98; Professor of
German, Adelbert College, 1898 —

Francis Hobart Hbrrick, Ph. D., D. Sc., 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection,

A. B., Dartmouth Coll., 1881 ; Ph. D., Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1888 ;
D. Sc, Western Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1897 ; Instructor in Biology,
Adelbert College, 1888-91 ; Professor of Biology, 1891 —

Frank Rufus Herrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts,

A. B., Yale Univ., 1888; Professor of Law of Torts, Western Re-
serve University, 1897 —

Perry L. Hobbs, Ph. D. (Berlin), 1420 Euclid Av.

Professor of Chemistry.

B. 8., Case School of Applied Science, 1886 ; Ph. D., Univ. of Berlin,
1889; Professor of Chemistry, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Chari^SS F. Hoovbr, a. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Physical Diagnosis,

A. B., Harvard Univ., 1890; M. D., 1892; Professor of Physical
Diagnosis, Western Reserve University, 1896 —

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts and Equity furisdiction^

Dean of the Law School,

A. B.. Adelbert Coll., 1889 ; LL. B.. Harvard Univ., 1892 ; Professor
of Law of Contracts and Equity Jurisdiction and Dean of Law School,
Western Reserve University, 1892 —

William T. Howard, Jr., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology ^ Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology,

Univ. of Virginia, 1885-87 ; M. D., Univ. of Maryland. 1889 ; Johns
Hopkins Univ., 1889-94; Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology,
Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Paul Rowland, A. M., LL. B., 341 Huron St.

Professor of the Law of Heading and Practice and Partnership,

A. B., Oberlln Coll., 1884; A. M., 1894; LL. B., Harvard Univ.,
1890: Professor of Law of Pleading and Practice, and Partnership,
Western Reserve University, 1896 —

WiLUAM Hbnry Hulmb, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English.

A. B., Vanderbilt Univ., 1890; Assistant in Greek, 1889-90: Univ.
of Lelpsic. 1891-92 ; Univ. of Jena. 1892-98 ; Univ. of Freiburg. 1893-94 :
Ph. P., 1894: Instructor in German, Adelbert College, 1804-96: Asso-
ciate Professor of English, College for Women, 1896-1900; Professor of
English; 1900—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

12 FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [1902-I903

HOMBR HosBA Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of Constitutional Law,
A. B., Oberlln Coll^ 1886 ; A. M.. LL. B., Harvard Univ.. 1888 ;
Professor of the Law of Trusts and Constitutional Law, Western Reserve
University, 1898 —

Jacob Laisy, A. M., M. D., Syracuse, Neb.

Professor Emeritus of Anatomy.

A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1850 ; A. M., 1858 ; M. D., Cleveland
Medical Coll., 1858; Professor of Anatomy, Cleveland Medical Coll.,
1863-84 ; Professor Emeritus of Anatomy, Western Reserve University,
1884—

James Lawrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

'Professor of the Law of Public and Private Corporations,
A. B., Kenyon Coll., 1871: Professor of the Law of Public and
Private Corporations, Western Reserve University, 1896 —

John H. Lowman, A M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine,

A. B., Connecticut Weslevan Univ., 1871 ; A. M., 1874 : M. D.,
Wooster Medical Coll., 1878; M. D., Coll. of Physicians and Burgeons,
New York, 1876; Professor of Medicine, Western Reserve University,
1881—

Benjamin Love Millikin, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of Ophthalmology ^

Dean of the Medical College,

A. B., Allegheny Coll., 1874; A. M., 1877; M. D., Univ. of Penn-
sylvania, 1879; Ophthalmic Surgeon Charity Hospital, 1884; Lakeside
Hospital, 1898; Professor of Ophthalmology, Western Reserve Univ.,
1894; Dean of Medical College, western Reserve University, 1900 —

Edward Williams Morlby, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.

Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,

A. B., Williams Coll.. 1860 ; A. M., 1863 ; M. D., Cleveland Medical
Coll., 1877; Ph. D., Wooster Univ., 1879; LL. D., Western Reserve
Univ., 1891, Williams Coll., 1901 ; Professor of Chemistry, Western Re-
serve College and Adelbert College, 1869 —

Anna Hblene Palmi^, Ph. B., 2733 Euclid Av.

Professor of Mathematics.

Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1890 ; Fellow in Mathematics, 1890-91; In-
structor in Mathematics and German, College for the Training of
Teachers, New York City. 1891-92 ; Instructor in Mathematics, College
for Women, 1892-98; Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1893-96;
Professor of Mathematics, 1895 —

Charles Elliott Pennewei^Li 1254 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Real Property,

Professor of the Law of Real Property, Western Reserve University,
1892—.

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Professor of Latin.

A. B., Vassar Coll., 1879; Instructor in Classics, Central High
School, Cleveland, 1879-92 ; Associate Professor of Latin, College ror
Women, 1892-93; Professor of Latin, 1898 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 3

John Wii^uam Pkrrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Haydn Professor of History,

Ph. B., Illinois Wesleyan Univ., 1887; AaslBtant Principal of High
School, Danville, 111., 1887-88 ; Superintendent of Schools, Petersburg,
111.. 1888-80; A. M., Wabash Coll.. 1889; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1890-92;
Univ. of Chicago, 1892-98 ; Professor of History and Political Economy,
Wisconsin State Normal School, Platteville, Wis., 1898-94; Ph. D.,
Univ. of Chicago, 1895; Professor of History and Politics, Allegheny
Coll., 1896-98; Professor of History, Adelbert College, 1898 —

Samuei. Baw, Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.

Secretary of the Faculty of Adelbert College.

A. B.. Yale Coll., 1883; Ph. D., 1885; Instructor In Latin and
French, Adelbert Coll., 1885-90; Assistant Professor of Latin, Adelbert
Coll., 1890-92; Professor of Latin, Adelbert College, 1892—

I^EMUEi* Stoughton Potwin, A. M., D. D., 322 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and L iterature.

A. B., Yale Coll., 1854 ; A. M., 1857 ; Tutor in Yale, 1858-60 ; D. D.,
1886: Professor of Latin, Western Reserve Coll. and Adelbert College,
1871-92; Professor of the English Language and Literature, 1892 —

Hunter H. Powei.1*, A. M., M. D., 467 Prospect St.

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics.

M. D., Virginia Medical Coll.. 1867 ; A. M., Western Reserve Univ..
1894; Professor of Obstetrics and ' Pediatrics, western Reserve Univer-
sity, 1875— ; Dean of 'Medical College, 1895-1900.

Hunter Robb, A. B.. M. D. 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Gynecology.

A. B., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1880; M. D., 1884; House StafT,
Presbyterian Hospital, Philadelphia, 1885: Episcopal Hospital, 1886;
Assistant Surgeon, Kensington Hospital, 1887 ; Vienna, Berlin, Prague,
Lelpsic, Paris, London, 1888-89; Associate Professor of Gynecology,
Johns Hopkins Univ., 1889^94 ; Professor of Gynecology, Western Re-
serve University, 1894-^—

John Pascal Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 526 Rose Building.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1883 : A. M., M. D., Western Reserve Univ.,
1886; Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine, Western Reserve
University, 1889—

Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St,

Professor of Mathematics.

A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1870 ; A. M., 1873 ; Professor of
Mathematics and Perkins Professor of Natural Philosophy and Astron-
omy, Western Reserve Coll., 1870-82 ; Professor of Mathematics, Adel-
bert College, 1882 —

Arthur Adelbert Stearns, A. M., 87 Oakdale St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage,

A. B., Buchtel Coll., 1879 ; A. M., 1883 ; Professor of Law of Surety-
ship and Mortgage, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

14 FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [1902-1903

George Neii, Stewart, M.A., D. Sc., M. D.,(Edin.),D. P. H.(Camb.),

Professor of Physiology and Histology. Medical College.

M. A., UnlT. of Edinburgh, 1882 ; D. Sc, 1887 ; M. D., 1888 : D. P. H.,
Cambridge, 1890; Senior Demonstrator of Physiologr, Owens Coll.,
Victoria Univ., 1888-90 : Examiner in Phjrsiolo^, Univ. of Aberdeen,
1889-98 ; Medical Dept. Harrard UnlT., 1808-94 ; Professor of Physiology
and Histology, Western Reserve Unlyersity, 1894 —

Henry Swift Upson, A. B., M. D., 514 New England Building.
Professor of Neurology,

A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1880: M. D., Coll. of Physicians and
Surgeons, New York, 1884; Staff of Roosevelt Hospital, New York,
1885-86 ; Berlin and Heidelberg, 1886-87 ; Professor of Neurology, West-
ern Reserve University, 1893 —

John Wilwam Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Denial Medicine,

Adelbert Coll., 1886-87 ; D. D. S., New York Coll. of Dentistry, 1890 :
Lecturer on Materia Medlca and Dental Therapeutics, Western Reserve
University, 1892-96 ; Professor of Dental Medicine, 1896 —

Henry Clay White, B. L., A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates,

B. L., Univ. of Michigan, 1862 ; A. M., Hiram Coll., 1891 ; Probate
Judge of Cuyahoga Co., 1888 — ; Professor of Medical Jurisprudence,
Cleveland Homeopathic Medical Coll., 1891 ; Professor of Testamentary
Law and Probate Procedure, Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc., . 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy,

A. B., Brown Univ^ 1874 ; A. M., 1877 ; D. Sc, 1900 ; Brown Univ.,
Massachusetts Inst, of Technology, 1879 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1879-80 :
Professor of Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst., 1880-85; Professor
of Physics, Adelbert College, 1885 —

Will Henry Whitslar, M. D., D. D. S., 700 Schofield Building.

Professor of Dental Anatomy and Pathology,

Secretary of the Dental College,

D. D. S., Univ. of Michigan, 1885 ; M. D, Rush Medical Coll., 1886 :
Professor of Dental Anatomy and Pathology and Secretary of the Dental
College of Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Frank Beverly Williams, A. M., LL. B., iii Crawford Road.

Professor of the Law of Evidence ^ Trusts, and Personal Property,

A. B., Harvard Univ., 1888; Instructor in Political Economy and
Assistant In American History, 1889-90 ; A. M., 1890 : Traveling Fellow,
1890-1892 ; Instructor In Roman Law, 1892-97 ; LL. B., 1896 ; Assistant
Professor of Law, 1897-98 ; Professor of the Law of Evidence, Personal
Property and Trusts In Western Reserve University, 1899 —

George Henry Wilson, D. D. S , 701 Schofield Building.

Professor of Prosthesis and Metallurgy, and

Superintendent of Laboratories and Clinics,

D. D. S., Univ. of Michigan, 1878; Professor of Prosthetics and
Metallurgy, Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I5

Daniei, Hbndrix ZibglER, D. D. S., 726 Rose Building.

Professor oj Clinical Operative Dentistry,

D. D. S., Western Reserve Unly., 1899 ; Demonstrator In Operative
Dentistry, Dental College of Western Reserve University, 1899-1902;
Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry, 1902 —

Benjamin Parsons Boukxand, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Associate Professor of Romante Languages.

A. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1889 ; A. M., 1890 ; Instructor in French,
1892-95; Student Paris and Vienna, Rome, Florence, Madrid, 1895-98;
Ph. D., Univ. of Vienna, 1897 ; Instructor in French, Univ. of Michigan,
1898-99 ; Assistant Professor, 1899-1901 ; Associate Professor of
Romance Languages, Adelbert College, 1901 —

HippoLYTE Gruknsr, Ph D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry,

A. B., Yale Coll., 1891 ; Ph. D., 1898 ; Instructor In Chemistry and
Physics, Hill School, Pottstown, Pa., 1898-94 : Univ. of Munich, 1894-
95 ; Instructor in Chemistry. Adelbert Coll., 1895 — ; Associate Professor
of Chemistry, College for Women, 1898 —

Wii^UAM H. HuMiSTON, M. D., 526 Rose Building.

Associate Professor of Gynecology,

M. D., Long Island College Hospital, 1879; Associate Professor of
Gynecology, Medical Department of western Reserve University, 1895 —

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D.. 844 Ivogan Av.

Assistant Professor of German,

B. L., Adelbert Coll., 1893 ; Univ. of Lelpslc, 1898-94; Univ. of
Heidelberg, 1894-96 ; Ph. D., 1896 ; Instructor fn Qerman, Western Re-
serve Univ., 1896-09; Instructor in German, Adelbert College, 1899-
1902; Assistant Professor of German, 1902 —

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History,

A. B., Amherst Coll., 1889 ; A. M., 1896 ; Oberlln Theological Sem.,
1890-92 ; B. D., Hartford Theological Sem., 1893 : Universities of Halle,
Berlin, and at Paris, 1893-97; B. D., Oberlln Theological Sem., 1896;

Assistant In History, College for Women, 1897-1900 ; Instructor in His-
torical Bibliography, 19 -190" ' - - - - - — -
Adelbert College, 1902 —

torical Bibliography, 19 -1902 ; Associate Professor of Church History,

TORALD SoLLMANN, M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica,

M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1896; Lecturer on Pharmacology,
Western Reserve University, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor of Pharma-
cology and Materia Medica, 1901 —

Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

A. B., Wesleyan Univ., 1892 ; A. M.. 1893 ; Assistant In Chemistry,
Wesleyan Univ., 1898-94 ; Univ. of Lelpslc, 1894-95 ; Ph. D., 1895 : As-
sistant Chemist in Nutrition Investigations, Department of Agriculture.
1895-98; Assistant in Chemistry. Wesleyan Univ., 1806-98; Instructor
In Chemistry, Adelbert College, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor, Adelbert
College, 1901—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6 FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [1902-1903

Frederick Clayton Waite, A.M., Ph. D.( Harvard), 77 Hillburn Av.

Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology,

B. L., Adelbert Coll., 1892 : A. M., Western Reserve Univ., 1894 ; A.
M.. Harvard Univ., 1896; Ph. D., 1808; Assistant In Biology, Adelbert
Coll., 1892-95 ; Assistant in Zoology, Harvard Univ., 1897-98 : Instructor
in Biology, Peter Cooper High School, New York City, 1898-1900; In-
structor in Biology New York Univ., 1899-1900 ; Assistant in Anatomy,
Rush Medical Coll., of the Univ. of Chicago, 1900-1901 ; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Histology and Embryology, Western Reserve Univ., 1901 —

Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph. D,, 10 Adelbert Hall.

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.

A. B., Harvard Univ.. 1898; Harvard Medical School, 1893-94;
Univ. of Leipsic, 1894-95 ; Univ. of Heidelberg. 1895-97 ; The Sorbonne,
Ecole des Hautes Etudes, 1897-98 ; Univ. of Heidelberg. 1898-99 ; Ph. D.,
1899; Instructor in French, Univ. of Michigan, 1899-1900; Instructor,
in Romance Languages, College for Women, 1900-1902; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Romance Languages, 1902 —

Harriet Bardwell Chapman, A. B., M. D., 810 Rose Bldg.

Lecturer on Hygiene, College for Women.

A. B., Wellesley Coll., 1893; M. D.. Cleveland Medical Coll„ 1896;
Clinical Assistant. Eye and Ear Department. Good Samaritan Di^ens-
ary, 1897 ; Lecturer on Hygiene, College for Women, 1900 —

Clayton King Fauver, Ph. B., LL. B., 727 Case Av.

Lecturer on Torts and History of Procedure^ and Instructor
in charge of Review Work.
Ph. B„ Oberlin Coll., 1897 ; Western Reserve University, 1897-1900 ;
LL. B., 1900 ; Lecturer and Instructor, Western Reserve University,
1901—

Frederick William Green, LL. B., Rice Av., Newburgh.

Lecturer on Sales.

LL. B., Western Reserve Univ., 1896; Lecturer in Western Reserve
University, 1897 —

Frederick Augustus Henry, A. M., LL. B., Williamson Building.
Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence.
A. B., Iliram Coll., 1888 ; A. M., LL. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1891 ;
Professor of Law of Torts, Western Reserve University, 1894-1890;
Professor of Dental Jurisprudence, 1899 —

John M. Ingrrsoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891 : A. M., 1896 : M. D., Medical Coll., West-
ern Reserve Univ., 1893 ; House Staff Cleveland City Hospital, 1894 ;
Universities of Vienna. Berlin and London. 1894-96 : Lecturer on Otol-
ogy, Rhinology and Laryngology, Western Reserve University, 1895 —

Herman Clifford Kenyon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Lecturer on Denial Anatomy and Instructor in Operative and

Prosthetic Dental Technics.

Hiram College, 1895-96; D. D. S., Western Reserve Univ., College
of Dentistry, 1808 ; Demonstrator of Prosthetic Technics, Western Re-
serve Univ., 1898 — ; Instructor in Operative and Prosthetic Technics,
1901 — ; Lecturer on Dental Anatomy, 1901 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. l^

Louis Wii^wams Ladd, A.B., M.D.,The Montana, Hay ward & Prospect

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Microscopy,

A. B., Yale Univ., 181)5; Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1896-99; M. D.,
1890;. Assistant Resident Physician Johns Hopkins Univ. Hospital,
1899-1000; Resident rhysitian, Lakeside Hospital, 1900-01; Lecturer in
Clinical Microscopy, Western Reserve University, 1001 —

WiwjAM R. Lincoln, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Lecturer on Otoloj^y, Rhinology and Laryngology.

M. I)., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1888; Lecturer on Otology, Rhlnology
and Laryngology, Western Reserve University, 1896 —

Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D.,- 1527 Euclid Av,

Lecturer on Bacteriology and Assistant in Pathology.
A. B„ Union Coll., 1803; A. B.. Harvard Univ., 1894; M. D., Johns
Hopkins T'niv., 1808; Resident Pathologist, Lakeside Hospital. 1898-
1901; Demonstrator of l»athology. Western Reserve Univ., 1899-1901;
Fellow in Research of the Rockefeller Institute, 1901-2 ; Lecturer in Bac-
teriology. 1901 —

Weston A. Valleau Pbice, D. D. S , M. E., 2238 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Electro-fherapeutics and Electrical Appliances.
D. D. S., Univ. of Mich.. 1893: Demonstrator, Electro-Therapeutics
and Bilect. Appliances, Western Reserve Univ., 1897 ; Lecturer, 1901 —

ROLWN Abbott Wilbur, LL. B., 820 Fair mount St.

Lecturer on Cofttracts and Carriers.

Student, Western Reserve Univ. Law School, 1899-1900: Harvard
Univ. Law School. 1900-1902: LL. R., 1002: Lecturer on Contracts and
Carriers, Western Reserve University, 1902 —

Ci^ARBNCE Powers Bill, Ph. D., (Absent on leave).

Instructor in Latin and Greek.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1894: A. M., 1895: A. M., Harvard Univ.,
189C: Ph. 1)., 1808; Instructor in Latin, Adelbert College, 1898 —

William Dinsmore Briggs, Ph. D , 18 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in English.

A. B., Stanford Univ., 1890: A. M.. Harvard Univ., 1899; Ph. D.,
1900: Instructor in Knji?llsh and (iermnn, Univ. of Vermont, 1900-01;
Instructor in Knglish. Adelbert College. 1901 —

Mary George Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.

Sargent Normal School of (Jymnastics. 1900; Instructor in Hist-
ology, Sargent Normal School, 1900-01 : Instructor In Histology, Hein-
enway Gymnasium. Harvard Univ., suranier 1901 ; Instructor of Physical
Training. College for Women, 1901 —

Charles Edwin Clemens, T093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

John Dickbrman, A. B., 852 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891 : Instructor In' Mathematics, Western
Reserve Acad.. 1891-94: Johns Hopkins T'niv., 1894-95: Chamberlin
Observatory. Denver Univ., 1895-96: Univ. of Chicago, 1896-97; In-
structor in Mathematics, Adelbert College, 1897 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8 FACUI.TY AND OFFICERS. [1902-I903

Robert Hbrndon Fife, Jr., Ph. D., 91 Mayfield St.

Instructor in German,

A. B., Univ. of Virginia, 1895: A. M., 1895; Instructor in Bngllah,
St. Albans School, Radford, Va., 1805-98 ; Unly. of Gottlngen, 1898-99 ;
Univ. of Lelpsic, 1899-1901; Ph. D., 1901; Instructor in German, Col-
lege for Women, 1901 —

HowBLi, Merriman Haydn, A. B., 252 Sibley St.

Instructor in Biblical Literature.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1896; Auburn Theological Sem.. 1890-99;
DiDloma, 1899; Instructor In Biblical Literature, College for Women,

Agnes Hunt, Ph. D., 46 Nantucket St

Instructor in History.

A. B., Smith Coll., 1897 ; Ph. D., Yale Univ., 1900 ; Assistant in
History, College for Women, 1900-1901 ; Instructor In History, College
for Women, 1901 —

Carl Byron James, B. S., 896 Hough Av.

Instructor in Biology.

B. S., Baldwin Univ., 1894 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1894-95 ; German
Wallace Coll., 1895-96; Assistant in Biological Laboratory, Adelbert
Coll., 1896-1902; Instructor in Biology, College for Women, 1902 —

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 36 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy.

A. B., Columbia, 1893 ; Univ. of Jena, 1893-94 ; General Theological
Seminary, New York, 1894-95; Columbia, 1895-97; Halle and Bonn,
1807-08 ; Ph. D., Bonn. 1898 ; Assistant in Philosophy, Columbia, 1898-
99 ; Instructor in Philosophy, Adelbert College, 1899 —

Fritz Rbichmann, Ph. D., 95 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics,

C. E. and E. E., Univ. of Texas, 1896; M. S., 1897; Fellow in
Physics, Univ. of Texas, 1895-97 ; Tutor and Instructor, 1897-98 ; Fellow
In Physics, Univ. of Chicago, 1898-1001; Ph. D.. 1901; Academy In-
structor, Unlv. of Chicago. 1000-01 : Instructor In Physics, Adelbert Col-
lege and the College for Women, 1901 —

Clarence Dimick Stevens, A. M., 23 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in English,

Ph. B., Wabash Coll., 1804: Fowler-Duhme Fellow In English,
1804-1)5: Instructor In English. 1894-05: Professor In English, Vln-
cennes Univ., 1895-1900: A. M., Wabash Coll., 1900: University Scholar
in English, Columbia Univ., 1000-1901 : Instructor In English, Adelbert
College, 1901-1902; Instructor in English, College for Women, 1902 —

Charles Jesse Wehr, A. B., M. D., 5 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director 0/ Gymnasium.
A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1898 ; M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1901 ; In-
structor in I>hyslcal Culture and Director of Gymnasium, Adelbert
College, 1901—

Allyn Abbott Young, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Economics.

Ph. B., Hiram College, 1894 ; Univ. of Wisconsin, 1898-99 ; Statisti-
cian, U. S. Census Office, 1899-1900; Fellow in Economics, Univ. of
Wisconsin, 1900-1901; Assistant In Economics, 1901-02; Ph. D., Univ.
of Wisconsin. 1902 ; Instructor In Economics, Adelbert College and the
College for Women, 1902 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 19

Henry A. Bbcker» A. M., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

RUSSBI*!. H. BiRGB, A. B., M. D., 260 Buclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

Chari^SS E. Briggs, a. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

WiLUAM E. Bruner, a. M., M. D., 514 New England Building.
Demonstrator of Ophthalmology,

Joseph Anson Coates, D. D. S., 45 Hough Av.

Demonstrator in Operative Dentistry,

John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., Lakeside Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology,

Fred Doiaey, A. B., M. D., Charity Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology,

Ci^UDE C. Guthrie, M. D., 129 Marcy Av.

Demonstrator of Physiology,

Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

WiixiAM E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

Wai«TBR H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

George Wii^ton Moorbhousb, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av

Demonstrator of Medicine,

WiLWAM O. OSBORN, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

Henry P. Parker, A. B., M. D., Colonial Flats, Russell & Euclid.
Demonstrator of Pathology and Bacteriology,

Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

CARI.YLB Pope, M. D., 855 Rose Building.

Demonstrator in Diseases of Children^

Gilbert Povey, M. D., 693^4 Hough Av.

Demonstrator in Gynecology,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

20 FACULTY AND OFFICERS. [1902-I903

Frank Lesue Smith, D. D. S., Denver, Colo.

Demonstrator of Orthodontia.

HxjBERT L. Spenck, M. D., 512 New England Building.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases.

Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

John Scheli, Tierney, M. D., 532 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Anatomy.

Harrison G. Wagner, M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis.

James Freed Wark, D. D. S., 362 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Operative Dentistry.

WiLUAM H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid A v.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 269 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry.

Wilfred Henry Alburn, A. B., Eldred Hall.

Assistant in English.

William Bricker Chamberlain, A. B., M, D., 725 Prospect St.
Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Ph. B., 894 Case Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory.

Frank S Clark, A. M., M. D., 493 Colonial Arcade.

Assistant in Obstetrics and Pediatrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Alice Doyle Drake, Ph. B., 792 Republic St.

Assistant in English.

James A. Evans, B. S., The Medical College.

Assistant in Chemistry.

Thomas Edward Griffiths, M. D., 1104 Woodland Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

Henry Justus Herrick, A. M., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Charles M. Hole, M. D., 300 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Dertnaiology and Syphilology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN R^^RV^ UMV^RSlYY. 21

Fanny C Hutchins, M D., 373 Jennings Av

Assistant in Nervous Diseases,

Secokd H. Large, 1013 New England Building.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Eat.

J. CHARI.RS McFatk, a. B., 761 Superior St.

Assistant in Histology,

Nina May Roberts, A. M., Guilford House.

Assistant in English.

Wiluam E. Shackleton, M. D., jSosThe Osbom.

Assistant in Ophth&lmology,

Shandor Harry Soli^omonson, B. S., 1033 Case Av.

Assistant in Histology.

Chari«es C Stuart, M. D., 416 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology.

John J. Thomas, A. M., M. D., 156 Crawford Rd.

Assistant in Diseases of Children.

Justin Miner Waugh, M. D , 44 Knowles St.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear.

Wii^LiAM J. W. Wooi^GAR, M. D., 1444 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Obstetrics.

LECTURERS IN YEAR J90J-J902.

W. D. Forrest, D D , Glasgow, Scotland.

Lecturer on * * Christ's Teaching: as to Individual and Corporate Duty. ' *

Right Reverend Henry C. Potter, D. D., New York, N. Y.
Lecturer on ''The Place of the Bible in Modem Life.''

Richard G. Moui^ton, M. A. Ph. D , University of Chicago.

Lecturer on ''The Bible. * '

John Peter Jones, D. p., Madura, India.

Lecturer on "The Conditions, Problems and Results of

Missionary Service "

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

22 I^ACUI.TY AND OI^FICERS. [1902-I903

OTHER OFFICERS.

Harry Albert Haring, A. B., • 78 Cornell St.

Treasurer,

Edward Christopher Wiluams, B. L.,

71 Elberon St., East Cleveland.
Librarian,

Esther Crawford, B. L., 39 Knox St.

Assistant in. Library,

Anna Louise MacIntyre, A. B., 136 Sawtell Av.

Librarian t College for Women,

Prances L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles Av.

Librarian of Law School,

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., 4132 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.
Registrar ^ College far Women,

Thomas J. Taylor, 2153 Superior St.

Clerk of Medical College,

Miss K. G. Frankle, 520 Woodland Av.

Clerk of Operative Clinic,

Mrs. D. a. Wright,

Clerk of Prosthetic Clinic,

Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemistress, Guilford House.

ISADORE Heydenburk, Housemisttcss^ Haydn Hall.

JESSIE Boggs, a. M., M. D., 1257 Euclid Av.

Medical Examiner ^ College for Women,

Andrew Flower, Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Prosector and Curator Anatomical Rooms.

STANDING COMMITTEES. •

i. committee on the library.
Professors Bourne, Curtis, Emerson, Platner,* Whitman.

II. committee on athletics.

Professors Bourland, Cushing,* Stewart, Wilson,

Mr. Fauver.

* Chairman.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE.

HISTORICAL STATEMENT.

nN 1801 The General Assembly of the Territory of
the United States northwest of the river Ohio was
petitioned by residents of the Connecticut Western Reserve
to grant a charter for a college to be situated within the
limits of the Reserve. The petition was denied. In 1803,
on the sixteenth of April, the first General Assembly of the
State of Ohio chartered the Erie Literary Society, a corpo-
ration composed of several proprietors of land within the
county of Trumbull (then comprising the entire Reserve),
who desired to appropriate a part thereof to found a semin-
ary of learning within that county. Under this charter an
Academy was established at Burton in 1805, the first insti-
tution of this kind in Northern Ohio. This school, with the
exception of the years 1810 to 1819, continued in operation
until 1834. In 181 7 the Presbytery of Grand River, which
embraced nearly all the Presbyterian and Congregational
ministers and churches of the Reserve, formed itself into a
society "for the education of indigent, pious young men for
the ministry, within the limits of the Presbytery." The
students aided by this society studied privately with clergy-
men until the opening of the Academy at Burton, when
they pursued their studies at that school. In 1818 the
Presbytery of Portage formed a similar society. In 1822
the two Presbyteries appointed a committee to confer to-
gether for the purpose of devising "ways and means for
establishing on the Connecticut Western Reserve a Literary

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

24 ADELBKRT COLLEGE. [1902-I903

and Theological Institution." The report of the committee,
which was adopted by the Presbyteries, provided for the
establishment, under certain conditions, of a Theological
Institution on the foundation of the Erie Literary Society
at Burton. The Trustees of the Erie Literary Society ac-
cepted the conditions. A Board of Managers of the Edu-
cation Fund was then appointed by the Presbyteries.

The connection between the Board of Managers and the
Trustees of the Erie Literary Society lasted until June, 1824.
During the year 1823 the managers became convinced that
such an institution as they desired could not be built up at
Burton, and consequently they requested the Trustees of the
Erie Literary Society to move their establishment to a more
eligible situation. As the Trustees held property on condi-
tion that the 'school should be in Burton, they declined
this proposition. In June, 1824, at a joint session of the
Board of Managers, with special commissioners of the Pres-
byteries, it was decided to discontinue the connection with
the Erie Literary Society and to found a separate institu-
tic«i. In January a special Board of Commissioners, repre-
senting the Presbyteries, to which the Presbytery of Huron
was now added, selected Hudson as the site of the college.
The Board of Managers, with four additional members rep-
resenting the Huron Presbytery, now became the Board of
Trustees, and held their first meeting at Hudson, February
15, 1825. They drafted a charter and drew up plans for
the grounds. The charter was granted February 7, 1826,
and on April 26 the comer stcMie of the first building was
laid. The first students were received in December, 1826,
and were instructed at Talmadge by Mr. Coe, the principal
of the Academy at that place, who was appointed tutor pro
tempore. In 1827 the new building at Hudson was occupied
and the preparatory department established. A Theological
department was opened in 1830 and maintained until 1852.*

•This sketch of the foundation of the College is based apon "A History of
Western Reserve College, 185»-1876," by Rev. Carroll Cutler, D. D., President,
Cleveland, 1»76.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 25

In 1878 the question of removing the College from Hud-
son to Cleveland was raised, and a committee of the Trus-
tees was appointed to take the matter under consideration.
In March, 1880, through a member of the Board of Trust,
Mr. Amasa Stone, of Cleveland, proposed to give the Col-
lege five hundred thousand dollars, provided it should be
removed to Cleveland, occupy some suitable site to be do-
nated by the citizens, and change its name to "Adelbert
College of Western Reserve University." The new name
was to be a memorial to Mr. Stone's only son, Adelbert,
who had been drowned while a student at Yale. Mr. Stone
proposed further, that of the sum offered by him one hun-
dred and fifty thousand dollars should be expended in build-
ings and the remainder added to the permanent funds of
the College. The committee weighed the comparative ad-
vantages of city and country situation and especially the
opportunities for growth and development in the new envi-
ronment. Moreover an investigation showed that, in the
fifty years from its foundation to 1876, the College had
received in gifts some three hundred and seventy-five thou-
sand dollars, two hundred thousand dollars of which had
been given for current expenses. The remainder consti-
tuted the College endowment, and included the funds used
in establishing the Handy, Hurlbut, Oviatt, and Perkins
professorships. Mr. Stone's offer would exactly treble the
endowment, in addition to providing a modern equipment.
The committee, therefore, recommended the acceptance of
the proposition, and the Trustees voted, on September 20
of the same year, to make the change whenever the condi-
tions were fulfilled. On March 19, 1881, the Trustees voted
that the conditions had been complied with and that the re-
moval should be made.

In accordance with this decision, in September, 1882, the
College opened its doors on the new campus of twenty-two
acres, situated in the midst of the great park system of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [1902-1903

Cleveland. On this campus two buildings had been erected,
one containing rooms for the work of instruction, with
offices, chapel, library, and museum; the other, apartments
for sixty students. The ensuing years have fully proved
the wisdom of the change, as shown by the increase of stu-
dents and of endowment funds. In 1883 the sum of one
hundred thousand dollars was added to the funds of the
College by the will of Mr. Stone. In 1888 the gymnasium
was erected and equipped by the gifts of numerous friends.
During the same year fifty thousand dollars was received
to found the Haydn Professorship. In 1894 Mr. Samuel
Mather built and furnished the Physical Laboratory. In
the following year Mr. Henry R. Hatch presented the
library building bearing his name, and in 1898 added the
wings as provided in the original designs. In 1897 Eidred
Hall, a building for the use of the Young Men's Christian
Association, was erected through the gift of the late Rev.
Henry B. Eidred. In 1899, the Biological Laboratory, to
which many friends contributed, was completed. By the
will of Daniel B. Fayerweather, of New York City, who
died in 1890, the College has received an additional endow-
ment fund of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. In
1 901 the interior of Adelbert Hall was entirely rebuilt and
refitted, by a friend of the College, as a memorial to Mr.
Stone.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVBRSITY. 2^

FAOJLTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged, with exception of the President, in the order 0/ graduation from college.

Charlbs Franki^in Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

LbmubIv Stoughton Potwin, a. M., D. D., 322 Rosedale A v.

Professor 0/ the English Language and Literature.

Edward WiLiviAMS MoRi^KY, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everl3'ne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlhut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,
Chari«bs Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St.

Professor of Mathematics,
Prank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc., 79 Adelbert St.

Pet kins Professor of Physics and Astronomy,
Chari^ss Harris, Ph. D., 15 Adelbert Hall.

Professor of German,
Mattoon Monrob Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy,
Francis Hobart Hbrrick, Ph. D., D. Sc., 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection,
Henry Pi^tt Cushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology.
Ouvbr Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.
Samubl Bali, Pi^atnbr, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin^ Secretary of the Faculty.
Abraham Lincoi^n Fui,i,br, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greeks Dean of the Faculty.
John Wiluam Perrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Haydn Professor of History,
Benjamin Parsons Bouri^and, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Romance Languages.
AixBN Dudley Severance, a. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History.
OUN Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

Assistant Professor of German.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADALBERT COI.LEGB.

John Dickbrman, A. B.,

Instructor in Mathematics.

HlPPOLYTB GRUENKR, Ph. D.,

Instructor in Chemistry.

Wai^ter Tayi/)r Marvin, Ph. D.,

Instructor in Philosophy,

CivARBNCE Powers Bili,, Ph. D.,

Instructor in Latin and Greek,
Ai^LYN Abbott Young, Ph. D.,

Instructor in Economics,
Fritz Reichmann, Ph. D.,

Instructor in Physics,

WiLUAM DiNSMORE BRIGGS, PH. D.,

Instructor in English.
Chari^s Jesse Wehr, A. B., M. D.,

[1902-1903

85s Doan St.

43 Knox St.

36 Knox St.

(Absent on leave).

46 Knox St.

95 Mayfifeld St.

18 Adelbeit Hall.

5 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director of Gymnasium.

Additional instruction in their oztm departments is given by the
follozoing members of the Faculty of the College for Women.
Haroi,d North Fowler, Ph. D.,

Professor of Greek.
Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D.,

Professor of German.

Carl Byron James, B. S.,

Instructor in Biology,
Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B.,

Instructor in Bible.

49 Cornell St.

(Absent on leave).

896 Hough Av.

252 Sibley St.

OTHER OFFICERS.
Harry A. Haring, A. B.,

78 Cornell St.
45 Wilbur St.

Treasurer.
Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D.,

Bursar.

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 71 Elderon St., E. Clev*d.

Librarian.

Esther Crawford, B. L., 972 Cedar A v.

Assistant in Library.

Wilfred Henry Alburn, A. B., Eldred Hall.

Assistant in English.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 29

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY*

i. committee on admission :
Professors Fui^i^br*, Pi«atner, Smith.

u. bxecutivb committbb :

{Having oversigki oftKg clattroom work and academic status of the students).

Professors FuhhSR*, Platnbr, Smith.

III. committee on curriculum :
Professors Emerson, Mori*by*, Platner.

rv. committee on program of recitations and i^ectures :
Professors Gushing*, Perrin, Whitman.

V. committee on catai^ogue :
Professors Emerson*, Perrin, Meyer.

vi. committee on rooms :
Professors Herrick, Perrin, Whitman*.

VII. committee on gymnasium :
Professor Gushing, Mr. Dickerman*, Mr. Wehr.

^Chairman.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADBI.BBRT COLI^BGB.

[1902- 1 903

STUDENTS.

SENIORS.

Edwin Allen Barnes, L. S. ♦
Edwin Childs Baxter, CI.
Walter Lewis Bisaell, CI.
Charles Bushnell Byal, CI.
Homer Charles Campbell, L. S.
Edwin Leland Carle, CI.
James Williams Carpenter, M. L.
Paul Richard Chamberlain, CI.
Francis Corrigan, CI.
David Love Dugan, CI.
Arthur Bradley Eisenbrey, L. S.
Albert EHenberger, L. S.
Robert Emmett Finley, L. S.
Robert Edward Gammel, M. L.
Birt Eugene Garver, M. L.
Harlan Adolphus Hepfinger, L. S.
James Julius Hoffman, CI.
Isaac McCallum Hogg, L. S.
Bradley Hull, Jr., CI.
Willis Burton Knisely, L. S.
Frederick Tyler Lawton, L. S.
Robert George Lotspietch, CI.
Albert W. Meyer, CI.
John William O'Brien, L. S.
Edward Maynard Otis, L. S.
Herbert Ernest Parker, L. S.
William Robert Polhamus,
Ernest James Reece, L. S.
Hugh Griffith Rose, L. S.
Warren Daniel Spengler, M. L.
Frank Holt Stedman, M. L.
Feist M. Strauss, CI.
George Franklin Thomas, L. S.

Payne

Los Angeles^ Col.

New Mifford

Findlay

Akron

Geneva

Cleveland

Huntsburg

Cleveland

Salem

Cleveland

Lorain

]Villoughby

Cleveland

Youngstown

Cleveland

Canlon

Toledo

London

Cleveland

Ml, Vernon

Willoughby

Binghamlon, N.

Cleveland

WellsvUle

Cleveland

Belmont, Mass.

Cleveland

Akron

$ r A House.

A A ^ House.

A K E House.

68 Bell Av.

805 Fairmount St.

46 Knox St.

76 White Av.

66 Gorman Av.

* r A House.

A A ^ House.

Euclid Heights.

838 Doan St.

413 Dunham Av.

6 n House.

Willoughby.

1059 Central Av.

995 Doan St.

340 Euclid Av.

173 Streator Av.

59 Mayfield St.

A Y House.

844 Logan Av.

16 Adelbert HhU.

13 Adelbert Hall.

Y. 767 Doan St.

20 Tennessee St.

59 Beersford PI.

142 Cornell St.

63 Fourth Av.

Hiram House.

1390 Superior St.

ATA Rooms.

•Abbreviations : CI., Claa«ical Course; L. S.. Latin-Scicntiflc Course; M. L..
Modern Language Course. A number in parenthesis alter the name of a special
student indicates the year to which he belongs.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

Herbert Alfred Thomas, L. S. Lima

Sidney Burnett Tryon, CI. Willoughby

Albert George Tuttlc, CI. Rowe.Mass.

Isaac Roy Watts, L. S. Willoughby

134 Murray Hill Av.

ATA Rooms.

853 Doan St.

ATA Rooms.

Seniors, 37.

JUNIORS.

Henry Wilmer Blackburn, CI. Wellsville
Hiram Henry Canfield, M. L. Euclid Heights
Sidney Loftus Chaffee, L. S. Cleveland

Ralph Ezra Chapel, CI. E. Claridon

Clyde Lottridge Cummer, L. S. Cleveland
William Jay Dawley, CI. Cleveland

Raymond Garfield De Fries, L. S. Troy
John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr., M. L. Cleveland
Louis Englander, CI. Toledo

George Tuttle Filius, CI. Warren

Rayman Forrest Fritz, CI. Rittman

Emil William Gaelzow, CI. Cleveland

Frank Elmer Hale, CI. E, Claridon

William Henry Charles Heinmiller, CI. Cleveland

CI.

Wade Oakly Hulbert.

Percy R. Jenks, CI.

Leonard Corwin Loomis, CI.

Robert Crosby Lowe, L. S.

Arthur Fraw McArthur, L. S.

Forest Oliver March, L. S.

Victor Garfield Mills, L. S.

Edmond De Witt Neer, L. S.

Arthur Price Nutt, L. S.

John Frederic Oberlin, L. S.

Raymond Patton, L. S.

Frank Herson Pelton, L. S.

Frederick Early Pfeiffer, L. S.

Ulrich John Pfeiffer, L. S.

Noyes Billings Prentice, Jr., M. L. Cleveland

Ralph Roscoe Proctor, L. S. Fremont

Olivia Bumell Sharp, L. S. Jonesboro^ III,

Lawrence Caleb Spieth, CI. Cleveland

Emery E. Stevens, CI. Cleveland

Thompson
Nottingham
Cleveland
Boneta
Cleveland
Chagrin Falls
Willoughby
De Graff
Sidney
Canton
Sidney
Willoughby
Kenton
Kenton

* r A House.
AY House.

14 Adelbert Hall.

92 Streator Av.

396 Bolton Av.

A K E House.
8 Adelbert Hall.
1433 Willson Av.

A T n House.

A K £ House.
45 Fairchild St.

50 Leading St.

92 Streator Av.
39 Steinway Av.

139 Cornell St.

Nottingham.

1280 Willson Av.

* r A House.
203 Oakdale St.

A A ^ House.

Willoughby.

B n House.

B ® n House.

67 Cornell St.

24 Adelbert Hall.

ATA Rooms.

10 1 Halsey St.

loi Halsey St.

12 Lakeview Av.

A A $ House.

45 Fairchild St.

1 29 1 Willson Av.

2036 Broadway.

John HoUam Stewart, CI.

Youngstoztm 136 Murray Hill A v.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADBMERT COI.I.EGE.

[1902-1903

Howard Clifford Summers, CI.
Carl Peter Paul Vitz, CI.
Raymond Crandall Warner, CI.
Howard Rees Williams, CI.
Joseph Prank Williams, L. S.
John Calvin Winter, h. S.
James Garfield Woodward,
Robert Algar Woolfolk, M. I,.

Cleveland
Cleveland
Geneva
Hunisburg
YoungstOTvn
Terr e Haute, Ind,
Plainesville
Danville i Va,

SOPHOMORES.

Cary Rudolph Album, CI.

George Forrest Bamett, Iv. S.

Robert S win ton Campbell, M. L.

Walter Baldwin Cames, Iv. S.

Carl Judd Case, CI.

Harold L. Cline, L. S,

Charles Manchester Coe,

Harvey Lee Comin, CI.

John Lewis Conant, CI.

Walter Henry Cook. Q

Herbert Randolph Cox,

John Benjamin Daugherty, L. S,

Charles Clarence Garman, CI.

Clark Peter Garman, CI.

Clarence Edward Gibbons,

William Hamilton Gillie,

John James Gunn, CI.

Howard Waring Herrick,

Emerson Freeman Hird,

Wallace Trevor Holliday,

Avery Hopwood, M. L.

Frank Merrick Hubbell,

Oliver Jones, CI.

William Claude Martin,

Budd Noble Merrills, CI.

William Theodore Miller,

Arnold Minnig, L. S.

Homer Lynn Nearpass, CI.

William Thomson Nimmons, L. S,

Robert Henry Horace Pierce, L. S. Toledo

Walter Lawrence Robison, M. L. Cleveland

M. L.

L.S

L. S.
L.S.

CI.
CI.
CI.

CI.

L.S.

M. L.

Kyles* Comers

Painesville

Cleveland

Lima

Hudson

Lima

Glenville

Mansfield

Cleveland

Canton

Steubenville

Troy

Tallmadge

Twinsburg

Cleveland

1528 Superior St.

45 Marvin Av.

ATA Rooms.

AY House.

A T n House

i252ScrantonAv.

203 Adelbert St.

A Y House.

Juniors, 42.

Eldred Hall.

^ r A House.

2209 Superior St.

A K E House.

29 Cornell St.

A K E House.

Glenville.

168 Streator Av.

1 70 1 Dennison Av.

724 Republic St.

Ben House.

The Brooklawn.

24 Streator Av.

23 Adelbert Hall.

Euclid Heights.

117 Adelbert St.

133 Dibble Av.

3006 Euclid Av.

Baldzuinville, Mass. 44 Nantucket St.

Cleveland

Wickliffe

Cleveland

30 Miles Park St.

39 Harbor St.

673 Franklin Av.

2370 Elmwood St.

84 Marvin A v.

A T A Rooms.

A A <> House.

New Philadelphia 2481 Euclid Av.

Culver, Ind. 45 Fairchild St.

Lincoln, Kan, 6 H House.

loi Halsey St.

5 Hayward St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

John Richard Ruggles, L. S. Cleveland

Philip Wallace Seagrave, CI. Cleveland

William Ernest Singer, L. S. JVeslon

William Edward Smith, CI. Cleveland

Clarence Ansel Strong, CI. Warren

Roy Foster Van Voorhis, CI. Van Wert

Saul Charles Wachner, CI. Akron

Chester Marvin Wallace, CI. Wilhuehby

Andrew Bracken White, M L, Cleveland

224 Streator Av.

75 Adelbert St.

A Y House.

592 Sterling Av.

ATA Rooms.

Ben House.

Adelbert Hall.

Willoughby.

19 La Grange St.

Sophomores, 40.

FRESHMEN.

David ClifiFord Alexander, L. S. Cleveland

Abner Lee Roy Allison, CI. Cleveland

Edwin Ruthven Andrews, M. L. Lakewoad

Gale Le Mont Bailey, L. S. Ridgeville, Ind,

John P. Barden, Jr., CI. Painesville

Alton Hay Bemis, CI. Cleveland

Harvey Alfred Berkes, L. S. Cleveland

Saul Louis Berman, M L. Cleveland

Horace Victor Bishop, CI. Cleveland

Julius Bloomberg, M. L. Cleveland

Oscar Bretz, M. L. Cleveland

Fred Bukstein, M. L. Cleveland

Fred Newton Burroughs, L. S. Collinwood

Thomas Friday Cadle, L. S. West Mentor

Robert Franklin Carpenter, CI. Cleveland

William John Cermak, M. L. Cleveland

Ladimir Alrich Chotek, L. S. Cleveland

Carroll Dana Coffield, L. S. Cleveland

Myron T. Cohn, M. L. Cleveland

Alvah Radcliffe Corlett, L. S. Warrensville

Alfred Phelps Crum, L. S. Cleveland

Howard Hubbell Davis, L. S. Cleveland

Famham Ernest Day, CI. Cleveland

Gillum Hotchkiss Doolittle, L. S. Burton

Sidney Simon Friedman, M. L. Cleveland

Charles Elmer Gehlke, M. L. Cleveland

Ford Gramlich, CI. Kenton
Carleton Marshall Greenman, M. L. Cleveland

Henry Lang Grund, M. L. Fremont

Frank Gruendyke Hard, L. S. Medina

65 Jennings Av.

92 Fourth St.

ATA House.

290 Marcy Av.

6 Cornell PI.

225 E. Prospect St.

52 Elberon St.

835 Woodland Av.

The Euclid.

1582 Lorain St.

416 Cedar A v.

34 Paddock PI.

Collinwood.

West Mentor.

125 Streator Av.

147 1 Clark Av.

58 Cable St.

601 Franklin Av.

330 Genesee Av.

* r A House.

30 Hilbum Av.

457 Franklin Av.

435 Dunham A v.

Glenville.

108 1 Case Av.

40 Abram St.

219 Streator Ave.

18 Wilbur St.

153 Cornell St.

69 Vienna St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADBI^BBRT COLtEGE.

[1902- 1 903

Thomas Richard Kennerdell, M. h. Oeveland

Francis Allen Horton Lang, CI. Cleveland
Gustav George Laubscher, M. L. Cleveland

Harry Ralph Lloyd, L. S. Wickliffe
Ernest McKelvy, L. S.

James Snyder McKeon, L. S. YoungstoTvn

Benjamin Bruce McMuUin, L. S. Sharon^ Pa.

Howard Thomas McMyler, CI. iVarrensville

William Clarence Malin, M. L. Glenville

Martin Milford Mandel, M. L. Cleveland

John Houston Marshall, CI. Warren

William Claude Martin, L. S. Cleveland

Henry Albright Mattill, M. L. Cleveland

William Henry Meub, CI. Warren

John Houser Meyer, CI. Cleveland

Frank Carleton Mock, L. S. Cleveland

Rienze Verne Myers, L. S. Shelby

Arthur Ernest Opperman, CI. Cleveland

Charles Norton Osborne, CI. Cleveland

John Dexter Osmond M. L. Chat don

James Allen Parker, M. L. Findlay

George Benjamin Parkin, M. L. Cleveland

Antony Joseph Petrash, CI. Cleveland

88 Merchants Av.

1383 Cedar A v.

134 Duane St.

Wickliffe.

Upper Sandusky 14 Adelbert Hall.

A T O House.

39 Cutler St.

Warren sville.

Glenville.

305 Huntington St.

137 Brandon St.

84 Marvin Av.

20 Sanford St.

137 Brandon St.

844 Logan Av.

843 Fairmount St.

874 Pairmoimt St.

127 N. Perry St.

67 Irvington St.

187 Oakdale St.

147 Cornell St.

45 Malcolm St.

T191 Broadway.

Paul Marvin Pope, M. L. West Palm Beach, Fla, 131 Murray Hill Av.

Herbert Allen Quayle, L. S.
George Byron Roth, M. L.
Herbert Milford Senseny, CI.
Charles Gray Shreve, L. S.
Thomas Hamlin Silver, CI.
Don Rollin Sipe, L. S.
Albert Ralph Stickle, L. S.
Leonard Flemming Stowe, L. S.
William Melville Strachan, M. L.
George Church Sutton, CI.
William Ellsworth Talcott, CI.
Frank Ira Truxal, M. L.
George Winfield Truxal, M. L.
Fred Lloyd Tuttle, CI.
William Phillip Ward, M. L.
Eugene Everett Wolf, M. L.
Raymond Lee Wolven, CI.

Cleveland
ML Eaton
Cleveland
Martin' s Ferry
WellsvilU
Lisbon
Kenton
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland

290 Sibley St.

A Y House.

148 Lincoln Av.

847 Stark St.

A T O House.

6 ® n House.

A T O House.

3 Quito St.

2423 Broadway.

491 Central A v.

Cleveland Rosedale and Crawford.
Cleveland 23 Kelton St.

Cleveland 23 Kelton St.

Painesville Logan Av.

Cleveland 37 Kenilworth St.

Cleveland 529 Scovill Av.

Bloomfield, N,J, 105 Murray Hill.
Frbshmbn, 71.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

SPBCIAI, STUDENTS.

(3)
(4)

Harry Lester Bard, ( 2 )
Thomas Allan Boyle, (2)
Albert Frank Counts, ( 3 )
Earl Roemer Findley, (2)
George Nathaniel Forbes,
Paul Fox, (3)
Harry St. Clair Hathaway,
John Michacel Herter, (i)
William Jones, (i)
Andrew Kaechele, ( 2 )
Horace Grove Jerome, ( i)
William Pendleton Lanphear,
Frank Wright Lea, (i)
James Edward Mathews, (2)
John Adam Patterson , ( i )
John Roy Petty, (2)
Maurice Vinton Semple, L. S,
Charles Clark Thwing. ( 2 )
Loren Edmunds Souers, ( 1 )
Roydon Edward Weaver, (4)
Azel Howard Wetherbee, ( i )
Charles Clarence Williamson,

(3)

Cleveland

134 1 Lorain St.

SaUm

A K E House,

Sidney

13 Adelbcrt Hall.

Akron

151 Cornell St.

Bedford

6 Adelbert Hall.

Oberlin

14 Adelbert Hall.

White Plains, N

. K. 33 Cornell St.

Naperville, III.

702 Dennison Av.

Cleveland

26>^ Bissell St.

Cleveland

78 Aaron St,

Huntsburg

355 Cedar Av.

Cleveland

782 Republic St.

Danville, Va.

12 Adelbert Hall.

Cleveland 719 Garfield BPd'g.

CUveland

220 Dare St.

East Cleveland

East Cleveland,

Ashland

50 Chapman Av.

Leavemuorthy Kan, A Y House.
New Philadelphia 155 Sawtell Av.
Akron A A $ House.

Painesville i Cornell PI.

Salem 444 Rosedale Av.

Spbciai^, 22.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 37

Juniors 42

Sophomores 40

Freshmen 71

Special Students 22

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

36 ADKLBBRT COLLEGB. [1902-1903

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMBSIOR

All applicants for admission, whether to the Freshman
class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses, must pre-
sent satisfactory testimonials of good moral character, and
those from other colleges must also bring certificates of hon-
orable dismission. Admission to the Freshman class may
be gained in one of two ways, either on examination, or on
presentation of a certificate from an approved High School
or Academy. Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION.

The regular examination for admission to the Freshman
class is held at Adelbert College on the Friday and Saturday
following Commencement (June 19-20, 1903). Attendance
is required at the opening of the examination on Friday
morning. The examinations, which are partly oral and
partly written, occur as follows :

First Day — Mathematics, 9 a. m. to 12 m. (Arithmetic, 9 to 9:30;
Algebra, 9:30 to 11; Geometry, 11 to 12); Greek, German and
French, 2 p. m. to 5 p. m.; Chemistry, 2 p. m. to 3 p. M. ; Physics,
3 p. M. to 4 p. M. ; History, 4 p. m. to 5 p. M.

Second Day — Latin, 9 a. m. to 12 m.; English, 2 p. m. to 4 p. m.

A second examination, to accommodate those unable to
attend the first, is held at Adelbert College on the Monday
and Tuesday before the opening of the first term (September
21-22, 1902), beginning promptly at 9 A. M. The order of
examinations is the same as at the regular examination.
Candidates applying to be examined at other than these
specified times, or late at the second examination, must ob-
tain special permission from the Faculty. Candidates late
at the regular examinations have no opportunity to make
good their loss until the second examination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 37

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

Each candidate, irrespective of the course he may choose,
must be prepared in English, Latin, and Mathematics,
according to the outlines of those subjects given below.
Students whose examination papers show marked deficiency
in spelling, punctuation, idiom, or division into paragraphs,
will not be admitted to any course.

Engush : The examination consists of two parts. The student is
required to show a general knowledge of the books marked A in the
following lists, and to write several short paragraphs on different
subjects chosen from them. In preparation for this part of the re-
quirement it is important that the candidate shall receive instruction
in the fundamental principles of rhetoric. He is also required to
answer questions testing a thorough acquaintance with the books
marked B. These questions relate to the author and subject matter,
to the essentials of English grammar, and to the leading facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong.

Examinations in 1902 : A. For Reading : Shakespeare's Merchant
of Venice ; Pope's Iliad, Books i, vi, xxii, and xxiv ; The Sir Roger
de Coverley Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's
Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Cooper's Last of the Mohicans;
Tennyson's Princess ; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal ; George Eliot's
Silas Mamer. B. For Study : Shakespeare's Macbeth ; Milton's Ly-
cidas, Comus, L' Allegro, II Penseroso; Burke's Conciliation with
America; Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Examinations in 1903 and 1904: A, For Reading: Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Carlyle's Essay on Burns; Tenny-
son's Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's Silas
Marner. B. For Study : Shakespeare's Macbeth ; Milton's L' Allegro,
II Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with America;
Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

38 ADELBERT COI.I.EGE. [1902-1903

Ovid — Translation at sight. The translation at sight of passages
from prose authors. Prose Composition — rendering of simple Eng-
lish sentences into Latin. History of Rome — the amount required
is indicated by Smith's Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's
Primer of Roman History. Ancient Geography.

Mathematics : Arithmetic, including the metric system of weights
and measures. Algebra (Milne's or Taylor's Academic, or Went-
worth's College), to the chapter on the Binomial Theorem. Geom-
etry — (Beman and Smith, Milne or Wells) complete.

Note : It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

In addition to the above, students entering the several
courses must be prepared in the following subjects : For the
Classical Course, Greek ; for the Modem Language Course,
French or German; for the Latin- Scientific Course, Chem-
istry, Physics, and History. The entrance requirements in
these subjects are as follows:

Greek: Grammar; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the Preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon — four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered as equivalent). Homer — three
books of the Iliad with Prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition — the rendering into
Greek of simple Eiiglish sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exer-
cises), or Pearson's Greek Prose Composition are recommended.
History of Greece — Fyffe's Primer, Oman's, Myers's, or Smith's His-
tory of Greece, or Pennell's Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

French : Ability to write simple sentences in French. A thorough
knowledge of French Grammar, special attention being paid to the
verbs. Ability to read ordinary French at sight. The following
course is advised: First Year — French Grammar and exercises;
irregular verbs; Kuhn's French Reader; Halevy's L'Abbe Constan-
tin; Labiche's Voyage de M. Perrichon. Second Year — Grammar
with Composition exercises from L'Abbe Constantin (Grandgent).
Sandeau's Mile de la Seigliere, Pailleron's Le Monde oil Ton
s'ennuie, Loti's Pecheur d'Islande, Daudet's Contes (Cameron).

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 39

Third Year — Review of irregular verbs, with composition exercises
from La Belle Nivernaise. Moliere*s Bourgeois Gentilhomme, or
any other comedy of Moliere. Racine's Athalie, Corneille's Cid, Bal-
zac's Eugenie Grandet.

German: Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose. Prose Composition — the rendering of simple connected prose
from English into German. Ability to pronounce German and to
recognize German words and simple phrases when uttered. In addi-
tion, familiarity with the following works or their equivalents, is
required: Riehl — Der Fluch der Schonheit. Frcytag — Aus dem
Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. Heine — ^Die Harzreise. Goethe — First
three books of Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Barn-
helm. Schiller — Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty
pages of lyrics and ballads.

Chemistry : Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.

Physics: Carhart and Chute, Avery, or an equivalent. Class-
work through one year. Each student must perform in the labora-
tory at least thirty-five or forty experiments, mainly quantitative,
such as are given in the best laboratory manuals. The laboratory
note-book should be presented as part of the certificate.

History (through one year) : Courses suggested in the order of
preference. Greek and Roman (a separate course distinct from work
in Latin or Greek) ; medieval and modem; English; American His-
tory and Civil Government.

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE.

Students from such High Schools and Academies as ma\
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that they have completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of such certificates, similar
to that given below, will be furnished instructors on appli-
cation to the President, with whom they are invited to cor-
respond. Applicants for admission are requested to present
their certificates, or send them by mail to the Dean, Pro-
fessor Fuller, during Commencement week, or as soon there-
after as practicable.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

40 ADELBKRT COI.I.KGE. [1902-I903

Students received on certificate are r^^rded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in
preparation are dropped whenever the deficiency has been
clearly demonstrated. In order to co-operate with the sec-
ondary schools in preparatory work, a report of the progress
of each student admitted by certificate will be sent to the
Principal of the school from which he comes. If those
entering from any school during a term of years are found
deficient in preparation, the privilege of entering on certifi-
cate will be withdrawn from that school.

[form of certificate].

Mr is a graduate of the

School, in the course, Class of ,

has pursued the studies marked below with the success indicated by
the attached standing, and is. hereby recommended for admission to

the course, Freshman class, Adelbert College, Western

Reserve University.

(Requirements for admission common to all courses).

English : As prescribed on page 37 of this catalogue.

Mathematics: See page 38.

Latin: See page 37.

In addition to the above for admission to

THE CLASSICAL COURSE :

Greek: As on page 38.

THE MODERN LANGUAGE COURSE:

German : As on page 39.
French : As on page 38.

THE LATIN-SCIENTIFIC COURSE:

Chemistry, Physics, English History: See page 39.

When the above requirements have not been exactly met, the
equivalents offered therefor must be specified in detail. When a cer-
tificate does not meet the above requirements in full, the applicant
may be required to pass the usual examination in any or all the
requirements.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 4I

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING,

ADMISSION TO PARTIAL COURSES.

Students may receive instruction without becoming can-
didates for a degree, provided they can meet the require-
ments for admission to the Freshman class, or have pursued
other studies which may be accepted as equivalent to the
entrance requirements. Such special students are permitted
to enter only those courses for which their previous training
hcLS fitted them. In general they are subject to the same
requirements as to college regulations, number of hours of
work, and standing in class as regular students, but each
application is considered on its merits.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

42 ADELBERT COI^LEGE. [1902-I903

COURSES OF STUDY*

FRESHMAN YEAR.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

T,,„, ^ , / I hour a week \ ,^, ,

^^^''^ ' : i First half-year. I '7^'

English i | 3 hours a week |

Latin i and 2 >• throughout the V 102 hrs.

Mathematics t, 2 and 3 J year. j

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

Classical f GREEK I and 2 1

Course. \ German i

T^„^f!^jFRENCHIAND2

Latin ( Chemistry 2

Scientific -j Physics i A. First half-year
Course. ( History A. Second half-yr

6 hours a week^j
throughout the V 204 hrs.
year. J

527 hrs.

In addition to the above subjects all members of the Freshman
class are required to take systematic exercises in the gymnasium
three times a week during six months of the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

SOPHOMORE YEAR.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

Engush 2, I hour a week throughout the year, 34 hours.
Electtves, 15 hours a week throughout the year, 510 hours.

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS.

Electives^ 15 hours a week throughout the year.

During the Sophomore, Junior and Senior years each student must
complete not less than four half-year courses of three hours in each
one of the following groups :

I^NGUAGE

MATHEMATICS

PHILOSOPHY,

AND

and NATURAL

HISTORY, AND SOCIAL

UTSRATURB.

SCIBNCB.

SCIENCE.

English,

Astronomy,

Bconomics and

German,

Biology,

Politics,

Greek.

Chemistry,

History,

Latin,

Geolog}* and

Philosophy.

Romance

Mineralogy,

Languages,

Mathematics,
Physics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

44 ADBLBBRT COLLEGE. [1902-1903

SYNOPSIS OF COURSES

The following statements describe all courses offered both
prescribed and elective. Prescribed courses are indicated
on pages 42-43 of this catalogue; all others are elective.
Unless otherwise stated, each course consists of three one-
hour recitations each week. Numbers of courses are not
necessarily consecutive. The hours at which courses are
given will be found on the schedule of recitations, a copy of
which may be obtained at the Dean's office.

ASTRONOMY.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.

I. Astronomy. Young's General Astronomy. The course is
mainly descriptive, and is amply illustrated. Some attention is given
to the history of astronomy. Second half-year.

BIBUCAL UTERATURE.

PRESIDENT THWING.
MR. HAYDN. (CoUfSCS 2, 3, 4.)

1. The Life of Christ. Essays and discussions upon the prin-
cipal doctrines of Christianity. One hour a week, first half of Fresh-
man year.

2. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's "Elements of Hebrew" will be used, later the Old Testa-
men^ text. Three hours a week, throughout the year.

3. New Testament Greek. A critical reading of selections
from the Gospels, Acts and Epistles, to bring out the special charac-
teristics of this Greek. Either half-year.

4. Seminary in New Testament Exegesis. (Open to those
who have taken Course 3). Written expositions of assigned pas-
sages, with discussions. Either half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 45

BIBUCXjRAPHY.

mr. williams.
I. Reference Work. A study of the better known works of refer-
ence, as the general and special cyclopedias, dictionaries, annuals,
indexes to periodicals, and ready reference manuals of every kind.
Works of a similar nature will be compared,. and the limitations of
each pointed out. Lists of questions to be solved by the use of the
works studied will be given, and the methods of finding the answers
discussed in class. One hour a week, second half-year.

BIOLCXiY.

pRcnnessoR herrick.

MR. JAMES.

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of animal
and plant life. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours
each. Second half-year.

2. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy op Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals. One
lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-year.

3. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy op Vertebrates. A com-
parative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One recitation
and two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and lower
animals. Three exercises, consisting of lectures, recitations, and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. Elements op Vertebrate Embryology. A study of the devel-
opment of birds and mammals. One recitation, two laboratory ex-
ercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Two exercises weekly. First half-year.

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruc-
tion is given by lectures, laboratory work and field excursions.
Second half-year.

11. Reading Club. A voluntary association of students and in-
structors for reading and discussing works of general scientific inter-
est. Meetings are held weekly from December i to May i at a
time most convenient to the members.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Course i, 2,
3. 7, or 10, $5.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

46 ADELBERT COLI.EGK. [1902-1903

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR MORLEY.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER.

DR. GRUENER.

I. a. Chemistry of the Non-Metallic Elements. Wurtz's Ele-
ments of Chemistry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

1. b. Chemistry of the Metals. Wurtz's Elements of Chem-
istry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours.
Second half-year

2. Inorganic Chemistry. A more advanced course in general
chemistry, for the Freshman year of the Latin-Scientific Course.
Newth's Inorganic Chemistry. Two laboratory exercises and one
recitation, throughout the year.

3. Inorganic Preparations. This course will deal with the prep-
aration of a number of inorganic compounds, making use of methods
inapplicable to the elementary courses. Two laboratory exercises
and one recitation each week. Open to those who have taken
courses la and ib, or course 2. First half-year.

5. Elements of Qualitative Analysis. Three laboratory exer-
cises of three hours each. Open to those who have taken either
course 2 or course ib. Second half-year.

6. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two rec-
itations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout the
year.

7. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. Three laboratory exer-
cises of three hours each, throughout the year.

8. Physiological Chemistry. Simon's Physiological Chemistry.
A course on the chemistry of the animal body, of nutrition, and of
the ordinary food materials. Two recitations and one laboratory
exercise of three hours. Open to those who have taken course 6.
First half-year. '

The Laboratory Fee for Course 9 is ^2.00 ; for Course la, ib, or
8 is $3.00; for Course 2, $4.00; for Course 3 or 6, $5.00; and for
Course 5 or 7, $6.00. These fees are for each half-year. Breakage
and other damage to apparatus are charged extra.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WKSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 47

CHURCH HISTORY.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE.

1. Church History of the First Six Centuries. Especial at-
tention will be devoted to the Patristic Literature and to the Doc-
trinal Controversies that rent the Church. 1903-4. First half-year.

2. Church History of the Middle Ages. The external history
of the Papacy will be traced, and emphasis will be laid on the or-
ganization and administration of the Church and of the Monastic
Bodies and on the Scholastic Philosophy. First half-year.

3. Modern Church History. The period of Confessional Or-
thodoxy, Methodism, the Missionary Movement, and the Vatican
Council are amongst the topics discussed.

4. Life in the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photographs
and prints taken from Mediseval Manuscripts. First half-year.
1903-1904.

5. The Beuefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages. Es-
pecial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their out-
come in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days,
precious stones, palmistry, etc, will also be touched on. Second
half-year.

6. Historical and General Bibliography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, in-
dices, repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examination
will be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those
looking forward to library work.

For courses on the Reformation and the Middle Ages, see History.

ECONOMICS.

DR. YOUNG.

The first course is a prerequisite to the election of any of the
others, except courses 8, 9 and 10.

1. Elements of Economics. Lectures, recitations and required
readings. The text-book is Bullock's Introduction* to the Study of
Economics. First half-year.

2. The Distribution of Wealth. A discussion of modern the-
ories of value and distribution, together with an historical and crit-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

48 ADBLBKRT COLLEGE. [1902-1903

ical treatment of private property, contract, and other institutions
that affect the distribution of wealth. Lectures and required read-
ings. Second half-year.

3. Money and Banking. The theory of money, the monetary
history of the United States, and the banking systems of the United
States and other countries are studied in this course. Lectures and
required readings. First half-year. 1902-1903.

4. PuBUC Finance. This course deals with public revenues and
expenditures. Lectures, assigned readings, and individual investi-
gation of special topics. Problems of state and local taxation are
given special attention. The text-book is Adams* The Science of
Finance. Second half-year. 1902-1903.

5. Economic Problems. A brief treatment of socialism is fol-
lowed by a discussion of labor problems. Lectures, assigned read-
ings and class reports. The text books are Ely's Socialism and So-
cial Reform and Levasseur's The American Workman. First half-
year.

6. Economic History. This course treats of the economic his-
tory of England from the 13th to the middle of the 19th century.
Lectures and required readings. The text-book is Cheyncy's Indus-
trial and Social History of England. First half-year.

7. Modern Industry. This course deals with the social economy
of the present. The growth of corporations, the functions of spec-
ulation, and the problems of railway transportation are among
the topics discussed. Lectures, assigned readings, and class reports.
Second half-year.

8. History of Poutical Thought. The development of political
philosophy from the Greeks to the present, and its connection with
political history. Lectures, with readings in examples of the prin-
cipal schools. First half-year.

9. Historical Politics. The evolution of political institutions
from their origins to modern times, with a particular consideration
of the city state, the Roman Republic and Empire, the feudal system,
the mediaeval empire, parliamentary institutions, etc The text-book
is Wilson's The State. First half-year. 1902-1903.

10. Comparative Politics. The governments of five modern
states, viz., the United States, the British Empire, the German Em-
pire, Switzerland, and France, are examined and compared. The
text-book is Wilson's The State. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 49

ENGLISH*

PROFESSOR POTWIN (COURSES I4, I5, 16, I9, 20).

PROFESSOR EMERSON (COURSES 2, 4, 5, 7, 10, I3, I7, 21-23).

DR. BRIGGS (COURSES I, 4» 6> "i 3^) •

RHETORIC AND ENGLISH COMPOSITION.

1. Rhetoric. Rhetorical theory from a text-book of rhetoric,
and analysis of prose selections illustrating the principles of composi-
tion during the first half-year. During the second half-year a study
of masterpieces of poetry and prose with an historical survey of Eng-
lish literature. A short essay or its equivalent each week, with con-
ference for the correction of individual faults. Freshman year.

2. Theme Writing. Short themes each week with individual
conferences. Lectures on writing and the use of good English. One
hour a week throughout Sophomore year.

' 4. Daily Themes. Five short themes each week on subjects
chosen by the student. Weekly conferences with each student for
correction and suggestion. First half-year.

5. Daily Themes. Similar to Course 4, but of a more advanced
character. Students must have had Course 4 or its equivalent.
Second half-year.

6. FoRENSics. Critical study of masterpieces in argument and
oratory, with preparation of briefs, argumentative essays and ora-
tions. First half-year.

7. History of English Prose. Lectures on prose writers and the
development of prose style. Critical reading of specimens of Eng-
lish prose from Mandeville to Burke, with collateral readings and
essays. Second half-year.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

Students are advised to take at least two of the first five courses
before beginning those which follow.

10. Chaucer and Spenser. A study of the minor poems and the
Canterbury Tales of Chaucer, together with the most important po-
etry of Spenser. A survey of English poetry between Chaucer and
Spenser, with lectures and collateral reading. First half-year.

11. Shakespeare and the Drama. A general course on the
literature during the reigns of Elizabeth and James I, with special
emphasis upon the drama. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

50 ADELBKRT COLLRGK. [1902-I903

12. Milton and the CLASsiasTS. English poetry from Milton
to Pope inclusive, with special emphasis of Milton. The classical
influence on English writers. Readings in the minor writers of the
period. First half-year.

13. Collins to Keats. A rapid survey of the poets from the
death of Pope to Cowper, and special study of Cowper, Burns,
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, Southey, Byron, Shelley, Keats.
First half-year.

14. Tennyson and the Poets from 1830, The poetry of Ten-
nyson will be the central and principal study, with readings of other
poets, except Browning who is the subject of a separate course.
First half-year.

15. American Literature. Its beginnings, dependence on Eng-
lish authors, and development under the influences of our history.
First half-year.

16. History of English Criticism. The study will begin with
Dryden, and include the critical works of Addison, Johnson, Hallam
and others down to Matthew Arnold and the critics of today.

17. The English Novel. An historical course beginning with
the storywriters of the Elizabethan period, and following the devel-
opment of the novel through the eighteenth, and early nineteenth
century. 1903-1904. Second half-year.

18. The English Drama before Shakespeare. Text-book,
Manley's Specimens of the Pre-Shakesperean Drama. First half-year.

19. Shakespeare. All the plays of Shakespeare to be read
rapidly in the probable order of composition, with' selection of charac-
teristic passages. As an introduction, one of the more familiar plays
will be studied for its illustration of the language of that period.
Second half-year.

20. The Poetry of Browning. The study will follow the order
of time of composition, typical selections being made for careful
analysis and explanation. Second half-year.

22. Middle English. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with readings of selections from prose and poetry. Special
study of Chaucer and his contemporaries. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WHSTKRN RESERVB UNIVERSITY. 5 1

23. Advanced Study of Old and Middle English. Critical read-
ing of texts, study of sources, and of the development of language
and literature. Throughout the year.

ELOCUTION.

30. A course in vocal training and drill in public speaking. In-
struction is given by lectures; by individual training in the analysis
and delivery of oratorical masterpieces; and in the writing of ora-
tions. Three hours a week, second half-year.

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.

PROFESSOR GUSHING.

1. Mineralogy. Crystallography, and Descriptive Mineralogy.
Two hours of recitation and lectures, and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

2. MiNERAixwY. Determinative Mineralogy and Blow-pipe Anal-
ysis. Three laboratory exercises of three hours each. Physical
Crystallography may be substituted for the Blow-pipe work. Second
half-year.

3. Geology. Dynamical and Structural Geology. Three hours a
week. First half-year.

4. Geology. Historical Geology. Lectures and field work in
vicinity of Cleveland. Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. Second half-year.

A Laboratory fee of $1.00 is charged for courses i, 2 and 4.

GERMAN.

professor HARRIS.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MEYER (COURSES I, 2, AND 3).

1. Elemeno'Ary German. Grammar, reading and composition;
easy texts. In this and the following courses as much of the work
as possible is done in German, but conversation is used as a means,
not as an end. Required of all who begin German in college.
Throughout the year.

2. Selected Masterpieces of representative German authors,
the latter part of the year being given to Schiller. The texts read
vary from year to year. The first text in 1903- 1904 will be Lessing's
Emilia Galotti. Composition and advanced grammar. For Modem
Language Freshmen. - Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

52 ADELBKRT COLI^GK. [19P2-I903

3. Second Year German. Whitney's German Grammar;
Harris's German Composition. Reading of representative literary
works. The texts read vary from year to year. The first text in 1903-
1904 will be Arnold, Fritz auf Ferien. Open to all who have had
Course i or its equivalent. Throughout the year.

The following electives are open to all who have had Course 4 or
its equivalent.

5. Outline History of German Literature. Recitations from
a manual, with collateral readings; lectures on German history and
literature. Throughout the year.

6. Middle High German. This course gives a reading knowl-
edge of Middle High German through a careful study of the gram-
mar and the reading of selections from various texts, such as the
Nibelungenlied, Hartmann, Walther von der Vogelweide, etc., 1903-
1904. Throughout the year.

9. Modern German Prose. This course is given up to the study
of a few of the modem writers in the fields of history, biography,
travels, etc. Essays, lectures, and portions of larger works are read.
Throughout the year.

11. GusTAV Freytag. a detailed study of the life and works of
Gustav Freytag and of his relations to contemporary German litera-
ture. 1903- 1904. Second half-year.

12. Modern Fiction. German Fiction since 1848 (lectures) ;
readings from Auerbach, Scheffel, Freytag, Spielhagen, Sudermann,
and others. 1903-1904. Throughout the year.

13. Franz Grillparzer. His life, works, and relations to con-
temporary German dramatic literature. First half-year.

14. Heinrich Heine. A detailed study of the life and works of
Heine and his relations to contemporary German literature. Second
half-year.

15. Modern German Poetry. German poetry of the nineteenth
century with particular reference to the lyrics. 1903-1904. First

_ half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WKSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 53

GREEK.

PROFESSOR FULLER.

PROFESSOR FOWLER.

MR. HAYDN.

1. Homer. First half Freshman year.

2. Attic Orators. Rhetoric; Greek History. Second half
Freshman year.

3. The Drama. Selections, with an introduction to the study of
metres and scenic antiquities. First half Sophomore year.

4. Plato. Greek Literature, connected survey, illustrated by
extracts from authors not previously studied. Second half Sopho-
more year.

5. Tragedy. Selected dramas of Euripides, Sophocles, and
iCschylus. First half-year.

6. Thucydides, with comparative studies of Herodotus and
Xenophon. Second half-year.

7. Philosophy. First half-year.

8. Archaeology. Second half-year.

g. Idyllic Poetry. First half-year.

ID. iCscHiNEs and Demosthenes ON THE Crown. First half-
year.

11. Lyric Poetry. First half-year.

12. New Testament Greek. See Bible, Course 3.

HISTORY.

professor perrin.

A. Outlines of European History. Required of all Latin-
Scientific Freshmen. Second half-year.

Students are advised to take courses i and 2 before beginning any
of the others.

I. The Middle Ages. Europe from the fourth century to the
fourteenth. The migration and settlement of the Teutonic peoples,
the rise of the Christian church, Mohammedanism and the crusades,
feudalism, the struggle of the Empire and Papacy, the growth of
cities and the rise of modem kingdoms. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

54 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [1902-I9O3

2. Modern Europe. An oucline of the political, religious and
social history of Europe from the fourteenth century to the present.
1902-1903. Second half-year.

3 History of France, from the fall of the Carolingians to the
middle of the eighteenth century, with special reference to the growth
of French institutions. Second half-year.

4. The Reformation. A course based upon Fisher's History of
the Reformation with collateral reading in SchaflF's History of the
Christian Oiurch, Hausser's Period of the Reformation, Ranke's
History of the Popes, and the writings of the reformers. Special
topics are assigned for investigation. First half-year.

5. Political History of England, from the Tudor period to
181 5. Lectures and prescribed reading. First half-year.

6. American Colonial History. The constitutional and insti-
tutional development of the English colonies to 1783. Lectures with
prescribed readings. First half-year.

7. Political and Constitutional History of the United
States, 1 783-1860. Lectures with required readings. The more im-
portant documents in McDonald's Select Documents are read and
discussed. 1902-1903. Second half-year.

8. The Old Regime and the Revolution. France, with com-
parisons drawn from other states, 1774-1789; the French Revolution,
1 789-1795, its social and political struggles and its permanent results
in French society. First half-year.

9. The History of Europe from 1815. A continuation of
Course 8. Second half-year.

10. (0). The United States 1860-1885. Lectures and reports
upon topics assigned for investigation. Or,

(b) American Poutics. A study of the government of the
United States, both National and State. Second half-year.

11. History of Colonization since 1492. The history of the
English colonies in America is not included. Second half-year.

12. The Stuart Regime, i6o3-'I7I4. Especial attention given to
constitutional questions. The more important documents of Gardi-
ner's Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution are read
and discussed. Second half-year.

13. England in the Nineteenth Century. A continuation of
Course 5. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 55

14. Constitutional History of England. Lectures and pre-
scribed reading. The more important constitutional documents are
discussed. First half-year.

15. American Diplomacy, 1776-1877. Lectures and reports upon
topics, assigned for investigation.

17. Church History. For this course, now transferred to the
Department of Church History, and for other courses on the history
of the Christian Church, see Church History.

LAV.

Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Law School
of the University, provided it does not count for more than nine of
the fifteen hours each week required for graduation, gy availing
themselves of this opportunity and by proper choice of electives in
the College, students may complete one of the three years required
for the degree in law during their academic course. For details of
such courses application should be made to the Dean of the Law
School, Professor Hopkins.

LATIN.

professor platner.

1. LivY. First half Freshman year.

2. Plautus, two or three plays. Horace^ Satires. Second half
Freshman year.

3. Odes of Horace. First half Sophomore year.

4. Tacitus, Germania and Agricola. Juvenal, Satires. Second
half Sophomore year. •

5. Cicero's Letters. •

6. Lucretius.

8. Latin of the Silver Age. This course is based mainly on
the letters of Pliny the Younger, Seneca, Tacitus, and Suetonius.

10. Roman Elegiac and Lyric Poetry.

Each of the elective courses, 5 to 10, is a half-year course, and in
general they are given in a cycle, but no definite order can be stated,
variations being introduced according to the number and character
of the students.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

56 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [1902-I903

MATHEMATICS.

PROFESSOR SMITH.
MR. DICKERMAN.

1. Plane Trigonometry. First half Freshman year.

2. Plane Analytic Geometry. Second half Freshman year.

4. Algebra (advanced course). First half Sophomore year.

5. Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry (advanced course).
First half-year.

6. Spherical Trigonometry. Surveying. Second half Sopho-
more "year.

7. Elements of Differential and Integral Calculus; Second
half Sophomore year.

8. Differential and Integral Calculus (advanced course).
First half-year.

9. The Theory of Equations. Burnside and Panton's Theory
of Equations. 1903- 1904. Second half-year.

10. Quaternions. Kelland and Tait*s Introduction to Quater-
nions. First half-year.

11. Differential Equations. Johnson's Differential Equations.
1902-1903. Second half-year.

12. Modern Analytic Geometry. Second half-year.
The Laboratory fee for course 6 is $1.00.

MEDICINE*
Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Medical College
of the University, provided it does not count for more than nine of
the fifteen hours each week required for graduation. By availing
themselves of this opportunity and by proper choice of electives in
the College, students may complete one of the four years required
for the degree in medicine during their academic course. For details
of such courses application should be made to the Dean of the Medi-
cal College, Dr. Millikin.

PHILOSOPHY.

professor CURTIS.
DR. MARVIN.

The following chronological order will be observed. Students
wishing to elect any of the more advanced courses (5-1 1) in the
Junior or Senior year are advised to take Courses i, 2, 3 and 4, in
the Sophomore or Junior year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 57

1. Psychology. An elementary course which presents in outline
the entire subject matter, with special emphasis upon the functions
of the Nervous System and the process of perception. First half-
year.

3. Logic. This course, of which the purpose is chiefly practical,
presents the elements of deductive and inductive logic, laying especial
emphasis on the formal and material fallacies. Second half-year.

5. Ethics. An outline of Ethics will be given by lectures. Some
of the more important problems of ethics will be studied in their his-
torical and philosophical aspects by reference to the works of Aris-
totle, Kant, Martineau, Sidgwick, Green, Spencer and Stephen. First
half-year.

6. (a) General History of Philosophy. A course for Seniors
extending throughout the year. The first term reviews oriental and
Greek thought with their bearings upon patristic and scholastic phil-
osophy to the close of the sixteenth century. The second term will
consider the main lines of thought from Bacon and Descartes to
Wundt and Spencer, inclusive.

(b). British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume. Lectures,
recitations and private readings. The purpose is to acquaint the
student with the classics of British Empiricism by means of selec-
tions from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum Organum,
Hobbes* Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understand-
ing, Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, and Hume's Treat-
ise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward the main
problems of Modern Philosophy. First half-year.

7. (a) Introduction to the History and Philosophy of Re-
ligion. The aim is to present Religion in its psychological, histor-
ical, critical, and constructive aspects. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

58 ADHLBERT COLLEGE. [1902-I903

(b) Philosophy op Society. Open only to students who have
taken Courses i, 2 and 5. Lectures will be given by the instructor
throughout the term and special work will be assigned to each student
for report and discussion. Second half-year. Four hours.

8. (a) The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's
Philosophy have been reviewed, Kant's Critique of Pure Reason will
be taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This
will be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysics of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. First
half-year. Or,

(b) The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical study
of Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolution
along with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Digests and
critical essays are required for the purpose of bringing into promi-
nence the main questions of Cosmology, and the bearing of Evolution
on recent thought.

(c) Contemporary Thought. A study of some recent work of
value, such as Balfour's The Foundations of Belief, or Ward's Nat-
uralism and Agnosticism. Second half-year.

11. Applied Logic, or Scientific Method. In this course the
general methods of science will be analyzed in order to study their
principles and nature and logical justification. The chief works con-
sulted are those of Mill, Sigwart and Venn. Second half-year.

PHYSICAL CULTURE.

dr. wehr.

1. Gymnastics and Hygiene. This course includes class and
apparatus work in the gymnasium for three hours each week during
six months of the year, and twelve lectures on hygiene. It counts
as a one-hour course throughout the year. Required of Freshmen.

2. Gymnastics and Physiology of Exercise. An elective course,
consisting of the same amount of work on the gymnasium floor as in
Course i, and twelve lectures on the physiology of exercise. Open
to students of the three upper classes. One hour a week throughout
the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WHSTBRN RBSERVE UNIVERSITY. 59

PHYSICS.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.
DR. REICHMANN.

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Electricity and Magnetism, Light. Continuation of Course
I. Second half-year.

I. (A) General contents and text book as in i. For Freshmen
entering the Latin- Scientific course. The work is arranged to utilize
as fully as possible the preparatory course in physics. First half-year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics, or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year

4. Theory of Heat. An introduction to thermodynamics, based
mainly on Buckingham's Theory of Thermodynamics, with lectures
and references. Second half-year.

Alternating with 8.

6. Continuation of Course 5. Second half-year.

7. Mechanical Drawing. A course involving the principles of
Descriptive Geometry and their application to Mechanical Drawing,
the preparation of working drawings, elementary curve-tracing, etc.
Faunce's Descriptive Geometry will be used as text. Second half-
year.

8. Mechanics. A study of the principles of applied mechanics.
Text-book, Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year.

Alternating with 4.

9. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important phys-
ical phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to text-books, and a few exercises in the laboratory. First
half-year.

10. Physical Manipulation. Instruction is given in the ele-
ments of the ordinary arts, as glass-blowing and soldering, in the use
of the dividing engine and other general instruments, in the construc-
tion of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly. Second
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

6o ADELBKRT COLLBGR. [1902-I903

11. Physical Experiment. Special topics in physics are as-
signed to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is to
introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than are
usually possible in the general courses. Each student is expected to
spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

12. Appued Electricity. An elementary course of lectures on
the modern application of electricity, including continuous and alter-
nating current machinery, batteries, lighting, telegraphy, telephony,
etc. Two exercises weekly. Second half-year.

13. Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussions on special subjects and current physical literature
by members of the conference. One meeting weekly.

Courses 10 and 11 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to spe<iialize in
Physics.

Two weekly exercises under Course 11 may be combined with
Course 10 to count for one three-hour course.

An elementary knowledge of the Differential and Integral Calculus
is necessary for Courses 4, 5, 6, 8 and 11.

The Laboratory fee for Course 9 is $2.00; for each of the other
lalx)ratory courses, $4.00.

THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES.

ASSOaATE PROFESSOR BOURLAND.

FRENCH.

1. Elementary. Grammar and easy reading. Practice in speak-
ing and writing French. First half-year.

2. Elementary Course continued. Reading of modern prose
and plays, with practice in speaking and writing. Second half-year.

3. Rapid Reading of Nineteenth Century Texts, with prac-
tice in conversation. This course may be elected twice. First half-
year.

4 (o) Literature of THE Seventeenth Century. Lectures, rec-
itations and collateral readings in the classic drama and in prose
writers. 1903-1904. Second half-year.

4 (b) Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Lectures and
recitations, with special reference to Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot
and J. J. Rousseau. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 6 1

The foregoing courses will be offered annually, except that 4 a or
4 b will be given in alternate years; they or their equivalent must
precede all other work in French. Of the following electives, not
more than one may be expected in any half-year.

5, 6. French Prose Composition. Practice in writing French,
with review of syntax. First and second half-years.

7. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. Montaigne,
Rabelais. Lectures and recitations. First half-year.

8. Outunes of the History of French Literature to the end
OF the Sixteenth Century. Lectures with illustrative readings.
Second half-year.

9. 10. Historical French Grammar. Lectures on the phonology,
and morphology, with illustrative readings in Old French texts.
First and second half-years.

ITALIAN.

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. First half-year.

2. Dante. The Inferno and the Vita Nuova. Lectures, readings,
and recitations. 1902-3. Second half-year.

SPANISH.

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. 1903-4, first half year.

2. Reading of Modern Prose and Plays^ with special drill in
speaking and writing Spanish. Second half-year.

3. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the dramatic literature of
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with readings from Lope de
Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarc6n, Calderon. First half-year.

4. Cervantes. Lectures, recitations and reports. Second half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

62 ADEI^BKRT COI^LBGE. [1902-1903

GENERAL INFORMATION- ,

TERMS AND VACATIONS.
The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a holiday
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half-year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter recess
of one week, until Commencement, which occurs on the
Thursday after the eleventh day of June (or after the tenth
in years in which February has twenty-nine days). No
college exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Washing-
ton's birthday, and Decoration day. On the day of prayer
for colleges, religious exercises are held in Eldred Hall. The
exercises of each half-year begin with prayers in the chapel
at nine o'clock.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.

All students are required to attend daily prayers in the
chapel. At this service addresses are frequently made by
the clergymen of Cleveland and other cities. Students are
also expected to attend morning service on Sunday in the
churches of the city. It is desired that students should
connect themselves with the churches of their choice, and
enter as far as possible into their religious activities.

The Young Men's Christian Association of the college
holds its meetings in Eldred Hall. This building is devoted
entirely to the religious and social work of the Association.

LIBRARIES.

The College Library, including the collections of former

literary societies, contains about forty-five thousand bound

volumes and ten thousand unbound books and pamphlets.

It is commodiously housed in the Hatch Library building.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 63

the gift of Mr. Henry R. Hatch, of Cleveland. The col-
lections relating to the study of the German language and
literature, French literature, United States history, and the
history of the French Revolution are particularly full.
The list of periodicals is very complete, and the library con-
tains many sets of valuable publications- in classical phil-
ology and archaeology, Germanic and general philology,
history, anthropology, and science, besides sets of the oldest
and best literary magazines. These sets are kept up to
date and their number is increased by constant additions.
The whole collection is classified according to the Dewey
system somewhat modified. Students have access to all the
books on the shelves, and the library is open from eight in
the morning to half-past five in the afternoon.

In addition to the College Library, students may freely
use the Public Library of Cleveland. It contains 150,000
volumes, and includes valuable collections for the study of
Shakespeare, modern literature, history, art and archaeolc^^y.
On request of members of the Faculty, books from the Pub-
lic Library are delivered at the Hatch Library building, and
may be retained for an extended period. This arrangement
makes its collection readily accessible to students at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and
general literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of
the fine arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the
sciences, especially chemistry and botany.

Students thus have access to collections aggregating about
250,000 volumes, and constantly increasing in number.
LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS.

Biology. The biology laboratory is designed for
the study of the biological sciences, especially zoology and
botany ; for a biological museum, in the sense of a reference
or teaching collection of objects drawn from the living

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

64 ADELBRRT COI^I^EGE. [1902-1903

world to illustrate types of structure, variations, life his-
tories and kindred subjects; and for the maintenance of
vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals and plants, both
aquatic and terrestrial, may be kept alive while their habits
are studied, and, when possible, their breeding and devel-
opment watched.

Geology and Mineralogy. The laboratory of this
department is, at the present time, on the third floor of the
main building. The collections at the service of the depart-
ment are well chosen, and are rapidly growing. They com-
prise sets of crystal models and crystals, crystal sections for
optical study, and rock sections in great number, besides
mineralogical, lithological, and palaeontological collections.
The. vicinity of Cleveland is interesting geologically, es-
pecially in regard to its glacial deposits and its palaeon-
tology. It furnishes abundance of material for the special
investigator.

Physics and Astronomy. The Physical laboratory is
a three-story building of sound and substantial construction,
containing large lecture and laboratory rooms for the ele-
mentary courses, and a considerable number of smaller
apartments for more advanced work. Especial attention
has been paid to heating, lighting, and ventilation. The
department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present offered — all of which
include work in the laboratory — and additional apparatus
is continually being obtained.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 65

GYMNASIUM AND ATHLETIC FIELD.

At the southern end of the campus is the gymnasium, and
beside it the athletic field. The former is sufficiently well
equipped with apparatus for ordinary use. All members of
the Freshman class are required to take systematic exercise
in the gymnasium three times a week during six months of
the year. During the same period a similar opportunity is
afforded members of the other classes. All work is under
the supervision of the instructor in physical culture.

The athletic field is graded, fenced, and provided with
seats for viewing athletic contests. All college games can
thus be played on the campus itself, and most of the evils at-
tendant upon inter-collegiate contests avoided.

RULES GOVERNING ATTENDANCE.

Each student is allowed, during each half year, absences
to the amount of one in twelve, from recitations in each study,
provided that such absences do not immediately precede or
follow a vacation or recess. Lack of preparation, when re-
ported to the instructor beforehand, will be counted as an
absence. Absences from chapel, or from work in the gymna-
sium, are treated in the same way as absences from recitation.
The absence of any considerable number of a class, by agree-
ment, is not included in allowed absences, and will lessen the
number of allowed absences, as may be determined by the
Faculty.

Absences beyond the number allowed will be excused
only by vote of the Faculty, and excuses will be confined

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

66 ADELBERT COIyl^EGE. [1902-I903

chiefly to cases of protracted illness. Applications for such
excuses must be made through the Dean, in writing, within
one week after the resumption of college duties, or they will
not be considered.

Absences of athletic teams, glee clubs, delegates to fra-
ternity conventions, etc., must be made the subject of special
permission, for which application must be made, in every
case before the absence, to the Executive Committee.

All omitted exercises, allowed or excused, must be made
up within one week after the resumption of college duties,
at a time and place appointed by the instructor whose exer-
cises were omitted. The responsibility in this matter rests
with the student. For special reasons the instructor may
grant an extension of the time beyond one week, or the
Faculty may excuse the student altogether, on application in
writing, through the Dean. A single omitted exercise is con-
sidered as made up if at the next exercise in that study there
is a review, and the student reports that he is prepared upon
the review as well as the advance lesson. In all cases a
student will be held responsible for preparation on omitted
work whenever involved in review or examination.

Omitted exercises, not allowed or excused (or in any
case, if not made up), will be counted as failures in reckon-
ing a student's standing. Irregularities in attendance, not
allowed or excused, will be marked as follows: Absence
from examination, public or private, five marks. Absence
from lectures, two marks. Absence from any other exercise,
one mark. Tardiness at, or egress from any of the above,
one mark.

When the marks of a student amount to five, he will be
informed of the fact, and a written notice will be sent to his
father or guardian, together with a statement of all his ab-
sences, allowed and excused, and a copy of the printed rules.
When the marks amount to ten, a second notice will be sent ;
when they amount to fifteen a third will be sent, and the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 67

Student will be suspended from the privileges of the college
for a period determined by the Faculty.

GRADES OF SCHOLARSHIP.

Students are graded in their studies by letters which have
value on a scale of eight, as follows :

E (excellent) 7-8

G (good) 6-7

F (fair) 5-6

P (pass) 4-5

D (deficient) -4

At the close of each half-year, instructors combine the
grades of the term's work and of examinations in any ratio
they see fit, and report to the Dean the resultant grades
expressed in letters. The Dean then reports the grades of
each student to his parent or guardian.

Any student whose grade is D in the class-work of any
study may be dropped from that study at any time by a
majority vote of the executive committee and the instructor
whose course is involved. He shall be so dropped when he
has had grade D for six consecutive weeks, unless by a
majority vote of the same persons he is allowed to remain in
the study under special probation for a short time. In all
cases the student's grade is determined by all his previous
work in a study from the beginning of the half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

68 ADELBERT COLLEGE. [1902-I903

When a student so fails in his work that, in the judgment
of the executive committee, he cannot successfully continue
it, a condition is placed upon him. He cannot then go on
with any study unless he makes up the deficiency before a
specified time.

No student who has entrance conditions will be advanced
to the rank of Junior. No student is allowed to enter the
second half of his Senior year who has not made up all his
deficiencies.

DEGREES.

In order to be recommended for a degree a student must
have passed in all the studies of his course and have attained
a grad^ of "Fair" or a higher grade in at least one-third of
them. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred
upon those who have completed that regular course which

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WBSTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 69

includes the study of Greek language and literature; the
degree of Bachelor of Letters on those who have com-
pleted the course in which modern languages are substituted
♦for Greek ; and the degree of Bachelor of Philosophy on
those who have completed the course in which more ad-
vanced science is substituted for languages.

Members of classes earlier than that of 1893 may receive
the degree of Master of Arts as heretofore, or, if they
prefer, after a special course of study. The fee for the
Master's degree is ten dollars. For further information
candidates should address the Secretary of the Faculty,
Professor Platner.

HONORS.

In Chemistry, French, German, Greek, Latin and
Mathematics, two-year honors are given to those students
who, at the completion of the Sophomore year, have attained
grade "Excellent" in each course of these departments
duriog two years, and grade "Fair" or a higher grade in
all of their other studies.

Honors are awarded to the graduating class at each
Commencement, and to the Junior class at the end of the
Junior year. These honors are determined by the standing
of the students in . all their previous college work. To be
recommended for a degree with honors, a student must have
attained grade "Fair" or a higher grade in all his college
work; for degree summa cum laude, grade "Excellent" in
five-sixths of all his work; for degree magna cum laude,
grade "Excellent" in one-half of all his work, or "Excel-
lent" or "Good" in five-sixths of it ; for degree cum laude,
"Excellent" or "Good" in one-half of all his work.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

70 ADELBKRT COLLEGE. [1902-1903

each of their regular studies. Students who pass successful
examinations in these additional studies may be exempted
from a portion of the regular examinations, and receive
honorable mention in the catalogue. ♦

PRIZES.
PREsroENx's Prizes are offered as follows :
Three prizes for excellence in producing and speaking
orations are awarded to members of the Junior and Sopho-
more Classes who engage in a Junior-Sophomore oratorical
contest at Commencement. Of these, two first prizes of
thirty-five dollars each are given to the contestants who
rank first in each class. A second prize of twenty dollars is
awarded irrespective of class. The following rule* respect-
ing the competition has been adopted by the faculty. A
Sophomore who gains the first prize in any contest shall not
compete again, and one who g^ins the second prize may
compete, in his Junior year, for the first prize only.

Six prizes for the highest records in scholarship are
awarded at the end of the Freshman year as follows: In
French and German (Modern Language Freshmen) twenty-
five dollars ; in German (all except Modem Language Fresh-
men) twenty-five dollars; in English, forty dollars; in Greek,
twenty-five dollars ; in Latin, forty dollars ; in Mathematics,
forty dollars. A prize of twenty-five dollars is also awarded
for the best results in the work of the gymnasium during
the Freshman year. These prizes are awarded only to those
pursuing their Sophomore year in Adelbert College, and no
prize will be given if it seems to the department or depart-
ments concerned, that it is not clearly merited.

Philosophical Prizes, founded by Mr. Truman P.
Handy, and continued in his memory by his daughter, Mrs.
John S. Newberry, are offered as follows : Two prizes, one
of sixty and one of thirty dollars, are awarded by a com-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 7 1

mittee at the close of the college year, to the two members
of the philosophical group who shall excel in an original
essay and a special examination. The subject assigned for
1902- 1903 is, "On Kant's Distinctions between the Pure and
the Practical Reason."

English Prizes are offered as follows : The early Eng-
lish Text Society offers a prize, consisting of publications
of the Society, for the best examination in old and Middle
English. The New Shakespeare Society offers a similar
prize for the best examination in Shakespeare. Each prize
consists of publications of the Society offering it.

The Holden Prize. Mr. L. E. Holden, of Cleveland,
offers a prize of twenty-five dollars for the best essay writ-
ten by a Senior on some subject selected by the department
of Rhetoric. Essays in competition for this prize must be
type-written and submitted under an assumed name not later
than May fifteenth, 1903. The subject for this academic
year is "The Influence of the Classics on the Poetry of
Wordsworth, Shelley and Keats."

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

^2 ADBLBERT COLLEGE. [1902-1903

The Harriet Pelton Perkins Scholarship, the in-
come of a fund of two thousand dollars, given for that pur-
pose by Mr. Edwin R. Perkins, is awarded annually to that
member of the Junior class who fills the following condi-
tions : He must rank in the first third of his class in the
study of the classics, having pursued Latin and Greek
through the Sophomore year. He must also attain, among
those fulfilling the first condition, the highest rank for ex-
cellence in the English Language and Literature, having
taken, besides all required courses, at least three hours a
week during both terms of the Junior year.

Except to Seniors, prizes awarded at commencement are
paid at the beginning of the ensuing term, and no prize will
be so paid unless the student continues his connection with
the College.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER PUBLICATION FUND.
In March, 1893, Mrs. Julia W. Butler gave one thousand
dollars to found the Francis G. Butler Publication Fund,
"the income from the fund to be devoted to the publication
of the results of original research in the field of American
history, made by the professors or students of Adelbert Col-
lege, the College for Women, or the Graduate School of
Western Reserve University."

EXPENSES.

The College charges are as follows :

Matriculation $ 5,00

Tuition, Incidentals, Library, and Gymnasium.. 85.00

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RBSRRVE UNIVERSITY. 73

Board and rooms in private families in the vicinity of the
College may be obtained at a cost of from three to five
dollars a week ; board in clubs for from two and a half to
three dollars a week.

BENEFICIARY AND OTHER AID.
Certain scholarships are awarded to meritorious students
who need pecuniary aid. By these they are relieved of a
portion of the fixed charges of the College. The scholar-
ships are founded by gifts of $500 each, and are worth the
interest of that sum at six per cent., or $30 a year. All
scholarships are granted upon the following conditions :

1. All applicants for scholarships shall file written state-
ments of resources, expenses, and needs, accompanied in
the case of those just entering college, whether as Fresh-
men or in the higher classes, by testimonials as to character
and attainments.

2. Scholarships shall be granted annually upon each
application, but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of
one half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

74 ADBLBERT COLLEGE. [1902-1903

Student, shall not in general be eligible to a scholarship. A
student, to be eligible to a scholarship, or to retain one, must
in general maintain an average of "Fair" in all his studies
and must not fall below the passing grade in any subject.

5. A scholarship may be withdrawn from a student
whose work or conduct ceases to be satisfactory.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN.

GENERAL STATEMENT*

nN ORDER to provide more adequate means for the
separate higher education of young women, the Trus-
tees of Western Reserve University estabUshed the College
for Women in 1888. The first session began in September
of the same year. For the first three years of its existence
the college depended largely for its courses of instruction
upon members of the faculty of Adelbert College. At the
end of that period it acquired a separate corps of instructors,
so that since that time each of the two colleges, the one for
women and the other for men, has had a faculty of its own.
In this relation special mention should be made of the gen-
erous gifts and bequests through which have been estab-
lished the Eliza Clark Professorship of Greek, the Emily
A. Woods Professorship of Latin, the Florence Harkness
Professorship of Biblical Literature, and the Lucy A.
Leffingwell Professorship of Philosophy. The two colleges
have a common standard of work, and the relations of each
to the other and to the rest of the University tend to develop
a common breadth of outlook. Moreover, in a number of
the departments, by exchange of work and other arrange-
ments, instruction is given in each college by members of
the faculty of the other. Graduates of the College for
Women receive their degrees from the University, of which
it is an integral part. The system is thus not one of co-
education, nor of complete separation in education, but of
co-ordination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

76 COLLBGB FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

In 1892 the College occupied its present site on Bellflower
Avenue, in the most attractive and healthful part of the city,
a few steps from Euclid Avenue on one side and from Wadie
Park and the great system of parks and boulevards on the
other. In 1898 the college grounds were enlarged, so that
they now contain about four acres. Clark Hall, named
from its donor, Eliza Clark, was erected in 1892 from de-
signs by Richard M. Hunt. It contains the library, gym-
nasium, and offices, in addition to recitation and studv
rooms. A home for students, called Guilford House, the
gift of Mrs. Samuel Mather, was built in 1892 and greatly
enlarged in 1894. The Florence Harkness Memorial con-
tains, in addition to the main assembly room, the recitation
room and library for the Bible classes. Haydn Hall is de-
signed to provide rooms for study and social purposes, and
also to serve as a dormitory. The laboratories in Biology,
Chemistry, Geology and Physics are situated on the campus
of Adelbert College and are used in common with the mem-
bers of that college. The Hatch Library and Astronomical
Observatory are also used in common.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. ^^

ADVISORY COUNCIL.

Honorary President, Miss L. T. Guilford.

President, Mrs. W. R. Warner.

Vice President, Mrs. D. Z. Norton.

Recordinfr Secretary, Mrs. J.J. Tracy.

Corresponding Secretary, Mrs Pascai, H. Sawyer.
Treasurer, Mrs. Henry S Sherman.

Mrs. Samubi. Mather, Mrs. George A. Garretson,

Mrs. Edward W. Morley, Miss Mary L. Southworth,
Miss Harriet Shei^donHurlbut, Mrs. Wii^uam A. Leonard,

Miss Harriet L. Keei^er, Mrs. Jay C. Morse,

Miss Ei^len G. Revei^ey, Mrs. H. E. Myers,

Mrs. J. H. Wade, Miss Anna Burgess,

Mrs. Charles J. Sheffield, Mrs. Dudley P. Allen,

Mrs. Luke Lascelles, Mrs. Edward W. Haines,

Miss Helen L. Storke, Mrs. Arthur E. Lyman,

Miss Augusta Mittleberger, Mrs. Samuel A. Raymond,

Mrs. C. F. Olney, Mrs. William E. Gushing,
Mrs. W. S. Tyler,
Mrs. Harry R. Collacott, President of the Alumnae Association.

Corresponding Members,

Mrs. Wm. H. Upson, Akron, O. Mrs. G. H. McElevy,Youngstown, O.
Mrs. C. W. Jacques, Ashtabula, O. Mrs. Henry B. Perkins, Warren, O.
Mrs. J. Osborne Moss, New York. Mrs. Frank Swayne, Toledo, O.
Mrs. James A. Garfield, Mentor, O. Mrs. J. S. Newberry, Detroit, Mich.
Mrs. H. S. Lane, Crawfordsville, Ihd. Mrs. Frank G. Sigler, Montclair, N.J.
Mrs. C. O. Gridley, Erie, Pa. Mrs. Joseph Howells, Jefferson, O.

Mrs. Thos. Kilpatrick, Omaha, Neb. Mrs. George H. Ely, Elyria, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

78 COLLBGB FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged^ vnth exception of ike President^ in the order of graduation from college.

Chari^BS Pranewn Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Hiram Coluns Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 15 La Grange St.

Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature.

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Woods Professor of Latin.

Haroi^d North Fowler, Ph. D., 49 Cornell St.

Clark Professor of Greek,

Henry Platt Gushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology,

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Professor of History.

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., (Absent for the year).

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature,

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 40 Cornell St.

Leffingwell Professor of Philosophy,

Anna Helene Palmi^, Ph. B., 2733 Euclid Av.

Professor of Mathematics,

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English .

HiPPOLYTE Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages,

Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography .

Allyn Abbott Young, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Economics,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 79

Clarence Dimick Stevens, A. M., 22 Cornell St.

Instructor in English.

Carl Byron James, B. S., 896 Hough Av.

Instructor in Biology,

Robert Hbrndon Fife, Jr., Ph. D., 91 Mayfield St.

Instructor in German,

Fritz Reichmann, Ph. D., 95 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics,

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 252 Sibley St.

Instructor in Biblical Literature,

Agnes Hunt, Ph. D., 46 Nantucket St.

Ifistructdr in History,

Mary George Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.

Nina May Roberts, A. M., Guilford House.

Assistant in English,

Alice Doyle Drake, Ph. B., 792 Republic St.

Assistant in English,

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Ph. B., 894 Case Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory,

Harriet Bardwbll Chapman, A. B.. M. D., ^810 Rose Bldg.

Lecturer on Hygiene.

Jessie Boggs, a. M., M. D., 1257 Euclid Av.

Medical Examiner,

OTHER OFFICERS.

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., 4132 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.

Registrar.

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Bursar.

Harry Albert Haring, A. B., 78 Cornell St.

Treasurer.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

8o COLLEGR FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

I
Edward Christopher Wii^uams, B. L.,

71 Elberon St., East Cleveland.
Librarian^ Hatch Library,

Esther Crawford, B. L., 39 Knox St.

Assistant in Library,

Anna Louise MacIntyre, A. B., 136 Sawtell Av.

Librarian ^ College for Women,

Elizabeth Currier Annin, HousemistresSy Guilford House.

Isadorb Heydenburk, HousemistresSy Haydn Hall.

Additional instruction in their ozvn departments is given by the
following members of the Adelbert College Faculty.

Edward Wiluams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc., 79 Adelbert St

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy,

Charles Harris, Ph. D , 15 Adelbert Hall.

Professor of Germain,

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy,

Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology,

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit,

Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek .

Clin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid A v.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

Assistant Professor of German.

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 36 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

STUDENTS-

SENIORS.

Anna Leah Bailey, L. E.*
Mary Lawson Ballantyne, CI.
Emma Laveme Bishop, M. L.
Caxx>line Arrowsmith Bruce, CI.
Marcia Gertrude Bruckshaw, L. E.
Maud Isabel Bruckshaw, M. L.
Matilda Clara Buschman, M. L.
Luella Lenore Chaffee, L. E.
Blanche Genevieve Cole, h. E
Elizabeth Bertha Cristy, L. E.
Susie Adah De Witt, M. L.
Alice Dunham, M. L.
Matilda Pish, L. E.
Ethel Eudora May Gifford, L. E.
Juliette Alice Handerson, M. L.
Ruth Evelyn Haydn, M. h.
Mary Adeline Hird, CI.

Detroii, MichJ^ 93 East Lake St.
Elizabeth, N,J,^ Guilford House.

Medina^-^
CUDeland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^

Haydn Hall.

36 Beechwood St.

36 Beechwood St

Guilford House.

Cleveland^ 215 Commonwealth Av.
Providence, R, /. ^ Haydn Hall.
Cleveland^ 679 East Prospect St

Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland'^
Cleveland ^
Cleveland^

Guilford House.
224 Streator Av
107 Gay lord St.
444 Dunham Av.
Guilford House.

Elizabeth Hubbell, L. E.

Plorence Edith Jones, L. E.

Maria Margaret Kelly, L. E.

Sophia Clarke Kenyon, M. L

Maud Harriet King, M. L.

Laura Helen Krejci, CI.

Emilie Louise Krug, M. L.

Bertha May Lee, ' L. E.

Lillie Margaret Sharlow Lothrop, L. E. Cleveland^

Baldwinville, Mass.^

Guilford House.
Cleveland^ 65 Arlington St.

Cleveland'^ 1635 Harvard St.

Cleveland^ 165 University St.

Rochester, N. >'.« Guilford House.
Chardon " Haydn Hall .

Cleveland^ 290 Forest St.

Cleveland^ 51 Fourth Av.

Stjohnsbury, K/.«» 71 Tilden Av.

Ethel MacDonald, CI.
Beatrice Moss, M. L.
Charlotte May Parker, L. E.
Edith Harris Parmenter, CI.
Ethel Marian Peck, L. E.
Bessie May Post, CI.
May Cameron Quinby, CI.
Clara Risdon, L. E.
Bertha May Rosenfeld, M. L.

Cleveland^
Cleveland *
Solon 1
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
East Cleveland"^
Ravenna **
Cleveland ^'^

1745 Harvard St.

Haydn Hall.

1256 East Madison A v.

Guilford House.

717 Republic St.

Haydn Hall.

221 1 Euclid Av.

Guilford House.

1329 Willson Av.

* AbbreTiations : CI. for Classical Course; M. L. for Modern Lan^n^age Course;
L. B. for Latin- English Course. The numerals after the home address indicate
the institution irom which the student came to College (see page 87); those after
special students, the year of their course.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLKGB FOR WOMEN.

[ I 902-1 903

Lydia Margaret Schwegler, CI.
Olive Louise Spengler, M. L
Florence Jeannetle Taylor, CI.
Prances Lucille Thomas, M. L.
Grace Ethel Tompkins, M. L.
Gertrude Elizabeth Vilas, M. L.
Alice May Wallace, L. E.

Cleveland^ 58 Euclid Place.

Cleveland^ 63 Fourth A v.

Cleveland^ 78 Oakdale St.

Cleveland^ 33 Idlewood Av.

Cleveland^ Haydn Hall.

Cleveland^ 220 Kennard St.

Cleveland^ 28 Marion St.
Sbniors, 42.

JUNIORS.

Florence EUinwood Allen, CI. Salt Lake City » « Guilford House.
Carlyne Margaret Buschman, M. L. Cleveland^ Guilford House.

Katherine Evelyn Collord, L. E. Cleveland^ 189 Taylor St.

Canton^ ' Haydn Hall.

Cleveland^ 72 Merchants Av.

Rochester, N. K. « Guilford House.

Cuyahofra Falls^ Guilford House.

South Kirtland^

Warren^

Jessie Edna Daniels, L. E.
Agnes Mary Doster, M. L.
Fanny Alice Dunsford, M. L.
Lois Violet Ellett, L. E.
Madge Ina Ferry, L. E.
Bessie Gillmer, L. E.
Alma Gertrude Gleason, CI.
Jennie Adele Gleeson, L. E.
Susan Elizabeth Gray, L. E.
Alice Constance Hagan, CI.
Frances Antoinette Hinde, L, E.
Mary Estelle Hopkinson, L. E.
Clara Ethelinde Jacobi, M. L.
Ethel Irene Jones, CI.
Ella Koningslow, M. L.
Rhoda Landsberg, M. L.
X/)uise Reber Layman, CI.
Florence Agnes Lessick, CI.
Sarah Emily McMurray, M. L.
Mabelle Amele Monson, L. E.
Florence Elizabeth Myers, M. L.
Addie Ellen Oakley, L. E.
Lillian Elizabeth Oakley, L. E.
Frances Isabel Odlin, L. E.
Phoebe Katharine Parks, L. E.
Mary Jeannette Proudfoot, CI.
Florence Alice Reeve, CI.
Etta Anthony Sampliner, M. L.
Clara Beth Schneider, M. L.
Anna Groh Seesholtz, M. L.

Cleveland^

Cleveland'^

Cleveland"^

Cleveland^

Cuyahoga Falls^

Cleveland^

East Cleveland^

Cleveland^

Ci^veland^

Voungstown ^

Cleveland^

Hubbard^

Cleveland ^

Cleveland^

Dayton ^

Collinwood^'^

Cleveland^

miloufrhby^

Cleveland ^

Canton^

Canton *

Haydn Hall.

Guilford House.

168 Cedar Av.

54 Kenwood Av.

199 Quincy St.

386 Willson Av.

75 Adelbert St.

288 Gordon Av.

63 Beersford PI.

1635 Harvard St.

882 Scovill Av.

The Euclid.

Guilford House.

486 Giddings Av.

Guilford House.

I Glen Park Place.

800 Hough Av.

Guilford House.

Collin wood.

2320 Spafford St.

49 Wilbur Place.

321 Kennard St.

Haydn Hall.

Guilford House.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTBRN RBSKRVB UNIVERSITY.

Beulah Blanche Smith, L. B
Ruhamah Georgette Smith, CI.
Lilian Bell Stilwell, M. L.
Fannie Langhome Stoney, CI.
Jennie Camille Suits, CI.
Mary Eugenia Suliot, M. L.
Mary Helen Thayer, M. L.
Mary Emily Van Epps, CI.
Josephine Depear Walsh, CI.
Ethel Georgia Ward, CI.
Ethel Ogarita Weimer, CI.
Katie Weis, M. h.
Cecily Whelan, CI.
Eleanor Worthington, M, L.

Cortland^ 1204 Cedar Av.

Cleveland^ 40 Cheshire St.

East Cleveland'^ 37 Stan wood Rd.

Cleveland^

Cleveland *

Salem ^"f

Canton^

Cleveland^

EastCUveland^^^^

miloughby^

Cleveland^

Cleveland'^

Cleveland^

Cleveland ^^

30 Bridge St.
50 Bertram St.
136 Siearns St.
Guilford House.
915 S. Logan A v.
69 Hower Av.
Willoughby.
144 Hawthorne Av.
354 Marcelline Av.
103 Kentucky St.
34 Cheshire St.
Juniors, 47.

Ida Florence Budde, CI.
Stella May Champ, L. E.
Mabel Elizabeth Chapman,

CI.

M. L.

M. L

Anita Marie Cleveland,
Grayce Mildred Daniels,
Alice Duty, M. L.
Frieda Fliedner, M. L.
Etta Freedlander, M. L.
Malvina Friedman, M. L.
Hortense Furth, L. E.
Helen Gilchrist, L. E.
Gertrude Marie Gillin, L. E
Hilda Maud Hetzel, L. E.
Edith Mabel Hill, L. E.
Vesta Maude Jackson, L. E.
Edna Mary Jones, L. E.
Lena Rivers Kiefer, L. E.
Grace Amanda King, M. L<
Carrie Louise Krauss, M. L.
Lillie Belle Krider, M. L.
Florence Rose Lembeck, M.
Irma Linn, M. L.
Maud Eugenia Lyman, L. E.
Jean Bailey McFall, L. E.
Pauline Angelette Miser, M. L.
Margaret Isabel Morton, CI.

SOPHOMORBS.

Cleveland^

Canton^

Cleveland^

Cleveland*

SI. Louis »

Cleveland^

Miatnisburg **

CUveland^'^

Cleveland^^

116 Spangler Av.

59 Bolton Av.

103 Marcelline Av.

392 Bolton Av.

Haydn Hall.

2577 Euclid Av.

160 Wellington Av.

158 Putnam St.

132 Hawthorne Av.

The Brooklawn.

560 Franklin Av.

91 Quincy St.

Haydn Hall.

350 Russell Av.

2900 Superior St.

Cleveland* 1 143 Woodland Hills A v.
Find lay '^ Guilford House.

Butte, Mont»
Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Cleveland^-^*
Cleveland*
Chardon ^^
Pittsburgh, Pa,^
ML Vernon*^
ML Vernon^

Haydn Hall.

1997 Superior St.

423 Bolton Av.

46 Streator Av.

151 Courtland St

Guilford House.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLBGE FOR WOMBN.

[1902-1903

Mabel Adele Morris, L. E.

Cleveland^ ]

[89 W. Madison Av.

Emma May Mumaw, L. E.

Canton »

98 Murray Hill Av.

Grace Louise Pennington, CI.

Cleveland^

79 Hough Av.

Jean Quay, CI.

East Cleveland^ 4050 Euclid Av.

Elizabeth EUinwood Roberts, CI.

IVinsted, Ct.^

Guilford House.

Louise Christina Schuele, L. E.

Cleveland^

15 Jay St,

Helen Dennison Shepherd, CI.

PainesvilU^

Guilford House.

Olga Elizabeth Solberg, M. L.

Salem ^"^

136 Stearns St

Helen Florence Stevens, M. L.

Cleveland^

2036 Broadway.

Harriet Anna Thomas, CI.

Cleveland *

27 Walker St.

Gwendolyn Lloyd Thomas, CI.

Cleveland*

2688 Warner Rd.

Faye Emma Tracy, L. E.

Euclid ^^

Euclid.

Ruth Van Nostran, L. E.

Cleveland*

204 Harkness Av.

Elizabeth White, L. E.

Euclid ^^

Euclid.

Lois Brock w^y Williams, CI.

Cleveland^

127 Streator A v.

Mary Wittier, L. E.

Miamisburg^

Haydn Hall.

Helen Maria Wright, CI.'

Akron ^

Guilford House.

Jennie Young, L. E.

Cleveland^

22 Melrose Av,
SoPHOMORBS, 44.

FRESHMBN.

Cora EstelU Albright, L. E.

Cleveland^

136 Mapledale Av.

Mabel Estelle Anderson, L. E.

Akron ^

Guilford House.

Lola Armstrong, M. L.

Painesville »

962 Willson Av.

Eva Clare Bauman, L. E.

Cleveland^

Bellflower Av.

Josephine Elizabeth Brock, CI.

CUveland^

149 Trumbull St".

Bertha Katherine Budde, L. E.

Cleveland'^

ii6Spangler A v.

Helen Gertrude Campbell, M. L.

Cleveland^^

993 Cedar Av.

Lettie May Clague. CI.

Madison *

297 Marcy Av,

Lila Emily Coit, CI.

Ravenna^

75 Adelbert St.

Helen Julia Converse, CI.

Geneva^

309 Streator Av.

Martha Cook, CI.

Cleveland^

304 Franklin Av.

Lida Margaret Cramer, L. E.

Cleveland^

861 Scranton Av.

Cornelia Cranz, L. E.

Akron^

Haydn Hall.

Marguerite Eckstein Case Day, L.

. E. Cleveland^

2100 Dennison A v.

Mary Frances Day, M. L.

Warren^

Guilford House.

Irene Delahunt, L. E.

Buffalo^*

82 Hough Place.

Mildred De Laney, M. L.

Cleveland^

305 Huron St.

Helen Mar Detchon, M. L.

Voungstozon ^

Haydn Hall.

Viola Frances Doering, M. L.

Cleveland^

1817 Willson Av.

Maude Caroline Eberhart, CI.

Youngstown »

Haydn Hall.

Ruth Elliott, L. E.

Lakewood^'^

17 Grace A V.

Aimee Carolyn Friend, M. L.

Milwaukee^

Guilford House.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVBRSITY.

Helen Barber Gaines, CI.

CUveland^

173 Bell Av.

Charlotte Christine Gender, M. L

. Cleveland ^^

522 Kennard St.

Florence Elsie Goodhart, M. L.

Cleveland^

1 102 Case Ave.

Helen Louise Guise, L. B.

Findlay^

Haydn Hall.

Gussie Kelley Hamilton, M. L.

Kelley s Island^ Haydn Hall.

Winifred Hanlon, L. E.

Coshocton «

The Euclid.

Laura Maria Hassler, M. L.

CUveland^

39 Williams St.

Elsie Sophia Hauser, L E.

Sandusky ^^

Haydn Hall.

Mary Eustelle Hagan, CI.

Cleveland^

386 Willson Av.

Florence Adelaide Hobson, L. E.

Lakewood*'^

i23 0akdaleSt.

Mildred lone Honecker, M. L.

Cleveland^

482 Jennings Av.

Sarah Mildred Honeywell, L. E.

. Cleveland^

315 Genesee Av.

Mamie Hoover, CI.

Youngstown '

» Haydn Hall.

Clara Mary Horn, M. L.

Cleveland *

224 Slater Av.

Ethel May Hurst, L. E.

Cleveland^

2 Norwood Av.

Mary Sortor Irvine, CI.

Cleveland^

1097 E. Madison Av.

Henrietta Eunice Jones, L. E.

Cleveland^

32 Courtland St.

Margaret Dorothy Jones, L. E.

Cleveland^

Independence St.

Vera Pearl Jones, M. L.

Cleveland^

18 Ames Av.

Elizabeth Coit Kelton, M. L.

Columbus ^"^

Guilford House.

Ruth Richmond Kennan, CI.

Medina ^

Guilford House.

Ruth Lehmiller, L. E. North Industry^ 98 Murray Hill Av.

Gertrude Hortense Leon, M. L.

Cleveland^

300 Kennard St.

Lillian Rhea Linn, M. L.

Clevelana *

112 Dibble Av.

Nellie May Luehrs, CI.

Cleveland^

580 Willson Av.

Ruth Lovem Mann, M L.

Cleveland^

22 Cable St.

Blma Anne Marble, CI.

Youngstoivn '

» Haydn Hall.

Ruth Bixby McKean, CI.

Cleveland^

40 Summit St.

Eleanore Emma Michel, M. L.

Cleveland^

1869 Superior St.

Margretta Catherine Molony, L. H

;. Cleveland^

The Pelton.

Anna Lotiise Morgan, M. L.

Cleveland'^

2232 Willson Av.

Alma Mueller, M. L.

Cleveland^

53 Chestnut St.

Nelly Bell Newton, M. L.

Cleveland ^^

408 East Prospect St.

Harriet Jane Noland, L. E.

GlenvilU^

1 155 Doan St.

Christine Ortli, L. E.

Cleveland^

1083 Peari St.

Ruby Mary Osborne, L. E.

Binghamton,

N, y, Ji 59 Knox St.

Mary Ann Peabody, CI.

Cleveland*

16 Echo St.

Rumah Adaline Peets, L. E.

Noiiingham '

' 62 Tennis Avi

Hazel Augusta Rand, CI.

Madison "

75 Adelbert St.

Nellie Craig Saunders, CI.

Cleveland^

1265 Slater Av.

Helene Selminski, M. L.

CUveland*

34 Princeton St.

Mary Senter, M. L.

Columbus^*

Guilford House.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLI^EGB FOR WOMEN.

[1902-1903

Adaline Sherman, L. E
Harriet Smith, CI.
Helen Smith, M. L.
Else May Spengler, M.
Florence Anne Stevens,
Edith Belle Taylor, CI.
Mary Arabella Thacher,
Elva Held Thomas, CI.

M. L.
M.L.

Cleveland^
Cleveland^
East Cleveland^
Cleveland^
Ravenna •*
Pen Yann, N.
Toledo^
Cleveland^

542 Franklin Av.

193 Oakdale St.

37 Grasmere.

63 Fourth Av.

75 Adelbert St.

y.« Guilford House.

75 Adelbert St.

31 Norton St.

Marion Louise Van Vliet, L. E. East Aurora^ N, Y,^ 373 Harkness Av

Anna Eliza Wallace, CI. Warren «»

Nellie Fay Wallace, M. L. Cleveland^

Hazel Loucinda White, CI. Painesville^

Ethel Cora Whitworth, CI . Cleveland *

Florence Woodward, L. E. Cleveland^
Gertrude Sumner Wright, M. L. Cleveland^^

Lucy Harriet Young, L. E. Cleveland^

Guilford House.

67 Tilden Av.

306 Cedar Av.

61 Gorman Av.

95 Mayfield BLd.

739 Willson Av.

22 Melrose Av.

Freshmen, 80.

STUDENTS PURSUING PARTIAL COURSES.

Stella Grace Beitman, ( i )

(I)

(0
(2)
(0

Georgia Lucile Campbell,
Edith Cond€, (21)
Mabel Hamilton Cowgill,
Rebecca Florence Davies,
Elisabeth Lee Dunning,
Edith Leona Eastman, (3)
Alice Erskine Elmer, ( 2 )
Mary Freer, (3)
Clover Althea Hartz, ( 3 )
Helen Sterrett Henning, (2)
Emanuela Anna Janousek, (2)
Jessie Thacher Johnson, ( 2)
Carrie Hannah Kingsbury, (3)
Margaret Kittrell, ( 2 )
Lula Kaufman, (3)
Maude Barber Kendall, (3)
Esther Isabell Knight, ( i )
Margaret Knowlton, ( i )
Theresa Dorothy Luck, (4)
Emma Bean McKim, (3)
Elizabeth Lewis Moore, ( i )
Wilamina Morrow, (3)

Cleveland^
ML Vernon^
East Cleveland'^^

Cleveland ^'»

Cleveland"^

Dayton ®

Glenville^

Cleveland^

Fargo, N. D,^

Cleveland*

GlenvilU^ .

Cleveland^

Cleveland *

Cleveland ^

25 Beech St.
59 Knox St.
33 Wellesley St.

726 Republic St.

841 Fairmount St.

Haydn Hall.

161 Avondale Av.

292 Dare St.

1528 Cedar Av.

987 Case Av.

Guilford House.

1772 Broadway.

576 Doan St.

94 Bertram St.

123 Adelbert St.

981 Case Av.

1306 Cedar Av,

N. Brookfteld, Mass.** Guilford House.
Cleveland^ Guilford House.

Cleveland* 829 Scranton Av.

Cleveland > 100 Oakdale St.

Cleveland * 308 Bolton Av.

Cleveland^ 223 East Prospect St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTBRN RSSBKVB UNIVBRSITY.

Zilkh Genevieve Quayle, (3)

Catharine Dingwall Ross, (3)

Edith Russell, (i)

Rita Remington Sabin, (2)

Frances Gertrude Sellers, ( i )

Ethel Shrier, (i)

Bertha Veronica Stevens, (2)

Bessie Wistar, (2)

Cleveland *

Cleveland^

Mi. Vernon^

Cleveland^

290 Sibley St.
249 Streator Av.
153 Lincoln A v.

89 Tilden Av.
59 Knox St.

930 Cedar Av.

Cleveland " 1 193 East Madison Av.
Cleveland * 1263 Cedar A v.

Special Students, 31.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 42

Juniors 47

Sophomores 44

Freshmen 80

Specials 31

Total 244

1— CleTcland Central High School.

2— CIcTeland South High School.

8— Cleveland West High School.

4— Cleveland East High School.

&— Cleveland Lincoln High School.

6--Smith College.

7__Obcrlln College.

8— University of Wooater.

9— Lake Brie College.
10— Buchtel Preparatory and College.
11— Hathaway-Brown School.
12— Private Tuition.
13— Miss Mittleberger's School.
14— Central High School, Buffalo.
15— Binghamton, N. Y., Central High

School.
16— University School, Columbus.
17— East High School. Columbus.
IS— Bast Cleveland High School.
l»-EucUd High School.
20— Rayen School, Youn^town.
21— South High School, Dayton.
22— Avon, N. Y., High School.
23— Miamisburg High School.
24— Garrettsville High School.
25— Pindlay High School.
26— Butte High School, Montana.
27— Pittsburgh, Pa., Central High School.
2»-New Phifadelphia High School.
29— Mt. Vernon High School.
aO-PainesviUe High School.
81— Sandusky High School.
82— Central High School, Toledo.
8»-Medtna High School.
84— Madison High School.
S&— Miss Buckingham's School, Canton.

86— St. Louis, Mo., High School.

87— Mrs. Knapp's School, Elizabeth, N. J.

88— Northfield Seminary. Mass.

89— Steele High School. Dayton. O.

40— Milwaukee High School, Mich.

41— Chardon High School.

42— Akron High School.

48— Pen Yann, N. Y., High School.

44— North Brookfield.Mass., High School.

45-Glenville High School.

46— East Aurora High School, N. Y.

47— Geneva High School.

48— University of Rochester.

49— Coshocton Hif h School.

50— Canton High School.

51— Lakewood High School.

52— Cuyahoga Falls High School.

5»-Warren High School.

51— Cambridge. O., High School.

65— New Lyme Institute.

56— Kalamazoo High School.

57— Salem High School.

58— Willoughby High School.

59— Rockford High School, 111.

60— Cortland High School.

61 — St. Johnsbury, Vt., Academy.

62— Rochester, N. Y.. High School.

68-Salt Lake College. Utah.

64 — Ravenna High School.

65— Toledo High School.

69-Gilbert School, Winstcd, Ct.

67— Fargo, N. Dakota, High School.

68— Scio College.

69— Hamburg, Ark., High School.

70— RockfordHigh School, 111.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

88 COI^LEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION-

All applicants for admission, whether to the Freshman
class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses, must pre-
sent satisfactory testimonials of good moral character, and
those from other colleges must also bring certificates of hon-
orable dismission. Admission to the Freshman class may
be gained in one of two ways, either on examination, or on
presentation of a certificate from an approved High School
or Academy. Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES.

All candidates, irrespective of the course they may
choose, must be prepared in English, Latin, and Mathemat-
ics, according to the outlines of those subjects given below.

English : The examination consists of two parts. On the books
marked A in the following lists, the student is required to write a
paragraph or two on each of several topics chosen by her from a con-
siderable number set before her on the examination paper. In every
case the knowledge of the book will be considered of less importance
than the ability to write English. On the books marked B, the
student is required to answer questions relating to the author, subject
matter, the essentials of English grammar, and the important facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong. She is also expected to express her knowledge with
clearness and accuracy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 89

Tennyson's Princess ; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal ; George Eliot's
Silas Mamer. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's
Lycidas, Comtis, L' Allegro, II Penseroso; Burke's Conciliation with
America; Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Examinations in 1903 and 1904: A. For Reading: Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner ; Scott's Ivanhoe ; Carlyle's Essay on Burns ; Tenny-
son's Princess ; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal ; George Eliot's Silas
Mamer. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L'Alle-
gro, II Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with Amer-
ica ; Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Latin: Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough) ; Roman
pronunciation. Caesar — three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — Six orations, including De Imperio Gn.
Pompeii. Virgil — six books of the iEneid. Ovid — Translation at
sight. The translation at sight of passages from prose authors.
Prose Composition — rendering of simple English sentences into
Latin. History of Rome — the amount required is indicated by Smith's
Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's Primer of Roman History.
Ancient Geography.

Mathematics : Arithmetic, including the metric system of weights
and measures. Algebra (Loomis, Wells, or Wentworth's College), to
the chapter on the Binomial Theorem. Geometry — (Went worth or
Wells) complete.

Note : It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

In addition to the above, students entering the several
courses must be prepared in the following subjects : For the
Classical Course, Greek ; for the Modern Language Course,
French or German ; for the Latin-English Course, Chem-
istr>% Physics, and History. The entrance requirements in
these subjects are as follows :

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

90 COI.I.EGB FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition — the rendering into
<jreek of simple English sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), or Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exer-
cises), is recommended. History of Greece — the amount required is
indicated by Botsford's, Oman's or Myers's History of Greece, or
Pennell's Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

First year: Elementary grammar with exercises; the irregular
verbs ; Super's French Reader ; Halevy's L'Abb6 Constantin. and sim-
ilar easy texts. Second year: Advanced grammar; syntax; reading
of some 500 pages from modem authors — Sand, M^rimee, Labiche,
Hugo, Sandeau, Daudet ; composition based upon the texts (see such
a series edited by Grandgent and Kimball, or Francois* Introductory
French Prose Composition). Third year: Advanced syntax and re-
view of grammar; composition and dictation; reading of about 800
pages of prose, poetry and drama from the works of Comeille,
Moliere, Racine, La Fontaine, Voltaire, Rousseau, Balzac, Musset,
Coppee, De Maupassant, Daudet, Zola ; practice in sight translation.

German: Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose. Prose Composition— ^e rendering of simple connected prose
from English into German. Ability to pronounce German and to
recognize German words and simple phrases when spoken. In addi-
tion, familiarity vfkh the following works or their equivalents, is
required: Riehl — ^Der Fluch der Schonheit. Freytag — Aus dem
Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. Heine — ^Die Harzreise. (joethe — First
three books of Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Barn-
helm. Schiller— Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty
pages of lyrics and ballads.

Chemistry ; Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.
Class work (through one year). Laboratory.

Physics: Carhart and Chute, Avery, or an equivalent. Class-
work through one year. Each student must perform in the labora-
tory at least thirty-five or forty experiments, mainly quantitative,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 9 1

such as are given in the best laboratory manuals. The laboratory
note-book should be presented as part of the certificate.
. History: (through one year). Courses suggested in order of
preference: Greek and Roman (studied as a separate course dis-
tinct from work in Latin), or Mediaeval and Modern, or English.

Note : Students presenting more than two years* preparatory work
in history will be granted advanced standing upon passing an exam-
ination.

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE.

Students from such High Schools and Academies as may
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that they have completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of such certificates will be
furnished instructors on application to the President, with
whom they are invited to correspond. Applicants for ad-
mission are requested to present their certificates, or send
them by mail to the Registrar, during Commencement week,
or as soon thereafter as practicable.

When the above requirements have not been met exactly,
the equivalents offered must be specified in detail. When
they have not been met in full, the applicant may be re-
quired to pass the usual examination in any or all of the re-
quirements.

Students received on certificate are regarded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in prep-
aration are dropped whenever the deficiency has been clearly
demonstrated.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Candidates for admission to the Sophomore, Junior and
Senior classes, whether from other colleges or not, may be
required to pass examinations on studies previously pur-
sued, but full credit will be given to such certificates as they
bring from their previous instructors. No one is admitted
to the Senior class after the beginning of the second half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLKGE FOR WOMEN.

[1902-I903

COURSES OF STUDY,

FRESHMAN YEAR.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO AI,L COURSES.

Hours Total

a week. houn.

BiBi,s, 1,2 I (throughout the year) 34

Engush, I 2 3 ** " " 102

Latin, I, 2 3 ** " ** 102

Mathematics. I, 2 3 " *' '* 102

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.
1

Classical
Course

Modem

Language

Course

Latin-
English
Course

Greek, i, 2 ,

AND

German, i, 2]

or
French,

N, I, 2|

German, 5, 6 |
French, i, 2 \

or
French, 3, 4 >
German, i, 2 J

Physics, i A (first half-year) . .
History, i (second half-year).
German, i, 2]

or
French,

N, I, 2 I
I, I, 2 I

6 hours a week

throughout

the year.

204

544
In addition to the above subjects all members of the Freshman class
are required to attend lectures on Hygiene, one hour a week, first half-
year. Systematic exercises in the gymnasium three times a week,
throughout the year, are required of Freshmen and Sophomores.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

SOPHOMORE YEAR.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALI. COURSES.
Hours

BiBi«B 3 I ( first half-year)

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE.

ToUl
hours.

Classical

and

Modem

Language

Courses

Latin-
English
Course

History, i 3 (first half-year)

Physics, 10 3 (first half-year)

ElECTIves. . . ^•• 9 (first balf.year
^^^ \... 15 (second half -y<

year)

153
255

French, i, 2
German, 3, 4

or
French, 3, 4
German, i, 2,
Philosophy i

Electives

■••{::;

6 (throughout the year) . . 204

3 (second half-year) 51

9 (first half-year) 153

6 (second half-year) 102

y 510

527

JUNIOR YEAR.

Bible 4, 5 i (throughout the year) 34

Electives 15 *' *' *' 510

544
SENIOR YEAR.

Electives 15 (throughout the year) 510

Among their electives Classical and Modem Language students are
required to take at least one course in either Economics or Philosophy,
and at least one course each in two of the three sciences, Biology,
Chemistry, and Physics. Latin-English students are required to take
at least one course in Economics or Philosophy in addition to Philos-
ophy I, and at least one course in Biology or Chemistry. See also
page 114.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

94 COLLEGB FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

SYNOPSIS OF STUDIES,

The following statements include all courses offered,
whether prescribed or elective. Unless otherwise stated,
each course consists of three weekly recitations of one hour
each.

In making choice of elective courses students are ex-
pected to confer with the President, Registrar, and mem-
bers of the Faculty for advice and assistance. Students must
give the Registrar written notice of their choice of electives
for the second half-year of 1902-1903, on or before January
17th, 1903; for first half-year, 1903-1904, on or before May
23d, 1903.

ANTHROPOLOGY.

PROFESSOR CURTIS.

1. Anthropology. The main problems and bearings of Anthro-
pology are discussed in systematic order. Lectures are given on
the history of Anthropology, and an effort is made to understand its
position in the present century. First half-year.

2. Sociology. Open to Seniors who have taken the elementary
courses in Psychology, Ethics and Economics. Lectures will be given
by the instructor throughout the term and special work will be as-
signed to each student for report and discussion. Second half-year.
Four hours.

ART.

PROFESSOR FOWLER.

1. History of Art. Ancient art — ^Lectures and collateral reading.
1902-1903. Through the year.

2. History of Art. Post- classical art; from the beginning of
Christian art through the period of the Renaissance — ^Lectures and
collateral reading. Through the year. [Not given in 1903-04.]

ASTRONOMY.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.

The course is mainly descriptive and is amply illustrated. The
simpler problems of spherical astronomy are discussed. Some atten-
tion is given to the history of astronomy. Text-book, Young's Gen-
eral Astronomy. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 95

THE BIBLE.

PRESIDENT THWING, I.

DR. HAYDN.

MR. HOWELL M. HAYDN, 2-12.

I, 2. The Life of Christ.. One hour a week throughout the year.

3. The Acts of the Apostles. One hour a week, first half-year.

4, 5- Studies in the Old Testament. One hour a week through-
out the year.

6. Studies in the General Epistles. A critical course intended
for those who can use the Greek Testament. Second half-year.

7. The Pauline Epistles. A course in the English Testament,
aiming to exhibit the circumstances of writing, content, and perma-
nent value «f these epistles to the church. Second half-year, 1903-
1904.

8. The General Epistles. A course similar to 7. Second half-
year, 1902- 1903.

9. Old Testament Poetry. A series of studies in the English
Old Testament, taking up Hebrew poetry as exhibited especially in
the historical books, in Proverbs, and in Psalms. First half-year,
1902-1903. •

10. Old Testament Prophecy. A course in the English Old Tes-
tament, aiming to exhibit fully the times and the personalities of the
Hebrew prophets, as well as their distinctive messages. First half-
year, 1903- 1904.

Note: Courses 9 and 10 are open to those only who have had
courses 4 and 5.

II, 12. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's Elements of Hebrew will be used, with the Old Testament
text. Throughout the year.

The establishment of the Florence Harkness Foundation has en-
abled this department not only to become exceptionally well supplied
with maps and books, but to offer each year to all the students a
series of lectures by eminent persons from outside the University.
In 1896-7, Dr. William H. Ward, of the Independent, delivered five
lectures on the connection of Old Testament History with that of
Eg>'pt, Babylon and Syria. In 1897-8 Professor Charles P. Fagnani,
of Union Theological Seminary, gave a course of five lectures on The
Bible and Its Interpretation, and Mr. Gerald Stanley Lee, of North-
ampton, Mass., five lectures on the Mind of Christ. In the Spring of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

96 COI*I*EGK FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

1899, Professor George Adam Smith, of Free Church College, Glas-
gow, Scotland, gave eight lectures on the Old Testament. In 1899-

1900, Professor Richard G. Moulton, of the University of Chicago,
delivered five lectures on The Literary Interpretation of the Bible.

In 1900-01 Professor Frank K. Saunders, Ph. D., D. D., of Yale
University, gave a course of five lectures on "The Prophets of Israel
and their Messages."

In 1901-02 Professor W. D. Forrest, D. D., of Glasgow, Scotland,
gave one lecture on Christ's Teaching as to Individual and Corporate
Duty. The Right Reverend Henry C. Potter, Bishop of New York,
one on The Place of the Bible in Modern Life. Professor Richard
G. Moulton, of the University of Chicago, three lectures on The
Bible as a Story Book; The Book of Job, a Dramatic Masterpiece;
The Place of the Bible in a Liberal Education. John Peter Jones,
D. D., of Madura, India, gave three lectures on Conditions, Prob-
lems, and Results of Missionary Service.

In Old Testament teaching the object is to trace the development
of the idea of the kingdom of God, as wrought out in the history of
the Hebrew people until the coming of Christ; to dwell upon the
pivotal men and periods of the history ; to take account of the several
books, their significance and literary form — so to prepare tho way for
a more intelligent study of the*Scriptures, in detail, in after life.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

MR. SEVERANCE, I, 2.
MR. WILLIAMS, 3.

1. Historical and GenertVl Bibliography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, indices,
repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examination will
be made of 'books mentioned. The course is adapted to the needs,
not only of those specializing in history, but also of those looking
forward to library work. 1902-1903. Second half-year.

2. The Sources and Literature op Mediaeval History. This
course will describe the original material at the command of the
historian of the Middle Ages, and show what use has been made of
this source of material by modem writers. The course is designed
for students interested in historical study or library work.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. • 97

each pointed out. Lists of questions to be solved by the use of the
works studied will be given, and the methods of finding the answers
discussed in class. One hour a week, second half-year.

BIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR HERRICK.
MR. JAMES.

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of animal
and plant life. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours
each. Second half-year.

2. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals. One
lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-year.

3. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A compar-
ative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One recitation and
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and the lower
animals. Three exercises, consisting of lectures, recitations, and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A study of the devel-
opment of birds and mammals. One recitation, two laboratory exer-
cises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Two exercises weekly. First half-year.

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruction
is given by lectures, laboratory work and field excursions. Second
half-year.

11. Reading Club. A voluntary association of students and in-
structors for reading and discussing works of general scientific in-
terest. Meetings are held weekly from December i to May i at a
time most convenient to the members.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses i, 2, 3,
7, 10, $5.00.

CHEMISTRY.

professor morley.

ASSOCIATE professor GRUENER.

assistant professor tower.
I. Chemistry of the Non- Metallic Elements. Remsen's Col-
lege Chemistry. Two hours a week in recitation and one labora-
tory exercise of three hours. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

98 . COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

3. Chemistry of the Metals. Remsen's College Chemistry.
Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to
those who have taken course i or course 2. Second half-year.

4. Physiological Chemistry. This course will be popular in
its nature, and will consist of lectures on the chemistry of the animal
body, the chemistry of nutrition, and the chemistry of the ordinary
food materials, including the influence of cooking on the chemical
composition and on the nutritive value of foods. Two recitations
and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to those who have
taken course i or course 2. First half-year.

5. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two rec-
itations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to those
who have taken courses i and 3, or courses 2 and 3. First half-year.

6. Course 5 continued. Second half-year.

7. Elements of Qualitative Analysis. Three laboratory exer-
cises of three hours each. Second half-year.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses i, 3
or 4, $3.00; Course 2, $4.00; Courses 5 or 6, $5.00; Course 7, $6.00.

ECONOMICS.

dr. young.

1. Elements of Economics. Recitations, lectures and required
readings. Text-book, Bullock's Introduction to the Study of Eco-
nomics. First half-year.

2. The Distribution of Wealth. A discussion of modem theo-
ries of value and distribution, together with an historical and critical
treatment of the more important institutions affecting the distribution
of wealth, such as property and contract. Lectures and required read-
ings. Second half-year.

3. Economic History. The economic history of England from
the thirteenth to the middle of the nineteenth century. Lectures and
required readings. Text-book, Cheyney's Industrial and Social His-
tory of England. First half-year.

4. Economic Problems. A brief discussion of socialism is fcA-
lowed by a study of labor problems. Lectures and required readings.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 99

Text-books, Ely's Socialism and Social Reform, and Levasseur's The
American Workman. Second half-year.

5. Charities and Correction. The problems connected with pau-
perism and crime, and the methods of dealing with them. Lectures,
assigned readings and class reports. Second half-year.

ENGLISH.

PROFESSOR HULME, 8-21.
MR. STEVENS, I -7.

COMPOSITION.

I, 2. Principles of English Composition. Lectures, recitations,
themes and conferences. Especial attention will be given to para-
graph writing and the study of modem prose writers. Required
throughout Freshman year.

3. Daily Themes (for a considerable portion of the time) ; fre-
quent long themes, lectures, conferences. Open to all who have taken
courses i and 2. First half-year.

4. Continuation of 3. In course of the year detailed attention
will be given to exposition, criticism, description, narrative and argu-
mentation. Second half-year.

6. Continuation of 5. Under the direction of the instructor, each
student will be required to plan and write a piece of composition of
considerable length. This course may be elected two years in suc-
cession. Second half-year.

7. Argumentation. Two long forensics, preceded by briefs. The
questions for these forensics will be so selected that each student may
write on a subject connected with her college studies. Lectures,
conferences, study of masterpieces of argumentation, briefs based on
the latter, debates.

LANGUAGE.

8. A Beginners' Course in Old English. In this course special
attention is given to the elements of Old English grammar, and to
the reading of selections from Old English prose and poetry. Text-
books: Smith's Old English Grammar; Bright's Anglo-Saxon Read-
er. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lOO COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

9. Old English Epic Poetry. Beowulf is read and is made the
basis of a careful study of the mythology, and the religious and
social life of the Anglo-Saxons. Advanced Old English Grammar.
Parallel reading of other epic fragments in Old English. Text-books :
Wyatt's Beowulf; the Cook-Sievers Old English Grammar. Second
half-year.

10. Old and Middle English. The Elene is read with the class.
Lectures on Cynewulf and Old English poetical literature. The his-
tory of the English language, and readings from late Old English and
early Middle English. Text-books: Kent's Elene; Emerson's His-
tory of the English Language; Morris and Skeat's Specimens of
Early English, Part L First half-year.

LITERATURE.

11. Chaucer. Select readings from the Canterbury Tales. Lec-
tures on Chaucer's life and works, and on his contemporaries and
immediate successors in English literature. Text-books: Skeat's
edition of The Prologue, The Knight's Tale, and The Nonne Prestes
Tale (Clarendon Press Series). Second half-year.

12. Non-Dramatic Poetry of the Sixteenth and Early Seven-
teenth Centuries. In this course the work will be confined mainly
to a careful study of the poetry of Spenser and Milton. 1903- 1904.
First half-year.

13. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drama. This course is
preparatory to a more extended study of Shakespeare and his con-
temporaries. A brief history of the Pre- Shakespearean drama in lec-
tures. A study of three or four of Shakespeare's plays. 1903- 1904.
First half-year.

14. Shakespeare. Lectured on the development of Shakespeare's
art and the later Elizabethan drama. The class is required to read all
of Shakespeare's plays. Open to students who have had course 13 or
its equivalent. 1903-1904. Second half-year.

15. English Literary Criticism. The history of literary criti-
cism. The class will study select essays of Dryden, Steele and Addi-
son, Johnson, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, DeQuincey, Leigh Hunt,
Carlyle, Mathew Arnold and others. Lectures and papers. Open to
students who have had courses 16 and 17 or their equivalents. 1903-
1904. First half-year.

16. Classicism in English Literature. A history of modem
English literature from Milton to the beginning of the Romantic
movement in the eighteenth cenutry. The development of Classicism

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. lOI

in English poetry of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This
course is arranged specially for Sophomores who intend to elect
English literature. First half-year.

17. The Romantic Movement of the Eighteenth Century. A
history of English poetry from about 1760 to 1830. Select readings
from the poetry of Burns, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, Byron,
Keats, Shelley and other contemporaries. Several papers required.
Second half-year.

18. American Literature. The historical development of English
literature in America from its beginning to the present day. Lec-
tures, papers and extensive readings from the principal writers. Open
to Juniors and Seniors. Second half-year.

19. The English Novel. The history of the rise and growth of
the English Novel from its beginning to the nineteenth century.
Lectures, select readings and papers. Text-book: Cross' Develop-
ment of the English Novel. 1902- 1903. First half-year. Not given
1903-1904.

20. English Poetry from 1830 to 1880. Tennyson, Browning,
Mrs. Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, and other poets
of the period. A large amount of reading and frequent papers are
required on topics suggested by the course. Open to Juniors and
Seniors. Not given 1903-1904.

21. English Prose from 1830 to 1880. Carlyle, Ruskin, Matthew
Arnold, Newman, Thackeray, George Eliot, and other prose writers
of the period. The course is a continuation of 20, but the two may
be elected separately. Open to Seniors and Juniors. Not given 1903-
1904.

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.

professor cushing.

1. Mineralogy. Crystallography, and descriptive Mineralogy.
Two hours of recitation and lectures, and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

2. Mineralogy. Determinative Mineralogy and blow-pipe analy-
sis. Three laboratory exercises of three hours each. Physical crys-
tallography may be substituted for the blow-pipe work. Second half-
year.

3. Geology. Dynamical Geology. Three hours a week. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I02 COLLBGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

4. Geology. Structural and Historical Geology. Lectures and
field work in vicinity of Cleveland. Second half-year.

5. Physiography. Th€ cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. Second-half year.

A Laboratory fee of $1.00 is charged for courses i, 2 or 4.

GERMAN.

PROFESSOR DEERING.

PROFESSOR HARRIS, 3.

DR. MEYER, 5a.

DR. FIFE.

I, 2. German Grammar and Reader. Easy modem texts. In
this and the following courses German is spoken as much as possible
in the class-room, but such conversation is regarded as a means, not
as an end. Throughout the j-car.

3, 4. Grammar continued— Prose Composition. Recent German
prose and the simpler plays of Lessing, Goethe, or Schiller. In 1903-
1904 the first text will be Wildenbruch's Der Letzte. Throughout the
year.

5, 6. Advanced Grammar— Prose Composition. Rapid reading of
representative modem authors and, in the second half-year of classic
German, with especial attention to Schiller. Practice in reading at
sigfht. The first text for 1903- 1904 will be Riehl's Burg N«ideck.
Throughout the year.

9. Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend, with
parallel reading of the most important Faust literature; Goethe's
Faust. First half-year.

10. Lessing and the Classic German Drama. Early eighteenth
century drama, Lessing's reforms and influence (lectures) ; all his
important dramas and best critical works, with illustrative parallel
reading. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WKSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY. I03

12. 15. Middle High German. Paul's Mittelhochdeutsche Gram-
matik ; Selections from the Nibelungenlied, from Hartmann, Walther,
and Wolfram. Throughout the year.

16. Advanced Composition. Studies in German style. Original
German essays on subjects assigned. Lectures on the history of the
German language. Recommended to those who intend teaching Ger-
man.

17. Contemporary German Literature. The new spirit of Ger-
man literature. Sudermann, Hauptmann, Liliencron, Fontane.

18. Old Germanic Myths and Legends. Outline of Germanic
Mythology. Study of the most important mediaeval saga cycles.
Lectures and papers.

Courses ^18 are open only to students who have taken courses 7
and 8, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year.

GREEK.

PROFESSOR FOWLER.
PROFESSOR FULLER.

1. Homer. The Odyssey. Two books will be read consecutively
and the remainder studied in representative selection and in English
translation, with a view to a literary acquaintance with the entire
poem. Considerable attention will be given to developing facility in
translating at sight. First half-year.

2. Attic Orators. Selections from Lysias, Isocrates and Demos-
thenes. Greek rhetoric. Lives of Attic orators. Legislative bodies
and law practice in Athens. History of Greece from the beginning
of the Peloponnesian war to the death of Philip. Greek Prose Com-
position. Second half-year.

Only two of the following elective courses will be given in any
half-year :

3. The Drama. Two tragedies; metres and theory of music;
lectures on the archaeology of the drama (actors, costumes, buildings,
etc.) First half-year.

4. Plato's Apology, Crito, and selections from other works. Sec-
ond half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I04 COLrlrEGB FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

5. Philosophy. Seminary work in the Fragments of the Early
Philosophers (Diogenes Laertius, de Vitis, Dogmatibus et Apophtheg-
matibus Philosophorum ; Ritter et Prellcr, Fragmenta Philosophise
Graecae), and selections from Plato and Aristotle. First half-year.

6. History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, and other sources of Greek history. Second half-year,

7. Oratory. Comparative study of speeches of Attic orators.
The speeches of Thucydides, etc. First half-year.

8. Aristophanes' Frogs and selected Dialogues of Lucian. History
of Greek literature illustrated by selections from authors hot hitherto
studied in class. Second half-year.

9. Drama. The development of Attic drama as exhibited in the
extant plays and fragments. First half-year.

10. Greek Prose Composition, An advanced course, the special
features of which will be determined by the acquirements and needs
of the class. Second half-year.

Courses 5-10 are open only to students who have taken courses 3
and 4, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year,

HISTORY.

PROFESSOR BOURNE.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE, I3, I4, 1 5.

DR. HUNT, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9.

1. History of the middle ages. The migrations, the development
of the church as aii institution, the mediaeval empire, feudal society.
Either half-year.

2. History of France, from the end of the Middle Ages to the
death of Louis XV. Development of the political and social institu-
tions of the Old Regime. Either half-year.

3. History of England, from the end of the Middle Ages. The
development of English institutions, and the rise of England to the
position of a great state. First half-year.

4. History of Germany, 1494-1786. The Renaissance, the Refor-
mation, the Thirty Years' War, the Rise of Prussia, Frederick the
Great. Second half-year.

5. American Colonial History, to the end of the Revolutionary
War. The discovery and settlement of North America, the political
growth of the colonies, and their development towards independence
and union. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I05

6. History op the United States, from 1783 to the dose of the
Reconstruction period. The consolidation of institutions, the growth
of national life, expansion westward, the slavery question, etc Sec-
ond half-year.

7. French Revolution, 1789- 1799, with introductory studies of
the Old Regime. First half-year.

8. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, including the Napoleon-
ic period and the successive regimes in France, the reorganization
of Germany, the union of Italy, and the general progress of civiliza-
tion. Second half-year.

9. Political Institutions of the United States, a study of
national, state and city administration, of the system of party govern-
ment and of political problems. Based on Bryce's American Com-
monwealth. Second half-year.

In courses 3-9 the work will include wide reading from the litera-
ture of the subject, as well as some study of official records and of
contemporary writers.

11. Epochs of History. The object is the more careful study of
a particular epoch, from the sources and from other writers; for
example, the English Reformation, England under the Stuarts, Me-
dieval France, the beginnings of the Bourbon monarchy, the Lutheran
Reformation. First half-year.

Course 11 is open each year to Seniors who have had, in addition
to I, two other courses selected from 2 to 9. Course 12 is open to
Seniors who have had 11 or 15.

13. Life in the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photographs
and prints taken from Mediaeval Manuscripts. First half-year.

14. The Beliefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages. Espe-
cial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their outcome
in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days, pre-
cious stones, palmistry, etc., will also be touched on. 1903-1904.
First half-year.

15. Special Topics in Mediaeval History. This course will be
conducted according to the principles of the seminary method, and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I06 COI^LEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

aims to teach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval His-
tory from the sources. The subject for 1903-04 will be either the
"Vita Heinrici IV. Imperatoris," or "The Crusades."

For the courses in Historical Bibliography, see Bibliography.

For 1903 the lecturer will be Professor J. B.McMaster of the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania.

HYGIENE.

DR. CHAPMAN.

I. The instruction consists of weekly lectures illustrated with
charts, manikin and skeleton. These lectures embrace the funda-
mental principles that underlie the promotion of health ; the structure
and functions of all the organs of the body ; the proper exercise and
rest of the muscles; the conversion of food into tissues; the import-
ance of always keeping the body supplied with pure blood; ventila-
tion, food and clothing. Special attention is given to the nervous
system, including the care of the eyes. First half-year.

LATIN.

PROFESSOR PERKINS.
PROFESSOR PLATNER, I9.

1. Livy, Books XXI, XXII; translation at sight and at hearing;
the writing of Latin. Collateral reading in Roman History. First
half-year.

2. Cicero de Senectute ; Plautus (one play) ; Horace, Satires.
Translation at sight and at hearing; the writing of Latin. Second
half-year.

Only four of the following elective courses will be given in any
half-year :

3. Odes and Epodes of Horace. First half-year.

4. Cicero's Letters. First half-year.

5. Letters op Pliny the Younger. First half-year.

6. Tacitus and Suetonius. Tacitus, Agricola; Annales (Books
1-2, entire; Books 3 and 4, selections). Suetonius, selections. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 107

7. History of Latin Literature (Poetry). Lectures, with read-
ing of typical selections, and direction of the student's private read-
ing, one hour a week. Advanced courses in Latin writing, two
hours a week. First half-year.

8. Lucretius. First half-year.

9. Catullus. Selections from Tibullus, Propertius and Ovid's
Tristia. Second half-year.

10. The Epistles of Horace. The Ars Poetica. Wilkins' Primer
of Roman Literature. Second half-year.

11. Roman Comedy. Terence and Plautus. Second half-year.

12. Juvenal and Martial. Second half-year.

13. Latin Rhetoric. Quintilian, Book x; Cicero, De Oratore,
Selections. Second half-year.

14. Roman Oratory. Tacitus, Dialogus de Oratoribus, with se-
lections from Cicero. Second half-year.

15. Teachers' Training Course. This course is recommended
only for students who have had two years of elective work in Latin.
The aim of the course is to give prospective teachers assurance in
their Work. The course includes lectures on problems connected
with the teaching of Latin in secondary schools; practical exercises
in the study of the Grammar and the authors read in secondary
schools. Second half-year.

16. Selections from Cicero, de Officiis, and the Tusculan Disputa-
tions. Second half-year.

17. Seneca. Selections from (a) Prose writings. (6) Tragedies.
Second half-year.

18. History of Latin Literature. (Prose.) Lectures, with
direction of the student's private reading, one hour a week. Ad-
vanced courses in Latin writing, two hours a week. Second half-year.

19. Latin of the Silver Age. 1902-1903. Second half-year.

MATHEMATICS.

professor palmi^.

1. Trigonometry. Jones's Drill Book in Trigonometry. First
half-year.

2. Algebra. Hall and Knight's Text-book. Second half-year.

3. Plane and Solid Geometry. Exercises to be solved by the
students; Chauvenet's Elementary Geometry. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Io8 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

5. Analytical Geometry. Loney's Analytical Geometry. First

half-year.

6. Differential Calculus. Osborne's Differential Calculus. Sec-
ond half-year.

7. Integral Calculus. Osborne's Calculus. First half-year.

8. Differential Calculus (advanced course). Hamack's Intro-
duction to the Calculus.

9. Analytical Geometry (advanced course). Salmon's Conic
Sections. First half-year.

10. Theory of Functions, of a complex variable. Introductory
course.

11. The Theory of Equations. Burnside and Panton's Theory
of Equations. First half-year.

12. Projective Geometry. Second half-year.

13. Theory of Substitution Groups, and its application to alge-
braic equations.

14. Theory of Numbers. Elementary course.

Only three elective courses will be' offered in any half-year.

MUSIC

MR. CLEMENS.

1. History of Music. A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music; Ancient Music, and the music
of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fillmore's
Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supplemented by
musically illustrated lectures and references to standard works. A
short course in the elements of Harmony is combined with the more
strictly historical study in order that the mimical development and
relations of the different periods may be more clearly understood.
First "half-year.

2. A continuation of course i, embracing the periods from the
beginning of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and Bach.
Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the work
of the preceding course. Second half-year.

Those desiring to elect the course in the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject.

3. 4. Harmony and Counterpoint. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 109

PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION.

PROFESSOR AIKINS.
DR. MARVIN.

1. Logic. The principles of logic, with practice in definition and
the analysis of arguments. Required of Latin-English Sophomores,
elective for others. Second half-y^ar.

2. Elementary Psychology. An outline of the subject, mainly
from the physiological and pedagogical standpoints. This course is
introductory to all the other work in the department, except Logic.
It is open to Sophomores. First half-year.

3. Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discussion
of practical problems. First half-year.

4. Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discussion
of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the ultimate
nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real nature of
material things, the significance of evolution,i the alleged conflict of
science and religion, what knowledge is and what we can hope to
know, idealism, realism and scepticism; the relation of knowledge to
faith. (Omitted in 1902-3.)

5. History of Philosophy. Some of the greatest thinkers, and
how they looked at life and the world. Second half-year.

6. Advanced Course in Philosophy. A critical study of some one
or two philosophers or of some group of philosophical problems.
First half-year.

7. History of Education. An historical study of educational
theories and practices, with special reference to their relations to the
history of philosophy and the history of morals. The course will
include a large amount of outside reading. Second half-year.

8. Psychology in Education. The course is intended to cover
about the following ground. Animals and children: how to study
them and what we learn from them. Individual differences: the
mental life and education of the blind, the deaf and other defectives.
Laws of mental and physical growth. Rhythm, fatigue, and other
general relations of mind and body. The training and the breakdown
of various mental faculties. Special educational devices and their
psychological basis. Second half-year.

9. Principles of Education. The meaning and aim of education,
and the various problems of education itself, such as those of curricu-
lum and method. Second haK-year.

Only two of the last three courses are likely to be given in the
same half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

no COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

PHYSICS.

PROFESSOE WHITMAN.
DR. REICHMANN.

lA. General contents and text-book as in course i. For Freshmen
entering the Latin-English course. The work is arranged to utilize
as fully as possible the preparatory course in Physics. First half-
year.

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Light, Electricity and Magnetism. Continuation of course
I. Second half-year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazetrook's Physical Optics or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's Theory
of Heat, with lectures and references. Second half-year. Alternating
with 9.

5. Electricity and Magnetism. A review of electrical theory,
with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The text-book
will depend somewhat on the character of the class. First half-yfear.

6. Continuation of course 5. Second half-year.

7. Mechanical Drawing. A course involving the principles of
Descriptive Geometry and their application to mechanical drawing,
the preparation of working drawings, elementary curve-tracing, etc.
Faunce's Descriptive Geometry will be used as text. Second half-
year.

8. Applied Electricity. An elementary course of lectures on the
modem applications of electricity, including continuous and alternat-
ing current machinery, batteries, lighting, telegraphy, telephony, etc.
Two exercises weekly. Second half-year.

9. Mechanics. The Elements of Applied Mechanics. Texi-
book : Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year. Alter-
nating with 4.

10. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important phys-
ical phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to text-books, and a few exercises in the laboratory. Required
of Classical and Modern Language Sophomores. First half-year.

11. Physical Manipulation. Instruction is given in the ele-
ments of the ordinary laboratory arts, as glass-blowing and soldering,
in the use of the dividing engine and other general instruments, in

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. Ill

the construction of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly.
Second half-year.

12. Physical Experiment. Special topics in Physics are as-
signed to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is
to introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than
are usually possible in the general courses. Each student is expected
to spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

13. Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussions on special subjects and current physical literature by
members of the conference. One meeting weekly.

Courses 11 and 12 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

The weekly exercise under course 11 may be combined with course
12 to count for one three-hour course.

The laboratory fee for course 10 is $2.00; for each of the other
laboratory courses, $4.00.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OLIVER.

FRENCH.

I, 2. Beginners' Course. Grammar, easy reading, composition,
conversation. Throughout the year. i

3, 4. Advanced Course. Rapid reading of modern prose, poetry
and drama. Syntax and composition. Conversation, reports on out-
side reading. Throughout the year.

Courses i, 2, 3, 4 or their equivalent must precede all others.

By special permission students who do exceptionally good work in
courses i, 2 and 3, may omit 4 and enter the elective courses. Such
students, however, will not receive credit for the omitted course.

Of the following courses not more than two will be given in any
half-year :

5. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and development of
French drama. Interpretation of the masterpieces of Corneille,
Racine, Moliere, Regnard. Collateral reading. Themes. First half-
year, 1902-1903.

6. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries.
The Decadence of Classic drama. Rise and growth of the romantic
and realistic drama. Modem tendencies. Reading of Voltaire, Beau-
marchais, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo, Alfred dc Musset,
Scribe, Dumas pere, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou, Coppee, Rostand.
Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year, 1902- 1903.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

112 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

7. MoLi^RE. Lectures on the life and times of Moliere. Interpre-
tation of the greater comedies.

8. French Lyric and Didactic Poetry. Boileau, La Fontaine,
Ch^nier, Victor Hugo, de Musset, Lamartine. Collateral reading.*
Essays.

9. 10. Modern Novelists. Lectures and recitations. The Roman-
tic School. First half-year. The Realistic School. Second half-year.
1903- 1904.

11. Seventeenth Century Prose Classics. Lectures on French
culture, society and prose literature of the seventeenth century. The
great preachers and moralists. Jansenism and Port Royal. The
French Academy and the Salons. Memoirs and Letter-Writers.
Readings from Descartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyere,
Bossuet, Bourdaloue, Mme. de Sevigne, Mme. de La Fayette, Fene-
lon, Saint-Simon. Themes and collateral reading. First half-year.

12. Eighteenth Century Prose Classics. Lectures on the soci-
ety and culture of the eighteenth century. Break-up of the classic
ideals. Growth of the revolutionary spirit. First movements toward
romanticism. Voltaire and the Encyclopedists. Rousseau, Diderot,
Montesquieu, Le Sage, Bernardin de Saint Pierre. Themes and col-
lateral reading. Second half-year.

13. The Sixteenth Century. The Reformation and the Renais-
sance. Rabelais, Calvin, Marot, Ronsard and the Pleiade, Montaigne.
Readings from Darmsteter and Hatzfeld's Le Seizieme Siecle en
France. Study of the language and syntax of the period. Themes
and collateral reading. First half-year.

14- History of Old French Literature, with representative read-
ings from Bartsch's Chrestomathie, La Chanson de Roland, and
Christian of Troyes. The Mediaeval Drama. Second half-year.

15. French Historical Grammar. Phonetics, morphology, syn-
tax. Illustrative reading from old French texts. First half-year.

16. Comparative Historical Grammar of the Romance Lan-
guages, with especial reference to Old French and Provencal. Illus-
trative readings. Second half-year.

ITALIAN.
I, 2. Grandgent's Italian Grammar. Reading of modern Ital-
ian. Composition. 1902- 1903. Throughout the year.

SPANISH.

1. Elementary Course. Edgren's Grammar and Matzke's
Reader, 1903- 1904. First half-year.

2. Reading of modern texts. 1903- 1904. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. . II ^

GENERAL INFORMATION-

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a Christmas
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half-year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter
recess of one week, until Commencement, which occurs
on the Wednesday after the tenth day of June (or
after the ninth in years in which February has twenty-nine
days) . No college exercises are held on Thanksgiving day,
Washington's birthday, and Decoration day. On the Day
of Prayer for colleges, religious exercises are held in the
chapel. The exercises of the first half-year begin with
prayers in the chapel at ten o'clock.

DEFICIENT WORK.

1. All entrance conditions must be removed before a
student is allowed to begin the work of Sophomore year.

2. A student who fails in the work of an elective course
must remove this deficiency, or complete another course as
extra work.

3. All conditions incurred at examinations must be re-
moved at the next examinations held for the same courses ;
except that all conditions incurred and all work omitted in
Freshman year must be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of Junior year; and that all conditions
incurred, and all work omitted in Sophomore year must be
made up before a student is allowed to begin the work of
Senior year; and that all other conditions, and all other
omitted work, must be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of the second term of Senior year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

114 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

Students are graded in their studies by letters which havQ
value on a scale of eight, as follows :

(excellent)

7-8

(good)

6-7

(fair)

5-6

(pass)

4-5

(deficient)

-4

GRADUATION AND DEGREES.

No student will be allowed to graduate unless she has
taken at least one course in either Economics or Philosophy
and Psychology and at least one course each in two of the
three sciences, Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Students
should consult the instructors in the departments concerned
as to the best time at which to take these courses.

Juniors and Seniors may diminish the number of their
recitations, though not the total amount of their work, three
hours a week, by arranging to do extra work in one or more
courses.

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on stu-
dents who have completed the Classical course which in-
cludes the study of the Greek language and literature; the
degree of Bachelor of Letters on those who have com-
pleted the Modern Language course, in which modem Lan-
guages are substituted for Greek ; and the degree of Bach-
elor OF Philosophy on those who have completed the
Latin-English course, which differs from the Modem Lan-
guage course in that an entrance requirement of science and
history is substituted for French or German.

LIBRARIES.
Hatch Library on the Adelbert College campus, five min-
utes' walk from the College for Women, is open on equal
terms to all members of the University. It is furnished with
well lighted reading rooms, contains about forty-five thous-
and bound volumes and ten thousand pamphlets, and is

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. II 5

especially rich in German, French, historical and philosoph-
ical literature. The list of periodicals is very complete, and
the library contains many sets of valuable publications in
classical philology and archaeology, Germanic and general
philology, history, anthropology and science, besides sets of
the oldest and best literary magazines. These sets are kept
up to date and their number is increased by constant addi-
tions. Students have access to all the books on the shelves.
The library is open every day from eight to half-past five
o'clock.

A special library in Biblical literziture is placed in The
Florence Harkness Memorial Chapel. This collection is be-
ing constantly enlarged by means of funds from the Flor-
ence Harkness Foundation.

In addition to these, students may freely use the prin-
cipal libraries of Cleveland. The Free Public Library con-
tains 150,000 volumes, and includes valuable collections for
the study of Shakespeare, modern literature, history, art,
and archaeology. On request of members of the Faculty,
books from the Public Library are delivered at the Hatch
Library building, and may be retained for an extended
period. This arrangement makes its collections readily
accessible to students at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and gen-
eral literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of
the fine arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the
sciences, especially chemistry and botany.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Il6 COLLfEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-1903

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS.

Biology. The laboratory is designed, first, for the study
of the biological sciences, especially zoology and botany;
second, for containing a biological museum, in the sense
of a reference or teaching collection of objects drawn from
the living world to illustrate types of structure, variations,
life histories and kindred subjects ; and third, for the main-
tenance of vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals and
plants, both aquatic and terrestial, may be kept alive while
their habits are studied, and, when possible, their breeding
and development watched.

Chemistry. The department of chemistry is well sup-
plied with apparatus for use in illustrative lectures. The
chemical laboratory is equipped with sufficient apparatus so
that each student may become familiar with the facts of the
science through experiments made by herself under the
guidance of the instructor. Such experimental courses are
offered in the chemistry of the non-metallic and metallic
elements, in organic, analytical, and physiological chemistry.

Geology and Mineralogy. The collections at the ser-
vice of the department are well chosen, and are rapidly
growing. They comprise sets of crystal models and crys-
tals, crystal sections for optical study, and rock sections in
great number, besides mineralogical, lithological, and palae-
ontological collections. The library is good and constantly
being increased. The vicinity of Qeveland is interesting
geologically, especially in regard to its glacial deposits and
its palaeontology. It furnishes abundance of material for
special investigation.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 ry

department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present offered — all of which in-
clude work in the laboratory — and additional apparatus is
continually being obtained.

GYMNASIUM.

The Gymnasium in Clark Hall is well equipped with all
the necessary apparatus, and is under the direction of a
graduate of Dr. Sargent's School of Physical Training.
Upon entering college each student is examined by the
College Physician and the Director of the gymnasium, and
information obtained concerning habits and general health.
From this data and the measurements made by the Director,
exercise is prescribed to meet the special need of each indi-
vidual. Exercise in the gymnasium is required three hours
a week of Freshmen and Sophomores, and is under the per-
sonal supervision of the Director. Students are advised to
consult the Director before procuring their gymnasium
suits. When the weather permits, work in the gymnasium
is replaced by tennis, basket ball, golf, and other games out
of doors. Special instruction is given to those who wish it
in fencing and track athletics. Wade Park pond furnishes
the students with facilities for rowing and skating.

To receive these prizes a student must continue her work
throughout the Sophomore year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

IlS COtlrEGK FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

GUILFORD HOUSE.

Guilford House offers a good home for forty students.
It is warmed by hot watery well lighted, and thoroughly
ventilated. The rooms are large and fully furnished. The
linen for beds and tables is provided, but each student pa)rs
fifty cents a month to meet the cost of its laundrying. The
charge for other laundry work is fifty cents a dozen. The
table is excellent and well served, and the aim of the house-
keeping is to make the surroundings as homelike as possible.

The rooms in Guilford House are arranged, for the most
part, in suites consisting of a study and two sleeping rooms.
The price of board and lodging for each of two students in
such a suite is $250 for the college year. This rooming
arrangement is earnestly recommended in preference to any
other. There are, however, four choice, large single rooms,
the price of which is also $250 ; five smaller rooms for $225
each, and one for $200. There is also one especially desir-
able Stuite for two students paying $275 apiece. Any stu-
dent entering within the first five weeks will be charged
from the beginning of the year. If an applicant has had
a special room retained for her, and if she fail to occupy it,
she will be charged for one-half of a term. Claims for
deductions arising from necessary withdrawal are to be ad-
justed with the Ofiicers. The date of withdrawal of a stu-
dent is reckoned from the time when the President is in-
formed of the fact by the parent or guardian. It is re-
quested that students make separate payments for their
tuition and board. Checks for board should be made pay-
able to Guilford House. One-half the amount is due at the
beginning of each term.

HAYDN HALL.

Haydn Hall offers a home for twenty-four students and
also supplies rooms for the various needs of the student
bodv. The basement contains a locker room and a well-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 19

equipped kitchen. The first floor is devoted especially
to students who reside at their homes in Cleveland. It
contains a study room, a lunch room, and a central hall.
For social occasions these may be used as one large room.
On the second floor are rooms for the use of the four college
classes and the alumnae. The remainder of the second and
the whole of the third floor are divided into living rooms
for students. The prices of rooms are $250, $225. Checks
should be made payable to Haydn Hall.

The life in both Guilford House and Haydn Hall is
founded upon the desire to give to each student such super-
vision as earnest and able young women absent from home
should receive, and yet to subject no one to unnecessary or
annoying restraint. Certain members of the Faculty reside
in each building. Their endeavor and the endeavor of all
the officers — ^the Housemistress, the Faculty, the Advisory
Council — is to make a home in every way suitable for college
women.

THE FLORENCE HARKNESS MEMORIAL.

The Florence Harkness Memorial is a Perpendicular
Gothic structure in stone and quartered oak. Its char-
acter is further indicated by the fact that the windows
are from The Tiffany Company and the organ from The
Austin Company. The chapel seats about six hundred.
Under the same roof are a large lecture room, a library and
study for the Biblical work of the college, the endowment
of which bears the same name as the chapel.

The religious life of the college, the chapel service, the
Young Women's Christian Association and Missionary soci-
eties as well as the Biblical instruction therefore centre in
this building, which it is believed is as complete as possible
and one of the best for its purpose in the land.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I20 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.
The principles and influences of the College are distinc-
tively Christian, but the College has no formal connection
with any particular denomination. A short service is held
each morning in the Chapel at a quarter past nine o'clock.
All students are expected to be present at this service and
on Sunday to attend the services at the churches of their
choice. It is desired that as far as possible each student
should enter into the life of her church. Sunday Vesper
Services are held in the Florence Harkness Memorial dur-
ing the college year. The students carry on a Young
Women's Christian Association, the aims of which are to
maintain in the College a healthy, progressive Christian
spirit and to keep the students in touch with the religious
and charitable work of the world.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS.

The students publish a monthly journal called The Col-
lege Folio. This periodical gives them an opportunity, not
merely to record or comment upon the events of the College
life, but also to give expression to their literary interests.
The College Annual, "Varia Historia," is published by the
Junior class.

The student organizations include a Young Women's
Christian Association, a Glee Club, a Mandolin Club, a Dra-
matic Association, an Athletic Association, and several lit-
erary and scientific societies.

The conduct of the student body as a whole is largely
entrusted to the Students' Association.

CORRESPONDENCE.

Letters respecting the admission or dismission of students,
requests for catalogues or general information should be
addressed to the President of the University or to the Reg-
istrar of the College for Women.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 121

Communications in reference to board and rooms at Guil-
ford House should be sent to Miss Elizabeth Annin. Those
for Haydn Hall, to Miss Isadore Heydenburk.

EXPENSES AND BENEFICIARY AID.

The charge for tuition and incidentals for each student is
$85 per year. In addition to this each student pays a
matriculation fee of $5 on entering College. All checks
should be made payable to the Treasurer. No charge is
made for diplomas. One-half of the charge for tuition is to
be paid at the beginning of each half-year; no part will be
refunded if the student retain her place in class. In labora-
tory courses fees are charged to meet the cost of perishable
material. The amoimt in each case is indicated with the
description of the courses.

There are certain annual scholarships which are awarded
to students of high rank and slender means, by which they
are relieved of a portion of the tuition fee of the College.
Conference either in person or by letter with the President
is invited.

Scholarships may be granted annually upon application,
but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of one half-year.
The granting and withdrawing of scholarships, for students
who have attended the College as long as one half-year, is
in the hands of the executive committee, who shall report
to the Faculty at the beginning of each year the names of
those students to whom scholarships are to be granted, and
each half-year the names of those from whom scholarships
have been withdrawn.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

122 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. [1902-I903

The opportunities offered by the College for the higher
education of young women of limited means are presented
to the attention of those who desire to promote such work
by the establishment of scholarships for worthy students.
Such foundations may be made to have an annual value of
from $25 to $335.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE.

PUBLICATION FUND.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WBSTKRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 23

DEPARTMENT OF GRADUATE

INSTRUCTION-

GENERAL STATEMENT.

EmHE privileg^es of the Graduate Department are open,
U without distinction of sex, to g^raduates of this and
other universities and colleges of good standing who present
satisfactory evidence of character and scholarship. In
exceptional cases, by special permission, other persons of suit-
able age and attainments may also be received as students.

The work of the department is under the general super-
vision of an Executive Committee, consisting, this year, of
Professors H. A. Aikins (Acting Dean), H. N. Fowler, and
F. P. Whitman. Persons desiring to do graduate work are
invited to confer or correspond with any member of this
committee.

Applications for admission as graduate students may be
received at any time, but should be presented, if possible,
at least a month before the beginning of the academic year.
This is advisable because books and apparatus for special
work must often be imported from Europe. All such ap-
plications should be made to the Dean of the Graduate
Faculty, and should be accompanied, except in the case of
graduates of this university, by diplomas or such other
official certificates as- will satisfy the Executive Committee
as to the student's character and attainments. Applicants
admitted as students must then register with the Dean and
file statements of the courses of study they intend to pursue,
indicating also the degrees, if any, for which they wish to
be candidates. Eligible students who do not wish to apply
for higher degrees may be admitted and registered as
resident graduates.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

124

GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-1903

FACULTY AND INStRUCTORS.

Arranged^ with tfu exception of the President and Dean^ in the order of

college graduation, '

Chari^ES Frankun Thwing, D. D., hh. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Robert Wali,ER Deering, Ph. D., Dean, (Absent for the year).
Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature,

Edward WiLWAMS MoRLEY, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlhut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,

Chari.es Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St.

Professor of Mathematics,

Prank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc., 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy,

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B.,

Professor of Latin .

121 Adelbert St.
15 Adelbert Hall.
43 Adelbert St.

49 Cornell St.
43 Cutler St.

50 Wilbur St.

Charles Harris, Ph. D ,

Professor of German,

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D.,

Professor of Philosophy,

Harold North Fowler, Ph. D.,

Professor of Greek,
Francis Hob art Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc,
Professor of Biology,
Oliver Farrar Emerson, Ph. D.,

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology,

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit,
Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Professor of History,
Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek,

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 40 Cornell St.

Professor of Philosophy,

John William Perrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Professor of History,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 25

Anna Hei«Bnk Pai.mi6, Ph. B., 2733 Euclid Av.

Professor of Mathematics,

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D. , 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English .

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Associate Prof essor of Romance Languages,

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D,, 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History and Instructor in Historical

Bibliography.

HiPPOLYTB Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry,

Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid A v.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 844 Logan Av.

Assistant Professor of German,

Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructof^ in the History and Theory of Music.

John Dickerman, A. B., 852 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics,

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 36 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy.

Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.

Allyn Abbott Young, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Economics,

Carl Byron James, B. S., 896 Hough Av.

Instructor in Biology,

Clarence Dimick Stevens, A. M., 23 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in English,

JlOBERT HerNDON FifE, Jr., Ph. D., 91 Mayfield St.

Instructor in German.

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 252 Sibley St.

Instructor in Biblical Literature.

Fritz Reichmann, Ph. D., 95 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

126 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-I903

STUDENTS,

Wilfred Henry Album, Kyle's Comers Eldred HaU.

A. B., Adelbert College of Westcm Reaerve Uniyenity, 1902. 1 year.
English, History, Italian.

Isabella Beaton, Cleveland ifii Kinsman St.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
Germanics, Italian, History, Physics.

Arabella Swift Canfield, Cleveland 631 Franklin Av.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
Education, History.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Cleveland 894 Case Av.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
Biology, Chemistry, History, Philosophy.

Frank Brown Evarts, Cleveland 99 Bellflower Av.

A. B., Adelbert College of Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
History, Italian.

•
John Fish, Cleveland 224 Streator Av.

Ph. B., Adelbert College of Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
History, Economics, Anthropology.

Francis Florian Herr, Cleveland 1276 Scranton Av.

Ph. B., Adelbert College of Western Reserve University, 1901. 2 year.
English, History, Psychology.

Archer Butler Hulbert, Rome, O,

A. B., Marietta College, 1896. 1 year. History.

Rebecca Seville Markowitz, Cleveland 21 Vine St.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
Education, Chemistry, History.

Ida Catherine Messer, Cleveland 244 Becker Av.

B. L., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1900. 8 year.
French.

Herbert Gans Muckley, Cleveland 148 Hawthorne Av.

A. B., Adelbert College of Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
Physics, Mathematics, Chemistry, History.

Emma Jean Oram, Cleveland 1692 Superior St.

A. B., Woman's College, Baltimore, 1897. 1 year. History, English,
Anthropology.

Ethel Stirling Osgood, Cleveland 46 Nantucket St.

A. B., Mount Holyoke, 1901. 1 year. English.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 27

Charles Thomas Paul, Hiram Hiram College, Hiram.

A. B., Hiram College, 1901. 1 year. Spanish, French, Philosophy.

Paul Hermann Phillipson, Cleveland Cor. Willson and Woodland A vs.
Diploma, National Deutsches Lefarerseminar, 1807; A. M., Western
Reserve University, 1901. 8 year. French, German.

Edward Henry Sensel, Cleveland 124 Putnam St.

A. B., Adelbert College of Western Reserve University, 1902. 1 year.
History, Education.

Albert Clarence Streich, Cleveland 2 Hodgson St.

A. B., Otterbein University, 1883. 2 year. EngUsh.

Jessie Martha Tumey, Fainesville 219 N. St. Clair St., Painesville.

B. L., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1809. 1 year.

English.

Geoige Ransom Twiss, Cleveland 56 Mayfield St.

B. S., Ohio State University, 1885. 2 year. Physics.

Julia Elizabeth Zimmerman, Cleveland 1355 Detroit St.

A. B.. Vassar College, 1902. 1 year. History, Education.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

128 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-I903

' COURSES OF GRADUATE INSTRUCTION

Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are undergraduate
elective courses, but are open to graduate students, with the
consent of the instructor and the approval of the Faculty.
In such cases graduate students are expected to do extra
work under the direction of the instructor. Hours for grad-
uate work will be arranged to suit the convenience of in-
structor and student.

BIBUCAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE,

MR. HOWELL M. HAYDN.

1,2. *Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An IntFoductory
course. Harper's Elements of Hebrew will be used, with the Old
Testament text. Throughout the year.

3. New Testament Greek. Grammar and reading, with espe-
cial attention to the development of the New Testament vocabulary.
First half-year.

4. New Testament Exegesis. The critical analysis of selected
passages or books. Given in Seminar if desired. Second half-year.

BIOLOGY.

professor herrick.

MR. JAMES.

2. *Zo6logv. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals.
One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hoUrs each. First half-
year.

3. *ZooLOGV. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A compar-
ative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One recitation and
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

5. Zoology. Research in Animal Morphology. The assignment
of special problems for investigation, with individual instruction and
supervision. Laboratory work throughout the year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and lower ani-
mals. Three exercises consisting of lectures, recitations and demon-
strations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. *Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A practical study of
the development of birds and mammals. One recitation, two labor-
atory exercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 29

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. First half-year.

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruction
is given by lectures, laboratory and field exercises. Second half-
year.

11. Biological Reading Club. A voluntary association of stu-
dents and instructors for reading and discussing works of general
scientific interest. Meetings are held weekly, from December to
May, at times most convenient to all.

The laboratory fees for the different courses are: Course 2, 3, 7,
or 10, $5.00; course 5, $5.00 for each half-year.

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR MORLEY.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR GRUENER.
assistant PROFESSOR TOWER.

1. *Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout
the year.

2. Organic Preparations. An equivalent of three laboratory
exercises of three hours each, with occasional discussions, for one
half-year or the entire year. This course may be taken in conjunc-
tion with or as supplementary to course i.

3. ♦Inorganic Preparations. This course will deal with the
preparation of a number of inorganic compounds, making use of
methods inapplicable in the elementary courses. Two laboratory
exercises and one recitation. First half-year.

4. ♦Elements of Quantitative Analysis. Three laboratory
exercises of three hours each. Throughout the year.

5. ♦Physiological Chemistry. Simon's Physiological Chemis-
try. A course on the chemistry of the animal body, of nutrition, and
of the ordinary food materials. Two recitations and one laboratory
exercise of three hours. First half-year.

6. ♦Physical Chemistry. An elementary course treating princi-
pally of the theory of solutions and electro-chemistry. Three times
a week with occasional laboratory exercises. Second half-year.

Laboratory fees for the several courses are as follows : Course i
or 3, $5.00; course 2, $10.00; course 4, $6.00; courses 5 or 6, $3.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I30 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-I903

ECONOMICS.

DR. YOUNG.

1. Statistics. Theory and method. General survey of the field
of economic and social statistics, and the study of important statis-
tical documents, with special attention to the United States census.
First half-year.

2. Economic Theory. An historical and critical study of the
principal theories of value and distribution. Second half-year.

3. *MoNEY AND Banking. The theory of money, the monetary
history of the United States, and the principal banking systems of
the world. First half-year.

4. *PuBLic Finance. A study of public revenues and expendi-
tures, with special attention to the problems of state and local taxa-
tion. Second half-year.

5. ♦Economic Problems. A brief treatment of socialism is fol-
lowed by the discussion of labor problems. First half-year.

6. *MoDERN Industry. This course deals with the social econ-
omy of the present. The growth of corporations, the functions of
speculation, and the problems of railway transportation are among
the subjects discussed. Second half-year.

7. History of Political Thought. The development of political
philosophy, with special reference to the theory of the state. First
half-year.

8. ♦Historical Politics. The development of political institu-
tions, with special reference to the ancient city, the Athenian dem-
ocracy, the Roman republic and empire, the feudal system, the origin
and rise of representative government, etc First half-year. Alter-
nates with course 7.

9. ♦Comparative Politics. A comparison of the political institu-
tions of five modern states, viz., the United States, Great Britain,
the German Empire, the French Republic, and Switzerland. Second
half-year.

10. Economic Conference. Bi-weekly meetings for the consid-
eration of present-day problems and the discussion of current eco-
nomic literature.

EDUCATION AND TEACHING,

professor AlKINS.
DR. MARVIN.

I. History of Education. An historical study of educational
theories and practices, with special reference to their relations to

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 13 1

the history of philosophy and the history of morals. The course will
include a large amount of outside reading. Second half-year.

2. Psychology in Education. The course is intended to cover
about the following ground. Animals and children: how to study
them and what we learn from them. Individual differences: the
mental life and education of the blind, the deaf and other defectives.
Laws of mental and physical growth. Rhythm, fatigue, and other
general relations of mind and body, the training and the breakdown
of various mental faculties. Special educational devices and their
psychological basis. Second half-year.

3. Principles of Education. The meaning and aim of educa-
tion, and the various problems of education itself, such as those of
curriculum and method. Second half-year.

Only two of the above courses are likely to be given in the same
half-year. For further courses, see Philosophy.

ENGLISH*

PROFESSOR EMERSON (1-5).

PROFESSOR HULME (6-II).

MR. STEVENS (12-I3).

1. Rhetorical Theory. An historical and critical study of
rhetorical theory with reference to Greek, Roman, mediae^'al, and
English rhetoricians. Lectures and recitations. A course for those
who expect to teach English. Throughout the year.

2. Old Engush. Lectures on historical and descriptive gram-
mar, with readings from Old English prose and poetry. Special
attention to the development of the language. First half-year.

3. Middle English. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with critical reading of selections from prose and poetry.
Further development of the language. Second half-year.

4. Cynewulf and His School. The acknowledged poems of
Cynewulf will be critically read and examined. This will be followed
by a careful reading of the works believed to have been written by
Cynewulf, or by those influenced by him. First half-year.

5. The Middle Engush Poetical Romance. The sources of
the poetical romance of Middle English times and its development
on English soil. Lectures and readings. Second half-year.

6. *Thk English Novel. The historical development of the
English novel. Lectures and recitations. Manual: Cross's devel-
opment -of the English novel. 1902-3. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

132 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-I903

7. The Non-Dramatic Poetry of the Sixteenth and Early
Seventeenth Centuries. This course will include special study of
Spencer and Milton, with lectures, select reading and papers. First
half-year. 1503-4.

8. English Literary Criticism. Lectures on the development
of English literary criticism from the sixteenth century to the pres-
ent time. Selections from the critical essays of Dryden, Addison
and Steele, Johnson, Coleridge, Lamb, DeQuincey, Leigh Hunt,
Hazlitt, Christopher North, Landor, Carlyle, Macaulay, Matthew
Arnold and others. Original papers. First half-year. 1903-4.

9. *English Poetry, 1830- 1880. Tennyson, Browning, Mrs.
Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, with some attention
to other poets of the period. Lectures, reports, and class-room dis-
cussions. A considerable amount of reading will be required, and a
much larger amount recommended. First half-year, 1902-3.

10. ♦Engush Prose, 1830-1880. Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay,
Emerson, Matthew Arnold, George Eliot, Hawthorne, Thackeray,
with some attention to other prose writers. The course will be con-
ducted by much the same method as course 13. Second half-year,
1902-3.

11. *Shakespeare and the Jacobean Drama. All of Shake-
speare's plays, and some of the best Jacobean plays will be read, and
a course of lectures will be given discussing the development of
Shakespeare's art from a historical point of view. Second half-year,
1903-4.

12. Beginnings of Euzabethan Literature. A course of lec-
tures dealing with the prominent literary genres of the period, with
especial attention to Italian influence. The early history of the
sonnet, pastoral, romance, novel, drama, and criticism will be care-
fully studied, and opportunity given for individual research.
Throughout the year.

13. Lyric Poetry in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance.
This course will deal with the origin and development of poetic
themes and lyric forms in the chief continental literatures from the
close of the classical period to the end of the Renaissance. Lectures
and private reading. Students should have a reading knowledge of
French or German. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 33

GERMANIC LANGUAGES.

PROFESSOR PEERING (Absent for the year, 1-7).

PROFESSOR HARRIS (8-9).

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MEYER (lO-IS).

DR. FIFE (16-18).

1. Gothic. Introduction to Germanic Philology — ^aims, means,
methods; Gothic Grammar (Braune) ; Readings from Wulfila's
Bible; Skeireins and other Fragments; Germanic Phonology. First
half-year. 1903- 1904. Or,

2. Old German Literature. Critical study of the history of
the older German literature from the beginning to the Reformation.
Lectures and parallel readings. First half-year.

3. Old German Life. A study of Old German life, customs,
culture, and institutions, using for reference the texts of Schultz,
Scherr, Hirth, Freytag, Biedermann, etc. Special reports on as-
signed topics. Second half-year, 1903- 1904.

4. Old High German. Old High German Grammar and Reader
(Braune). Readings from Tatian, Notker, Otfrid, Williram. Spe-
cial study of Old High German dialects, with illustrative readings.
Second half-year.

5. Germanic Mythology and Legends. Study of Germanic
Mythologie und Heldensage. Lectures and reports. Second half-
year.

6. ♦Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend,
with parallel readings from the most important Faust literature;
critical study of Goethe's Faust. First half-year.

7. Middle High German. Grammar (Paul). Selections from
the Nibelungen, Gudrun, Walther, Wolfram, Hartmann, (Jottfried.
Throughout the year.

8. ♦History of German Literature. Outline history of German
literature from the earliest times to the present; Development of
Lyric, Epic, Drama; Illustrative parallel readings. Throughout the
year.

9. ♦Middle High German. This course gives a reading knowl-
edge of Middle High German through a careful study of the gram-
mar and the reading of selections from various texts, such as the
Nibelungenlied, Hartmann, Walther von der Vogelweide, etc.
Throughout the year.

10. The Oldest Germanic Poetry. Rapid reading and compari-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

134 GRADUATE DEPARTMBNT. [1902-I903

son of Beowulf, Widsith, the Eddas and*Volsunga Saga, the Hilde-
brandslied and Muspilli. First half-year.

11. TttE Germanic Religious Epics. Comparative study of
Caedmon, Otfrid, and the Heliand. Second half-year.

12. The Court Epic. Reading of Wolfram's Parzival with lec-
tures on Heinrich von Veldeke, Hartmann von Aue, Wolfram von
Eschenbach, and Gottfried von Strassburg. First half-year, 1902-
1903-

13. The Popular Epic. Reading of the Nibelungenlied and
Gudrun, with lectures on the six saga-cycles (Franconian, Burgun^
dian, Hunnish, Ostrogothic, Lombardic, and Norman- Saxon). Sec-
ond half-year, 1902-1903.

14. Grillparzer. Study of Sappho, Des Meeres und der Liebe
Wellen, Wehe dem der Liigt (in part), Das Goldene Vliesz (in
part), and die Judin von Toledo with lectures on the relation of
Grillparzer's art to that of Shakespeare, Lope de Vega, Alfieri,
Goethe, and Schiller. Second half-year.

15. The German Social Drama of Today. In its relation to
that of the French, Belgian, Norse and English. Reading of Suder-
mann and Hauptmann, the younger Dumas and Sardou, Maeterlinck,
Bjornson and Ibsen, Jones and Pinero. Second half-year.

16. Old Icelandic. Elementary Course. Study of phonology and
forms, followed by the reading of easy prose selections. First half-
year.

17. History of Early Scandinavian Literature. Outline of
. lectures, with cursory readings from the sagas, and more intensive

study of selections from the elder Edda. Second half-year.

18. Old Saxon. Descriptive grammar, accompanied by readings
from the Heliand and Genesis. Second half-year.

Courses 16 and 18 are intended also to be of value to students of
English Philology.

GREEK*

PROFESSOR FULLER (l-2).
professor FOWLER (3,4).

r. *Athenian Drama. Selected dramas of Euripides, Sophocles,
and iEschylus. This course will aim to promote a careful compari-
son of the methods and spirit of the three great tragedians. Some
of the more unusual idioms and the more prominent questions of
text-criticism will be discussed. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 35

2. ♦Philosophy. Fragments of the pre-Socratic philosophers
(Diogenes Laertius, de Vitis, Dogmatibus et Apophthegmatis Phil-
osophorum; Ritter et Preller, Historia Philosophic Graecae), and
selections from Plato and Aristotle. First half-year.

3. *Archaeology. Extracts from the description of Olympia in
Pausanias will be read and discussed, with full illustration from the
great excavations, and a topical study of architecture and sculpture
will be pursued. The object of this course is to acquaint the student
with the great monuments of art, and to stimulate the faculty of in-
dependent observation and criticism. Second half-year.

4. ♦History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, the Historicorum Graecorum Fragmenta, and other sources of
Greek history. Second .half-year.

These courses may be taken as minors only when they are being
given to an undergraduate elective class. Special graduate courses
adapted to the needs and acquirements of the applicant may be
arranged by conference.

HISTORY.

PROFESSOR BOURNE (1-3).

PROFESSOR PERRIN (4-II).

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE (l2-l8).

1. Modern European History since 1789. The French Revolu-
tion as a social and political movement, the Empire, the growth of
the national movements in Germany and Italy, industrial and social
changes, the development of the democratic spirit, will be the sub-
jects chiefly investigated. Throughout the year; or, 3 and 4.

2. European Discovery and Colonization. This course will be-
gin with a review of the progress of geographical knowledge, and
will include an investigation of the discoveries of the fifteenth and
sixteenth centuries, of their effects. upon Europe and of the origin
and various phases of the colonial system. First half-year.

3. History of France, from the end of the Middle Ages. The
growth of the old regime in all its aspects, political, religious and
economic Second half-year.

4. ♦American Colonial History. The history of the Colonies
to the close of the Revolutionary War. The founding of the Colo-
nies, their institutions and political life. The struggle with France
and the revolt from the mother country. Special topics are assigned
for investigation and class discussion. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

136 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-1903

5. ♦Outlines of the Political and Constitutional History of
THE United States, i 781-1860. Lectures with required readings in
von Hoist, Schouler, McMasters, Rhodes, and other standard author-
ities; the more important documents in McDonald's Select Docu-
ments are read and discussed. Second half-year.

6. The United States, i 781- 1829. The Government under the
Articles of Confederation. The formation of the Constitution, a
study of the debates in the convention of 1787, and the ratification
of the Constitution by the States. The organization of the National
Government and the development of the Constitution and our politi-
cal history to Jackson's administration. First half-year.

7. ♦The United States, 1860-1885. Lectures and reports upon
topics assigned for investigation. Second half-year.

8. American Poutics. A study of the government of the United
States, both national and state, based upon Cooley's Principles of
Constitutional Law and Bryce's American Commonwealth. Second
half-year.

9. ♦Political and Constitutional History of England from
THE Accession of the Tudors. Lectures and prescribed readings in
standard authorities; the more important constitutional documents
are discussed. First half-year.

10. The Stuart Regime, 1603- i 714. Especial attention given to
constitutional questions. The more important documents of Gardi-
ner's Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution are read
and discussed. Second half-year. — Or,

11. The Political and Constitutional History of England
SINCE 181 5.

12. *Church History of the First Six Centuries. Especial
attention will be devoted to the Patristic Literature and to the Doc-
trinal Controversies that rent the Church. First half-year (1903-4).

13. *Church History of the Middle Aces. The external history
of the Papacy will be traced, and emphasis will be laid on the organ-
ization and administration of the Church and of the monastic bodies
and on the scholastic philosophy. Second half-year (1903-4).

14. *Modern Church History. The period of Confessional Or-
thodoxy, Methodism, the Missionary Movement, and the Vatican
Council are amongst the topics discussed. Second half-year (1903-4).

15. *LiFE IN the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photo-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 37

graphs and prints taken from mediaeval manuscripts. First half-
year (1902-3).

16. *The Beliefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages. Espe-
cial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their out-
come in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days,
precious stones, palmistry, etc., will also be touched on. Second
half-year (1902-3).

17. *Special Topics in Mediaeval History. This course will be
conducted according to the principles of the seminary method, and
aims to teach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval
History from the sources. The subject for 1902-3 will be either the
Vita Heinrici IV. Imperatoris, or The Crusades. First half-year
(1903-4).

18. *Historical and General Bibuography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, in-
dices, repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examination
will be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those
looking forward to library work. Second half-year (1902-3).

LATIN.

professor platner (l).

professor PERKINS (2-6) .

1. The Elective Courses in Latin in Adelbert College are open to
graduate students.

2. *RoMAN Satire, (a) Lectures on the beginnings of satire,
the history of its development, and its influence on later writers,
(b) A course of reading in Lucilius, Horace, Persius, Juvenal, and
Martial. First half-year.

3. Roman Lyric and Elegiac Poetry. A course of reading cov-
ering the chief works in each of these divisions. First half-year.

4. Latin Prose Composition. An advanced course, adapted to
the acquirements and needs of the class. Second half-year.

5. History of Latin Literature. Lectures, with reading of
typical selections, and direction of the student's private reading.
Throughout the year.

6. Cicero's Letters. Lectures on the history of the period.
Students will do critical work on various points in this correspond-
ence and present reports. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

138 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-I903

MATHEMATICS.

PROFESSOR SMITH (l).

PROFESSOR PALMIE (2-6).

MR. DICKERMAN (l).

1. The elective courses in Mathematics in Adelbert College arc
Open to graduate students.

2. Higher Plane Curves. General properties of algebraic
curves; multiple points and tangents; poles and polars; envelopes,
reciprocal curves, tact-invariant of two curves; caustics, parallel
curves and negative pedals; metrical properties. Salmon's Higher
Plane Curves. First half-year.

3. Theory of Functions. General Theory of Functions. Second
half-year.

4. Differential Equations. Equations of the First Order;
linear equations with constant coefficients; miscellaneous methods;
Legendre's Equation; Bessel's Equation; Forsythe's Differential
Equations. First half-year.

5. *Projective Geometry. Lectures on parallel projections; per-
spective; homology; vanishing points and lines; projective figures;
cross ratios; harmonic ratios; projective ranges and pencils; conic
involution; conjugate points and lines; reciprocal figures; centers
and (liameters ; foci and directrices. Second half-year.

6. Theory of Substitutions. General Theory of Substitutions
with applications to the solution of cubic and biquadratic equations.
First half-year.

MUSIC

MR. CLEMENS.

(Special arrangements must be made for work in this department.)

1. ♦History of Music. A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music, Ancient Music, and the music
of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fillmore's
Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supplemented by
musically illustrated lectures and references to standard works. A
short course in the elements of Harmony is combined with the more
strictly historical study in order that the musical development and
relations of the different periods may be more clearly understood.
First half-year.

2. *A continuation of course i, embracing the periods from the
beginning of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 39

Bach. Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the
work of the preceding course. Second half-year.

Those desiring to elect the course in the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject.

3, 4. ♦Harmony and Counterpoint. Throughout the year.

PMLOSOPHY.

PROFESSOR CURTIS.

PROFESSOR AIKINS (IO-I3).

DR. MARVIN.

1. Greek Philosophy and its Relation to the Rise of Chris-
tianity. A review of the rise and trend of philosophic thought
among the Greeks and Romans from about 600 B. C. to 500 A. D.
The main points kept in view are: (a) how the early philosophers
treated the problems of life and mind, and (b) how their treatment
of these problems is related to the rise and development of Christian
Doctrine. The works of Zeller, Marshall, Grote, Jowett, Ueberweg,
Heinze, Ritter, Harnack, and Hatch are among the references. First
half-year.

2. British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume. Lectures, recita-
tions, and private readings. The purpose of this course is to acquaint
the student with the classics of British Empiricism by means of
selections from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum Or-
ganum, Hobbes' Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human
Understanding, Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, and
Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward
the main problems of Modern Philosophy. Such features as are
specially prominent today will be indicated and outlined. Among
the general reviews of this period mention may be made of Morris*
British Thought and Thinkers, Eraser's Selections from Berkeley,
and Grimm's Zur Geschichte des Erkenntnisproblems von Bacon bis
Hume. First half-year.

3. The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical study of
Spencer's elaboration of the prfnciple and process of Evolution along
with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Selections from
the following parts of his work are thus examined : First Principles,
The Principles of Biology, The Principles of Psychology, and The
Principles of Sociology. Lectures will be given with the aim of
showing the historical development and present condition of evolu-
tional thought. Digests and critical essays will be required for the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I40 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-I903

purpose of bringing into prominence the main questions of Cosmol-
ogy. The more important handbooks for this study arc Spencer's
First Principles, and Collins' An Epitome of the Synthetic Philoso-
phy. Second half-year. — Or^

4. The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's Phil-
osophy have been reviewed, Kant's Critique of Pure Reason will be
taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This will
be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysic of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. For
this course some knowledge of German is advantageous. Second
half-year.

5. ♦Introduction to Philosophy. This course is designed as a
systematic review of the content of Philosophy. It will probably be
given in the form of lectures by the instructor and reports on as-
signed topics by the students. Ladd's Philosophy of Mind, and In-
troduction to Philosophy; Royce's Spirit of Modern Philosophy;
Paulsen's Introduction to Philosophy; Mill's Examination of Ham-
ilton and Kulpe's Einleitung in die Philosophic are among the books
of reference. Second half-year.

7. Sociology in the Light of Anthropology. The main prob-
lems and bearings of anthropology will be discussed in systematic
order and their sociological import noted in such works as those of
Morgan, Brinton, Quatrefages, Taylor, Pritchard, Darwin, Wallace,
Ranke and Ratzel. Then a course of lectures will outline a more
systematic treatment of Sociology based upon Anthropology, after
which certain aspects of the works of Compte, Buckle, Spencer,
Schaffle, Lilienfeld, Stein, Ward and Giddings will be discussed.
Throughout the year.

8. Advanced Logic and Logical Methods. This course will in-
clude a careful study of Sigwart's Logic in connection with other
important German and English works on that subject. Throughout
the year.

9. Metaphysics. The main problems of systematic Metaphysics
will be studied in connection with the reading of some recent writ-
ings belonging to this part of philosophy. Throughout the year.

10. ♦Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discus-
sion of practical problems. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I4I

11. *Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discus-
sion of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the
ultimate nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real
nature of material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged
conflict of science and religion. Knowledge : what it is and what we
can hope to know; idealism, realism and scepticism; the relation of
knowledge to faith. Second half-year.

12. ♦Advanced Psychology. Mainly from the physiological
standpoint. Second half-year.

13. History of Philosophy. The course can be made to cover a
period or confined to the work of some single philosopher, according
to the preparation and interests of the students who elect it. Either
half-year.

For other courses, see Education and Teaching.

PHYSICS.

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.
DR. REICHMANN.

1. *Physical Optics. Preston's Light, with lectures and labora-
tory work. Two hours a week, and one laboratory exercise. First
half-year.

2. ♦Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's The-
ory of Heat, with lectures and references. Three hours a week.
Second half-year.

3. ♦Electricity and Magnetism. A general review of electrical
theory, with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The
text-book will depend somewhat on the character of the class. First
half-year.

4. Physical Experiment. This course involves detailed study,
theoretical and experimental, of selected topics in Physics. The
amount of time to be given to the work is arranged with each indi-
vidual student.

5. ♦Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussion on special subjects and on current physical literature
by members of the conference. One meeting, weekly.

A knowledge of the elements of the Calculus is necessary for
courses i, 2, 3, and 4.

The laboratory fee for courses i, 2, 3, and 4 is $4.00 for each half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

142 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. [1902-1903

ROMANCE LANGUAGES.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BOURLAND (I-2).
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OLIVER (3-5).

Special work will be arranged for properly qualified graduate stu-
dents. The following undergraduate courses are also open to grad-
uates :

1. Italian. Dante's Inferno anp Vita Nuova. Second half-
year, 1902-1903.

2. Spanish. Spanish Literature. Second half-year, 1903-1904.

3. French. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and de-
velopment of the French classic drama, with interpretation of the
masterpieces of Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Regnard. Collateral
reading. Themes. First half-year. 1902-19P3.

4. French. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth
Centuries. The decadence of the classic drama. Rise and growth of
the romantic and realistic drama. Modem tendencies. Readings from
Voltaire, Beaumarchais, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo, Alfred
de Musset, Scribe, Dumas pere, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou, Coppec,
Rostand. Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year, 1902-1903.

5. French. Modern Novelists. Lectures and recitations. The
romantic school. First half-year. The realistic school. Second half-
year, 1903- 1904.

SANSKRIT.

PROFESSOR PLATNER.

I. An Elementary Course. Designed primarily for those stu-
dents who intend to become teachers of the classics. The text-books
are Whitney's Grammar and Lanman's Reader. Number of exer-
cises variable. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I43

GENERAL INFORMATION.

TERMS AND VACATIONS.
The first-half year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a Christmas
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half year begins on the Monday after
the first Saturday in February, and continues, with an
Easter recess of one week, until Commencement, which
occurs on the Wednesday after the loth day of June (or
after the ninth in years in which February has twenty-nine
days). No exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Wash-
ington's birthday ,and Decoration day.

METHODS AND LIBRARY FAQLITIES.

Instruction is given by lectures, seminaries, recitations,
and conferences with instructors, by specially directed
courses of reading or research, by work in laboratories, etc.

The library facilities available are: (i) Hatch Library
(about 55,000 books and pamphlets), with a very full peri-
odical list, with good collections, especially in French
literature, classical philology, archaeology, and history, and
unusually well equipped in Germanic philology and litera-
ture, including the library (12,000 vols.) of the late Prof.
Wilhelm Scherer of the University of Berlin ; (2) Library of
the College for Women, a small, well selected collection for
general work ; (3) the Case Library (50,000 vols.) well sup-
plied with periodicals and general literature, and offering
excellent facilities for the study of the fine arts, of political
economy and sociology, and of the sciences, especially chem-
istry and botany; (4) the Cleveland Public Library (150,000
vols.), well supplied with Shakesperiana, with modern liter-
ature, with works on history, art, education, and archaeology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

144 GRADUATE DBPARTMBNT. [1902-1903

DEGREES.

The degrees conferred by the Trustees, on recommen-
dation of the Graduate Faculty, are Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Master of Arts
will be conferred on accepted candidates who shall have
pursued successfully, in residence and under the direction
of the Faculty, advanced courses of liberal study equal in
amount to the work of one collegiate year^-ordinarily the
equivalent of four courses aggregating twelve hours a week.
These courses must be divided among at least three different
subjects. Detailed information regarding courses of study
may be obtained from the Dean of the Faculty. The
degree will also be conferred without residence, upon grad-
uates of the class of 1893 or before, of Adelbert College or
the College for Women, provided the candidate sustain
satisfactory examination in the courses prescribed, and
submit either a thesis on a subject assigned or other suffi-
cient evidence of fitness to receive the degree — such as
printed essays.

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be conferred
only on persons who have previously received a Bachelor's
degree either from this or from some other university or
college of good standing. The candidate must have pursued
courses of advanced study, mainly of university as dis-
tinguished from college grade. He must have shown special
ability in one branch of study (major) and high attainments
in two other branches (minors), as determined by written or
oral examinations or both. The candidate must have sub-
mitted to the Graduate Faculty a thesis, which shall be
accepted as evincing powers of research and independent
investigation. After its acceptance he must deposit at least
fifty copies of his thesis, printed either in full or in abstract
as may be required, with the Dean of the Graduate Faculty.
The degree will be granted to no one who does not possess
a good reading knowledge of French and German and.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESBRVK UNIVERSITY. 145

unless specially excused, of Latin. The degree is not given
merely for faithful study of courses taken or text-books
assigned, but as evidence of special ability in some chosen
field ; hence no definite term of study can be specified.
Ordinarily at least two years are necessary and often a
longer time is advisable. Part of this time may be spent in
advanced study at some other institution of high standing
in this country or abroad ; the last year, at least, must be
spent in residence here.

In cases where the undergraduate courses already taken
are not equivalent to those given in this university, or
where, for any reason, previous preparation is inadequate,
students must do additional imdergraduate work or prolong
the term of graduate study, as may be required, before
receiving higher degrees.

EXPENSES.

The regular fee for instruction for each graduate student
is eighty-five dollars a year. This does not include special
laboratory fees, for which students may apply to the
instructors concerned.

A limited number of scholarships has been established and
w;ll be awarded upon presentation of satisfactory evidence
of scholarly ability. The recipients of these scholarships
may be called upon to render service to the university.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER FUND.

The Francis G. Butler Publication Fund is available to
graduate students for the publication of the results of origi-
nal research in the field of American history.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE*

GENERAL STATEMENT.

HHE Medical Department of the Western Reserve
University was organized, in 1843, ^ ^^^ Qeveland
Medical College, a branch of Western Reserve Col-
lege. The first Faculty contained the names of Drs. John
Delemater, Jared P. Kirtland, Noah Worcester, Horace A.
Ackley, John Lang Cassels, and Samuel St. John, names
widely known in medicine. The first class g^duated in
1844. The requirements for graduation were three years
study of medicine, including two terms of attendance on
medical lectures, each term extending over a period of six-
teen weeks, together "with good moral character." The old
college building was erected in 1844, on the present site, at
the corner of St. Clair and Erie Streets. This ground has
since beefn continuously occupied for medical college pur-
poses. The length of the course remained sixteen weeks
until 1868, when it was increased to seventeen weeks. In
1871 the course was increased to twenty weeks. In 1875 the
old Cleveland City Hospital, with its fifty-nine beds, the pre-
decessor of the Lakeside Hospital, was first utilized for clin-
ical purposes. In 1878 the length of the course became
twenty-four weeks. In 1881 Charity Hospital, with about
seventy-five beds, together with its Maternity Department,
was added as a clinical field. In 1887 the present com-
modious college building was first occupied ; in the same year
a preliminary examination was for the first time instituted.
In 1888 the length of the course was increased to six months,
and the number of the required courses to three. In the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I47

same year laboratory work in Chemistry and Pathology was
made obligatory. An optional four-year course was adopted
in 1895, Ind was made obligatory in the following year. In
1895 the length of the course was increased to eight months ;
at the same time practical work in the laboratories of His-
tology, Bacteriology and Physiology, was added as a part of
the required work. In 1896 the right to use the present City
Hospital for clinical purposes during four months in the year
was acquired. In January, 1898, the new Lakeside Hospital
was formally occupied, and the new chemical laboratory
was erected. At the same time laboratory instruction in
Pharmacology was added as one of the required courses of
the curriculum. In 1900 the new laboratory of Clinical
Microscopy and Clinical Medicine was erected, and in 1901
it was fully equipped. In 1901, by unanimous recommenda-
tion of the Medical Faculty and by vote of the Trustees, the
requirements for admission to the first year of the M-edical
College were increased to include the work of the Junior
year in an academic institution of recognized collegiate rank.
The rapid development of the curriculum in this school in
these late years has been possible only through the generous
financial assistance of its many friends, to whom the Med-
ical Faculty thus desires to make public acknowledgment.
The graduates of the Medical College now number two
thousand, two hundred and fifty-eight.

The course of study for the degree of Doctor of Medicine
is now of four years duration. The school year or session
begins on the first of October, unless this falls on Sun-
day, in which case it begins on the second, and continues
*eight months. Theoretical and applied branches of study are
graded, and arranged with reference to their bearing upon
and preparation for each other, and the eflfect of the whole
course. Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, quizzes,
laboratory work, clinical demonstrations, clinical conferences
and practical dispensary and bedside work. Endowment

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

148 THB MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-I903

of the chairs of Anatomy, Histology, Bacteriology, Physi-
ology, Chemistry, Pathology, Pharmacology, and Clinical
Microscopy, permits the employment of teachers who devote
all of their time to teaching and research in this college.
The buildings are modem in plan, construction and equip-
ment, and ample in size for their purposes. In the subjects
of Anatomy, Chemistry, Physiology, Histology, Elmbryology
and Comparative Anatomy, Bacteriology, Pathological
Anatomy, Pharmacy and Pharmacology, and Qinical Micro-
scopy, laboratory work accompanies the didactic instruction,
and is required of every student. In the Senior class every
student is required to do practical work in the Dispensaries,
at the bedside in the hospitals, and in the obstetrical wards.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RKSHRVH UNIVERSITY, I49

FACULTY.

Chari^BS Frankun Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

PtesidenL

'Jacob Laisy, A. M., M. D., Syracuse, Neb.

Professor Emeritus 0/ Anatomy.
John B. Darby, A. M., M. D., Doan St. and Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics.
Hunter H. Powei*i., A. M., M. D., 467 Prospect St.

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics.
John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine,
John P. Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 526 Rose Building.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
Perry L. Hobbs, Ph. D. (Berlin), 1420 Euclid Av.

Professor of Chemistry,
William T. Corlett, M. D., L- R. C. P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.

Prof essor of Dermatology and Syphilology.
Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., New England Building.

Professor of Neurology,

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St.

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine^

Registrar and Bursar,

Dudley P. Allen, a. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.

Benjamin L. Millikin. A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of Ophthalmology^

Dean and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy.
Prank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery,
Hunter Robb, A. B., M. D. 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Gynecology.
George N. Stewart, M. A., D. Sc, M. D.,(Edin.),D. P. H.(Camb.),
Professor of Physiology, The Medical College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I50 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

Wii«LiAM T. Howard, Jr., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology^ Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology,

Edward P. Gushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Buclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children,

Chari^bs p. Hoover, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Physicai Diagnosis.
Gborgb W. CrilB, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington Av.

Professor of Clinical Surgery.
William H. Humistok, M. D., 526 Rose Building.

Associate Professor of Gynecology.
ToRALD SoLLMAKN, M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica.
Prbdbrick C. Waite, a. M., Ph. D., (Harvard), 77 Hillbum Av.

Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology.
John M. Ingkrsoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Buclid A v.

Lecturer on Otology^ Rhinology and Laryngology,
William R. Lincoln, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Lecturer on Otology^ Rhinology and Laryngology.
L. W. Ladd, a. B., M. D., Colonial Plats, Russell & Euclid.

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Microscopy.

ROGBR G. Perkins, A. B., M. D., Colonial Plats, Russell &. Euclid.

Lecturer on Bacteriology and Assistant in Pathology.

DEMONSTRATORS.

Hbnry a. Bbcker, a. M., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Demonstrator of Ophthalmology.

William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
Prbdbrick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St

Demonstrator of Surgery.
Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Demonstrator of Surgery.
Hbnry P. Parker, A. B., M. D., Colonial Plats, Russell & Euclid.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I51

Hubert h, Spbncb, M. D., 512 New England Building,

DemonstrcUor of Nervous Diseases,
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Bdgewood PI.

Demonstrator of Gynecology,
Bdwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine,
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
John S. Tierney, M. D., The Medical College.

Demonstrator of Anatomy,
Robert H. Sunklb, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology,

RUSSEI«I« H. BiRGE, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery,
Wm. E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery at St, Alexis Hospital,
Carlylb Pope, M. D., 855 Rose Building.

Demonstrator in Diseases of Children,
Robert A. Hatcher, Ph. G., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of narmacology and Materia Medica,
Claude C. Guthrie, M. D., 129 Marcy Av.

Demonstrator of Physiology,
Harrison G. Wagner, M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis.
W. H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
Fred Dolley, A. B., M. D., Charity Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology at Charity Hospital.

Gilbert Povey, M. D., 693 >4 Hough Av.

Demonstrator in Gynecology,

ASSISTANTS.

Frank S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 493 Colonial Arcade.

Assistant in Obstetrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Assistant in Gynecology at Charity Hospital Dispensary,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

152 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

Hbnry a. Bbckbr, a. M., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

Hubert L. Spbncb, M. D., 513 New England Building.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

John J. Thomas, A. M., M. D., 156 Crawford Rd.

Assistant in Diseases of Children at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

ROBT. H. SUNKLB, A. B., M. D., Pearl and Clark 8ts.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary,

Edwin B. Season, M. D., 3238 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

T. E. Griffiths, M. D., 1104 Woodland Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary,

Walter H. Mbrriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary,

H. J. Herrick, A. M., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

J, M. Waugh, M. D., 44 Knowles St.

Assistant in Throaty Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Wm. B. Chamberlain, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

C, M. Hole, M. D., 300 Cedar A v.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilology at Lakeside

Hospital Dispensary,

James A. Evans, B. S., The Medical College.

Assistant in Chemistry,

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

William E. Shackleton, M. D., 605 The Osbom.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Fanny C. Hutchins, M. D., 373 Jennings Av.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 53

Russsu* H. BiRGB, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital,

Wm. J. W. WoowJAR, M. D., 1444 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Obstetrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

C. C. Stuart, M. D., 416 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

W. H. Weir. M. D., 260 Euclid A v.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Thos. J. TAYI.OR, M. D., 2153 Superior St.

Clerk of Medical College,

Andrew Fix>wer, Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Prosector and Curator Anatomical Rooms.
Mrs. Pi^wkr, Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Janitress.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

154

THE MBDICAI^ COI,I,BGS.

[1902-1903

STUDENTS.

Geoi^e I. Bauman,
John Joseph Lincoln Bolden,
Nathan Worth Brown, B. S.,
Webb Parks Chamberlain, A. B.,
Carl Cherdron,
Frederick Bdwards Dilley,
Ralph Woodbury Elliott, Ph. B.,
Henry John Gerstenbei^er,
Homer Harvey Heath, B. L.,
Walter Centennial Hill,
Alfred Alexander Jenkins,
Henry Creath Kelker,
Wade Allison Lewis,
George Washington Magargee,
Fred Kern McCime, B. S.,
Sidney Morrill McCurdy,
John Francis Rudolph, A. B.,
William Edward Sampliner,
Fred M. Sayle,
Edward Jacob Scanlon,
George Wanzer Shepard,
Oscar Merle Shirey,
John Albro Sipher, A. B.,
Charles Edward Spring,
Chauncey Calvin Stewart,
John Ross Stewart,
Charles Wesley Thomas, A. B.,
Harry David Vail,
John Allen Vincent,
Carl Richard Wedler,
William Hervey White,
Irvin Samuel Workman, B. S.,
Thomas Charles Young,

FOURTH YBAR.

Cleveland 1279 Cedar Av.

Cleveland 25 Newton St.

Swatow^ China y Suite 41, The Cary.

Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
WhiU House

24 Commodore St.

no Erie St.

606 Euclid Av.

855 Stark Av.

113 Linden St.

Suite 41, The Cary.

Berlin Heights 24 Commodore St.

Cleveland 91 White Av.

Kelker 28 Cheshire St.

Galion 28 Cheshire St.

Pardoey Pa. 12 Wycombe PI.

Buena Vista, Pa. 24 Commodore St.

AndoveTy Mass, 168 N. Perry St.

Cleveland 68 Mansion St.

Cleveland 1103 Case Av.

Cleveland 1499 Cedar Av.

Cleveland 850 Woodland Av.

Mantua Station Lakeside Hospital.

Lovelandy CoL 171 Dodge St.

Medina Suite 41, The Carey.

Elyria 739 Superior St

Poland 12 Wycombe PI.

Rochester y N, Y, Suite 4, Sagamore.

Cleveland 1394 Woodland Hills Av.

Cleveland 190 Helen St.

Cleveland 777 Superior St.

Cleveland 160 Colfax St.

ChandlersviUe 24 Commodore St.
S., Danville 134 Sibley St.

Cleveland 1372 Woodland Hills Av.
Fourth Ybar, 33.
third year.

Samuel Sylvester Berger, Cleveland

John Henry Brett, Cleveland

Shepard Burroughs, Northfield

Albert Emmons Connell, Cleveland

John Buchanan Donaldson, Lorain

1 141 St. Clair St.

34 Ocean St.

524 Euclid Av.

16 Dunham PI.

154 North Perry St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90>-I903] W8STSRN RBSBRVB UNIVBRSITY.

155

Henry George Golden, A. B.,

Cleveland

3425 Euclid Av.

Isadore Jacob Goodman,

Cleveland

264 Coltmibus St.

Albert Thomas Grills,

Elyria

811 Superior St.

Ardon Philo Hammond,

Cleveland

378 Pearl St.

Prank Carlton Hoskins, Grand Rapids^ Mich, 900 Fairmount St.

Perry Firestone King, B. S.,

N, Georgetown 1 1 7 Chestnut St.

Emanuel Koblitz,

Cleveland

183 Kennard St.

Carl Henri Lenhart, Ph. B.,

Wauseon

Suite 41, The Cary.

Russell Hunter McClure,

Elyria

811 Superior St.

Karl Elmer Ochs,

Kenton

131 Sayles St.

Nicholas Aloysius O'Connor,

Cleveland

224 Starkweather Av.

George Ovando Pay,

Cleveland

The Devonshire.

Charles Trumbo Pankhurst,

Fostoria

830 Superior St.

David Aloysius Prendeigast,

Cleveland

61 Burton St.

William Arthur Schlesinger,

Cleveland

i29McBrideSt.

Ralph Henry Sill,

Millersbnrg

192 Erie St.

Demba Morton Spicer,

La Grange

739 Superior St.

John Alfred Staral,

Cleveland

1251 Willson Av.

Harry Minich Tarr,

Cleveland

193 Clinton St.

Jesse Eugene Thompson,

BristolviUe

2 Livingston St.

Bert E. Tyler,

Cleveland

51 Daisy A v.

John Henry Wells,

Glenville

121 Lonsdale Av.

LesUe Allen Woolf .

Atwater

1055 First Av.

Micheal Cyrillus Yeagle, Ph. B.,

Clyde

28 Parkwood Av.

Harvey Elmer Yoder,

North Industry 131 Sayles St.

Samuel Alexander Young,

Cleveland

2370 Crosby St.

William Otto Ziemer,

Cleveland

34 Woodbridge St.
Third Year, 32.

SBCOND YBAR.

Charles Jacob Albl,

Cleveland

1406 Broadway.

Newton S. Banker, A. B.,

Canton

739 Superior St.

Ohio Normal Unirersity.

Arthur M. Cheetham,

Cleveland

805 East Madison Av.

Ernest Harper Cox, B. S.,

Cleveland

513 East Prospect St.

Wabash College.

Claude Leroy Difford, A. B.,

Cleveland

49 Alum St.

Adelbert College.

Raymond Lubor Hobart, B. L.,

Pemberville

368 St. Clair St.

Adelbert College.

Norman William Ingalls, B. S.,

Berea

Baldwin University.

Everton Jay Lawrence, A. B.,

Norwalk

24 Collins PI.

William Palmer Lucas, A. B.,

Cleveland

99 Glen Park PI.

Wooster University.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

156

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

Medina Suite 41, The Gary, Payne Av.
Cochrantofiy Pa. 739 Superior St.

Cleveland
Cleveland
Nevada

51 Goethe St.

54 Aubumdale Av.

24 Collins PI.

13 Wageman St.
I023 Case Av.

739 Superior St.

739 Superior St.
Second Year, 18.

John Roy McDowell, A. B.,

Adelbert CoUege.
Joseph Charles McPate, A. B.,

GroTc City College.
Edward Peterka, A. B.,

Adelbert College.
J. Douglas Pilcher, Ph. B.,

Adelbert College.
Fred Jacobs Ritterspach, A. B.,

Wittenberg CoUege.
James Seliskar, Cleveland

Shandor Harry Solomonson, B. S., Cleveland

Case School of Applied Science.
Oliver Arkenbuigh Weber, Ph. B., Miamisbutg

Adelbert College.
Arthur Garfield Wilcox, Ph. B., Akron

Adelbert College.

FIRST YEAR.

Francis Patrick Corrigan,

Senior, Adelbert CoUege.
Arthur Bradley Eisenbrey,

Senior, Adelbert College.
Birt Eugene Garver,

Senior, Adelbert College.
John Allen Hofmann, Ph. B.,

Wooster University.
Claude William Pogue,

West Virginia Institute.
Homer Fordyce Swift, Ph. B.,

Adelbert CoUege.
George Franklin Thomas,

Senior, Adelbert College.

Herbert Alfred Thomas,

Senior, Adelbert College.

Sidney Burnett Try on.

Senior, Adelbert College.

Robert Franklin Wenger, A. B.,
Calvin College.

Henry Klar Yaggi,

Senior, Mt. Union CoUege.
Homer Alexander Steer, B. S.,

Muskingum College.

SUMMARY.

Fourth Year 33

Third Year 32

Second Year 18

First Year 12

Total 95

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Cleveland
Cleveland
Lorain
Cleveland

66 Gorman Av.

153 Cornell St.
127 Murray Hill Av.

161 Putnam St.

Ceredo, H^. Va, 85 Blaine St.

Beaver Falls, Pa, 739 Superior St.

Akron Adelbert Hall.

Lima 134 Murray Hill Av.

Willoughby Adelbert Hall .

New Philadelphia Lakeside Hosp.

Beloit 314 Dunham A v.

Zanesville

First Ysar, 12.

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 57

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

L Graduates in Arts and Sciences of recognized colleges
will be accepted without examination, on presentation of
diploma.

II. Students who present certificates from recognized
colleges, showing that the work of the Junior year in such
colleges has been completed, will be accepted without
examination.

III. Students who can not present certificates covering
the entire work of the first three years in a recognized col-
lege, will be required to pass an examination upon the work
in which they may be deficient. These examinations will
be conducted by the Faculty of Adelbert College of Western
Reserve University.

IV. Students in the Senior class of Adelbert College are
permitted to take elective courses in the first year of the
Medical College. Such electives, to the extent of nine hours
a week, are counted toward the academic degree, so that in
this way students may save one year in the combined literary
and medical courses.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.
Graduates in Arts or Sciences of recognized colleges who
have, during their academic course, devoted to the subjects
the number of hours, or have covered the text-books men-
tioned below or their equivalents, and have passed satisfac-
tory examinations thereon, may be admitted to the second
year of the course. But the amount of practical work in
such courses must not be less than that required in the cor-
responding subjects during the first year in this college.

General Biology, 90 hours ; Sedgwick and Wilson, or Huxley and
Martin. Comparative Anatomy, 75 hours ; Kingsley or Wiedersheim.
Embryology, 75 hours; Foster and Balfour, Hertwig or Heisler.
Human Anatomy, 120 hours. Histology, 200 hours; Bohm and
DavidoflF's, Schafer's, Piersol's, Stohr's, or Clarkson's Histology.
Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, 300 hours. Physics, 60 hours;
Carhart's University Physics, or Gage's Elements of Physics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

158 THB MEDICAL COLLBGE. [1902-I903

Graduates in Arts or Sciences who are deficient in His-
tology or Organic Chemistry may still be permitted to enter
the second year on condition of making up the deficiency by
private work and passing the examination on these subjects
during the year. Students from other medical colleges will
be admitted to advanced standing on the production of sat-
isfactory proof that they have completed the required pre-
liminary work and also that comprised in the portion of the
curriculum of this college from which exemption is sought.

Graduates in Medicine from other schools, who desire to
apply for the degree of Doctor of Medicine in this school,
must present satisfactory proof that they have completed
the preliminary literary work required of the class to which
they seek admission, must take at least the work -of the
fourth year, and must pass the examinations on all the sub-
jects of this year, and any subjects of other years in which
they may be deficient. Graduates in Medicine, or other stu-
dents who desire to take special courses without graduation,
will be admitted without examination. Such special courses
will not count in any way for the degree of Doctor of Medi-
cine in this College.

Examination of certificates for admission will take place
in the collie building on the two week days preceding the
opening of the session. Candidates should attend at the col-
lege on either of these days, bringing their certificates with
them. Diplomas or certificates may also be personally pre-
sented to the Registrar during the week preceding the open-
ing, or forwarded to him at any time.

In accordance with the laws of certain states, not includ-
ing Ohio, all persons desiring to practice medicine in these
states are required to have attended, before taking the state
examination, four full years at a regular medical college,
whether they are graduates of a literary college or not. The
attention of candidates for advanced standing is therefore
called to this fact.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WBSTBRN SBSBRVB UNTVBRSITY. 1 59

COURSES OF STUDY.

Number of Hours Per Week.

FIRST YEAR.

LBCTURES AND BECITATIONS.

Anatomy 4 hours

Chemistry 3 hours

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy. i hour

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy i hour first half-year

Vertebrate Embryology i hour second half-year

I«ABORATOKY WORK.

Chemistry 7 hours throughout the year

Bacteriology 9 hours second half-year

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy. 6 hours throughout the year

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 5 hours first half-year

Vertebrate Embryology 5 hours second half-year

Anatomical demonstrations and dissections throughout the year.

SECOND YEAR.

LECTUSES AND RICITATIONS.

Physiology 4 hours

Anatomy and Applied Anatomy 4 hours

Pathology 2 hours

Bandaging and Splints 2 hours

Pharmacology and Materia Medica 4 hours after March ist

Physical Diagnosis i or 2 hours last half-year

LABORATORY BXERaSBS.

Physiology 8 hours

Pathological Histology 9 hours till March ist

Demonstration in Gross Pathology i hour

Pharmacology 4 hours after March ist

THIRD YEAR.

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS.

Pharmacology 3 hours

Therapeutics .' 3 hours

Obstetrics 2 hours

Medicine 3 hours

Surgery 2 hours

Gynecology i hour

Physical Diagnosis 2 hours

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6o THE MEDICAL COI^LEGB. [1902-I903

DIDACTIC AND CLINICAL LECTURES.

Medicine 4 hours

Surgery 6 hours

Nose, Ear and Throat i hour

Dermatology i hour

LABORATORY EXERaSES.

Pharmacology 4 hours before January ist

Applied Anatomy i hour

Pathological Demonstrations i hour

Clinical Laboratory 4 hours

FOURTH YEAR.

Daily work in Dispensary Section, i to 3 p. m., Lakeside Hospital.
Individual Assignment for ward cases. Qinical Laboratory in con-
nection with Clinics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
to Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetric Mannikin
taught to Sections. Autopsies and Clinical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year. No Sections to be detailed to Hos-
pitals or Dispensaries in hours conflicting with schedule.

GENERAL CLINICS.

Medicine 4 hours

Surgery 6 hours

Gynecology 2 hours

Obstetrics As material offers

LECTURES.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine 2 hours

Jurisprudence i hour

LECTURES, CUNICAL AND DIDACTIC.

Nervous Diseases i hour

Pediatrics i hour

Ophthalmology i hour

Special clinics in medicine and surgery at St. Alexis or City Hos-
pitals, two sections to half of class, two hours each per week.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903J WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I6I

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS, DAYS AND HOURS.

FIRST YEAR.

Monday — Histology Recitation, 10 to 11 a. m. Anatomy, 11 to 12
a. m. Dissections, 1 130 to 5 p. m., first half-year ; second half-year,
Bacteriological Laboratory.

Tuesday — Chemistry, 8 to 9 a. m. Chemical Laboratory, 9 to 12
a. m. Comparative Anatomy and Embryology, 2 to 5 p. m.

Wednesday — Chemistry, 8 to 9 a. m. Histological Laboratory, 9
io 12 a. m. Dissections, or Anatomical Demonstration, 2 to 5 p. m.,
first half-year; Bacteriology, second half-year.

Thursday — Comparative Anatomy and Embryology, Laboratory,

8 to II a. m. Anatomy, 11 to 12 a. m. Dissections, 1 130 to 5 p. m.
Friday — Chemistry, 8 to 9 a. m. Histological Laboratory, 9 to 12

a. m. Dissections, i :30 to 5 p. m., first half-year ; second half-year.
Bacteriology.
Saturday — Chemical Laboratory, 8 to 12 a. m.

SECOND YEAR.

Monday— Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. Pathological Lecture and
Laboratory until March ist; after March ist, Pharmacology, 10 to 11
a. m. ; Pharmacological Laboratory, 11 to 12 a. m. Dissections, 1 130
to 3 p. m. Applied Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m.

Tuesday— Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. Pathology, Lecture and Labora-
tory, till March ist; after March ist. Pharmacology, 10 to 11 a. m.;
Pharmacological Laboratory, 11 to 12 a. m. Dissection, 1:30 to 3
p. m. Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m.

Wednesday — Physiological Laboratory, 8 to 12 a. m. Dissection,
first half-year, 1 :30 to 3 p. m. ; Physical Diagnosis, second half-year,
2 to 3 p. m. Bandaging, 3 to 4 p. m.

Thursday — Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. Pathological Laboratory and
Quiz, 9 to II a. m., first half-year; Pharmacology, 9 to 10 a. m., sec-
ond half-year; Laboratory, 10 to 11 a. m. Gross Pathology, Demon-
stration, II to 12 a. m. Dissection, i :30 to 3 p. m. Applied Anat-
omy, 3 to 4 p. m.

Friday — Physiology, 8 to 9 a. m. Pathological Lecture and Labor-
atory, till March ist, 9 to 12 a. m. ; after March ist. Pharmacology,

9 to ID a. m. ; Pharmacological Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Dissec-
tion, 1 130 to 3 p. m. Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m.

Saturday— rPhysiological Laboratory, 8 a. m. to 12 m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l62 THE MEDICAL COLI^GE. [1902-I903

THIRD YEAR.

Monday— Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Pharmacology, i to 2 p. m., to January
1st; Pharmacological Laboratory, z to 4 p. m.; Pharmacology, after
January ist, lecture, 3 to 4 p. m. ; Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

TuESDAY^Medical Clinic, 8:30 to 10 a. m., Lakeside Hospital.
Surgical Qinic, 10 to 12 a. m., Lakeside Hospital. Till January ist.
Clinical Surgery, 2 to 3 130 p. m.. City Hospital ; Physical Diagnosis,
3 :30 to 5 p. m., City Hospital. After January ist, Clinical Labora-
tory, 2 to 5 p. m.

Wednesday— Medical Recitations, 8 to 9 a. m.. Charity Hospital.
Medical Clinic, 9 to 10 a. m., Charity Hospital. Surgical Clinic, 10
to II a. m., Charity Hospital. Principles of Surgery, 11 to 12 a. m.,
Charity Hospital. Dermatology, 2 to 3 p. m. Pharmacological
Laboratory, 3:15 to 6:15 p. m., to January ist; Pharmacological Con-
ference, after January ist, optional.

Thursday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gross Pathology, Demonstration, 11 to 12
a. m. Clinical Laboratory, 1 130 to 3 p. m., till January ist. Medi-
cine, 3 to 4 p. m.. Lakeside Hospital. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday — Therapeutics, 8 to 9 a. m. Gynecology, 9 to 10 a. m.
Clinical Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Nose, Ear, Throat, 2 to 3 p. m.,
Lakeside Hospital. Genito- Urinary, 3 to 4 p. m.. College Building,
till January ist. Physical Diagnosis, 3 to 4 p. m., Lakeside Hospital,
after January ist. Medicine, 4 to 5 p. m.. College Building.

Saturday — Medicine, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m.. Charity Hospital. Sur-
gical Qinic, 10:30 to 11 :30 a. m., Charity Hospital. Principles of
Surgery, 11:30 to 12:30 a. m., Charity Hospital. Attendance on
Autopsies as specially arranged. Till January 1st (as on Tuesday).
After January ist, sections to Charity Hospital Dispensary.

FOURTH YEAR.

Daily work in Dispensary Section, i to 3 p. m.. Lakeside Hospital.
Individual Assignment for Ward Cases. Clinical Laboratory in con-
nection with Clinics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
to Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetric Mannikin
taught to Sections. Autopsies and Qinical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year. No Sections to be detailed to Hos-
pitals or Dispensaries in hours conflicting with schedule.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY.

163

Monday — Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases, 8 to 10 a. m. Ob-
stetrics, ID to II a. m. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. Nervous Diseases,
3 to 4 p. m., Lakeside Hospital; after January ist, Tuesdays.

Tuesday — Medical Qinic, 8 130 to 10 a. m., Lakeside Hospital. Sur-
gical Clinic, 10 to 12 a. m., Lakeside Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3
p. m. Surgical Diagnosis, 3 to 4 p .m., Lakeside Hospital ; after Jan-
uary 1st, on Monday.

Wednesday— Medical Clinic, 9 to 10 a. m., Charity Hospital. Sur-
gical Clinic, 10 to 1 1 a. m., Charity Hospital. Dispensary, i to 2 p. m.
Pediatrics, 2 to 3 p. m., Lakeside Hospital. Hygiene and Preventive
Medicine, 3 to 4 p. m.

Thursday— Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases, 8 to 10 a. m., by
sections. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gynecological Clinic, 11 to 12
a. m.. Lakeside Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. Medical Clinic,
3 to 4 p. m.

Friday — Jurisprudence, 8 to 9 a. m. Surgical Qinic, 10 to 12 a. m..
Lakeside Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m. Ophthalmology, 3 to 4
p. m.. Lakeside Hospital. Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, 4 to 5
p. m.

Saturday — Gynecological Clinic, 8 to 9 :30 a m.. Charity Hospital.
Medicine, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m.. Charity Hospital. Surgical Qinic,
10 :30 to 1 1 :30 a. m., Charity Hospital. Dispensary, i to 3 p. m.
City Hospital Clinics, 2 to 5 p. m., to January ist.

DISPE^

ISARY

SECTIONS.

SECTION.

Oct 6 to

Nov. 1,

Hye

Fed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N.E.T.

Nov. 8 to

Nov. 29,

N.B.T.

Eye

Fed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

Dec. 1 to

Jan. 8,

Gyn.

N.B.T.

Bye

Fed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Jan. 6 to

Jan. 31,

Surg.

Gyn.

N.E.T.

«ye

Fed.

Med.

N. D.

Feb. 2 to

Feb. 28.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N.K.T.

Eye

Fed.

Med.

Mar. 2 to

Mar. 28,

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N.E.T.

Eye

Fed.

Mar. 80 to

Apr. 26,

Fed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N.E.T.

Eye

After January lat acctiona will viait St. Alexia Clinlca Tueadaya and Pridaya
aecording to apccial arrangement.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l64 THB MEDICAL COLLKGB. [1902-1903

DEPARTMENTS AND METHODS OF
INSTRUCTION.

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR HOBBS.
MR. EVANS.

Chemistry extends throughout the entire first year and consists of
three hours of lectures and recitations and eight hours of laboratory
work a Y^eek.

The course opens with a preliminary review on inorganic Chemistry
and qualitative chemical analysis, which covers about two months'
time, and the balance of the first half of the year is devoted to lec-
tures on general organic Chemistry, chemical philosophy and quanti-
tative chemical methods and allied subjects. The last half-year is
devoted to lectures on special subjects, such as the chemistry of
foods, their composition and analysis, animal secretions and especially
the urine, both normal and pathological, and the general application
of chemical methods in clinical examinations.

The laboratory work during the first half-year consists of a short
course of qualitative chemical analysis, then the qualitative examina-
tion of the more common articles of food and animal secretions and
the study of the various chemical reactions involved ; also the prep-
aration of some of the more common organic preparations. The last
half of the year is devoted, mostly, to the quantitative chemical
methods of analysis. The preparing of standard solutions and the
quantitative chemical analysis of many of the food products and
animal secretions, both under normal and diseased conditions. The
laboratory work is all supplemented by a course of lectures involving
full description of the laboratory methods.

ANATOMY.

PROFESSOR HAMANN.
DR. TIERNEY.

The course in anatomy consists of lectures upon descriptive and
applied anatomy, together with demonstrations, recitations and
quizzes. In order to facilitate the work in osteology, students of the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 165

first year are provided with separate portions of the skeleton, which
they are permitted to take to their rooms for study. Three hours in
recitations, and eight hours for dissecting, in suitable periods weekly,
are given to anatomy during the first year. Students are required to
dissect all parts of the cadaver at least once. For demonstrations
upon the cadaver and anatomical preparations the second year class is
divided into a number of small sections, whose meetings take the
form of anatomical conferences rather than of formal demonstra-
tions. Each individual student thus has an excellent opportunity for
becoming familiar with the various parts of the body, and for receiv-
ing direct personal instruction. Four hours a week are given to lec-
tures and recitations in the second year and ten hours a week to
dissecting. In the third year instruction is given by lectures and
recitations in applied anatomy.

HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY.

PROFESSOR WATTE.
HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPICAL ANATOMY.

The course includes work upon the fundamental mammalian tis-
sues, followed by the study of the finer anatomy of the mammalian
organs. The material used is human tissue in large part, supple-
mented by tissue from other mammals. In the study of the organs
the student first becomes acquainted with the macroscopic features
in fresh material and then proceeds to the finer anatomy. An essen-
tial part of the work is training in the standard methods of technique.
Each student stains and mounts over two hundred sections which he
later studies, describes and draws. He is required to carry a con-
siderable number of tissues through all the steps of preparation,
including removal from the animal, fixation by several methods,
hardening, dehydration, infiltration, embedding in celloidin and in
paraffin, sectioning, including serial sectioning, staining in toto, in
sections and on the slide and mounting. The rapid preparation with
the freezing microtome and the special methods for blood examina-
tion are used.

The recitations supplement the laboratory work and aim to bring
out those points which the student does not see in his sections. One
recitation and six hours' laboratory work per week throughout the
Freshman year.

COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY.

The aim of this course is to acquaint the student with the more
important characteristics of the classes of vertebrates, and also to

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l66 THB MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

prepare for the experimental work in physiology. The student dis-
sects, as carefully as the time will allow, representatives of the dif-
ferent classes of vertebrates. The lectures and recitations deal with
the modifications of the several systems of organs in the vertebrate
series and are supplementary to assigned reading in a standard text-
book. One lecture or recitation and five hours laboratory work per
week, first half Freshman year.

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY.

This course endeavors to instruct the student in the fundamental
facts of vertebrate development. The laboratory work deals with
cleavage and gastrulation, followed by the study of the development
of the chick to the end of the fourth day. Certain later steps in the
development of the pig are then studied. In the recitations emphasis
is laid upon the development of the human embryo. One recitation
and five hours laboratory work per week, second half Freshman year.

PHYSIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR STEWART.
DR. CLAUDE, C. GUTHRIE.

The course includes two lectures, illustrated by diagrams and ex-
periments, two conferences or quizzes, and eight hours laboratory
work a week for each student throughout the second year.

For the practical work on mammals, which is made a special feature
of the course, the class is divided into sections of four men ; in exper-
iments on frogs two men work together; in other experiments each
man works for himself.

SYNOPSIS OF LABORATORY WORK.

Blood. Chemistry; coagulation; spectroscopic examination of
haemoglobin and its derivatives ; other tests for blood-pigment ; glob-
ulicides ; enumeration of the colored and white corpuscles and esti-
mation of the hxmoglobin in human blood; specific gravity.

Circulation. Circulation in a frog's web; heart tracings; action
of mammalian heart; action of vagus and sympathetic nerves on
heart; action of muscarin and atropia on heart; action of valves of
heart; cardiographic, sphygmographic and plethysmographic tracings;
blood-pressure tracings; effect of stimulation of nerves (vagus,
sciatic, depressor) , of asphyxia, of supra-renal extract, of albumoses,
of the position of the body, and of haemorrhage and transfusion on
the blood-pressure; section and stimulation of the cervical sjrmpa-
thetic; determination of the circulation time.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RBSERVK UNIVERSITY. 167

Respiration. Respiratory tracings; effect of section and stimula-
tion of nerves (vagi, sciatic, superior laryngeal) on respiration $
measurement of heat and carbon dioxide given off in respiration;
influence of respiration on the blood-pressure ; influence of tempera-
ture on the respiratory centre.

Digestion and Absorption. Chemical and physiological properties
of saliva, gastric juice, pancreatic juice and bile; effect of stimula-
tion of the chorda tympani on the secretion of saliva; evacuation of
stomach by tube or emetic to obtain normal chyme ; gastric fistula ;
examination of faeces, •time required for digestion and absorption of
various food substances, etc.

Urine. Qualitative examination; quantitative determination of
chlorides, phosphates, sulphates, urea, uric acid, total nitrogen, pro-
teids, sugar.

Metabolism. Glycogen ; experimental glycosuria, including phlor-
hidzs in diabetes; variations in amount of urea with quantity of
proteids in food : thyroidectomy.

Muscle and Nerve. The various kinds of stimuli ; the curve of
muscular contraction ; action of curare, veratria and supra-renal ex-
tract on the muscle-curve ; influence of temperature, load and fatigue
on the muscle-curve ; seat of exhaustion in fatigue ; superposition of
stimuli ; genesis of tetanus ; velocity of the nerve impulse ; chemistry
of muscle.

Electrophysiology. Galvani's experiment; contraction without
metals ; secondary contraction ; demarcation current and current of
action ; electrotonus ; Pfluger's formula of contraction ; Ritter's tetan-
us; positive and negative polarisation.

Central Nervous System. Section and stimulation of n^rve-roots ;
reflex action; action of strychnia; excision of cerebral hemispheres
(in frog) ; stimulation of motor areas.

Special Senses. Formation of retinal image ; change of curvature
of lens in accommodation; determination of near and far points of
vision ; mapping of the blind spot ; effect of light, atropia and stimu-
lation of cervical sympathetic on the pupil; Kuhne's artificial eye;
ophthalmoscopic examination of the eye; color mixing.

PHARMAGOLCXjY and materia MEDICA.

professor sollmann.
dr. hatcher.

The course comprises 34 hours of lectures and recitations, and 48
hours of laboratory work in the last ten weeks of the second year;

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l68 THK MEDICAL COLLBGK. [1902-1903

and 70 hours of laboratory and 97 hours of lectures and recitations
and 18 hours of conferences in the third year.

In the second year are taught the preliminary subjects of pharma-
cognosy, metrology and pharmacy, in as far as they are important for
medical students ; introduction to prescription writing, flavoring and
materia medica of flavors; incompatibilities and solubilities; and the
locally ay:ting drugs. Outline lectures, illustrated by such experiments
as can be profitably demonstrated to a class, are given. These are
followed in the next lesson by recitations on the same topics. The
laboratory work in this year is designed to familiarize the students
with the chemical properties of important drugs, their incompatibili-
ties, isolation and identification; action upon ferments, upon blood,
etc.; chemical action of caustics; compounding of simple prescrip-
tions, etc.

The course in the third year comprises lectures and recitations on
the action of drugs, their sjrmptomatology, toxicology, therapeutical
uses, and materia medica. Whilst the presentation of these subjects
is based as far as possible upon experimental data, care is taken to
point out the practical application of the ascertained facts, the course
being intended as a foundation to clinical therapeutics. For this
reason, occasion is also taken to bring together and compare those
drugs which act upon the same organ or disease. For the main part,
however, the drugs are arranged into large groups, the principal
member of each group being studied in detail, whilst the less impor-
tant are introduced incidentally. The arrangement of lectures, dem-
onstrations and recitations is as in the second year. From time to
time there are given exercises in prescription-writing, intended to
familiarize the students with the methods of administering the sub-
stances which have been studied. The instruction in materia medica
is confined to those facts which have a practical value to the medical
student. An extensive collection of drugs is kept easily accessible.

The laboratory work is designed to illustrate the actions of impor-
tant drugs upon animals. The experiments are arranged by methods
rather than by drugs, the practical work being kept entirely separate
from the lecture course. It serves in this way partly as a review of
the latter. The results of the experiments are recorded in detail, the
records being assigned to students for the preparation of papers
which are read and discussed before the class, as far as time permits.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WKSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 69

PATHOLOGY.

PROFESSOR HOWARD.
DRS. PARKER AND DOLLEY.

Bacteriology. Dr. Perkins. Laboratory work in this course is
given three half days a week from March i to the end of the first
year. The subject is elucidated by informal lectures, demonstra-
tions, and experiments on animals, as occasion requires. The stu-
dent, after having prepared the various media required, is instructed
in the principles of disinfection and sterilization, the bacteriological
examination of air, water and soil, and the methods of cultivating,
staining and studying bacteria. The pathogenic bacteria and various
molds and yeasts are then studied. Altogether from thirty to thirty-
five different micro-organisms are studied by each student. Students
are trained in the employment of bacteriological methods in medical
and surgical diagnosis, and those who prove themselves capable are
permitted to pursue investigations along special lines, on subjects
assigned them by the professor in charge.

Pathological Histology. Prop. Howard and Dr. Parker. The
course comprises nine hours a week of laboratory work for the first
five months of the second year. It begins with the study of the
various forms of tissue degeneration and necrosis. This is followed
by the study of inflammation in the frog's mesentery and in sections
of hardened tissue, showing all the various forms of inflammatory
processes. The infectious granulomata are then taken up, and the
forms and special characters of the reaction of the tissues to the spe-
cific organisms of infectious diseases are demonstrated. The study
of the various pathological processes is based upon their aetiology,
and in addition to human tissues, the material from the experiments
on animals in the bacteriological course is used for this purpose. The
effects of bacterial and other toxin es upon the tissues is taught in the
same manner. Tumors are next considered. Based upon the above
as a ground work, the pathological histology of the various organs
and systems is studied. The use of fresh frozen sections of material
derived from autopsies, the operating room and animal experiments
forms an important feature of the course. Each student receives and
is required to stain, mount, carefully study and draw from two hun-
dred and fifty to three hundred sections.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lyo THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-I903

Demonstrations of Gross Pathological A> atomy. Prof. How-
ard, AND Drs. Parker and Dolley. Demonstrations are made to
second and third year students from the large amount of fresh mate-
rial derived from autopsies and from the surgical and gynecological
clinics. Students are required to handle and describe specimens and
to make diagnoses from the gross appearances, the macroscopical
diagnosis of tumors being an important feature. The hospital con-
nections of the laboratory are such that students can be trained in
making autopsies and in writing protocols of the lesions found.

General Pathology. Prof. Howard. Two lectures a week are
given to the second year class. In these lectures the various infec-
tious diseases, immunity, the degeneration and regeneration of tissue,
the aetiology of tumors, and the special pathology of the various
organs and systems are considered.

CLINICAL LABORATORY.

dr. ladd.

The new clinical laboratory at Lakeside Hospital is thoroughly
equipped with all the necessary apparatus for making complete,
examinations of the various secretions and excretions, normal and
pathological; the blood, urine, sputum, gastric contents, faeces, etc.

Microtome for frozen sections and celloidin work and the various
necessary stain and reagents are at the disposal of the students, they
being required to apply the methods of technique taught in the labo-
ratory in the study of special cases assigned to them in the hospital
wards. A large room of the clinical laboratory is devoted exclusively
to the fourth year class, and the main lecture room is devoted entirely
to the third year class, who are given systematic instruction through-
out the session. The fourth year students are required to apply the
knowledge thus gained in working up the cases assigned to them
during the fourth year. Special rooms are equipped for the exami-
nation of sputum and making chemical tests; also a dark room is
fitted up for doing polaroscopic and haemoglobin work. A few rooms
are available for the use of special workers, these rooms to be as-
signed at the discretion of the director of the laboratory. Micro-
scopes and other instruments are available for the work in this
department. The total laboratory capacity contains 2,600 square feet.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I71

CuNiCAL Microscopy. Work in this department will cover the
third and fourth years. The third year work will comprise a sys-
tematic course, consisting of two laboratory exercises a week
throughout the term, on blood, sputum, gastric juice, urine, faeces and
pathological exudates.

The technique employed in doing paracentesis of the chest, abdo-
men and spinal canal; in taking throat, blood, bladder and uterine
cultures as well as the further examination of the products obtained,
will be carefully outlined.

The methods of preparing material obtained at the operating tabic
for microscopical examination will be shown and each student re-
quired to do such work before the completion of his course. The
object of this course is not only to cover the ground outlined above,
but to prepare the student for independent work. In the fourth year
the students will work in small groups in the room assigned to them
and especially equipped for their use. They will receive no system-
atic instruction, but will work under the direction and control of the
instructor. Their work will consist of the examination of urine,
blood, sputum, gasfric juice, faeces, and purulent and other discharges
from their ward and dispensary cases, as well as of tumors and other
material removed at operations. This work is obligatory, is done in
connection with the students' own clinical cases, and is therefore
thoroughly practical.

THERAPEUTICS.

PROFESSOR DARBY.

Three hours a week are devoted to Therapeutics during the third
year. The teaching is done mainly by means of lectures and quizzes,
designed to make the student familiar with all the resources of
Therapeutics and enable him to make an intelligent and satisfactory
use of them in his future work. Medicines are studied in groups
based on their therapeutic affinities, and individually in their applica-
tion to disease. Careful attention is paid to dossage, the time and
mode of administration, influences and conditions which may modify
their actions, the effect of toxic doses, the treatment of poisonings
and of drug habits. Electrotherapy, Kinesithcrapy, including Mas-
sage and Rest-Cure. Psychotherapy, including Hypnotism and Sug-
gestion. Serotherapy, Hydrotherapy and Balneotherapy. Dietetics
and Climatology are carefully studied in their relation to pathological
conditions. The aim of the course is to give the student a thorough
and practical knowledge of all the means and methods used in the
"treatment and prevention of disease, which is the ultimate aim of
all medical research."

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

172 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS*

PROFESSOK HOOVER.
DRS. OSBORN, MERRIAM, SEASON, MOOREHOUSE AND WAGNER.

Physical diagnosis is taught in the second and third years. During
the second year the student is taught to recognize and elicit all of the
physical phenomena of the circulatory 'and respiratwy organs and
abdominal viscera that are demonstrable by inspection, palpation and
auscultation. Pathological cases are shown only as they are found
necessary for the demonstration and explanation of physiological
signs. At the end of the year each student is required to demon-
strate the normal physical signs of the thorax and abdomen. During
the third year physical diagnosis is taught from pathological cases.
The students are required to demonstrate at every exercise, and are
also given opportunity to practice in the dispensary and hospital
wards. The final examination in this course is a practical one. Each
student is required to examine a patient, describe the physical signs
and make an eliminative physical diagnosis.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDIONE.

PROFESSOR LOWMAN.

PROFESSOR SAWYER.

DRS. OSBORN, MERRIAM, SEASON AND MOOREHOUSE.

The teaching of medicine is done in the third and fourth years.
Lectures, largely clinical, are given to both classes, and the largest
possible number of students make direct observation of the patients
presented. It is found that very often the whole class can individ-
ually verify the conditions described by the lecturer, and this plan
has proved of great advantage in the presentation of the cases. The
third year class will receive two hours per week in text book work,
in which internal medicine not provided for in special departments
will be covered in recitation and discussion. The same class has
three hours of clinics, and is assigned to the individual study of select
dispensary cases. Qinical laboratory drill is made a decided feature
of this year's work. In the fourth year the class is taught medicine
by clinics, by drill in sections in the dispensary, by the assignment to
ward cases, in connection with which the fullest use of the clinical
laboratory will be insisted upon. Throughout the course thus out-
lined, the endeavor is made to develop not only the knowledge of
diseases and their diagnosis, but also to thoroughly consider the use
of remedies. C^r^r^n]r>

digitized by VjOOQ Ic

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 173

SURGERY.

PROFESSOR ALLEN.

PROFESSOR BUNTS.

PROFESSOR CRILE.

DRS. BECKER^ BRIGGS, HERRICK, GRIFFITHS^ LOWER^ AND BIRGE.

Surgery is taught by means of lectures and demonstrations. During
the second year one hour weekly is devoted to the systematic instruc-
tion in the application of bandages, splints and in minor surgery. In
addition to this the students are given practical drill, in sections, in
the application of bandages and splints. During the third year the
students receive two hours of lectures weekly upon the principles of
surgery, and section work in Charity Hospital dispensary. A course
of one hour a week is given in surgical diagnosis. The material from
the dispensary of Lakeside Hospital is used for the latter course.
There are at least four hours weekly devoted to public clinics, and
there is instruction of one hour weekly during a period of six months,
in genito-urinary surgery. In addition to this a laboratory course
has been arranged for the purpose of instruction beside that given
during the second year in the line of general pathology. In this
course students are taught to examine blood, and pus, to make cul-
tures, to innoculate animals, to cut sections and make diagnosis of
tumors and to perform personally all the laboratory work incident to
the diagnosis of surgical cases. This course occupies, in conjunction
with a similar course in clinical medicine, from four to six hours
weekly during the entire year.

During the fourth year the student attends clinics six hours weekly.
After January 1st, there is an additional clinic of one and a half
hours weekly, in which instruction is given to sections of ten or
twelve men. Optional clinics are given every Saturday afternoon
from the beginning of the term until January ist, at the City Hospi-
tal. A course is also given in operative surgery, utilizing all means
necessary for the best development of instruction in this department.
Throughout the fourth year, also, the student is given cases for
examination and diagnosis, upon which complete reports are required.
Provision is made in the clinical laboratory for the complete exami-
nation of these cases by all laboratory methods. The student is
required to examine the blood, sputum, urine, faeces, to make sections
and diagnosis of tumors and investigate infections, and to make ex-
haustive reports, which shall be compared with those made by the
clinical staff of the various hospitals. In addition to this the class is
divided into sections for daily work in the dispensaries. For the
purposes of instruction the material is ample, clinics being given at
Lakeside, Charity, St. Alexis and the City Hospitals.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

174 'THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

OBSTETRICS.

PROFESSOR POWELL.
DRS. CLARK, THOMAS^ AND WOOLGAR.

Instruction in this course begins with the third and continues
through the fourth year, two lectures a week throughout each year.
The plan includes didactic lectures, quizzes, practical demonstrations
and bedside instruction. Lectures are illustrated freely by charts,
diagrams, models and operations upon the manikin. Students are
required to become familiar with the use of the various obstetric
instruments. The Senior class is divided into small sections and
given practical work outside of schedule hours.

Each Senior student is expected to attend from three to five case?
of labor under the supervision of the Professor of Obstetrics, or his
assistant. The work of the class is chiefly practical.

GYNECOLOGY.

PROFESSOR ROB&

PROFESSOR HUMISTON.

DRS. THOMAS, SUNKLE, WEIR AND POVEY.

Gynecology is taught by a weekly didactic lecture, lasting one
hour, and by supplemental quizzes during the third year; through
the fourth year two hours a week are devoted to clinical instruction.
The patients admitted to the wards of the Lakeside, Charity and City
Hospitals for laceration of the perinaeum and for vaginal, vesical,
uterine, tubal and ovarian disease, will be shown either at the regular
clinics in the amphitheatre or will be made the subjects of teaching
at the bedside. Instruction will be given in the wards, so far as it is
possible, upon the management of such cases during the period im-
mediately following operation and during the period of convalescence.
As a rule, each student will have an opportunity of performing some
minor operation.

The work in the dispensary at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals will
include history-taking and the ordinary methods of examination, the
diagnosis and treatment of cases. This instruction is given daily
during the school year to the students of the fourth year. For this
work the class is divided into sections, so that each student can
receive individual attention. Students in turn will be permitted to
examine patients, and suitable cases will be operated upon before the
class.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 75

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDLOLOGY.

PROFESSOR CORLETT.
DR. HOLE.

Instruction in this department is given to the third and fourth year
classes. Qinical lectures are given once a week to the third year
students throughout the college year. It is the endeavor to cover
the whole field of dermatology with these demonstrative lectures.
When necessary lantern-slide plates and other illustrations are used
to further elucidate the subject of diseases of the skin. During the
course the class will be quizzed by the assistant in Dermatology.

The Senior class is divided into sections and given practical in-
struction in the clinics three times a week. Thus the common dis-
eases of the skin, as well as many of the more rare forms, are studied
and progress under treatment noted. Ample opportunity is given to
apply dressings and each student is called upon to make diagnoses
and outline courses of treatment under the immediate supervision of
the instructor. Clinical material is abundant.

DISEASES OF THE NOSE, THROAT AND EAR.

DR. INGERSOLL. •

DR. LINCOLN.
DRS. WAUGH AND CHAMBERLAIN.

Didactic lectures on these diseases are given once a week during
the third year. Clinical instruction is given during the fourth year
and consists in daily work in the dispensary of Lakeside Hospital.
Each section of the class is in turn given personal instruction in the
use of instruments for examination and operation and also in the
diagnosis and treatment of the various cases.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN.

PROFESSOR GUSHING.
DRS. THOMAS AND POPE.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

176 THE MBDICAI, COLLEGE. [1902-1903

OPHTHALMOLOGY*

PROFESSOR MIIXIKIN.
DRS. BRUNNER], HERRICK^ AND SHACKLETON.

The method of instruction is largely clinical with didactic teaching
interspersed. It is given to the Senior class. The class is divided
into sections, each one being assigned in rotation to cases for exam-
ination in the dark room. Each student will be given cases for spe-
cial study, and is expected to make a report upon them before the
class, and will be subject to quizzing by members of the class and the
instructor. The aim is to teach the diagnosis and methods of treat-
ment of the external diseases of the eye, and to give a working
.knowledge of the uses of the ophthalmoscope. The eye department
lias separate wards in Lakeside Hospital in which students have
opportunities for seeing work at the bedside. The class will be
divided into sections for instruction with the ophthalmoscope, and for
daily work in the dispensary rooms during the year. This depart-
ment has abundant facilities, appliances and material. A large "dark
room" with ten lights, a Javal-Schiotz Ophthalmometer, a perimeter,
test cases and ophthalmoscopes for practical ophthalmology are pro-
vided. A Haab's magnet has recently been added to the equipment.

NEUROLOGY.

PROFESSOR UPSON.
DRS. SPENCE AND HUTCHINS.

Instruction in this branch of medicine is clinical and occupies one
hour a week throughout the fourth year. In connection with the
cases shown the class is instructed in the use of the different forms
of electric current for diagnosis and treatment, and in other diagnos-
tic methods. The material of the City Hospital is utilized from the
beginning of the school year up to January i. Cases of nervous dis-
eases in the hospital proper are shown, and the class is taken
through the wards of the Department of the Insane and instruction
given in the different forms of mental disturbance. During the
remainder of the year material for demonstration is drawn from the
Neurological Clinic of the Dispensary and from the wards of Lake-
side Hospital.

HYGIENE AND PREVENTIVE !«EDiaNE.

PROFESSOR ASHMUN.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine are included in the fourth year,
and will occupy two hours a week. In hygiene the course will in-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 77

elude consideration of heredity; normal development of individuals
and races ; climatic and meteorological influences ; the essentials and
accessories to life and health; effects of habits of life and occupa-
tion; individual family and community sanitation.

The course in Preventive Medicine is given by lectures, confer-
ences, theses by students on topics assigned. It includes considera-
tion of the pathology, natural history, channels and means of dissem-
ination, together with methods of limiting the spread of infectious
diseases, the duties and powers of public officers of health ; value and
manner of keeping vital statistics ; the relation and duties of the phy-
sician to the public in matters pertaining to the public health, etc.

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.

Throughout the first half-year, one lecture a week is given to the
fourth year class on the subject of Medicine in its relations to the
existing laws, and to the various decisions, which are rendered from
time to time in important medico-legal cases. Taking up the ques-
tion of real and apparent death, homicide, wounds, survivorship,
identity, the determination of stains, feigned diseases, life insurance,
etc., and considering in brief the relationship existing between the
law and the practice of medicine.

TEXT-BOOKS.

Chemistry — Witthaus, Bartley, Prcscott and Johnson.

Anatomy — Gray, Morris.

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy — Bohm-Davidoff-Huber, or
Szymonowicz.

Comparative Anatomy — Wiedersheim.

Embryology — Heisler.

Bacteriology — Abbot, Sternberg, Lehmann and Neumann.

Physiology — Stewart's Manual; for reference, Schafer's Physiol-
ogy.

Pathology — ^Ziegler.

Pharmacology and Materia Medica — Sollmann.

Therapeutics — Wood, Brunton, Bartholow, Shoemaker, Butler,
Schmiedeberg.

Medicine — Wood & Fritz, Strumpell, Osier.

Surgery — ^American Text-book of Surgery, Koenig's Surgery,
Warren's Surgical Pathology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lyS THB MEDICAL COLLBGB. [1902-I903

Gynecology — Diseases of Women (Dudley), An American Text-
book of Gynecology (Baldy), A Text-book on Gynecology (Reed).
Practical Gynecology (Montgomery), Hart and Barbour's Manual of
Gynecology. Books of reference, Pozzi, Fritsch, Aseptic Surgical
Technique (Robb).

Obstetrics— J twtttf Reynolds, Davis, Hirst.

Dermatology — Crocker, Hardway, Jackson, Morrow's System of
Dermatology, Corlett's Acute Exanthemata.

Neurology — Church and Peterson, Dercum, Dana. Books of refer-
ence, Gowers, Berkley on Mental Diseases.

Ophthalmology — ^American Text-book, De Schwcinitz, Norris and
Oliver, Fuchs, Noyes.

Nose, Ear and Throat — American Text-book, Kyle, Politzer, Bacon,
Buck, Coakley, Bishop.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine — Stevenson and Murphy, Egbert,
Abbot.

Physical Diagnosis — Vierordt's Medical Diagnosis.

Diseases of Children — Holt's Infancy and (Thildhood, Jacobi's
Therapeutics of Infancy, Ashby and Wright.

Medical Jurisprudence— Tzylor^s (A. S.) Medical Jurisprudence,
Taylor's (A. N.) The Law in its Relation to Physicians.

EXAMINATIONS^ i903.

FISST YEAR CLASS.

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy — Tuesday, February 3d.

Embryology — Saturday, May 23d.

Histology — Monday, May 25th.

Osteology — Tuesday, May 26th.

Chemistry — ^Wednesday, May 27th.

Bacteriology — Thursday, May 28th.

SECOND YEAR CLASS.

Pathological Histology — Friday, February 27th.

Anatomy — Tuesday, May 26th.

Physiology — Practical, Wednesday, May 27th, 8 to 11 a. m. ; i to 4
p. m. Written and oral. Thursday, May 28th, 8 a. m.

Minor Surgery — Saturday, May 23d.

Pharmacology — Practical, Friday, May 15th, 9 a. m. to 12 m. Writ-
ten and oral, Friday, May 22d, 9 a. m. to 12 m.

Physical Diagnosis — Monday, May 25th.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 79

THIRD YEAR CLASS.

Therapeutics — Monday, May 25th.

Pharmacology — Materia Medica, written and oral, 1:30 to 4:30 p.
m., Tuesday, May 26th. Practical, Monday, January 17th, 1903, 1 130
to 3 :30 p. m.

Obstetrics — Thursday, May 28th.

Medicine — Wednesday, June 3d.

Surgery — Thursday, June 4th.

Pathology — Friday, June 5th.

Physical Diagnosis — Thursday, May 14th to 28th.

Gynecology — Saturday, May 30th.

Anatomy — Wednesday, May 27th.

Ear, Nose and Throat — Wednesday, June 3d.

Dermatology — Monday, June ist.

Clinical Laboratory — Tuesday, June 2d.

FOURTH YEAR CLASS.

Neurology — Monday, May 25th.

Obstetrics — Tuesday, May 26th, 10 a. m.

Surgery — Tuesday, June 2d.

Physical Diagnosis — Thursday, May 28th.

Gynecology — Thursday, June 4th.

Ophthalmology — Friday, May 22d.

Medicine — Saturday, May 30th.

Gynecology — Monday, June ist.

Surgery — Wednesday, May 27th.

Medicine — Wednesday, June 3d.

Jurisprudence — Saturday, May 23d.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine — Friday, June 5th.

Pediatrics — Tuesday, May 26th, 2 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8o THE MEDICAL COIXEGE. [1902-1903

GENERAL INFORMATION-

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The College session will open on October ist, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a holiday vacation of two weeks, beginning
on December 24th. There will also be a vacation of two days
preceding Easter Sunday. No College exercises will be held
on Thanksigiving Day, Washington's Birthday or Decora-
tion Day.

SITUATION OF BUILDINGS.

The Medical College stands at the corner of Erie and St.
Clair Sts., about five minutes' walk from the center of the
city.

The Lakeside Hospital fronts on Lake Street, comer of
Muirson Street — ^five minutes' walk from the college. St.
Vincent's Hospital (Charity) fronts on Perry Street, corner
of Central Avenue. The Home of Maternity is on Wood-
land and Longwood Avenues. The St. Alexis Hospital is
located at the corner of Broadway and McBride Street, and
is reached by the Broadway car line. The City Hospital
fronts on Scranton Avenue, and is reached by either Jen-
nings Avenue or Pearl Street and Brooklyn cars. The Med-
ical Library building is at 586 Prospect Street.

ENDOWMENTS.

This College is indebted to the Perry-Payne Family for
the valuable ground upon which its buildings have been
erected, as well as for other generous assistance from time
to time. In addition there are the following special funds :

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 181

The John L. Woods Fund.
The H. B. Hurlbut Fund.
The John Huntington Fund.
The John A. Vincent Fund.
The H. Melville Hanna Fund.
The Leonard Hanna Endowment for
the Chair of Clinical Microscopy.

THE H. M. HANNA RESEARCH FELLOWSHIP.

This Fellowship has been founded by Mr. H. M. Hanna
for encouragement of research in Physiology and Pathology,
and is open to graduates of any medical school.

The occupant of the post will be expected to devote him-
self to original investigation in Physiology or Pathology in
this college under the guidance of the Professor, who shall
suggest a subject for research or aporove one submitted by
the Fellow himself. All applicants must produce evidence
of fitness for engaging in such work.

The income of the Fellowship is about $600 a year. It is
tenable, in the first instance, for one year, but a Fellow who
has done exceptionally good work may be reappointed for a
second term.

LIBRARIES.

l82 THE MEDICAI. COLLEGE. [1902-I903

members of the Senior class may have the reading privileges
of the Medical Library Association's books and journals
during the year. This Library now has on its shelves more
than 10,000 bound volumes, and one hundred and fifty Med-
ical Journals afe on file in the reading rooms. There are
more than two hundred volumes of modern text-books and
medical works. In addition there are small working libraries
in the laboratories of the College itself.

LABORATORIES.

Chemistry. — A chemical laboratory building with over
six thousand five hundred square feet of floor space, has
been erected to the south of the main college building, and
in connection with it. The laboratories are thqroughly
equipped for all the details of the course, and each student
has a separate desk assigned him with a general supply of
apparatus. Extra and special apparatus is furnished upon
requisition. A special laboratory has been furnished for
the work of advanced students, and every effort made to
make it as complete as possible, with facilities for original
and special work.

Anatomy. — The dissecting room is well lighted with
electricity, heated and ventilated and provided with modern
appliances. The anatomical rooms have about three thou-
sand square feet of floor space. Anatomical material is pre-
served at all seasons of the year.

Histology and Embryology. — The laboratory is well
lighted by a north and east exposure, with means for arti-
ficial light on dark days. Enough Leitz microscopes are
owned so that each student has one for his individual use,
available at all times. Individual lockers are provided. The
material for study is furnished without cost. There is a good
equipment of microtomes, ovens, glassware, stains and
reagents.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 183

Bacteriology. — The work in bacteriology is carried on
in the pathological laboratory. Students are required to
provide their own material for drawings. Microscopes, cul-
ture media and animals are provided without charge, and
material for staining and mounting specimens, to be retained
by students at cost. The laboratory has the benefit of excel-
lent lighting with space for individual work.

Pharmacology. — There is a large, well-lighted labora-
tory of two thousand one hundred square feet, devoted
exclusively to this subject and fitted up for animal and
chemical work. Apparatus and material are furnished with-
out extra charge. The laboratory is open for advanced work
in this department. A special laboratory for research has
been added.

Physiology. — The teaching laboratories comprise three
well-lighted rooms with an aggregate floor space of nearly
four thousand square feet. The room for experimental
physiology is fifty by thirty feet, the room for chemical
physiology measures thirty-five by fifty feet, and the lecture
room, devoted exclusively to physiology, is capable of ac-
commodating one hundred and forty students. The equip-
ment for teaching practical physiology permits more than
forty students to work in a class at one time, some in the
chemical and some in the experimental room. Several sepa-
rate rooms are available for research. There is also a dark
room and workshop.

Pathology. — The pathological laboratory occupies the
entire west third floor, two thousand four hundred square
feet, and has in addition a special room for research work,
a museum and a professor's room. The teaching laboratory
rooni, two thousand three hundred square feet, is on the east
fourth floor, and affords each student separate locker and
ample table space. Apparatus, instruments and teaching
material are provided without extra charge.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l84 THE MEDICAI. COLLEGE. [1902-I905

Clinical Laboratory. — A clinical laboratory has been
completed at Lakeside Hospital, of sufficient size to
accommodate an entire class. This provides the stu-
dents with greatly increased facilities for the examination
of secretions and excretions, sputum, purulent and other
infections, blood, urine, stomach contents, stools, etc., and
permits them to make personal examinations of tumors' and
other pathological specimens. This work is a part of the
regular instruction in the third and fourth years and greatly
increases the efficiency with which the clinical work of these
years is performed. Microscopes and other instruments are
available for the work in this department.

MUSEUMS.

Rooms in the College building are set apart for the pres-
ervation of anatomical and pathological preparations, casts
and specimens. Persons not connected with the College
who have specimens they wish preserved can place them in
these rooms, with the owners' name attached and such his-
tories, descriptions or remarks as they choose to g^ve, re-
specting them. A very complete museum of Materia Medica
is kept accessible to the students.

HOSPITALS.

Lakeside Hospital. — The new Lakeside Hospital occu-
pies a plot of ground four hundred feet long by three hun-
dred and eighty feet deep, on the bank overlooking Lake
Erie, about five minutes' walk from the College building.
It affords accommodation for two hundred and fifty patients.
The staflF is composed of members of the Faculty of this
College. The hospital has an amphitheatre seating about
two hundred students for the surgical classes, and a smaller
one with a seating capacity of over one hundred for the
medical classes. On the third floor of the dispensary build-
ing are two lecture rooms, each capable of seating fifty to

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WKSTBRN RKSKRVE UNIVERSITY. 185

seventy-five students. There are eighteen resident assistants
for the departments of surgery, gynecology, medicine,
ophthalmology, children's diseases, pathology, etc. These
positions are open to the graduates of this College, and
aiFord great opportunities for practical work.

There has been erected a pavilion for infectious and con-
tagious diseases, having four small wards, with every facility
for the proper care and study of these diseases.

St. Vincent^s (Charity) Hospital. — ^This is one of
the oldest and best known institutions in the city and state.
It has between seventy-five and one hundred beds. The
staff is selected by the faculty, and the clinical material of
the hospital is utilized for instruction in this College. There
are six hospital positions open each year to the graduates
of this College only.

This hospital has just added a complete new wing for the
accommodation of female patients. This has added sixty
beds, besides operating pavilion and recovery rooms, to the
capacity of this institution. A complete dispensary depart-
ment is added in the basement of this wing, with all facilities
for the care of out-door patients.

City Hospital. — ^This institution is under municipal
control. It accommodates one hundred and fifty to one
hundred and seventy-five patients continually in the adult
department and has a new building for children, with one
hundred beds, besides operating rooms, pathological labora-
tory, etc. From September to January regular clinics in
medicine, gynecology, surgery, neurology and cutaneous and
venereal diseases are given here by members of this faculty.
The insane department of this hospital affords material for
clinical instruction in mental diseases. Frequent autopsies
are held and abundant material for pathological demonstra-
tions obtained. The resident staff is selected by competitive
examination, and the students of this College are eligible.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l86 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-I903

St. Ann's Maternity Hospital and Foundling
Asylum. — ^During 1901 a long desired change was made at
the St. Ann's Maternity Hospital and Foundling Asylum.
The old institution located on Marion Street was vacated to
supply more space to St. Vincent's Hospital. The Sever-
ance homestead at the corner of Woodland and Longwood
was purchased and remodeled and formally opened to carry
on the work in a new location during the latter part of De-
cember. It is to be hoped that the present year will witness
the erection of a new building to supply the urgent demand
for more room.

St. Ann's Maternity Hospital affords abundant oppor-
tunity for the study of the physiology, mechanism and man-
agement of labor at the bedside. Graduates of our college
are appointed as residents.

CLINICAL FACILITIES.

The clinical facilities of this College comprise, through-
out the course, the two hundred and fifty beds at Lakeside
Hospital, one hundred and forty beds of Charity Hospital,
the Dispensaries at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals, one
hiuidred beds -of St. Alexis Hospital, the Maternity and
Children's Home, and two hundred and seventy-five beds
of the City Hospital during four months of each year.

RESIDENT PHYSICIANS.

From twenty-five to thirty resident positions are open to
the graduates of the College in the hospitals of the city.
Of the class graduating in 1902, twenty-three men received
hospital appointments.

HOSPITAL SERVICE.

LAKESIDE HOSPITAL STAFF.

^fcdicinc—DRS. H. H. Powell, J. H. Lowman, H. S. Upson, E.
F. Gushing.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 87

Surgery — ^Dr. D. P. Allen; Dr. G. W. Crile, Associate.
Ophthalmology— Dr. B. L. Milukin.
Gynecology — Dr. H. Robb.
Dermatology — Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— Dr, W. T. Howard, Jr.

charity hospital staff.
Consulting Physicians— Drs. G. C. Ashmun, B. W. Holliday, J.

H. LOWMAN.

Consulting Surgeons — Drs. G. C E. Weber and D. P. Allen.
Consulting Ophthalmologist — Dr. B. L. Millikin.
Consulting Dermatologist— Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Consulting Gynecologist — ^Dr. H. Robb.

Visiting Physicians— Drs. J. H. Lee, J. E. Cook, J. P. Sawyer, T.
A. Burke.

Visiting Surgeons — Drs. F. E. Bunts and C. A. Hamann.
Visiting Gynecologist— Dr. W. H. Humiston.
Visiting Ophthalmologist — Dr. W. E. Bruner.
Pathologist— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.

home of maternity.
Obstetrics — Dr. H. H. Powell.

consulting staff at city hospital.
Medicine — Drs. J. H. Lowman and J. E. Darby.
Surgery— Drs. D. P. Allen and F. E. Bunts.
Obstetrics— Dr. H. H. Powell.
Neurology— Dr. H. L. Spence.
Gynecology— Dk W. H. Humiston.
Dermatology — ^Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.
Ophthalmology— Dr. W. E. Bruner.
Laryngology— Dr. J. M. Ingersoll.

visiting staff.
Drs. C. F. Hoover and C. A. Hamann.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l88 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

DISPENSARIES.

Free Dispensaries are maintained at Lakeside and Charity
Hospitals with daily service except Sundays. These col-
lei^e dispensaries were established on the Hurlbut and
Huntington Funds and afford treatment to about ten thou-
sand new cases annually.

LAKESIDE HOSPITAL SERVICE.

^ Medicine— Dn. J. H. Lowman, Director; Drs. E. H. Season^ G.
W. Moorehouse, Physicians in Charge.

Surgery — Dr. D. P. Allen, Director; Drs. H. A. Becker, Chas.
R Briggs, and R. H. Birge, Surgeons in Charge.

Obstetrics— Dr, H. H. Powell, Director; Dr. F. S. Clark, Obste-
trician in Charge.

Diseases of Children — Dr. E. F. Cushing, Director; Drs. J. J.
Thomas, C. Pope, Physicians in Charge.

Gynecology — Dr. H. Robb, Director; Dr. R. H. Sunkle, W. H.
Weir and G. Povey, Gynecologists in Charge.

Nervous Diseases— Dr. H. S. Upson, Director; Dr. H. L. Spenc^
Neurologist in Charge ; Dr. F. C. Hutchins, Assistant.

Ophthalmology— Dr. B. L. Millikin, Director ; Dr. W. E. Bruner,
Ophthalmologist in Charge; Drs. H. J. Herrick, Wm. E. Shakle-
TON, Assistants.

Dermatology and Syphilis— Dr. W. T. Corlett, Director and Phy-
sician in Charge ; Dr. C. M. Hole, Assistant.

Disease of Nose, Ear and Throat— Drs. J. M. Ingersoll and Wil-
liam R. Lincoln, Surgeons in Charge; Drs. J. M. Waugh and Wm.
B. Chamberlain, Assistants.

charity hospital service.

Medicine— Dr. J. P. Sawyer, Director; Drs. W. O. Osborne and
W. H. Merriam, Physicians in Charge.

Surgery — Dr. F. E. Bunts, Director; Drs. Fred C. Herrick and
T. E. Griffiths, Surgeons in Charge.

Gynecolos:y— Dr. W. H. Humiston, Director; O. T. Thomas,
Gynecologist in Charge.

Ophthalmology— Dr. Wm. E. Bruner, Director; C. C. Stuart, M.
D., Assistant in Charge.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 189

HOME OF MATERNITY.

Obstetrics— Dk. H. H. Powell, Director; Dr. J. J. Thomas, Obste-
trician in Charge ; Drs. Eugene O. Houck, Wm. J. Woolgar, Assist-
ants.

DISPENSARY APPOINTMENTS.

Members of the third year class remaining in the city dur-
ing the summer, may be appointed for practical work in the
Dispensary, in sections, by applying to the Dean.

EXPENSES.

The fees are $125 a year. This amount includes payment
for tuition and all laboratory expenses, except the price of
anatomical material, breakage and use of oil immersion
microscopes, and is due before October twentieth of each
year. Students who prefer may pay $75 by October twen-
tieth, and $55 by March fifteenth of the college year. No
student shall be permitted to present himself for examina-
tion in any branch who has not paid all dues and liabilities.
Students who wish to pay for the entire four years' course
by October twentieth of their first year, will be allowed a
reduction of $50 ori the whole amount. A deposit of $2 is
required from students in each of the laboratories at the
outset, in addition to the tuition fee, to cover breakage.
The unused balance of such deposit is returned at the end
of the session. A rental of $5.00 per year will be charged
for the use of oil immersion microscopes, the students hav-
ing full use of these instruments during their entire year.
Students who prefer may furnish their own microscopes.

Students in Adelbert College taking work in the Medical
Department will be charged a laboratory fee in each depart-
ment, the total fees in no case to exceed the difference be-
tween the fees of Adelbert College and the Medical College.

Good board can be procured at from three to five dollars
a week, and furnished rooms at from five to ten dollars a
month. By forming "clubs" students are able to bring their

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

living expenses considerably below these prices. The janitor
at the College building keeps a list of boarding houses for
the convenience of students. By an arrangement with Good-
rich House, which stands within one block of the College, a
gymnasium, with bathing accommodations, is available to
the students at a very small cost. At the Y. M. C. A. build-
ing, which is near, similar opportunities are affbrded.

POST-GRADUATE AND SPECIAL INSTRUCTION.

Courses of post-graduate and special instruction for phy-
sicians and special students will be given in the various lab-
oratories, commencing about June ist and lasting for six
weeks.

Chemistry. James A. Evans, B. S. A course in Chemistry in its
relations to practical medical work will be given in the laboratory
during a period of six weeks. Fee, $25.00.

Physiology. Dr. Claude C. Guthrhs. A course of practical
physiology, based upon the practical exercises in Stewart's Manual
of Physiology. Six half days a week for six weeks. Fee, $20.00. A
fee of $5.00 to defray the cost of animals is divided by each set of
four.

Pharmacology. Dr. R. A. Hatcher. This course will be iden-
tical with that given in the pharmacological laboratory during the
regular session. It comprises experiments on mammals and frogs,
as well as chemical work. The fee for the mammal and frog work
is $15.00, for the chemical work, $7.50; for both together, $20.00.
Others than matriculated students of this school will be charged a
laboratory fee of $3.00 for the mammal work, and $2.00 for the
chemical work, in addition to the above.

Pathological Anatomy. Dr. John A. Sipher. In this course
both gross and histological pathological anatomy will be studied.
General problems, such as degeneration and necrosis, inflammation,
the infectious granulomota, and tumors will be considered first, after
which the special pathological anatomy of the various organs will be
studied. The laboratory is well supplied with material for the
course, which will be entirely practical, the students doing their own
staining and mounting. They will be given such further botanical
training as they may desire. The class will meet six half days a
week for six weeks. Fee, $30.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I9I

Clinical Microscopy. Dr. L. W. Laod. This course will include
the various methods of examining blood, sputum, urine, faeces,
gastric contents, pathological exudates, and in general, the applica-
tion of the microscope to the diagnosis and the other aspects of
clinical medicine. The class will meet three times a week for a
period of two hours each meeting, for six weeks. Fee, $30.00.

For further information apply to the instructors in the
various courses.

Graduates in medicine may also arrange for courses of
clinical instruction in medicine, surgery and the various
specialties during the same period by applying to the Dean
of the College, or to the men in charge of the various de-
partments.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

192 THE MEDICAI. COLLEGE. [1902-I903

APPENDIX.

CLASS EXAMINATIONS.

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY.
(answer any five questions).

1. (a) What is the time relation of ovulation, the destructive
period of menstruation and impregnation in homo? (b) What is
the relation of maternal and foetal circulations in the placenta? (c)
Homologize the external genitalia of male and female in mammalia.
Qd) How does the pancreas arise?

2. (a) Describe with drawings the development of the eye. (b)
Discuss the metameric relation of appendages in homo to the trunk
as regards nerves and musculature.

3. Trace the course of the mammalian citcalation in late foetal
life, and state the changes which occur at birth, jmd, so far as you
can, the direct causes of these changes.

4. Given the indifferent stage of the urinogenital system of mam-
mals, describe the changes by which the male and female types are
differentiated from it, stating explicitly the homologous parts in the
two sexes.

5. Describe the origin of the respiratory system of amniota (ex-
cept the larynx) and its relation to the digestive system.

6. Describe the early formation of the central nervous system,
the primary and secondary brain vesicles, and the parts of the adult
organ which arise from each in amniota.

CHEMISTRY.

i^ What is Chemistry? Name fifteen of the elements and give the
atomic weight and quantivalence of each.

2. Give a general description of the manufacture of sulphuric
acid; and how much acid can be obtained from one ton of gelma,
which assays 98% Pf. S.

3. Give the general analytical separation of the metals and the
members belonging to each group. 4

4. How would you proceed in a case of arsenical poisoning?

5. What are some of the more important acids of phosphorus,
giving the formula and molecular weight of each?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I93

6. What two classes of mercury salts are there and describe some
of the most important salts of each?

7. A volume of oxygen measures 1200 C. C. at 4® C. and at a
higher temperature the volume was observed to be 1460 C. C. ; what
was its final temperature?

8. What are some of the most important salts of sodium? Give
formulas, molecular weights and methods of preparation of each.

9. What elements constitute the Halogen Group? Describe each
of them.

10. What are acids, bases and salts, and how much oxygen, by
volume, measured at 20° C. and 720 m. m. pressure, can be obtained
from 30 grains of potassium chlorate ?

The examination in the Laboratory consisted in the analysis of
three solutions, containing not less than four unknowns each.

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

1. What is Organic Chemistry, and into what general groups are
the organic compounds divided? Give illustrations of each.

2. A certain organic compound was analyzed and analysis
gave results as follows: 0=61.32%; H=5.09%; 0=23.37%; N
=10.22%.

The V. D.=68.5.

3. What grouping of elements represent the following list of com-
pounds, and give illustrations of each : Hydrocarbons, ethers, esters,
ketones, aldehydides, acids, bases; primary, secondary, and tertiary
alcohols ; phenolesfi hydrazones, azo, diazo, and amides.

4. What is fermentation and how does it differ from putrefaction?

5. What are the Carbonhydrates ? Give the general classification
and exampks of each group.

6. What are fats, and describe the process of saponification and
the products formed?

7. Give a list of the di-and triatomic phenoles.

8. What is benzoic aldehyde and how can it be converted into the
corresponding acid and alcohol ? Give the formula of each.

9. How can benzole be obtained from carbon? Show the various
chemical processes.

10. What are some of the ptomaines belonging to the paraffine
series, giving their formulas? What are some of the groups of color
bases derived from the phenoles?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

194 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1902-1903

BACTERIOLOGY.

The examination in this branch was oral and practical, a test tube
containing two cultures was given for identification and description.

ANATOMY.

Examinations in anatomy are oral.

HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPICAL ANATOMY.

1. Identify the organs in the ten slides given you. (These were:
Pancreas, urinary bladder, duodenum, prostate, cerebral cortex,
oesophagus, suprarenal, pyloric stomach, uterus, liver.)

2. Describe the microscopic anatomy of the organs represented by
the two slides indicated. (These were uterus antl liver.)

3. Describe in detail with drawings the macroscopic and micro-
scopic structure of small intestine, and state the chief differences
found in the colon.

4. (a) Describe the structure of the spermatozoan of homo, and
the chief stages in spermatogenesis.

(b) Locate in the dorsal cord the chief regions of substantia grisea,
including the areas of neurocytes, and the fibre tracts of the substantia
alba.

(c) Describe the structure of the epidermis in general body sur-
face and on plantar, palmar or volar surface, or compare sudoriparous
and sebaceous glands and name the more important modified glands
of each type.

5. Describe in detail with drawings the coats of the eye in a
typical region of the pars optica retinae.

PHYSIOLOGY.

(WRITFEN BXAMINATION .

1. State what you know of the place and mode of formation of
the colored and colorless corpuscles of the blood. Describe a method
of enumerating them. Under what circumstances do changes in their
number occur in health?

2. Describe the various methods of estimating the velocity of the
blood. State how and explain why the velocity of the blood varies
in different parts of the vascular system.

3. Describe in detail the operation necessary for demonstrating the
action of the chorda tympani. What are the effects of stimulating
the nerve? What are the effects on the salivary glands of stimulating
the cervical sympathetic?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 95

4. Give as full an account as you can of the digestion, absorption
and metabolism of fat.

5. How can the velocity of the nerve impulse be measured ? What
are the proofs that an impulse artificially set up is conducted in
both directrons along a nerve fibre?

6. Mention the groups of fibres in the internal capsule, their origin,
destination and function. What are the histological and physiological
effects of destruction of the posterior limb of the left internal cap-
sule?

7. Describe the action of the various extrinsic muscles of the eye- •
ball when they contract singly and in groups. What are the effects
of paralysis of the third nerve?

PHYSIOLOGY.

(PRACTICAL EXAMINATION .

Two of the following experiments were assigned to each student
after entering the examination room. The candidate is supplied only
with such apparatus or reagents as he may ask for.

1. Determine the nature of the coloring matter in solutions A and
B. (A was methaemoglobin ; B haemochromogen.)

2. Take tracings to demonstrate the action of veratrin on the
contraction of skeletal muscle.

3. Determine by Hammerschlag's method the specific gravity of
the specimens of blood A and B. (Sp. gr. of A was 1053; of B,
1040.)

4. Estimate the amount of urea in the specimen of urine provided.

5. Determine what, if any, pathological substances are present in
the specimen of urine provided. (It contained bile pigments and bile
acids.)

6. Demonstrate in the frog the phenomenon known as inhibition
of the reflexes.

7. Demonstrate on the animal provided the effect of albumoses on
the blood pressure.

8. Demonstrate the effect of stimulation of the central end of the
sciatic nerve on the blood pressure.

9. Obtain respiratory tracings from the animal provided.

GROSS PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY.
The examination in this branch is oral.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

196 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

GENERAL PATHOLOGY.

An oral examination. The questions included the following sub-
jects: The general principles of pathology, the etiology of infectious
and non-infectious diseases, the portals of entrance of micro-organ-
isms into the body, the bacterial flora of the body, the bacteria of
wound infection, immunity, antitoxins, the etiology and pathological
anatomy of typhoid fever, tuberculosis, diphtheria, syphilis, pneu-
monia, arterio-sclerosis, the pathology of the circulation, etc.

THERAPEUTICS.

1. How do antipyretics control temperature and illustrate each
class.

2. Alcohol: (a) its changes, if any, in the body; (b) destiny;

3. Opium: (a) describe; {b) active principles ; (c) preparations;

(d) dose of each; (e) action; (/) synergists as anodynes {g) as
antiphlogistic; (h) as hypnotic.

4. Symptoms and treatment of opium poisoning.

5. Digitalis: (a) how and why is it a heart tonic; (6) a diuretic;
(c) indications for use and preparations to be used in each case and
why?

6. Quinine: Illustrate its use; (a) as tonic; (&) as antiperiodic ;
(c) as antipyretic; (d) as oxytocic

7. Anaesthesia: (a) local; {b) general; (c) means and methods
of producing; (d) sources of danger.

8. Belladonna (a) active principles; (b) preparations and dose of
each; (c) action; (d) indications for use; (e) symptoms and treat-
ment of poisoning.

9. Ergot: (a) action; (6) indications and contraindications for
use in obstetrics.

10. Outline the treatment of pneumonia.

PHARMACOLOGY.

(WRITTEN).

1, Write a metric prescription for a case of cough with scanty
mucus and considerable irritation. Write the names without abbre-
viations.

2. Describe the different ways in which diuretics may act. Give
examples of each.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] , WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 1 97

3. (Answer either a or b.) Describe the course of reasoning and
the experiments which would be necessary to show

(a) That a drug which strengthens the cardiac action also pro-
duces a vaso constriction.

(b) That a drug which stops the secretion of saliva does so by
paralyzing the chorda tympani endings.

4. State the different ways in which drugs may produce mydriasis,
and give an example of each.

5. Name one or more drugs which may be employed to secure :

(a) Direct stimulation of the respiratory center.

(b) Emesis through central action.

(d) Depression of the cough- reflex.

(e) Paralysis of the vasomotor center.

6. Write an essay of about 500 words, describing fully the pharma-
cology, symptoms, antidotes, therapeutics and materia medica of any
one of the following groups : Quinine, Atropin, Mineral Acids.

7. Identify the 20 specimens. Give correct Latin name of the
preparation and its dose.

8. Examine the three prescriptions which are submitted to you for
incompatibilities.

PHARMACOLOGY.
(practical examination).

Each student is assigned a chemical experiment, and one on an
animal.

Chemical Experiments: (i) Effect of three solutions on a fer-
ment; (2) separation of an alkaloid from chinchona dtcoction; (3)
comparison of the strength of two preparations of nux vomica, by
taste; (4) distinguishing between solutions of opium and chinchona
(method furnished) ; (5) distinguishing between veratrin and quinine
(method furnished).

Frog Experiments: (i) Williams' apparatus; (2) effect of a solu-
tion on muscle-curve; (3) demonstration of anesthetic action; (4)
effect on blood vessels; (5) testing for veratrin, nicotin, caffein— on
frogs.

Mammal Experiments: Blood pressure and respiratory tracing
for cocain and digitalis; respiratory tracing for nitroglycerin and
hydrastinium.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

198 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

DERMATOLOGY.

1. What is eczema? Give clinical varieties, and distinctive fea-
tures of each.

2. Outline the treatment of syphilis during its whole course. How
long would you treat the disease?

3. Give differentiation between variola and varicella.

4. Give symptoms, pathology and treatment of herpes zoster.

5. Give symptoms, etiology and treatment of scabies. How dif-
ferentiate from prurigo?

NOSE, THROAT AND EAR.

1. Name the principal causes of nasal obstruction. Discuss the
most common cause.

2. Name the most common form of neoplasm (a) in the nose;
(&) in the nasopharynx in children. Give the treatment in each case.

3. Describe the methods of removing animate and inanimate bodies
from the external auditory canal.

1. Describe tuberculosis of larynx.

2. Describe symptoms and treatment of acute folicular tonsillitis.

3. Give treatment and symptojns of chronic pharyngitis.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS.

Examination in physical diagnosis is oral and clinical.

MEDICINE.
DR. LOWMAN.

1. Jaundice: (a) Definition; (b) Symptoms; (c) Distinction be-
tween obstructive and toxic jaundice; (d) What is grave jaundice?
(e) Causes of obstructive jaundice? (f) Test for bile in the urine
and blood.

2. Typhoid Fever: (a) What is the diagnostic value of the serum
reaction? (b) What is the diagnostic value of the diazo reaction? (c)
Describe the method of making the above tests; (rf) What is the
value in diagnosis of iliac tenderness, chills, hemorrhage, white blood
count, temperature? (e) What is the peculiar behavior of the tongue,
abdomen, bowels, liver, pulse, skin, spleen in typhoid fever? (/) State
immediate causes of death in typhoid fever.,

3. Pneumo-pyo-thorax : (a) Differential diagnosis; (b) Causes;
(c) Treatment.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

• I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. I99

4. Mitral Stenosis : (a) What is the form of the heart as outlined
by percussion in M.-S.? (b) What murmur is present and how k it
caused? (c) What is the behavior of the heart as to rhythm and
force? (d) What are some of the remote systemic effects?

5. Rheumatism: (a) Name different forms; (b) Describe the
course of acute articular rheumatism; (c) What are the chief dangers
and complications? (rf) Treatment in full.

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE

1. What are the distinguishing characteristics between near and
far gun shot and pistol wounds?

2. What evidence have we, post-mortem, that respiration has
actually occurred in a child recently bom?

3. Given a body in which death has followed an incised wound of
the throat, what points will suggest the nature of the wound, whether
suicidal, homicidal, or accidental ?

4. Give two methods of determining the height of a dead body
from a single member, or part of such member.

5. Give the methods of procedure in the modified guiacum test,
and the agglutination test, for the detection of blood in a suspected
stain.

6. Give, in the order of their appearance, the signs by which we
can determine the probable length of time which has elapsed since
death occurred.

SURGERY.
DR. ALLEN.

1. What symptoms indicate obstruction of the biliary tract? To
what may they be due? What is the treatment?

2. What are the symptoms of stone in the urinary bladder? How
may they be removed? The relative merits of the various operations?

3. Diagnosis and treatment of stricture of the urethra.

4. Describe three methods of operation for hemorrhoids.

5. Describe methods of treatment of talipes equinus.

SURGERY.
DRS. BUNTS AND CRILE.

I. Fractures: (a) Define compound, simple, complicated; (b)
give causes of delayed union; (c) give treatment of delayed union.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

200 THK MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-I903

2. Diagnosis of fracture of neck of femur: (a) within capsuje;
(by without capsule.

3. How would you locate fissure of Rolando on the skull?

4. Give diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of acute osteomyelitis.

5. Acute appendicitis: (a) Give differential diagn(^sis from
acute cholecystitis, salpingitis and acute gastro enteritis; (6) give in-
dications for operation.

OPHTHALMOLOGY.

1. Name the muscles which move the eye ball and describe their
physiological action. What nerves supply these muscles, and what
would be the symptoms if the sixth nerve was paralyzed?

2. Name the varieties of conjunctivitis. Give the symptoms,
pathology and precautions necessary in the treatment of granular
lid^ and purulent conjunctivitis.

3. Name the varieties of iritis, give the symptoms and treatment
of acute plastic iritis. Differentiate between acute iritis and acute
glaucoma. What drugs have special action in each disease?

4. Give differential diagnosis of sympathetic irritation and inflam-
mation. Give cause and full treatment of the latter.

5. Define emmetropia, hypermetropia, myopia, mixed astigmatism.
What kind of a glass should be used to correct the last named?

GYNECOLOGY.
DR. ROBit

1. What is the normal position of the uterus and to what extent
may its position vary within physiological limits?

2. What are the different forms of endometritis? Discuss the
causes, symptoms and treatment.

4. What is meant by retroflexion and retroversion of the uterus?
Give etiology, symptoms and treatment.

5. Under what circumstances and how would you apply a pessary?
Enumerate the different pessaries in common use.

6. Mention the varieties of vaginitis, and the treatment.

7. State the chief etiological factors which may be responsible in
a case of pyosalpinx.

8. Describe in detail the nature and symptoms of extra-uterine
pregnancy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 20I

9. How would you treat a case of ruptured tubal pregnancy?

10. What are the symptoms and physical signs of malignant dis-
ease of the uterus and of the cervix? What treatment would you
advise? How is the condition to be differentiated from myoma of
the uterus?

The examinations are partly oral and partly written. The method
is to divide the ground covered during the year into about one hun-
dred questions. The class is divided up into ten sections, each of
which receives a different set of ten questions, so that as a conse-
quence only two or three men will have precisely the same.

DR. HUMISTON.

1. What are the causes of dysmenorrhoea?

2. What are the indications for curettement?

3. What are the clinical evidences of carcinoma of servix uteri and
how would you differentiate between a simple erosion and beginning
carcinoma of the cervix?

4. What is the normal position of the uterus, and by what means
would you diagnose a retroflexion of the uterus?

5. Give the treatment for ancute gonorrhoeal vaginitis.

6. Give the clinical signs (objective and subjective) of ruptured
tubal pregnancy.

7. How would you differentiate retroflxeion of the uterus from a
fibroid in the posterior wall of that organ?

8. What is a pyo-salpinx and what are its etiologic factors?

9. Name the cystic formations found in the ovary.

10. Give the differentiation between a uterine fibroid and an ovar-
ian cyst.

OBSTETRICS.

1. Give a diagram showing the general axis of the parturient
canal.

2. Give the diameters of the true pelvis, also the diameters of the
false pelvis taken to determine deformities.

3. Give the points of difference between the male and the female
pelvis.

4. Give the points of distinction between frequency and the follow-
ing conditions: (a) pseudocyesis ; {b) ascites; (c) ovarian cystoma.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

202 THB MEDICAL COLLEGE. [1902-I903

5. Give the diagnosis of a breech from a face ; also the diagnosis of
a foot from a hand.

6. Describe the mechanism observed in the first position of the
head.

7. Outline the proper management of a normal case of labor with
special reference to the avoidance of infection.

8. Give the indications and the contra-indications for the following
operations: (a) forceps; (b) version; (c) craniotomy.

NEUROLOGY.

1. What are the causes of facial paralysis?

2. What diagnostic information is obtained from a knowledge of
the reflexes?

3. What are the symptoms of paresis?

4. Of what aid is electricity in forming a prognosis?

5. What are the applications of suggestive therapeutics?

PREVENTIVE MEDICINE.

1. Why is the preservation of health a rational means of prevent-
ing disease?

2. Give the known means by which the bacillus of t3rphoid fever
may be disseminated?

3. What prophylactic measures would you adopt to prevent the
spread of typhoid fever from a given case?

4. Why is it essential in efforts to prevent the spread of an in-
fectious disease, that the stage of incubation should be estimated as
accurately as possible?

5. What is the duty of a physician who has made a diagnosis of
an infectious disease, in a locality where health officers are estab-
lished?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 203

THE FRANKLIN T. BACKUS
LAW SCHOOL.

HISTORICAL STATEMENT.

OHE Franklin T. Backus Law- School of Western Re-
serve University was founded in the year 1892. Its
first class entered the school in September of that year. Oar-
ing the first two years it was located in rented quarters at the
corner of Euclid Avenue and Adelbert Street. In the fall
of 1894 the school was removed to temporary quarters in
Adelbert Hall, where it remained for two years. In 1896
the stone building now occupied by the school was erected.
It contains, in addition to large halls, four rooms of equal
size, twenty-five by forty feet, inside measurement. One of
these rooms is fitted up for a library and reading room, and
the other three are used for recitation work. Each recita-
tion room is furnished with individual tables so constructed
as to enable the students to takes notes with as little incon-
venience as possible. The basement is furnished with
toilet, locker and smoking rooms. Each student is furn-
ished a locker for the keeping of his coat, books, etc. The
building is so constructed as to allow the erection of a large
addition whenever the needs of the school shall require it.

In 1892 the library numbered about five hundred volumes.
Today it numbers thirteen thousand volumes and is one of
the largest law school libraries west of New York.

In 1892 nine lectures a week were given; now there are
given fifty lectures a week, and the number of the members
of the faculty has grown from five to seventeen. "^

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

204 THE SCHOOL OF LAW. [1902-I903

When the school was first opened candidates for a degree
were required to have but little more than a common school
education. Nearly all the law schools in the country, in-
cluding some of the oldest and most prominent, demanded
no more. In 1900 the requirements of candidates for a de-
gree were raised to the requirements for entering college.

In 1893 Mrs. Franklin T. Backus, of Cleveland, Ohio,
provided an endowment for the school and the name of the
school was then changed from the "Law School of Western
Reserve University** to the "Franklin T. Backus Law
School of Western Reserve University" in honor of a man
who, during his life, was one of the leaders of the Ohio bar
and who always took the deepest interest in all matters per-
taining to legal education.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 205

FACULTY.

Charles F. Thwing, D. D., hh D., 55 Bellflower Av.

fyesidenL
Charles Elliott Pennewell, 1254 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Real Property,

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., lyL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts and Equity furisdidion^

Dean of the Faculty,

Henry Clay White, A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates.
Homer Hosea Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of Constitutional Law.
Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law of Crimes^ Criminal Procedure, and Damages.
Arthur Adelbert Stearns, A. M., 87 Oakdale St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage.
James Lawrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

Professor of the Law of Public and Private Corporations.
Alfred G. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Streator Av.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice.
Paul Howland, A. M., LL. B., 11 Granger St.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Partnership.
Henry Bardwell Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Projessor of the Law of Agency and Bills and Notes.
Francis Rufus Herrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts.
Frank Beverly Williams, A. M., LL. B., iii Crawford Road.

Professor of the Law of Evidence y Trusts , and Personal Property.
Frederick William Green, LL. B., Rice Av., Newburgh.

Lecturer on Sales.

Clayton King Fauver, Ph. B., LL. B., 727 Case Av.

Lecturer on Torts and History of Procedure, ands Instructor

in charge of Review Work.

Rollin Abbott Wilbur, LL. B., 820 Fairmonnt St.

Lecturer on Contracts and Carriers.

Frances L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles Av.

Librarian.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2o6

THE SCHOOL OF LAW.

[1902-I903

STUDENTS.

1899.

THIRD YBAR CLASS.

Walter Silas Adams, Cleveland

A. B., Adelbcrt, 1900; Harvard University, 1900-01.

William Amos,

A. B., Tri-State Normal,

William Hugus Chapman,

Adelbert. 1807-9S.

Harry Tracy Duncan,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1901.
Earl Washington Farwell,

Defiance

Cleveland

Millersburg

A. B., Princeton, 1900; Harvard University, 1900-01.
Walter Granger, Cleveland

Volant College, 1899-1900.
Andrew James Haggerty, Cleveland

Adelbert, 1899-1900.
Edgar A. Hahn, Cleveland

Lewis Edwin Harvie, Jr., Danville^ Va.

Danville Military Institute.

Samuel Edmund Kramer, Cleveland

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

William John Laub, Akron

Ph. B,, Adelbert, 1900.
Joseph Timmons Micklethwait, Portsmouth

Ohio University, 1887-1900.

John Allen Neiding, Cleveland

Irving Holland Randolph, Salem

B. S., North-Bastern Ohio Normal, 1898.
Raymond Terry Sawyer, Cleveland

A. B., Kenyon, 1900.

Ernest Schwartz, Cleveland

Bartlett Carlton Shepherd, Painesville

Ph. B., Adelbert. 1900.

Lewis Daniel Slusser, Akron

B. S., Mt. Union, 1896; Harvard University, 1900-01.
Vernon Leland Stanford, Ravenna

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.
Liberty Bernard Ware, Cleveland

David Ross Warnock, Urbana

Urbana University. 1899.

Benjamin Breckinridge Wickham, Norwalk
A. B., Adelbert, 1896.

3714 Euclid Av.

2238 Euclid Av.

II SackettSt.

78 Fifth Av.

820 Pairmount St.

893 St. Clair St.

241 Hodge Av.

633 Scovill Av.
Adelbert Hall.

224 Quinby St.

2278 Euclid Av.

Adelbert Hall.

186 Taylor St.
Adelbert Hall.

54 Streator Av.

25 McKinstry St.
Adelbert Hall.

Adelbert Hall.

217 Ohio Bldg.

1430 Detroit St.
2097 Euclid Av.

153 Cornell St.
Third Year, 22.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

207

SBCOND YEAR CLASS.

John Alvin Alburn,

Youngstozvn

Eldred Hall.

A. B., Addbert. 1902.

Max Leonard Bemsteen,

Cleveland

67 Fifth Av.

Adelbert, 1899-1901.

Clinton Lorrin Case,

Greensburg

995 Doan St.

B. S., New South Lyme Institute, 1901.

Allen Sidney Davis,

Columbus

131 Murray Hill Av.

B. S., Denlson University, 1900.

Fred Desberg,

Cleveland

1050 Central Av.

David Edward Green,

Renrock

131 Murray Hill Av.

B. S., Dcnison University, 1901.

Ben Haber,

Clevelafid

8 Lewiston St.

B. L., Adelbert, 1901.

Theodore Hall, Jr.,

Ashtabula

40 Knox St,

A. B., Adelbert, 1901.

Calvin Jenison Hinds, Jr.,

Girard, Pa.

261 Van Ness Av.

Morris William Kastriner,

Cleveland

731 Scovill Av.

A. B., Adelbert, 1901.

Joseph Harvey Kitchen,

Cleveland

858 Euclid Av.

A. B., Yale, 1899.

Henry Lustig,

Cleveland

2773 Broadway.

Eugene Curie Mathivet,

Cleveland

98 Tilden Av.

Adelbert, 1900-01.

Walter Charles McClure,

Wooster

28 Nantucket St.

A. B., Woostcr University, 1901.

Harrington Simpson,

Akron

38 Quebec St.

Edward P. Strong,

Cleveland

486 Lake St.
Second Year, i6.

FIRST YEAR CI,ASS.

Clarence Armbruster,

Cleveland

1638 Willson Av.

Edwin Clare Caldwell,

Warren

Adelbert Hall.

A. B., Adelbert. 1902.

Frank Amadeus Carabin,

Monroeville

117 Adelbert St.

Edward Joseph Cherney,

Cleveland

57 Woodland Ct^

Denison, 1901-02.

Norman Taylor Cl3me,

Cleveland

309 Franklin Av.

Richard Emmet Collins,

Cleveland 1734 Woodland Hills Av.

Ph. B., Adelbeit, 1902.

Harry Hamlet Emmons,

Alliance

16 Dunham PI.

Frank Brown Evarts,

Cleveland

29 Bellflower Av.

A. B., Adelbert, 1902.

Reuben Alfred Ford,

Chicago, IlL

2132 Euclid Av.

Kenyon, 1900-02.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

208

THE SCHOOL OF LAW.

[1902-1903

George El wood Hartshorn, Newark

D. L., Denison University, 1902.
William Harry Jackson, Cleveland

Adelbert. 190102.
Walter Albert Laughren, Cleveland

Kline Fetterman Leet, Alliance

Ph. B., Mt. Union. 1899.
James Metzenbaum, Cleveland

Roy Rybum Moifett, Cleveland

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1902.
Charles Augustus Morris,

A. B., Adelbert. 1902.

Herman Joel Nord,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1902.
George Arthur Phillips,

A. fi., Oberlin, i902.
Carl Adolph Riemenschneider,

Adelbert, 1901-02.

Edward Henry Sensel,

A. B., Adelbert, 1902.

John William Smith,

A. B., Ohio Weslcyan, 1902.
Loren Edmunds Souers,
Owen N. Wilcox,

B. L., Adelbert, 1902.
James Victor Wolcott,
Lawrence Emanuel Yaugi,

Mt. Union, 1899-1902.

Henry Young, Norwalk

117 Murray Hill A v.

558 Bolton Av.

1571 Woodland Av.
86 Rosedale St.

1 1 17 Case Av.
715 North Logan Av.

Cleveland 189 West Madison Av.

adding s 116 Strcator Av.

The Leighton.

161 Beech wood St.

124 Putnam St.

626 Jennings Av.

Chardon
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland

New Philadelphia 155 Sawtell A v.
Cleveland 59 Olive St.

East Cleveland 72 Grasmere St.
Bel oil 314 Dunham Av.

148 Murray Hill A v.
First Year, 26.

SPECIAL STUDENTS.

Andrew Melvin Abbott,

Bowling Green
Cor. Wade Park Av. & Marcy St.

Milton Bejach,

Cleveland

72 Van Buren St.

Grant Bennett,

Cleveland

987 Doan St.

A. B., 0. N. U., 1887.

Charles Joseph Brennan,

Dayton

134 Murray Hill Av.

Ralph P. Buffington,

Troy

86 Rosedale Av.

Charles Payne Burgoon,

Fremont

151 Cornell St.

Homer Cliarles Campbell,

Akron

68 Bell Av.

Adelbert, 189^1902.

James Williams Carpenter,

Cleveland

46 Knox St.

Adelbert, 1899-1902.

Roy Col well Cool,

Urbana

109 Amesbury Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

209

Theobald Oliver Dakin, Sabina 134 Murray Hill Av.

B. S., Wilmington College, 1900.

Eli Edwin Doster, Cleveland 117 Murray Hill Av.

Denison University, 1898-1900.

Staney Frank Dembowski, Cleveland 36 CoUey St.

Walter Thomas Dunmore, Norwalk 151 Cornell St.

A. B., Oberlin, 1899.

David Franklin Felmly, Cuyahoga Falls 163 Oakdale St.

Benjamin Fcniger, Cleveland 512 Orange St.

University of Chicago, 1900-01.

Edward Bailey Follctt, Marietta 158 Murray Hill Av.

A. B., Marietta, 1900; Harvard University, 1900-01.

Ernest True Hall, Lakewood 3218 Detroit St.

Hugh Edmund Hawthorne, Cambridge 809 Fairmount St.

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

Alfred High High, Cortland 27 Wilbur St.

A. B., Princeton, 1894,

John Henry Hogg, Cleveland 2638 St. Clair St.

Bradley Hull, Jr., Cleveland 340 Euclid Av.

Adelbert, 1809-1902.

William Kurzenberger, Cleveland 72 Noyes St.

Roscoe Conkling McCulloch, Canton 148 Murray Hill A v.

Ohio State University. 1899-1900; Wooster University, 1901-02.

Adrian G. Newcomb, Berea Adelbert Hall.

Baldwin University, 1807-1900.

George Albert Palda, Cleveland 1655 Broadway.

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

John Howard Price, East Cleveland 3475 Euclid Av.

A. B., Mt. Union, 1900.

Leon Lewis Robinson, Taylor 782 Doan St.

Charles Scott Rose, Mt, Blanchard Adelbert Hall.

Hugh Griffith Rose, Wellsville 142 Cornell St.

Adelbert, 1899-1902.
Joseph Frank Sawicki, Cleveland 348 Fleet St.

St. Ignatius College, 180&-1900.
Carl Hamilton Smith, Steubenville 1465 Cedar A v.

A. B., Westminster College, 1900.
Ralph Rensselaer Snow, East Cleveland 55 Belmore Road.

A. B., Bucknell, 1894.

Speciai, Students, 32.
SUMMARY.

Third Year 22

Second Year 16

First Year 26

Special Students 31

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2IO THE SCHOOI. OF LAW. [1902-I903

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

Each person entering the school, whether a candidate for
a degree or not, must present a certificate of good moral
character.

Candidates for the degree of LL. B. must be collie grad-
uates or matriculates, graduates of high schools of approved
standing, or must pass the entrance examinations given by
colleges of approved standing.

Persons not candidates for a degree may be admitted to
the school as special students at any time without examina-
tion upon satisfying the Faculty that they are able to carry
on the work to advantage.

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION-
FIRST Year.

Contracts. Lectures and Langdell's Cases, embracing the
topics of mutual assent, consideration, and conditional contracts.
Two hours each week throughout the year. Professor Hopkins.

Common Law Pleading. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Plead-
ing, embracing demurrers, pleas by way of confession and avoidance,
pleas by way of traverse, duplicity, departure, new assignment, and
motions based on pleadings. Two hours each week during last half-
year. Professor Rowland.

Criminal Law. Lectures and Clark and Marshall's Criminal
Law. Two hours each week. Professor Hadden.

Property. L Lectures and Tiedeman on Real Property. Two
hours each week. Professor Pennewell.

Property IL Lectures and Vols. I and III, Gray's Cases on
Property, embracing distinction between real and personal property,
nature and acquisition of rights, suits for the recovery of personal
property, acquisition of rights not under former owner, transfer of
rights and possession. Introduction to real property, acquisition in-
ter-vivoB, alluvion, statute of limitations, conveyance, dedication.
Two hours each week. Professor Williams.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 211

Torts. Lectures and Ames* and Smith's Cases, embracing tres-
pass, disseisin and conversion, defamation, malicious prosecution,
conspiracy, legal cause, negligence, contributory and imputed negli-
gence, degrees of care, extra-hazardous occupations, liability from
fire and explosives, deceit, merger, joint wrong-doers, and distinc-
tion between tort and breach of contract. Three hours each week
throughout the year. Professor Herrick and Mr. Fauver.

History of Common Law Procedure. Lectures and selected
readings from Pollock and Maitland's History of English Law, Bige-
low's History of Procedure, Maitland's Domesday Book and Beyond,
Inderwick's The King's Peace, Stubb's Constitutional History of
England, Coke's Institutes, Blackstone's Commentaries, and Stephen
on Pleading. Two hours- each week during the first-half of the first-
half-year. Mr. Fauver.

Second Year.

Agency. Lectures and Wambaugh's Cases, embracing introduc-
tory topics, the agent's power to subject his principal to liabilities,
the agent's responsibility to strangers, parties to writings, undis-
closed principal, the principal's duties to the agent, delegation by an
agent, termination of agency, and ratification. Two hours each
week. Professor Chapman.

Bills and Notes. Lectures and Ames' Cases on Bills and
Notes, embracing formal requisites, acceptance, indorsement, trans-
fer, extinguishment, obligations of parties to bills and notes, dili-
gence, bill or note in the nature of a specialty, checks, negotiable
paper other than bills, notes and checks. Two hours each week.
Professor Chapman.

Equity Pleading. Cases and Lectures. Two hours each week
during first half-year. Mr. Green.

Evidence. Lectures and Thayer's Cases, embracing preliminary
topics, leading principles and rules of exclusion, qualifications and
exceptions to the rule against hearsay, real evidence, writings and
witnesses. Two hours each week. Professor Williams.

Code Pleading. Cases and Lectures. Two hours each week
during last half-year. Professor Howland.

Sales. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing subject mat-
ter of sale, executed and executory sales, stoppage in transitu, fraud
and related matters, warranty, and Statute of Frauds. Two hours
each week. Mr. Green.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

212 THE SCHOOL OF LAW. [1902-I903

Wills and Estates. Lectures and Page on Wills. Two hours
each week. Professor White.

Trusts. Lectures and Ames's Cases, embracing voluntary
trusts, language and formalities necessary to the creation of a trust,
resulting trusts, oral trusts, constructive trusts, executed and exec-
utory trusts. Nature of a cestuy que trust's interest in the trust
property, and the interest of a trustee. Two hours each week. Pro-
fessor Williams.

Contracts. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing impos-
sible contracts, illegal contracts, joint obligations, discharge of con-
tracts and assignment of contract. Also, Keener's Cases on Quasi-
Contracts, embracing nature of the obligation, failure of consider-
ation, benefits conferred without request, benefits conferred at
request but in the creation or performance of a contract, recovery of
money paid under compulsion and waiver of tort. Two hours each
week. Mr. Wilbur.

Third Year.

Constitutional Law. Lectures and Thayer's Cases, embracing
constitution of government, making and changing written constitu-
tions, the jurisdiction of the United States, citizenship, police power,
eminent domain, taxation, ex post facto and retroactive laws, state
laws impairing the obligation of contracts, regulation of commerce,
money and war. Three hours each week. Professor Johnson.

Equity Jurisdiction. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Equity
Jurisdiction. Two hours each week. Professor Hopkins.

Suretyship and Mortgages. Lectures and selected cases. Two
hours each week. Professor Stearns.

Damages. Lectures and Beale's Cases, embracing functions of
court and jury in estimating damages, exemplary, liquidated and
nominal damages, direct and consequental damages, avoidable con-
sequences, counsel fees, certainty, compensation, damages for non-
pecuniary injuries, values, interest, damages in certain actions of
tort and on contracts. One hour each week during first half-year.
Professor Hadden.

Criminal Procedure. Lectures and Beale on Criminal Pro-
cedure. One hour each week during second half-year. Professor
Hadden.

Partnership. Lectures and Ames's Cases, embracing the cre-
ation of a partnership, quasi or nominal partners, partnership prop-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 213

erty and the interest of a partner therein, the separate property of a
partner as affected by the partnership relation, the relation of debtor
and creditor between a partnership and a partner, the relation of
debtor and creditor between two firms having a common member,
action between a partner and one or more of his co-partners, and
power of a partner to act in behalf of the partnership. Two hours
each week during firsl half-year. Professor Rowland.

Corporations. Lectures and Elliott's Cases. Two hours each
week. Professor Lawrence.

Common Carriers. Lectures and McClain's Cases, embracing
public callings, carriers of goods, and carriers of passengers. Two
hours each week during first half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Conflict of Laws. Lectures and assigned cases. Two hours
each week last half-year. ^Ir. Wilbur.

Pleadings and Practice in Ohio, including the drawing of
deeds, mortgages, wills, etc., as well as pleadings. Two hours each
week. Professor Carpenter and Messrs. Fauver and Wilbur.

Legal Ethics. Lectures. One hour each week for ten weeks.
Professor Hopkins.

Review of subjects embraced in examinations for admission to
the Ohio Bar. Four hours each week. Mr. Fauver.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

214 'THE SCHOOL OP LAW. [1902-I903

GENERAL INFORMATION.

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a holiday
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half-year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter recess
of one week, until Commencement, which occurs on the
Thursday after the eleventh day of June (or after the tenth
in years in which February has twenty-nine days). No col-
lege exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Washington's
birthday, and Decoration day.

MOOT COURT WORK.

The Junior Moot Court Association of Western Reserve
Law School, composed of members of the junior class, holds
court weekly, sitting as a justice of the peace court, one of
the professors acting as justice, with members of the class
as the other court officers, attorneys, litigants, etc. The term
of court is three weeks and an entirely new set of officers
acts for each term, giving all the members an opportunity of
becoming familiar with the duties of each office.

The cases are based upon actual facts and the trials are
conducted in all respects like those in the regular courts.

The third year course in pleading and practice is con-
ducted in part as a moot court course. Cases are tried in the
manner prevailing in the common pleas court.

Special attention is paid to the several steps in the course
of trial, such as summoning and impanelling jury, statement
of case, examination of witnesses, taking of exceptions,
making of motions, argument, preparation of charge to jury,
verdict, judgment, motion for new trial, bill of exceptions
and petition in error.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 215

EXAMINATIONS.

At the beginning of the school year an examination on
the subjects of the first year will be held for the benefit of
such students as may desire to enter the second year class.

LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL.

The work of the school is carried on in a stone building
of tasteful architecture erected for it on Adelbert Street op-
posite the Adelbert College Campus. The building contains
a library and reading room, several large lecture rooms and
rooms where students can meet socially. Individual lockers
and other appropriate conveniences are provided for the
students.

LIBRARIES.

The Law School has a library containing a large collection
of the leading text-books, an almost complete collection of
the English Reports, and the Reports of the Courts of last
resort of every state and territory together with the reports
of the Supreme and Circuit Courts of the United States.
Students also have the use of Hatch Library which is located
near the school and contains fifty thousand volumes. They
also have free access to the Cleveland Public Library of
almost one hundred and fifty thousand volumes. The library
facilities offered students are therefore abundant. The Law
School Library is open daily from 8 a. m. until 5 130 p. m.,
and on four evenings each week from 5 130 p. m. to 9 130 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l6 THE SCHOOL OF LAW. [1902-I903

UNIVERSITY ADVANTAGES.

Students of the Law School are admitted without extra
charge to such classes in Adelbert College and the Graduate
School as they are fitted to enter. They also have the
privilege of attending many public lectures given at Adel-
bert College, the College for Women, and Case School of
Applied Science.

EXPENSES.

Rooms can be secured in the vicinity of the school for
from $25 to $75 per year. Table board can be secured for
from $2.75 to $4 a week. Text-books used in the classes
cost from $17 to $30 a year, but second-hand books can
usually be procured at a considerable saving.

SCHOLARSHIPS.

A limited number of scholarships may be awarded to
meritorious students during the year 1902-3.
For further information address the Dean,

E. H.HOPKINS,

Cleveland, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

OHE Dental Department of Western Reserve University
was organized by the Trustees and Medical Faculty
of the University in the belief that Dental Surgery
should be regarded as a branch of Medicine, and with the
purpose of training students to practice it as a medical
specialty. The dental students thereof continue to be in-
structed in several branches of medicine with the medical
students. It is obvious that $uch an education tends to
broaden the mind and give a keener insight into the basal
principles of dentistry. The public also recognizes the better
qualifications of a medically educated dentist.

The College is active in its endeavors to place Dentistry
upon a high plane. It therefore co-operates as a member
with the National Association of Dental Faculties, the Na-
tional Association of Dental Examiners, and the Institute
of Dental Pedagogics, and conforms to all the rules of these
Associ^itions.

Attention is directed to the fact that there are no extra
fees except as hereinafter indicated, but that the general fee

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l8 THE DENTAL COIXEGE. [1902-1903

covers the expense of laboratory courses in chemistry,
histology, physiology, dissection, and bacteriology. The
matriculation fee is paid only once, and there is no diploma
fee. The College furnishes many instruments for the free
use of the students, such as vulcanizers, extracting forceps,
etc., etc., thus saving considerable expense for evefy student
during the course.

The course is graded and admirably adapted to preparing
students for the practice of dentistry. It requires four
years to complete the course. The studies of the first, sec-
ond and third years require seven months full attendance in
each year. All of the technical work is performed in these
years. The fourth year requires eight and one-half months'
attendance and is devoted largely to clinical work. The
Faculty have decided to require constant attendance each
day in the clinics from 9:30 A. M. to 4:30 P. M. from each
senior student. This gives an unusual amount of opportu-
nity for practice, and is the outcome of a large and increas-
ing amount of clinical material as well as the desire of the
Faculty to give a thoroughly practical education.

The city of Cleveland now numbers over 400,000 inhab-
itants, and the Dental College is located in the center of the
city. This situation insures a large amount of clinical ma-
terial.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 219

FACULTY.

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President

Henry Lovejoy Ambler, M. S., D. D. S , M. D., 176 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dentistry, History of Dentistry,

and Oral Hygiene.

Dean of the Faculty,

Will Henry Whitslar, M. D., D. D. S., 700 Schoficld Bldg.

Professor of Dental Anatomy and Pathology.

Secretary and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

George Henry Wilson, D. D. S., 701 Schofield Bldg.

Professor of Prosthesis and Metallurgy.
John William Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics,
George Neil Stewart, M. A., D. Sc, M. D., D. P. H.,

Professor of Physiology. Medical College.

Carl a. Hamann, M. D., 282 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy and Oral Surgery.
Perry L. Hobbs, Ph. D., Medical College.

Professor of Chemistry,
Daniel Hendrix Zieoler, D. D. S., 726 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry.
Frederick Clayton Waite, A. M., Ph. D. (Harv.) Medical College.

Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology.
Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Lecturer on Bacteriology.
Frederick Augustus Henry, M. A., LL. B., Williamson Bldg.

Lecturer on Dental furisprudence,
Weston A. Valleau Price, D. D. S., M. E., 2238 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Electro-therapeutics and Dental Electric Appliances.

Herman Clifford Kenyon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Instructor of Prosthetic and Operative Technics and

Lecturer on Dental Anatomy.

Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 269 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

220 THE DKNTAI, COLI.KGE. [1902-1903

Jambs Freed Wark, D. D. S., 332 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Operative Dentistry,
Frank Lesi«ie Smith, D. D. S., Denver, Col.

Instructor of Orthodontia,
John Shei.i« Tiernky, M. D., Rose Bldg.

Lecturer on Anatomy,
Joseph Anson Coatbs, D. D. S., 45 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Operative Dentistry.
J. Charles McFate, A. B., 739 Superior St.

Assistant in Histology,
Shander Harry Solomonson, B. S., 1022 Case Av.

Assistant in Histology,
James A. Evans, B. S., Medical Coll^^.

Assistant in Chemistry,
Professor George H. Wii^son,

Superintendent of Laboratories and Clinics,

Miss K. G. Frankle,

Clerk of Operative Clinic,

Mrs. D. a. Wright,

Clerk of Prosthetic Clinic,

William Carson,

fanitor.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

STUDENTS.

Arthur Andrew Bates,
Charles Christian Bachman,
Will Deville Bissell,
Leroy Needham Bundy,
John William Culver,
Harry Guy Decker,
George William Douttiel,
Gerald Felix Doyle,
Prank Arthur Dunn,
Walter Hayes Dewey,
Phillip Henry Pelger,
Albert Kenyon Friend,
Joseph Garold Foltz,
Claude Cameron Gadsby,
Albert Lorain Griffis,
D wight Charles Hahn,
Kdson Hill,
Willis K. Hoch,
Bdward John Kocmit,
Bertram Ward Livingston,
Harrison Deming Lowrey,
Isidor Lymon,
Clarence Elworthy Magee,
Lloyd Andrew Mapes,
Frank Sumner Manchester,
Ralph Edward Miller,
Kennedy Delyle Park,
Robert Hartley Ralston,
Henry Stephen Rogers,
Frank Garfield Rummel,
Orrin Franklin Sickman,
Arthur Albert Smith, M. D.,
Herman Leiter Smith,
Joseph Elmer Schultz,
Howard Clinton Standen,
Clarence Roy Thompson,
Thomas Carry Van Pelt,
Robert Lee Wilson,
Kirkum Glenn Worrell,
John Simon Windisch, M. D
Newton John Worley,

SBNIORS.

Bayard

19 Granger St.

Cleveland

14 Bailey St.

Chicago, III,

958 S. Logan Av.

Cleveland

399 Forest St.

Rural Dale

The Tavistock.

Cleveland

89 Handy St.

Cleveland

174 Lyman St.

Cleveland

951 Cedar Av.

Cleveland

207 Dunham Av.

Cleveland

123 White Av.

New Springfield

168 Dodge St.

Cleveland

1065 Pearl St.

Canton

407 Prospect St.

Buffalo, N, y.

70 Brownell St.

Andover

60 The Morris.

Bayard

^ 138 Dodge St.

Richfield

407 Prospect St.

Belleview

364 Bridge St

Cleveland

62 Petrie St.

Savannah -

160 Chestnut St.

Mansfield

41 Collins PI.

New York City,

190 Greenwood St.

Stratford, Ont,, Can, 701 Superior St.

Cortland

156 Dodge St.

Canton

The Tavistock.

Bayard

19 Granger St.

Painesville

160 Dodge St.

Newman

84 White Av.

Sandusky

The Doan.

Mansfield

138 Dodge St.

Burton City

124 Handy St.

Berea

Berea.

Trumansburgy N, V, 407 Prospect St.

Akron

124 Handy St.

Cleveland

168 Crawford Rd.

Cleveland

798 Republic St.

E, Rochester

300 Euclid Av.

Cleveland

Genesee Block.

Chili, IlL 21

Hollingsworth Ct.

Cleveland

23 Freeman St.

Glenville

The Martha.

Seniors, 41.

Digitized by Google

222

THE DKNTAL college.

[1902-I903

William Bell,
Byron Hug6 Bowman,
Arthur Ira Brown,' M. D.,
G. Humphrey Camp,
Leslie Merle Christie,
William Clarence Cooper,
Will Eugene Culp,
Harry Dixon,

Andrews George Donaldson,
Butler White Donaldson,
Herbert Hamlin Dowd,
Otto Prank Dusek,
John William Frazier,
James Martin Freer,
Ralph Barclay Holeman,
Raymond Edward Jackson,
James Francis Kelley, M. D.
Frank Paul Leonard,
John Francis McDonagh,
Robert Raymond McGeoige,
Abram Ostrander,
Willis Le Roy Powell,
Norval Joseph Renouf,
Don Arthur Richards,
Laurin Lindenberger Smith,
Wilbur Allen Smith, B. S.,
Ossip Solomonow Shube, D.
Tyrell Strangways,
J. Menzo Simpson,
Carl Henry Wads worth,
Edwin Wendell Walker,
Thomas Watkins,
Edward Arthur Womachke,
Perry W. Workman,

JUNIORS.

MassilUm

LinesviUe^ Pu,

Cleveland

Salem

Columbus ^ Pa,

Akron

Cleveland

Warren

Scroggsfield

Lorain

Cleveland

Bridgeport

188 Chestnut St.

168 N. Perry St.

225 Lawn St.

863 Case Av.

50 Cheshire St.

32 Public Square.

664 Castle Av.

113 Chestnut St.

48 Wallace St.

Lorain.

41 Kenwood St,

123 Humboldt St.

i68>^ Dodge St.

Edward N. Allison,
James Blaine Atchison,
David Boyd Bebout,
Garner Terry Baldwin,
John Rogers Bently,

Leamington^ Ont., Can. 508 Prospect St.
Afill Village, Pa. 91 Huntington St.

Grafton 593 Scovill Av.

, Cleveland 19 Champa St.

Bucyrus 593 Scovill Av.

Cleveland 449 W. Madison A v.
, New Galilee, Pa. 584 W. Madison Av.

Brampton, Ont., Can. 48 Wallace.

Oxbow, N. W. T. 508 Prospect St

Kent Kent]

Medina 1086 Superior St.

Troy 168 N. Perry St.

Nova 1 13 Chestnut St-

D. S., Russia 632 Woodland Av.

Bee/on, Ont., Can. 508 Prospect St.
Dresden, Ont., Can. 968 Prospect St

Cooperstown, N. Y, 508 Prospect St.

Alliance 168 N. Perry St.

Youngstown i68>^ Dodge St.

Oxford Junction, la. 155 Swiss St.

Danville 134 Sibley St.

Juniors, 34.
freshmen.

Princeton, Pa. 811 Superior St.

Salem 508 Prospect St.

Mechanicstown 136 Huntington St.

Clevfland 217 J4 Taylor St

Toledo 536 Prospect St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

223

Hugh Ross Binkard, Urbana 127 Huntington St.

Charles Avis Brown, South Newberry 523 Prospect St.

Alex James Clark, Cornwall, Ont, 508 Prospect St.

Carl Herbert Clark, Youngstozvn 19 Riverside Av.

William Steen Deeley, Sandusky 508 Prospect St.

James Burton Ellis, Beeton, Ont. 508 Prospect St.

Lee Maro English, Auirim 593 Scovill Av.

Don Berry Ford, Cleveland 165 Cedar Av.

Nye White Goodman, Atwater 1055 First Av.

Lee Everette Howk, Wellington 13 Ruggles St.

William Heller, Orville 794 Superior St.

Frank Henry Huff , Butler, Pa, 81 1 Superior St.

Lewis H. Hutchins, Leamington, Ont, 508 Prospect St.

Arthur Wiley Haines, Cleveland 349 Huron St.

Don McKay Kent, Linesville,Pa. i2DellenbaughAv.

Alfred Churchill Knapp, Elyria 45 Highland Av.

C. Stuart Mygatt, Ashland 150 Chestnut St.
Charles Hiram Maloney, B. E., Penn Line, Pa. 70 Brownell St.

George Cubbison Mitchell, Grove City, Pa, 154 Cullison St.

Charles Thomas Magner, Cleveland 443 Euclid Av.

Clare K. Mattingly. Hinkley 805 Superior St.

Milton Dodge Neff, Cleveland 45 Archwood Av.

Edwin Deroger Phillips, Conneaut 805 Superior St.

Fred Herman Rieske, Cleveland 417 Jennings Av.

John Fred Risch, Akron 127 Huntington St.
Geo. Alex Roy Ross, Melita, Manitoba, Can, 508 Prospect St.

George William Smith, Cleveland 178 Herald St.

Don Vincent Weedman, Nova 374 Huron St.

Howard Garfield Weber, Canal Dover 57 Sibley St.

Clarence Everett Webster, 374 Huron St.

Harris Reid Cooley Wilson, Cleveland 74 Burt St.
Merrill Ladrew Winger, A. B., Hayesville, Pa. 798 Republic St.

Frank Zavodsky, Cleveland 9 Vergcnnes St.

POST GRADUATE.

Herman B. Rosenwasser, D. D. S., 722 Woodland A v.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 41

Juniors 34

Freshmen 38

Post Graduate i

Total 114

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

224 THE DKNTAL COLLBGB. [1902-I903

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.

Each candidate for admission must be at least eighteen
years of age, and must furnish to the Secretary at the time
of matriculating a certificate of good moral character. The
rules for admission and graduation .are such as obtain in
the National Association of Dental Faculties, of which the
College is a member.

The minimum preliminary education required of entrance
is a certificate of entrance into the third year of a high school,
or its equivalent.

This College does not receive women students.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Students from recognized dental colleges who present cer-
tificates of attendance upon one full course of lectures of at
least seven months, and give evidence satisfactory to the
heads of the respective departments that they have a good
knowledge of the work of the first year will be admitted to
the second. Graduates of reputable medical colleges will
also be admitted to the work of the second year and will be
excused from- lectures and examinations upon general
anatomy, chemistry, histology, physiology, pathology, ma-
teria medica and therapeutics. They will be required, how-
ever, to take the courses in operative and prosthetic technics,
dental pathology and histology.

Applicants for admission to advanced standing from
European schools are required, like other applicants, to fur-
nish properly attested evidence of study and of attendance

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 225

upon lectures, and they must pass the intermediate examina-
tions. It is required that students from foreign countries
present certificates from a member of the Advisory Commit-
tee located in the country from which they come. Students
from recognized dental schools may enter the senior class
only upon evidence of having completed work equivalent
to that of the previous year's in this school.

Special Notice. — According to a rule of the National As-
sociation of Dental Faculties credit for a full term cannot be
given to students who enter more than ten days after the
opening of the session. But if any student is prevented by
sickness from entering within the ten days, and if his sick-
ness is properly certified to by a reputable practicing physi-
cian, he can enter not later than twenty days from the open-
ing 'of the session. Students are requested to be present on
the opening day.

Applications for admission may be sent any time to the
Secretary, Dr. W. H. Whitslar, 700 Schofield Bldg., who
will cheerfully answer any inquiries about the school. As
chairs in the operatory and places in the laboratory are se-
lected in the order of matriculation and payment of fees, it
is advisable that students should have their names registered
as early as possible. Names can be registered at any time
for the following session. Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors
of this college are not required to pay a marticulation fee.

COURSE OF STUDY.

The session for 1903-1904 begins on Thursday, October
firstj and closes on Thursday, June 17.

Special Notice. — Beginning with this session a four years'
course of study will be instituted. This will be in conform-
ity with the rules of the National Association of Dental
Faculties.

The students of the first, second and third year complete
the required work in seven months.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

226 THK DENTAL COLLEGE. [1902-I903

The following: table shows the work required in each year
and the number of hours a week in each subject.

FIRST YEAR.

HOURS PER WEEK.

Chemistry { drbSry.

Osteology 2.

General and Dental Histology { ^Z^^^Sory.

P-'hesis I.^SKtory.

Dental Anatomy i.

SECOND YEAR.

Anatomy — Descriptive 4.

Reginal Anatomy i.

Physiology '. 2.

Crown and Bridge Work i.

Operative Technics I2}4.

Prosthetic Technics 15.

Prosthetic Clinics 15.

Dissection

Physics I .

THIRD YEAR.

Metallurgy i.

Orthodontia Technics 12 J4 — 6 weeks.

Bacteriology 9—6 weeks.

Dental Pathology i.

Embryology and Comparative Odontology 2.

Materia Medica i.

Operative Dentistry 2.

Operative Clinics 21.

Prosthetic Qinics 1254.

FOURTH YEAR.

Operative Dentistry .{ ^^ZnO^t

Operative Clinics 21

Materia-Medica and Therapeutics

General Pathology

Oral Surgery

Anesthetics

Jurisprudence

Dental Electricity and Therapeutics

Physical Diag^nosis

Applied Physics

Neurology

Ceramics

Dental History

Oral Hygiene

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 227

METHODS OF INSTRUCTION AND DESCRIPTION
OF COURSES*

ANATOMY.

PROFESSOR HAMANN, DR. TIERNEY.

The course in anatomy consists of lectures upon descriptive and
applied anatomy, together with demonstrations and recitations. Ill
accordance with the needs of dental students especial attention is
given to the anatomy of the head, neck and alimentary canal. In
order to facilitate the work in osteology, students of the first year are
provided with separate bones, which they are permitted to take home
for purposes of study. For demonstrations upon the cadaver and
anatomical preparations, the second-year class is divided into sections,
in order that individual students may have every opportunity of
becoming familiar with the various parts of the body, and of receiving
direct personal instruction. Text-book, Gray's Anatomy.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY.

The advantages offered for the study of practical anatomy are very
complete. The anatomical roojn is well lighted, and perfectly heated
and ventilated. It has twenty-four tables, and is furnished with hot
and cold water, elevator and every convenience for successfully con-
ducting the work of dissection. Dissections are made under the
immediate direction of the professor of anatomy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

228 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

PHYSIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR STEWART.

Two lectures a week are given to the students of the second year.
The lectures are illustrated by experiments in the class-room and
demonstrations in the laboratory. The properties of the circulating
liquids of the body, blood and lymph, having been first described, the
mechanical and physiological factors concerned in the maintenance
of the circulation are studied in detail. The physical and chemical
phenomena of respiration and the relation of the nervous system to
the respiratory mechanism are next taken up. Then follows an
account of digestion, including the secretion of the digestive juices
and their action on the food substances, the movements of the stom-
ach and intestines, and the influence of nerves on the functions of the
alimentary canal. The absorption of the digested food into the blood-
vessels and lacteals, the changes which the absorbed substances
undergo in the body, and the channels by which the waste products
are excreted form the next division of the subject. A general view
is then taken of the statistics of nutrition and metabolism (including
Animal Heat), from which the rules governing the constitution of
dietaries are deduced. The general physiology of muscular and
nervous tissues having been treated of, the physiological anatomy and
functions of the brain and spinal cord are described at length. A
brief account of reproduction and development completes the course.

HISTOLOGY.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR WAITE, MR. MCFATE, MR. SOLOMONSON.

The course includes a study of the fundamental mammalian tissues,
followed by a study of the finer anatomy of the principal organs.
Especial attention is given to the structure of bone, teeth, salivary
glands, and the structures connected with the mouth cavity. Each
student stains and mounts the sections which he studies and these
remain his property. The expense to each man for slides and mate-
rial is about two dollars. A deposit of two dollars to cover breakage,
which is returnable at the end of the course, is required. Two two-
hour laboratory exercises and one recitation per week until February
1st, Freshman year. This course will probably be somewhat longer
in 1903-04.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 229

DENTAL EMBRYOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY.

PROFESSOR WHITSLAR.

The subject of histology is of so much importance to the dentist
that notwithstanding the subject is thoroughly taught to the dental
classes by the professor of histology in the medical department, the
Faculty continue to have this instruction duplicated, in part, in the
Dental College. In addition are some comparative studies of the
teeth.

The import of this course is to give the student an insight to the
practical uses of this study, and to inspire further investigation. .

CHEMISTRY.

PROFESSOR HOBBS.

Much care and attention have been devoted to the thorough ar-
rangement and equipment of the chemical laboratory and lecture
room according to modem methods. The course includes a series of
illustrative lectures on inorganic and organic chemistry, showing
their relationship to dental, medical and sanitary science, and labora-
tory practice. The latter offers the student advantages in acquiring
chemical manipulations and favors his acquaintance with the princi-
ples of chemistry. Five hours a week throughout the year are given
to the work.

Special or advanced students will also be furnished the means for
original work or research, under the guidance of the instructor.
Text-book, Witthaus* Chemistry.

OPERATIVE DENTISTRY.

PROFESSOR AMBLER.

In this department the teaching is partly accomplished by means of
lectures and quizzes which constitute a systematic and progressive
course, beginning with a concise history of ancient and modern den-
tistry, followed by a careful presentation of the most useful
methods, appliances and materials employed in filling teeth, together
with the basal principles which make operative dentistry a positive
science. The hygiene of the mouth, teeth, artificial dentures, crown,
and bridge-work will also be considered.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

230 THE DENTAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

proficiencj* will justify. Each senior is allowed to operate for twenty-
one hours weekly; thus he can develop his brain and hand in acquir-
ing thoughtful manipulative skill.

Text-book: American Text Book of Operative Dentistry. Am-
bler's Tin Foil and its Combinations for Filling Teeth.

DENTAL ANATOMY-OPERATIVE TECHNICS.

DR. KEN VON.

One hour each week is given to dental anatomy in the Freshman
year. The work is carried on principally by the recitation method
and lessons are regularly assigned for each meeting of the class.
The subject is thoroughly illustrated both by drawings and large
models. Especial attention is given to pulp chambers and root
canals, and their relation to the various surfaces of the teeth.

The course in operative technics in the second year consists in
lectures and technical training in the laboratory. The lectures cover
the technical methods of treating the various condition's found in
pulp chambers; instrumentation, classification and measurements of
operating instruments; classification and forms of cavities; and fill-
ing materials. r

The technical training includes treating and filling root canals in
extracted teeth, excavating a large number of typical cavities repre-
senting each class in rubber tooth forms, filling these cavities with
the various filling materials, and exercises in engine technic upon
extracted teeth.

Note. — The operations in the technic department require a great
number of natural teeth, and as it is difficult to procure a sufficient
number, it would be to the interest of every student to obtain as
many as possible before he returns for the work of the second year.

PROSTHESIS AND METALLURGY.

PROFESSOR WILSON.

Two lectures a week are given upon prosthesis, to the students of
the first year, and two lectures a week upon crown and bridge-work
and metallurgy, to the students of the second year.

The aim is to make this department thoroughly practical, to eluci-
date the mechanical and artistic principles as well as the science
involved.

The technic laboratories are conducted under the guidance of this
chair. American Text Book of Prosthetic Dentistry, Essig's Metal-
lurgy fourth edition.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 23 1

TECHNIC LABORATORIES,

PROFESSOR WILSON, AND DOCTORS KENYON AND WRIGHT.

There are two dental laboratory class-rooms, one for students of
the first, and one for those of the second year; each room is provided
with sixty benches and with a platform furnished with complete
laboratory appliances. There is also a dental laboratory furnished
with lathes, plaster, and apparatus for molding and casting. There
is a specially fitted forge room. Every effort is made to have the
methods of instruction as practical as possible. Comprehensive and
progressive technic courses are given in impressions — vulcanite, cel-
luloid, cast metal, aluminum, gold, continuous gum (optional), crown
and bridge-work, steel and orthodontia.

Seventeen and one-half hours a week for nearly two years are
devoted to this work.

PATHOLOGY,

PROFESSOR WHITSLAR.

This course covers a description of general and special pathology.
It consists of an investigation of the principles of pathologfical pro-
cesses, their histological changes and effects upon the organism.
Dental pathology is elucidated and the general subject treated so as
to make th6 subject one of practical utility. The decay of teeth and
inflammation of the dental pulp and pericementum receive special
attention. Diseases of the mouth are also discussed. The lectures
commence in the Junior year and are continued to the end of the
Senior year. Text-books: Marshall's Injuries and Surgical Diseases
of the Face, Mouth and Jaws; Burchard's or Barrett's Dental Path-
ology.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.

PROFESSOR VAN DOORN.

An intelligent knowledge of the properties and application of med-
icaments rs so important that dental students should be as well
grounded in this as in anatomy and physiology. The course consists
of a series of comprehensive lectures upon all important drugs, with
especial illustrations of their use in dentistry. The methods of ad-
ministration and application are described in detail. The aim is to
make these lectures of great practical valu€. Text-book: Gorgas'
Dental Medicine.

ORAL SURGERY.

PROFESSOR HAMANN.

Instruction in this branch will be given by means of lectures, clin-
ics, and recitations. The aim is to furnish the student an opportunity
of acquiring a practical knowledge of this department of surgery.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

232 THK DENTAL COLLEGE. [1902-1903

The principles underlying the treatment of pathological conditions
of the mouth and jaws will be considered. Wounds, fractures,
tumors, ulcers and congenital defects are among the subjects to be
discussed, especial attention being devoted to diagnosis. Dental
students have access to the various hospitals. Marshall's Text Book
on Diseases and Injuries of Jaw and Mouth.

ANAESTHETICS.

PROFESSORS HAMANN AND ZIEGLEX.

The subject of anaesthetics is elucidated by special instruction.
Professor Hamann describes and illustrates the uses of chloroform
and ether in surgical operations about the mouth, and also the dan-
gers that may arise. Professor Zi^gler presents the subject of anaes-
thesia from nitrous oxide gas and its combinations with other ele-
ments, also the uses of local anaesthetics.

Realizing the danger of anaesthetics, great care is bestowed upon
th« teaching of these subjects; so that no mistakes will be made.
The clinics afford the students abundant experience in this college.

BACTERIOLOGY.

DR. ROGER G. PERKINS, A. B., M. D.

The students will take up the various organisms which are found
in the buccal cavity in health and disease, including those concerned
in dental decay. The preliminary studies will deal with the chromo-
genic organisms, until the students have acquired the necessary
technique, when the bacteria peculiar to the mouth and those which
use the mouth as a portal of entry in lesions of the buccal cavity or
more general infections will be carefully investigated.

Special instruction will be given as to the prefer methods of ster-
ilization of instruments, and asepsis in dental surgery. Microscopi-
cal sections of decayed teeth will be given out to the students, and
stained to illustrate the invasion of the tissues by the bacteria of
dental decay.

ORTHODONTIA.
DR. FRANK L. SMITH (Denver, Col.)

The course in orthodontia consists of lectures, technic work and
practical cases.

The didactic instruction is given by Dr. Smith and is supplemented
by the demonstrator who has direct care of the practical and technic
work. The lectures are illustrated by lantern slides, models . and
various appliances especially constructed for the purpose of instruc-
tion.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 233

The technic course is for the juniors and consists in the construc-
tion of material and a technic apparatus which is to be considered in
the final senior examination in this branch. The practical work is
done by senior students and offers great advantages, for the clinical
material is abundant. Various methods of correcting irregularities
of the teeth are considered and their use and value explained.

Junior students attend the regular course of lectures which are
given to the senior students in this department

JURISPRUDENCE.

7. A. HSNRY^ Ji. A., LL. B.

The legal responsibilities by dental practitioners and also the rela-
tions of the public to the dentist are clearly explained by the pro-
fessor of this department. A knowledge of the subject of dental law
is required in the course of instruction, and an examination at its
close is given.

ELECTRiaTY.

DS. PRICE.

A thorough course of instruction is given in electro-physics and
electro-chemistry, and the practical application of their principles in
the processes employed in dentistry. It includes lectures, laboratory
experiments and clinical demonstrations. Cataphoresis will be given
special consideration and the various current controllers and millia-
meters are studied by the students and thoroughly demonstrated clin-
ically. The bleeching of teeth by means of electric currents with
various agents, the treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris and aveolar
abscess, and the use of the X Rays for locating unerupted teeth are
elucidated. Instruction is also given in the construction and manage-
ment of electric dental engines and motors, methods of controlling
various kinds of currents, the galvanic effect and electrolytic products
•f various filling materials in the mouth, etc. Students should be
familiar with the general principles of electricity before commencing
the course. Text-book : Meadowcraft's A. B.. C. of Electricity.

DENTAL CERAMICS.

PROFESSOR WILSON.

A special course of instruction in dental ceramics is provided for
those who desire to studv this subject, but it is not obligatory. The
course includes all varieties of porcelain work that the dentist re-
quires to use and is amply illustrated. Where students are able to
provide materials of their own extra instruction is given free of
charge.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

234 '"'HE DENTAL CX)LI*EGE. [1902-1903

CUNICS.

The operative and prosthetic clinics provide all kinds of clinic
material. The prosthetic dinic is open from 9 130 to 12 a. m., and the
operative clinic is open from i to 4:30 p. m. In the first year the
entire time is devoted to technic courses in prosthesis. In the sec-
ond year technic courses are given in crown and bridge-work, also
orthodontia. After these the student is assigned to practical cases of
artificial dentures as well as operating in the mouth. It is necessary,
however, to complete the operative technic course before cases are
assigned in the operatory. In the third and fourth year the course is
made as practical as possible. The morning clinic is devoted entirely
to prosthetic work, crowns and bridges, and orthodontia. The after-
noon clinic is devoted entirely to the filling of teeth, extracting, and the
various surgical operations that can be performed in the college with-
out hospital attendance. The extensive operations are performed in
the hospital. Thus students are provided with an exceptionally large
amount of actual clinical experience. The many clinical cases afford
an excellent opportunity for the use of anaesthetics. In rotation the
students are assigned to extracting and the use of anaesthetics under
the immediate supervision of a skilled demonstrator. Every student
thus gains experience that prepares him for actual practice. The
location of the college in the heart of the city, where the street cars
center, enables the college to have an unusual advantage in securing
a large clinic.

Students are required to attend all clinics daily and perform opera-
tions faithfully. At the opening of the session each senior has a chair
assigned to him.

TEXT-BOOKS.

First Year: Gray's Anatomy, Schaeffer's Histology, Witthaus'
Chemistry, American Text-Book Prosthetic Dentistry, Broomell's
Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth and Mouth.

Second Year: Stewart's Physiology, Essig's Metallurgy, Burch-
ard's or Barrett's Pathology.

Third Year: Marshall's Injuries and Diseases of Face, Mouth
and Jaws, Gorgas' Dental Medicine, American Text-Book Operative
Dentistry, Ambler's Tin Foil and its Combinations for Filling Teeth,
Meadowcraft's A. B. C. of Electricity.

Books of Reference: Dictionary, Gould; American System of
Dentistry; Garrettson's Oral Surgery; Week's Operative Technics;
Evan's Crown and Bridge Work; Mitchell's Dental Chemistry; Mil-
ler's Micro-organisms of the Mouth ; Eckley's Anatomy of the Head
and Neck; Cryer's Internal Anatomy of the Face; Cigrand's His-
tory of Dental Prosthesis.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RBSBRVK UNIVERSITY. 235

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS.

The College session will open on October ist, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a holiday vacation of two weeks, beginning
on December 20th. No College exercises will be held on
Thanksgiving Day or Decoration Day.

THE DENTAL BUILDING.

When the College of Dentistry was established in 1892,
rooms were assigned to it in the building erected by Mr.
John L. Woods for the Medical College; but the work in
both dentistry and medicine has been so much extended and
the number of students in each department has so rapidly
increased, that the Trustees of the University have provided
separate accommodations for the Dental School in the new
and handsome Bangor Building, situated next to the Young
Men's Christian Association's building on Prospect Street.
Already seven sessions have been held in the new building,
and they have proved its facilities to be excellent. Each
room has perfect light and ventilation. The laboratories,
one for the Freshmen and one for the Juniors, with an ad-
joining room for both classes, are arranged for an advanced
system of teaching. There is also a clinical laboratory for
the Seniors and Juniors. Each room contains a complete
laboratory equipment. Many tools and instruments are pro-
vided for the students without charge. The operating room
contains forty chairs and is fully equipped. The surgical
and extracting room contains a standing amphitheatre. The
building has been planned to accommodate one hundred
and fifty students. When this number is reached, admis-
sion to the Freshman class will be by a suitable method of
competition. It is advised that students matriculate early.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

236 THB DBNTAL COI^LBGB. [1902-1903

DENTAL MUSEUM AND LIBRARY.
A Dental Museum and Library is being formed. It is
earnestly requested of those who have specimens or litera-
ture of any interest to dental students, that they make con-
tributions. Each specimen and book receives proper care^
and credit is given the donor.

DEGREE.
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon
all students not under twenty-one years of age, who have
satisfactorily completed the required course of study, paid
all required fees, passed all examinations, perfonned such
practical operations in the operative and prosthetic depart-
ments, as may be required, and conformed with such other
regulations as the faculty may prescribe. Graduates of
Dentistry of other institutions are required to attend one full
course and comply with all the n^^lations to the senior year
in order to receive a degree from Western Reserve Univer-
sity. Candidates who attain a general average of ninety per
cent, in all their examinations receive honorable mention.

FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES.

The fees are as follows: (i) Matriculation fee of five
dollars. This is paid only once. (2) An annual fee of one
hundred dollars, is payable at the opening of the term.
These fees are not returnable.

Students who cannot pay the whole amount on the open-
ing day may pay fifty dollars. After January 10 of the
college year there will be fifty-five dollars due, providing the
whole amount is not paid on that date. (3) An annual ex-
amination fee of ten dollars, due April i.

Students who desire to pay for the entire four years''
course by December ist of the first year will be allowed a
reduction of fifty dollars on the whole amount. There is
no diploma fee. No fee is required for any of the laboratory
courses or dissection.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 237

EXAMINATIONS.
No Student is permitted to present himself for examina-
tion who has not paid all dues. A fee of ten dollars for
examinations is required April ist.

Students who have failed in any branches are given an
opportunity for a second examination, but it shall not be
later than December ist in the succeeding year. A student
may register in the succeeding year but will not be allowed
to continue in it after Decenrber ist if he is deficient in
more than two branches.

A fee of two dollars is required for a re-examination. A
second re-examination can only be g^ven with the consent
of the faculty.

There are no scholarships or special prizes.
Students are liable for breakage in the chemical and
histological laboratories. An expense of about two dollars
for miscroscopic slides is necessary in the first year, but they
remain the property of the student.

No student is permitted to enter the laboratories and op-
eratory until he present a receipt for fees, and also is pro-
vided with the necessary equipment of instruments and tools,
books and instruments can be bought within a short distance
of the college.

The College fees are paid to the Dean.

The expenses for each year, including fees, are as follows :

FIRST YEAR.

Matriculation (paid only once) $ 5 00

Tuition 100 00

Instruments 26 00

Books 24 00

Examination at close of term lo oo

165 OOi

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

238 THE DBNTAI, COLLEGE. [1902-I905

SECOND YEAR.

Tuition $100 00

Instruments, including engine, about 90 00

Books II 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

211 00

THIBD YEAR.

Tuition $100 00

Books 17 50

Examination at close of term 10 00

127 50

FOURTH YEAR.

Tuition $ioo 00

Examination fee 10 00

No Diploma Fee.

no 00

Good board may be had from $2.50 to $5.00 a week ; good
accommodations for board and lodging, from $4.00 a week
and upwards. Students applying to the Janitor, William
Carson, at the College building, as soon as they reach the
city, will *be directed to reliable boarding houses, of which
he has a carefully prepared list

SOOALLIFB.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WBSTKRN RBSERVE UNIVERSITY. 239

year this society elects its own officers and the president is
made Curator of the College Museum, which office he holds
during his Senior year. A musical club is one of the inter-
esting organizations to those musically inclined. Other so-
cieties and organizations exist among the students. Many
of the students become members of the Young Men's
Christian Association, whose building is next door to the
College, and thus have use of a fine g3minasium and other
means of amusement and recreation. A special rate of
membership is made to students. There is a branch associa-
tion of the Y. M. C. A. formed among the dental students.
They hold meetings weekly.

For further information, address the Secretary of the
Faculty, Dr. W. H. Whitslar, 700 Schofield Bldg., Cleve-
land, Ohio, who will cheerfully answer all inquiries.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

240

THE DENTAL CX)IJ,EGE.

[1902-1903

GRADUATES-

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY DENTAL COLLEGE.

1894.

Anderson, C. A. H., M. D Cleveland.

DeUrfae, G. O Perry.

Mitchell, H.B Canton.

Rigga,J. P. H Pittaburgh, Pa.

1895.

Acker, P. H Cleydand.

Bleasdale, L. L.— (deceaaed)

Bnchtel, A. P Akron.

Bnrrowa,J. H Cleveland.

Glas, J. W Parker'a Landing, Pa.

Kennedy, G. A Kent.

MoUen, D. E Cleveland.

Parsons, P. O Cleveland.

Roaenateel, J. J Cleveland.

Sherman, W. W WUlonghby.

Spargur, F. J Cleveland.

Stevenson, D. R Hubbard, O.

Suhr, R. A Cleveland.

Vinez, L. S Louiaville, O.

Wallace, R. D Scio, O.

Waaaer, G. N Cleveland.

Zoecklcr, H.J Pittsburgh, Pa.

1896.

Ebersole, W. G Cleveland.

Haldy, W. O Cleveland.

Pagan, P. H Cleveland.

George, J. W B. Liverpool, O.

Hurd, C. E Cleveland.

Thomas, J. L Greenfield, O.

VanMeter, J. S Gallon, O.

1897.

Anderson, F. S Richmond, Ind.

Armstrong, L. S Cleveland.

Baldwin, C. R Cleveland.

Bcal,M.J Guy's MilU, Pa.

Beal, W. L Mars, Pa.

Blair, C. F Sandusky, O.

Bolton, W.D

Bosworth, L. L Cleveland.

Davis, C. W Cleveland.

Dixon, W. R Cleveland.

Fairbanks, D. H Cleveland.

Fink, C. A SmithviUe, W. Va.

Grose, B. F Wellington,©.

Higgins, A. L Bucyrus, O.

Honeywell, W. C Scranton, Pa.

King, H. M Pittsburgh, Pa.

Ludwick, F. L Glenville O.

Megginson, W. M Toledo.

Miles, F.L Cleveland.

* Moyer, W. H Montevidio, Minn.

Moran, P. A Cleveland.

Morrison, M. H Cleveland.

Osborne, J. A Hudson, O.

Parker, R. W Cleveland.

Parsons, A. L Cleveland.

Ramaley, M. C Cleveland.

Spargur, W.P Wdlsville, N. Y.

Stephan, W. J.— (deceaaed)

Smith, W.P Cleveland.

Saunders, B. B Blyria, O.

Wallace, C.F Allegheny, Pa.

West, F. L Cleveland.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

241

1898.

Chapman, P. P Cleveland.

Dudgeon, F. O Clereland.

Draime, C. S Canton.

Bdson, C. R Cleveland.

Elder. C. D.— (Deceased).

Bnglander, I Cleveland.

Fisher, A. C Syracuse, N. Y.

Oillen, W. W Youngstown.

Haight,P.T Oakland, la,

Hervey, G. B Mt. Vernon.

Johnson, T. B Cleveland.

Keck, H. B Akron.

Keliey, P. R Ashtabula, O.

^Kenyon, H. C Cleveland.

Maddock, P.E Blyria.

Matthews, P. R Salem, O.

McDm,J.W Cleveland.

McGannon, J. A Dayton.

McGannon, P.J Cleveland.

Noland, P. P Big Plain.

Quirk, B.B Detroit, Mich.

♦Reeves, J. B OrweU.

Renkert, O. W Akron.

Rogers, E. B Wilkesbarre, Pa.

Rybak,J.F Cleveland.

Sprague, P. E Youngstown.

Wallace, R. H Cleveland.

Vincent, L,. C, Ph. B Ravenna.

1899.

Allison, G. B Akron.

Andrews, R. W Pittsburgh.

Apple, A. D Meadville, Pa.

Atwater, A. L Sandusky.

♦Auxtcr, L. D Oak Harbor.

Baldwin, H. A Wadsworth.

♦Barnes, V. E Cleveland.

Bridgeman, G . . . New Martinsville, W. Va.

Costcllo, W. E Cleveland.

Baby, H. P Wooster.

Finch, L. L Obcrlin.

Gilmore, S. T Youngstown.

Grossman, B Cleveland.

Gunn, F.J Cleveland.

Hatch, S.E Cleveland.

Keliey, J. C Geneva.

•Mistr,J Cleveland.

♦Mottinger, C. C Akron.

Nash, J. K Youngstown.

Norton, E. L Madison.

Olds, F. L Cleveland.

•Rupert, J. A Meadville, Pa.

Stevenson, P. W.— (deceased)

Stewart, C. R London, Bng.

Taylor, C. B Cleveland.

VanDorsten, O.J Canton.

Weaver, S. M Cleveland.

Webber, J. B Medina.

White, C.N Cleveland.

♦Wright, D. A Cleveland.

♦Zicgler, D. H Cleveland.

1900.

Bishop, P. L Cleveland.

Borland, R. G Conneaut.

Boylan, L. D .^ .Newton Falls.

Bunn, J. D Salineville.

Burkhart, W. R., M. D Cleveland.

Clapp, H.M Utica,N. Y.

Currie, R. E Eldred, Pa.

Darrah, H. C Cleveland.

Diffenbacher, W. F Pt. Clinton.

Doyle, J. T Cleveland.

Duffy, E. B Taunton, Mass.

Dusek, J. I, Cleveland.

Eggert, P. G Cleveland.

Elder, P. B Bellevue, Pa.

Fucnfstueck, G. T Wausan, Wis.

Gilmore, J. I., M. A Youngstown.

Haas, P. A Cleveland.

Hall, W. C Lorain.

Jacobs, D. R Youngstown.

Jones, T.J Cleveland.

Llndhorst, R. H Cleveland .

Morris, W. A Cleveland.

Nichols. W. A Medina.

Osborne, A. O Cleveland.

Schneider, O. J Cleveland.

Smith, C. L Cambridge Springs, Pa.

StcnU, P. L Shelby.

Terry, T.H Cleveland.

♦Tiffany, W.B Clyde.

Wark, J. P Cleveland.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

242

THE DENTAI, COI^LEGE.

[1902-1903

190I

Aldrich,L. D ..Cleveland.

Belden, R. B Cleyeland.

^Chamberlin, R. B Twinsburg.

Chapin, W. F Clereland.

Bndle, A. J Blyria.

Pinch, P. W Rlchford, N. Y.

Fletcher, C. B Geneva.

Gillette, J. B Cleveland.

•Gillie, W.J Cleveland.

Gongler, C. V Inland.

Henahan,J. P Cleveland.

Henninger, D. H Akron.

1902.

Brewater, W. R Chagrin Palls.

Carbon, O. L Ashtabula.

Chambers, B. B Warren.

•Coatea, J. A Cleveland.

Davis, R. B Cleveland.

DeArment, L. L Conneant Lrake

Duff, A. If Lakeside.

Fairbanks, J. W Yonngstown.

Graff, W. B., M. D Cleveland.

^Graham, H. D Mercer, Pa.

Hawn, C. B Yonngstown.

Irwin, G.H Calcutta.

Kituteiner, R Cleveland.

Leonard, R. N Bellevue.

Leonard, W. M Ft. Wayne, Ind.

*Bonorab]e Mention.

Hitchcock, G. F Jefferson.

Holmes, H. C Cleveland.

Maxwell, A. W Cleveland.

Payne, A Mantua.

Rioe,S. W Cleveland.

Rogers, G. C Cleveland.

Shepherd, C. O.— (deceased)

Sproul, W. A Plain Grove, Pa.

Strong, H. F Cleveland.

Wallace, A. B Mercer, Pa.

Wasson, L. P Cleveland.

Line, C. E Rochester, N. Y.

McConkey, J. C Canton.

McKerrall,J Cleveland.

McLean, J. C CarletonPl., Ont., Can.

Messecar , L. A Green Springs.

Nicholson, A. W Sandusky.

Patterson, T. G Norwalk.

Plant, A. C Wheeling, W. Va.

Rdsser, O. H Cleveland.

Rosenwasser, H. B Cleveland.

Sadler, R.B Cleveland.

Saum, I. M Cleveland.

Spieth, W. O Warren.

Strong, O. F Carleton PI., Ont., Can.

Wearstler, H. O Wadsworth.

Wood, A. L Lorain.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1903] WBSTISRN RBSERVK UNIVBRSITY. 243

THE SUMMER SCHOOL, LECTURES
TO TEACHERS*

There is also held in June or July of each year a Sum-
mer School. The first session occurred in June, 1902.
Among the topics considered were : '

Growth and Heredity in their relations to Education.

Race Pedagogy or the Education of Primitive Peoples.

Motor Education.

The Study of Nature.

Supervision.

School Management.

The Philosophy of School Processes.

The Meaning and Aim of Education.

Among: the lecturers were :

President G. Stanley Hall, Clark University.
Miss Sarah L. Arnold, Dean of Simmons College, Boston.
Professor M. V. O'Shea, University of Wisconsin.
Superintendent Lewis H. Jones, Cleveland.

The enrollment was one hundred and seventy. A sim-
ilar school will be held in the summer of 1903.

Courses of lectures for teachers are also offered in the
University. A course in the current year, given by Pro-
fessor W. H. Hulme on "The Historical Development of
Engflish Literature to the Beginning of the Nineteenth
Century" was taken up by seventy-two teachers from the
public schools of Cleveland. A course by Professor Henry
E. Bourne on "Aspects of European History Important to
Teachers of American History" enrolls one hundred and
two teachers.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

GENERAL SUMMARY.

TRUSTEES^ INSTRUCTORS AND OTHER OFFICERS.

Trustees.

Western Reserve University only 7

Adelbert College only 7

Members of Both Corporations 18

— 32
Advisory Councii, (College for Women) 29

Corresponding Members 15

-- 44

Instructors.

Professors 57

Associate Professors 4

Assistant Professors 5

Lecturers 11

Instructors 14

Demonstrators 26

Assistants 19

Non-Resident Lecturers (1901-1902) 4

— 140

Librarians and Library Assistants 4

Other Officers 9

— 13
Total 153

STUDENTS.

Adelbert College 212

The College for Women 244

The Graduate School 20

The Medical College 95

The Law School 95

The Dental College 114

Total 780

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

245

APPENDIX.

DEGREES CONFERRED AT COMMENCEMENT, 1902,

ADEI.BERT COI^LEGE.

BACHBI^ORS OP ARTS.

John Alvin Album,

[magna cum laude),
Wilfred Henry Alburn,

{magna cnm laude)^
Edwin Clare Caldwell,
Claude Leroy Difford,

{cum laude),
Oarence Earl Drayer,

{magna cum laude),
Frank Brown Evarts,

{mqgna cum laude)^
Harry Lindsley Findlay,
Henry Leonard Mack,
Ralph Woodward Mead,

Charles Augustus Morris,

{magna cum laude),
Herbert Gans Muckley,

{summa cum laudc),
Walter Worthington Nims,
Edward Peterka,
William Harper Rider,
Edward Henry Sensel,

{magna cum laude)^
Miles Reuben Southworth,

{magna cum laude),
George Taylor,
Lewis Blair Williams,

{magna cum laude),
Oliver Amos Wright.

BACHBX^ORS OP I^STTBRS.

Joseph Warren Conner,
Daniel Robert Fairfax,
Robert Thompson Gage,
Raymond Hobart,

George William Say well,
{magna cum laude),

Frederick William Uhlman,

Owen N. Wilcox,

{magna cum laude).

BACHBI«ORS OP PHII^SOPHY.

Richard Emmet Collins,

{magna cum laude),
John Fish,

{cum laude) J
Charles Samuel McKee,
Roy Rybum Moffett,
Herman Joel Nord,
{cum laude),
Harry Benton Parrott,
Raymond Vincent Phelan^
James Douglas Pilcher,

John Philander Rorabeck,
Frank North Shankland,

{magna cum laude),
Edwin Wesley Suits,

{magna cum laude).
Homer Fordyce Swift,
Philip Hyatt Tarr,
James Washburn Waite,
Oliver Arkenbuigh Weber,
Arthur Garfield Wilcox.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

246 APPENDIX. [1902-1903

THB COI^WGB FOR WOMBN.
BACHBl«ORS OP ARTS.

Helen Anderson Allen, iZara Belle Rhoades,

Gertrude Pearl Badger, Isabelle Dolores Roberts,

Bertha Elizabeth Beck, Lucia Harriet Sanderson,

Helen Olive Bouldon, Hannah Eva Selby,

Evelyn Maude Collins, Mabel Katherine Thomas.

BACHBIX>RS OF I«BTTBRS.

Barbara Sigwalt Brassington, Orpha Maud Peters,

Cordelia Elizabeth Oaflin, Thalia Maud Reese,

Mabel Fay Clark, Harriet Marie Skeel,

Mathilde Emma Junge, Margaret May Skeel,

Martha Lueke, Ida Young,

Susan Ray McKean, Cornelia Anna Zismer.
May Jane Meacham,

BACHEI/ORS OF PHILOSOPHY.

Isabella Beaton, Effie McKinney,

Charlotte Edwina Black, Rebecca Syville Markowitz,

Arabella Swift Canfield, Katherine Marie O'Brien,

Bessie Mildred Chandler Lila Pauline Robeson,

Minnie Anna Creedon, Jeannette Eunice Sague,

Sarah Smith Harbine, Carrie Belle Smith,

Eva Minerva Hauxhurst, Grace Alice Taft,

Mabel Ainslie Holland, Bessie Marian Templeton,

Lura Claire Kurtz, Mabel Walker.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOI..

MASTBRS OP ARTS.

Franklin Turner Jones, A. B., Frederick Jacob Menger,

Daniel Acker Lehman, Ph. B., Ida Catherine Messer, B. L.

THB MEDICAL COLLEGE.

DOCTORS OB MBDICINB.

Jacob B. Austin, Ph. B., Claude W. Lane,

John W. Boss, A. B., John F. Lindsay,

E. D. Brown, William J. Manning,

Brady B. Buck, John Mohr,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903] WESTERN RESBRVK UNIVERSITY.

247

Mars W. Carpenter,

Percy W. Cobb, B. S.,

Chris E. Corlett,

Herbert E. Edwards,

C. V. Garver,

Arthur Leroy Garrison,

Walter A. Haldy,

Walter E. Hatch,

James J. Hathaway,

George R. Hays,

Jesse E. Hunt,

Nathaniel M. Jones, Jr., B. L ,

Emanuel Klaus,

Max H. Klaus,

William C. Park,
Ben Peskind, B. S.,
John R. Philen,
Carlos E. Pitkin,
Henry V. Riewel,
Clarence D. Selby,
James A. Sherbondy,
Parker F. Southwick,
Alvin S. Storey, B. S.,
B. C. Tamutzer, '
Thomas J. Taylor,
John H. Weber, Ph. B.,
B. W. Wilson, A. B.,
David Yohannon, A. B.

THE LAW SCHOOL.

BACHELORS OF JJLW.

Max Emerson Brunswick,
Fred Samuel Chamberlain,
John Aldrich Chamberlain, A.
Sigmund J. Deutsch, A. B.,
Edward John Hobday, A. B.,
Horatio Clark Gould, Ph. B.,
Earl Hibbard Jaynes, A. B.,
Manuel Levine,
Walter Scott McAaron,
James Edward Mathews,

James Milton McCleary,

Walter Edward Myers, B. S.,

Charles Pitch Ohl, B. S.,

James Orlando Orr,

Lancelot Packer,

Niles Abraham Sponseller,

Mark Lawrence Thomsen, A. B.,

William Paul Trinter,

Julian Woodworth Tyler, A. B.,

Harvey J. Webster.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.
DOCTORS OF DENTAL SURGERY.

William Roy Brewster,
George Lynn Carbon,
Elmer Elsworth Chambers,
Joseph Anson Coates,

{honorable mention ) .
Ralph Edmund Davis,
Lee Lamont De Arment,
Alfred Lawrence Duff,
John Wilson Fairbanks,
William B. Graff, M. D.,

Clinton Edward Line,
James Calvin McConkey,
John McKerrall,
James Scott McLean,
Xyman Allen Messecar,
Albert William Nicholson,
Thomas Guy Patterson,
Albert C. Plant,
Otto Henry Reisser,
Herman B. Rosenwasser,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

248 APPBNDIX. [1902-I903

Herman Douglas Graham, Ralph Edward Sadler,

(honorable mention). Ira Maphis Samn,

Charles Brigham Hawn, William Otto Spieth,

George Hugh Irwin, Oscar Frederick Strong,

Richard Kitzsteiner, Howard Oclydes Wearstler,

Ralph Nosker Leonard, Archie Leon Wood.
Walter Mitchell Leonard.

HONORS AND PRIZES.

ADELBKRT COLLEGE.

Commencement Honors

First //bffw— Herbert Gans Muckley.
Second Honor— George William Saywell.
Third Honor— Wilfred Henry Album.

/unior Honors

Equal Scholarship Honors to
Robert Emmet Finley, Herbert Ernest Parker,

Feist M. Strauss.
Phi Beta Kappa Society

Elected in June, 1901.

John Alvin Album, Wilfred Henry Album,

Richard Emmet Collins, Herbert Gans Muckley,

George William Sa3rwell.
Nominated for Membership, June, 1902.

SENIORS.
Owen N. Wilcox, Lewis Blair Williams,

Miles Reuben Southworth, Prank Brown Evarts,

Clarence Earl Drayer.

JUNIORS.

Robert Emmet Finley, Feist M. Strauss,

Herbert Ernest Parker.
The Two Year Honor in Chemistry to

Clyde Lottridge Cummer, John Predric Oberlin.

The Two Year Honor in German to

John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr.
The Two Year Honor in Greek to

Carl Peter Paul Vitz.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 249

The Tivo Year Honor in MathemaHcs to

Kenneth Bthelbert Hodgman.

THE HANDY PHII«OSOPHICAI« PRIZES

First /Vt^^— Wilfred Henry Alburn.
Second /Vt.2r^— Philip Hyatt Tarr.
HARRIET PBI.TON PERKINS SCHOLARSHIP
Feist M. Strauss.

PRESIDENT'S PRIZES

For the highest records for the Freshman Year in :
English

First Prize — Oliver Jones.
Second Prize — ^Andrew Bracken White,
French and German {^Modern Language Course)

Andrew Bracken White.
German ( Classical and Latin Scientific Courses)

Gomer Abraham Cook.
Greek

Bainbridge Cowell.
Latin

Budd Noble Merrills.
Mathematics

First Prize—Andrew Bracken White.
Second Prize — Budd Noble Merrills.
Gymnc^um

Homer Lynn Nearpass.

Junior-Sophomore Oratorical Contest

First Junior Prize — Bradley Hull, Jr.

First Sophomore Prize — Maurice Griffin, Jr.

Second Prize {irrespective 0/ class) — Burton W. Knisely.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE

For the best Essay by a Senior

Lewis Blair Williams.
Honorable Mention — Harry Benton Parrott.
THE RUPERT HUGHES PRIZES

For the best Poems

First Prize — Robert Emmett Finley.
Second Prize — ^Wilfred Henry Album.

THE DEBATE PRIZE

Divided equally between

Edward John Hobday,
Charles Augustus Morris,
Herman Joel Nord.
17

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

250 APPBNDIX. [1902-1903

THB COLLEGB FOR WOMEN.
PRBSIDBNT*S PRIZES

Far Freshman Work in ike Gymnasium

First— VAXbl Preedlander.
Second— mi\h Mabel Hill,

of the Preshman Class.
THB HOLDBN PRIZB

For the best Essay by a Junior or Senior

Blanche Genevieve Cole,

of the Junior Class.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATIONS.

ADELBERT COLI^EGE-
President, JxnxJB Chari,bs R. Grant, 1872.
Vice Presidents, C. A. Gates, 1873.
C. B. Hali,, 1873.
Recording Secretary, John Dickbrman, 1891.
Corresponding Secretary, Sherman Artbr, 1886.
Necrologist, Rev. D. T. Thomas, 1885.

VISITING COMMITTEE OF THE AI,UMNI.

Rev. E. p. Ci,eavei^nd, 1878, W. E. Cushing, 1875,
Rev. a. C. Lui>w)w, 1894.

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN.
President, Mary Hoover Cohacott, 1894.
Vice President, Bsthbr Allen, 1900.
Recording Secretary, Alice Drake, 1901.
Corresponding Secretary, Margaret Thomas, 1901.
Treasurer, Louise Bakbr, 1900.

finance committee.
Helen M. Smith, 1894, Grace B. Lottridge, 1897.

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE.
President, Dr. J. P. Sawyer, 1883.
Vice Presidents, Dr. L. F. Switzer,

Dr. J. S. Wood.
Recording Secretary, Dr. G. C. Ashmun, 1873.
Corresponding Secretary, Dr. W. O. Osborn, 1888.
Treasurer, Dr. E. B. Rhodes.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-1903] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. 25 1

THE I.AW SCHOOL.
President, F. W. Grebn, 1896.
Vice Presidents^ D. B. Woi^cott, 1899.

W. E. White, 1901.
Secretary, D. G. Jabgbr, 1900.
Treasurer, J. L. Cannon, 1898.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE.
President, Robert D Wallace, D. D. S., 1895.
Vice President, L. L. Bosworth, D. D. S., 1897.
Secretary-TVeasurer, Varney E. Barnes, D. D. S., 1899.

LOCAL ASSOCIATIONS.

FOUNDBD 1902.

NEW YORK ASSOCIATION.

jyesident, Samuel E. Williamson, 1864.
Vice President, Thomas Day Seymour. 1870.
Secretary, Arthur C. McGiffert, 1882.
Treasurer, Charles H. Scholey, 1895.

WASHINGTON ASSOCIATION.
f^esident, Robert W. Taylor, 1872.
Secretary, Morris J. Hole, 1889.

NORTHWEST ALUMNI CLUB, CHICAGO.
President, Robert D. Scott, 1872.
Secretary, H. W. Pierson.
Treasurer, Alice McKini^ey, 1896.

CINCINNATI ASSOCIATION.
President, Henry M. Curtis, 1871.
Vice President, Herbert S. Bigelow, 1894.
Secretary, John E. Bruce, 1876.

INDIANA ALUMNI CLUB.
President, R. E. Houghton, Richmond.
Secretary, James A. Robach, 1884.

COLUMBUS ASSOCIATION.
jyesident, Allen C. Barrows, 1861.
Secretary, Caroline Hardy, 1901,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

DIRECTORY.

The names of instructors and officers are printed in italics. Badi name is followed by ao

abbreviation indicating the department to which the person "belongs, viz: A, Adelbert

College; D, Dental Department; G, Graduate Department; I#, Law School; M, Medical
College; W, College for Women.

Abbott, A. M.— L.Wade Park ftMarcy St

Adams, W. S.— L 8714 Encltd At.

Aikins, H. A.—W 40 Cornell St.

Albl, C. J.— M 1406 Broadway

Albright, C. B.— W..186 Mapledale At.

Alburn, C. R. — A Eldred Hall

Album, J. A.— L Eldred Hall

Album, W. H. — O Eldred Hall

Alexander, D. C. — ^A .... 66 Jennings At.

AMp», D. P.—M 278 ProBpect St.

Allen, F. E. — ^W Guilford House

Allison, A. L. — A 92 Fourth At.

Allison, E. N.— D 811 Superior St.

AmhUr, H. L.— D 176 Euclid At.

Anderson, M. E. — ^W .... Guilford House

Andrews, E. R. — ^A Adelbert Hall

Annin, E. O. — W Guilford House

Armbruster, C. — L 1688 WlUson At.

Armstrong, L. — ^W 962 WlUson At.

Amos, W. T.— L 2288 Euclid At.

Aahmun/a, C— M 794 Republic St.

Atchison. J. B. — D 608 Prospect St.

Bachman, C. C— D 14 Bailey St.

Bailey, A. L.— W 98 East Lake St.

Bailey, G. L.— A 290 Marcy At.

Baldwin, G. T.—D 217% Taylor St.

Ballantyne, M. L. — W... Guilford House

Banker. N. S. — M 789 Superior St.

Bard. II. L. — A 1341 Lorain St.

Barden, J. P., Jr.— A 6 Cornell PI.

Barnes, E. A. — A 116 Streator At.

Barnett, G. F. — A.... 116 Streator At.

Bates, A. A. — D 19 Granger St.

Bauman, E. C. — W Belleflower At.

Bauman, G. IP. — ^M.... .1279 Cedar At.

Baxter, E. C. — ^A 163 Cornell St.

Beaton, J. — G 462 Kinsman St.

Bebout, D. B. — D. .
Becker, U, A.— M.

.136 Huntington St.
. . . .Pearl and Clark

Beltman, S. G.— W 26 Beech Bt.

Bejach, M. — L 72 Van Buren St.

Bell, W.— D 188 Chestnut tS.

Bemls, A. H.— A 226 B. Prospect St

Bennett, G. — ^L 987 Doan St.

Bentley, J. B.— D 686 Prospect St.

Berger, 6. S.— M 1141 St. Clair St.

-Berkes. H. A. — ^A 62 Blberon St.

Berman, S. L. — ^A. . . .836 Woodland At.

Bemsteen, M. L.— L 67 Fifth At.

BUI, 0. P.— A 868 Logan At.

Blnkard, H. R. — D..127 Huntington St.

Birge, R. H.— M 260 Euclid *At.

Bishop, E. L. — W Haydn Hall

Bishop, H. v.— A The Budld

BIssell, W. D.— D 968 S. Logan At.

Blssell, W. L.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Blackburn, H. W. — ^A..116 Streator At.

Bloomberg, J. — A 1682 Lorain St.

Booga, J.— W 1267 Euclid At.

Bolden, J. J. L.— M 26 Newton St.

Bourland, B. P,—A 2662 Euclid At.

Bourne, H. JS;.— W 144 Cornell St.

Bowman, B. H. — D 168 N. Perry St.

Boyle, T. A.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Brennan, C. J. — L..184 Murray HIU At.

Brett, J. H.— M 84 Ocean St.

Bretz, O. — A 416 Cedar At.

Briggs, C. B. — M New Amsterdam

Briggs, W. D. — A 18 Adelbert Hall

Brown, A. F. — ^D 226 Lawn St.

Brown, C. A. — ^D 523 Prospect St.

Brown, N. W. — ^M.. Suite 41, The Cary

Brock, J. E.— W 149 Trombull St.

Bruce G. A, — ^W Haydn Hall

Bruchshaw, M. G. — ^W.86 Beechwood St.
Bruckshaw, M. G. — W..36 Beechwood St.
Bruner, IF. E. — M,.New England Bldg.

Budde. B. K. — W 116 Spangler At.

Budde, T. F. — W 116 Spangler At.

Bufflngton, R. P. — L 86 Rosedale At.

Bucksteln, F.— A 84 Paddock PI.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903]

WESTERN RESBRVB UNIVERSITY.

253

Bundy. L. N.— D. 399 Forest St.

Bunts, P, J&.— M 275 Prospect St.

Burgoon, C. P.— L 151 Cornell St.

Burroughs. P. N.— A Colllnwood

Burroughs, S.--M 624 Euclid Av.

Buschman, C. M.~W Guilford House

Buschman, M. C— W Guilford House

Byal, C. B.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Cadle. T. P.— A West Mentor

Caldwell, B. C— L Adelbert Hall

Camp, C. H.— D 863 Case Av.

Campbell, G. L.— W 59 Knox St.

Campbell, H. C— A 68 Bell Av.

Campbell, H. G.— W 998 Cedar Av.

Campbell, B. S.— A.. 2209 Superior St.

Canfleld, A. S.—G 631 Franklin St.

Canfleld, H. H.— A.166 Murray Hill Av.

Carabln, F. A.— L 117 Adelbert St.

Carle, B. L.— A 805 Palrmount St.

Cames, W. B.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Carpenter, A. G.—L 125 Streator Av.

Carpenter, J. W.— A 46 Knox St.

Carpenter, B. F.— A,. . .126 Streator Av.
Carsons, Wm.— Jntr. .190 Hamilton St.

Case, C. J.— A 4I Cornell St.

Case, C. L.— L 995 Doan St

Cfermak, W. J.— A 1471 Clark Av.

Chaifee, L. L.— W Guilford House

Chaffee, S. L.— A 14 Adelbert Hall

Chamberlain, P. A.—A 76 White Av.

Chamherlatn, Wm. B.— M..276 Prospect
Chamberlain, W. P. — ^M..24 Commodore

Champ, S. M.— W 59 Bolton A v.

Chandler, B. M.— G 894 Case A v.

OhapmcM, H, B.— L East Cleveland

Chapman, H. B. — W 810 Rose Bldg.

Chapman, M. B. — W. .108 Marcelllne Av.

Chapel, E. E.— A 92 Streator Av.

Chapman, W. H.— L 11 Sackett St.

Cheetham, A. M. — M.805 E. Madison Av.

Cherdron, C. — M 110 Brie St.

Cherney, B. J. — L 57 Woodland Ct.

Chotek, L. A.— A 68 Cable St.

Christie, L. M.— D 60 Cheshire St.

Clague, L. M. — W 297 Marcy Av.

Clark, A. J.— D 608 Prospect St.

Clark, C.'H.— -D 19 Riverside Av.

Clark, F. £r.— M..493 Colonial Arcade^

Clark, M, G.— W Guilford House

Clemens, C. E. — W 1093 Prospect St.

Cleveland, A. M. — W 392 Bolton Av.

Cline. H. L.— A 201 Adelbert St

Clyne, N. T.-— L 309 FrAnklln Av.

Coates, J, A.—B 46 Hough Av.

Coe, C. M.— A Glenvllle

Coffleld, C. D.—A 601 Franklin Av.

Cohn, M. T.— A 330 Genesee A v.

Colt L. B.-— W 76 Adelbert St

Cole, B. G. — W..216 Commonwealth Av.

Collins, A. W. — Jntr 106 Cornell 8t

Collins, B. B.--L..1734 Woodland Hills

Collord, K. B. — W 189 Taylor St

Comln, H, L.— A 168 Streator Av.

Conant J. L. — ^A 1701 Dennlson Av.

Conde, E. — ^W 33 Wellesley St

Condon, Chas. — Asst 90 Broadway

Connell, A. E. — M 16 Dunham PI.

Converse, H. J.— W 309 Streator Av.

Cook, W. H.— A 724 Republic St

Cook, M.— W 304 Franklin A v.

Cool, R. C.—L 109 Amesbury Av.

Cooper, W. C— D 32 Public Square

Corlett A. R.— A 116 Streator Av.

Oorlett, W. F. — ^M 653 Euclid Av.

Corrlgan, F. — ^A 66 Gorman Av.

Counts, A. P.— A 13 Adelbert Hall

Cowglll, M. H.— W 726 Republic St

Cox, E. H.-~M 613 B. Prospect St

Cox, H. L.— A 117 Murray Hill Av.

Cramer, L. M. — W 861 Scran ton A v.

Cranz, C— W Haydn Hall

Crapnalb, A. — Engr 794 Doan St.

Crwoford, 19.— Asst Llbr...61 Knox St

CHle, Q. W.— M 169 Kensington Av.

Crlsty, B, B.— W Haydn Hall

Crum, A. P.— A 30 Hilbum Av.

Culp, W. B.— D 664 Castle Av.

Culver, J. W. — D The Tavistock

Cummer, C. L. — A 396 Bolton Av.

Curtis, M. If.— A 43 Adelbert St

Cushing, 23. F. — M 1160 Euclid Av.

CusMng, H, P. — A 260 Sibley St

Cutts, C. H.— Asst 24 Melvln St.

Dakln, T. O.— L 134 Murray HIU Av.

Daniels, G. M. — W Haydn Hall

Daniels, J. B.— W Haydn Hall

Darby, J. E, — M Doan & Euclid

Daugherty, J. B. — A The Brooklawn

Davis, A. S.— L 131 Murray HIU Av.

Davis, H. H.— A 467 Franklin Av.

Davles, R. F. — ^W 841 Falrmount St

Dawley, W. J.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

254

DIRJICTORY.

[1902-190$

Day, F. E. — A 486 Dunham At.

Day, M. E. C. — W 2100 Denlaon At.

Day. M. F. — W Gallford Honae

Decker, H. G.— D 89 Handy St.

Deering, R, W. — W 41 Cornell St.

Deeley, W. S.—D 608 Prospect St.

De Fries, R. G.— A 8 Adelbert Hall

Delahunt, T.—W 82 Hough PI.

De Lancy, M. — W 806 Huron St.

Dembowskl, S. F. — h 86 Colby St

Desberg, F. — L 1060 Central At.

Detchon, H. M. — ^W Haydn Hall

Dewey, W. H.— D 128 White At.

De Witt, S. A.— W..679 B. Prospect St

Dickerman, J. — A 852 Doan St

Dlfford, C. L.»M 49 Alum St

Dllley, F. B.— M 006 Euclid At.

Dixon, H. — ^D 113 Chestnut St.

Doerlng, V. F.— W 1817 Willson At.

Dollev, F.— M Charity Hospital

Donaldson, A. O. — D 48 Wallace St

Donaldson, B. W. — D Lorain

Donaldson, J. B.— M..164 N. Perry St

Doolittle, G. H.— A GleuTlUe

Doster, A. M. — ^W 72 Merchants At.

Doster, B. B.— L..117 Murray Hill At.

Douttiel, G. W.— D 174 Lyman St

Dowd, H. H. — D 41 Kenwood St

Doyle, G. F. — ^D 961 Cedar At.

Drake, A. D.— G 792 Republic St

Dugan, D. L. — A 116 Streator At.

Duncan, H. T.—L 78 Fifth At.

Dunham, A. — ^W Guilford House

Dunmore, W. T. — L 161 Cornell St.

Dunn, F. A. — D 207 Dunham At.

Dunning, E. L. — ^W Haydn Hall

Dusek. O. F.— D 128 Humboldt St

Dunsford, F. A. — ^W. .. .Guilford House
Duty, A.— W 2677 Euclid At.

Eastman, B. L. — ^W...161 ATondale At.

Eberhart, M. C— W Haydn Hall

Elsenbrey, A. B. — A 168 Cornell St

Elsenhauer, J. A.— A.. 1488 Willson At.

Ellenberger, A. — A Euclid Heights

El let, L. V. — W Guilford House

Ellis, J. B.— D 608 Prospect St

Elliot R.— W 17 Grace At.

Elliott R. W.— M 866 Stark At

Elmer, A. E. — ^W 292 Dare St

Emerson, O. P. — ^A 60 Wilbur St

Emmons, H. H. — L 16 Dunham PI.

Bnglander, L. — ^A 161 Cornell St

English, L. M.— D 698 ScoTill At.

Svant, J. A.~M Medical College

BTSXts, F. B. — h 29 Belleflower At.

Farwell, B. W. — L. . . .820 Fairmount St

Fauver, (7. £. — ^L 727 Caae At.

Felger, P. H.— D 168 Dodge St

Felmly, D. F.— L 168 Oakdale St

Fenlger, B. — h 612 Orange St

Ferry, M. T. — ^W Haydn Hall

Fife, R. JSr.— W 91 Mayfleld St

Filius, G. T.— A 201 Adelbert St

Flndlay, Wm. — Bngr....l49 Cornell St

Findley, E. R.— A 161 Cornell St

Flnley, R. E. — A 888 Doan St.

Fish, J.— G 224 Stieator At.

Fish, M.— W 224 Streator At.

Fliedny, F.— W 160 Wellington At.

Flower, A. — M....Brie As St Clair Sta.
Flower, Mrs. — Jantr.Brle As St Clair Sts.

Folts, J. G.— D 407 Prospect St

Follett B. B.— L..168 Murray HUl At.

Forbes, G. N.— A 6 Adelbert Hall

Ford, D. B.— D 166 Cedar At.

Ford, R. A.— L 2182 Budld At.

Foicler, H, N.—W 49 Cornell St

Fox, P.— A 14 Adelbert Hall

Frankle, K, <?. — D 620 Woodland At.

Frazier, J. W.— D 168 H Dodge St

Freer, J. M. — D 608 Prospect St

Freer, M.--W 1628 Cedar At.

Freedlander, B. — ^W 168 Putnam St

Friedman, M. — ^W...182 Hawthorne At.

Friedman, S. S. — ^A 1081 Caae At.

Friend, A. C. — ^W Guilford House

Friend. A. K.— D 1066 Pearl St

FrlU, R. F.— A 46 Fairchild St

Fuller, A. L.— A. . . ^ 46 Wilbur St

Furth, H. — W The Brooklawn

Gadsby, C. C. — D 262 Prospect St

Gaines, H. a— W 178 Bell At.

Gammel, R. B. — A 418 Dunham At.

Garman, C. C. — ^A 24 Streator At.

Garman, C. P. — A 28 Adelbert Hall

GarTer, B. B. — A.. 117 Murray Hill At.

Gehlke, C. B.— A 40 Abram St

Gerstenberger, H. J. — M. .118 Linden St.

Geuder, C. C. — ^W 622 Kennard St

Gibbons, C. B.— A Euclid HeighU

Glfford, B. E. M.— W...107 Gaylord St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903]

WBSTKRN RKSBRVB UNIVERSITY.

255

Gilchrist, H.— W 660 Franklin Av.

GUlle, W. H.--A 117 Adelbert 8t.

Glllln. G. M.— W 91 Qulncy St.

GUlmer, B. — W Guilford House

Gleason, A. G. — ^W 168 Cedar Ay.

Glecson, J. A. — W....64 Kenwood At.

Golden, H. G.— M 8426 Budld Ay.

Goodhart, F. E.— W 1102 Case Ay.

Goodman, I. J. — ^M. . .264 Columbus St.

Goodman, N. W. — D 1056 First Ay.

Gramlich, F. — ^A 219 Streator Ay.

Granger, W. — L 898 St. Clair St.

Gray, S. E.— W 199 Qulncy St.

Green, D. B. — L 181 Murray HIU Ay.

Oreen, F. TF.— L Rice Ay., Newburgh

Greenman, C. M. — ^A 18 Wilbur St.

Grlffls, A. L.~D 60 The Morris

Qrimth9, T. ^.— M..1104 Woodland Ay.

Grills, A. T.— M 811 Superior St.

Greuner, H. — ^A 48 Knox St.

Grnnd, H. L. — A 168 Cornell St.

Gnelzow, E. W. — ^A 60 Leading St.

Guise, H. L. — ^W Haydn Hall

Gunn, J. J.— A 188 Dibble Ay.

Guthrie, O. O.—U 129 Marcy Ay.

Haber, B. — L 8 Lewlston St.

Hodden, A. — L 1670 Lexington Ay.

Hagan, A. C. — W 886 Wlllson Ay.

Hagan, M. B. — W 886 Wlllson Ay.

Haggerty, A. J. — L 24 Hodge Ay.

Hahn, B. A.— L 688 ScoYill Ay.

Hahn, D. C. — D 188 Dodge St.

Haines, A. W. — D 849 Huron St.

Hale, F. B. — A 92 Streator Ay.

Hall, B. T.— L 8218 Detroit St.

Hall, T., Jr.— L 40 Knox St.

Hanuinn, O. A. — D Medical College

Hamilton, G. K. — W Haydn Hall

Hammond, A. P. — M 878 Pearl St

Handerson, J. A. — ^W. .444 Dunham Ay.

Hanlon, W. — W The Euclid

Hard, F. G. — A 69 Vienna St.

Having, H, A. — Treasr, . . .78 Cornell St.

Harris, O.— A 16 Adelbert Hall

Hartshorn, G. E.— L. ..117 Murray Hill

HarYie, L. E.— L Adelbert Hall

Harts, C. A. — W 987 Case Ay.

Hassler, L. M.— W 89 Williams St.

Hatcher, R. A.— M. .Brie ft St. Clair Sts.

Hathaway, H. S. — A 88 Cornell St.

Hauser, E. S. — W Haydn Hall

Hawthorne, E. H. — ^L.809 Fairmount St.

Haydn, H. O. — W 16 La Grange St.

Haydn, H. M-^YT 262 Sibley St.

Haydn, R. B. — W Guilford House

Heath, H. H.— M Suite 41, The Cary

Hepfinger, H. A. — ^A Wllloughby

Helnmlller — ^A 89 Stein way Ay. '

Heller, W. — D 794 Superior St.

Hennlng. H. S. — W Guilford House

Henry, P, A. — D Williamson Bldg.

Herr,.F. F. — G 1276 Scranton Ay.

Herriok, J^. i?.— M 867 Brie St.

Herriek, F. H.— A 48 Cutler St.

Herrick, F. R.—h 449 Russell Ay.

Herriek, H. J.— M 867 Brie St.

Herrick, H. W.— A 8006 Budld Ave.

Herter, J. M. — A 702 Denlson Ay.

Hetael, H. M.— W Haydn Hall

Heydenburk, I. — W Haydn Hall

High, A. H.— L 27 Wilbur St.

Hill. B.— D 407 Prospect St.

HIU, E. M.—W 850 Russell Ay.

HIU, W. C— M 24 Commodore St

Hlnde, F. A.— W 76 Adelbert St

Hinds, C. J., Jr.— L.. 261 Van Ness Ay.

Hlrd, B. F.— A 44 Nantucket St

Hlrd, M. A.~W Guilford House

Hobart R. L.— M 868 St Clair St

HohU, P. L.— D Medieal College

Hobson, F. A.— W 128 Oakdale St

Hoch, W. K.— D 864 Bridge St

Hogg, J. M. — ^A 996 Doan St

Hogg, J. H.— L 2688 St Clair St

Hoffman, J. J. — ^A....1069 Central Ay.

Hofman, J. A. — ^M 161 Putnam St.

Hole, 0. if.— M Medical College

Holeman, R. B. — D..91 Huntington St
HoUiday, W. T.— A..80 Miles Park St
Honecker, M. T. — W..482 Jennings Ay.
Honeywell, S. M. — ^W..816 Genesee Ay.

Hoover, O. F. — M 702 Rose Bldg.

HooYer, M. — ^W Haydn Hall

Hopkins, B, J7.— L 84 Miles Ay.

Hopklnson, M. E. — W..288 Gordon Ay.

Hopwood, A. — A 89 Harbor St

Horn, C. M. — W 224 Slater Ay.

Hosklns, F. C. — ^M. . . .900 Fairmount St
Howard, W. T, — ^M...88 Dorchester Ay.

Howk, L. E.— D 18 Ruggles St

Howland, P. — L 841 Huron St

Hubbell, E.— W 66 Arlington St

Hubbell, F. M.— A 678 Franklin Ay.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

256

DIRECTORY.

[1 902-1 903

Huchlns. L. H. — ^D 508 Prospect St.

Huff, li'. H.— D 811 Superior St.

Hulbert, A. B.— G Rome, O.

Hulbert, W. 0.— A 189 Cornell St.

Hull, B., Jr.— A 840 Euclid Av.

Hulme, W, H.—W 48 Mayfleld St.

Humiaton, W. H. — M 626 Rose Bldg.

Hunt, A.—W 46 Nantucket St.

Hurst, E. M. — ^W 2 Norwood Av.

Hutchina, F ,0. — ^M 878 Jennings Ay.

Ingalls, N. W.— M

Ingeraoll, J. JC.— M 60 Budld Av.

Irvine, M. S.— W..1007 E. Madison Av.

Jackson, R. E. — D 693 ScovUl Av.

Jackson, W. H. — L 658 Bolton A v.

Jackson, V. M.— W..2900 Superior St.

JacobI, C. E. — ^W 68 Beersford PI.

James, O. B. — ^A 896 Hough Av.

Janousek, E. A.— W 1772 Broadway

Jenkins, A. A. — M 91 White Av.

Jenks, P. R. — A Nottingham

Jerome, H. G. — A 856 Cedar Av.

Johnson, M. H. — L Overlook Road

Johnson. J. T. — W 376 Doan St.

Jones, B. M.— W.1148 Woodl'd Hills Av.

Jones, E. T. — W 1685 Harvard St.

Jones, F. E. — ^W 1686 Harvard St.

Jones, H. E. — ^W 32 Courtland Av.

Jones, M. D. — ^W Independence St.

Jones, O. — A 2870 Elmwood St.

Jones, V. P. — ^W 18 Ames Av.

Jones, W.— A 26 V6 BIssell St.

Kaechele, A. — ^A 78 Aaron St.

Kaufman, L,--W 981 Case Av.

Kastrlner, M. W.— L 731 ScovlU Av.

Kelker, H. C— M 28 Cheshire St.

Kelley, J. P. — D 19 Champa St

Kelley, M. M.-— W 165 University St.

Kelton, B. C. — W Guilford House

Kendall, M. B. — W 1306 Cedar Av.

Kennan, R. R. — ^W. Guilford House

Kennerdell, T. R.— A. .88 Merchants Av.

Kent, D. M. — D 12 Dellenbaugh Av.

Kcnyon, H. C. — D 677 The Arcade

Kenyon, S. C. — ^W Guilford House

Klefer, L. R. — ^W Guilford House

King, G. A.—W Haydn Hall

King, M. H. — ^W Haydn Hall

King, P. F. — M 117 Chestnut St.

Kingsbury, C. H. — ^W. . . .94 Bertram St.

Kitchen, J. H.— L 868 Euclid Ay.

KIttrell. M.— W 123 Adelbert St

Knapp, A. C. — D 46 Highland Av.

Knight E. J. — ^W Guilford House

Knlsely, W. B. — A 178 Streator Av.

Knowlton, M. — W Guilford House

Koblltz, E.— M 188 Kennard St

Kocmlt. B. J. — D 62 Petrle St.

Konlngslow, E. — W 882 Scovlll Av.

Kramer, S. E. — L 224 Quinby St.

Krauss, C. L. — W 1997 Superior St

Krejcl, L. H. — W 290 Forest St

Krlder, L. B.--W 428 Bolton Av.

Krug, E. L.— W 61 Fourth Av.

Kurzenberger, W. — L 72 Noyes St.

Ladd, L. W.— M Colonial Flats

Laisy, J. — M Syracuse, Neb.

Landsberg, R. — ^W The BucUd

Lang, F. A. H. — A 1388 Cedar Av.

Laughren, W. A. — L.1671 Woodland Av.
Lanphear, W. P. — ^A...782 Republic St

Laub, W. J.— L 2278 Euclid Av.

Laubscher, G. G. — ^A 184 Duane St

Lawerence, B. J.^M 24 Collins Pi.

Lcbwrenoe, J. — L 709 Genesee Av.

Lawton, F. T.— A 59 Mayfleld St

Layman, L. R. — W Guilford House

Lea, F. W.— A 12 Adelbert Hall

Lee, B. M.— W 71 TUden Av.

Leet K. F.— L 86 Rosedale

Lehmlller, R.— W..98 Murray Hill Av.

Lembeck, F. R. — W 46 Streator Av.

Lenhart, C. H. — M.. Suite 41, The Cary

Leonard, F. P. — D 698 Scovlll Av.

Leon, G. H. — W 300 Kennard St

Lessick, F. A. — W 486 Glddlngs Av.

Lewis, W. A.— M 28 Cheshire St

Lincoln, W. R. — M....275 Prospect St

Linn. F.—W 161 Courtland St

Linn, L. R.— W 112 Dibble Av.-

Livingston, B. W. — D..160 Chestnut St

Lloyd. H. R.— A Wlckllffe

Loomis, L. C. — A.... 1280 Wlllson Av.
Lothrop, L. M. 8. — ^W. .1745 Harvard St
Lotspletch, R. G. — A... 150 Murray Hill

Lowe, R. C. — ^A 116 Streator Av.

Lower, Wtn. B, — M....276 Prospect St
Loioman, J. H, — ^M....441 Prospect St

Lowrey, H. D.— D 41 Collins PI.

Lucas, W. P.— M 99 Glen Park PI.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I902-I903]

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

257

Luck, T. D. — W 829 Scranton Ay.

Luehrs, N. M.— W 680 WiUion Ay.

Lustlg, H. — L 2773 Broadway

Lyman, M. E. — W Guilford House

Lymon, T. — D 190 Greenwood St.

McArthur, A. F.— A 208 Oakdale St.

McClure, R. H..M 811 Superior St

McClure, W. C— L 28 Nantucket St.

McCullocb, R. C— L.148 Murray Hill Ay.
McCune, F. K. — M. . . .24 Commodore St
McCurdy, S. M.— H..168 N. Perry St
McDonagh, J. F. — D.449 W. Madison Ay.
McDowell, J. R. — M.Tbe Gary, Payne Ay.

McFall, J. B. — W Guilford House

McFate, J. O. — D 761 Superior St

McFate, J. C. — M 789 Superior St.

McGeorge, R. R. — D.584 W. Madison Ay.

McKean, R. B. — W 40 Summit St

McKelyey, E.— A 14 Adelbert Hall

McKeon, J. 8.— A 161 Cornell St

McKim, E. B.— W 100 Oakdale

McMullin, B. B.— A 89 Cutler St

McMurray, S. E. — ^W. . .Guilford House

McMyler. H. T. — A WarrensylUe

Mac£>onald, E. — ^W Haydn Hall

Maclniyre, A. L. — ^W...186 Sawtell Ay.

Magargee, G. W. — ^M 12 Wycombe PL

Magee, C. E. — D 701 Superior St

Magner, C. T.— D 448 Euclid Ay.

Malin, W. C. — A Glenyille

Maloney, C. H. — D 70 Brownell St

Mancbester, F. S. — D Tbe Taylstock

Mandel, M. M.— A..806 Huntington St

Mann. R. L.— W 22 Cable St

Mapes, L, A,— D 166 Dodge St

Marble, E. A. — ^W Haydn Hall

Marcb, F. O,— A 168 Cornell St

Markowitz. R. S.— ^ 21 Vine St

Martin, W. C. — A 84 MarYln Ay.

Maraball, J. H.— A 187 Brandon St

Marvin, W. T. — ^A 36 Knox St

Matbews. J. B.— A..719 Garfield Bldg.

MatblYet E. C— -L 98 Tilden Ay.

Mattill, H. A. — A 20 Sanford St

Mattingly, C. K. — ^D..806 Superior St.

Merriam, W. H. — M 276 Prospect St

Merrills, B. N.— A Adelbert Hall

Messer, T. C. — G 244 Becker Ay.

Metzenbaum, J. — L 1117 Case Ay.

Meub, W. H. — A 187 Brandon St

Meyer, A. W. — A 844 Logan Ay.

Meyer, B, 8. — ^A 844 Logan Ay.

Meyer, J. H. — ^A 844 Logan Ay.

Michel, E. B. — ^W 1869 Superior St.

Micklethwait, J. T.— L Adelbert Hall

Miller, R. B^— D 19 Granger St

Miller, W. T.— A 163 Cornell St

MttUkin, B. L.— M 278 Prospect St

Mills, V. G.— A Wllloughby.

Mlnnlg, A.— A 2481 Euclid Ay.

Miser, P. A. — W Guilford House

Mitchell, G. C— D 164 Cullison St

Mock, F. C.—A 848 Fairmount St.

Moffett, R. R. — L 715 N. Logan ^y.

Molony, M. C. — W The Pelton

Monson, M. A. — W Guilford House

Moore, E. L. — W 808 Bolton Ay.

Moorefunue, G. W. — ^M. . .842 Logan Ay.

Morgan, A. L.— W 2282 Willson Ay.

Morley, B, W. — A 68 Ingleside Ay.

Morris, C. A.— L. . .189 W. Madison Ay.
Morris, M. A.-— W..189 W. Madison Ay.

Morrow, W. — ^W 223 B. Prospect St.

Morton, M. T. — W Guilford House

Moss, B.— W 1266 E. Madison Ay.

Muckley, H. G. — G..148 Hawthorne Ay.

Mueller, A. — ^W 68 Chestnut St.

Mumaw, E. M. — W..98 Murray Hill Ay.

Myers, F. B.— W 1 Glen Park PI.

Myers, R. Y. — A.... 874 Fairmount St.
Mygatt, C. S. — D 160 Chestnut St

Nearpass, H. L.— A 46 Falrchild St

Neer, E. D.— A 117 Murray Hill Av.

Neff, M. D.— D 46 Archwood Ay.

Neldlng, J. A.— L 186 Taylor St

Newcomb, A. G. — L Adelbert Hall

Newton, N. B.— W..408 E. Prospect St
NImmons, W. T.— A,117 Murray Hill Ay.

Noland, H. J.— W 1166 Doan St

Nord, H. J. — L 116 Streator Av

Nutt A. P.— A 117 Murray Hill Av.

Oakley. A. B.— W 800 Hough Ay.

Oakley. L. E. — W 800 Hough Ay.

Oberlin, J. F.—A 67 Cornell St

O'Brien, J. W.— A 16 Adelbert Hall

O'Connor, N. A. — ^M..224 Starkweather

Ocfas, K. E.— M 181 Sayles St

Odlln, F. T. — ^W Guilford House

Oliver, T. Jff.— W 10 Adelbert Hall

Opperman, A. E. — A.. 127 N. Perry St
Oram, B. J. — G 1692 Superior St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

258

DIRBCTORY.

[1902-1903

Ortli, C— W 1088 Pearl Bt.

Oeborne, C. N. — ^A 67 Iryington St.

Osborne, R. M. — ^W S9 Knox St.

Oshom, TF. O. — ^M....276 Proapect St
Osgood, B. S. — G....46 Nantucket St.

Osmond, J. D.— A 187 Oakdale St

Ostrander, A. — D 48 Wallace

Otis, E. M.^A 18 Adalbert Hall

Palda, G. A.— L 1656 Broadway

Palmie, A. H.—W 2788 Euclid At.

Pankburst, C. T.— M 88 Superior St

Park, K. D.— D 160 Dodge St

Parks, P. K. — ^W ColUnwood

Parker, C. M. — ^W OuUford Houae

Parker, H. E.— A 767 Doan St

Parker, H, P. — ^M Colonial Flats

Parker, J. A.— A 147 Cornell St

Parkin, Q. B.~A 46 Malcolm St

Parmenter, B. H.^W..717 Bepabllc St

Patterson, J. A.— A 220 Dare St

Patton, B.— A 24 Adalbert Hall

Paul, C. T.— Q Hiram

Pay, G. O. — M The Deyonahlro

Peabody. M. A.— W 16 Echo St

Peck, B. M.--W Haydn Hall

Peets, B. A. — ^W 62 Tennis At.

Pelton, F. H. — ^A Adelbert Hall

Permewell, 0, B, — ^L..1264 Wlllson At.
Pennington, Q. L. — ^W....79 Hough At.

PerMns, B, If.— W 121 Adelbert St

Perkifu, R. 0.— M Bussell As Euclid

Penrin, J, TF.— A 81 Cutler, St

Peterka, B.— M 61 Goethe St

Petraah, A. J. — ^A 1191 Broadway

Petty, J. B. — ^A Baat CleTeland

Pfelffer, F. E.— A 101 Halsey St

Pfeiffer, U. J.—A 101 Halsey St

Phillips, B. D. — ^D 806 Superior St

Phillips, G. A.— L The Lelghton

PhllUpson, P. H.-—G. Wlllson As Woodl'd

Pierce, B. H. H.— A 101 Halsey St

PUcher, J. D. — M 64 Aubumdale At.

Platf^er, 8, B.— A 24 Cornell St.

Pogue, C. W. — M 86 Blaine St

Polhamns. W. B. — ^A...20 Tennessee St

Pope, Oarlyle — ^M 866 Bose Bldg.

Pope, P. M.— A 181 Murray Hill At.

Post, B. M.— W 2211 Euclid At.

Pottoin, L. £r.~A 822 Bosedale At.

Powell, H, H, — ^M 467 Prospect St

Powell, W. L. — D 608 Prospect St

Povey, G. — ^M 698% Hough At.

Prendergast, D. A. — ^M. . . .61 Burton St
Prentice, N. B. — ^A....12 LakeTlew At.

Price, J. H.— L 8476 Euclid At.

Price, W, A. F.— D 2288 Euclid At.

Proctor, B. B. — A 168 Cornell St.

Proudfoot H. J.~W..2820 Spafford St

Quay, J. — ^W 4060 Euclid At.

Quayle, H. A.— A 290 Sibley St.

Quayle, Z. G.— W 290 Sibley St

Qulnby, M. C. — ^W Guilford House

Balston, B. H. — ^D 84 White At.

Band, H. A. — ^W 76 Adelbert St

Bahdolph, I. H.— L Adelbert Hall

Beece, E. J. — A 69 Beersford PI.

Reiohman, F. — ^A 96 Mayfleld St

BeeTe, F. A.— W 49 Wilbur PI.

Bewouf, N. J. — D Kent

Bichards, D. A. — ^D. .1086 Superior St.
Blemenschnelder, C. A. — L.161 Beechw'd

Bleske, F. H. — ^D 417 Jennings At.

Blsch, J. F.— D 127 Huntington St

Blsdon, C. — ^W Guilford House

Biser, M. — Jntr 86 Mentor St

Rltterspach, F. J.— M 24 Collins PI.

Rohb, B,—U 702 Bose Bldg.

RoberU, N. If.— W Guilford House

Boberts, E. E. — ^W Guilford House

Bobinson, L. L. — L 782 Doan St

Bobison, W. L. — A 6 Hayward St.

Bogera, H. S. — ^D The Doan

Bosenfeld, B. M.— W..1829 Wlllson At.
Bosenwasser, H. B. — ^D722 Woodland At.

Bose, C. S.— L Adelbert Hall

Rose, H. G.— A 142 Cornell St

Boss, C. D.— W 249 Streator At.

Boss, G. A. R— D 608 Prospect St

Roth, G. B.— A 166 Murray Hill At.

Budolph, J. F.— M 68 Mansion St

Buggies, J. R— A 224 Streator At.

Bummel, F. G. — ^D 188 Dodge St

Bussell, E. — ^W 168 Lincoln At.

Sabln, B. R— W 89 Tilden At.

Sampliner, E. A. — W...821 Kennard St.

Sampllner, W. E. — M 1108 Case At.

Saunders. N. C— W 1266 Slater At.

Sawicki, J. F.— L 848 Fleet St

Sawyer, J. P.— M 626 Rose Bldg.

Sawyer, B. T. — L 64 Streator At

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903]

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

259

Sayle, F. M.— M 1499 Cedar Av.

Scanlon, B. J. — ^M 860 Woodland Av.

Schleslnger, W. A.— M. .129 McBrtde St.

Schneider, C. B. — ^W Haydn Hall

Schuele, L. C— W 16 Jay St.

Schultz» J. E.— D 124 Handy St.

Sch warts, E. — L 26 McKinstry St.

Schwegler, L. M.~W 68 Eaclid PI.

Seagrave. P. W. — A 76 Adelbert St.

Season, E. B, — M 2230 Euclid Av.

Seesholtz, A. 6. — W Qullford HouM

SellBkar, J. — M 18 Wageman St.

Sellers, P. O.— W 69 Knox St.

Selmlnski, H. — ^W 84 Princeton

Semple, M. V. — ^A 60 Chapman At.

Sensel, E. H. — L 124 Putnam St.

Senseny, H. M. — A.... 148 Lincoln Ay.

Senter, M. — ^W Qullford House

Beveranoe, A. D. — ^W..1981 Euclid At.
ahaekleton, Wm. B. — ^M.606 The Osbom

Sharp, O. B.— A 45 Fairchlld St.

Shepard, G. W. — ^M.. Lakeside Hospital

Shepherd, B. C— L Adelbert Hall

Sheph^d, H. D. — W. .. .Qullford House

Sherman, A. — W 642 Franklin At.

Shlrey, O. M.— H 171 Dodge St.

ShreTe. C. G.— A 847 Stark St.

Shrier, B. — W 980 Ce^ar At.

Shube, J. S. — D 682 Woodland Av.

Slckman, O. F.— D 124 Handy St.

Sill, R. H.— M 192 Brie St.

Silver, T. ^.— A 161 Cornell St.

Simpson, H. — L 88 Quebec St.

Simpson, J. M. — D 968 Prospect St.

Singer, W. B.— A..166 Murray Hill At.

Sipe, D. R.— A 117 Murray Hill At.

Sipher, J. A.— M Suite 41, The Cary

Slusser, L. D.— L Adelbert HaU

Smith, A. A. — D Berea

Smith, B. B.~W 1240 Cedar At

Smith. C. H.— L 1466 Cedar At.

amith, 0. J.— A 85 Adelbert St.

Smith, F. L. — D DenTer. Col.

Smith, G. W.— D 178 Herald St

Smith, Harriet — W 87 Grasmere

Smith, Helen — W 198 Oakdalc

Smith, H. L. — D 407 Prospect St.

Smith, J. W. — L 626 Jennings At.

Smith, L. L.— D ^168 N. Perry St.

Smith, R. Q. — ^W 40 Cheshire St.

Smith, W. A.— D 118 Chestnut St.

Smith, W. E. — A 692 Sterling At.

Snow, B. R.— L 66 Belmore Rd.

Solberg, O. B. — ^W 186 Steams St.

Sollman, T.— M..Brie k St. Clair Sts.
Solmonson, S. H. — D....1088 Case At.
Solmonson, S. H. — M....1022 Case At.

Souers, L. B. — ^L 165 Sawtell Av.

Spenoe, B. L. — M. . .612 New Eng. Bldg.

Spengler, O. L. — ^W. .^ 63 Fourth At.

Spengler, B. M. — W. I 68 Fourth At.

Spengler, W. D. — ^A 68 Fourth A v.

Spicer, D. M. — ^M 789 Superior St.

Spleth, L. C^A 1291 Willson Av.

Spring, C. E. — M 789 Superior St.

Standen, H. C. — ^D..168 Crawford Rd.

Standford, V. L.— L 217 Ohio Bldg.

Staral, J. A.— M 1261 Willson Av.

SUamB, A. A, — L 87 Oakdale St.

Stedman, F. H. — ^A 846 Orange St.

Steer, H. A. — ^M

Stevens, B. V. — ^W. .1198 B. Madison Av.

StevenB, C. D, — W 28 Adelbert Hall

Stevens, B. B. — A 2086 Broadway

Stevens, F. A. — ^W 76 Adelbert St.

Stevens, H. F. — W 2036 Broadway

Stewart, C. C— M 12 Wycombe PL

Siewouri, a, N,—U Medical College

Stewart, J. H. — A.. 186 Murray Hill Av.
Stewart, J. B. — M. . . .Suite 4, Sagamore

Stickle, A. R.— A 151 Cornell St.

Stllwell, L. R— W 87 Stanwood Rd.

Stoney, F. L. — ^W 80 Bridge St.

Stowe, L. F. — ^A 8 Quito St.

Stuart, O. a— M 416 Rose Bldg.

Strachan, W. M. — ^A....2428 Broadway
Strankways, T. — D....508 Prospect St.

Strauss, F. M. — ^A 1890 Superior St.

Strelch, A. C. — G 2 Hodgson St.

Strong, C. A.--A Adelbert Hall

Strong, B. P.— L 486 Lake St.

Suits. J. C. — ^W 60 Bertram St.

Suliot, M. B.— W 186 Stearns St.

Summers, H. C. — A... 1528 Superior St.

Sunkle, R, H, — ^M Pearl and Clark

Sutton, G. C. — ^A 491 Central Av.

Swift, H. F.— M 789 Superior St.

Talcott, W. B.— A. .Rosedale & Crawford

Tarr, H. M.— M 198 Clinton St.

Taylor, E. B. — W Guilford House

Taylor, F. J.— W 78 Oakdale St.

Taylor, T. J, — ^M....2163 Superior St.
Thacher, M. A. — W 76 Adelbert St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26o

DIRBCTORY.

[1902- 1903

Thayer. M. H. — W Gailford House

Thomas, C. W.— M.1394 Woodland Hills

Thomas, B. H. — W 81 Norton St.

Thomas, P. L. — ^W 88 Idlewood Av.

Thomas, G. F. — A .Adelbert Hall

Thomas, G. L. — W 2688 Warner Ed.

Thomas, H. A. — W 27 Walker St.

Thomas, H. A. — A. .184 Murray Hill At.

Thomas, J. J.— M 166 Crawford Rd.

Thomas, O. T. — M 86 Bdgwood PI.

Thompson, C. R. — D 708 Republic St.

Thompson, H. O. — Jn*r... 67 Cornell St.
Thompson, J. E. — M..2 Livingstone St.
Thwing, C, C— A..166 Murray Hill Av.
Thwing, O, P. — Brest., .66 Bellflower A v.

Tiemey, J. 8. — D .Rose Bldg.

Tompkins, O. B. — W Haydn Hall

Torrey, B. L. — W 4182 Euclid Av.

Tower, O. F. — A 8 Nantucket St.

Tracy, F. B. — W Euclid

Truzal, F. T. — ^A 23 Kelton St.

Truxal, G W.— A 28 Kelton St.

Trowhridoe, F. L. — ^L 84 Miles Av.

Tryon, S. B.— A Adelbert Hall

Turney, J. M. — G Palnesvllle

Tuttle. A. G. — ^A 868 Doan St

Tuttle, P. L. — A Logan Av.

Twlss, G. R.— G 66 Mayfleld St.

Tyler, B. B.—M 61 Daisy Av.

Upson, If. £(.— M New Bngland Bldg.

Vail, H. D.— M 190 Helen St.

Van Doom, J, W. — D 466 Arcade

Van Epps, M. B. — W..016 S. Logan Av.
Van Nostran, R. — ^W..204 Harkness Av.

Van Pelt. T. C. — D 300 Euclid Av.

Van Vllet, M. L.— W..373 Harkness Av.
Van Voorhls, R. F.— A..117 Murray Hill

VI las, G. E. — ^W 220 Kennard St.

Vincent, J. A. — M 777 Superior St.

Vltz, C. P. P.— A 45 Marvin Av.

Wachner, S. C. — A Adelbert Hall

Wadsworth, C. H.— D..608 Prospect St.

Wagner, H, (?.— M 702 Rose Bldg.

Waitc, F. O. — D 77 HUlbum Av.

Walker, E. W.— D 168 N. Perry St.

Wallace, A. E— W Guilford House

Wallace, A. M. — W 28 Marlon* St.

Wallace, C.*M.— A Wllloughby

Wallace, N. F.—W 67 Tllden Av.

Walsh, J. D. — ^W 69 Hower Av.

Ward, B. G.— W Wllloughby

Ward, W. P.— A 87 Kenll worth St.

Ware, L. B.— L 1480 Derolt St.

Wark, J, F.— D 332 Cedar Av.

Warner, R. C. — A ...Adelbert Hall

Warnock, D. R.— L 2097 Euclid Av.

Watklns, T.— D 168% Dodge St.

Watts, T. R.— A Adelbert Hall

Waugh, J. M.--U 44 Knowles St.

Weaver. R. B. — A 158 Cornell St.

Weber, H. G.—D 67 Sibley St.

Weber. O. A. — ^M 739 Superior St.

Webster, C. B. — D 874 Huron St.

Wedler, C. R,— M 1.160 Colfax St.

Weedman, D. V. — ^D 374 Huron St,

Wehr, C. J.— A 6 Adelbert Hall

Welmer, B. O. — ^W..144 Hawthorne Av.

Weir, W. H.— M 260 Euclid Av,

Wels, K. — W 364 Marcelline Av.

Wells, J. H.— -M 121 Lonsdale Av.

Wenger, R. F.— M Lakeside HospiUl

Wetherbee, A. H. — A 1 Cornell PI.

Whelan, C— W 103 Kentucky St.

White, A. B.— A 19 La Grange St.

White, E.— W Euclid

White, H, C— L 344 Harkness Av.

White, H. L.— -W 306 Cedar Av.

White. W. H. — M 24 Commodore St.

Whitman, F. P.— A 79 Adelbert St.*

WhiUlar, W. H. — D. .700 Schofield Bldg.
Whltworth, E. C. — W . . 61 Gorman Av.

Wlckham, B. B.— L 163 Cornell St.

Wilbur, R. A. — ^L 820 Falrmount Av.

Wilcox, A. G.— M 789 Superior St.

Wilcox, O. N.— L 69 Olive St.

WUliams, B, C— Llbr 71 Elderon

WiUiams, F. B.— L 111 Crawford Rd.

Williams, H. R.— A.166 Murray Hill Av.

Williams, J. F. — A 158 Cornell St.

Williams, L. B. — W 127 Streator Av.

Williamson, C. C. — Prest. 8eo*y

442 Rosedale Av.

Wilson, G. H. — ^D..701 Schofield Bldg.

Wilson, H. R. C— D 74 Burt St

Wilson, R. L. — ^D Genesee Block

Wlndlsch, J. S. — D 23 Freeman St.

Winger, M. L.— D 798 Republic St.

Winter, J. C. — A 1262 Scranton Av.

WIstar, B.— W 1268 Cedar Av.

Wittier. M. — ^W HaydiTHall

Wolcott, J. V. — L 72 Grasmere St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 902-1903]

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.

261

Wolf, B. B.— A 629 Scoyill Ay.

Wolren, R. L. — A.. 105 Murray Hill Av.

Womaclike, B; A. — ^D 166 BwIsb St.

Woodward, J. Q.~A 208 Adelbert St.

Woodward, P.—W 96 Mayfleld Bd.

Woolf. L. A.— M 1066 First Av.

Woolfolk, B. A.— A. 166 Hurray Hill Ay.
Woolffar, Wm, J. W. — ^M.1444 Cedar Ay.

Workman, J. S.— M 134 Sibley St

Workman, P. W.— D 184 SlWey St

Worley, N. J.— D The Martha

Worrell, K. Q.. .D. .21 Hollingaworth Ct.

Worthlngton, B. — W 84 Cheshire St

Wright, D. A.— D 262 Cedar Ay.

Wright, G. S.— W 789 WlUaon Ay.

Wright, H. M. — W Guilford House.

Yaggi, H. K. — M 814 Dunham Ay.

Yaggl, L. B. — L 314 Dunham Ay.

Yeagle, M. C. — M 28 Parkwood Ay.

Yoder, H. B.>-M 131 Sayles St

Young, A. A. — A 46 Knox St.

Young, H.— L 148 Murray Hill Ay.

Young, J. — ^W 22 Melrose Ay.

Young, L. H. — W 22 Melrose Ay.

Young, S. A.— M 2370 Crosby St

Young, T. C— M. . .1872 Woodland Hills

ZaYodsky, F. — D 9 Vergennes St.

Ziegler, D. H.— D Rose Bldg.

Zlemer, W. O. — M 84 Woodbrldge St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

INDEX

APPENDIX 245

ADELBERT COLLEGE,

Admission 86

Aid to atudents 78

Alumni Association 260

Course of study 42-61

Degrees 68

Expenses 72

Faculty 27

Grades of scholarship 67

Historical statement '.. 28

Honors 60

Laboratories and museums 68

Libraries 62

Physical training 66

Prues ; 70

Religious worship 62

Requirements for admission 86

Scholarship— see Aid.

Students 80

Terms and xacations 62

CALENDAR 4

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,

Admission 88

Advisory council 77

Aid to students 121

Alumni association 260

Course of study 92-112

Degi-ees 1 14

Dormitory 118

Expenses 121

Faculty 78

General statement 75

Laboratories 116

Libraries 114

Physical training 117

Religious worship 120

Scholarship— see Aid.

Students 81

Terms and xacations 118

DENTAL DEPARTMENT,

Admission 224

Alumni association 250

Building 285

CUnics 234

Courses of study 225

Degree 236

Expenses 236

Faculty 219

Generaa statement 217

Libraries 62, 236

Students 221

DIRECTORY AND OFFICERS 2S2

FACULTY 8

GRADUATE DEPARTMENT,

Courses of instruction 128-142

Faculty 124

General information 128-148

Libraries 148

Publication fund 145

Students 128

HISTORICAL STATEMENTS

28,76,128, 146,208,217

LAW SCHOOL.

Admission 210

Alumni association 251

Courses of instruction 210

De gree — s ee Examinations,

Examinations 215

Expenses 216

Faculty 205

Historical statement 208

Libraries 62,215

Location 216

Moot courts 214

Scholarships 216

Students 206

University advantages 216

MEDICAL COLLEGE,

Admission 157

Alumni association .... 260

CUnics 186

Course of study 159-179

Dispensaries 188

Examinations 192

Expenses 180

Faculty 149

General statement 146

Hospital appointments 186

Hospitals 184

Laboratories 182

Libraries 181

Museums 184

Schedule 161

Students 154

Text-books 177

PUBLICATION FUND 72

SENATE 7

SUMMARY OF NUMBERS 244

SUMMER SCHOOL 243

TRUSTEES 6

TRUSTEE COMMITTEES 7

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Western Reserve University

CATALOGUE

1903 -1904

CLEVELAND, OHIO

CLBTBLAND, O

PRESS OP WXMN ft JUD80N

1904

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CONTENTS.

Gbnkrai« Statement 5

Trustees 6

Facxji^ty, Instructors and Officers 8

Adei«bert Coi^leoe— Historical Statement 25

Faculty and Instructors 29

Students 32

Requirements for Admission 38

Courses of Study 44

General Information 64

Expenses 75

The Coi^lege for Women— General Statement 77

Faculty and Instructors 80

Students 83

Requirements for Admission 90

Courses of Study 96

General Information . * 117

Expenses 125

Graduate Department— General Statement 127

Faculty and Instructors 128

Students 130

Courses of Study 132

General Information 146

Medicai, Coli^EGE— General Statement 149

Faculty 152

Students 157

Requirements for Admission 161

Courses of Study 165

General Information 187

Expenses 196

Examination Papers 199

The School OF Law — Historical Statement 211

Faculty 213

Students 215

Admission, and Course of Instruction 220

General Information 224

Expenses . 226

Dentai, Department— General Statement 227

Faculty 229

Students 231

Admission and Course of Study 234

General Information 245

Expenses 246

Library Schooi* 250

Faculty 251

Course of Study 252

Expenses 262

Summer Schooi, 263

General Summary 264

Appendices 265

Directory 276

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CALENDAR

1903.

21-22 Sept.

Monday-Tuesday

22 Sept.

Tuesday

26 Nov.

Thursday

24 Dec.

Thursday

, 1904.

3 Jan.

Sunday

28 Jan.

Thursday

6 Feb.

Saturday

7 Feb.

Sunday

8 Feb.

Monday

22 Feb.

Monday

31 March

Thursday

6 April

Wednesday

30 May

Monday

2 June

Thursday '

12 June

Sunday

13 June

Monday

14 June

Tuesday

15 June

Wednesday

15 June

Wednesday <

16 June

Thursday <

17-18 June

Friday- Saturday

Examinations for admission.
First term begins.
Thanksgiving day.
Winter recess begins.

Winter recess ends.

Examinations begin.

First term ends.

Day of prayer for colleges.

Second term begins.

Washington's birthday.

Easter recess begins.

Easter recess ends.

Decoration day.

General examinations begin.

Baccalaureate sermon.

Undergraduate day.

Prize oratorical contest, Adel-

bert College.
Meeting of alumni.

Commencement, College for

Women.
Commencement.
Examinations for admission.

SUMMER VACATION OF THIRTEEN WEEKS

19-20 Sept.
20 Sept.
24 Nov.
24 Dec.

1905.
4 Feb.

Monday-Tuesday
Tuesday
Thursday
Saturday

Saturday

Examinations for admission.
First term begins.
Thanksgiving day.
Winter recess begins.

First term ends.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

..1Q03..

..1Q04..

July.

January.

JULY. j

'T.

2:^

24
31

24
81

August.

Pbbruary.

AUOUST. [

1 i 2

8 9

15 16

22 28

29 ..

Sbptbmbbr.

March.

Sbptbmbbr. I

•■

28|29

OCTOBBR.

Aprii..

Octobbr.

28
80

24
81

NOVBMBBR.

May.

NOVBlffBBR. 1

14 118

21 20

22 28

29'SO

Dbcbmbbr.

JUNB.

DBCBlfBBR.

3 4

10 11

It)

17 18

2:^

24 26

-1::

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

GENERAL STATEMENT

Western Reserve University embraces seven
departments* —

Aidelbert CoUcgc — formerly the Western Reserve Col-
lege — founded at Hudson in 1826, and removed to Cleve-
land in 1882. '

The C>Ueg:e for Women, established in 1888.

The Department of Graduate Instruction, established
in 1892 by the Faculties of Adelbert College and the College
for Women; designed to oflFer to college graduates courses
leading to the degree of A. M. and Ph. D.

The Medical G>Uege — formerly known as the Cleve-
land Medical College — founded in 1844, offering a course of
four years in medicine.

The Franklin T. Backus Law School, opened in 1892;
designed by means of a course of study covering three years,
to give an adequate training for the practice of the law.

The Dental Department, opened in 1892; designed to
teach the art of dentistry as a department of medicine.

The Library School, opens in September, 1904, with a
course of two years in library methods and administration.

Popular and educational lectures are included in the
plans of the University.

Charles F. Thwing, Presidtui,

•For Articles of Incorporation, see Appendix 11.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

TRUSTEES

CHARLES F. THWING. D. D. LL. D., President, Cleveland.

HIRAM C HAYDN, D. D., LL. D., Vice President, CLEVELANa

WILLIAM H. UPSON. A. B, Vice President, Akron.

JOHN HAY, LL. D.. Washington, D. C
tSAMUEL E. WILLIAMSON, LL. D., Cleveland.

LIBERTY E. HOLDEN, A. M., aEVELAND.

EDWIN R. PERKINS, A. B., Cleveland.

SAMUEL MATHER. A. M.. Cleveland.

J. HOMER WADE, Cleveland.
tWILLIAM H. BALDWIN, A. B., New York City.
tJOEL M. SEYMOUR, A. B., B. D., Alliance.

WASHINGTON S. TYLER, Cleveland.
♦JOHN H. McBRIDE. Cleveland.
tEDWARD P. WILLIAMS, A. M., Cleveland.
tCHARLES M. RUSSELL, A. B., Massillon.
♦HARRY A. GARFIELD, A. B., Cleveland.
♦CHARLES L. PACK, Cleveland.
tMOSES G. W^TERSON, A. M., Cleveland.

HERBERT A. HITCHCOCK, A. B., Michigan City, Ind.

ALFRED A. POPE, Cleveland.

LOUIS H. SEVERANCE, Cleveland.

HENRY R. HATCH, Cleveland.

WORCESTER R. WARNER. Cleveland.

LEWIS H. JONES, A. M., Ypsii.anti, Mich.

WILLIAM D. REES. Cleveland.
tWILLIAM G. MATHER, A. B., Cleveland.
♦ANDREW SQUIRE, LL. D., Cleveland.
tDAVID Z. NORTON. Cleveland.
♦CHARLES W. BINGHAM, A. B.. Cleveland
♦CHARLES F. BRUSH. Ph. D., LL. D., Cleveland.
♦HORACE E. ANDREWS, A. B.. Cleveland.
♦GEORGE A. GARRETSON, Cleveland.

H. A. HARING. A. B., Secretary and Treasurer

Office in Adelbert College Building,

•Trustees of the University only. fTrustecs of Adelbert College only. AlPothers

are Trustees of both corporations.
{Deceased.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE UNIVERSITY

SAMUEL MATHER,
LOUIS H. SEVERANCE,
J. HOMER WADE,
WASHINGTON S. TYLER,
JOHN H. McBRIDE.

THE UNIVERSITY SENATE

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY.
THE DEANS OF THE SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS.
Professors M. M. Curtis and S. B. Pi^atner, for Adelbert College.
Professors H. E. Bourne and H. N. Fowi^er, for the College for

Women.
Professors J. H. Lowman and D. P. Ai,i,en, for the Medical

College.
Professors H. H. Johnson and H. C. White, for the Law School.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranged alphabetically within each division,

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

A. B., Harvard Coll., 1876: B. D.» Andover Theological Seminary,
1870 ; D. D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1888 : LL. D., Illinois Coll.
and Marietta Coll., 1894; President Adelbert College and Western Re-
serve University, 1890 —

Hiram Collins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 173 Bellflower Av.

Vice President and Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature.

A. B., Amherst Coll., 1856; D. D., Wooster Univ., 1878; LL. D.,
Amherst Coll. and Marietta Coll., 1888 ; President Adelbert College and
Western Reserve University, 1887-90; Instructor in Biblical Literature,
1888-96; Professor of Biblical Literature, 1896—

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 23 Adelbert Hall.

LeMngwell Professor of Philosophy.
A. B., Univ. of Toronto. 1887 ; Instructor. Univ. of Southern Cali-
fornia, 1888 ; Yale Univ., 1888-91 ; Lecturer on History of Philosophy,
Yale Univ.. 1800 91 : Ph. D., Yale. 1891 : Professor of Logic and Phil-
osophv. Trinity Coll., N. C, 1801-93 : Honorary Fellow, Clark Univ ,
1892-03 ; Professor of Philosophy, College for women. 1893 —

Dudley Peter Allen, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery

A. B., Oberlin Coll., 1875; A. M.. 1883; M. D.. Harvard Univ., 1880;
Freiburg, Berlin. Vienna, London, Leipsic, 1880-82 ; Lecturer and Pro-
fessor of Surgery, Western Reserve University, 1893 —

Henry Lovejoy Ambler, M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene.

Dean of the Dental College.

B. S., Hillsdale Coll., 1864 ; M. S.. 1867 ; D. D. S., Ohio Coll. of
Dental Surgery, 1867 : M. D.. Cleveland Univ. of Medicine and Suri

ore " . - ~ . ...

1868 ; Professor of Dental Science In the same Institution. 186
Lecturer in Dental Hygiene. Dental College of Western Reserve Uni
verslty, 1892 ; Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene, 1893 —

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St.

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine,
Registrar and Bursar of the Medical College.
M. D.. Cleveland Medical Coll., 1873; Professor of Diseases of
Children, Wooster Univ.. 1889-93; Professor of Hygiene, Western Re-
serve University, 1893 —

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Professor of Romchice Languages.
A. B., Univ. of Michigan. 1889; A. M.. 1890; Instructor in French,
1892-96: Student Paris and Vienna. Rome. Florence, Madrid, 1896-98;
Ph. D.. Univ. of Vienna. 1897 ; Instructor in French, Univ. of Michigan.
1898-99 : Assistant Professor, 1899-1901 : Associate Professor of
Romance Languages, Adelbert College, 1901-1903 ; Professor of Romance
Languages, 1903 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 9

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Professor of History.

A. B., Yale Coll., 1883 ; Principal of Hiffb School, Thomaston. Conn..
1883-84; B. D., Yale Divinity School, 1887; Hooker Fellow. Yale Di-
vinity School, 1887-88 : Teacher of History and Psychology, Free Acad.,
Norwich. Conn.. 1889-92; Professor of History and Instructor in Phil
osophy, College for Women. 1892-93; Professor of History, 1893 —

William Howard Brett, A. M., 205 Wood St.

Dean of Library School.

Lecturer on Library Architecture and Administration.

Adelbert Coll., 1870-71 : Univ. of Michigan Medical Coll., 1868-69 :
Librarian Cleveland Public Library, 1884 — ; Dean of Western Reserve
University Library School, 1903 —

Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery,

United States Naval Acad., 1881 : M. D., The Medical Coll.. West-
ern Reserve Univ., 1886; Lecturer on Minor Surgery, Medical Depart-
ment of Wooster Univ., 1887-88 ; Berlin, Vienna, Paris. 1888-89 ; Pro-
fessor of Principles of Surgery, Wooster Univ., 1890-94 ; Professor of
the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery In Medical College, Wes-
tern Reserve University, 1894 —

Alfred G. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Streator A v.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice.

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan Univ., 1873; A. M., 1876; LL. B., Univ. of
Michigan, 1876; Professor of Law of Contracts, Western Reserve
University, 1896-1902; Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice^
1902—

Henry Bardwell Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Professor of the Law of Agency and Bills and Notes.

A. B.. Oberlin, 1885; LL. B., Harvard Univ.. 1890; Professor of
the Law of Agency, Western Reserve University, 1897 —

William T. Corlett, M. D., L. R. C. P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.
Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology.

M. D., Wooster Univ.. 1877 ; L. R. C. P., London, 1882 ; Professor
or Dermatology and Syphilology, Western Reserve University. 1893 —

George W. Crile, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington Av.

Professor of Clinical Surgery.

A. B.. Ohio Normal Univ., 1882 ; A. B., Wooster Univ., 1887 ; M. D.,
1887 ; Student in New York. Vienna and London, 1887-95 : Professor of
Physiology and Surgery. Wooster Medical Coll., 1897-1900; Ph. D..
Hiram Coll.. 1899 : Professor of Clinical Surgery, Western Reserve
University, 1900—

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy.

A. B.. Hamilton Coll.. 1880: B. D., Union Theological Seminary,
1883; A. M.. Hamilton Coll.. 1883: Pastor at Hastlngs-on-Hudson and
at Cleveland. 1883-88 : Univ. of Leipslc. 1888-91 ; Ph. D., 1890 ; Profes-
sor of Philosophy, Adelbert College, 1891 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lO FACULTY AND OFFICBRS ['903-I904

Hevry Platt Gushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology,

Ph. B.. Cornell Univ.. 1882 ; Cornell Univ.. 1882-83 : School of
Mines, Columbia Coll., 1883-84; Coraell Univ.. 1884-85: M. S., 1885;
(nstractor In Geology. Chemistry and Physics. State Normal School.
Mankato. Minn., 1885-91; Univ. of Munich. 1891-92: Instructor in
Geology and Chemistrv. College for Women. 1892-93 : Associate Profes-
sor o< Geology, 1898-95; Professor of Geology, 1895 —

Edward Fitch Gushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children.
Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1883 ; M. D.. Harvard Univ., 1888 : Professor
of the Diseases of Children, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

John E. Darby, A. M., M. D., Doan St. and Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics.
A. B.. Williams Coll.. 1858 ; A. M.. 1861 ; M. D., Western Reserve
Univ.. 1861 ; Professor of Materia Medlca and Therapeutics, Western
Reserve University, 1867 —

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature.
Dean of the Graduate School.
Centre Coll.. 1879-80; Vanderbilt Univ.. 1880-85; A. B., 1884;
A. M.. 1885: Instructor In German, Vanderbilt Univ.. 1886-86: Univ.
of Leipsic, 1886-89 : Ph. D.. 1889 ; Adjunct Professor of Germanic Lan<
guages and Literature, Vanderbilt Univ., 1889-92 ; Professor of Ger-
manic Languages and Literature, College for Women, 1892 —

Oliver Farrar Emerson. Ph. D.. 50 Wilbur St.

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.
A. B., Iowa Coll., 1882 ; A. M., 1885 : Superintendent of Schools.
Grinnell, la., 1882-84 : Muscatine. la.. 1884-85 ; Principal of the Academy
of Iowa Coll., 1885-88 ; Goodwin Smith Fellow in English, Cornell Univ..
1888-89; Instructor in English, Cornell Univ.. 1889-91; Ph. D.. 1891;
Assistant Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology. 1892-96: Pro-
fessor of Rhetoric and English Philology. Adelbert College, 1896 —

Harold North Fowler, Ph D., (Absent for the year.)

Clark Professor of Greek.
A. B., Harvard Coll.. 1880 ; Classical Master in Marston's Univer-
sity School, Baltimore, 1880-82 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1880-81 ; Ameri-
can School of Classical Studies In Athens. 1882-83; Univ. of Berlin,
1883-84; Univ. of Bonn.. 1884-85; Ph. D. 1885; Instructor in Greek,
Latin, and Archeology, Harvard Coll., 1885-88: Intructor in Latin.
Phillips Exeter Acad.. 1888-90; Professor of Latin. Phillips Exeter
Acad., 1890-92 ; Professor of Greek. Univ. of Texas, 1892-93 ; Professor
of Greek, College for Women, 1893 —

Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek.

A. B., Dartmouth Coll.. 1885: A. M., 1888; Univ. of Leipsic. 1885

87 ; Univ. of Erlangen, 1887-88 ; Ph. D.. 1888 : Instructor in Latin and

French. Adelbert Coll.. 1889-90 : Professor of Greek. College for Women,

1890-98; Professor of Greek. Adelbert College. 1893 —

Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law of Crimes, Criminal Procedure, and Damages.
A B., Oberlln Coll., 1878; Professor of the Law of Crimes and
Damages, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II

Carl A. Hamann^ M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy.
M. D., Univ. of Pennaylyanla, 1890; Demonstrator of Anatomy,
Univ. of Pennaylyanla. 1890-93; ProfesBor of Anatomy, Western
Reserve Unlyerslty, 1803 —

Charles Harris, Ph. D., 787 N. Logan Av.

Professor of German,
A. B., Indiana Unly., 1879; Ph. D., Unly. of Lelpslc, 1883; In-
structor In German, Academic Department of Vlncennes Unly., 1888-86 ;
Professor of French and German, Southern Illinois State Normal School.
1886-88; Professor of German, Oberlln Coll., 1888-93; Professor of
German, Adelbert College, 1893 —

Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc. (Absent on Leave.)

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection.

A. a. Dartmouth Coll., 1881 ; Ph. D., Johns Hopkins Unly., 1888 ;
D. Sc, Western Unly. of PennsyWanla, 1897: Insiractor In Biology,
Adelbert College, 1888-91; Professor of Biology, 1891 —

Francis Rufus Herrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts.
a. B., Yale Unly., 1888; Professor of Law of Torts, Western Re-
serve University, 1897 —

Charles F. Hoover, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building

Professor of Physical Diagnosis.
A. B., Haryard Univ., 1890; M. D., 1892; Professor of Physical
Diagnosis, Western Reserve University, 1895 —

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts and Equity Jurisdiction,
Dean of the Law School.
A. B.. Adelbert Coll.. 1889 ; I^. B , Harvard Univ., 1892 ; Professor
of Law of Contracts and Equity Jurisdiction and Dean of Law School,
Western Reserve University, 1892 —

William T. Howard, Jr., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathdlogy, Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology,

Univ. of Virginia, 1885-87 ; M. D., Unly. of Maryland. 1889 ; Johns
Hopkins Univ., 1889-94 ; Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology,
Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Paul Howland, A. M., LL. B., Huron Terrace.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Partnership,

A. B., Oberlln Coll., 1884: A. M., 1894: LL. B., Harvard Univ.,
1890; Professor of Law of Pleading and Practice, and Partnership,
Western Reserye University, 1896 —

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English.

A. B.. Vanderbllt Unly., 1890; Assistant In Greek, 1889-90: Univ.
of Lelpslc, 1891-92 ; Univ. of Jena, 1892-93 : Univ. of Freiburg, 1893-94 ;
Ph. D.. 1894; Instructor In German, Adelbert College, 1894-96: Asso-
ciate Professor of English, College for Women, 1896-1900; Professor of
English, 1900—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

12 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

Homer Hosea Johnson, A. M., LI* B., Overlook Road.

Professor of Constitutional Law.

A. B., Oberlin Coll.. 1885; A. M^ LL. B.. Haryard Uniy., 1888;
Professor of the Law of Trusts and Constitutional Law, Western Re
serve University, 1893 —

James Lawrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

Professor of the Law of Public and Private Corporations.

A. B., Kenyon Coll., 1871 ; Professor of the Law of Pablic and
Private Corporations, Western Reserve University, 1896 —

John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.

A. B.. Connecticut Wesleyan Univ.. 1871: A. M., 1874: M. D.,
Wooster Medical Coll., 1873 ; M. D., Coll. of Physicians and Surgeons,
New York, 1876; Professor of Medicine, Western Reserve University,
1881—

John James R. Macleod, M. B. (Aberd.), D. P. H. (Camb.),

Professor of Physiology, 54 Collins Place.

M. B.. Ch. B., Aberdeen Univ., 1898 ; Anderson Fellow, Aberdeen
Univ., 1898-1900; Demonstrator in Physiology, London Hospital, 1900-
1903 ; Macklnnon Research Student, Royal Society. 1902-1908 ; D. P. H.
(Camb.), 1902; Lecturer is Blo-Chemistry, London Hospital, 1902;
Professor of Physiology, Western Reserve university, 1903 —

Benjamin L. Milukin, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St.

Professor of Ophthalmology,

Dean of the Medical College.

A. B., Allegheny Coll.. 1874; A. M., 1877; M. D., Univ. of Penn-
sylvania, 1879; Ophthalmic Surgeon Charity Hospital. 1884; Lakeside
Hospital, 1893 ; Professor of Ophthalmology, Western Reserve Univ..
1894 — ; Dean of Medical College, Western Reserve University, 1900 —

Edward Williams Mori,ey, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.

Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.

A, B., Williams Coll., 1860 : A. M., 1863 ; M. D., Cleveland Medical
Coll., 1877; Ph. D., Wooster Univ., 1879; LL. D.. Western Reserve
Univ., 1891 ; Williams Coll.. 1901 ; Professor of Chemistry. Western
Reserve College and Adelbert College, 1869 —

Anna Helene Palmi^, Ph. B., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of Mathematics.

Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1890; Fellow in Mathematics. 1890-91; In-
structor in Mathematics and German, College for the Training of
Teachers, New York City, 1891-92; Instructor in Mathematics. College
for Women, 1892-93; Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1893-95;
Professor of Mathematics, 1896 —

Charles Eluott Pennewell, 1254 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Real Property.

Professor of the Law of Real Property, Western Reserve University,
1892 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 3

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St

Woods Professor of Latin.
A. B., Vassar Coll., 1879; Instructor in Classics. Central High
School, Cleveland, 1879-92; Associate Professor of Latin. College foi
Women, 1892-93; Professor of Latin, 1893 —

Herman Clifford Kenyon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Professor of Operative Technique and Dental Anatomy.
D. D. S., Western Reserve University. 1898 ; Demonstrator of Pros-
thetic Dentistry, 1898-1901 ; Instructor of Prosthetic and Operative
Technique, and Lecturer on Dental Anatomy 1901-1903 ; Professor of
Operative Technique and Dental Anatomy, 1908 —

John William Perrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Haydn Professor of History.
Ph. B., Illinois Wesleyan Univ., 1887 ; Assistant Principal of High
School, Danville, 111.. 1887-88; Superintendent of Schools. Petersburg,
111., 1888-89 ; A. M.. Wabash Coll., 1889 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1890-92 :
Univ. of Chicago. 1892-93 ; Professor of History and Political Economy,
Wisconsin State Normal School, Plattevllle, Wis., 1893-94 ; Ph. D., Univ.
of Chicagc, 1896; Professor of History and Politics. Allegheny Coll.,
1895-98; Professor of History, Adelbert College, 1898 —

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.

Secretary of the Faculty of Adelbert College.

A. B.. Yale Coll., 1883; Ph. D.. 1885; Instructor in Latin and
French, Adelbert Coll.. 1885-90 ; Assistant Professor of Latlur Adelbert
Coll., 1890-92; Professor of Latin. Adelbert College. 1892—

Lemuel Stoughton Potwin, A. M., D. D., 389 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature.
A. B., Yale Coll.. 1854 ; A. M., 1857 ; Tutor In Yale, 1858-80 ; D. D.,
1886; Professor of Latin, Western Reserve Coll. and Adelbert College,
1871-92; Professor of the English Language and Literature, 1892 —

Hunter H. Powell, A. M., M. D., 467 Prospect St

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics.
M. D.. Virginia Medical Coll., 1867 ; A. M., Western Reserve Univ.,
1894 ; Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics. Western Reserve Univer
slty, 1875^; Dean of Medical College, 1895-1900.

Weston A. Valleau Price, D. D. S., M. E., 2238 Euclid Av.

Professor of Applied Electricity.
D. D. S.. Univ. of Mich., 1893 ; Demonstrator, Blectro-Therapeutics
and Enect. Appliances, Western Reserve Univ.. 1897; Lecturer. 1901-
1908 ; Professor of Applied Electricity, 1903—

Hunter Robb, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Gynecology.
A. B., Univ. of Pennsylvania. 1880; M. D., 1884; House Staff,
Presbyterian Hospital, Philadelphia. 1885: Episcopal Hospital, 1886 ;
Assistant Surgeon, Kensington Hospital, 1887; Vienna, Berlin. Prague,
Lelpslc, Paris, London, 1888-89; Associate Professor of Gynecology,
Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1889-94; Professor of Gynecology, Western Re-
serve University, 1894 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

14 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

John P. Sawyer^ A. M., M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1883: A. M., M. D., Western Reserve Unly.,
1886; Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine. Western Reserve
University, 1889 —

Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert Sc.

Professor of Mathematics.

A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1870; A. M., 1873; Professor of
Mathematics and Perkins Professor of Natural Philosophy and Astron-
omy, Western Reserve Coll., 1870-82 ; Professor of Mathematics, Adel-
bert College, 1882 —

Arthur Adelbert Stearns, A M., 87 Oakdale St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage.
A. B., iuchtel Coll.. 1879 : A. M., 1883 ; Professor of Law of Surety-
ship and Mortgage, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., 1527 Euclid Av.

Professor of Bacteriology and Assistant in Pathology.

A. B., Union Coll., 1893; A. B.. Harvard Univ., 1894: M. D.. Johns
Hopkins Univ., 1898; Resident Pathologist, Lakeside Hospital. 1898-
1901 ; Demonstrator of Pathology, Western Reserve Univ., 1899-1901 ;
Fellow in Research of the Rockefeller Institute, 1901-2 ; Lecturer in
Bacteriology, 1901 ; Professor of Bacteriology, The Dental College.
1903—

Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Professor of Neurology.

A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1880: M. D., Coll. of Physicians and
Surgeons, New York, 1884 ; Staff of Roosevelt Hospital, New York,
1885-86; Berlin and Heidelberg, 1886-87; Professor of Neurology. West-
ern Reserve University, 1893 —

John William Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Dental Medicine.

Adelbert Coll.. 1885-87 : D. D. S., New York Coll. of Dentistry. 1890:
Lecturer on Materia Medlca and Dental Therapeutics, Western Reserve
University, 1892-96; Professor of Dental Medicine, 1896 —

Henry Clay White, B. L., A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Lazv of Wills and Estates.

B. L., Univ. of Michigan. 1862 : A. M.. Hiram Coll., 1891 ; Probate
Judge of Cuyahoga Co., 1888 — : Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
Cleveland Homeopathic Medical Coll., 1891 ; Professor of Testamentary
Law and Probate Procedure. Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc. 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

Dean of Adelbert College.

A. B., Brown Univ., 1874; A. M.. 1877: D. Sc. 1900: Brown Univ.,
Massachusetts Inst, of Technology, 1879: Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1879-
80 ; Professor of Physics. Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst., 1880-85 : Pro-
fesor of Physics, Adelbert College. 1885 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 5

Will Henry Whitslar, M. D., D. D. S., 700 Schoficld Bldg.

Professor of Pathology.

Secretary of the Dental College.

D. D. S., UniT. of Michigan, 1885; M. D., Rush Medical Coll.. 1886;
Profeuor of Dental Anatomy and Pathology and Secretary of the Dental
College of Western Reserve University, 1892 —

Frank Beverly Wiluams, A. M., LL. B., 59 The Morris.

Professor of the Law of Evidence and Trusts.

A. B., Harvard Univ., 1888: Instructor in Political Economy and
Assistant in American History, 1880-00: A. M., 1890; Traveling Fellow,
1890-92; Instructor is Roman Law, 1802-97: LL. B.. 1895: Assistant
Professor of Law, 1897-98 ; Professor of the Law of Evidence, Personal
Property and Trusts in Western Reserve University, 1899 —

George Henry Wilson, D. D. S., 701 Schoficld Bldg.

Professor of Prosthesis and Metallurgy, and Superintendent of

Laboratories and Clinics.

D. D. S., Univ. of Michigan, 1878; Professor of Prosthetics and
Metallurgy, Western Reserve University. 1892 —

Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 269 Cedar Av.

Professor of Clinical Prosthetic Dentistry.

D. D. S., Western Reserve University Dental College, 1899 ; Demon-
strator of Operative Dentistry, 1900-1903 ; Professor of Clinical Pros-
thetic Dentistry, 1908—

Daniel Hendrix Ziegler, D. D. S., 726 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry.

D. D. S., Western Reserve Univ.. 1809 ; Demonstrator in Operative
Dentistry, Dental College of Western Reserve University, 1899-1902;
Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry, 1902 —

John Dickerman, A. B., i957 Doan St.

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Registrar.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891; Instructor in Mathematics, Western
Reserve Acad., 1891-94; Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1894-95; Chamberlin
Observatory, Denver Univ., 1895-96; Univ. of Chicago, 1896-97; In-
structor in Mathematics, Adelbert College. 1897-1903; Assistant Prp-
fessor of Mathematics, 1903 —

Hippolyte Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

A. B., Yale Coll., 1891 ; Ph. D.. 1893 ; Instructor in Chemistry and

Physics, Hill School, Pottstown, Pa., 1893-94 : Univ. of Munich. 1894-

95; Instructor In Chemistry, Adelbert Coll., 1895—; Associate Professor

of Chemistry, College for Women, 1898—

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 95 Mayfield St.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.
A. B.. Adelbert Coll., 1896; Auburn Theological Sem., 1896-99:
Diploma. 1899; Instructor in Biblical Literature. College for Women,
189i9-1903; Associate Professor of Biblical Literature, 1903 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

Willis S. Hobson, A. B., M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Histology.
A. B., Harvard Univ.. 1896; M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1898;
Assistant in Medicine. Lakeside Hospital Dispensary. Assistant Profes-
sor of Histology, Western Reserve Dental College, 1903 —

William H. Humiston, M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Associate Professor of Gynecology,
M. D.. Long Island College Hospital, 1879 ; Associate Professor of
Gynecology, Medical Department of Western Reserve University, 1895 —

John M. Ingersoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891 : A. M., 1896; M. D., Medical ColL. West-
ern Reserve Univ., 1893: House Staff Cleveland City Hospital, 1894;
Universities of Vienna, Berlin and London. 1894-96; Lecturer on Otol-
ogy. Rhinology and Laryngology. Western Reserve University. 1896-
1003; Assistant Professor of Otology. Rhinology and Laryngology,
iocs-
William R. Lincoln, M. D., 210 Lennox Building.
Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

M. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1888 ; Lecturer on Otology, Rhinology
and Laryngology, Western Reserve University, 1896-1903 ; Assistant
Professor or Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, 1903 —

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 43 Spangler Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.

A. B., Columbia, 1893 ; Univ. of Jena, 1893-94 : General Theological
Seminary. New York. 1804-05: Columbia, 1895-07; Halle' and Bonn,
1807-08: Ph. D.. Bonn. 1808; Assistant in Philosophy. Columbia, 1898-
99 ; Instructor in Philosophy, Adelbert College, 1899-1903 ; Assistant
Professor of Philosophy, 1903 —

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., The Somerset, Billings Av.
Assistant Professor of German.

B. L., Adelbert Coll., 1893: Univ. of Leipsic. 1893-94; Univ. of
Heidelberg. 1804-06; Ph. D., 1896; Instructor in German, Western
Reserve Univ.. 1800-99 ; Instructor in German. Adelbert College, 1899
1002 ; Assistant Professor of German. 1902 —

Allen Dudley Severance, A. ^L, B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History.
A. B.. Amherst Coll., 1880; A. M., 1896; Oberlln Theological Sem..
1890-02 ; B. D.. Hartford Theological Sem., 1803 ; Universities of Halle.
Berlin, and at Paris, 1803-97: B. D.. Oberlln Theological Sem.. 1896;
Assistant in History, College for Women. 1897-1900 ; Instructor in His-
torical Bibliography. 1001-1002; Associate Professor of Church History,
Adelbert College. 1002 —

ToRALD Sollmann, M. D., 102 Handy St.

Associate Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica.
M. D.. Western Reserve Univ., 1896; Lecturer on Pharmacology,
Western Reserve University, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor of Pharma-
cology and Materia Medica, 1901-03 ; Associate Professor, 1903 —

John Shell Tierney, M. D., 532 Rose Building.

Assistant Professor of Anatomy.

M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1897 ; Demonstrator of Anatomy,
Medical College, 1901 ; Assistant Professor of Anatomy. The Dental
College, 1908—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 7

OuN Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

A. B., Wesleyan Univ., 1892 ; A. M., 1898 ; AasUtant in Chemistry.
Wesleyan Univ., 1893-94 ; Univ. of Leipslc. 1894-96 ; Ph. D.. 1895 ; As-
sistant Chemist In Nutrition InyestUations, Department of Agriculture,
1895-98; Assistant in Chemistry, Wesleyan Univ., 1896-98 ; Instructor
in Chemistry, Adelbert College, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor, Adalbert
College, 1901—

Frederick C. Waite, A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard), 77 Hillburn Av.
Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology.

B. L., Adelbert Coll.. 1892; A. M.. Western Reserve Univ., 1894;
A. M.. Harvard Univ., 1896 ; Ph. D.. 1898 ; Assistant in Biology, Adelbert
Coll.. 1892-95 ; Assistant In Zoology, Harvard Univ.. 1897-98 : Instructor
In Biology, Peter Cooper High School, New York City, 1898-1900; In-
structor in Biology, New York Univ., 1899-1900 ; Assistant In Anatomy,
Rush Medical Coll., of the Univ. of Chicago, 1900-1901 ; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Histology and Embryology, Western Reserve University. 1901 —

William Hawksley Weir, M. D., C. M., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Physiology.
M. D.. C. M.. Trinity Univ. (Toronto), 1896; Home Surgeon,
Toronto General Hospital. 1896-97 ; Resident Gynecologist, Lakeside
Hospital, 1898-1900; Assistant Vlsitinflf Gynecologist, 1899-1900; Stu-
dent at Prague, Vienna, etc., 1900-1901 ; Instructor in Gynecology,
Western Reserve University. 1899 ; Assistant Professor of Physiology.
The Dental College, 1903 —

Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D., The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av.

Instructor in History.

A. B., Campbell Coll., Kansas. 1895 ; Principal High School, Hol-
ton. Kan., 1895-97 ; Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1897-98 ; Instructor In His-
tory, High School, Lafayette, Ind., 1898-1901 ; Scholar, Johns Hop-
kins Univ., 1901 ; Fellow in Hlstonr. 1902 ; Assistant in History,
1902-03 ; Ph. D., 1903 ; Instructor in History, Adelbert College, 1903—

Claren'ce Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Instructor in Latin and Greek.
A B., Adelbert Coll., 1894: A. M., 1895; A. M., Harvard Univ.,
1896; Ph. D., 1898; Instructor In Latin, Adelbert College, 1898—

Joseph Leopold Borgerhoff, A. M., The Aubum, 3020 Euclid Av.
Instructor in Romance Languages.
Graduate of the Royal Normal School, Bruges (Belgium). 1889;
Univ. of Brussels, 1889-91 : Fellow and Assistant in Romance
Languages, Vanderbilt Univ., 1900-01 ; A. M., 1901 ; Assistant in Oer^
man, Univ. of Wisconsin, 1901-02 ; Fellow m Romance Languages and
Instructor in Spanish, Univ. of Chicago. 1902-03 ; Assistant In Ro-
mance Languages, Summer Session. 1903 ; Instructor In Romance
Languages, College for Women, 1903 —

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New, Amsterdam.

Instructor in Surgery.
A. B., Oberlln Coll., 1893; A. M., 1897: M. D.. Harvard Univ.,
1897 ; Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston. 1897-98 ; Resident Sur-
geon, Lakeside Hospital. 1899-1900 : Assistant In Surgery. Western
Reserve University. 1899-1900; Demonstrator in Surgery, 1900-1903;
Instructor in Surgery, 1903 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 8 FACUI.TY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

William Dinsmore Briggs, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Instrucior in English.

A. B., Stanford Univ.. 1896; A. M., Harvard Unly., 1899; Ph. D.,
1900 ; Instructor In English and German. Univ. of Vermont. 1900-01 ;
Instructor In English. Adelbert College, 1901 —

Mary George Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.

Sargent Normal School of Gymnastics, 1900; Instructor In His-
tology, Sargent Normal School. 1900-1901 ; Instructor in Hlstoloffr, Hem-
enway Gymnasium. Harvard Univ., summer 1901 ; Instructor in Physical
Training, College for Women, 1901 —

Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

Frank Macmillan Cobb, A. B., LL. B., 2509 Euclid Av.

Instructor of the Law of Agency.

A. B., Yale Univ., 1897 ; LL. B., Western Reserve Univ.. 1899 ; In-
structor in the Law of Agency, Western Reserve University. 1908 —

Esther Crawford, B. L., 466 Franklin A v.

Instructor in Classification and Cataloguing.

B. L., Iowa State Coll. (Ames.). 1887; Cataloguer, Iowa State
Coll. Library, 1888-91 ; Student, New Yorls State Library School, 1889-
90, 1895-96; Cataloguer Sioux City (la.) Library, 1892-93; Librarian.
1893-95 ; Head Cataloguer and Assistant in Training Class, Dayton
(O.) Public Library, 1896-1901; Assistant Librarian Adelbert Coll.
Library, 1901-1903 ; Instructor in Library Science, Cleveland City Nor-
mal School, 1903 ; School Reference Librarian and Instructor of Train-
ing Class, 1003-1904 : Chief Instructor in Summer Schools for Librar-
ians, Cleveland Public Library, 1898-1900; Iowa State Univ.. 1901-
1904; Instructor in Cataloguing and Classification, Library School.
Western Reserve University, 1904r —

Linda Anne Eastman, 798 Republic St.

Instructor in Library Extension and Supervision, Reports and

Statistics.
Assistant Cleveland Public Library. 1892-95 ; Assistant Librarian
and Cataloguer. Dayton (O.) Public Library, 1895-96; Vice- Librarian,
Cleveland Public Library. 1806^ — ; Lecturer and Instructor, Library
School. Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Adelaide Frances Evans,

Secretary of the Library School.

Graduate Pratt Institute Library School, 1892 ; Pratt Institute Free
Library. 1902-1903 : Marietta Coll. Library. 1903-1904 : Secretary and
Reviser, Library School, Western Reserve University. 1904 —

Clayton King Fauver, Ph. B., LL. B., 727 Case A v.

Instructor in Torts and History of Procedure, and in charge of Re-
view Work.

Ph. B., Oberlin Coll., 1897 : Western Reserve University. 1897-1900 ;
LL B., 1900 ; Lecturer and Instructor, Western Reserve University,
1901—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I9

James Albert Ford, A. M., LL. B., 126 Ingleside A v.

Instructor of the Law of Personal Property and Pleading.

A. B.. Adelbert Coll., 1891 ; A. M., Harvard Univ., 1892 ; LL. B.,
Harvard Univ., 1894 ; Instructor In the Law of Personal Property and
Pleading, Western Reserve University, 1903 —

Frederick William Green, LL. B., Rice Av., Newburgh.

Instructor in Sales.
LL. B., Western Reserve Univ., 1896; Lecturer in Western Reserve
University, 1897—

Carl Byron James, B. S., South Euclid, O.

Instructor in Biology.

B. S., Baldwin Univ., 1894 ; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1894-96 ; German
Wallace Coll., 1895-96; Assistant in Biological Laboratory, Adelbert
Coll.. 1896-1902; Instructor in Biology. College for Women, 1902-f^

WiNFRED George Leutner, A. B., 137 Arlington St.

Instructor in Greek.
A. B., Adelbert College, 1901; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1901-03;
apnointed Fellow in Gr^ek, 1903 ; Instructor in Greek. Adelbert College,

Margaret Mann, Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Instructor in Public Documents.
Graduate Armour Institute Library School, 1895 ; Assistant Li-
brarian and Instructor in Library Economy, 1895-1903: Chief Cata-
loguer in Carnegie Library, Pittsburg. 1903 — ; Instructor in Public
Documents, Library School, Western Reserve University, 1904 —

John Mills, A. B., 81 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics.

A. B., Univ. of Chicago, 1901 ; Fellow in Physics, Univ. of Chicago,
1901-1902 ; Fellow In Physics, Univ. of Nebraska, 1902-1903 ; Instructor
in Physics, Univ. of Cincinnati, 1903 ; Instructor in Physics, Adelbert
College, 1903—

Clara Louise Myers, Ph. B., 95 Mayfield St.

Instructor in English.

B. S., Ohio Normal Univ., 1887 ; Assistant in High School. Fen-
ton. Mich., 1887-90; Principal of High School, New Philadelphia, C,
1890-91 ; Instructor In Ohio Normal Univ., 1891-94 ; Cornell Univ.,
1894-96; Ph. B., 1896; Instructor in Ohio Normal Univ., 1896-97;
Principal of High School, New Philadelphia, O., 1898-99; Univ. of
Chicago, 1899-1900: Assistant in English Literature, Cornell Univ.,
1900-1901 ; Univ. of Chicago, 1901-02 ; Instructor in English, College
for Women. 1903 —

Euphemia Louise Power, 785 Eddy Road, Glenville.

Instructor in Work with Children.
Assistant Cleveland Public Library, 1805-98 : Cleveland Summer
School, 1898; Children's Librarian, 1898-1902: Student and Instructor,
Training School for Children's Librarians, Carnegie Library, Pittsburg,
1902-1903 ; Supervisor Children's Work, Cleveland Public Library, 1903 ;
Instructor in Library Science and Juvenile Literature. Cleveland City
Normal School. 1903-1904 : Instructor In Children's Work, Library
School, Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

20 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

Charles William Prentiss, Ph. D., tj Hillbum Av.

Instructor in Biology.

A. B., Middlebury Coll., 1896 ; A. M.. 1897 ; A. M.. Harvard Unly..
1898; Ph. D., 1900; Assistant In Zoology, Harvard Univ., 1898-1900;
Inatructor In Anatomy, 1900-01 : Traveling Fellow, at Universities of
Freiburg and Strassburg. 1901-03: Instructor in Biology. Adelbert Col-
lege, 1903 —

William Spence Robertson, Ph. D., 24 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in History.

B. L., Univ. of Wisconsin, 1899 ; M. L., Univ. of Wisconsin. 1900 :
Graduate Scholar in American History, Univ. of Wisconsin, 1900-1901 ;
Bulkley Fellow in American History, Yale Univ.. 1901-1903; Ph. D.,
Yale Univ., 1903; Instructor in History. College for Women, 1908 —

Edward von den Steinen, 883 Central Av.

Instructor in Physical Training and Director of Gymnasium.
Springfield (Mass.) Training School, 1900: Physical Director,
Northampton Y. M. C. A., 1899-1900: Cumberland (Md.) Y. M. C, A,.
1900-01 ; Instructor in Physical Training and Director of Gymnasium,
Univ. of North Carolina, 1901-1903 ; Assistant Instructor In Heavy
Gymnastics, Harvard Summer School of Physical Training. 1903; In-
structor In Physical Training and Director of Gymnasium, Adelbert
College. 1903—

Julia Margaret Whittlesey, B. L., B. L. S., 27 Oakdale St.

Instructor in Order and Accession Records, Duplicates and Gifts,

Serials, Loan Systems.

B. L., Lake Erie Coll.. 1899; Assistant Cleveland Public Library.
1900-1901 ; Albany Library School. 1901-1903 : B. L. S.. 1903 : Instructor
in Library Science, Simmons Coll.. 1903-1904; Instructor, Library
School, Western Reserve University. 1904 —

RoLLix Abbott Wilbur, LL. B., 820 Fairmount St.

hvstructor in Contracts and Carriers.
Student, Western Reserve Univ. Law School, 1899-1900 ; Harvard
Univ. Law School. 1900-1902 : LL. B.. 1902 : Lecturer on Contracts and
Carriers. Western Reserve University, 1902 —

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L. 71 Elberon St., E. Cleveland.
Instructor in Trade and National Bibliography.. .Order Department.
Reference Work.
B. L.. Adelbert Coll.. 1892: Librarian Adelbert Coll.. 1894 — ; Stu-
dent. Albany Library School. 1899-1900 : Instructor in Bibliography and
Reference Work, Library School. Western Reserve University. 1904 —

Grace Elstner Woodward, B. Pd., Ann Arbor, Mich.

Instructor in Bookbinding.

B. Pd.. Graduate Michigan Normal Coll.. 1892 ; Assistant Michigan
Normal Coll.. 1892-1900: Assistant In Law Library. Univ. of Michigan.
1900 : Instructor in Bookbinding. Library School, Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1904 —

Allyn Abbott Voung, Ph. D., 18 Adelbert HalL

Instructor in Economics.

Ph. B.. Hiram College. 1804 : Univ. of Wisconsin. 1898-99 ; Statisti-
cian, U. S. Census Office. 1899-1900: Fellow in Economics. Univ. of
Wisconsin. 1900-1901 : Assistant In Economics, 1901-1902: Ph. D.. Univ.
of Wisconsin. 1902: Instructor in Economics, Adelbert College and the
College for Women. 1902 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 21

Henry A. Becker^ M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Lecturer on Fractions and Dislocations.

Adelbert Coll.. 1891-93; Western Reserve Medical Coll.. 1891-94:
M. D.. 1894; Demonstrator of Surgical Appliances. 1898-1908; Lec-
turer on Fractions and Dislocations, Western Reserve Medical College,
1908—

Harriet Bardwell Chapman, A. B., M. D., 810 Rose Bldg.

Lecturer on Hygiene, College for Women.

A. B.. Wellesley Coll.. 1893 ; M. D., Cleveland Medical Coll.. 1896 ;
Clinical Assistant. Eye and Ear Department. Good Samaritan Dispen-
sary. 1897 ; Lecturer on Hygiene, College for Women. 1900 —

Electra Collins Doren, Dayton, Ohio.

Lecturer on Assistance to Readers.
Librarian of Dayton Public Library, 1896 —

Frederick Augustus Henry, A. M., LL. B., Williamson Bldg

Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence.

A. B., Hiram Coll., 1888 ; A. M., LL. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1891 ;
Professor of Law of Torts, Western Reserve University, 1894-1899;
Lecturer of Dental Jurisprudence, 1899 —

Louis W. Ladd, a. B., M. D., The Montana, Hayward and Prospect.

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Miscroscopy.

A. B., Yale Univ., 1895; Johns Hopkins Univ.. 1896-99; M. D..
1899; Assistant Resident Physician, Johns Hoplcins Univ. Hospital,
1899-1900 : Resident Physician. Lakeside Hospital. 1900-01 ; Lecturer in
Clinical Microscopy. Western Reserve University, 1901 —

Charles Orr^ 1662 Lamont St

Lecturer on History of Libraries. Book Clubs and Book Collecting.
Librarian of Case Library. 1888 — ; Lecturer in the Library School,
Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Harold Remington^ A. B., 425 Rosedale Av.

Lecturer on the Law of Bankruptcy.
A. B.. Univ. of Michigan, 1888 : Law School and Georgetown Univ.,
1888-90 ; Lecturer on Bankruptcy, Western Reserve University, 1903—

AzARiAH Smith Root, A. M., Oberlin, Ohio.

Lecturer on Book Printing and Illustrating.
A. B., Oberlin Coll., 1884; A. M., Oberlin Coll.. 1887; Student,
Boston Univ. Law School, 1884-85 ; Cataloguer, Oberlin Coll. Library,
1885-86 ; Student, Harvard Univ. Law School, 1886-87 ; Librarian, Ober-
lin Coll., 1887—; Student, Univ. of Gottlngen, 1898-99; Professor of
Bibliography, Oberlin College, 1890 —

Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Demonstrator of Ophthalmology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

22 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

Edward P. Carter, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Frank S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 621 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

Percy W. Cobb, B. S., M. D., 743 Republic St.

Demonstrator of Physiology.

John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., 207 Osborn Building.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

David H. Dolley, A. B., M. D., Lakeside Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology at Lakeside Hospital.

Robert A. Hatcher, Ph. G., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of Pharmacology and Materia Medica.

Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Wm. E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Carlyle Pope, M. D., 855 Rose Building.

Demonstrator in Diseases of Children.

William Gilbert Povey, A. B., M. D... 693 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Oscar Schulz, A. B., M. D., Charity Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Clarence D. Selby, M. D., St. Alexis Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

John A. Sipher, A. B., M. D., Suite 7, The Radcliffe.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

Frank Leslie Smith, D. D. S., Denver. Colo.

Demonstrator of Orthodontia.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 23

Hubert L. Spence, M. D., 512 New England Building.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases.

Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M, D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

John J. Thomas, A. B., M. D., 665 Hough Av.

Demonstrator in Diseases of Children.

Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Harrison G. Wagner, M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis.

W. H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Charles Dickens Williams, M. D., 717 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Wm. B. Chamberlin, a. B.. M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Throaty Nose and Ear.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, A. M., 894 Case Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory.

John Dickenson, Jr., M. D., 205 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Surgery.

Walter Thomas Dunmore, A. B., 225 Sircator .^v.

Assistant in English.

I. A. Elson, M. D., 481 Wade Park Av.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear.

Charles M. Hole, M. D., 300 Cedar A v.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilology.

Fanny C. Hutchins, M. D., 373 Jennings Av.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases.

Nina May Roberts, A. M., 30 Sayles St.

Assistant in English.

William E. Shackleton, M. D., 605 The Osbom.

Assistant in Ophthalmology.

Charles C. Stuart, M. D., 416 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology.

Justin Minor Waugh, M. D., 44 Knowles St.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

24 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1903-I904

LECTURERS IN YEAR 1902-1903.

George Adam Smith, Glasgow, Scotland.

Lecturer on "The Prophet Jeremiah."

Albert Gehring, A. M., Cleveland.

Lecturer on "Reflections of Personality in Music."

John Bach McM aster. Ph. D., Litt. D., LL. D.,

University of Pennsylvania.
Lecturer on "Acquisition of Political, Social and Industrial
Rights of Man in America." Under the auspices of the
Western Reserve Chapter Daughters of the Ameri-
can Revolution.

OTHER OFFICERS.

Harry A. Haring, A. B., 78 Cornell St.

Treasurer.

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 71 Elberon Av., E. Clevel'd.

Librarian,

Edith Leona Eastman, 161 Avondale Av., Glenvillc.

Assistant in the Library.

Anna Louise MacIntyre, A. B., 136 Sawtell Av.

Librarian, College for Women.

Francis L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles Av.

Librarian of the Laiv School.

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., 4132 Euclid A v., East Cleveland.
Registrar College for Women.

Thos. J. Taylor, M. D., 2153 Superior St.

Clerk of Medical College.

Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemistress, Guilford House.

Ls ADORE Heydenburk, Houscmistress, Haydn Hall.

Jessie Boggs, A. M., M. D., 1257 Euclid Av.

Medical Examiner College for Women.

STANDING COMMITTEES

i. committee on the library.
Professors Bourne, Curtis, Emerson, Platner * Whitman.

II. committee on athletics.

Professors Bourland, Gushing,* Waite, Wilson,

Mr. Fauver.

* Chairman.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE

HISTORICAL STATEMENT

|N i8oi The General Assembly of the Territory of
the United States northwest of the river Ohio was
petitioned by residents of the Connecticut Western Reserve
to grant a charter for a college to be situated within the
limits of the Reserve. The petition was denied. In 1803,
on the sixteenth of April, the first General Assembly of the
State of Ohio chartered the Erie Literary Society, a corpo-
ration composed of several proprietors of land within the
county of Trumbull (then comprising the entire Reserve),
who desired to appropriate a part thereof to found a semin-
ary of learning within that county. Under this charter an
Academy was established at Burton in 1805, the first insti-
tution of this kind in Northern Ohio. This school, with the
exception of the years 181 o to 181 9, continued in operation
until 1834. In 181 7 the Presbytery of Grand River, which
embraced nearly all the Presbyterian and Congregational
ministers and churches of the Reserve, formed itself into a
society "for the education of indigent, pious young men for
the ministry, within the limits of the Presbytery." The
students aided by this society studied privately with clergy-
men until the opening of the Academy at Burton, when
they pursued their studies at that school. In 181 8 the
Presbytery of Portage formed a similar society. In 1822
the two Presbyteries appointed a committee to confer to-
gether for the purpose of devising "ways and means for

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26 ADKLBBRT COLLEGE [1903-I904

establishing on the Connecticut Western Reserve a Literary
and Theological Institution." The report of the committee,
which was adopted by the Presbyteries, provided for the
establishment, under certain conditions, of a Theological
Institution on the foundation of the Erie Literary Society
at Burton. The Trustees of the Erie Literary Society ac-
cepted the conditions. A Board of Managers of the Edu-
cation Fund was then appointed by the Presbyteries.

The connection between the Board of Managers and the
Trustees of the Erie Literary Society lasted until June 1824.
During the year 1823 the managers became convinced that
such an institution as they desired could not be built up at
Burton, and consequently they requested the Trustees of the
Erie Literary Society to move their establishment to a more
eligible situation. As the Trustees held property on condi-
tion that the school should be in Burton, they declined
this proposition. In June, 1824 at a joint session of the
Board of Managers, with special commissioners of the Pres-
byteries, it was decided to discontinue the connection with
the Erie Literary Society and to found a separate institu-
tion. In January a special Board of Commissioners, repre-
senting the Presbyteries, to which the Presbytery of Huron
was now added, selected Hudson as the site of the college.
The Board of Managers, with four additional members rep-
resenting the Huron Presbytery, now became the Board of
Trustees, and held their first meeting at Hudson, February
15, 1825. They drafted a charter and drew up plans for
the grounds. The charter was granted February 7 1826,
and on April 26 the corner stone of the first building was
laid. The first students were received in December 1826,
and were instructed at Talmadge by Mr. Coe, the principal
of the Academy at that place, who was appointed tutor pro
tempore. In 1827 the new building at Hudson was occupied
and the preparatory department established. A Theological

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 27

department was opened in 1830 and maintained until 18.S2.*
In 1878 the question of removing the College from Hud-
son to Cleveland was raised, and a committee of the Trus-
tees was appointed to take the matter under consideration.
In March 1880, through a member of the Board of Trust,
Mr. Amasa Stone, of Cleveland, proposed to give the Col-
lege five hundred thousand dollars, provided it should be
removed to Cleveland, occupy some suitable site to be do-
nated by the citizens, and change its name to '*Adelbert
College of Western Reserve University." The new name
was to be a memorial to Mr. Stone's only son, Adelbert,
who had been drowned while a student at Yale. Mr. Stone
proposed further, that of the sum offered by him one hun-
dred and fifty thousand dollars should be expended in build-
ings and the remainder added to the permanent funds of
the College. The committee weighed the comparative ad-
vantages of city and country situation and especially the
opportunities for growth and development in the new envi-
ronment. Moreover an investigation showed that, in the
fifty years from its foundation to 1876, the College had
received in gifts some three hundred and seventy-five thou-
sand dollars, two hundred thousand dollars of which had
been given for current expenses. The remainder consti-
tuted the College endowment, and included the funds used
in establishing the Handy, Hurlbut, Oviatt and Perkins
professorships. Mr. Stone's offer would exactly treble the
endowment, in addition to providing a modern equipment.
The committee, therefore, recommended the acceptance of
the proposition, and the Trustees voted, on September 20
of the same year, to make the change whenever the condi-
tions were fulfilled. On March 19, 1881, the Trustees voted
that the conditions had been complied with and that the re-
moval should be made.

♦This sketch of the foundation of the College is based upon "A History of
Western Reserve College, 1826-1876," by Rev. Carroll Cutler, D. D., President,
Cleveland, 187«.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

28 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

In accordance with this decision, in September 1882, the
College opened its doors on the new campus of twenty-two
acres, situated in the midst of the great park system of
Cleveland. On this campus two buildings had been erected,
one containing rooms for the work of instruction, with
offices, chapel, library and museum; the other, apartments
for sixty students. The ensuing years have fully proved
the wisdom of the change, as shown by the increase of stu-
dents and of endowment funds. In 1883 the sum of one
hundred thousand dollars was added to the funds of the
College by the will of Air. Stone. In 1888 the gymnasium
was erected and equipped by the gifts of numerous friends.
During the same year fifty thousand dollars were received
to found the Haydn Professorship. In 1894 Mr. Samuel
Mather built and furnished the Physical Laboratory, and
Messrs. W. R. Warner and Ambrose Swasey presented the
astronomical dome and the telescope. In the following year
Mr. Henry R. Hatch presented the library building bearing
his name, and in 1898 added the wings as provided in the
original designs. In 1897 Eldred Hall, a building for the
use of the Young Men's Christian Association, was erected
through the gift of the late Rev. Henry B. Eldred. In 1899,
the Biological Laboratory, to which many friends contrib-
uted, was completed. By the will of Daniel B. Fayer-
weather of New York City, who died in 1890, the College
has received an additional endowment fund of one hundred
and fifty thousand dollars. In 1901 the interior of the main
college building was entirely rebuilt and refitted by a friend
of the College, as a memorial to Mr. Stone.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 29

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranged^ with exception of the President^ in the order of graduation Jrom college.

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.
Lemuel Stoughton Potwin, A. M., D. D., 389 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature.
Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlhut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.
Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St.

Professor of Mathematics.
Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy, Dean of the Faculty.
Charles Harris, Ph. D., 787 N. Logan Av.

Professor of German.
Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy.
Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection.
Henry Platt Cushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology.
OuvER Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.
Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin, Secretary of the Faculty.
Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek.
John William Perrin, Ph. D., 81 Cutler St.

Haydn Professor of History.
Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Professor of Romance Languages.
Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History.

John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St.

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Registrar.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

30 ADKLBKRT COLLEGE [1903-I904

HippoLYTE Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox Sl

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., The Somerset, Billings Av.

Assistant Professor of German.
Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 43 Spangler Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Clarence Powers Bnx, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Instructor in Latin and Greek.
Allyn Abbott Young, Ph. D., 18 Adelbert HalL

Instructor in Economics. *

Carl Byron James, B. S., 896 Hough Av.

Instructor in Biology.
Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D.,

The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.
Instructor in History.
William Dinsmore Briggs, Ph. D.^ The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Instructor in English.
Charles William Prentiss, Ph. D., 77 Hillbum Av.

Instructor in Biology.
WiNFRED George Leutner, A. B., 137 Arlington St.

Instructor in Greek.
John Mills, A. B., 81 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics.

Edward von den Steinen, 883 Central Av.

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director of Gymnasium.

Additional instruction in their oxvn departments is given by the
following members of the Faculty of the College for Women.

Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., (Absent on leave.)

Professor of Greek.
Henry Eldridce Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St

Professor of History.
Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 95 Mayfield St

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

William Spence Robertson, Ph. D., 24 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in History.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 3 1

OTHER OFFICERS

Harry A. Haring, A. B., 78 Cornell St.

Treasurer.

John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St.

Bursar.

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L.,

71 Elberon Av., East Cleveland.
Librarian.

Edith Leona Eastman, 161 Avondale Av., Glenville.

Assistant in the Library.

Walter Thomas Dunmore, A. B., 225 Streator Av.

Assistant in English.

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY

committee on admission :
Professors Emerson, Harris*, Dickerman, Secretary,

II. executive committee:

(Having oversight of Ike classroom work and academic status of the students)

Professors Platner, Smith, Whitman*.

III. committee on curriculum:
Professors Emerson, Morley*, Platner.

IV. committee on programme of recitations and lectures:
Professors Cushing*, Tower, Whitman.

▼. committee on catalogue:
Professors Bourland*, Marvin, Meyer.

vi. committee on rooms:
Professors Emerson, Harris, Whitman*.

VII. committee on gymnasium:
Professors Cushing, Dickerman*, Mr. von den Steinkn.

^Chairman.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADEI^BERT COLLEGE

[1903-1904

STUDENTS

SENIORS

WelUvtlle

Cleveland

E. Claridon

Sidney
S. Cleveland
John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr., M. h. Cleveland
Milo Hart Evans, L. S. Kinsman

George Tiittle Filius, CI. Warren

Rayman Forest Fritz, CI. Rittman

Emil William Guelzow, CI. Cleveland

Frank Elmer Hale, CI. E. Claridon

William Henry Charles Heinmiller, CI. Cleveland 39 Steinway Av.

Henry Wilmer Blackburn, CI.
Hiram Henry Canfield, M. L.
Sidney Loftus Chaffee, L. S.
Ralph Ezra Chapel, Q.
Albert Frank Counts, L. S.
Clyde Lottridge Cummer, L.

* r A House.

Euclid Heights.

21 Adelbert Hall.

140 Cornell St.

13 Adelbert Hall.

396 Bolton Av.

1433 Willson Av.

143 Cornell St.

36 Knox St.

45 Fairchild St.

71 Leading St.

140 Cornell St.

CI.

Wade Oakly Hulbert,
Percy R. Jenks, CI.
Leonard Corwin Loomis, Q.
Robert Crosby Lowe, L. S.
Arthur Fraw Mc Arthur, L. S.
Cenveme Selw3m Mann, CI.
Forest Oliver March, L. S.
Victor Garfield Mills, L. S.
Edmond De Witt Neer, L. S.
Arthur Price Nutt, L. S.
John Frederic Oberlin, L. S.
Raymond Patton, L. S.
Frank Herson Pelton, L. S.
Ulrich John Pfeiffer, L. S.
Ralph Roscoe Proctor, L. S.
Olvia Bumell Sharp, L. S.
Emery E. Stevens, CI.
Howard Clifford Summers,
Carl Peter Paul Vitz, Q.
Raymond Crandall Warner,
Howard Rees Williams, CI.
Joseph Frank Williams, L. S.
Charles Clarence Williamson, CI
Robert Algar Woolfolk, M. L.

Thompson
Nottingham
Cleveland
Boneta
Cleveland
Warren
Chagrin Falls
Cleveland
De Graff
Sidney
Sidney
Sidney
Willoughby
Kenton
Fremont
Jonesboro, III,
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
a. Geneva
Huntsburg
Youngstozvn
Salem

Danville, Va.

Ben House.

Nottingham.

1280 Willson Av.

* r A House.

203 Oakdalc St.

1785 Cedar Av.

A A * House.

75 Beersford PI.

Ben House.

21 Adelbert Hall.

24 Adelbert Hall.

ATA Rooms.

102 Adelbert St.

A A * House.

45 Fairchild St.

2036 Broadway.

1528 Superior St

45 Marvin Av.

ATA Rooms.

22 Cornell St.

A T O House.

117 Ridge wood Av.

A T House.
Seniors 37.

♦Abbreviations: CI., Classical Course; L. S., Latin-Sdentific Course; M. L.,
Modern Language Course. A number in parenthesis after the name of a special
student indicates the year to which he belongs.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

JUNIORS

Cary Rudolph Alburn, CI. Kyles' Corners

Harry Lester Bard, M. L. Cleveland

George Forrest Barnett, L. S. Painesville

Robert Swinton Campbell, M. L. Cleveland

Walter Baldwin Carnes, L. S. Lima

Carl Judd Case, CI.

Harold L. Cline, L. S.

Charles Manchester Coe, M. L.

Harvey Lee Comin, CI.

Walter Henry Cook, CI.

Raymond Garfield De Fries, L. S

Earl Roemer Findley, L. S.

Charles Clarence Garman, CI.

Clark Peter Garman, CI.

Clarence Edward Gibbons, L. S.

John James Gunn, CI.

Howard Waring Herrick, Q.

Kenneth Ethelbert Hodgman, L.S. Parma

Wallace Trevor HoUiday, CI. Cleveland

Frank Merrick Hubbell, CI

Oliver Jones, Q.

Budd Noble Merrills, CI.

William Theodore Miller, M. L. Cleveland

Arnold Minnig, L. S.

Homer Lynn Nearpass, CI.

John R. Petty, L. S. East Cleveland

Frederick Early Pfeiffer, L. S. Kenton

Robert Henry Horace Pierce, L.S. Toledo

Noyes Billings Prentice, Jr., M.L. Cleveland

Walter Lawrence Robison, M. L. Cleveland

John Richard Ruggles, L. S. Cleveland

Philip Wallace Seagrave, CI. Cleveland

William Ernest Singer, L. S. Weston

Clarence Ansel Strong, CI. Warren

Roy Foster Van Voorhis, Q. Van Wert

Saul Charles Wachner, CI. Akron

Chester Marvin Wallace, CI. Willoughhy

Andrew Bracken White, M. L. Cleveland

William Jerome Wilson, CI. Brooklyn

A K E House.
1 34 1 Lorain St.

* r A House.
2209 Superior St

A K E House.

148 Murray Hill Av.

A K E House,

Glenville.

102 Adelbert Sl

724 Republic St.

8 Adelbert Hall.

Y. 151 Cornell St.

Eldred Hall.

Euclid Heights.

153 Dibble Av.

3006 Euclid Av.

* r A House,
A T House.

673 Franklin A v.

148 Murray Hill Av.

ATA Rooms.

999 E. Madison Av.

New Philadelphia 22 Cornell St.

Mishawaka, Ind. 45 Fairchild St.

East Cleveland.

102 Adelbert St.

12 Lakeview Av.

5 Ha)rward St.

224 Streator Av.

56 Mayfield St.

A T House.

ATA Rooms.

1492 Dix St.

Adelbert Hall.

Willoughhy.

19 La Grange St.

46 Murial Av.

Juniors 39.

Hudson

Lima

Glenville

MansHeld

Cleveland

Troy

New York, N.

Troy

Tallmadge

Cleveland

Cleveland
Cleveland
Wickliffe

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADKLBKRT COLLEGK

[1903-1904

SOPHOMORKS

David Clifford Alexander, L. S. Clezcland

Abner Lee Roy Allison, CI. Cleveland

Edwin Ruthven Andrews, M. L. Lakewood

John P. Barden, Jr., CI. Painesville

Alton Hay Bemis, CI. Cleveland

Harvey Alfred Berkes, L. S. Cleveland

Saul Louis Berman, M. L. Cleveland

Horace Victor Bishop, CI. Cleveland

Julius Bloomberg, M. L. Cleveland

Fred Bukstein, M. L. Cleveland

Fred Newton Burroughs, L. S. Collinwood

Thomas Friday Cadle, L. S. West Mentor

Ladimir Alrich Chotek, L. S. Cleveland

Myron T. Cohn, M. L. Cleveland

John Lewis Conant, CI. Cleveland

Howard Hubbell Davis, L. S. Cleveland

Farnham Ernest Day, CI. Cleveland

Gillum Hotchkiss Doolittle, L. S. Burton

Charles Elmer Gehlke, M. L. Cleveland

William Hamilton Gillie, L. S. Twinsburg

Ford Gramlich, CI. Kenton

Carleton Marshall Greenman, M. L. Cleveland

Emerson Freeman Hird, CI. Loiver Waterford, Vt. 26 Nantucket St.

Thomas Richard Kennerdell, M. L. Cleveland 88 Merchants Av.

Francis Allen Horton Lang, CI. Cleveland 1383 Cedar Av.

Gustav George Laubscher, M. L. Cleveland 134 Duane St.

Ernest McKelvy, L. S. Upper Sandusky 12 Adelbert Hall

65 Jennings Av.

92 Fourth Av.

Lakewood.

A K E House.

225 E. Prospect St

52 Elberon St.

835 Woodland Av.

The Euclid.

309 Forest St.

34 Paddock PI.

Collinwood.

West Mentor.

55 Hamlet St.

330 Genesee Av.

1 70 1 Dennison Av.

457 Franklin Av.

435 Dunham Av.

2839 St. Clair St.

40 Abram St

117 Adelbert St.

2103 Doan St.

43 Burt St

Benjamin Bruce McMullin,
Howard Thomas McMyler,
William Clarence Malin, M. L,
John Houston Marshall, CI.
William Claude Martin, L. S.
Henry Albright Mattill, M. L.
John Houser Meyer, CI.
Walter George Miser, L. S.
Rienze Verne Myers, L. S.
Arthur Ernest Opperman, CI.
Charles Norton Osborne, CI.
John Dexter Osmond, M. L,
James Allen Parker, M. L.

L. S. Sharon, Pa.

Q. Warrensz'ille
Gleuville
Warren .
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Annapolis
Shelby
Cleveland
Cleveland
Chardon
Findlay

A T ft House.

Warrensville.

7 Victoria Av.

A T House.

84 Marvin Av.

20 Sanford St

844 Logan Av.

16 Adelbert Hall.

161 7 Cedar Av.

14 Westchester.

67 Irvington St.

* r A House.

A K E House.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

George Benjamin Parkin, M. L. Cleveland 45 Malcolm St.

Antony Joseph Petrash, CI. Cleveland 1191 Broadway.

Paul Marvin Pope, M. L. H^ est Palm Beach, Fla. Ben House.

George Byron Roth, M. Lw Mi. Eaton A T House.

Herbert Mil ford Senseny, CI. Cleveland 148 Lincoln A v.

Don Rollin Sipe, L. S. Lisbon Ben House.

Albert Ralph Stickle, L. S. Kenton A T House.

William Melville Strachan, M. L. Cleveland 2423 Broadway.

George Church Sutton, CI. Cleveland 491 Central Av.
William Ellsworth Talcott, CI. Cleveland RosedaleAv.& Crawford Rd

George Winfield Truxal, M. L. Cleveland 23 Kelton St.

William Phillip Ward, M. L. Cleveland 235 Ursula St.

Eugene Everett Wolf, M. L. Cleveland S2g Scovill Av.

Sophomores 53.

FKESHMEN

Perry Milton Adams, L. S. Tiffin

Thomas Brooke Anderson, M. L. Salem

ATA Rooms.
A K E House.

Andover
E. Liverpool
Cleveland
S. Lima
Cleveland
Wickliffe
Cleveland
Cleveland

Howard Sutorius Benz, M. L.

J. C. Blackman, CI.

Rhyne Bashford Boyd, L S.

Alfred Albert Cartwright. L. S,

Arnold Elliott Cornell, L. S.

Arthur De la Vergne Coss, L.

Nicholson Few Curtis, M. Lw

Leon Prentiss Davis, L. S.

Wheeler Pedlar Davey, CI.

John Howard Bellinger, L. S.

James George Esch, L. S.

Burdette Dodge Etz, L. S.

Herbert Oliver Evans, CI.

Frederick Grover Fetzer, L. S.

William Craig Filson, L. S.

Giordano Bruno Fliedner, L. S. Cleveland

George Samuel Friebolin, CI. Cleveland

Charles Thomas Fursdon, CI.

Oscar Louis Gaede, M. L.

Sidney Longman Galpin, L. S.

Cleveland loj^ Diamond Pk. St.
Twinsburg 217 Murray Hill Av.

61 Penrose Av.

818 Hough Av.

148 Taylor St.

Ben House

22 Adelbert Hall.

ATA Rooms.

76 Gaylord St.

818 Hough Av.

New Philadelphia 2 Gieb St.

Cleveland 12 Van Buren St.

2214 Broadway.

2 Sturtevant St.

843 Fairmount St.

160 Wellington Av.

50 Higgins SL

605 Scovill Av.

154 Osbom St.

836 Logan Av.

Cleveland

Ashland

Lisbon

Cleveland
Cleveland
Jefferson

Ernest Walter Garrett, CI. Beaver Falls, Pa, 775 Giddings Av.
Elmer August George, L. S. Cleveland loi Burton St.

Louis La Grange Gerstenberger, L. S. Cleveland 242 Oakdale St.
Simon Rosenthal Goldsmith, M.L. Cleveland 250 Kennard St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADBLBERT COLI.EGE

[1903-I904

Raymond Hart Griswold, L. S.
Douglas Peace Handyside, CI.
James Handyside, Jr., L. S.
John McCalla Harris, CI.
Raymond Henry Haskell, L. S.
Paul Fred Hasse, L. S.
Earl Frederick Hausserman, L. S.
Albert Edward Hodgson, CI.
Frank Leslie Hoenig, L. S.
August John Walter Horst, CI.
Charles Nathan Hostetler, L. S.
Ralph Edward Hyde, L. S.
Albert Alexander King, L. S.
Arthur Malachi Lee, Jr., CI.
Waldo Biddle Lemmon, L. S.
James Cooper Logue, L. S.
Walter Ira Longsworth, L. S.
Charles Harold Lyttle, CI.
Charles Russell Miller, L. S.
Clarence Wesley Miller, M. L.
Meyer Mitchnick, CI.
Aubrey Wyatt Morton, CI.
Robert Burns Motherwell, L. S.
Grover Jacob Frederick Mueller,
Karl Brandt Naumann, CI.
James Tertius Norton, L. S.
Holly Elvertion Olin, L. S.
Clyde McKean Parmenter, CI.
Lester Howard Phelan, CI.
Julius Pomerene, CI.
Howard Mills Potter, M. L.
Bert Dewey Presley, M. L.
Everett Edward Radcliffe, CI.
Clay Laveme Reely, L. S.
John Frederick Schaechterle, M.
John Scheuer, CI.
Carl Schuler, CI.
Allen Jay Shaw, L. S.
Zaimon Omar Sherwood, L. S.
Paul Minor Stauffer, L. S.
Rollin J. Stickle, L. S.

Chardon * r A House.

Cleveland 25 William St.

Cleveland 787 N. Logan Av.

IVilloughby Willoughby.

Cleveland 1667 Pearl St.

Cleveland iii Fairlawn Av.

Cleveland 194 Central Av.

Cleveland 134 Fram St.

Cleveland 66 Bigelow St.

Massillon 26 Wilbur St.

IVilloughby 1957 Doan St.

Painesville 151 Cornell St
Bloomfield, N. J. A A * House.

Cleveland 130 N. Chandler Av.

Cleveland i Plymouth St.

Lima A K E House.

Cleveland 52 Arlington St.

Cleveland 35 Billings Av.

Lima 26 Anndale Av.

Philadelphia, Pa. 34 Paddock PI.

Washington, D. C. 44 Frank St.

Findlay 142 Cornell St
L. S. Cleveland 1049 Doan St.

Circleville 9 Crawford PI.

Cleveland 516 R Prospect St.

Kent 52 Oakdale St

Cleveland 717 Republic St

Cleveland 698 Bridge St.

E. Cleveland 47 Allandale St

Chardon * r A House.

Cleveland 135 Cedar Av.

Lima Ben House.
L. Cleveland 58 Kinsman St.

CleiJeland 16 Adelbert Hall.

Millersburg 122 Oregon St.

Greenspring 748 N. Logan Av.

Madison Madison.

IVooster 729 Republic St.

Kenton 143 Cornell St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

William Reed Taylor, CI. Cleveland

Leland Rutherford Thompson, L. S. Youngstown

George Davis Turrill, CI. Cleveland

Frank Sherman Upham, L. S. Cleveland

Leonard Church Urquhart, Lw S, Cleveland

Ralph Milton Waters, L. S. Austinburg

Ralph Howard Whipple, L. S. Cleveland

Edgar Roy Wise, L. S. Collinwood

Otto Joseph Zinner, M. L. Clezrland

78 Oakdale St.

44 Burt St.

401 Rosedale St.

39 Knox St.

2228 Willson Av.

217 Hough Av.

771 Dennison Av.

230 Clark Av.

1242 Broadway.

Freshmen 76.

SPECI.\L STUDENTS

Warren Ernest Barr (i)
Robertson Dunbar ( i )
George Lee Fulk (i)
Samuel Kabatchnick (i)
Andrew Kaechele (3)
Frank Wright Lea (2)
William Pendleton Lanphear
James Snyder McKeon (2)
Lloyd Joseph McWilliams (i
George Russell McWatters (
James Edward Mathews (2)
Wiley Austin Miller (3)
William Thomson Nimmons
Charles Test Prescott (i)
Ernest Schwartz (i)
Charles Gray Shreve (2)
Clyde Smith (i)
John Stapleton (3)
Charles Clark Thwing (3)
Harris Reid Cooley Wilson (

Gallon

Cleveland

Painesville

Cleveland

Danville, Va.

(4) Cleveland
Youngstown
Detroit
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
(3) Lincoln, Kas.
Tawas City, Mich. 1053 Willson Av.

Jr.

)
I)

35 Woodlawn Av.

8 Hough PL

14 Mansion St.

52 Brookdale St.

78 Aaron St.

12 Adelbert Hall.

782 Republic St.

A T House.

1 1 14 Case Av.

125 Adelbert St.

22 Dallas St.

Hiram House.

Ben House

Cleveland
Martin's Ferry
Cleveland
Cleveland

Leavenworth, Kan.
Cleveland

126 Merchant St.
Ben House.
14 Kenmore St.
2 Venning PI.
A T House.
74 Burt St.
Specials, 20.

SUMMARY:

Seniors 37

Juniors 39

Sophomores 53

Freshmen 76

Special Students 20

225

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

38 ADELBERT COI.LEGE [1903-I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Students are admitted to such standing in the College as
their previous training warrants. This may be to the
Freshman class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses.
All candidates for admission must present satisfactory testi-
monials of good moral character, and those from other col-
leges must also bring certificates of honorable dismission.
Admission to the Freshman class may be gained in one of
two ways, either on examination, or on presentation of a
certificate from an approved High School or Academy-
Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION.

The regular examination for admission to the Freshman
class is held at Adelbert College on the Friday and Saturday
following Commencement (June 17-18, 1904). Attendance
is required at the opening of the examination on Friday
morning. The examinations, which are partly oral and
partly written, occur as follows:

First Day — Mathematics, 9 a. m. to 12 m. (Arithmetic, 9 to 9:30;
Algebra, 9:30 to 11; Geometry, 11 to 12); Greek, German and
French, 2 p. m. to 5 p. m. ; Chemistry, 2 p. m. to 3 p. m. ; Physics, 3
p. M. to 4 p. M. ; History, 4 p. m. to 5 p. m.

Second Day — Latin, 9 a. m. to 12 m. ; English. 2 p. m. to 4 p. m.

A second examination, to accommodate those unable to
attend the first, is held at Adelbert College on the Monday
and Tuesday before the opening of the first term (Septem-
ber 19-20, 1904), beginning promptly at 9 a. m. The order
of examinations is the same as at the regular examination.
Candidates applying to be examined at other than these
specified times, or late at the second examination, must ob-
tain special permission from the Faculty. Candidates late
at the regular examinations have no opportunity to make
good their loss until the second examination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 39

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES

Each candidate, irrespective of the course he may choose,
must be prepared in English, Latin and Mathematics,
according to the outlines of those subjects given below.
Students whose examination papers show marked deficiency
in spelling, punctuation, idiom or division into paragraphs,
will not be admitted to any course.

English: The examination consists of two parts. The student
is required to show a general knowledge of the books marked A in
the following lists, and to write several short paragraphs on different
subjects chosen from them. In preparation for this part of the re-
quirement it is important that the candidate shall receive instruction
in the fundamental principles of rhetoric. He is also required to
answer questions testing a thorough acquaintance with the books
marked B. These questions relate to the author and subject matter,
to the essentials of English grammar, and to the leading facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong.

Examinations in 1903 to 1905: A. For Reading: Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Carlyle's Essay on Burns; Ten-
nyson's Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's
Silas Marner. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's
L'Allegro, II Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with
America; Macaulay's Elssays on Milton and Addison.

Latin: Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough) ; Roman
pronunciation. Caesar — three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — six orations, including De Impcrio Gn.
Pompeii. Virgil — ^thc Bucolics, two books of the Georgics and five
books of the ^neid, or the Bucolics and six books of the ^Eneid.
Ovid — Translation at sight. The translation at sight of passages
from prose authors. Prose Composition — rendering of simple Eng-
lish sentences into Latin. History of Rome — ^the amount required
is indicated by Smith's Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's
Primer of Roman History. Ancient Geography.

Mathematics : Arithmetic, including the metric system of weights
and measures. Algebra (Milne's or Taylor's Academic, or Went-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

40 ADEI.BERT COLLKGE [1903-I904

worth's College, lo the chapter on the Binomial Theorem. Geom-
etry — (Beman and Smith, Milne or Wells) complete.

Note: It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE

In addition to the above, students entering the several
courses must be prepared in the following subjects: For the
Classical Course, Greek ; for the Modern Language Course,
French or German; for the Latin-Scientific Course, Chem-
istry, Physics and History. The entrance requirements in
these subjects are as follows:

Greek : Grammar ; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon — four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered an equivalent). Homer — three
books of the Iliad with prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition — the rendering into
Greek of simple English sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exer-
cises), or Pearson's Greek Prose Composition are recommended.
History of Greece — Fyffe's Primer, Oman's, Myers's, or Smith's His-
tory of Greece, or Penncll's Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

French : Ability to write simple sentence^ in French. A thor-
ough knowledge of the elements of French Grammar, special atten-
tion being paid to the verbs. Ability to read ordinary French at
sight, to pronounce French, and to understand simple French phrases
when spoken. In addition, the reading of not less than seven hun-
dred pages of prose and verse, chosen from standard modern novels,
essays and plays.

German : Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose, based on previous reading of not less than two hundred pages
of simple German prose. Prose Composition — the rendering of
simple connected prose from English into German. Ability to pro-
nounce German and to recognize German words and simple phrases
when uttered. In addition, the reading of not less than five hundred
pages of classical and contemporary prose and verse, as exemplified
in the following works or their equivalents, is required: Riehl —
Der Fluch der Schonheit. Freytag — Aus dem Staat Friedrichs des
Grossen. Heine — Die Harzreise. Goethe — First three books of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 4I

Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Barnhelm. Schiller
— Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty pages of
lyrics and ballads.

Chemistry : Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.

History (through one year) : Courses suggested in the order of
preference. Greek and Roman History (a separate course distinct
from work in Latin or Greek;) mediaeval and modern History; Eng-
lish History; American History and Civil Government.

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE

Students from such High Schools and Academies as may
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that theyJiave completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of sudh certificates, similar
to that given below, will be furnished instructors on applir
cation to the President, with whom they are invited to cor-
respond. Applicants for admission are requested to present
their certificates or send them by mail to the Registrar, Pro-
fessor Dickerman, during Commencement week, or as soon
thereafter as practicable.

Students received on certificate are regarded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in
preparation are dropped whenever the deficiency has been
clearly demonstrated. In order to co-operate with the sec-
ondary schools in preparatory work, a report of the progress
of each student admitted by certificate will be sent to the
Principal of the school from which he comes. If those
entering from any school during a term of years are found
deficient in preparation, the privilege of entering on certifi-
cate will be withdrawn from that school.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

42 ADEI.BERT COI.LEGK [1903-I904

[form op certificate.]

Mr is a graduate of the

School, in the course, Class of

has pursued the studies marked below with the success indicated by
the attached standing, and is hereby recommended for admission to

the course, Freshman class, Adelbert College, Wcsteni

Reserve University.

(Requirements for admission common to all courses,)
English : As prescribed on page 39 of this catalogue.
Mathematics : See page 39.
Latin : See page 39.

In addition to the above for admission to

THE classical COURSE:

Greek : As on page 40.

THE modern language COURSE:

German : As on page 40.
French: As on page 40.

THE LATIN -SCIENTIFIC COURSE:

Chemistry, Physics, English History: See page 41.

When the above requirements have i^ot been exactly met, the
equivalents offered therefor must be specified in detail. When a cer-
tificate does not meet the above requirements in full, the applicant
may be required to pass the usual examination in any or all the
requirements.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING

Candidates who can present equivalents for any part of
the college work will be given corresponding credit toward
graduation. It is then possible for those entering with
credit for any part of the college course to shorten by so
much the number of hours required for a degree. Such
students may be required to pass examinations on studies
previously pursued, but full credit will be given to such cer-
tificates as they bring from former instructors. No one is
admitted to the Senior class after the beginning of the
second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 43

ADMISSION TO PARTIAL COURSES

Students may receive instruction without becoming can-
didates for a degree, provided they can meet the require-
ments for admission to the Freshman class, or have pursued
other studies which may be accepted as equivalent to the
entrance requirements. Such special students are permitted
to enter only those courses for which their previous training
has fitted them. In general they are subject to the same
requirements as to college regulations, number of hours of
work, and standing in class as regular students, but each
application is considered on its merits.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE

[1903-I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

FRESHMAN YEAR

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES

FIRST SECOND

HA.LFYBAR. HALFYBAR.

HR8. HR8.

Bible i i

English I 3 3

Latin I AND 2 3 3

Mathematics I AND 2 3 3

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE

Classical f Greek i and 2 ,
Course. \ German i ,

Modern

Language

Course

French i and 2.
German 2

Latin T Chemistry 2

Scientific -j Physics iA (first half-year) .
Course. ( History A (second half-year) ,

In addition to the above subjects Freshmen are required to take
Course i in Physical Culture, counting for one hour a week through-
out the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

SOPHOMORE YEAR

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES

English 2, i hour a week throughout the year,
Electives, 15 hours a week throughout the year.

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS

Electives, 15 hours a week throughout the year.

During the Sophomore, Junior and Senior years each student must
complete not less than four half-year courses of three hours in each
one of the following groups :

A. B C

LANGUAGE

MATHEMATICS

philosophy.

AND

AND NATURAL

HISTORY AND SOCIAL

LITERATURE

science

English,

Astronomy,

Economics and

German,

Biology,

Politics,

Greek,

Chemistry,

History,

Latin,

Geology and

Philosophy.

Romance

Mineralogy,

Languages.

Mathematics,
Physics.

In exceptional cases, with the permission of the Executive Com-
mittee, students may take a greater number of hours than those out-
lined for each year.

For opportunities to combine undergraduate work with professional
training, see statements regarding Law and Medicine on page 40,
and the Case School of Applied Science on page 30.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

46 ADBLBERT COLLEGE [1903-1904

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The following statements describe all courses offered, both
prescribed and elective. Prescribed courses are indicated
on pages 44-45 of this catalogue; all others are elective.
Unless otherwise stated, each course consists of three one-
hour recitations each week. Numbers of courses are not
necessarily consecutive. The hours at which courses are
given will be found on the schedule of recitations, copies of
which may be obtained at the office of the Registrar.

ASTRONORIY

PROFESSOR WHITMAN

I. Astronomy. Young's General Astronomy. The course is
mainly descriptive, and is amply illustrated. Some attention is given
to the history of astronomy. Second half-year.

BIBLICAL LITERATURE

PRESIDENT THWING
.\SS0CIATE PROFESSOR HAYDN (CourSCS 2, 3, 4)

1. The Life of Christ. Essays and discussions upon the prin-
cipal doctrines of Christianity. One hour a week, first half of Fresh-
man year.

2. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's "Elements of Hebrew" will be used, later the Old Testa-
ment text. Three hours a week, throughout the year.

3. New Testament Greek. A critical reading of selections
from the Gospels, Acts and Epistles, to bring out the special charac-
teristics of this Greek. Either half-year.

4. Seminary in New Testament Exegesis. (Open to those
who have taken Course 3.) Written expositions of assigned pas-
sages, with discussions. Either half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 47

BIBLIOGRAPHY

MR. WILLIAMS

I. Reference Work. A study of the better known works of
reference, as the general and special cyclopedias, dictionaries, annu-
als, indexes to periodicals, and ready reference manuals of every
kind. Works of a similar nature will be compared, and the limita-
tions of each pointed out. Lists of questions to be solved by the use
of the works studied will be given, and the methods of finding the
answers discussed in class. One hour a week, second half-year.

BIOLOGY

PROFESSOR HERRiCK (Absent on leave)

DR. PRENTISS
MR. JAMES

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of animal
and plant life. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours
each. Second half-year.

2. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals. One
lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-year.

3. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A com-
parative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One recitation
and two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and lower
animals. Three exercises, consisting of lectures, recitations and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A study of the devel-
opment of birds and mammals. One recitation, two laboratory ex-
ercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Two exercises weekly. First half-year.

I a Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruc-
tion is gfiven by lectures, laboratory work and field excursions.
Second half-year.

II. Reading Club. A voluntary association of students and in-
structors for reading and discussing works of general scientific inter-
est. Meetings are held weekly from December i to May i at a
time most convenient to the members.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Course i, 2,
3, 7, or 10, $5.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

48 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-1904

CASE SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE

By agreement between the two institutions, students may be
graduated both from the Case School and from Adclbert College,
within the space of five years. For information with regard to this
combined course, application should be made to the Dean of Adel-
bert College.

CHEMISTRY

PROFESSOR MORLEY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR GRUENER

I. 0. Chemistry of the Non-Metallic Elements. Wurtz's Ele-
ments of Chemistry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

1. b. Chemistry of the Metals. Wurtz's Elements of Chem-
istry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours.
Second half-year.

5. Elements of Qualitath^e Analysis. Three laboratory exer-
cises of three hours each. Open to those who have taken either
course 2 or course ib. Second half-year.

6. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two rec-
itations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout the
year.

7. Ele.ments of Quantitative Analysis. Three laboratory ex-
ercises of three hours each, throughout the year.

8. Physiological Chemistry. A course on the chemistry of the
animal body, of nutrition, and of the ordinary food materials. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to
those who have taken course 6. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 49

The Laboratory Fee for Course 9 is $2.00; for Course la, ib, or
8 is $3.00 ; for Course 2, $4.00 ; for Course 3 or 6, $5.00 ; and for .
Course 5 or 7, $6.00. These fees are for each half-year. Breakage
and other damage to apparatus are charged extra.

CHURCH HISTORY

ASSOQATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE

1. Church History of the First Six Centuries. Especial at-
tention will be devoted to the Patristic Literature and to the Doc-
trinal Controversies that rent the Church.

3. The Reformation, A general survey of the period, introduc-
ing the student to the wider literature of the subject. Special atten-
tion will be paid to the formative influences that shaped the
doctrinal views of the Reformers. Second half-year, 1903-4.

4. Modern Church History. The period of Confessional Or-
thodoxy, Methodism, the Missionary Movement, and the Vatican
Council are amongst the topics discussed.

5. Life in the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photographs
and prints taken from mediaeval manuscripts. First half-year.

6. The Beliefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages. Es-
pecial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their out-
come in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days,
precious stones, palmistry, etc., will also be touched on. First half-
year. 1904-5.

7. Historical and General Bibliography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, in-
dices, repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examination
will be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those
looking forward to library work.

For courses on the Middle Ages, see History.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

50 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

ECONOMICS

DR. YOUNG

The first course is a prerequisite to the election of any of the
others, except courses 8, 9 and 10.

I. Elements of Economics. Lectures, recitations and required
readings. The text-book is Bullock's Introduction to the Study of
Economics. First half-year.

3. Money and Banking. The. theory of money, the monetary
history of the United States, and the banking systems of the United
States and other countries are studied in this course. Lectures and
required readings. First half-year. 1904-1905.

4. Public Finance. This course deals with public revenues and
expenditures. Lectures, assigned readings, and individual investi-
gation of special topics. Problems of state and local taxation are
given special attention. The text-book is Adams* The Science of
Finance. Second half-year. 1903-1904.

6. Economic History. This course treats of the economic his-
tory of England from the 13th to the middle of the 19th century.
Lectures and required readings. The text-book is Cheyney's Indus-
trial and Social History of England. First half-year. 1903-1904.

8. History of Political Thought. The development of political
philosophy from the Greeks to the present, and its connection with
political history. Lectures, with readings in examples of the prin-
cipal schools. First half-year. 1903- 1904.

II. Municipal Government. The economic, social and adminis-
trative problems presented by the modern city. A comparative
study of American and European experience. Second half-year.
1903-1904.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 5 1

ENGLISH

PROFESSOR POTWIN (COURSES I4, 1$, 16, Ip, 20)

PROFESSOR EMERSON (COURSES 2, 4, 5, 7, 10, I3, 1 7, 21-23)

DR. BRIGGS (courses I, 4, 6, II, 30)

RHETORIC AND ENGLISH COMPOSITION

1. Rhetoric. During the first half-year, rhetorical theory from a
text-book of rhetoric, and analysis of prose selections illustrating the
principles of composition. During the second half-year, a study
of masterpieces of poetry and prose with an historical survey of Eng-
lish literature. A short essay or its equivalent each week, with con-
ference for the correction of individual faults. Freshman year.

2. Theme Writing. Short themes each week with individual
conferences. Lectures on writing and the use of good English. One
hour a week throughout Sophomore year.

4. Daily Themes. Five short themes each week on subjects
chosen by the student. Weekly conferences with each student for
correction and suggestion. First half-year.

5. Daily Themes. Similar to Course 4, but of a more advanced
character. Students must have had Course 4 or its equivalent.
Second half-year.

6. FoRENSics. Critical study of masterpieces in argument and
oratory, with preparation of briefs, argumentative essays and ora-
tions. First half-year.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Students are advised to take at least two of the first five courses
"before beginning those which follow.

11. Shakespeare and the Drama. A general course on the
literature during the reigns of Elizabeth and James I, with special
•emphasis upon the drama. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

52 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-1904

12. Milton and the Classicists. Elnglish poetry from Milton
to Pope inclusive, with special emphasis of Milton. The classical
influence on English writers. Readings in the minor writers of the
period. First half-year.

13. Collins to Keats. A rapid survey of the poets from the
death of Pope to Cowper, and special study of Cowper, Bums,
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, Southey, Byron, Shelley, Keats.
First half-year.

15. American Literature. Its beginnings, dependence on "Eng-
lish authors, and development under the influences of our history.
Second half-year.

16. History of English Criticism. The study will begin with
Dryden, and include the critical works of Addison, Johnson, Hallam
and others down to Matthew Arnold and the critics of today.

17. The English Novel. An historical course beginning with
the storywriters of the Elizabethan period, and following the devel-
opment of the novel throughout the eighteenth, and early nineteenth
century. 1903- 1904. Second half-year.

18. The 'English Drama before Shakespeare, Text-book,
Manly's Specimens of the Pre-Shakcspearean Drama. First half-
year.

19. Shakespeare. All the plays of Shakespeare to be read
rapidly in the probable order of composition, with selection of char-
acteristic passages. As an introduction, one of the more familiar
plays will be studied for its illustration of the language of the
period. Second half-year.

20. The Poetry of Browning. The study will follow the order
of time of composition, typical selections being made for careful
analysis and explanation. Second half-year.

22. Middle English. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with readings of selections from prose and poetry. Special
study of Chaucer and his contemporaries. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I9<54] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 53

23. Advanced Study of Old and Middle English. Critical read-
ing of texts, study of sources and of the development of language
and literature. Throughout the year.

ELOCUTION

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY

PROFESSOR GUSHING

1. Mineralogy. Crystallography, and descriptive and determi-
native mineralogy of about 100 of the more common mineral species.
Two hours of recitation and lectures and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

2. Mineralogy. Either an extension of course i, greatly in-
creasing the number of minerals studied; or blow-pipe analysis of
minerals; or physical crystallography and optical determination of
minerals may be taken up, as the class may select. Three labora-
tory exercises of three hours each. Open only to those who have
taken Course i. Second half-year.

3. Geology. Lithology and dynamical geology. Three hours a
week. First half-year.

4. Structural and historical geology, with field work in the
vicinity of Cleveland. Open only to those who have taken Course
3. Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. First half-year.

A Laboratory fee of $1.00 is charged for Courses i, 2 and 4.

GERMAN

professor HARRIS
ASSISTANT professor MEYER (COURSES I, 2 AND 3)

I. Elementary German. Grammar, reading and composition;
easy texts. In this and the following courses as much of the work
as possible is done in German, but conversation is used as a means.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

54 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

not as an end. Required of all who begin German in college.
Throughout the year.

2. Selected Masterpieces of representative German authors,
the latter part of the year being given to Schiller. The texts read
vary from year to year. Composition and advanced grammar. For
Modern Language Freshmen. Throughout the year.

3. Second Year German. Whitney's German Grammar;
Harris's German Composition. Reading of representative literary
works. The texts read vary from year to year. Open to all who
have had Course i or its equivalent. Throughout the year.

4. Author Course. The greater part of the year is given up to
the more detailed study of one of the great writers, usually Goethe,
but some other texts are also read. The work is partly in the form
of class exercises and partly private reading on which the student is
examined. Drill in writing German. Open to all who have had
Course 2 or 3, or an equivalent. Throughout the year.

The following electives are open to all who have had Course 4 or
its equivalent. Courses 5 and 6 are offered alternately ; of the others,
as a rule only one may be chosen in any one half-year.

5. Outline History of German Literature. Recitations from
a manual, with collateral readings; lectures on German history and
literature. 1904-1905. Throughout the year.

8. Recent German Drama. J.^ectures on the history of the
German drama since Goethe's death; with the reading of plays of
representative modern dramatists. Second half-year.

10. Faust. Goethe's Faust; connected history of the' Faust
legend (lectures), with selected readings from the more important
Faustbiicher and Volksschauspiele. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 55

11. GusTAV Freytag. a detailed study of the life and works of
Gustav Freytag and of his relations to contemporary German litera-
ture. 1903-1904. Second half-year.

12. Modern Fiction. German Fiction since 1848 (lectures) ;
readings from Auerbach, Scheffel, Freytag, Spielhagen, Sudermann
and others. 1903-1904. Throughout the year.

15. Modern German Poetry. German poetry of the nineteenth
century with particular reference to the lyrics. First half-year.

GREEK

professor fuller (Absent on leave)
PROFESSOR FOWLER (Absent on leave)

DR. BILL

MR. LEUTNER

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR HAYDN

1. Homer. First half Freshman year.

2. Attic Orators. Rhetoric; Greek History. Second half
Freshman year.

3. The Drama. Selections, with an introduction to the study of
metres and scenic antiquities. First half Sophomore year.

4. Plato. Greek Literature, connected survey, illustrated by
extracts from authors not previously studied. Second half Sopho-
more year.

5. Tragedy. Selected dramas of Euripides, Sophocles, and
iEschylus. First half-year.

6. Thucydides, with comparative studies of Herodotus and
Xenophon. Second half-year.

7. Philosophy. First half-year.

8. Archaeology. Second half-year.

9. Idyllic Poetry. First half-year.

10. iEscHiNES AND Demosthenes ON THE Crown. First half-
year.

11. Lyric Poetry. First half-year.

12. New Testament Greek. See Bible, Course 3.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

56 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

HISTORY

PROFESSOR PERRiN (Absent on leave)

PROFESSOR BOURNE ( COURSES 8 AND Q)

DR. BENTON

DR. ROBERTSON (COURSES 6 AND 7)

1. The Middle Aces. Europe from the fourth century to the
fourteenth. The migration and settlement of the Teutonic peoples,
the rise of the Christian church, Mohammedanism and the crusades,
feudalism, the struggle of the Empire and Papacy, the growth of
cities and the rise of modern kingdoms. Either half-year. Required
of all Latin-Scientific Freshmen. Second half-year.

2. History of Germany from the Great Interregnum to the end
of the eighteenth century, with special reference to the Renaissance,
the Reformation, the Decline of Imperial institutions, the Rise of
Prussia, Frederick the Great. Second half-year.

3. History of France, from the fall of the Carolingians to the
middle of the eighteenth century, with special reference to the
growth of French institutions. Second half-year.

4. The Reformation. A course based upon Fisher's History of
the Reformation with collateral reading in Schaff's History of the
Christian Church, Hausser's Period of the Reformation, Ranke's
History of the Popes, and the writings of the Reformers. Special
topics are assigned for investigation. First half-year.

5. Political History of England, from the Tudor period to
181 5. Lectures and prescribed reading. First half-year.

6. American Colonial History. The constitutional and insti-
tutional development of the English colonies to 1783. Lectures with
prescribed readings. First half-year.

7. Political and Constitutional History of the United
States, 1783-1860. Lectures with required readings. The more im-
portant documents in McDonald's Select Documents are read and
discussed. Second half-year.

8. The Old Regime and the Revolution. France, with com-
parisons drawn from other states, 1774- 1789; the French Revolution,
1789-1795, its social and political struggles and its permanent results
in French society. First half-year.

9. The History op Europe in the Nineteenth Century. A
continuation of Course 8. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 57

10. (a). The United States 1860-1885. Lectures and reports
upon topics assigned for investigation. Or,

(b) American Politics. A study of the government of the
United States, both National and State. Second half-year.

11. History of Colonization since 1492. The history of the
English colonies in America is not included. Second half-year.

12. The Stuart Regime, 1603-1714. Especial attention given to
constitutional questions. The more important documents of Gardi-
ner's Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution are read
and discussed. Second half-year.

13. England in the Nineteenth Century. A continuation of
Course 5. Second half-year.

14. Constitutional History of England. Lectures and pre-
scribed reading. The more important constitutional documents are
discussed. First half-year.

15. American Diplomacy, 1776-1877. Lectures and reports upon
topics assigned for investigation.

17. Church History. For this course, now transferred to the
Department of Church History, and for other courses on the history
of the Christian Church, see Church History.

LATIN

professor platner

DR. BILL

1. LiVY OR Cicero. First half Freshman year.

2. Plautus, two or three plays. Horace, Satires. Second half
Freshman year.

3. Odes of Horace. First half Sophomore year.

4. Tacitus, Germania and Agricola. Juvenal, Satires. Second
half Sophomore year.

5. Cicero's Letters.

6. Lucretius.

8. Latin of the Silver Age. This course is based mainly 011
the letters of Pliny the Younger, Seneca, Tacitus, and Suetonius.

10. Roman Elegiac and Lyric Poetry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

58 ADKLBERT COLLEGE [ 1 903" 1 9^4

LAV
Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Law School
of the University, provided it does not' count for more than nine of
the fifteen hours each week required for graduation. By availing
themselves of this opportunity and by proper choice of electivcs in
the College, students may complete one of the three years required
for the degree in law, during their academic course. For details of
such courses application should be made to the Dean of the Law
School, Professor Hopkins.

MATHEMATICS

PROFESSOR SMITH
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR DICKERMAN

1. Plane Trigonometry. First half Freshman year.

2. Plane Analytic Geometry. Second half Freshman year.

4. Algebra (advanced course). First half Sophomore year.

5. Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry (advanced course).
First half-year.

6. Spherical Trigonometry. Surveying. Second half Sopho-
more year.

7. Elements op Differential and Integr-\l Calculus. Second
half Sophomore year.

8. Differential and Integral Calculus (advanced course).
First half-year.

9. The Theory of Equations. Bumside and Panton*s Theory
of Equations. 1903-1904. Second half-year.

10. Quaternions. Kelland and Tait's Introduction to Quater-
nions. First half-year.

11. Differential Equations. Johnson's Differential Equations.
1904-1905. Second half-year.

12. Modern Analytic Geometry. Second half-year.
The Laboratory fee for course 6 is $1.00.

MEDICINE

Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Medical College
of the University, provided it does not count for more than nine of
the fifteen hours each week required for graduation. By availing
themselves of this opportunity and by proper choice of electives in
the College, students may complete one of the four years required
for the degree in medicine, during their academic course. For details
of such courses application .should be made to the Dean of the Medi-
cal College, Dr. Millikin.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 59

PHILOSOPHY

PROFESSOR CURTIS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARVIN

The following chronological order will be observed. Students
wishing to elect any of the more advanced courses (5-1 1) in the
Junior of Senior year are advised to take Courses i, 2, 3 and 4, in
the Sophomore or Junior year.

(b) British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume. Lectures,
recitations and private readings. The purpose is to acquaint the
student with the classics of British Empiricism by means of selec-
tions from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum Organum,
Hobbes* Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understand-
ing, Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, and Hume's Treat-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

6o ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

ise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward the main
problems of Modern Philosophy. First half-year.

7. (ii) Theory of S(x:iety, on the basis of Anthropology and
Psychology. Open only to students who have done work in these
sciences and also in Philosophy and Economics. Lectures and re-
ports throughout the term. First half-year.

(b) Social Institutions, a continuation of the Theory of So-
ciety in its practical applications and illustrations by means of a
classification of social institutions. Lectures and reports through-
out the term. Second half-year.

8. (a) The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's
Philosophy have been reviewed, Kant's Prolegomena will be
taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This
will be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysics of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. First
half-year. Or,

(6) The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical study
of Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolution
along with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Digests and
essays are required for the purpose of bringing into prominence the
main questions of Cosmology', and the bearing of Evolution on recent
thought. Second half-year.

12. Introduction to the Philosophy of Religion. A brief
presentation of Religion in its psychological, historical, critical and
constructive aspects. Second half-year.

PHYSICAL CULTURE

MR. VON DEN STEINEN

I. Gymnastics and Hygiene. This course includes mass calis-
thenics, gymnastics and games. The object of the course will be
hygienic and recreative rather than educational gymnastics. Re-
quired of Freshmen for three hours each week during six months
of the year. It counts as a one-hour course throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 6 1

PHYSICS

PROFESSOR WHITMAN
MR. MILLS

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Electricity and Magnetism, Light. Continuation of Course
I. Second half-year.

I. (A) General contents and text-book as in i. For Freshmen
entering the Latin-Scientific course. The work is arranged to utilize
as fully as possible the preparatory course in physics. First half-
year. Under certain conditions this course may be postponed until
the Sophomore year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics, or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory of Heat. An introduction to thermodynamics, based
mainly on Buckingham's Theory of Thermodynamics, with lectures
and references. Second half-year.

Alternating with 8.

6. Continuation of Course 5. Second half-year.

7. Mechanical Drawing. A course involving the principles
of Descriptive Geometry and their application to Mechanical Draw-
ing, the preparation of working drawings, elementary curve-tracing,
etc. Faunce's Descriptive Geometry will be used as text. Second
h!alf-year.

8. Mechanics. A study of the principles of applied mechanics.
Text-book, Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year.

Alternating with 4.

9. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important phys-
ical phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to text-books, and a few exercises in the laboratory. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

62 ADEI.BERT COI.I.EGE [l903-I904

tion of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly. Second
half-year.

II. Physical Experiment. Special topics in physics are as-
signed to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is to
introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than arc
usually possible in the general courses. Each student is expected to
spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

13. Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussions on special subjects and current physical literature
by members of the conference. One meeting weekly.

Courses 10 and 11 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

Two weekly exercises under Course 11 may be combined with
Course 10 to count for one three-hour course.

An elementary knowledge of the Differential and Integral Calculus
is necessary for Courses 4, 5, 6, 8, and 11.

The Laboratory fee for Course 9 is $2.00; for each of the other
laboratory courses, $4.00.

THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES

PROFESSOR BOURLAND
FRENCH

1. Elementary. Grammar and easy reading. Practice in speak-
ing and writing French. First half-year.

2. Elementary Course continued. Reading of modem prose
and plays, with practice in speaking and writing. Second half-year.

3. Rapid Reading of Nineteenth Century Texts, with prac-
tice in conversation. This course may be elected twice. First half-
year.

4 (a). Literature of the Seventeenth Century. Lectures, rec-
itations and collateral readings in the classic drama and the prose
writers. Second half-year.

4 (b). Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Lectures and
recitations, with special reference to Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot
and J. J. Rousseau. 1904-5. Second half-year.

The foregoing courses will be offered annually, except that 4 a and
4 b will be given in alternate years; they or their equivalent must
precede all other work in French. Of the following electives, not
more than one may be expected in any half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 63

5, 6. French Pkos? G)m position. Practice in writing French,
with review of syntax. First and second half-years.

7. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. Montaigne, Rabelais.
Lectures and recitations. First half-year.

8. Outlines of the History of French Literature to the end
of the Sixteenth Century. Lectures with illustrative readings.
Second half-year.

9. 10. Historical French Grammar. Lectures on the phonology
and morphology, with illustrative readings in Old French texts.
First and second half-years.

ITALIAN

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. 1904-5. First half-year.

2. Dante. The Purgatorio and the Vita Nuova. Lectures, read-
ings and recitations. 1904-5. Second half-year.

SPANISH

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. First half-year.

2. Reading of Modern Prose and Plays, with special drill in
speaking and writing Spanish. Second half-year.

3. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the dramatic literature of
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with readings from Lope de
Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarc6n, Calderon. First half-year. [Not
given in 1903-4]

4. Cervantes. Lectures, recitations and reports. Second half-
year. [Not given in 1903-4.]

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

64 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-1904

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a holiday
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half-year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter recess
of one week, until Commencement, which occurs on the
Thursday after the eleventh day of June (or after the tenth
in years in which February has twenty-nine days). No
college exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Washing-
ton's birthday, and Decoration day. On the day of prayer
for colleges, religious exercises are held in Eldred Hall. The
exercises of each half-year begin with prayers in the chapel
at nine o'clock.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP

All students are required to attend daily prayers in the
chapel. Students are also expected to attend morning ser-
vice on Sunday in the churches of the city. It is desired
that students should connect themselves with the churches
of their choice, and enter as far as possible into their reli-
gious activities.

The Young Men's Christian Association of the college
holds its meetings in Eldred Hall. This building is devoted
entirely to the religious and social work of the Association.

LIBRARIES
The College Library, including the collections of former
literary societies, contains about forty-seven thousand bound
volumes and ten thousand unbound books and pamphlets.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 65

It is commodiously housed in the Hatch Library building,
the gift of Mr. Henry R. Hatch, of Cleveland. The col-
lections relating to the study of the German language and
literature, French literature. United States history, and the
history of the French Revolution are particularly full.
The list of periodicals is very complete, and the library con-
tains many sets of valuable publications in classical phil-
ology and archaeology, Germanic and general philology,
history, anthropology and science, besides sets of the oldest
and best literary magazines. These sets are kept up to
date and their number is increased by constant additions.
The whole collection is classified according to the Dewey
system somewhat modified. Students have access to all the
books on the shelves, and the library is open from eight
o'clock in the morning until half-past five in the afternoon.

In addition to the College Library, students may use the
Public Library of Cleveland, which contains 150,000 vol-
umes, and includes valuable collections for the study of
Shakespeare, modern literature, history, art and archaeology.
On request of members of the Faculty, books from the Pub-
lic Library are delivered at the Hatch Library building, and
may be retained for an extended period. This arrangement
makes its collection readily accessible to students at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and
general literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of
the fine arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the
sciences, especially chemistry and botany.

Students thus have access to collections aggregating about
250,000 volumes and constantly increasing in number.

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS

Biology. The biology laboratory is designed for
the study of the biological sciences, especially zoology and

Digitized by\

66 ADKLBKRT COtLEGE [1903-I904

botany ; for a biological museum, in the sense of a reference
or teaching collection of objects drawn from the living
world to illustrate types of structure, variations, life his-
tories and kindred subjects*; and for the maintenance of
vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals and plants, both
aquatic and terrestrial, may be kept alive while their habits
are studied, and, when possible, their breeding and devel-
opment watched.

Geology and Mineralogy. The laboratory of this
department is, at the present time, on th6 third floor of the
main building. The collections at the service of the depart-
ment are well chosen, and are rapidly growing. They com-
prise sets of crystal models and crystals, crystal sections for
optical study, and rock sections in great number, besides
mineralogical, lithological, and palaeontological collections.
The vicinity of Cleveland is interesting geologically, es-
pecially in regard to its glacial deposits and its palaeon-
tology. It furnishes abundance of material for the special
investigator.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1994] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 67

bearing on the courses - at present offered— all of which
include work - in . the* laboratory — and additional apparatus
is continually being obtained.

Upon the physical laboratory has been erected an equa-
torial telescope, covered by a revolving dome. The tele-
scope, of ten and one-half inches aperture and fifteen feet
focal length, is equipped with all the necessary accessories
for observation and; measurement. This equipment of
astronomical apparatus is the gift of Messrs. W. R. Warner
and Ambrose Swasey^ of Cleveland.

GYMNASIUM Al^D ATHLETIC FIELD ^

At the southern end of the campus is the gymnasium, and
beside it the athletic', field. The former is sufficiently
equipped with apparatus for ordinary use. All members of
the Freshman class are required to take systematic exercise
in the gymnasium three times a week during six months of
the year. During the same period a similar opportunity is
afforded members of the other classes. All work is under
the supervision of the instructor in physical culture.

The athletic field is graded, fenced and provided with
seats for viewing athletic contests. . . . . '

RULES GOVERNING ATTENDANCE

Each student is allowed/during each half-year, absences
to the amount of one in twelve, from recitations in each
study, provided that such absences do not immediately pre-
cede or follow a vacation or recess. Lackdf preparation,
when reported to the instructor beforehand, Will be ctiunted
as an absence. Absences from chapel, or from work in the
gymnasium, are treated in the same way as absences from
recitation. The absence of any considerable number of a
class, by agreement, is not included in allowed absences, and
will lessen the number of allowed absences, as may be deter-
mined by the Faculty.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

68 ADELBERT COLI^EGE [1903-I904

Absences beyond the number allowed may be excused
only by vote of the Executive Committee, and excuses are
confined chiefly to cases of protracted illness. Applications
for such excuses must be made through the Dean, in writing,
within one week after the resumption of college duties, or
they will not be considered.

Absences of athletic teams, glee clubs, delegates to fra-
ternity conventions, etc., are made the subject of special
permission, for which application must be made, in every
case before the absence, to the Executive Committee.

All omitted exercises, allowed or excused, must be made
up within one week after the resumption of college duties,
at a time and place appointed by the instructor whose exer-
cises were omitted. The responsibility in this matter rests
zvith the student. For special reasons the instructor may
grant an extension of the time beyond one week, or the
Executive Committee may excuse the student altogether, on
application in writing, through the Dean. A single omitted
exercise is considered as made up if at the next exercise in
that study there is a review, and the student reports that he
is prepared upon the review as well as the advance lesson.
In all cases a student is held responsible for preparation on
omitted work whenever involved in review or examination.

Omitted exercises, not allowed or excused (or in any
case, if not made up), will be counted as failures in reckon-
ing a student's standing. Irregularities in attendance, not
allowed or excused, are marked as follows : Absence from
examination, public or private, five marks. Absence from
lectures, two marks. Absence from any other exercise, one
mark. Tardiness at, or egress from any of the above, one
mark.

When the marks of a student amount to five, he will be
informed of the fact, and a written notice will be sent to his
father or guardian, together with a statement of all his ab-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RBSBRVE UNIVERSITY 69

sences, allowed and excused, and a copy of the rules. When
the marks amount to ten, a second notice will be sent ; when
they amount to fifteen a third will be sent, and the student
will be suspended from the privileges of the college for a
period determined by the Faculty.

GRADES OF SCHOLARSHIP

Students are graded in their studies by letters which have
value on a scale of eight, as follows :

E (excellent) 7-8

G (good) 6-7

F (fair) 5-6

P (pass) 4-5

D (deficient) -4

At the close of each half-year, instructors combine the
grades of the term's work and of examinations in any ratio
they see fit ; and report to the Registrar the resultant grades
expressed in letters. The Dean then reports the grades of
each student to his parent or guardian.

Care over the work of students is exercised by the Execu-
tive Committee after the following method: When the
grade of a student becomes D in any study, the instructor
reports the fact at once to the Dean, who sends an official
notification of the deficiency to the student and to his
parent or guardian. The instructor keeps the Registrar in-
formed as to whether the student's grade continues D.
Once a month the Dean reports to the faculty all infor-
mation which he has received from instructors in regard to
the grades of students.

Any student whose grade is D in the class-work of any
study may be dropped from that study at any time by a
majority vote of the Executive Committee and the instructor
whose course is involved. He shall be so dropped when he
has had grade D for six consecutive weeks; unless by a

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

70 ADEtBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

majority vote of the same persons he is allowed to remain in
the study imder special probation for a short time. In all
cases the student's grade is determined by all his previous
work in a study from the beginning of the half-year.

If a student has grade D in the class-work of any study,
he is not allowed to enter the examination, and cannot be
graduated until the head of the department reports to the
Registrar that the deficiency has been removed. In case the
student is deficient in an elective study, he may take in
class some other elective of the same number of hours a
week, and the satisfactory completion of such elective will
be regarded as removing his deficiency.

If a student's term standing in any study is not below
grade P, but he fails in his examination, the instructor
hands in his grade as D and also notice that he is to be
re-examined in that study. When he has passed this
re-examination the instructor notifies the Registrar at once,
and the deficiency is cancelled.

When a student so fails in his work that, in the judgment
of the Executive Committee, he cannot successfully c(mtinue
it, a condition is placed upon him. He cannot then go on
with any study unless he makes up the deficiency before a
specified time.

No student who has entrance conditions will be advanced
to the rank of Junior. No student is allowed to enter the
second half of his Senior year who has not made up all his
deficiencies.

In general, regular students are not allowed to become
special students on account of failure to maintain them-
selves in their regular work,, but individual cases may be
considered on their merits by the executive committee.

DEGREES
In order to be recommended for a degree a student shall
have passed in all the studies of his course and have attained

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 7 1

a grade of F or a higher grade in two-thirds of them. The
degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those who
have completed that regular course which includes the study
of the Greek language and literature ; the degree of Bache-
lor OF Letters on those who have completed the course in
which modem languages are substituted for Greek ; and the
degree of Bachelor of Philosophy on those who have
completed the course in which more advanced science is sub-
stituted for languages.

For degrees in combination with the Medical College, the
School of Law, and the Case School of Applied Science, see
the synopsis of courses under the proper headings.

HONORS

In Chemistry, French, German, Greek, Latin and
Mathematics, two-year honors are given to those students
who, at the completion of the Sophomore year, have attained
grade E in each course of these departments during two
years, and grade F or a higher grade in all of their other
studies.

Honors are awarded to the graduating class at each Com-
mencement, and to the Junior class at the end of the Junior
year. These honors are determined by the standing of the
students in all their previous college work. To be recom-
mended for a degree with honors, a student shall have at-
tained grade F or a higher grade in all his college work ; for
degree summa cum laude, grade E in five-sixths of all his
work ; for degree magna cum laude, grade E in one-half of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

72 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-1904

all his work, or E or G in five-sixths of it ; for degree cum
laude, E or G in one-half of all his work.

Opportunity is given to students having sufficient prepara-
tion to pursue studies and investigations outside the pre-
scribed course under the direction and assistance of the
Faculty, provided they maintain a standing of at least G in
each of their regular studies. Students who pass successful
examinations in these additional studies may be exempted
from a portion of the regular examinations, and receive
honorable mention in the catalogue.

PRIZES
President's Prizes are offered as follows :
Three prizes for excellence in producing and speaking
orations are awarded to members of the Junior and Sopho-
more Classes who engage in a Junior-Sophomore oratorical
contest at Commencement. Of these, two first prizes of
thirty-five dollars each are given to the contestants who
rank first in each class. A second prize of twenty dollars is
awarded irrespective of class. The following rule respect-
ing the competition has been adopted by the Faculty: a
Sophomore who gains the first prize in any contest shall not
compete again, and one who gains the second prize may
compete in his Junior year for the first prize only.

Six prizes for the highest records in scholarship are
awarded at the end of the Freshman year as follows : In
French and German (Modern Language Freshmen) twenty-
five dollars; in German (all except Modem Language
Freshmen) twenty-five dollars; in English, forty dollars; in
Greek, twenty-five dollars : in Latin, forty dollars ; in Mathe-
matics, forty dollars. A prize of twenty-five dollars is also
awarded for the best results in the work of the gymnasium
during the Freshman year. These prizes are awarded only
to those pursuing their Sophomore year in Adelbert College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 73

and no prize will be given if it seems to the department or
departments concerned that it is not clearly merited.

Philosophical Prizes, founded by Mr. Truman P.
Handy and continued in his memory by his daughter, Mrs.
John S. Newberry, are offered as follows : Two prizes, one
of sixty and one of thirty dollars, are awarded by a com-
mittee at the close of the college year to the two members
of the philosophical group who shall excel in an original
essay and a special examination. The subject assigned for
1903-1904 is, "Statement and Criticism of Spencer's Data of
Ethics."

English Prizes are offered as follows: The Early Eng-
lish Text Society offers a prize for the best examination
in old and Middle English. The New Shakespeare Society
offers a similar prize for the best examination in Shakes-
peare. Each prize consists of publications of the Society
offering it.

The Hughes Prize. By the kindness of Mr. Rupert
Hughes of the Class of 1892, two prizes, one of fifteen and
one of ten dollars, are offered for the best poems written by
undergraduates. These sums may be combined into a single
prize in any year if any one poem is of exceptional merit.
Competitors must submit their productions, in type-written
form and under an assumed name, not later than May
fifteenth of each year. No competitor may submit more
than one poem in any one year.

The Holden Prize. Mr. L. E. Holden of Cleveland,
offers a prize of twenty-five dollars for the best essay writ-
ten by a Senior on some subject selected by the department
of Rhetoric. Essays in competition for this prize must be
type-written and submitted under an assumed name not later
than May fifteenth, 1904. The subject for this academic
year is "The Classical Influence on Milton's Paradise Lost."

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

74 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1903-I904

The Debate Prize. In order to encourage and
strengthen the debating interests of the College, an alumnus
offers a prize of thirty dollars to be divided equally among
the three students who. win places on the debating team in
the preliminary contests, and represent the institution in
the annual contest of the Ohio Debating League.

The Harriet Pelton Perkins Scholarship, the in-
come of a fund of two thousand dollars, given for that pur-
pose by Mr. Edwin R. Perkins, is awarded annually to that
member of the Junior class who fills the following condi-
tions: He must rank in the first third of his class in the
study of the classics, having pursued Latin and Greek
through the Sophomore year. Among those fulfilling the
first condition he must also attain the highest rank for ex-
cellence in English, having taken, besides all required
courses, at least three hours a week during both terms of
the Junior year.

Except to Seniors, prizes awarded at commencement are
paid at the beginning of the ensuing term, and no prize will
be so paid unless the student continues his connection with
the College.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER PUBLICATION FUND '

In March, 1893, Mrs. Julia W. Butler gave one thousand
dollars to found the Francis G. Butler Publication Fund,
"the income from the fund to be devoted to the publication
of the results of original research in the field of American
history, made by the professors or students of Adelbert Col-
lege, the College for Women, or the Graduate School of
Western Reserve Universitv."

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 75

EXPENSES
The College charges are as follows :

Matriculation $ 5.00

Tuition, Incidentals, Library and Gymnasium, each year 85.00

Board and rooms in private families in the vicinity of the
College may be obtained at a cost of from three to five
dollars a week ; board in clubs for from two and a half to
three dollars a week.

BENEFICIARY AND OTHER AID

1. All applicants for scholarships shall file written state-
ments of resources, expenses and needs, accompanied in
the case of those just entering college, whether as Fresh-
men or in the higher classes, by testimonials as to character
and attainments.

2. Scholarships shall be granted annually upon each
application, but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of
one half-year.

3. The granting and withdrawing of scholarships, for
students who have attended the College as long as one half-
year, shall be in the hands of the Executive Committee, who

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

76 ADELBKRT COLLBGE [1903-1904

shall report to the Faculty at the beginning of each year the
names of those students to whom scholarships are to be
granted, and each half-year the names of those from whom
scholarships have been withdrawn.

4. In general only candidates for a degree in full stand-
ing are eligible to a scholarship. But one may be granted
to any student who, by reason of incomplete preparation, is
obliged to enter college as a special student, but with the in-
tention of making up his deficiencies and taking a degree,
and it may be continued to him in successive years if his
progress warrants the belief that he will carry out his inten-
tion. But a student in full standing who becomes a special
student, shall not in general be eligible to a scholarship. A
student, to be eligible to a scholarship, or to retain one, must
in general maintain an average of F in all his studies and
must not fall below the passing grade in any subject.

5. A scholarship may be withdrawn from a student
whose work or conduct ceases to be satisfactory.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

GENERAL STATEMENT

nN ORDER to provide more adequate means for the
separate higher education of young women, the Trus-
tees of Western Reserve University established the College
foi Women in 1888. The first session began in September
of the same year. For the first three years of its existence
the college depended largely for its courses of instruction
upon members of the faculty of Adelbert College. At the
end of that period it acquired a separate corps of instructors,
so that since that time each of the two colleges, the one for
women and the other for men, has had a faculty of its own.
In this relation special mention should be made of the gen-
erous gifts and bequests through which have been estab-
lished the Eliza Clark Professorship of Greek, the Emily
A. Woods Professorship of Latin, the Florence Harkness
Professorship of Biblical Literature, and the Lucy A.
Leifingwell Professorship of Philosophy. The two colleges
have a common standard of work, and the relations of each
to the other and to the rest of the University tend to develop
a common breadth of outlook. Moreover, in a number of
the departments, by exchange of work and other arrange-
ments, instruction is given in each college by members of
the faculty of the other. Graduates of the College for
Women receive their degrees from the University, of which

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

78 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I904

it is an integral part. The system is thus not one of co-
education, nor of complete separation in education, but of
co-ordination.

In 1892 the College occupied its present site on Bellflower
Avenue, in the most attractive and healthful part of the city,
a few steps from Euclid Avenue on one side and from Wade
Park and the great system of parks and boulevards on the
other. In 1898 and 1903 the college grounds were enlarged,
so that they now contain about six acres. Qark Hall,
named from its donor, Eliza Clark, was erected in 1892 from
designs by Richard M. Hunt. It contains the library, gym-
nasium, and offices, in addition to recitation and study
rooms. A home for students, called Guilford House, the
gift of Mrs. Samuel Mather, was built in 1892 and greatly
enlarged in 1894. The Florence Harkness Memorial con-
tains, in addition to the main assembly room, the recitation
room and library for the Bible classes. Haydn Hall is de-
signed to provide rooms for study and social purposes, and
also to serve as a dormitory. The laboratories in Biology,
Chemistry, Geology and Physics are situated on the campus
of Adelbert College and are used in common with the mem-
bers of that college. The Hatch Library and Astronomical
Observatory are also used in common.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RBSERVB UNIVERSITY 79

ADVISORY COUNCIL

Honorary President^ Miss L. T. Guii^ford.

President, Mrs. W. R. Warner.

Vice President, Mrs. E. W. Haines.

Recording Secretary, Mrs. J. J. Tracy.

Corresponding Secretary^ Mrs. Pascai, H. Sawybr.
Treasurer, Mrs. Henry S. Sherman.

Mrs. Samuel Mather, Mrs. Wii«uam A. Leonard,

Mrs. Edward W. Morley, Mrs. Jay C. Morse,
Miss Harriet Sheldon Hurlbut, Mrs. H. E. Myers,

Miss Harriet L. Keeler, Miss Anna Burgess,

Mrs. J. H. Wade, Mrs. Dudley P. Allen,

Mrs. Charles }. Sheffield, Mrs. D. Z. Norton,

Mrs. Luke Lascellbs, Mrs. Arthur E. Lyman,

Miss Augusta Mittlbbergbr, Mrs Samuel A. Raymond,

Mrs. C. p. Olney, Mrs. William E. Gushing,

Mrs. W. S. Tyler, Miss Cora E. Canfield,

Mrs. George A. Garrbtson, Miss Katharine Croxton,
Miss Mary L. Southworth,
Mrs. Harry R. Collacott, President of the Alumnae Association.

Corresponding Members.

Mrs. Wm. H. Upson, Akron, O. Mrs. G. H. McElevy, Youngstown, O.
Mrs. C. W. Jacques, Ashtabula, O. Mrs. Henry B. Perkins, Warren, O.
Mrs. J. Osborne Moss, New York. Mrs. Frank Swayne, Toledo, O.
Mrs. James A. Garfield, Mentor, O. Mrs. J. S. Newberry, Detroit, Mich.
Mrs. H. S. Lane, Crawfordsville,'.Ind. Mrs. Frank G.Sigler, Montclair, N.J.
Mrs. C. O. Gridley, Erie, Pa. Mrs. Joseph Howells, Jefferson, O.

Mrs. Thos. Kilpatrick, Omaha, Neb. Mrs. George H. Ely, Elyria, O.
MissEllenG. Reveley, Syracuse, N.Y. Miss Caroline Hardy, Columbus, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

8o COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranged^ with exception of the President, in the order of graduation from college^
within each division,

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Hiram Collins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 173 Bellflower Av.

Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature.

Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Woods Professor of Latin.

Harold North Fowler, Ph D., (Absent for the year.)

Clark Professor of Greek.

Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology.

Henry Platt Cushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St.

Professor of Geology.

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Professor of History.

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature.

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 23 Adelbert Hall.

LefUngzvell Professor of Philosophy.

Secretary of the Faculty.

Anna Helen e Palm 16, Ph. B., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of Mathematics.

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English.

Hippolyte Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St.

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 81

Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 95 Mayfield St.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography.

Joseph Leopold Borgerhoff, A. M., The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av.
Instructor in Romance Languages.

Allyn Abbott Young, Ph. D., 18 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Economics.

Clarence Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Instructor in Greek.

Carl Byron James, B. S., South Euclid, O.

Instructor in Biology.

Clara Louise Myers, Ph. B., 95 Mayfield St.

Instructor in English.

Charles William Prentiss, Ph. D., 77 Hilburn Av.

Instructor in Biology.

William Spence Robertson, Ph. D., 24 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in History.

Mary George Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.

John Mills, A. B., 81 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics.

Additional instruction in their ozvn departments is given by the
following members of the Adelbert College Faculty.

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Handy Professor of Philosophy.

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.

Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., 45 Wilbur St.

Professor of Greek.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

82 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

Edward Stockton Meyer^ Ph. D., The Somerset, Billings Av.
Assistant Professor of German.

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 43 Spangler Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.

Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D., The Atiburn, 3020 Euclid Av.

Instructor in History.

Winfred George Leutner, A. B., 137 Arlington St

Instructor in Greek.

Nina May Roberts, A. M., 30 Sayles St.

Assistant in EngHsh.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Ph. B., 894 Case Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory.

Lillian G. Towslee, M. D., 406-8 Osborn Bldg.

Lecturer in Physiology and Hygiene.

Jessie Boggs, A. M., M. D., 1257 Euclid Av.

Medical Examiner.

OTHER OFFICERS-

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., 4132 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.

Registrar.

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Bursar.

Harry Albert Harinc, A. B., 78 Cornell St.

Treasurer.

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L.,

71 Elberon Av., East Cleveland.
Librarian, Hatch Library.

Anna Louise MacIntyre, A. B., 136 Sawtell Av.

Librarian, College for Women.

Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemistress, Guilford House.

Isadore Heydenburk, Housemistress, Haydn Hall.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

STUDENTS

SENIORS

Florence Ellinwood Allen, CI * Salt Lake City
Carl3nne Margaret Buschman, M.L,Cleveland
Katherine Evelyn CoUord, L. E.Cleveland
Grayce Mildred Daniels, L. £. Canton

Jessie Edna Daniels, L. £.
Agnes Mary Doster, M. L.
Fanny Alice Dunsford, M. I
Lois Violet Ellett, L. E.
Madge Ina Ferry, L.E.
Hortense Furth, L. E.
Bessie Gillmer, L.E.
Alma Gertrude Gleason, CI.
Jennie Adcle Gleeson, L.E.
Susan Elizabeth Gray, L. E.
Alice Constance Hagan, CI.
Edith Mabel Hill, L. E.
Frances Antoinette Hinde,
Mary Estelle Hopkinson,
Ethel Irene Jones, CI.
Ella Koningslow, M. L.
Rhoda Landsberg, M. L.
Louise Reber Layman, CI.
Florence Agnes Lessick, CI.
Sarah Emily McMurray, M. L.
Addie Ellen Oakley, L. E.
Lillian Elizabeth Oakley, L. E.
Frances Isabel Odlin, L. E.
Phoebe Katharine Parks, L.E.
Mary Jeannette Proudfoot, CI.
Zillah Genevieve Quayle, M. L.
Florence Alice Reeve, CI.
Etta Anthony Sampliner, M. L.
Clara Beth Schneider, M. L.
Anna Groh Seesholtz, M. L.
Beulah Blanch Smith, L. E.
Ruhamah Georgette Smith, CI.

Canton
Cleveland
Rochester, N.
Cleveland
South Kirtland
St. Louis, Mo.
Warren
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
L. E. Cuyahoga Falls
L. E. Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Youngstown
Cleveland
Hubbard
Cleveland
Cleveland
Dayton
Collinwood
Cleveland
Cleveland
Willoughby
Cleveland
Canton
Canton
Cortland
Cleveland

Guilford House.

189 Taylor St.

Haydn Hall.

72 Merchants Av.

Y. Guilford House.

Guilford House.

Haydn Hall.

The Whitehall.

Guilford House.

168 Cedar Av.

54 Kenwood Av.

199 Quincy St.

386 Willson Av.

758 Hough Av.

Haydn Hall.

288 Gordon Av.

163s Harvard St.

882 Scovill Av.

The Euclid.

Guilford House.

486 Giddings Av.

Guilford House.

800 Hough Av.

Guilford House.

Collinwood, O.

Guilford House.

290 Sibley St.

• Guilford House.

321 Kennard St.

Haydn Hall.

Guilford House.

1204 Cedar A v.

Guilford House.

♦Abbreviations: CI. for Classical Course; M. L. for Modern Language Course;
L. E. for Latin-English Course.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[1903-1904

Lilian Belle Stilwell, M. L
Fannie Langhorne Stoney, CI.
Mary Helen Thayer, M. L.
Mary Emily Van £pps, CI.
Josephine Depear Walsh, CI.
Ethel Ogarita Weimer, CI.
Katie Weis, M. U
Cecily Whelan, CI.
Mary Wittier, L. E.
Eleanor Worthington, M. L.

East Clezcland 37 Staiuvood Rd.
Cleveland 30 Bridge St.

Canton Guilford House.

Cleveland 91 5 S. Logan A v.

East Cleveland. 69 Hower Av.
Cleveland 144 Hawthorne Av.
Cleveland 354 Marcellinc Av.
Cleveland 103 Kentucky St.

Miamisburg Haydn HalL

Cleveland Guilford House.

Seniors 46.

JLNIUkb

Vera Andrew, CI.
Ida Florence Budde, CI.
Mabel Elizabeth Chapman, CI.
Alice Duty, M. U
Etta Freedlander, M. L.
Malvina Friedman, M. L.
Charlotte Yale Gardner, M. L.
Nancy Lodelle Garrett, M. L.
Helen Gilchrist, L. E.
Gertrude Marie Gillin, L. E.
Hilda Maud Hetzel, L. E.
Vesta Maude Jackson, L. E.
Lena Rivers Kicfer, L. E.
Grace Amanda King, M. L.
Carrie Louise Krauss, M. L.
Irma Linn, M. L.
Maud Eugenia Lyman, L. E.
Jean Bailey McFall, U E.
Emma Bean McKim, M. L.
Mabelle Amele Monson, L. E.
Mabel Adele Morris, L. K
Wilamina Morrow, M. L.
Emma May Mumaw, L. E.
Florence Elizabeth Myers, M. L.
Grace Louise Pennington, CI.
Jean Quay, CI.

Elizabeth Ellinwood Roberts, CI.
Louise Christina Schuele, L. E.

Cedarville Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 116 Spanglcr Av.

Cleveland 103 Marcellinc Av

Cleveland 2577 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 158 Putnam St.

Cleveland g6 Osborne St.

Cleveland 81 Edgewood PI.

Cleveland 775 Giddings Av.

Cleveland Guilford House.

Cleveland 91 Quincy St.

Miamisburg Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 1057 E. Madison Av.

Findlay Guilford House.

Butte, Mont Guilford House.

Cleveland 1997 Superior St.

Cleveland 151 Courtland St.

Chardon Guilford House.
Pittsburg, Pa. Guilford House.

Cleveland Guilford House.

Cleveland 189 W. Madison Av.

Cleveland 223 E. Prospect St.

Canton Haydn Hall.

Cleveland i Glen Park PI.

Cleveland 79 Hough Av.
East Cleveland 4050 Euclid Av.
Winsted, Conn. Guilford House.

Cleveland 15 Jay St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Helen Dennison Shepherd, CI. Painesville

Olga EHzabeth Solberg, M. U Salem

Lenore Irene Stein, M. L Cleveland

Helen Florence Stevens, M. L. Cleveland

Harriet Anna Thomas, CI. Cleveland

Gwendolyn Lloyd Thomas, Q. Clei^eland

Ruth yan Nostran, L. E. Cleveland

Lois Brockway Williams, CI. Cleveland

Jennie Young, L. E. Cleveland

SOPHOMORES

Lula Alberdena Alburn, CI. Youngstown

Mabel Estelle Anderson, L. E. Nezv York, N.

Lola Armstrong, M. L. Painesville

Eva Clare Bauman, L. E. Cleveland

Florence Margaret Brooks, CI. Cleveland

Anita Marie Cleveland, M. L. Cleveland

Lettie May Clague, CI. Madison

Lila Emily Coit, CI. Ravenna

Martha Cook, CI. Cleveland

Lida Margaret Cramer, L. E. Cleveland

Cornelia Cranz, L. E. Akron
Marguerite Eckstein Case Day, L. E. Cleveland

Mary Frances Day, M. L. Warren

Irene Delahunt, L. E. Buffalo, N. Y.

Mildred DeLaney, M. L. Cleveland

Ruth Elliott, L. K Lakewood

Frieda Fliedner, M. L. Cleveland
Aimee Carolyn Friend, M.

Helen Barber Gaines, CI. Cleveland
Charlotte Christine Geuder, M. L. Cleveland

Mary Estelle Hagan, CI. Cleveland

Gussie Kelley Hamilton, M. L. Kelley's Island

Laura Maria Hassler, M. L. Cleveland

Elsie Sophia Hauser, L. E. Sandusky

Florence Adelaide Hobson, L. E. Lakewood

Mildred lone Honecker, M. L. Cleveland

Sarah Mildred Honeywell, L. E. Cleveland

Clara Mary Horn, M. L. Cleveland

Ethel May Hurst, L. K Lake Breeze

Emanuela Anna Janousek, L. E. Cleveland

Guilford House.

2 Sturtevant St.

1055 Case Av.

2036 Broadway.

27 Walker St.

2688 Warner Rd.

204 Harkness Av.

127 Streator Av.

22 Melrose Av.

Juniors 37.

Haydn Hall.

Y, Guilford House.

962 Willson A v.

185 Bellflower Av.

6 The Heyse.

392 Bolton Av.

103 Sterling Av.

Haydn Hall

304 Franklin Av.

861 Scranton Av.

Haydn Hall.

2100 Dennison Av.

Guilford House..

82 Hough PI.

305 Huron St.

17 Grace A v.

160 Wellington Av.

L. Milwaukee, Wis. Guilford House.

173 Bell Av.

Guilford House.

386 Willson Av.

Haydn Hall.

39 Williams St.

Haydn Hall.

123 Oakdale St.

482 Jennings Av..

315 Genesee Av.

224 Slater A v.

401 Rosedale Av.

1772 Broadway.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[1903-I904

Edna Mary Jones, L. £.
Margaret Dorothy Jones, L. £.
Elizabeth Coit Kelton, M. L.
Maude Barber Kendall, L. E.
Ruth Richmond Kennan, CI.
Gertrude Hortense Leon, M. L.
Margaret Knowlton, M. L.
Lillian Rhea Linn, M. L.
Nellie May Luehrs, CL
Ruth Lovern Mann, M. L.
Elma Anne Marble, CI.
Ruth Bixby McKean, CI.
Eleanore Emma Michel, M. L.
Margretta Catherine Molony, L.E.
Anna Louise Morgan, M. L.
Nelly Bell Newton, M. L.
Harriet Jane Noland, L. E.
Christine Ortli, U E.
Ruby Mary Osborne, L. E.
Mary Ann Peabody, CI.
Rumah Adaline Peets, L. E.
Nellie Craig Saunders, CI.
Helene Selminski, M. L.
Beulah Cranage Rayner, CI.
Mabel Gertrude Rose, CI.
Adaline Sherman, L. E.
Harriet Smith, CI.
Helen Smith, M. L.
Lillian Ethel Switzer, L. R
Edith Belle Taylor, CI.
Mary Arabella Thacher, M. L.
Elva Held Thomas, CI.
Faye Emma Tracy, L. E.
Marion Louise Van Vliet, M. L.
Anna Eliza Wallace, CI.
Nellie Fay Wallace, M. L.
Elizabeth White, L. E.
Hazel Lucinde White, CI.
Ethel Cora Whitworth, CI.
Florence Woodward, L. E.
Lucy Harriet Young, L. E.

Cleveland 1143 Woodl'd Hills Av.

Cleveland Independence St.

Columbus Guilford House.

Cleveland 1306 Cedar Av.

Medina Guilford House.

Cleveland 1428 Willson Av.

Cleveland 530 Jennings Av.

Cleveland 112 Dibble A v.

Cleveland 580 Willson Av.

Cleveland 40 Hollister St.

Girard Haydn Hall.

Cleveland Guilford House.

Cleveland 1869 Superior St.

Cleveland 156 Jennings Av.

Cleveland 2232 Willson Av.
Cleveland 408 E Prospect St.

Cleveland 1155 Doan St

Cleveland 1083 Pearl St.
Binghamton, N. Y. Guilford Hsc.

Cleveland 127 Kinsman St.

Nottingham 62 Tennis St.

Cleveland 1265 Slater Av.

Cleveland 34 Princeton St.

Cleveland Guilford House.

Angola, Ind. Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 542 Franklin Av.

Cleveland 193 Oakdale St.
East Cleveland 37 Grasmere St.

Cleveland Guilford House.
Penn Yan, N. Y. Guilford House.

Toledo Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 59 Norton Av.

Euclid Euclid, O.
£. Aurora, N.Y. 373 Harkness Av.

Warren Guilford House.

Cleveland 67 Tilden Av.

Euclid Euclid, O.

Painesville 49 Cory Av.

Cleveland 61 Gorman A v.

Cleveland 95 Mayfield Rd.

Cleveland 22 Melrose Av.
Sophomores 71.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

'903-1904] WESTERN KBSBRVB UNTVSRSITY

FRESHMEN

Lucy Cordelia Allen, M. L. Cleveland

Ruth Shirk Allison, CI. Erie, Pa.

Leila Covert Avery, L. E. Buffalo, N. Y

Addie Laura Brewster, CI. Cleveland

Helen Hunt Buchan, M. L. Cleveland
Jeanne Arwilda Buckmaster, M. h. Mansfield

Florence Cornelia Bushnell, M. L. Cleveland

Anna Grace Cannell, L. E. Cleveland

Maud Augusta Carabin, M. L. Monroeville

Ruth Josephine Collings, L. E. Cleveland

Eleanor Duffield Cooke, M. L. Cleveland

Viola Frances Doering, M. L. Cleveland

Carrie Belle Ebert, L. E. Elyria

Cecile Leffingwell Enegren, M. L, Moline, III.

Rosalie Alice Fiebcger, L. E. Akron

Paula Marie Fliedner, M. L. Cleveland

Ethel Luella Gillin, L. E. Cleveland

Nella Beatrix Hatter, M. L. Hwitsburg

Ethel Marie Hanson, CI. Cleveland

Elsie Heidenreich, M. L. Cleveland

Mary Jessie Horsburgh, CI. Cleveland

Jean Allan Howells, M. L. Cleveland
Florence Harriet Hutchinson, l/LL,. Napoleon

Martha Louise Jeschkc, L. E. Cleveland

Bertha Johnson, M. L. Oskaloosa, la.

Katherine Eleanor Joslyn, M. L. Youngstown

Elsie Eugenia Kelly, M. L. Cleveland

Hazel Warrington Kirk, CI. Cleveland

Lucia Lemperly, M. L. Cleveland

Grace Lucile Libby, M. L. Cleveland

Bessie Adelaide Lombard, M. L. New Haven,

Edith Harley Lucas, M. L. Cleveland

Fannie Maude Luehrs, Q. Cleveland

Grace Estelle Merrill, M. L. Ravenna

.Lora Maude Mitchell, L. E. Cleveland

Mildred Kelly Moysey, M. L. Elyria

Alma Mueller, M. L. Cleveland

Gertrude Maud Mueller, M. L. Cleveland

Vida Alberta Nisbet, M. L. Cleveland

Loey May Oakley, CI. Cleveland

90 Kenilworth St.

Haydn Hall.

. 657 Woodrd Hills.

276 Hosmcr St.

272 Harkness A v.

Guilford House.

648 Castle Av.

247 Miles Av.

2238 Euclid Av.

128 Duane St.

44 Hough PI.

1817 Willson Av.

Guilford House.

Haydn Hall.

Guilford House.

160 Wellington Av.

91 Quincy St.

8 Kcyes St.

2220 Willson Av.

18 Selden Av.

151 Hoadley St.

365 Miles Av.

Haydn Hall.

33 Livingston St.

41 Mt. Union St.

Guilford House.

25 Vienna St.

27 Brookfield St.

574 Franklin Av.

220 Princeton St.

Conn. 462 Giddings.

12 Ames Av.

580 Willson Av.

59 Knox St.

14 Stanley A v.

Guilford House.

53 Chestnut St.

730 Willson Av.

439 Russell Av.

800 Hough Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[1903-1904

Jessica Laura Ossman, L. E. Cleveland

Lola Mabel Ruffin, L. E. IVashington, D.

Susie Mae Ryder, L. E. Cleveland

Wilhelmina Sammler, L. E. * Marysville

Flora Ruth Schneider, L. E. Canton
Caroline Catherine Schoenhut, M. L. Lakewood

Hulda Schwartz, M. L. East Cleveland

Ora Eunice Shaw, M. L. Cleveland

Florence Anne Stevens, M. L. Ravenna

Gladys Elizabeth Stevens, M. L. Clez'eland

Frances Zoe Stowell, L. E. Cleveland

Clara Louise Stump f, M. L. Cleveland

Lois Margaret Tuckerman, CI. Cleveland

Ethel Linda Van Nostran, L. E. Cleveland

Marie Clara Wait, M. L. Cleveland

Zola May Watson, L. E. BellzHlle
Florence Margaret Wedow, M. L. Cleveland

Charlotte Williams, L. E. East Cleveland

229 Hamilton St.

C. 4 Hudson St.

708 Franklin Av.

Haydn Hall.

Guilford House.

40 Collamer Av.

723 Republic St.

Haydn Hall.

2036 Broadway.

67 Cutler St.

719 Dennison Av.

Guilford House.

204 Harkness Av.

17 Republic PI.

59 Knox St.

93 Tildcn Av.

43 Beersford PI.

Freshmen 58.

STUDENTS PURSULNG PARTIAL COURSES

THIRD YEAR

Edith Conde, CI. East Cleveland 33 Wellesley St.

Edith Leona Eastman, L. E. Glenville 161 Avondale Av.

Helen Sterrett Henning, M. L. Fargo, N. D. Guilford House.

Rita Remington Sabin, M. L. Cleveland 89 Tilden Av.

SECOND YEAR

Mabel Hamilton Cowgill, L. E.
Elisabeth Lee Dunning, L. E.
Mary Freer, CI.
Marcia Belle Wilkin, M. L.

Clei'eland 756 N. Logan A v.

Dayton Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 1528 Cedar A v.

Nezv Philadelphia

The Kenmore, Cedar Av.

FIRST YEAR SPECIALS

Florence Ruth Biddle, M. L. Cleveland 1264 Cedar Av.

Charlotte Grace Bultman, CI. Cleveland 49 Vienna St.

Helen Gertrude Campbell, M. L. Cleveland 993 Cedar Av.

Cora Knutsford Dunnells, L. E. Pittsburgh, Pa. 59 Knox St.

Cornelia Furth, L. E. Cleveland The Whitehall.

Dorothy Heinemann, M. L. JVatisau, U^is. 46 Euclid PL

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I9O4] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Trissa Hubbard, M. L. Bedford 4254 Euclid Av.

Julia Adaline Keeler, L. E. Painesville Guilford House.

Martha Pearl Lovett, L. E. Eaton Haydn Hall.

Lois Marie Miller, L. E. Urbana Haydn Hall.

Myra Moses, M. L. Cleveland iigy Case A v.

Catharine Dingwall Ross, M. L. Cleveland 37 Sayles St.

Maud Stanberry, L. E. McConnelsville Haydn Hall.

Rita Stein, M. L. Cleveland 1055 Case Av.

Grace Lillian Turrill, L. E. Cleveland 401 Rosedale Av.

Vera Wilcox Van Wormer, CI. Clez'eland 27 Kirk St.

Specials 24

SUMMARY

Seniors 46

Juniors 37

Sophomores 71

Freshmen 58

Specials 24

Total 236

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

90 COLI,EGE FOR WOMBN [1903-I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

All applicants for admission, whether to the Freshman
class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses, must pre-
sent satisfactory testimonials of good moral character, and
those from other colleges must also bring certificates of hon-
orable dismission. Admission to the Freshman class may
be gained in one of two ways, either on examination, or on
presentation of a certificate from an approved High School
or Academy. Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES

All candidates, irrespective of the course they may
choose, must be prepared in English, Latin, and Mathemat-
ics, according to the outlines of those subjects given below.

English : The examination consists of two parts. On the books
marked A in the following lists, the student is required to write a
paragraph or two on each of several topics chosen by her from a con-
siderable number set before her on the examination paper. In every
case the knowledge of the book will be considered of less importance
than the ability to write English. On the books marked B, the
student is required to answer questions relating to the author, subject
matter, the essentials of English grammar, and the important facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong. She is also expected to express her knowledge with
clearness and accuracy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 9I

Examinations in 1904 and 1905 : A. For Reading : Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner ; Scott's Ivanhoe ; Carlyle's Essay on Bums ; Tenny-
son's Princess ; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal ; George Eliot's Silas
Marner. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L'Alle-
gro, II Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with Amer-
ica; Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Latin : Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough) ; Roman
pronunciation. Caesar — three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — Six orations, including De Imperio Gn.
Pompeii. Virgil — ^six books of the i^neid. Ovid — Translation at
sight. The translation at sight of passages from prose authors.
Prose Composition — rendering of simple English sentences into
Latin. History of Rome — the amount required is indicated by Smith's
Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's Primer of Roman History.
Ancient Geography.

Note : It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE

In addition to the above, students entering the several
courses must be prepared in the following subjects : For the
Classical Course, Greek ; for the Modern Language Course,
French or German; for the Latin-English Course, Chem-
istry, Physics, and History. The entrance requirements in
these subjects are as follows:

Greek : Grammar ; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the Preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon— four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered an equivalent). Homer — three
books of the Iliad, with Prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition — the rendering into
Greek of simple English sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), or Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exer-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

92 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I904

cises), is recommended. History of Greece — the amount required is
indicated by Botsford's, Oman's or Myers's History of Greece, or
Pennell's Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

French : Grammar and syntax (stress being laid on the irregular
verbs); accuracy of pronunciation; ability to understand easy
spoken French; facility in rendering connected English into easy
French ; case and accuracy in sight translation ; familiarity with the
following works or their equivalent :

Erckmann, Ghatrian, Madame Therese; Halevy, L'Abbe Constan-
tin ; Labiche, Voyage de M. Perrichon ; Contes de Coppee et de Mau-
passant (pub. by Holt & Co.) ; Augier, Le Gendre de M. Poirier;
Moliere, L'Avare; Comeille, Le Cid ; Racine. Athalie; Balzac, Eu-
genie Grandet; Renan, Souvenir de Jeunesse; Ste. Beuve, Causeries
du lundi (Holt & Co.).

German : Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose. Prose Composition — the rendering of simple connected prose
from English into German. Ability to pronounce German and to
recognize German words and simple phrases when spoken. In addi-
tion, familiarity with the following works or their equivalents, is
required: Riehl— Der Fluch der Schonheit. Freytag — Aus dem
Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. Heine— Die Harzreise. Goethe — ^First
three books of Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Barn-
helm. Schiller— Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty
pages of lyrics and ballads.

Chemistry : Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.
Class work (through one year). Laboratory.

History: (through one year). Courses suggested in order of
preference: Greek and Roman (studied as a separate course dis-
tinct from work in Latin), or Mediaeval and Modern, or English.

Note: Students presenting more than two years' preparatory
work in history will be granted advanced standing upon passing an
examination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 93

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE

Students from such High Schools and Academies as may
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that they have completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of such certificates will be
furnished instructors on application to the President, with
whom they are invited to correspond. Applicants for ad-
mission are requested to present their certificates, or send
them by mail to the Registrar, during Commencement week,
or as soon thereafter as practicable.

Students received on certificate are regarded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in prep-
aration are dropped whenever the deficiency has been clearly
demonstrated.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING

Candidates for admission to the Sophomore, Junior and
Senior classes, whether from other colleges or not, may be
required to pass examinations on studies previously pur-
sued, but full credit will be given to such certificates as they
bring from their previous instructors. No one is admitted
to the Senior class after the beginning of the second half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[1903-I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

FRESHMAN YEAR

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL COURSES

BIBI.E, I, 2

English, i 2

Latin, 1,2

Mathematics, i, 2 .

First
Half-Year.

Second
Half-Year.

Hrs.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE

Classical
Course

Modern

Language

Course

Latin-
English
Course

' Grbek, I, 2

AND

German, i, 2]

or
French,

N, I, 2|

' German, 5, 6 J
French, i, 2 f

or
FRENCH,5a, 6a )

,5a, 6a I
German, i, 2 f

, I A (fir
r, I (sect

^, I, 2|

r, I, 2)

Physics, i A (first half-year). .
History, i (second half-year).
German, i, 2'

or
French,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

SOPHOMORE YEAR

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO AI,L COURSES

Flnit
ilf-Year.

Second
Half-Ycar

Hra.

Hrs.

Bible, 3, 4-

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH COURSE

Classical

and

Modem

Language

Courses

History, i
Physics, 10

Electivks .

French, i, 2'
German, 3, 4
Latin- or

English -i French, 3, 4

Course

German, i, 2
Philosophy i
Electives . . .

JUNIOR YEAR

9
16

Electiybs .

16
15

«5
16

3
6

Electives

SENIOR YEAR

Among their electives all students are required to take at least one
course in either Economics or Philosophy, and at least one course
each in two of the three sciences, Biology, Chemistry, and Physics.
See also page 1 18.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

96 COLLBGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The following statements include all courses offered,
whether prescribed or elective. Unless otherwise stated,
each course consists of three weekly recitations of one hour
each.

In making choice of elective courses students are ex-
pected to confer with the President, Registrar, and mem-
bers of the Faculty for advice and assistance. Students must
give the Registrar written notice of their choice of electives
for the second half-year of 1903-1904, on or before January
i6th, 1904; for first half-year, 1904-1905, on or before May
2ist, 1904.

ANTHROPOLOGY

PROFESSOR CURTIS

1. Anthropology. The main problems and bearings of Anthro-
pology are discussed in systematic order. Lectures are given on
the history of Anthropology, and an eflfort is made to understand its
position in the present century. First half-year.

2. Theory of Society. This course uses Anthropology as a basis
of Social Theory, and is given in lectures with discus^ons and re-
ports by students. Open only to those who have had courses in
Anthropology, Psychology and Introduction to Philosophy. First
half-year.

3. Social Institutions is a continuation of course 2 in its
practical applications to a genetic classification of Social Institutions.
Lectures throughout the term with special assignments to students.
Second half-year.

ART

professor fowler

1. History of Art. Ancient art— Lectures and collateral reading.
Through the year.

2. History of Art. Post-classical art; from the beginning of
Christian art through the period of the Renaissance— Lectures and
collateral reading. Through the year. [Not given in 1903-04.]

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 97

ASTRONOMY

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.

BIBLICAL LITERATURE

PRESIDENT THWING, I

DR. HAYDN

ASSOC. PROF. HOWELL M. HAYDN, 2- 1 1

1. The Life of Christ. One hour a week, first half-year.

2. The Acts of the Apostles. One hour a week, second half-
year.

3. 4. Studies in the Old Testament. One hour a week through-
out the year.

5. Studies in the Acts and the General Epistles. A critical
course intended for those who can use the Greek Testament. Second
half-year.

Note: This course may serve as a substitute for Course 2, if de-
sired.

6. The Pauline Epistles. A course in the English Testament,
aiming to exhibit the circumstances of writing, content, and perma-
nent value of these epistles to the church. First half-year.

7. The General Epistles. A course similar to 6. Second half-
year.

8. Old Testament Poetry. A series of studies in the English
Old Testament, taking up Hebrew poetry as exhibited especially in
the historical books, in Proverbs, and in Psalms. Second half-year.

9. Old Testament Prophecy. A course in the English Old Tes-
tament, aiming to exhibit fully the times and the personalities of the
Hebrew prophets, as well as their distinctive messages. First half-
year.

Note: bourses 8 and 9 are open to those only who have had
courses 3 and 4.

10. II. Herbew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's Elements of Hebrew will be used, with the Old Testament
text. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

98 COLI^KGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

The establishment of the Florence Harkness Foundation has en-
abled this department not only to become exceptionally well supplied
with maps and books, but to offer each year to all the students a
series of lectures by eminent persons from outside the University.
In 1896-7, Dr. William H. Ward, of the Independent, delivered five
lectures on the connection of Old Testament History with that of
Egypt, Babylon and Syria. In 1897-8 Professor Charles P. Fagnani,
of Union Theological Seminary, gave a course of five lectures on The
Bible and Its Interpretation, and Mr. Gerald Stanley Lee, of North-
ampton, Mass., five lectures on the Mind of Christ. In the Spring of

1899, Professor George Adam Smith, of Free Church College, Glas-
gow, Scotland, gave eight lectures on the Old Testament. In 1899-

1900, Professor Richard G. Moulton, of the University of Chicago,
delivered five lectures on The Literary Interpretation of the Bible.

In 1900-01 Professor Frank K. Saunders, Ph. D., D. D., of Yale
University, gave a course of five lectures on "The Prophets of Israel
and their Messages."

In 1901-02 Professor W. D. Forrest, D. D., of Glasgow, Scotland,
gave one lecture on Christ's Teaching as to Individual and Corporate
Duty. The Iflght Reverend Henry C. Potter, Bishop of New York,
one on The Place of the Bible in Modem Life. Professor Richard
G. Moulton, of the University of Chicago, three lectures on The
Bible as a Story Book; The Book of Job, a Dramatic Masterpiece;
The Place of the Bible in a Liberal Education. John Peter Jones,
D. D., of Madura, India, gave three lectures on Conditions, Prob-
lems, and Results of Missionary Service.

Dr. George Adam Smith was engaged for the year 1902-03, and
delivered four lectures on Jeremiah, when the course was arrested by
the serious illness of the lecturer and was not resumed.

In Old Testament teaching the object is to trace the development
of the idea of the kingdom of God, as wrought out in the history of
the Hebrew people until the coming of Christ; to dwell upon the
pivotal men and periods of the history ; to take account of the several
books, their significance and literary form — so to prepare the way for
a more intelligent study of the Scriptures, in detail, in after life.

BIBLICXjRAPHY

mr. severance, i, 2
mr. williams, 3
I. Historical and General Bibliography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, indices,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 99

repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examination will
be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the needs,
not only of those specializing in history, but also of those looking
forward to library work. 1903- 1904. Second half-year.

2. The Sources and Literature of Mediaeval History. This
course will describe the original material at the command of the
historian of the Middle Ages, and show what use has been made of
this source of material by modern writers. The course is designed
for students interested in historical study or library work.

3. Reference Work. A study of the better known works of ref-
erence, as the general and special cyclopedias, dictionaries, annuals,
indexes to periodicals, and ready reference manuals of every kind.
Works of a similar nature will be compared, and the limitations of
each pointed out. Lists of questions to be solved by the use of the
works studied will be given, and the methods of finding the answers
discussed in class. One hour a week, second half-year.

BIOLOGY

professor herrick (Absent for the year.)

MR. JAMES
DR. PRENTISS

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of animal
and plant life. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours
each. Second half-year.

2. Zoology— Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals. One
lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-year.

3. Zoology— Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A compar-
ative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One recitation and
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and the lower
animals. Three exercises, consisting of lectures, recitations, and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A study of the devel-
opment of birds and mammals. One recitation, two laboratory exer-
cises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Two exercises weekly. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lOO COI.LEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruction
is given by lectures, laboratory work and field excursions. Second
half-year.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are : Courses i, 2, 3,
7, 10, $5.00.

CHEMISTRY

PROFESSOR MORLEY
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR GRUENER
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER

1. Chemistry of the Non-Metaluc Elements. Remsen's Col-
lege Chemistry. Two hours a week in recitation and one labora-
tory exercise of three hours. First half-year.

3. Chemistry of the Metals. Remsen's College Chemistry.
Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to
those who have taken course i or course 2. Second half-year.

5. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two rec-
itations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to those
who have taken courses i and 3, or courses 2 and 3. First half-year.

6. Course 5 continued. Second half-year.

7. Elements of Qualitative Analysis. Three laboratory exer-
cises of thr^e hours each. Second half-year.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses i, 3
or 4, $3.00; Course 2, $4.00; Courses 5 or 6, $5.00; Course 7, $6.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY • lOI

Ecx>Noiyncs

DR. YOUNG

I. Elements of Economics. Recitations, lectures and required
readings. Text-book, Bullock's Introduction to the Study of Eco-
nomics. First half-year.

4. Economic Problems. A brief discussion of socialism is fol-
lowed by a study of labor problems. Lectures and required readings.
Text-books : Ely's Socialism and Social Reform ; and Adam's Labor
Problems. Second half-year.

6. PouTicAL Science. An elementary survey of some of the more
important theories and facts of government. Second half-year.

ENGLISH

PRdFESSOR HULME
miss MYERS, i-7a

COMPOSITION

3. Daily Themes (for a considerable portion of the time) ; fre-
quent long themes, lectures, conferences. Open to all who have taken
courses i and 2. First half-year.

4. Contin^jation of 3. In the course of the year detailed atten-
tion will be given to exposition, criticism, description, narrative and
argumentation. Second half-year.

6. Continuation of 5. Under the direction of the instructor, each
student will be required to plan and write a piece of composition of
considerable length. This course may be elected two years in suc-
cession. Second half-year.

7. Argumentation. Two long forensics, preceded by briefs. The
questions for these forensics will be so selected that each student

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I02 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

may write on a subject connected with her college studies. Lectures,
conferences, study of masterpieces of argumentation, briefs based on
the latter, debates. Second half-year.

7a. English Versification. A study of metrical and rhythmical
theories. Students will be required to translate from Latin, French
and German into English verse. Second half-year.

LANGUAGE

9. Old English Epic Poetry. Beowulf is read and is made the
basis of a careful study of the mythology, and the religious and
social life of the Anglo-Saxons. Advanced Old English grammar.
Parallel reading of other epic fragments in Old English. Text-books:
Wyatt's Beowulf; the Cook-Sievers Old English Grammar. Second
half-year.

LITERATURE

11. Chaucer. Select readings from the Canterbury Tales. Lec-
tures on Chaucer's life and works, and on his contexhporaries and
immediate successors in English literature. Text-books: Skeat*s
edition of The Prologue, The Knight's Tale, and The Nonne Prestes
Tale. Second half-year.

12. Non-Dramatic Poetry of the Sixteenth and Early Seven-
teenth Centuries. In this course the work will be confined mainly
to a careful study of the poetry of Spenser and Milton. First half-
year.

13. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drama. This course is
preparatory to a more extended study of Shakespeare and his con-
temporaries. A brief history of the Pre-Shakespearean drama in lec-
tures. A study of three or four of Shakespeare's plays. First half-
year. [Not given 1904- 1905.]

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 103

14. Shakespeare. Lectures on the development of Shakespeare's
art and the later Elizabethan drama. The class is required to read all
of Shakespeare's plays. Open to students who have had course 13 or
its equivalent. Second half-year. [Not given 1904-1905.]

15. English Literary Criticism. The history of literary criti-
cism. The class will study select essays of Dryden, Steele and Addi-
son, Johnson, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, DeQuincey, Leigh Hunt,
Carlyle, Matthew Arnold and others. Lectures and papers. Open to
students who have had courses 16 and 17 or their equivalents. First
half-year. [Not given 1904-1905.]

16. Classicism in English Literature. A history of modern
English literature from Milton to the beginning of the Romantic
movement in the eighteenth century. The development of Classicism
in English poetry of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This
course is arranged specially for Sophomores who intend to elect
English literature. First half-year.

18. American Literature. The historical development of English
literature in America from its beginning to the present day. Lee
tures, papers and extensive readings from the principal writers. Open
to Juniors and Seniors. Second half-year.

19. The English Novel. The history of the rise and growth of
the English Novel from its beginning to the nineteenth century.
Lectures, select readings and papers. Text-book: Cross* Develop-
ment of the English Novel. 1904-1905. First half-year.

20. Engush Poetry from 1830 to 1880. Tennyson, Browning,
Mrs. Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, and other poets
of the period. A large amount of reading and frequent papers are
required on topics suggested by the course. Open to Juniors and
Seniors. 1904- 1905. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

104 COLLBGE FOR WOMBN [1903-I904

geolcxjY and mineralogy

PROFESSOR GUSHING

1. Mineralogy. Crystallography and descriptive Mineralogy.
Two hours of recitation and lectures, and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

3. Geology. Dynamical Geology. Three hours a week. First
half-year.

4. Geology. Structural and Historical Geology. Lectures and
field work in vicinity of Cleveland. Open only to those who have
had course 3 or its equivalent. Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. Second half-year.

A Laboratory fee of $1.00 is charged for courses i, 2 or 4.

GERMAN

PROFESSOR DEERING

associate professor MEYER^ Ii 3> 5

I, 2. German Grammar and Reader. Easy modern texts. In
this and the following courses German is spoken as much as possible
in the class-room, but such conversation is regarded as a means, not
as an end. Throughout the year.

3, 4. Grammar continued — Prose Composition. Recent German
prose and the simpler plays of Lessing, Goethe, or Schiller. In 1904-
1905 the first text will be Baumbach's Der Schwiegersohn. Through-
out the year.

5, 6. Advanced Grammar — Prose Composition. Rapid reading of
representative modern authors and, in the second half-year, of classic
German, with especial attention to Schiller. Practice in reading at
sight. The first text for 1904-1905 will be Eckstein's Preisgekront.
Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY IO5

8. Nineteenth Century Authors. Outline history of German
literature since Goethe's death, with especial reference to its prose
development. Readings from the best modem novelists, essayists,
historians, and dramatists. Practice in writing German. Second
half-year.

9. Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend, with
parallel reading of the most important Faust literature; Goethe's
Faust. First half-year.

12, 13. Middle High German. Paul's Mittelhochdeutsche Gram-
matik ; Selections from the Nibelungenlied, from Hartmann, Walther,
and Wolfram. Throughout the year.

16. Advanced Composition. Studies in German style. Original
German essays on subjects assigned. Lectures on the history of the
German language. Recommended to those who intend teaching Ger-
man.

17. Contemporary German Literature. The new spirit of Ger-
man literature. Sudermann, Hauptmann, Liliencron, Fontane.

18. Old Germanic Myths and Legends. Outline of Germanic
Mythology. Study of the most important mediaeval saga cycles.
Lectures and papers.

Courses 9-18 are open only to students who have taken courses 7
and 8, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year.

GREEK

PROFESSOR FOWLER (Absent for the year.)

PROFESSOR FULLER (Absent for the year.)

dr. bill

MR. LEUTNER, A^ 2. 6

A. Elementary Greek. White's First Greek Book. The essen-
tials of the grammar. Simple exercises in composition. The reading
of selections from Greek prose. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I06 COLI^EGE FOR WOMEN ['903-I904

2. Attic Orators, Selections from Lysias, Isocrates and Demos-
thenes. Greek rhetoric. Lives of Attic orators. Legislative bodies
and law practice in Athens. History of Greece from the beginning
of the Peloponnesian war to the death of Philip, Greek Prose Com-
position. Second half-year.

3. The Drama. Two tragedies; metres and theory of music;
lectures on the archaeology of the drama (actors, costumes, buildings,
etc.) First half-year.

4. Plato's Apology, Crito, and selections from other works. Sec-
ond half-year.

5. Philosophy. Seminary work in the Fragments of the Early
Philosophers (Diogenes Laertius, de Vitis, Dogmatibus et Apoph-
thegmatibus Philosophorum ; Ritter et Preller, Fragmenta Philoso-
phiae Graecae), and selections from Plato and Aristotle. First half-
year.

6. History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, and other sources of Greek history. Second half-year.

7. Oratory. Comparative study of speeches of Attic orators.
The speeches of Thucydides, etc. First half-year.

8. Aristophanes' Frogs and selected Dialogues of Lucian. History
of Greek literature illustrated by selections from authors not hith-
erto studied in class. Second half-year.

9. Drama. The development of Attic drama as exhibited in the
extant plays and fragments. First half-year.

10. Greek Prose Composition. An advanced course, the special
features of which will be determined by the acquirements and needs
of the class. Second half-year.

Courses S-io are open only to students who have taken courses 3
and 4, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY IO7

HISTORY

PROFESSOR BOURNE

PROFESSOR PLATNER, 1 7, 18.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE, I3, I4, I5, 16

DR. ROBERTSON, I, 5, 6, p.

DR. BENTON, 3, 4

1. History of the middle ages. The Germans and their migra-
tions, the church, Mohammedanism, the mediaeval empires, feudal
society. Each half-year.

2. History of France, from the end of the Middle Ages to the
death of Louis XV. Development of the political and social institu-
tions of the Old Regime. Second half-year.

3. History of England, from the end of the Middle Ages. The
development of English institutions, and the rise of England to the
position of a great state. First half-year.

4. History of Germany, 1494-1786. The Renaissance, the Refor-
mation, the Thirty Years' War, the Rise of Prussia, Frederick the
Great. Second half-year.

5. American Colonial History, to 1783. The discovery and
settlement of North and South America, the growth of the thirteen
colonies, and their development towards independence and union.
First half-year.

6. History of the United States, from 1783 to the close of the
Reconstruction period. The development of foreign policy, the
growth of the nation, expansion, and the slavery question, etc. Sec-
ond half-year.

7. French Revolution, 1789- 1799, with introductory studies of
the Old Regime. First half-year.

8. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, including the Napoleonic
period and the successive regimes in France, the reorganization of
Germany, the union of Italy, and the general progress of civilization.
Second half-year.

9. Political Institutions of the United States, an historical
study of national, state and local administration, of the system of
party government and of political problems. Second half-year.

10. European Colonization, the history of geographical discov-
ery and the spread of European civilization, especially since the Ren-
aissance. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I08 COI.LEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

In courses 3-10 the work will include wide reading from the litera-
ture of the subject, as well as some study of official records and of
contemporary writers.

11. Epochs of History. The object is the more careful study of
a particular epoch, from the sources and from other writers; for
example, the English Reformation, England under the Stuarts, Me-
diaeval France, the beginnings of the Bourbon monarchy, the Luth-
eran Reformation. First half-year.

Course 11 is open each year to Seniors who have had, in addition
to I, two other courses selected from 2 to 10. Course 12 is open to
Seniors who have had 11 or 15.

15. Special Topics in Mediaeval History. This course will be
conducted according to the principles of the seminary method, and
aims to leach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval
History from the sources. The subject for 1904-05 will be "Studies
in the Life of Pope Adrian IV."

16. The Reformation. A general survey of the period, intro-
ducing the student to the wider literature of the subject. Special
attention will be paid to the formative influence which shaped the
views of the Reformers. 1904- 1905. First half-year.

17. 18. Roman History. A lecture course, covering during the
first half-year the period from the founding of the city of Rome to
the mstitution of the Principate, and during the second half-year
the history of the Empire to the time of Constantine.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 109

LATIN

PROFESSOR PERKINS
PROFESSOR PLATNER^ 8

1. Livy, Books XXI, XXII; translation at sight and at hearing;
the writing of Latin. Collateral reading in Roman History. First
half-year.

2. Cicero de Senectute ; Plautus (one play) ; Horace, Satires.
Translation at sight and at hearing; the writing of Latin. Second
half-year.

Only four of the following elective courses will be given in any
half-year :

3. Odes .and Epodes of Horace. First half-year.

4. Cicero's Letters. First half-year.

5. Letters of Pliny the Younger. First half-year.

6. Tacitus and Suetonius. Tacitus, Agricola; Annales (Books
1-2, entire; Books 3 and 4, seclcctions). Suetonius, selections. First
half-year.

8. Lucretius. Second half-year.

9. Catullus. Selections from Tibullus, Propcrtius and Ovid's
Tristia. Second half-year.

10. The Epistles of Horace. The Ars Poetica. Wilkins' Primer
of Roman Literature. Second half-year.

11. Roman Comedy. Terence and Plautus. Second half-year.

12. Juvenal and Martial. Second half-year.

13. Latin Rhetoric. Quintilian, Book x; Cicero, De Oratore,
Selections. Second half-year.

14. Roman Oratory. Tacitus, Dialogus de Oratoribus, with se-
lections from Cicero. Second half-year.

15. Teachers' Training Course. This course is recommended
only for students who have had two years of elective work in Latin.
The aim of the course is to give prospective teachers assurance in
their work. The course includes lectures on problems connected
with the teaching of Latin in secondary schools; practical exercises
in the study of the Grammar ^nd the authors read in secondary
schools. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

no COLlrEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

16. Selections from Cicero, de Officiis, and the Tusculan Disputa-
tions. Second half-year.

17. Seneca. Selections from (a) Prose writings, (b) Tragedies.
Second half-year.

18. History of Latin Literature. (Prose.) Lectures, with
direction of the student's private reading, one hour a week. Ad-
vanced courses in Latin writing, two hours a week. Second half-year.

MATHEMATICS

PROFESSOR PALMI^

1. Trigonometry. Jones's Drill Book in Trigonometry. First
half-year.

2. Algebra. Hall and Knight's Text-book. Second half-year.

3. Plane and Solid Geometry. Exercises to be solved by the
students; Chauvenet's Elementary Geometry. Second half-year.

5. Analytical Geometry. Loney's Analytical Geometry. First
half-year.

6. Differential Calculus. Osborne's Differential Calculus. Sec-
ond half-year.

7. Integral Calculus. Osborne's Calculus. First half-year.

8. Differential Calculus (advanced course). Hamack's Intro-
duction to the Calculus.

9.. Analytical Geometry (advanced course). Salmon's Conic
Sections. First half-year.

10. Theory of Functions, of a complex variable. Introductory
course.

11. The Theory of Equations. Burnside and Panton's Theory
of Equations. First half-year.

12. Projective Geometry. Second half-year.

13. Theory of Substitution Groups, and its application to alge-
braic equations.

14. Theory of Numbers. Elementary course.

Only three elective courses will be offered in any half-year.

MUSIC

MR. CI^MENS

I. History of Music. A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music, Ancient Music, and the music
of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fillmore's

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY III

Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supplemented by
musically illustrated lectures and references to standard works. A
short course in the elements of Harmony is combined with the more
strictly historical study in order that the musical development and
relations of the different periods may be more clearly understood.
First half-year.

2. A continuation of course i, embracing the periods from the
beginning of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and Bach.
Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the work
of the preceding course. Second half-year.

Those desiring to elect the course in the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject.

3, 4. Harmony and Counterpoint. Throughout the year.
During this college year Mr. Clemens is offering the following

course of musical lectures, open to the public:

MUSICAL LECTURES :

Monday, November 2, 1903 — Organ Recital. Miscellaneous Pro-
gramme.

Monday, February i, 1904— Organ Recital — The Organ as a Substi-
tute for the Orchestra. Transcriptions from Orchestral Scores.

Monday, March 7, 1904 — Pianoforte Recital, with short His-
torical Lecture. Part I: Scarlatti," Bach. Part II: Chopin.

Monday, April 4, igo4— Organ and Orchestra. Part I: Organ Con-
certo with Orchestral Accompaniment. Part II: The Organ as
an Adjunct to the Orchestra.

Monday, May — 1904 — Pianoforte Recital, -with Short Historical
Lecture. Part I: Beethoven. Part II: American Composers.

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE

DR. TOWSLEE

I. The instruction consists of weekly lectures illustrated with
charts, manikin and skeleton. These lectures embrace the funda-
mental principles that underlie the promotion of health ; the structure
and functions of all the organs of the body ; the proper exercise and
rest of the muscles ; the conversion of food into tissues ; the import-
ance of always keeping the body supplied with pure blood; ventila-
tion, food and clothing. Special attention is given to the nervous
system, including the care of the eyes. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

112 COlrLBGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I904

PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION

PROFESSOR AIKINS.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARVIN.

1. Logic. The principles of logic, with practice in definition and
the analysis of arguments. Required of Latin-English Sophomores,
elective for others. Second half-year.

3. Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discussion
of practical problems. First half-year.

4. Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discussion
of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the ultimate
nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real nature of
material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged conflict of
science and religion, what knowledge is and what we can hope to
know, idealism, realism and scepticism ; the relation of knowledge to
faith.

5. History of Philosophy. Some of the greatest thinkers, and
how they looked at life and the world. The same philosophers will
not usually be studied in two successive years. Second half-year.

6. Advanced Course in Philosophy. A critical study of some one
or two philosophers or of some group of philosophical problems.
First half-year.

7. History and Principles of Education. An outline of the
history of educational theories and practices, and a study of the
meaning and aim of education and the various problems of educa-
tion itself, such as those of curriculum and method. The course
will include a large amount of outside reading. Second half-year.

10. Advanced Psychology. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 113

PHYSICS

PROFESSOR WHITMAN
MR. MILLS.

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Light, Electricity and Magnetism. Continuation of course
I. Second half-year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's Theory
of Heat, with lectures and references. Second half-year. Alternating
with 9.

5. Electricity and Magnetism. A review of electrical theory,
with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The text-book
will depend somewhat on the character of the class. First half-year.

6. Continuation of course 5. Second half-year.

7. Mechanical Drawing.. A course involving the principles of
Descriptive Geometry and their application to mechanical drawing,
the preparation of working drawings, elementary curve-tracing, etc.
Faunce's Descriptive Geometry will be used as text. Second half-
year. ^

9. Mechanics. The Elements of Applied Mechanics. Text-
book: Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year. Alter-
nating with 4.

11. Physical Manipulation. Instruction is given in the ele-
ments of the ordinary laboratory arts, as glass-blowing and soldering,
in the use of the dividing engine and other general instruments, in
the construction of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly.
Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

114 COLlrEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I904

13. Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussions on special subjects and current physical literature by
members of the conference. One meeting weekly.

Courses 11 and 12 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

Course 13 or the weekly exercise under course 11 may be com-
bined with course 12 to count for one three-hour course.

The laboratory fee for course 10 is $2.00; for each of the other
laboratory courses, $4.00.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

MR. BORGERHOFP
FRENCH

I, 2. The essentials of the French grammar with a careful drill in
the regular and irregular verbs. Composition and conversation.
Reading of easy prose. Throughout the year.

3, 4. A fuller study of the grammar and syntax. Reading of
modern novels, short stories and plays. Practice in conversation.
Composition based upon texts. French will be spoken prevailingly
in this course. Throughout the year.

5a, 6a. Practice in speaking and writing French. This course will
be practical. It will consist of original composition, reports
in French of short stories, plays, magazine and newspaper
articles, free reproduction of good models of style, all of which
papers will be criticized orally or in writing. Fragments of speeches
or of plays will be committed to memory. French will be spoken
exclusively. Open to students who have taken at least courses i, 2,
3, 4, after consultation with the instructor. Throughout the year.

Courses i, 2, 3, 4 or their equivalent must precede all others.

Of the following courses not more than two will be given in any
half-year :

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II5

5b. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and development
of French drama. Interpretation of the masterpieces of Corneille,
Racine, Moliere, Regnard. Collateral reading. Themes. First half-
year, 1903-1904.

6b. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centu-
ries. The Decadence of Classic Drama. Rise and growth of the ro-
mantic and realistic drama. Modem tendencies. Reading of Vol-
taire, Beaumarchais, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo, Alfred de
Musset, Scribe, Dumas pere, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou, Coppec,
Rostand. Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year, 1903-
1904.

7. MouijRE. Lectures on the life and times of Moliere. Interpre-
tation of the greater comedies.

8. French Lyric and DroAcric Poetry. Boileau, La Fontaine,
Ch^nier, Victor Hugo, de Musset, Lamartine. Collateral reading.
Essays.

9. 10. Modern Novelists.. Lectures and recitations. The Roman-
tic School. First half-year. The Realistic School. Second half-
year. 1903-1904.

11. Seventeenth Century Prose Classic. Lectures on French
culture, society and prose literature of the seventeenth century. The
great preachers and moralists. Jansenism and Port Royal. The
French Academy and the Salons. Memoirs and Letter-Writers.
Readings from Descartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyere.
Bo'ssuct, Bourdaloue, Mme. de Sevigne, Mme. de La Fayette, Fene-
lon, Saint-Simon. Themes and collateral reading. First half-year.

13. The Sixteenth Century. The Reformation and the Renais-
sance. Rabelais, Calvin, Marot, Ronsard and the Pleiade, Montaigne.
Readings from Darmesteter and Hatzfield's Le Seizieme Siecle en
France. Study of the language and syntax of the period. Themes
and collateral reading. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

H6 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I9O4

14. History of Old French Literature, with representative read-
ings from Bartsch's Chrestomathie, La Chanson de Roland, and
Christian of Troycs. The Medisevai Drama. Second half-year.

15, 16. French Historical Grammar. Phonetics, morphology,
syntax. Illustrative reading from old French texts. Throughout
the year.

17, 18. Outline history of the French Literature. Collateral read-
ings and reports.

ITALIAN

I, 2, Grandgent's Italian Grammar. Reading of modem Ital-
ian. Composition. 1904-1905. Throughout the year.

SPANISH

1. Elementary Course. Giese, A First Spanish Book and Read-
er. First half-year.

2. Reading of modern texts. 1903- 1904. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II 7

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS
The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a Christmas
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half-year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter recess
of one week, until Commencement, which occurs on the
Wednesday after the tenth day of June (or after the ninth
in years in which February has twenty-nine days). No
college exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Washing-
ton's birthday, and Decoration day. On the Day of Prayer
for colleges, religious exercises are held in the chapel. The
exercises of the first half-year begin with prayers in the
chapel at ten o'clock.

DEFICIENT WORK

1. All entrance conditions are to be removed before a
student is allowed to begin the work of Sophomore year.

2. A student who fails in the work of an elective course
is to remove this deficiency, or complete another course as
extra work.

3. All conditions incurred at examinations are to be re-
moved at the next examinations held for the same courses ;
except that all conditions incurred and all work omitted in
Fres^an year are to be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of Junior year ; and that all conditions
incurred, and all work omitted in Sophomore year are to be
made up before a student is allowed to begin the work of
Senior year; and that all other conditions, and all other
omitted work, are to be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of the second term of Senior year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

11 8 COI.LEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

Students are graded in their studies by letters which have
value, as follows :

E (excellent)

G (good)

F (fair)

P (pass)

D (deficient)

GRADUATION AND DEGREES
No student will be graduated until she has completed as
electives at least one course in either Economics or Phil-
osophy and Psychology and at least one course each in two
ot ^ the three sciences, Biology, Chemistry and Physics.
Students should consult the instructors in the departments
concerned as to the best time at which to take these courses.
Juniors and Seniors may diminish the number of their
recitations, though not the total amount of their work, three
hours a week, by arranging to do extra work in one or more
courses.

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on stu-
dents who have completed the Classical course which in-
cludes the study of the Greek language and literature; the
degree of Bachelor of Letters on those who have com-
pleted the Modern Language course, in which modern Lan-
guages are substituted for Greek ; and the degree of Bach-
elor OF Philosophy on those who have completed the
Latin-English course, which differs from the Modern Lan-
guage course in that an entrance requirement of science and
history is substituted for French or German.

LIBRARIES
Hatch Library on the Adelbert College campus, five min-
utes' walk from the College for Women, is open on equal
terms to all members of the University. It is furnished with
well-lighted reading rooms, contains about forty-eight thou-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II9

sand bound volumes and ten thousand pamphlets, and is
especially rich in German, French, historical and philosoph-
ical literature. The list of periodicals is very complete, and
the library contains many sets of valuable publications in
classical philology and archaeology, Germanic and general
philology, history, anthropology and science, besides sets of
the oldest and best literary magazines. These sets are kept
up to date and their number is increased by constant addi-
tions. Students have access to all the books on the shelves.
The library is open every day from eight to half-past five
o'clock.

A special library in Biblical literature is placed in The
Florence Harkness Memorial. This collection is being con-
stantly enlarged by means of funds from the Florence Hark-
ness Foundation.

In addition to these, students may freely use the principal
libraries of Cleveland. The Free Public Library contains
205,000 volumes, and includes valuable collections for the
study of Shakespeare, modern literature, history, art, and
archaeology. On request of members of the Faculty, books
from the Public Library are delivered at the Hatch Library
building, and may be retained for an extended period. This
arrangement makes its collections readily accessible to stu-
dents at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and general
literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of the fine
arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the sciences,
especially chemistry and botany.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I20 COLLBGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I904

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS

Chemistry. The department of chemistry is well sup-
plied with apparatus for use in illustrative lectures. The
chemical laboratory is equipped with sufficient apparatus so
that each student may become familiar with the facts of the
science through experiments made by herself under the
guidance of the instructor. Such experimental courses are
offered in the chemistry of the non-metallic and metallic
elements, in organic, analytical, and physiological chemistry.

Geology and Mineralogy. The collections, at the ser-
vice of the department are well chosen, and are rapidly
growing. They comprise sets of crystal models and crys-
tals, crystal sections for optical study,- and rock sections in
great number, besides mineralogical, lithological, and palje-
ontological collections. The library is good and constantly
being increased. The vicinity of Cleveland is interesting
geologically, especially in regard to its glacial deposits and
its palaeontology. It furnishes abundance of material for
special investigation.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 121

department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present offered — all of which in-
clude work in the laboratory — ^and additional apparatus is
continually being obtained.

GYMNASIUM

The Gymnasium in Clark Hall is well eqiiipped with all
the necessary apparatus, and is under the direction of a
graduate of Dr. Sargent's School of Physical Training.
Upon entering college each student is examined by a
physician and the Director of the gymnasium, and informa-
tion obtained concerning habits and general health. From
this data and the measurements made by the Director,
exercise is prescribed to meet the special need of each indi-
vidual. Exercise in the gymnasium is required three hours
a week of Freshmen and Sophomores, and is under the per-
sonal supervision of the Director. Students are advised to
consult the Director before procuring their gymnasium
suits. When the weather permits, work in the gymnasium
is replaced by tennis, basket ball, golf, and other games out
of doors. Special instruction is given to those who wish it
in fencing. Wade Park pond furnishes the students with
facilities for rowing and skating.

Two prizes, one of fifteen, and the other of ten dollars,
are awarded annually by the President to those Freshmen
who, through their gymnastic work, make the greatest pro-
gress toward symmetrical development.

To receive these prizes a student must remain in college
throughout the Sophomore year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

122 COLI,EGE FOR WOMEN ['903-1904

GUILFORD HOUSE

The rooms in Guilford House are arranged, for the most
part, in suites consisting of a study and two sleeping rooms.
The price of board and lodging for each of two students in
such a suite is $250 for the college year. This rooming
arrangement is earnestly recommended in preference to any
other. There are, however, four choice, large single rooms,
the price of which is also $250 ; six smaller rooms for $225
each. There is also one especially desirable suite for two
students paying $275 apiece. Any student entering within
the first five weeks will be charged from the beginning
of the year. If an applicant has had a special room
retained for her, and if she fail to occupy it, she will
be charged for one-half of a term. Claims for deduc-
tions arising from necessary withdrawal are to be ad-
justed with the Officers. The date of withdrawal of a
student is reckoned from the time when the President is
informed of the fact by the parent or guardian. It is
requested that students make separate payments for their
tuition and board. Checks for board should be made pay-
able to Guilford House. One-half the amount is due at the
beginning of each term.

HAYDN HALL
Haydn Hall oflfers a home for twenty-four students and
also supplies rooms for the various needs of the student
body. The basement contains a locker room and a well-
equipped kitchen. The first floor is devoted especially

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 23

to students who reside at their homes in Cleveland. It con-
tains a study room, a lunch room, and a central hall. For
social occasions these may be used as one large room. On
the second floor are rooms for the use of the four college
classes and the alumnae. The remainder of the second and
the whole of the third floor are divided into living rooms
for students. The prices of rooms are $250, $225. Checks
should be made payable to Haydn Hall. At the time of
making application for rooms in either hall of residence,
students are requested to make a deposit of $25, which will
be counted as an advance payment,

The life in both Guilford House and Haydn Hall is
founded upon the desire to give to each student such super-
vision as earnest and able young women absent from home
should receive, and yet to subject no one to unnecessary or
annoying restraint. The endeavor of all officers is to make
a home in every way suitable for college women.

THE FLORENCE HARKNESS MEMORIAL.

The Florence Harkness Memorial is a Perpendicular
Gothic structure in stone and quartered oak. Its character
is further indicated by the fact that the windows are from
The Tiffany Company and the organ from The Austin
Company. The chapel seats about six hundred. Under the
same roof are a large lecture room, a library and study for
the Biblical work of the college, the endowment of which
bears the same name as the chapel.

The religious life of the college, the chapel service, the
Young Women's Christian Association and Missionary so-
cieties as well as the Biblical instruction therefore centre in
this building, which it is believed is as complete as possible
and one of the best for its purpose in the land.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

124 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-1904

RELIGIOJJS WORSHIP
The principles and influences of the College are distinc-
tively Christian, but the College has no formal connection
with any particular denomination. A short service is held
each morning in the Chapel at a quarter past nine o'clock.
All students are expected to be present at this service and
on Sunday to attend the services at the churches of their
choice. It is desired that as far as possible each student
should enter into the life of her church. Sunday Vesper
Services are held in the Florence Harkness Memorial
throughout the college year. The students carry on a Young
Women's Christian Association, the aims of which are to
maintain in the College a healthy, progressive Christian
spirit and to keep the students in touch with the religious
and charitable work of the world.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

The students publish a monthly journal called The Col-
lege Folio, This periodical gives them an opportunity, not
merely to recosd or comment upon the events of the College
life, but also to give expression to their literary interests.
The College Annual, "Varia Historia," is published by the
Junior class.

The student organizations include a Young Women's
Christian Association, a Glee Club, a Mandolin Club, a
Dramatic Association, an Athletic Association, and several
literary and scientific societies.

The conduct of the student body as a whole is largely
entrusted to the Students' Association.

CORRESPONDENCE
Letters respecting the admission or dismission of students,
requests for catalogues or general information should be
addressed to the President of the University or to the Reg-
istrar of the College for Women.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 25

EXPENSES AND BENEFICIARY AID
The charge for tuition and incidentals for each student is
$85 per year. In addition to this each student pays a
matriculation fee of $5 on entering College. All checks
should be made payable to the Treasurer. No charge is
made for diplomas. One-half of the charge for tuition is to
be paid at the beginning of each half-year ; no part will be
refunded if the student retain her place in class. In labora-
tory courses fees are charged to meet the cost of perishable
material. The amount in each case is indicated with the
description of the courses.

There are certain annual scholarships which are awarded
to students of high rank and slender means, by which they
are relieved of a portion of the tuition fee of the College.
Conference either in person or by letter with the President
is invited.

Scholarships are granted annually upon application,
but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of one half-year.
The granting and withdrawing of scholarships, for students
who have attended the College as long as one half-year, is
in the hands of the executive committee, who shall report
to the Faculty at the beginning of each year the names of
those students to whom scholarships are to be granted, and
each half-year the names of those from whom scholarships
have been withdrawn.

The opportunities offered by the College for the higher
education of young women of limited means are presented

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

126 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1903-I904

to the attention of those who desire to promote such work
by the establishment of scholarships for worthy students.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE

Mr. L. E. Holden, of Cleveland, offers a prize of twenty-
five dollars for the best essay written by a Senior or Junior
on some subject selected by the department of English.
Essays in competition for this prize must be submitted not
later than May 15, 1904. The subject for the present aca-
demic year is "The Development of the English Essay from
Its Beginning to Macaulay."

PUBLICATION FUND

The Francis G. Butler Publication Fund has been estab-
lished, the income of which is to be devoted to the publica-
tion of original researches in the field of American history
by professors or students of this College as well as of Adel-
bert College and the Graduate School.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

In the Graduate Department of the University opportu-
nity is given graduates of this and other colleges to pursue
courses of study leading to the degrees of A. M. and Ph. D.

For the catalogue of Graduate Courses, address Dean of
the Graduate School.

THE LIBRARY SCHOOL

A School for the Training of Librarians has been estab-
lished in the University by Andrew Carnegie. Its first ses-
sion will open with the academic year of 1904-05. Infor-
mation will be given by Wm. H. Brett, Acting Dean.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

DEPARTMENT OF GRADUATE
INSTRUCTION

GENERAL STATEMENT.

|HE privileges of the Graduate Department are open,
without distinction of sex, to graduates of this and
other universities and colleges of good standing who present
satisfactory evidence of character and scholarship. In
exceptional cases, by special permission, other persons of
suitable age and attainments may also be received as stu*
dents.

The work of the department is under the general super-
vision of an Executive Commjttee, consisting, this year, of
Professors R. W. Deering, H. A. Aikins, and F. P. Whit-
man. Persons desiring to do graduate work are invited to
confer or correspond with any member of this committee.

Applications for admission as graduate students may be
received at any time, but should be presented, if possible,
at least a month before the beginning of the academic year.
This is advisable because books and apparatus for special
work must often be imported from Europe. All such ap-
plications should be made to the Dean of the Graduate
Faculty, and should be accompanied, except in the case of
graduates of this university, by diplomas, or such other
official certificates as will satisfy the Executive Committee
as to the student's character and attainments. Applicants
admitted as students must then register with the Dean and
file statements of the courses of study they intend to pursue,
indicating also the degrees, if any, for which they wish to
be candidates. Eligible students who do not wish to apply
for higher degrees may be admitted and registered as
resident graduates.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

128 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-19Q4.

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranaed, with the exception of the President and Dcan^ in the order of
college graduation.

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Ar.

President.

Robert Wali-er Deering, Ph. D., Dean, The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature.
Edward Wiluams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
HurWut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.

Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbcrt St.

Professor of Mathematics.

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Professor* of Latin.

Charles Harris, Ph. D., 787 N. Logan Av.

Professor of German.
Mattoon Monroe Curti.s, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Professor of Philosophy.
Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., Absent for the year.

Professor of Greek.
Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, Absent for the year.

Professor of Biology.
OuvER Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 50 Wilbur St.

Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.
Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.
Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St.

Professor of History.
Abraham Lincoln Fuller, Ph. D., Absent for the year.

Professor of Greek.
Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., 23 Adelbert Hall.

Professor of Philosophy.

Anna Helenb Palmie, Ph. B., 48 Mayficld St.

Professor of Mathematics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 29

WiLUAM Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayftdd St.

Professor of English.

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Associate Professor of Romance Languages.

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History and Instructor in Historical

Bibliography.

HiPPOLYTE Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., The Somerset, Billings A v.

Assistant Professor of German.

Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St.

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St.

Instructor in Mathematics.

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., 43 Spangler Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.

Allyn Abbott Young, Ph. D., 18 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Economics.

Carl Byron James, B. S., 896 Hough Av.

Instructor in Biology.
Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D.,

The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av., East Qeveland.
Instructor in History,

Charles Whxiam Prentiss, Ph. D., 77 Hilbum Av.

Instructor in Biology.

Howell Merriman ^AYDN, A. B., 95 Mayfield St.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

Joseph Leopold Borgerhoff, A. M.,

The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.
Instructor in French.

John Mnxs, A. B., 81 Mayfield St.

Instructor in Physics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I30 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-I904

STUDENTS

Isabella Beaton, Cleveland 462 Kinsman St

Ph. B.. College for Women. Western Reserre Unlveralty. 1002.
2 year. Genr.an.

Lamar Taney Beman, Cleveland 29 McConnell St.

A. B., Adelbert College, 1901 ; A. M., Ohio State Unlveralty. 1002.
1 year. History.

Matilda Clara Buschman, Cleveland 2 Hayward St.

B. L., College* for Women, Western Reserve University, 1008. 1
year. German.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Cleveland 894 Case Av.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1002. 2
year. Biology.

Franklin Joseph Estabrook, Collinwood 300 Mars Av.

A. B.. Olivet College, 1886; A. M., 1880; B. D.. Oberlin, 1000. 1
year. History.

Francis Florian Herr, Cleveland 1276 Scranton Av.

Ph. B., Adelbert College, 1001. 8 year. English.

William Ambrose Kenney, Cleveland 143 Cornell St

B. L., Mount Union College, 1808. 1 year. Histery, Philosophy,

English.

Bertha May Lcc, Cleveland 71 Tilden Av.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1008.
1 year. Chemistry, Physics.

Edward Thomas MacMahon, Cleveland 1616 Lorain St.

A. B., Royal University, Belfast, Ireland, 1884. 1 year. History

Jacob Harvey McCartney, Bedford

A. B.. Hiram College, 1003. 1 year. Economics.

Emma Jean Oram, Cleveland 31 Bell Av.

A. B., Woman's College of Baltimore, 1807. 2 year. History.

Edward Maynard Otis, Willoughhy

Ph. B., Adelbert College, 1003. 1 year. Biology, German.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 131

Charles Warner Paine, Cleveland 692 Prospect St.

B. Sm Ohio Wesleyan Univenity, 1897. 1 year. History.

Carroll Adelbert Peabody, Cleveland 127 Kinsman St.

B. L., Adelbert College, 1901. 1 year. Mathematics, Physics.
Spanish.

Raymond Vincent Phelan, Cleveland 698 Bridge St

Ph. B., Adelbert College, 1902. 1 year. EcoDomics. History, En-
glish.

May Cameron Quinby, Cleveland Hillcrest, £. Qeveland.

A B., College for Women, Western Beserre University, 1903. 1
year. German.

Hermann Rosenwasser, Cleveland

cor. Willson and Woodland.
Abltnrient, Eperjes, Hongary, 1892. 1 year. Philosophy, German

Albert Clarence Streich, Cleveland 801 Willson Av.

A. B.. Otterbein University, 1898. 8 year. English, German.

Elizabeth Strong, Cleveland 82 Brookfield St.

B. L., Smith College, 1908. 1 year. German.

Jessie Martha Turney, Painesville 219 N. St. Clair St.

B. L., College for Women, Western Reserve University. 1899. 2
year. English.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

132 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-I904

COURSES OF GRADUATE INSTRUCTION

BIBLICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR HAYDN

1. 2. '''Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An Introductory
course. Harper's Elements of Hebrew will be used, with the Old
Testament text. Throughout the year.

3. New Testament Greek. Grammar and reading, with espe-
cial attention to the development of the New Testament vocabulary.
First half-year.

4. New Testament Exegesis. The critical analysis of selected
passages or books. Given in Seminar, if desired. Second half-year.

BIOLOGY

PROFESSOR HERRICK (ABSENT FOR THE YEAR)

MR. JAMES

DR. PRENTISS

2. *Zo6logy. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals.
One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-
year.

3. *Zo6logy. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A compar-
ative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One lecture and
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

5. Zoology. Research in Animal Morphology. The assignment
of special problems for investigation, with individual instruction and
supervision. Laboratory work throughout the year.

6. *Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and lower
animals. Three exercises consisting of lectures, recitations and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 33

7. ^Elements op Vertebrate Embryology. A practical study of
the development of birds and mammals. One recitation, two labor-
atory exercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. First half-year.

10. ♦Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruction
is given by lectures, laboratory and field exercises. Second half-
year.

The laboratory fees for the different courses are: Course 2, 3, 7,
or 10, $5.00; course 5, $5.00 for each half-year.

CHEMISTRY

PROFESSOR MORLEY

associate professor gruener
assistant professor tower.

1. ♦Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout
the year.

3. *Inorganic Preparations. This course will deal with the
preparation of a number of inorganic compounds, making use of
methods inapplicable in the elementary courses. Two laboratory
exercises and one recitation. First half-year.

4. ^Elements of Quantitative Analysis. Three laboratory
exercises of three hours each. Throughout the year.

5. *Physiological Chemistry. Simon's Physiological Chemis-
try. A course on the chemistry of the animal body, of nutrition, and
of the ordinary food materials. Two recitations and one laboratory
exercise of three hours. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

134 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-I904

6. *Physical Chemistry. An elementary course treating princi-
pally of the theory of solutions and electro-chemistry. Three times
a week with occasional laboratory exercises. Second half-year.

Laboratory fees for the several courses are as follows: Course i
or 3, $5.00; course 2, $10.00; course 4, $6.00; course 5, $300; course
6, $2.00.

ECONOMICS

DR. YOUNG

2. Economic Theory. An historical and critical study of the
principal theories of value and distribution. Second half-year.

3. ♦Money and Banking. The theory of money, the monetary
history of the United States, and the principal banking systems d£
the world. First half-year.

4. * Public Finance. A study of public revenues and expendi-
tures, with special attention to the problems of state and local taxa-
tion. Second half-year.

5. ♦Economic Problems. A brief treatment of socialism is fol-
lowed by the discussion of labor problems. First half-year.

6. *Modern Industry. This course deals with the social econ-
omy of the present. The growth of corporations, the functions of
speculation, and the problems of railway transportation are among
the subjects discussed. Second half-year.

7. History of Political Thought. The development of political
philosophy, with special reference to the theory of the state. First
half-year.

9. ♦Comparative Poutics. A comparison of the political institu-
tions of five modern states, viz., the United States, Great Britain,
the German Empire, the French Republic, and Switzerland. Second
half-year.

10. Economic Conference. Bi-weekly meetings for the consid-
eration of present-day problems and the discussion of current eco-
nomic literature.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 35

EDUCATION AND TEACHING

PROFESSOR AIKINS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARVIN

1. History and pRiNaPLES of Education. A brief historical
study of educational theories and practices, followed by a discussion
of the history of philosophy and the history of morals; the mean-
ing and aim of education, and the various problems of education
itself, such as those of curriculum and method. The course will
include a large amount of outside reading. Second half-year.

ENGLISH

PROFESSOR EMERSON (I-5)
PROFESSOR HULME (6-1 1 )

1. Rhetorical Theory. An historical and critical study of
rhetorical theory with reference to Greek, Roman, mediaeval, and
English rhetoricians. Lectures and recitations. A course for those
who expect to teach English. Throughout the year.

2. Old Engush. Lectures on historical and descriptive gram-
mar, with readings from Old English prose and poetry. Special
attention to the development of the language. First half-year.

3. Middle Engush. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with critical reading of selections from prose and poetry.
Further development of the language. Second half-year.

5. The Middle English Poetical Romance. The sources of
the poetical romance of Middle English times and its development
on English soil. Lectures and readings. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

136 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-1904

6. *The- Engush Novel. The historical development of the
English novel. Lectures and recitations. Manual: Cross's devel
opment of the English novel. First half-year.

9. ^English Poetry, 1830-1880. Tennyson, Browning, Mrs.
Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, with some attention
to other poets of the period. Lectures, reports, and class-room dis-
cussions. A considerable amount of reading will be required, and a
much larger amount recommended. First half-year, 1904-5.

10. *English Prose, 1830-1880. Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay,
Emerson, Matthew Arnold, George Eliot, Hawthorne, Thackeray,
with some attention to other prose writers. The course will be con-
ducted by much the same method as course 9. Second half-year,
1904-5.

11. '''Shakespeare and the Jacobean Drama. All of Shake-
speare's plays, and some of the best Jacobean plays will be read, and
a course of lectures will be given discussing the development of
Shakespeare's art from a historical point of view. Second half-year.

GERMANIC LANGUAGES

professor deering (1-7)

professor HARRIS (8-9)
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MEYER (1O-I5)

I. Gothic. Introduction to Germanic Philology—aims, means,
methods; Gothic Grammar (Braune); Readings from Wulfila's
Bible; Skeireins and other Fragments; Germanic Phonology. First
half-year. Or,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 137

2. Old German Literature. Critical study of the history of
the older German literature from the beginning to the Reformation.
Lectures and parallel readings. First half-year.

4. Old High German. Old High German Grammar and Read-
er (Braune). Readings from Tatian, Notker, Otfrid, Williram.
Special study of Old High German dialects, with illustrative read-
ings. Second half-year.

5. Germanic Mythology and Legends. Study of Germanic
Mythologie und Heldensage. Lectures and reports. Second half-
year, 1904-S.

6. ♦Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend,
with parallel readings from the most important Faust literature;
critical study of Goethe's Faust. First half-year.

7. Middle High German. Grammar (Paul). Selections from
the Nibelungen, Gudrun, Walther, Wolfram, Hartmann, Gottfried.
Throughout the year, 1904-5.

8. *HiST0DY OF German Literature. Outline history of German
literature from the earliest times to the present; Development of
Lyric, Epic, Drama; Illustrative parallel readings. Throughout the
year.

9. ^Middle High German. This course gives a reading knowl-
edge of Middle High German through a careful study of the gram-
mar and the reading of selections from various texts, such as the
Nibelungenlied, Hartmann, Walther von der Vogelweide, etc.
Throufirhout the year.

10. The Oldest Germanic Poetry. Rapid reading and compari-
son of Beowulf, Widsith, the Eddas and Volsunga Saga, the Hilde-
brandslied and Muspilli. First half-year.

11. The Germanic Reugious Epics. Comparative study of
Caedmon, Otfrid, and the Heliand. Second half-year.

12. The Court Epic. Reading of Wolfram's Parzival with lec-
tures on Heinrich von Veldeke, Hartmann von Aue, Wolfram von
Eschenbach, and Gottfried von Strassburg. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

138 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-I904

13. The Popular Epic. Reading of the Nibelungenlied and
Gudrun, with lectures on the six saga-cycles (Franconian, Burgun-
dian, Hunnish, Ostrogothic, Lombardic, and Norman-Saxon). Sec-
ond half-year.

14. Grillparzer. Study of Sappho, Des Meeres und der LAfbt
Wellen, Wehe dem der Liigt, Das Goldene Vliesz (in part), and die
Judin von Toledo with lectures on the relation of Grillparzer's art
to that of Shakespeare, Lope de Vega, Alfieri, Goethe, and Schiller.
Second half-year.

15. The German Social Drama of Today. In its relation to
that of the French, Belgian, Norse and Russian. Reading of Suder-
mann and Hauptmann, the younger Dumas and Sardou, Maeterlinck,
Bjornson and Ibsen, Tolstoi. Second half-year.

GREEK

professor fuller (1-2).
professor fowler (3-4) . ( Absent for the year. )

1. * Athenian Drama. Selected dramas of Euripides, Sophocles,
and -<Eschylus. This course will aim to promote a careful compari-
son of the methods and spirit of the three great tragedians. Some
of the more unusual idioms and the more prominent questions of
text-criticism will be discussed. First half-year.

2. *Philosophy. Fragments of the pre-Socratic philosophers
(Diogenes Laertius, de Vitis, Dogmatibus et Apophthegmatis Phil-
osophorum; Ritter et Preller, Historia Philosophise Graecae), and
selections from Plato and Aristotle. First half-year.

3. ♦Archaeology. Extracts from the description of Olympia in
Pausanias will be read and discussed, with full illustration from the
great excavations, and a topical study of architecture and sculpture
will be pursued. The object of this course is to acquaint the student
with the great monuments of art, and to stimulate the faculty of in-
dependent observation and criticism. Second half-year.

4. ♦History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, the Historicorum Graecorum Fragmenta, and other sources of
Greek history. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I39

HISTORY

PROFESSOR BOURNE (1-3)

DR. BENTON (4-5)

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE (l2-l8)

1. ^Modern European History since 1789. The French Revofli-
tion as a social and political movement, the Empire, the growth of
the national movements in Germany and Italy, industrial and social
changes, the development of the democratic spirit, will be the sub-
jects chiefly investigated. Throughout the year.

2. Church and State in France since the French Revolution,
with Special emphasis upon the struggle for the control of education.
First half-year.

3. The Financial and Economic Legislation of France during
the Revolution and the Consulate. Second half-year, 1904-5.

4. History of England under the Stuarts. Study of Consti-
tutional Documents. First half-year.

5. History of England since the Revolution of 1688. To-
gether with a study of English Political Institutions of the present
day. Second half-year.

11. The Reformation. A general survey of the period, intro-
ducing the student to the wider literature of the subject. Special
attention will be paid to the formative influences that shaped the
doctrinal views of the reformers. Second half-year.

12. *CliURCH History op the First Six Centuries. Especial
attention will be devoted to the Patristic Literature and to the Doc-
trinal Controversies that rent the Church.

13. ♦Church History of the Middle Ages. The external history
of the Papacy will be traced, and emphasis will be laid on the organ-
ization and administration of the Church and of the monastic bodies
and on the scholastic philosophy.

14. *MoDERN Church History. The period of Confessional Or-
thodoxy, Methodism, the Missionary Movement, and the Vatican
Council are amongst the topics discussed.

15. *LiFE IN THE Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photo-
graphs and prints taken from mediaeval manuscripts.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I40 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-1904

17. Special Topics in Mediaeval History. This course will be
conducted according to the prihciples of the seminary method, and
aims to teach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval
History from the sources. The subject for 1904-5 will be "Studies
in the Life of Pope Adrian iV." First half-year (1904-5).

18. *HlSTORICAL AND GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. The objCCt of this

course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, in-
dices, repertoria an^ helps to the study of history. An examination
will be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those
looking forward to library work. Second half-year.

LATIN

PROFESSOR PLATNER (l)
PROFESSOR PERKINS (2-6)

1. The Elective Courses in Latin in Adelbert College are open to
graduate students.

3. Roman Lyric and Elegiac Poetry. A course of reading cov-
ering the chief works in each of these divisions. First half-year.

4. Latin Prose Composition. An advanced course, adapted to
the acquirements and needs of the class. Second half-year.

5. History of Latin Literature. Lectures, with reading of
typical selections, and direction of the student's private reading.
Throughout the year.

6. Cicero's Letters. Lectures on the history of the period.
Students will do critical work on various points in this correspond-
ence and present reports. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I4I

MATHEMATICS

PROFESSOR SMITH (l)

PROFESSOR PALMIE (2-6)

MR. DICKERMAN (l)

1. The elective courses in Mathematics in Adelbert College are
open to graduate students.

2. Higher Plane Curvbs. General properties of algebraic
curves; multiple points and tangents; poles and polars; envelopes,
reciprocal curves, tact- invariant of two curves; caustics, parallel
curves and negative pedals; metrical properties. Salmon's Higher
Plane Curves. First half-year.

3. Theory of Functions. General Theory of Functions. Second
half-year.

6. Theory of Substitutions. General Theory of Substitutions
with applications to the solution of cubic and biquadratic equations.
First half-year.

MUSIC

MR. CLEMENS

(Special arrangements must be made for work in this department.)

I. *HiSTOkY OF Music. A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music, Ancient Music, and the
music of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fill-
more's Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supple-
mented by musically illustrated lectures and references to standard
works. A short course in the elements of Harmony is combined
with the more strictly historical study in order that the musical de-
velopment and relations of the different periods may be more clearly
understood. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

142 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT L' 9^3-1904

2. *A continuation of course i, embracing the periods from the
beginning of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and
Bach. Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the
work of the preceding course. Second half-year.

Those desiring to elect the course in the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject.

3, 4 *Harmony and Counterpoint. Throughout the year.

PHILOSOPHY

PROFESSOR CTTRTIS

PROFESSOR AIKINS (IO-I3)

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARVIN

2. British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume, Lectures, recita-
tions, and private readings. The purpose of this course is to acquaint
the students with the classics of British Empiricism by means of
selections from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum Or-
ganum, Hobbes' Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human
Understanding, Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, and
Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward
the main problems of Modem Philosophy. Such features as arc
specially prominent today will be indicated and outlined. Among
the general reviews of this period mention may be made of Morris*
British Thought and Thinkers, Eraser's Selections from Berkeley,
ana Grimm's Zur Geschichte des Erkenntnisproblems von Bacon bis
Hume. Eirst half-year.

3. The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical study of
Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolution along
with the apolication of Evolution to Philosophy. Selections from
the following parts of his work are thus examined : Eirst Principles,
The Principles of Biology, The Principles of Psychology, and The

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I43

Princinles of Sociology. Lectures will be given with the aim of
showing the historical development and present condition of evolu-
tional thought. Digests and critical essays will be required for the
purpose of bringing into prominence the main questions of Cosmol-
ogy. The more important handbooks for this study are Spencer's
First Princioles, and Collins' An Epitome of the Synthetic Philoso-
phy. Second half-year. — Or,

4. The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's Phil-
osophy have been reviewed, Kant's Critique of Pure Reason will be
taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This will
be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysics of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. For
this course some knowledee of German is advantageous. Second
half-vear.

7. Theory op Society. This course will be given to lectures
throughout the year in two parts, (a) A theory of society based
upon anthropology, (b) a study of the institutions of society based
upon a theory of society. The second part is a practical illustration
of the first part.

8. Advanced Logic and Logical Methods. This course will in-
clude a careful study of Sigwart's Logic in connection with other
important German and English works on that subject. Throughout
the year.

9. Metaphysics. The main problems of systematic Metaphysics
will be studied in connection with the reading of some recent writ-
ings belonging to this part of philosophy. Throughout the year.

10. *Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discus-
sion of practical problems. First half-year.

11. ♦Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discus--
sion of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the
ultimate nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real
nature of material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged
conflict of science and religion. Knowledge: what it is and what we
can hope to know; idealism, realism and scepticism; the relation of
knowledge to faith. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

144 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903--I904

12. ♦Advanced Psychology. Mainly from the physiological stand-
point. Second half-year.

For other courses, see Education and Teaching.

PHYSICS

PROFESSOR WHITMAN.
MR. MILLS.

1. *Physical Optics. Preston's Light, with lectures and labora-
tory work. Two hours a week, and one laboratory exercise. First
half-year.

2. *Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on MaxwelFs The-
ory of Heat, with lectures and references. Three hours a week.
Second half-year.

3. *Electricity and Magnetism. A general review of electrical
theory, with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The
text-book will depend somewhat on the character of the class.
Throughout the year.

4 Physical Experiment. This course involves detailed study,
theoretical and experimental, of selected topics in Physics. The
amount of time to be given to the work is arranged with each indi-
vidual student.

5. *Phvsics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussion on special subjects and on current physical literature
by members of the conference. One meeting, weekly.

A knowledge of the elements of the Calculus is necessary for
courses i, 2, 3 and 4

The laboratory fee for courses i, 2, 3 and 4 is $4.00 for each half-
year.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

professor bourland (1-2)

MR. BORGERHOFF (3-5)

No courses are, at present, offered primarily for graduates. The
following undergraduate courses are open to graduate students :

I. Italia y. Dante's Purgatorio and Vita Nuova. Second half-
year, 1904-S.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I45

2. Spanish. Spanish Literature of the XIX Century. Sec-
ond half-year.

3. French. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and de-
velopment of the French classic drama, with interpretation of the
masterpieces of Corneillc, Racine, Moliere, Regnard. Collateral read-
ing. Themes. First half-year.

4. French. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth
Centuries. The decadence of the classic drama. Rise and growth
of the romantic and realistic drama. Modern tendencies. Readings
from Voltaire, Beaumarchais, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo,
Alfred de Musset, Scribe, Dumas pere, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou,
Coppee, Rostand. Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year.

5. French. Modern Novelists. Lectures and recitations. The
romantic school. First half-year. The realistic school. Second half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

146 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-I904

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The first-half year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a Christmas
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter recess
of one week, until Commencement, which occurs on the
Wednesday after the loth day of June (or after the ninth
in years in which February has twenty-nine days). No ex-
ercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Washington's birth-
day, and Decoration day.

METHODS AND LIBRARY FACILITIES

Instruction is given by lectures, seminaries, recitations,
and conferences with instructors, by specially directed
courses of reading or research, by work in laboratories, etc.

The library facilities available are: (i) Hatch Library
(about 57,000 books and pamphlets), with a very full peri-
odical list, with good collections, especially in French
literature, classical philology, archaeology, and history, and
unusually well equipped in Germanic philology and litera-
ture, including the library (12,000 vols.) of the late Prof.
Wilhelm Scherer of the University of Berlin ; (2) Library of
the College for Women, a small, well selected collection for
general work; (3) the Case Library (50,000 vols.) well sup-
plied with periodicals and general literature, and offering
excellent facilities for the study of the fine arts, of political
economy and sociology, and of the sciences, especially chem-
istry and botany; (4) the Cleveland Public Library (150,000
vols.), well supplied with Shakesperiana, with modem liter-
ature, with works on history, art, education, and archaeology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I47

DEGREES

The degrees conferred by the Trustees, on recommen-
dation of the Graduate Faculty, are Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Master of Arts
will be conferred on accepted candidates who shall have
pursued successfully, in residence and under the direction
of the Faculty, advanced courses of liberal study equal in
amount to the work of one collegiate year — ordinarily the
equivalent of four courses aggregating twelve hours a week.
These courses must be divided among at least three different
subjects. Detailed information regarding courses of study
may be obtained from the Dean of the Faculty. The
degree will also be conferred without residence, upon grad-
uates of the class of 1893 or before, of Adelbert College or
the College for Women, provided the candidate sustain
satisfactory examination in the courses prescribed, and
submit either a thesis on a subject assigned or other suffi-
cient evidence of fitness to receive the degree — ^such as
printed essays.

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be conferred
only on persons who have previously received a Bachelor's
degree either from this or from some other university or
college of good standing. The candidate must have pursued
courses of advanced study, mainly of university as dis-
tinguished from college grade. He must have shown special
ability in one branch of study (major) and high attainments
in two other branches (minors), as determined by written or
oral examinations or both. The candidate must have sub-
mitted to the Graduate Faculty a thesis, which shall be
accepted as evincing powers of research and independent
investigation. After its acceptance he must deposit at least
fifty copies of his thesis, printed either in full or in abstract
as may be required, with the Dean of the Graduate Faculty.
The degree will be granted to no one who does not possess

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

148 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1903-1904

a good reading knowledge of French and German and,
unless specially excused, of Latin. The degree is not given
merely for faithful study of courses taken or text-books
assigned, but as evidence of special ability in some chosen
field; hence no definite term of study can be specified.
Ordinarily at least two years are necessary and often a
longer time is advisable. Part of this time may be spent in
advanced study at some other institution of high standing
in this country or abroad; the last year, at least, must be
spent in residence here.

EXPENSES

The regular fee for instruction for each graduate student
is eighty-five dollars a year. This does not include special
laboratory fees, which vary with the courses concerned.

A limited number of scholarships has been established and
will be awarded upon presentation of satisfactory evidence
of scholarly ability. The recipients of these scholarships
may be called upon to render service to the university.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER FUND

The Francis G. Butler Publication Fund is available to
graduate students for the publication of the results of origi-
nal research in the field of American history.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE

GENERAL STATEMH^T

jHE Medical Department of the Western Reserve
University was organized, in 1843, ^^ ^he Cleveland
Medical College, a branch of Western Reserve Col-
lege. The first Faculty contained the names of Drs. John
Delemater, Jared P. Kirtland, Noah Worcester, Horace A.
Ackley, John Lang Cassels, and Samuel St. John, names
widely known in medicine. The first class graduated in
1844. The requirements for graduation were three years
study of medicine, including two terms of attendance on
medical lectures, each term extending over a period of six-
teen weeks, together "with good moral character." The old
college building was erected in 1844, on the present site, at
the corner of St. Clair and Erie Streets. This ground has
since been continuously occupied for medical college pur-
poses. The length of the course remained sixteen weeks
until 1868, when it was increased to seventeen weeks. In
1871 the course was increased to twenty weeks. In 1875 the
old Cleveland City Hospital, with its fifty-nine beds, the pre-
decessor of the Lakeside Hospital, was first utilized for clin-
ical purposes. In 1878 the length of the course became
twenty-four weeks. In 1881 Charity Hospital, with about
seventy-five beds, together with its Maternity Department,
was added as a clinical field. In 1887 the present com-
modious college building was first occupied ; in the same year
a preliminary examination was for the first time instituted.
In 1888 the length of the course was increased to six months,
and the number of the required courses to three. In the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

150 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

same year laboratory work in Chemistry and Pathology was
made obligatory. An optional four-year course was adopted
in 189s, and was made obligatory in the following year. In
189s the length of the course was increased to eight months ;
at the same time practical work in the laboratories of His-
tology, Bacteriology and Physiology, was added as a part of
the required work. In 1896 the right to use the present City
Hospital for clinical purposes during four months in the year
was acquired. In January, 1898, the new Lakeside Hospital
was formally occupied, and the new chemical laboratory
was erected. At the same time laboratory instruction in
Pharmacology was added as one of the required courses of
the curriculum. In 1900 the new laboratory of Qinical
Microscopy and Clinical Medicine was erected, and in 1901
it was fully equipped. In 1901, by unanimous recommenda-
tion of the Medical Faculty and by vote of the Trustees, the
requirements for admission to the first year of the Medical
College were increased to include the work of the Junior
year in an academic institution of recognizeed collegiate rank.
The rapid development of the curriculum in this school in
these late years has been possible only through the generous
financial assistance of its many friends, to whom the Med-
ical Faculty thus desires to make public acknowledgement.
The graduates of the Medical College now number two
thousand, two hundred and eighty-four.

The course of study for the degree of Doctor of Medicine
is now of four years duration. The school year or session
begins on the first of October, unless this falls on Sunday,
in which case it begins on the second, and continues eight
months. Theoretical and applied branches of study are
graded, and arranged with reference to their bearing upon
and preparation for each other, and the effect of the whole
course. Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, quizzes,
laboratory work, clinical demonsttations, clinical conferences
and practical dispensary and bedside work. Endowment

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 15I

of the chairs of Anatomy, Histology, Bacteriology, Physi-
ology, Pathology, Pharmacology, and Clinical Microscopy,
permits the employment of teachers who devote all of their
time to teaching and research in this college. The buildings
are modem in plan, construction and equipment, and ample
in size for their purposes. In the subjects of Anatomy,
Physiology, Histology, Embryology and Comparative An-
atomy, Bacteriology, Pathological Anatomy, Pharmacology,
and Qinical Microscopy, laboratory work accompanies the
didactic instruction, and is required of every student. In
the Senior class every student is required to do practical
work in the Dispensaries, at the bedside in the hospitals, and
in the obstetrical wards.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

152 THK MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

FACULTY

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D. 55 Bcllflower Av.

President.
John E. Darby, A. M.. M. D., Doan St. and Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics,
Hunter H. Powell, A. M., M. D., 467 Prospect St

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics,
John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
John P. Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
William T. Corlett, M, D., L. R. C. P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.

Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology.
Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., New England Building.

Professor of Neurology.

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine,

Registrar and Bursar.

Dudley P. Allen, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery

Benjamin L. Millikin, A. M., M. D., 278 Prospect St

Professor of Ophthalmology,

Dean and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St

Professor of Anatomy.

Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.
Hunter Robb, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Gynecology.
William T. Howard, Jr., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology , Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology.
EvwAKD F. Cushing, Ph. B,, M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children.

Charles F. Hoover, A. B., M. D,, 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Physical Diagnosis.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 53

George W. Crile, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington Av.

Professor of Clinical Surgery.

J. J. R. MACLEOD, M. B. (Aberd.), D. P. H. (Camb.),

54 Collins Place.
Professor of Physiology.
William H. Humiston, M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Associate Professor of Gynecology,
ToRALD SoLLMANN, M. D., 102 Handy St.

Associate Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medico.
Frederick C. Waite, A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard), 77 Hillbum Av.

Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology.

John M. Ingersoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

WiLUAM R. Lincoln, M. D., 210 Lennox Building.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology. •

L. W. Ladd, a. B., M. D., The Montana, Hayward and Prospect.
The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Miscroscopy.

Roger G. Perkins, A. B., M. D., 1527 Euclid Av.

Lecturer on Bacteriology and Assistant in Pathology.

Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Lecturer on Fractions and Dislocations.

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Instructor in Surgery.

DEMONSTRATORS

Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Demonstrator of Surgery.
William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Demonstrator of Ophthalmology.
William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Demonstrator of Surgery.
Charles E, Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

154 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

Hubert L. Spence, M. D., 512 New England Building.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases.
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgcwood PI.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
John S. Tierney, M. D., 532 'Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.
Wm. E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery at St. Alexis Hospital.
Carlyle Pope, M. D., 855 Rose Building.

Demonstrator in Diseases of Children.
Robert A. Hatcher, Ph. G., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of Pharmacology and Materia Medica.
Harrison G. Wagner, M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis.
W. H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
William Gilbert Povey, A. B., M. D., 693 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
Edward P. Carter, M. D., 260 Euclid A v.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
John J. Thomas, A. B., M. D., 665 Hough Av.

Demonstrator in Diseases of Children.
Frank S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 621 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Obstetrics.
David H. Dolley, A. B., M. D., Lakeside Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology at Lakeside Hospital.
John A. Sipher, A. B., M. D., Suite 7, The RadcliflFe.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

Oscar Schulz, A. B., M. D., Charity Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology at Charity Hospital.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 55

Clarence D. Selby, M. D., St. Alexis Hospital

Demonstrator of Pathology at St. Alexis Hospital,
Percy W. Cobb, B. S., M. D., 743 Republic St.

Demonstrator of Physiology.
John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Charles Dickens Williams, M. D., 717 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

ASSISTANTS

William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Assistant in Gynecology at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Hubert L. Spence, M. D,, 512 New England Building.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John J. Thomas, A. M., M. D., 156 Crawford Rd.

Assistant in Diseases of Children at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,
Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 367 Erie St.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
J. M. Waugh, M. D., 44 Knowles St.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Wm. B. Chamberlin, a. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
C. M. Hole, M. D., 300 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilology at Lakeside
Hospital Dispensary.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

156 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., The New Amsterdam.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
William E. Shackleton, M. D., 605 The Osbom.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Fanny C. Hutchins, M. D., 373 Jennings Av.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases.
Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
C. C. Stuart, M. D., 416 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
W. H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
I. A. Elson, M. D., 481 Wade Park Av.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John J. Thomas, A. M., M. D., 665 Hough Av.

Assistant in Obstetrics.
John Dickenson, Jr., M. D., 205 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Willis S. Hobson, A. B., M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John Dickenson, Jr., M. D., 205 Osbom Building.

Assistant in Obstetrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., 207 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Charles Dickens Williams, M. D., 717 Rose Building.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Thos. J. Taylor, M. D., 2153 Superior St

Clerk of Medical College.

Andrew Flower, Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Prosector and Curator Anatomical Rooms.
Mrs. Flower, Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Janitress.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

STUDENTS

157

FOURTH YEAR

Samuel Sylvester Berger,

John Joseph Lincoln Bolden,

John Henry Brett,

Shepard H. Burroughs,

Albert Emmons Conncll,

John Buchanan Donaldson,

Henry George Golden, A. B.,

Isadore Jacob Goodman,

Albert Thomas Grills,

Ardon Philo Hammond,

Frank Carlton Hoskins,

Frank Hasson Ikirt,

Foster W. Jackson,

Perry Firestone King, B. S.,

Emanuel Manny Koblitz,

Wade Allison Lewis,

Carl Henri Lenhart, Ph. B.,

George Washington Magargee,

Russell Hunter McClure,

Sidney Morrill McCurdy,

R, M. Manley, B. S.,

Karl Elmer Ochs,

Nicholas Aloysius O'Connor,

Charles Trumbo Pankhurst,

D. Nevin Sandoe,

Fred M. Sayle,

William Arthur Schlesinger,

Ralph Henry Sill,

Demba Morton Spicer,

John Alfred Staral,

Harry Minch Tarr,

Jesse Eugene Thompson,

Bert Emerson Tyler,

John Henry Wells,

Michael Cyrillus Yeagle, Ph. B.,

Harvey Elmer Yoder,

Samuel Alexander Young,

William Otto Ziemer,

Cleveland,

Northfield,

Cleveland,

Lorain,

Cleveland,

Elyria,

Cleveland,

173 Forest St.

25 Newton St.
34 Ocean St.

II Cheshire St

16 Dunham PI.

154 N. Perry St.

3425 Euclid Av.

264 Columbus St.

1754 Williams St.

984 Scovill Av.

Grd. Rapids, Mich., 38 Wilbur Av.
East Liverpool.

Warren, Hotel Beverly.

N. Georgetown, 7g2 Superior St
Cleveland, 183 Kennard St.

Galion.

Wauseon, 1234 Oakdale St.

Pardoe, Pa.

Elyria, 53 Holyoke PI.

Andover, Mass.
Garrettsville.

Kenton, 1103 Central Av.

Cleveland, 224 Starkweather Av.
Fostoria, 117 Chestnut St

Columbus, 53 Holyoke PI.

Cleveland, 1499 Cedar Av.

Cleveland, 129 McBride St.

Millersburg, 53 Holyoke PI.

La Grange, 2370 Crosby St.

Cleveland, 1251 Willson Av.

Cleveland, 193 Clinton St.

Bristolville, 168 Crawford Rd.
Cleveland, 51 Daisy A v.

Glenville^ 121 Lonsdale A v.

Clyde, 815 Park wood Av.

North Industry, 1103 Central Av.
Cleveland, 2370 Crosby St.

Cleveland, 34 Woodbridge St.

Fourth Year, 38.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

AL COLLEGE

\ [1903-1904

> YEAR

Canton,

739 Superior St

Cleveland,

805 £. Madison Av.

Cleveland,

513 E. Prospect St

Gallon,

124 Handy St.

Cleveland,

49 Alum St

158

Newton S. Banker, A. B.,
Ohio Normal University.

Arthur M. Cheetham,

Ernest Harper Cox, B. S.,
Wabash College.

Egbert Frank Davis, Ph. B.,
Baldwin University

Claude Leroy Difford, A. B.,
Adelbert College.

Norman William Ingalls, B. S., La Grange,
Baldwin University.

Everton Jay Lawrence, A. B., Norwalk,
Williams College.

William Palmer Lucas, A. B., Cleveland,
Wooster University.

John Roy McDowell, A. B., Medina,

Adalbert College.

Joseph Charles McFate, A. B^ Cochranton, Pa,, 739 Superior St
Grove City College.

Roger Harrison Miller, Ph. B.,
Hiram College.

George Ovando Pay, Cleveland,

Edward Peterka, A. B., Cleveland,

Adelbert College.

J. Douglas Pilcher, Ph. B., Cleveland,

Adelbert College.

Fred Jacobs Ritterspach, A. B., Nevada,
Wittenberg College.

James Seliskar, Cleveland,

Shandor Harry Solomonson, B.S,.Cleveland,
Case School of Applied Science.

Edward von den Steinen, Cleveland,

Training School, Springfield, Mass.

Oliver Arkenburg Weber, Ph. B., Miamisburg, Suite 41, The Cary.
Adelbert College.

Arthur Garfield Wilcox, Ph. B., Akron, 117 Dodge St

Adelbert College.

Third Year, 20.

9 Dodge Ct

413 The Ellington.

49 Idlewood Av.

Suite 41, The Cary.

Garrettsville.

118 Whitney St
51 Goethe St

54 Aubumdale Av.

413 The Ellington.

13 Wageman St
1022 Case Av.

883 Central Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

159

66 Gorman Av.

Suite 41, The Gary.

161 Putnam St.

Lakeside Hospital.

446 Euclid Av.

SECOND YEAR

Francis Patrick Gorrigan, A. B., Cleveland,
Adelbert College.

Arthur Bradley Eisenbrey, Ph.B., Clcz'cland, Suite 41, The Gary.
Adalbert College.

Birt Eugene Carver, B. L., Lorain,

Adelbert College.

John Allen Hofmann, Ph. B., Cleveland,
Wooster University.

Malcolm Acton Laughbaum, A.B., Bucyrus,
Oberlin College.

Luman Gordon Moore, Jr., A. B., Kinsman,
LeIaDd Stanford.

Homer Fordyce Swift, Ph. B., Beaver Falls, Pa., 41 The Gary.
Adelbert College.

George Franklin Thomas, A. B., Akron, 192 Erie St

Adelbert College.

Frank Walter Vincent, A. B., Oberlin, Hiram House.

Oberlin College.

Andrew Robert Warner, A.B., A.M., Pulaski, N.Y., 739 Hough. Av.
Hamilton College.

Robert Franklin Wenger, A. B., New Philadelphia, 50^4 Davenport
Calvin College.

Henry Klar Yaggi, B. S., Beloit, 314 Dunham Av.

Mt. Union College.

Second Year, 12.

Jens Anderson,

Keuka College.

Benjamin Clyde Barnard, Ph. B., Wooster.
Wooster University.

Glyde Lothidge Gummer,

Senior, Adelbert College

John King Gamble, B. S.,

Westminster College.

Russell Arthur Jewitt,

Ohio Weslcyan University.

Ernest Aaron Loewinger, Cleveland,

FIRST year

Cleveland, 710 E. Prospect St.

190 Gentral Ave.
Cleveland, 396 Bolton A v.

New Wilmington, Pa., 161 Sibley.
Cleveland, 403 Sibley St.

(gymnasium of Papa, Hungary.

390 Scovill Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

i6o

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

De Graff, 127 Murray Hill Av.
Waterloo, la,. University School.

Edmonde De Witte Neer,

Senior. Adelbert College.

John Harland Rush, B. S.,
Princeton.

Earl Frederick Smith, Lorain, 124 Handy St.

Benjamin Briggs Ward, A. B., Wickliffe.
Wabash College.

First Ye-^r, 10.

SPECIAL

C. S. Chase, M. D.,

R. E. Plall,

Pierre A. Fish, Ph. D.,

B M. Chandler,

Arthur Seidman, A. B., M. D.,

H. R. C. Wilson,

Iowa City, Iowa,
Iowa City, Iowa.
Ithaca, N, Y.
Cleveland,
Cleveland,
Cleveland,

894 Case Av.

1054 First Av.

74 Burt St.

SUMMARY

Fourth Year 38

Third Year 20

Second Year 12

First Year 10

Special 6

Total 86

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 161

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

* I. Graduates in Arts and Sciences of recognized colleges
will be accepted without examination, on presentation of
diploma.

II. Students who present certificates from recognized
colleges, showing that the work of the Junior year in such
colleges has been completed, will be accepted without
examination.

III. Students who can not present certificates covering
the entire work of the first three years in a recognized col-
lege, will be required to pass an examination upon the work
in which they may be deficient. These examinations will
be conducted by the Faculty of Adelbert College of Western
Reserve University.

COLLEGE TRAINING SUGGESTED PREPARATORY
TO THE STUDY OF MEDICINE

Students who contemplate the study of medicine should,
during their undergraduate course, take as much work in
Biology, Chemistry and Physics as is consistent with general
culture training. To this end the student should take the
elementary courses in these subjects, as early in his col-
legiate course as is permissible and follow these by more
advanced courses in order that he may be prepared to take up
medical work with a thorough knowledge of these subjects.
In Biological science, he should take General Biology or

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l62 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

Elementary Zoology and Botany, Anatomy of Vertebrates
and Embryology of Vertebrates. Courses in Invertebrate
Zoology, Phenerogamic Botany and Elementary Physiolog}-
are also desirable.

For such work as the student completes in Normal Animal
Histology, Vertebrate Anatomy and Embryology, due credit
will be given upon presentation of evidence of work, espec-
ially on laboratory notes and drawings and he will be re-
quired to take in the Medical College only such parts of these
subjects as he has not already covered.

In Physics he should take at least the elementary courses.
A knowledge of Mechanics, Optics and the elements of
Electricity and Magnetism are especially desirable.

The student entering the Medical Department is now re-
quired to have completed his work in Chemistry before
being admitted; his undergraduate work, therefore, should
cover the Chemistry of the non-metals and metals, organic
chemistry and qualitative analysis. The courses in quantita-
tive analysis and physiological chemistry are also desirable,
but the latter subject is well covered in the course of physio-
logy in the Medical School.

The above work should practically be completed prior to
the work of the Senior year in the undergraduate college.

Since a large part of current literature in medical subjects
is written in German and French, the student who contem-
plates the study of medicine should have a good reading
knowledge of these two languages.

The above branches are thus particularly desirable as
preparatory studies for medicine.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING
Graduates in Arts or Sciences of recognized colleges who
have, during their academic course, devoted to the subjects
the number of hours, or have covered the text-books men-
tioned below or their equivalents, and have passed satisfac-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 63

tory examinations thereon, may be admitted to the second
year of the course. But the amount of practical work in
such courses must not be less than that required in the cor-
responding subjects during the first year in this college.

General Biology, 90 hours ; Sedgwick and Wilson, or Huxley and
Martin. Comparative Anatomy, 90 hours ; Kingsley or Wiedersheim.
Embryology, 90 hours; Foster and Balfour, Hertwig or Heisler.
Human Anatomy, 120 hours. Histology, 200 hours; Bohm and
DavidofiPs, Schafer's, Piersol's, Stohr's, or Clarkson's Histology.
Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, 300 hours. Physics, 60 hours;
Carhart's University Physics, or Gage's Elements of Physics.

Graduates in Arts or Sciences who are deficient in His-
tology or Organic Chemistry may still be permitted to enter
the second year on condition of making up the deficiency by
private work and passing the examination on these subjects
during the year. Students from other medical colleges will
be admitted to advanced standing on the production of sat-
isfactory proof that they have completed the required pre-
liminary work and also that comprised in the portion of the
curriculum of this college from which exemption is sought.

Graduates in Medicine from other schools, who desire to
apply for the degree of Doctor of Medicine in this school,
must present satisfactory proof that they have completed
the preliminary literary work required of the class to which
they seek admission, must take at least the work of the
fourth year, and must pass the examinations on all the sub-
jects of this year, and any subjects of other years in which
they may be deficient. Graduates in Medicine, or other stu-
dents who desire to take special courses without graduation,
will be admitted without examination. Such special courses
will not count in any way for the degree of Doctor of Medi-
cine in this College.

Examination of certificates for admission will take place
in the college building on the two week days preceding the
opening of the session. Candidates should attend at the col-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 64 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904.

lege on either of these days, bringing their certificates with
them. Diplomas or certificates may also be personally pre-
sented to the Registrar during the week preceding the open-
ing, or forwarded to him at any time.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 65

COURSES OF STUDY

Number of Hours Per Week.
FIRST YEAR

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS

Anatomy . . . . • 2 hours

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy i hour

Comparative Anatomy and Embryology i hour

Physiology '. i hour

LABORATORY WORK

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy 6 hours

Comparative Anatomy and Embryology 6 hours

Physiology 4 hours

Dissections 12 hours, until March ist

Electives 3 hours, until March ist

9 hours, after March ist
Chemistry 6 hours, until March ist

12 hours, after March ist

SECOND YEAR

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS

Physiology 3 hours, until March ist

1 hour, after March ist

Anatomy and Applied Anatomy 4 hours

Pathology and Bacteriology 2 hours

Bandaging and Splints 2 hours after March ist

Physical Diagnosis 2 hours, after March ist

Pharmacology i hour

LABORATORY EXERCISES

Physiology 6 hours, until March 1st

2 hours, after March ist

Pathology and Bacteriology 9 hours

Pharmacology 2 hours, until March ist

7 hours, after March ist

Dissections 9 hours, until March 1st

Electives 2 hours, after March ist

Demonstration in Gross Pathology i hour

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 66 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

THIRD YEAR*

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS

Pharmacology 2 hours

Therapeutics 3 hours

Obstetrics 2 hours

Medicine 3 hours

Surgery 2 hours

Gynecology i hour

Physical Diagnosis 2 hours

DIDACTIC AND CLINICAL LECTURES

Medicine '. 4 hours

Surgery 6 hours

Nose, Ear and Throat. i hour

Dermatology i hour

LABORATORY EXERCISES

Pharmacology 4 hours before February ist

Applied Anatomy i hour

Pathological Demonstrations i hour

Clinical Laboratory 4 hours

FOURTH YEAR
Daily work in Dispensary Section, i to 3 p. m., Lakeside Hospital.
Individual Assignment for ward cases. Clinical Laboratory in con-
nection with Clinics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
to Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetric Mannikin
taught to Sections. Autopsies and Clinical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year. No Sections to be detailed to Hos-
pitals or Dispensaries in hours conflicting with schedule.

GENERAL CLINICS

Medicine 4 hours

Surgery 6 hours

Gynecology 2 hours

Obstetrics As material offers

LECTURES

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine 2 hours

Jurisprudence I hour

LECTURES, CLINICAL AND DIDACTIC

Nervous Diseases i hour

Pediatrics i hour

Ophthalmology I hour

Special clinics in medicine and surgery at St. Alexis or City Hos-
pitals, two sections to half of class, two hours each per week.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 67

SCHEDULE OF HOURS, J904 TO J905

(The hours in square brackets begin with March ist; those in
rounded brackets run until March ist.)

FIRST YEAR CLASS

Monday — Histological Laboratory, 8 to 12 a. m. (Dissections, un-
til March ist, 1:30 to 4:30 p. m.) [Elective Work (Note A), after
March ist, i :30 to 4 130 p. m.]

Tuesday — Comparative Anatomy and Embryology Laboratory
(Note B), 8 to II a. m. Anatomy Lecture, 11 to 12 a. m. (Dissec-
tions, until March ist, 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.)

Wednesday — Physiology Laboratory, 8 to 10 a. m. Histology
Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. (Dissections, until March ist, 1 130 to
4:30 p. m.)

Thursday — Comparative Anatomy and Embryology Lecture (Note
B), 8 to 9 a. m. Elective Work (-Notes A and B), 9 to 12 a. m.
(Dissections (Note C) until March ist, 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.) [Chem-
istry (Note C), after March ist, 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.]

Friday — Histology Quiz, 8 to 9 a. m. Physiology Lecture, 9 to 10
a. m. Physiology Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. (Dissections (Note D),
until March ist, 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.) [Elective Work (Notes A and
D), after March ist, 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.]

Saturday — Comparative Anatomy and Embryology Laboratory
(Note B), 8 to II a. m. Anatomy Lecture, 11 to 12 a. n^.

NOTES TO FIRST YEAR SCHEDULE

Note A — ^A number of Elective Courses will be offered, supplemen-
tary to the regular work in the departments. The subjects
of these courses will be announced later. Students must
account for the whole time assigned to the Electives, but
are allowed the choice of the subjects; except that those
conditioned in Chemistry must elect this branch. The
Elective work may also be taken at Adelbert College.

Note B — These courses may be taken at Adelbert College.

Note C — Only for students conditioned in (Chemistry.

Note D — Only for students not conditioned in Chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 68 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

SECOND YEAR CLASS

Monday — Physiology Lecture, 8 to 9 a. m. Bacteriology and
Pathology, 9 to 12 a. m. (Dissections, until March ist, i :30 to 4'2Q
p. m.) [Physical Diagnosis at Charity Hospital, after March ist, 2
to 3 p. m.] Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Tuesday— (Physiology Laboratory, until March ist, 8 to 12 a. m.)
[Pharmacology Laboratory, after March ist, 8 to 12 a. m.] (Dis-
secting, until March ist, 1 130 to 4 p. m.) (Anatomy, until March ist,
4 to 5 p. m.) [Anatomy, after March ist, 3 to 4 p. m.] [Bandaging,
after March ist, 4 to 5 p. m.]

Wednesday — Pharmacology Lecture, 8 to 9 a. m. Bacteriology and
Pathology. 9 to 12 a. m. [Pharmacology Laboratory, after March
ist, 1 130 to 4 ^30 p. m.]

Thuiisday — (Physiology Lecture, until March 1st, 8 to 9 a. m.)
Bacteriology and Pathology, 9 to 12 a. m. (Dissections, until March
1st, 1 :30 to 4:00 p. m.) [Physical Diagnosis, after March ist, 3 to 4
p. m.] Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday — (Physiology Lecture/ until March ist, 8 to 9 a. m.)
Bacteriology and Pathology, 9 to 12 a. m. (Dissections, until March
ist, 1:30 to 3:00 p. m.) Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m. [Bandaging, after
March ist, 4 to 5 p. m.]

Saturday — (Pharmacology Laboratory, until March ist, 8 to 10
a. m.) [Elective Work, after March ist, 8 to 10 a. m.] Physiology
Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m.

THIRD YEAR CLASS*

Monday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Fractures and Dislocations, it to 12 a. m.
Pharmacological Laboratory, to Feb. ist, 1:15 to 4:00 p. m. Applied
Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Tuesday — Medical Clinic at Lakeside Hospital, 8:30 to 10 a. m.
Surgical Clinic at Lakeside Hospital, 10 to 12 a. m. (including in-
structions in anaesthetics). Until Jan. ist. Clinical Surgery, 2 to 3:30
, p. m. Physical Diagnosis at City Hospital, 3:30 to 5 p. m. After
Jan. ist, Clinical Laboratory, 2 to 5 p. m.

Wednesday — Medical Recitation at Charity Hospital, 8 to 9 a. m.
Medical Clinic at Charity Hospital, 9 to 10 a. m. Surgical Clinic at
Charity Hospital, 10 to 11 a. m. Principles of Surgery at Charity
Hospital, II to 12 a. m. Dermatology, 2 to 5 p. m. To Feb. ist,
Pharmacological Laboratory, 3:15 to 5:15 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 69

Thursday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gross Pathology, Demonstration, 11 to 12
a. m. Clinical Laboratory, until Jan. ist, 1 130 to 3 p. m. Medicine at
Lakeside Hospital, 3 to 4 p. m. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday — Therapeutics, 8 to 9 a. m. Gynecology, 9 to 10 a. m.
Clinical Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Nose, Ear and Throat, Lakeside
Hospital, 2 to 3 p. m. Genito-Urinary, College Building, until Jan.
1st, 3 to 4 p. m. Physical Diagnosis, Lakeside Hospital, after Jan.
1st, 3 to 4 P- m. Medicine, College Building, 4 to 5 p. m.

Saturday— Medicine, Charity Hospital, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m. Sur-
gical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 10:30 to 11:30 a. m. Principles of
Surgery, Charity Hospital, 11:30 to 12:30 a. m. Clinical Surgery,
2 to 3 :30 p. m. Physical Diagnosis at City Hospital, until Jan. ist,
3:30 to 5 p. m.; after Jan. ist. Clinical Laboratory, 2 to 5 p. m.; after
Jan. 1st, sections to Charity Hospital Dispensary. Instructions at
special hours in history taking, recording, cataloguing and references.
Attendance on autopsies as especially arranged.

FOURTH YEAR CLASS

Daily work in Dispensary Section, Lakeside Hospital, i to 3 p. m.
Individual assignment in Ward Cases. Clinical Laboratory in con-
nection with Clinics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
in Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetrics and Manni-
kin taught to Sections. Autopsies and Clinical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year. Sections detailed to St. Alexis Hos-
pital Wednesday and Saturday mornings. Quizzes on Clinics in
hours to be announced.

Monday — Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases by Sections, 8 to
10 a. m. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Fractures (first half-year), 11 to
12 a. m. Dispensary Clinics, i to 3 p. m. Surgical Diagnosis, Lake-
side Hospital, 3 to 4 p. m.

Tuesday— Medical Clinic, Lakeside Hospital, 8:30 to 10 a. m.
Surgical Clinic, Lakeside Hospital, 10 to 12 a. m. Dispenary Clinics,
I to 3 p. m. Nervous Diseases, Lakeside Hospital. 3 to 4 p. m.

Wednesday — Medical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 9 to 10 a. m.
Surgical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 10 to 11 a. m. Dispensary Clinic,
I to 2 p. m. Pediatrics, Lakeside Hospital, 2 to 3 p. m. Hygiene and
Preventive Medicine. 3 to 4 p. m.

Thursday — Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases, by Sections, 8 to
10 a. m. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gynecological Clinic, Lakeside

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lyo

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE

[1903-I904

Hospital, II to 12 a. m. Dispensary Clinic, i to 3 p. m. Medical
Clinic, 3 to 4 p. m.

Friday — Jurisprudence, 8 to 9 a. m. Surgical Clinic, Lakeside Hos-
pital, 10 to 12 a. m. (including instructions in anaesthetics). Dis-
pensary Clinic, I to 3 p. m. Ophthalmology, Lakeside Hospital, 3 to
4 p. m. Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, 4 to 5 p. m.

Saturday — Gynecological Clinic, Charity Hospital, 8 to 9:30 a. m.
Medicine. Charity Hospital, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m. Surgical Clinic,
Charity Hospital, 10:30 to 11 :30 a. m. Dispensary Qinic, i to 3 p. m.
City Hospital Clinics, until Jan. ist, 2 to 5 p. m.

♦The schedules for the third and fourth year classes are those in use in the cur-
rent term. It is expected that only minor modifications will be introduced for the
coming year. Beginning with the class entered in 1908, the pharmacological lab-
oratory work will be given entirely in the second j'ear, leaving more time for clin-
ical work in the junior year.

DISPENSARY SECTIONS

SECTION.

Oct. 5 to

Oct. 81,

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N. D.,

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Nov. 1 to

Nov. 28,

N.E.T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

Nov. 30 to

Jan. 2,

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N, D.

Surg.

Jan. 4 to

Jan. 80,

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N. D.

Feb. 1 to

Feb. 27.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

Feb. 29 to

Mar. 27,

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Mar. 29 to
Apr. 24,

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 171

DEPARTMENTS AND METHODS OF
INSTRUCTION

ANATOMY

PROFESSOR HAMANN
DR. TIERKEY

The course in anatomy consists of lectures upon descriptive and
applied anatomy, together with demonstrations, recitations and
quizzes. In order to facilitate the work in osteology, students of the
first year are provided with separate portions of the skeleton, which
they are permitted to take to their rooms for study. Two hours in
recitations, and twelve hours for dissecting, until March ist, in suit-
able periods weekly, are given to anatomy during the first year. Stu-
dents are required to dissect all parts of the cadaver at least once.
For demonstrations upon the cadaver and anatomical preparations the
second year class is divided into a number of small sections, whose
meetings take the form of anatomical conferences rather than of
formal demonstrations. Each individual student thus has an excellent
opportunity for becoming familiar with the various parts of the body,
and for receiving direct personal instruction. Four hours a week are
given to lectures and recitations in the second year and nine hours a
week until March ist to dissecting. In the third year instruction is
given by lectures and recitations in applied anatomy.

HISTOLOGY, COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND
EMBRYOLOGY

PROFESSOR WAITE
HISTOLO(;V AND MICROSCOPICWL .\N.\TOMY

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

172 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

siderable number of tissues through all the steps of preparation,
including removal from the animal^ fixation by several methods,
hardening, dehydration, infiltration, embedding in celloidin and in
paraffin, sectioning, including serial sectioning, staining in toto, in
sections and on the slide and mounting. The rapid preparation with
the freezing microtome and the special methods for blood examina-
tion are also used. A student may elect to do additional work in this
subject, the details to be arranged by conference.

COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY

The aim of this course is to acquaint the student with the more
important characteristics of the classes of vertebrates, and also to
prepare for the experimental work in physiology. The student dis-
sects, as carefully as the time will allow, representatives of the dif-
ferent classes of vertebrates, and makes descriptive notes and draw-
ings of these dissections. The lectures and recitations deal with the
modifications of the several systems of organs in the vertebrate series
and are supplementary to assigned reading in a standard text-book.
Quizzes are held upon the dissections, lectures and assigned reading.
The student may elect to do additional work in this subject, the details
to be arranged by conference. One lecture or recitation and six
hours laboratory work per week, first half Freshman year.

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY

This course is so planned as to instruct the student in the funda-
mental facts of vertebrate development. The laboratory work begins
with a rapid study of cleavage and gastrulation in forms represent-
ing the fundamental conditions in these processes, followed by the
study of the development of the chick to the end of the fourth day.
The development of the pig is then taken as a favorable form for the
study of mammalian ontogeny. In these two forms the development
of external form, of the germ layers, organ systems, and the individ-
ual organs is taken up with as much detail as the time will allow.
In the recitations emphasis is laid upon the development of the
human embryo. The student may elect to do additional work in this
subject, the details to be arranged by conference. One recitation
and six hours laboratory work per week, second half Freshman year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 73

PHYSIOLOGY

PROFESSOR MACLEOD
• DR. COBB

The course in physiology extends over two years. During the first
year the class meets five hours a week, the time being almost entirely
occupied in practical laboratory work; in bio-chemistry during the
first half of the session, and in experimental physiology, as studied
on amphibians, during the latter half. These laboratory exercises
are supplemented by lectures and quizzes.

Until March ist, in the second year, six hours a week are devoted
to the practical application of the more important experimental
methods used in the study of the physiology of circulation, respira-
tion, digestion, metabolism and excretion. These experiments are
made on mammals.

After March ist of this year two hours a week are spent in study-
ing the experimental physiology of the nervous system and special
senses ; and in advanced bio-chemistry.

Throughout the first and second year, there are, besides the prac-
tical work, lectures and quizzes (one hour per week during the first
year; in the second year, three hours a week until March ist, one
hour after March ist). The lectures and quizzes throughout the
course are arranged, as far as possible, to supplement the practical
work, and during the latter part of the second year some of the lec-
tures are devoted to the application of physiology to medicine.
Examinations are held towards the end of each month on the month's
work. Arrangements are also made by which the entire course in
physiology can be taken in one year.

CHEMISTRY

Students who are conditioned in chemistry upon entering the Med-
ical School may remove these conditions by private work in the
physiological laboratory. The schedule has been arranged so as to
leave 240 hours for this work.

PHARMACOLOGY AND MATERIA MEDICA

PROFESSOR SOLLMANN
DR. HATCHER

The course in this department aims to give an exact knowledge of
the actions and characters of drugs, by means of lectures, recitations,
conferences, laboratory demonstrations, experimental work by the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

174 'THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

Students, reviews and tests. The regular course covers the entire
subject to the extent which is deemed necessary for the genera!
practitioner. Various optional work is offered in addition.

The work begins in the sophomore year with pharmacognery,
pharmacy, general toxicology, incompatibilities, prescription-writing
and flavors. The locally acting drugs (irritants, stomachics, carmin-
atives, cathartics, emollients, etc.), are then studied. In this year,
30 hours are devoted to lectures and recitations, and 60 hours to
laboratory work.

The course continues throughout the junior year, with 50 hours of
laboratory work and 60 hours of lectures, recitations, etc. The
didactic work covers the alkaloids, neutral principles, salt and ion
actions, and the systemic action of metals. The study of the actions
of drugs is based upon a critical resume of the experimental and
toxicological data, and the application of these to the clinical uses of
medicines. It is aimed to furnish the students with a clear under-
standing of the actions, and of the evidence on which our knowledge
of the subject rests. The drugs are grouped according to their most
prominent therapeutical and chemical relations. A broad outline of
the principal features of a group is given in a lecture. The subject is
then assigned for study, and reviewed in recitations, when the details
of the subject are developed. Review quizzes and written tests are
given at intervals during the course.

This systematic study of the individual drugs is supplemented, in
the laboratory course, by a study of the individual functions of the
tissues, as modified by drugs. The experiments are designed so as to
bring out some important pharmacological principle, or to investigate
the possible reactions of the important functions to drugs, or to
illustrate important methods of pharmacological experimentation. By
a careful selection of the drugs, all the more important facts of
pharmacology are demonstrated.

The object of each exercise is first explained in a preliminary
conference, and attention is directed to the phenomena to be observed.
The experiments are then performed by the students, or demonstrated
with the assistance of members of the class. The results are then
discussed informally at the next meeting, especial stress being laid
on making proper deductions from the experimental data. The
laboratory course therefore furnishes, by direct observation, a
ground-plan of pharmacology, on which the book-study may be
built up.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 75

The chemical and physical character of drugs and their prepara-
tion, and the methods of administration, are studied in connection
with their actions. A collection of materia medica, comprising some
1500 specimens, is always accessible to students, and a familiarity
with the appearance, etc., of the more important preparations is
required for passing in the subject. Pharmacy and toxicological
analysis are treated in so far as they are important to practitioners.
Prescription- writing is taught by practical drills scattered through
the course; these are designed to illustrate at the same time the
methods of employing the drugs.

The examinations for the entire course are given at the end of the
junior year. The grades of the recitations and of the written tests
are considered in the final grade.

In addition to this compulsory work, there are offered various
optional courses, e. g. in pharmacy, toxicological analysis, abstracting
of papers, preparation of theses, special lectures, and advanced
laboratory work. Every encouragement and aid is given to original
investigations.

(According to the revised schedule, all the laboratory work will be
given in the sophomore year, the total number oi hours remaining
unchanged.)

PATHOLOGY

PROFESSOR HOWARD
DRS. PERKINS, SIPHER, DOLLEY AND SCHULZ

Instruction in this department is given by lectures, laboratory
work, and demonstrations of fresh and prepared specimens. The
most important feature of this course is the laboratory work done by
each student.

Bacteriology. Dr. Perkins. Laboratory work in this course is
given three half days a week from March i to the end of the first
year. The subject is elucidated by informal lectures, demonstra-
tions, and experiments on animals, as occasion requires. The stu-
dent, after having prepared the various media required, is instructed
in the principles of disinfection and sterilization, the bacteriological
examination of air, water and soil, and the methods of cultivating,
staining and studying bacteria. The pathogenic bacteria and various
molds and yeasts are then studied. Altogether from thirty to thirty-
five different micro-organisms are studied by each student. Students
are trained in the emplo3rment of bacteriological methods in medical
and surgical diagnosis, and those who prove themselves capable arc

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

176 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

permitted to pursue investigations along special lines, od subjects
assigned them by the professor in charge.

Pathological Histology. Prof. Howard, Drs. Perkins and
SiPHER. The course comprises nine hours a week of laboratory work
for the first five months of the second year. It begins with the study
of the various forms of tissue degeneration and necrosis. This is
followed by the study of inflammation in the frog's mesentery and in
sections of hardened tissue, showing all the various forms of intiam-
matory processes. The infectious granulomata are then taken up,
and the forms and special characters of the reaction of the tissues to
the specific organisms of infectious diseases are demonstrated. The
study of the various pathological processes is based upon their
aetiology, and in addition to human tissues, the material from the
experiments on animals in the bacteriological course is used for this
purpose. The effects of bacterial and other toxines upon the tissues
is taught in the same manner. Tumors are next considered. Based
upon the above as a ground work, the pathological histology of the
various organs and systems is studied. The use of fresh frozen
sections of material derived from autopsies, the operating room and
animal experiments forms an important feature of the course. Each
student receives and is required to stain, mount, carefully study and
draw from two hundred and fifty to three hundred sections.

(According 10 the revised schedule, the bacteriology will be given
in the sophomore year. The total number of hours remains un-
changed.)

Demonstrations of Gross Pathological Anatomy. Prof. How-
ard, AND Drs. Perkins, Sipher, Dolley, Scm lz and Selbv.
Demonstrations are made to second and third year students from the
large amount of fresh material derived from autopsies and from the
surgical and gynecological clinics. Students are required to handle
and describe specimens and to make diagnoses from the gross ap-
pearances, the microscopical diagnosis of tumors being an import-
ant feature. The hospital connections of the laboratory are such that
students can be trained in making autopsies and in writing protocols
of the lesions found.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 77

CLINICAL LABORATORY

DR. LADD

Microtome for frozen sections and celloidin work and the various
necessary stain and reagents are at the disposal of the students, they
being required to apply the methods of technique taught in the labo-
ratory in the study of special cases assigned to them in the hospital
wards. A large room of the clinical laboratory is devoted exclusively
to the fourth year class, and the main lecture room is devoted entirely
to the third year class, who are given systematic instruction through-
out the session. The fourth year students are required to apply the
knowledge thus gained in working up the cases assigned to them
during the fourth year. Special rooms are equipped for the exami-
nation of sputum and making chemical tests; also a dark room is
fitted up for doing polaroscopic and haemoglobin work. A few rooms
are available for the use of special workers, these rooms to be as-
signed at the discretion of the director of the laboratory. Micro-
scopes and other- instruments are available for the Work in this
department. The total laboratory capacity contains 2,600 square feet.

Clinical Microscopy. Work in this department will cover the
third and fourth years. The third year work will comprise a sys-
tematic course, consisting of two laboratory exercises a week
throughout the term, on blood, sputum, gastric juice, urine, faeces and
pathological exudates.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

178 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

the students will work in small groups in the room assigned to them
and especially equipped for their use. They will receive no system-
atic instruction, but will work under the direction and control of the
instructor. Their work will consist of the examination of urine,
blood, sputum, gastric juice, faeces, and purulent and other discharges
from their ward and dispensary cases, as well as of tumors and other
material removed at operations. This work is obligatory, is tlone in
connection with the students' own clinical cases, and is therefore
thoroughly practical.

THERAPEUTICS

PROFESSOR DARBY

Three hours a week are devoted to Therapeutics during the third
year. The teaching is done mainly by means of lectures and quizzes,
designed to make the student familiar with all the resources of
Therapeutics and enable him to make an intelligent and satisfactory
use of them in his future work. Medicines are studied in groups
based on their therapeutic affinities, and individually in their applica-
tion to disease. Careful attention is paid to dossage, the time and
mode of administration, influences and conditions which may modify
their actions, the effect of toxic doses, the treatment of poisonings
and of drug habits. Electrotherapy, Kinesitherapy, including Mas-
sage and Rest-Cure. Psychotherapy, including Hypnotism and Sug-
gestion. Serotherapy, Hydrotherapy and Balneotherapy. Dietetics
and Climatology are carefully studied in their relation to pathological
conditions. The aim of the course is to give the student a thorough
and practical knowledge of all the means and methods used in the
"treatment and prevention of disease, which is the ultimate aim of
all medical research."

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS

PROFESSOR HOOVER

DRS. OSBORN, MERRIAM, SEASON, MOOREHOUSE^ WAGNER,

CARTER AND DARBY

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 79

strate the normal physical signs of the thorax and abdomen. During
the third year physical diagnosis is taught from pathological cases.
The students are required to demonstrate at every exercise, and are
also given opportunity to practice in the dispensary and hospital
wards. The iinal examination in this course is a practical one. Each
student is required to examine a patient, describe the physical signs
and make an eliminative physical diagnosis.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE

PROFESSOR LOWMAN

PROFESSOR SAWYER

DRS. OSBORN^ MERRIAM^ SEASON^ MOOREHOUSE, CARTER AND DARBY

The teaching of medicine is done in the third and fourth years.
Lectures, largely clinical, are given to both classes, and the largest
possible number of students make direct observation of the patients
presented. It is found that very often the whole class can individ-
ually verify the conditions described by the lecturer, and this plan
has proved of great advantage in the presentation of the cases. The
third year class will receive two hours per week in text book work,
in which internal medicine not provided for in special departments
will "be covered in recitation and discussion. The same class has
three hours of clinics, and is assigned to the individual study of select
dispensary cases. Clinical laboratory drill is made a decided feature
of this year's work. In the fourth year the class is taught medicine
by clinics, by drill in sections in the dispensary, by the assignment to
ward cases, in connection with which the fullest use of the clinical
laboratory will be insisted upon. Throughout the course thus out-
lined, the endeavor is made to develop not only the knowledge of
diseases' and their diagnosis, -but also to thoroughly consider the use
of remedies.

SURGERY

PROFESSOR ALLEN

PROFESSOR BUNTS

PROFESSOR CRILE

DRS. BECKER, BRIGGS, HERRICK, LOWER AND BIRGE

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8o THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

weekly upon the principles of surgery, and also section work in
Charity Hospital Dispensary. A course of one hour a week is given
in the taking of histories, the recording of cases with the surgical
literature pertaining to them and in surgical diagnosis. Th^ material
from the dispensary at Lakeside Hospital is used for the latter
course. Instruction is given one hour weekly on the subject of
fractures and dislocations. There are at least four hours weekly de-
voted to clinics, and there is instruction of one hour weekly during a
period of six months in genito-urinary surgery. A laboratory course
has been arranged for instruction in addition to that given during the
second year in the course on general pathology.

In this course students are taught to examine blood, and pus, to
make cultures, to inoculate animals, to cut sections and make
diagnosis of tumors and to perform personally all the laboratory work
incident to the diagnosis of surgical cases. This course occupies, in
conjunction with a similar course in clinical medicine, from four to
six hours weekly during the entire year.

During the fourth year the student attends clinics six hours
weekly. After January ist, there is an additional clinic of one and
a half hours weekly, in which instruction is given to sections of from
four to six men. Optional clinics are given every Saturday after-
noon from the beginning of the term until January 1st at the City
Hospital. A course is also given in operative surgery, utilizing all
means necessary for the best development of instruction in this de-
partment. Throughout the fourth year, also, the student is assigned
cases for examination and diagnosis, upon which complete written
reports are required. Provision is made in the clinical laboratory for
the thorough examination of all of these cases by laboratory methods.
The student is required to examine the blood, sputum, urine, faeces,
to make sections and diagnosis of tumors and investigate infections,
and to make exhaustive reports, under the supervision of especially
appointed instructors or demonstrators, which shall be compared
with those made by the clinical staff of the various hospitals. In ad-
dition to this the class is divided into sections for daily work in the
dispensaries. Until January i«t, one hour weekly is devoted to
surgical diagnosis. After January ist this same hour is utilized for
the purpose of quizzing the class upon the subjects presented at the
surgical clinics. For the purposes of instruction the material is
ample, clinics being given at Lakeside, Charity, St. Alexis and the
City Hospitals.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY l8l

OBSTETRICS

PROFESSOR POWELL
DRS. CLARK, THOMAS AND DICKENSON

Instruction in this course begins with the third and continues
through the fourth year, two lectures a week throughout each year.
The plan includes didactic lectures, quizzes, practical demonstrations
and bedside instruction. Lectures are illustrated freely by charts,
diagrams, models and operations upon the manikin. Students are
required to become familiar with the use of the various obstetric
instruments. The Senior class is divided into small sections and
given practical work outside of schedule hours.

Each Senior student is expected to attend from three to five cases
of labor under the supervision of the Professor of Obstetrics, or his
assistant. The work of the class is chiefly practical.

The work of the Junior class is conducted by Drs. Clark and
Thomas. Two hours per week, including recitations from text book
and quizzes, are assigned for this purpose.

GYNECOLOGY

PROFESSOR ROBB

PROFESSOR HUMISTON

DRS. THOMAS, SUNKLE, WEIR, POVEY AND WILLIAMS.

Gynecology is taught by a weekly didactic lecture, lasting one
hour, and by supplemental quizzes during the third year; through
the fourth year two hours a week are devoted to clinical instruction.
The patients admitted to the wards of the Lakeside, Charity and City
Hospitals for laceration of the perinseum and for vaginal, vesical,
uterine, tubal and ovarian disease, will be shown either at the regular
clinics in the amphitheatre or will be made the subjects of teaching
at the bedside. Instruction will be given in the wards, so far as it is
possible, upon the management of such cases during the period im-
mediately following operation and during the period of convalescence.
As a rule, each student will have an opportunity of performing some
minor operation.

The work in the dispensary at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals will
include history-taking and the ordinary methods of examination, the
diagnosis and treatment of cases. This instruction is given daily
during the school year to the students of the fourth year. For this
work the class is divided into sections, so that each student can
receive individual attention. Students in turn will be permitted to
examine patients, and suitable cases will be operated upon before the
class.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l82 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY

PROFESSOR CORLETT
DR. HOLE

Instruction in this department is given to the third and fourth year
classes. Clinical lectures are given once a week to the third year
students during a part of the college year. It is the endeavor to cover
the rudiments of dermatology in these demonstrative lectures. When
necessary laiitern-slide plates and other illustrations are used to
further elucidate the subject of diseases of the skin. During the
course the class will be quizzed by the assistant in Dermatology.

DISEASES OF THE NOSE, THROAT AND EAR

DR. INGERSOLL

DR. LINCOLN

DRS. WAUGH, CHAMBERLIN AND ELSON

Didactic lectures on these diseases are given once a week during
the third year. Clinical instruction is given during the fourth year
and consists in daily work in the dispensary of Lakeside Hospital.
Each section of the class is in turn given personal instruction in the
use of instruments for examination and operation and also in the
diagnosis and treatment of the various cases.

DISEASES OF CHILDREN

PROFESSOR GUSHING
DR. THOMAS AND POPE

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTKRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 83

OPHTHALMOLOGY

PROFESSOR MILLIKIN
DRS. BRUNNER AND SHACKLETON

The method of instruction is largely clinical with didatic teaching
interspersed. It is given to the Senior class. The class is divided
into sections, each one being assigned in rotation to cases for exam-
ination in the dark room. Each student will be given cases for spe-
cial study, and is expected to make a report upon them before the
class, and will be subject to quizzing by members of the class and the
instructor. The aim is to teach the diagnosis and methods of treat-
ment of the external diseases of the eye, and to give a working
knowledge of the uses of the ophthalmoscope. The eye department
has separate wards in Lakeside Hospital in which students have
opportunities for seeing work at the bedside. The class will be
divided into sections for instruction with the ophthalmoscope, and
for daily work in the dispensary rooms during the year. This de-
partment has abundant facilities, appliances and material. A large
"dark room" with ten lights, a Javal-Schiotz Ophthalmometer, a
perimeter, test cases and ophthalmoscopes for practical ophthal-
mology are provided. A Haab's magnet has recently been added to
the equipment.

NEUROLOGY

PROFESSOR UPSON
DRS. SPENCE AND HUTCHINS

Instruction in this branch of medicine is clinical and occupies one
hour a week throughout the fourth year. In connection with the
cases shown the class is instructed in the use of the different forms
of electric current for diagnosis and treatment, and in other diagnos-
tic methods. The material of the City Hospital is utilized from the
beginning of the school year up to January i. Cases of nervous dis-
eases in the hospital proper arc shown, and the class is taken
through the wards of the Department of the Insane and instruction
given in the different forms of mental disturbance. During the
remainder of the year material for demonstration is drawn from the
Neurological Clinic of the Dispensary and from the wards of Lake-
side Hospital.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

184 THK MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I9O4

HYGIENE AND PREVENTIVE MEDICINE

PROFESSOR ASHMUN

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine are included in the fourth year,
and will occupy two hours a week. In hygiene the course will in-
clude consideration of heredity; normal development of individuals
and races; climatic and meteorological influences; the essentials and
accessories to life and health; effects of habits of life and occupa-
tion ; individual family and community sanitation.

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE

TEXT-BOOKS

Anatomy — Gray, Morris.

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy — Stohr, 5th Edition, or
Szymonowicz.

Comparative Anatomy — Wiedersheim.

Embryology — McMurrich, or Heisler.

Bacteriology — Abbot, Sternberg, Lehmann and Neumann.

Physiology— Vr3LCtica\ Physiology by various writers (Arnold,
London) ; for reference, Stewart's Manual, the American Text-Book
of Physiology, and Schafer's Physiology.

Pathology — ^Ziegler.

Pharmacology and Materia Medic a — Sollmann.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 85

Therapeutics — Wood, Brunton, Bartholow, Shoemaker, Butler,
Schmiedeberg.

Medicine — Wood & Fritz, Strumpell, Osier.

5'iirg^y— American Text-book of Surgery, Koenig's Surgery,
Warren's Surgical Pathology.

Gynecology — Diseases of Women (Dudley), An American Text-
book of Gynecology (Baldy), A Text-book on Gynecology (Reed),
Practical Gynecology (Montgomery), Hart and Barbour's Manual of
Gynecology. Books of reference, Pozzi, Fritsch, Aseptic Surgical
Technique (Robb).

Obstetrics — Jewett, Reynolds, Davis, Hirst.

Dermatology — Crocker, Hardway, Jackson, Morrow's System of
Dermatology, Corlett's Acute Exanthemata.

Neurology — Church and Peterson, Dercum, Dana. Books of refer-
ence, Gowers, Berkley on Mental Diseases.

Ophthalmology— Amencsin Text-book, De Schweinitz, Swanzy,
May, Haab's Ophthalmoscopy.

Nose, Ear and Throat — American Text-book, Kyle, Bacon, Buck,
Coakley, Grayson, Knight, Dench.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine — Stevenson and Murphy, Eg-
bert, Abbot.

Physical Diagnosis — ^Vierordt's Medical Diagnosis.

Diseases of Children — Holt's Infancy and Childhood, Jacobi's
Therapeutics of Infancy, Ashby and Wright.

Medical Jurisprudence — Taylor's (A. S.) Medical Jurisprudence,
Taylor's (A. N.) The Law in its Relation to Physicians.

EXAMINATIONS, J904

FIRST YEAR CLASS

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy — Tuesday, February 9th.

Histology — Friday, May 27th.

Embryology — Saturday, May 28th.

Osteology — Tuesday, May 31st.

Physiology — Wednesday, June ist.

Bacteriology — ^Thursday, June 2d.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l86 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

SECOND YEAR CLASS

Physical Diagnosis — Monday, May 23rd.

Anatomy — Tuesday, May 24th.

Physiology — Practical, Wednesday, May 25th, 8 to 11 a. m.; i to 4
p. m.

Physiology — Written and oral, Thursday, May 26th, 8 a. m.

Pharmacology — Written and oral, Friday, May 27th.

Minor Surgery — Saturday, May 28th.

THIRD YEAR CLASS

Therapeutics — Monday, May 23rd.

Pharmacology — Materia Medica, written and oral, Tuesday, May
24th, 1 130 to 4 -.30 p. m.
Anatomy — Wednesday, May 25th.
Obstetrics — Thursday, May 26th.
Physical Diagnosis — Thursday, May 12th to 26th.
Dermatology — Friday. May 27th.
Genito Urinary — Friday, May 27th.
Gynecology — Saturday, May 28th.
Clinical Laboratory^Twesday^ May 31st.
Medicine — Wednesday, June ist.
Surgery — Thursday, June 2d.
Fractures and Dislocations — Thursday, June 2d.
Pathology — Friday, June 3rd.
Ear, Nose and Throat — Saturday, June 4th.

FOURTH YEAR CLASS

Neurology — Monday, May 23rd.

Obstetrics — Tuesday, May 24th.

Medicine — Wednesday, May 25th.

Physical Diagnosis — Thursday, May 26th.

Ophthalmology— Fndaiy, May 27th.

Jurisprudence, Hvgiene and Preventive Medicine — Saturday, May
28th.

Surgery — Tuesday, May 31st.

Pediatrics — Wednesday, June ist, 2 p. m.

Gynecology — Thursday, June 2d.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 187

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The College session will open on October ist, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a vacation of two weeks, during the Christ-
mas holidays. There will also be a vacation of two days
preceding Easter Sunday. No College exercises will be
held on Thanksgiving Day and the two days following,
Washington's Birthday or Decoration Day.

SITUATION OF BUILDINGS

The Medical College stands at the corner of Erie and St.
Clair Sts., about five minutes' walk from the center of the
city.

The Lakeside Hospital fronts on Lake Street, corner of
Muirson Street — five minutes' walk from the college. St.
Vincent's Hospital (Charity) fronts on Perry Street, comer
of Central Avenue. The Home of Maternity is on Wood-
land and Longwood Avenues. The St. Alexis Hospital is
located at the comer of Broadway and McBride Street, and
is reached by the Broadway car line. The City Hospital
fronts on Scranton Avenue, and is reached by either Jen-
nings Avenue or Pearl Street and Brooklyn cars. The
Medical Library building is at 586 Prospect Street.

ENDOWMENTS

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l88 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

The John L. Woods Fund.

The H. B. Hurlbut Fund.

The John Huntington Fund.

The John A. Vincent Fund.

The H. Melville Hanna Fund.

The Leonard Hanna Endowment for the

Chair of Clinical Microscopy.
The Henry Wilson Payne Endowment of

the Department of Anatomy.
Dr. Adolph Cudell Memorial Library Fund.

THE H. M. HANNA RESEARCH FELLOWSHIP

This Fellowship has been founded by Mr. H. M. Hanna
for encouragement of research in Physiology and Pathology,
and is open to graduates of any medical school.

The occupant of the post will be expected to devote him-
self to original investigation in Physiology or Pathology in
this college under the guidance of the Professor, who shall
suggest a subject for research or approve one submitted by
the Fellow himself. All applicants must produce evidence
of fitness for engaging in such work.

The income of the Fellowship is about $600 a year. It is
tenable, in the first instance, for one year, but a Fellow who
has done exceptionally good work may be reappointed for a
second term.

THE ''HENRY WILSON PAYNE DEPARTMENT
OF ANATOMY"

At the opening of the college year a sum of $100,000 was
donated to the University by Mr. H. Melville Hanna for the
endowment of the "Henry Wilson Payne Department of An-
atomy." This generous contribution to the college enables

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 189

it by releasing other funds to apply a considerable amount of
money towards improving the clinical teaching of the school.
To this end a number of young men have been appointed to
spend a considerable amount of time in the various hospital
wards and elsewhere, in drilling the students individually in
various departments of medicine. This enables the Faculty
to put its clinical teaching on a basis comparable to that here-
tofore carried out in the laboratory departments.

LIBRARIES

The Free Public Library, 175,000 volumes; Case Library,
50,000 volumes; Hatch Library, 50,000 volumes, and the
library of the Cleveland Medical Library Association are
accessible to students of this College, and, with the exception
of the Hatch Library, are within a few minutes' walk of the
Medical College. By special arrangement of the Faculty
members of the Senior class may have the reading privileges
of the Medical Library Association's books and journals
during the year. This Library now has on its shelves more
than 10,000 bound volumes, and one hundred and fifty
Medical Journals are on file in the reading rooms. There
are more than two hundred volumes of modern text-books
and medical works. In addition there is a working
library in the College itself, consisting of about 2,500 vol-
umes.

LABORATORIES

Anatomy. — The dissecting room is well lighted with
electricity, heated ^nd ventilated and provided with modern
appliances. The anatomical rooms have about three thou-
sand square feet of floor space. Anatomical material is pre-
served at all seasons of the year.

Histology, Comparative Anatomy and Embryology. —
The laboratory is well lighted by a north, east and south ex-
posure, and is equipped with electric light for use on dark

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90 THK MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

days. Enough Leitz microscopes are owned so that each
student has one for his individual use, available at all times.
Individual lockers are provided. The material for study is
furnished without cost to the student. There is a good
equipment of microtomes, ovens, glassware, stains and
reageijts, and a rapidly growing collection of charts, books
and demonstration preparations.

Bacteriology. — The work in bacteriology is carried on in
the pathological laboratory. Students are required to pro-
vide their own material for drawings. Microscopes, cul-
ture media and animals are provided without charge, and
material for staining and mounting specimens, to be retained
by students at cost. The laboratory has the benefit of excel-
lent lighting with space for individual work.

Pharmacology. — The laboratories occupy the entire
fourth floor of the main building and comprise a large room
for lecturing and chemical work, another large room for
demonstrations and experimental work, four commodious
research rooms, animal and storage rooms, etc. The rooms
are excellently lighted, and well equipped for the work, and
comprise in all nearly 6,000 square feet.

Physiology. — The teaching laboratories comprise three
well-lighted rooms with an aggregate floor space of nearly
five thousand square feet. The room for experimental
physiology is fifty by thirty feet, the room for chemical
physiology measures thirty-five by fifty feet, and the lecture
room, devoted exclusively to physiology, is capable of ac-
commodating fifty students. The equipment for teaching
practical physiology permits more than forty students to
work in a class at one time, some in the chemical and some in
the experimental room. Several separate rooms are avail-
able for research. There is also a dark room and work-
shop.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 191

Pathology. — ^The pathological laboratory occupies the
entire east second floor, two thousand four hundred square
feet, and has in addition a special room for research work,
a museum and a professor's room. The teaching laboratory
room affords each student separate locker and ample table
space. Apparatus, instruments and teaching material are
provided without extra charge.

Besides the College laboratories there is a large three-story
pathological laboratory in connection with Lakeside Hos-
pital, and a pathological laboratory connected with Charity,
the City and St. Alexis Hospitals, all of which are used
for teaching purposes.

Clinical Laboratory. — A clinical laboratory has been
completed at Lakeside Hospital, of sufficient size to
accommodate an entire class. This provides the stu-
dents with greatly increased facilities for the examination
of secretions and excretions, sputum, purulent and other
infections, blood, urine, stomach contents, stools, etc., and
permits them to make personal examinations of tumors and
other pathological specimens. This work is a part of the
regular instruction in the third and fourth years and greatly
increases the efficiency with which the clinical work of these
years is performed. Microscopes and other instruments are
available for the work in this department.

MUSEUMS

Rooms in the College building are set apart for the pres-
ervation of anatomical and pathological preparations, casts
and specimens. Persons not connected with the College
who have specimens they wish preserved can place them in
these rooms, with the owners' names attached and such his-
tories, descriptions or remarks as they choose to give, re-
specting them. A very complete collection of Materia
Medica is kept accessible to the students.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

192 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

HOSPITALS

Lakeside Hospital. — Lakeside Hospital occupies a plot
of ground four hundred feet long by three hundred and
eighty feet deep, on the bank overlooking Lake Erie, about
five minutes' walk from the College building. It affords ac-
commodation for two hundred and fifty patients. The staff
is composed of members of the Faculty of this College. The
hospital has an amphitheatre seating about two hundred
students for the surgical classes, and a smaller one with a
seating capacity of over one hundred for the medical classes.
On the third floor of the dispensary building are two lecture
rooms, each capable of seating fifty to seventy-five students.
There are eighteeen resident assistants for the departments
of surgery, gynecology, medicine, ophthalmology, children's
diseases, pathology, etc. These positions are open to the
graduates of this College, and afford great opportunities for
practical work.

There has been erected a pavilion for infections and con-
tagious diseases, having four small wards, with every facility
for the proper care and study of these diseases.

St. Vincent's (Charity) Hospital. — This is one of
the oldest and best known institutions in the city and state.
It has between seventy-five and one hundred beds. The
staff is selected by the faculty, and the clinical material of
the hospital is utilized for instruction in this College. There
are six hospital positions open each year to the graduates
of this College only.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

'903-1904] WESTERN RESERVK UNIVERSITY 1 93

City Hospital. — This institution is under municipal
control. It accommodates one hundred and fifty to one
hundred and seventy-five patients continually in the adult
department and has a new building for children, with one
hundred beds, besides operating rooms, pathological labora-
tory, etc. From September to January regular clinics in
medicine, gynecology, surgery, neurology and cutaneous and
venereal diseases are given here by members of this faculty.
The insane department of this hospital affords material for
clinical instruction in mental diseases. Frequent autopsies
are held and abundant material for pathological demonstra-
tions obtained. The resident staff is selected by competitive
examination, and the students of this College are eligible.

St. Ann^s Maternity Hospital and Foundling
Asylum. — ^During 1901 a long desired change was made at
the St. Ann's Maternity Hospital and Foundling Asylum.
The old institution located on Marion Street was vacated to
supply more space to St. Vincent's Hospital. The Sever-
ance homestead at the corner of Woodland and Longwood
was purchased and remodeled and formally opened to carry
on the work in a new location. It is to be hoped that the
present year will witness the erection of a new building to
supply the urgent demand for more room.

St. Ann's Maternity Hospital affords abundant oppor-
tunity for the study of the physiology, mechanism and man-
agement of labor at the bedside. Graduates of our college
are appointed as residents.

CLINICAL FACILITIES
The clinical facilities of this College comprise, through-
out the course, the two hundred and fifty beds at Lakeside
Hospital, one hundred and forty beds of Charity Hospital,
the Dispensaries at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals, three
hundred beds of St. Alexis Hospital, the Maternity and
Children's Home, and two hundred and seventy-five beds
of the City Hospital during four months of each year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

194 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

RESIDENT PHYSICIANS

From twenty-five to thirty resident positions are open to
the graduates of the College in the hospitals of the city.
Of the class graduating in 1903, seventeen men received hos-
pital appointments.

HOSPITAL SERVICE

LAKESIDE HOSPITAL STAFF

Medicine— ~Drs. H. H. Powell, J. H. Lowman, H. S. Upson, E.

F. CUSHING.

Surgery — Dr. D. P. Allen ; Dr. G. W. Crile, Associate.
Ophthalmology— Dr. B. L. Millikin.
Gynecology — Dr. H. Robb.
Dermatology — Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.

CHARITY HOSPITAL STAFF

Consulting Physicians — Drs. G. C. Ashmun, B. W. Holliday, J.
H. Lowman.

Consulting Surgeons — Drs. G. C. E. Weber and D. P. Allen.

Consulting Ophthalmologist — Dr. B. L. Millikin.

Consulting Dermatologist — Dr. W. T. Corlett.

Consulting Gynecologist — Dr. H. Robb.

Visiting Physicians— Drs. J. H. Lee, J. E. Cook, J. P. Sawyer, T.
A. Burke.

Visiting Surgeons — Drs. F. E. Bunts and C. A. Hamann.

Visiting Gynecologist — Dr. W. H. Humiston.

Visiting Ophthalmologist — Dr. W. E. Bruner.

Pathologist— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.

HOME OF maternity

Obstetrics— Dr. H. H. Powell.

CONSULTING STAFF AT CITY HOSPITAL

Medicine — Drs. J. H. Lowman, J. E. Darby and C. F. Hoovxk.
Surgery— Drs. D. P. Allen and F. E. Bunts.
Obstetrics — Dr. H. H. Powell.
Neurology — Dr. H. L. Spence.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I95

Gynecology— Dvi. W. H. Humiston.
Dermatology— DvL. W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— Dr, W. T. Howard, Jr.
Ophthalmology— Dr. C. C. Stuart.
Laryngology — Dr. J. M. Ingersoll.

VISITING STAFF

Drs. C. a. Hamann and H. G. Wagner.

DISPENSARIES

Free Dispensaries are maintained at Lakeside and Charity
Hospitals with daily service except Sundays. These col-
lege dispensaries were established on the Hurlbut and
Huntington Funds and afford treatment to about ten thou-
sand new cases annually.

lakeside hospital service

Medicine— Dr. J. H. Lowman, Director; Drs. E. H. Season, G.
W. MooREHOUSE, E. P. Carter and John C. Darby, Physicians in
Charge ; Dr. P. W. Cobb, Assistant.

Surgery— Dr. D. P. Allen, Director; Drs. H. A. Becker, Chas.
E. Briggs, and R. H. Birge, Surgeons in Charge.

Obstetrics— Dr. H. H. Powell, Director; Dr. J. Dickenson, Jr..
Obstetrician in Charge.

Diseases of Children — Dr. E. F. Gushing, Director; Drs. J. J.
Thomas, and C. Pope, Physicians in Charge.

Gynecology— Dr. H. Robb, Director; Dr. R. H. Sunkle, W. H.
Weir, G. Povey and Charles D. Williams, Gynecologists in Charge.

Nervous Diseases— Dr. H. S. Upson, Director; Dr. H. L. Spence,
Neurologist in Charge; Dr. F. C. Hutchins, Assistant.

Ophthalmology— Dr. B. L. Millikin, Director; Dr. W. E. Bruner,
Ophthalmologist in Charge; Dr. Wm. E. Shakleton, Assistants.

Dermatology and Syphilis— Dr. W. T. Corlett, Director and Phy-
sician in Charge ; Dr. C. M. Hole, Assistant.

Diseases of Nose, Ear and Throat — Drs. J. M. Ingersoll and Wil-
liam R. Lincoln, Surgeons in Charge; Drs. J. M. Waugh, Wm. B.
Chamberlin and I. A. Elson, Assistants.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

196 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

CHARITY HOSPITAL SERVICE

Medicine— Dr. J. P. Sawyer, Director; Drs. W. O. Osborne and
W. H. Merriam, Physicians in Charge.

Surgery— Dr. F. E. Bunts, Director; Drs. Fred C. Herrick and
J. Dickenson, Jr., Surgeons in Charge.

Gynecology— Dr. W. H. Humiston, Director; O. T. Thomas,
Gynecologist in Charge.

Ophthalmology— Dr. Wm. E. Bruner, Director ; C. C. Stuart, M.
D., Assistant in Charge.

home of maternity

Obstetrics— Dr. H. H. Powell, Director; Drs. J. J. Thomas and
F. C. Clark, Obstetricians in Charge; Dr. J. Dickenson, Jr., As-
sistant.

DISPENSARY APPOINTMENTS

Members of the third year class remaining in the city dur-
ing the summer, may be appointed for practical work in the
Dispensary, in sections, by applying to the Dean.

EXPENSES

The fees are $125 a year. This amount includes pa)mient
for tuition and all laboratory expenses, except the price of
anatomical material, breakage and use of oil immersion
microscopes, and is due before October twentieth of each
year. Students who prefer may pay $75 by October twen-
tieth, and $55 by March fifteenth of the college year. No
student shall be permitted to present himself 'for examina-
tion in any branch who has not paid all dues and liabilities.
Students who wish to pay for the entire four years' course
by October twentieth of their first year, will be allowed a
reduction of $50 on the whole amount. A deposit of $2 is
required from students in each of the laboratories at the
outset, in addition to the tuition fee, to cover breakage.
The unused balance of such deposit is returned at the end
of the session. A rental of $5.00 per year will be charged
for the use of oil immersion microscopes, the students hav-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 97

ing full use of these instruments during their entire year.
Students who prefer may furnish their own microscopes.

Good board can be procured at from three to five dollars
a week, and furnished rooms at from five to ten dollars a
month. By forming "clubs" students are able to bring their
living expenses considerably below these prices. The janitor
at the College building keeps a list of boarding houses for
the convenience of students. By an arrangement with Good-
rich House, which stands within one block of the College, a
gymnasium, with bathing accommodations, is available to
the students at a very small cost. At the Y. M. C. A. build-
ing, which is near, similar opportunities are afforded.

POST-GRADUATE AND SPECIAL INSTRUCTION

Courses of post-graduate and special instruction for phy-
sicians and special students will be given in the various lab-
oratories, commencing about June ist and lasting from three
to six weeks.

Physiology. Dr. P. W. Cobb. A course of practical physiology,
based on the text-book of Practical Physiology used in the regular
course. Six half days a week for six weeks. Fee, $20.00. A fee of
$5.00 to defray the cost of animals is divided by each set of four.

Pharmacology. Drs. T. Sou-mann and R. A. Hatcher. This
course will be identical with that given in the pharmacological labora-
tory during the regular session. It comprises experiments on mam-
mals and frogs, as well as chemical work. Fee, $25.00.

Research work may be begun at any time during the year. No fee
is charged to competent investigators, beyond the actual cost of ma-
terial.

Pathological Anatomy. Dr. John A. Sipher. In this course
both gross and histological pathological anatomy will be studied.
General problems, such as degeneration and necrosis, inflammation,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

198 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

the infectious granulomota, and tumors will be considered first, after
which the special pathological anatomy of the various organs will be
studied. The laboratory is well supplied with material for the
course, which will be entirely practical, the students doing their own
staining and mounting. They will be given such further botanical
training as they may desire. The class will meet six half days a
week for six weeks. Fee, $30.00.

Clinical Microscopy. Dr. L. W. Ladd. This course will include
the various methods of examining blood, sputum, urine, &cces,
gastric contents, pathological exudates, and in general, the applica-
tion of the microscope to the diagnosis and the other aspects of
clinical medicine. The class will meet three times a week for a
period of two hours each meeting, for six weeks. Fee, $30.00.

For further information apply to the instructors in the
various courses.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 199

APPENDIX

CLASS EXAMINATIONS 1903

VERTEBRATE EMIIRVOLOGY
(Write five questions, taking at least one from each group.)

1. (a) Define briefly maturation, ovulation, fertilization, allan-
tois, chorion frondosum. (&) State the fundamental law of biogenesis
and cite three phenomena in the embryology of man that coincide
with it.

2. (a) Give lists of the chief organs arising from each of the
three germ layers, (b) What is the relation of the coelom to the
mesoderm and what are the divisions of the coelom in the adult
male?

3. Starting with the primary condition of the aortic arches ex-
plain the changes by which the adult condition of the large arteries
is reached.

4- Describe the symmetrical condition of the venous system and
explain the origin of the asymmetrical adult condition.

5. Describe the complete course of the blood, both intra and extra-
embryonic, in the foetus just before birth and the changes which oc-
cur at birth.

6. Describe the elements in the indifferent internal urinogenital
organs, and the changes by which the male and female types arise
together with a table of homologies of urogenital organs both in-
ternal and extemal in the two sexes.

7. Describe the primary and secondary brain vesicles and the
parts of the adult brain arising from each in mammals.

8. Describe the development of the three divisions of the ear, in-
cluding the ossicles.

BACTERIOLOC.V

The examination in this branch was oral and practical, a test tube
containing two cultures was given for identification and description.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

200 THK MEDICAL COLLEGE [^903-1904

ANATOMY
Examinations in anatomy are oral.

HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPIC ANATOMY
(Answer five questions. Use drawings and descriptions except in
I and 4.)

1. Identify the ten slides given you. (These were : pancreas, sub-
maxillary, suprarenal, liver, kidney, testis, uterus, urinary bladder,
tonsil, cerebrum.)

2. Describe the structure of the tongue.

3. Describe the structure of the duodenum and state chief differ-
ences from stomach and colon.

4. Give a list of the different types of epithelia in the uriniferous
tubule and urinary tract and locate each sort..

5. Describe the structure of the adult spermatazoan of homo and
outline the more important steps in spermatogenesis.

6. Describe the structure of the ripe Graafian follicle and the lead-
ing steps in its development.

7. Describe the structure of the skin in any area and note the dif-
ference in volar surfaces and in scalp.

8. Describe the structure of the spinal cord in dorsal region, in-
cluding location of the tracts and neurocyte areas, with relation of
their neurons.

9. Describe the finer structure of the coats of the eye in the vis-
ual area.

COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY

(Select five questions.)

1. (a) Give the characteristics distinguishing the five classes of
vertebrates, (b) Define homology and analogy with examples, (c)
Define diphyodont, chordata, exoskeleton.

2. Describe the elements of the tjrpical vertebrate skull, stating
whether paired or single, cartilage or membrane bone.

3. (a) Compare the girdles from standpoint of homology, (b)
Discuss the theories of the origin of paired appendages.

4. Discuss the parts of the vertebrate brain noting the cavities
and modifications of the walls.

5. Discuss the respiratory organs of the air-breathing vertebrates.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 20I

6. Discuss the heart in the vertebrate series.

7. Describe with diagrams the urinogenital system of an amniote,
including the cloaca and ducts.

PHYSIOLOGY

(WRITTBN EXAMINATION)

2. Describe the various methods of estimating the velocity of the
blood. State how and explain why the velocity of the blood varies
in different parts of the vascular system.

3. Describe in detail the operation necessary for demonstrating the
action of the chorda tympani. What are the effects of stimulating
the nerve ? What are the effects on the salivary glands of stimulating
the cervical sympathetic?

4. Give as full an account as you can of the digestion, absorption
and metabolism of fat.

5. How can the velocity of the nerve impulse be measured ? What
are the proofs that an impulse artificially set up is conducted in
both directions along a nerve fibre?

6. Mention the groups of fibres in the internal capsule, their ori-
gin, destination and function. What are the histologfical and physi-
ological effects of destruction of the posterior limb of the left inter-
nal capsule?

7. Describe the action of the various extrinsic muscles of the eye-
ball when they contract singly and in groups. What arc the effects
of paralysis of the third nerve ?

PHYSIOLOGY

(PRACTICAL examinations)

Two of the following experiments were assigned to each student
after entering the examination room. The candidate is supplied only
with such appartus or reagents as he may ask for.

1. Determine the nature of the coloring matter in solutions A and
B. (A was methaemoglobin ; B haemachromogen.)

2. Take tracings to demonstrate the action of veratrin on the
contraction of skeletal muscle.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

202 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

3. Determine by Hammerschlag's method the specific gravity of
the specimens of blood A and B. (Sp. gr. of A was 1053; of B,
1040.

4. Estimate the amount of urea in the specimen of urine provided,

5. Determine what, if any, pathological substances are present in
the specimen of urine provided. (It contained bile pigments and bile
acids.)

6. Demonstrate in the frog the phenomenon known as inhibition
of the reflexes.

7. Demonstrate on the animal provided the effect of albumoses on
the blood pressure.

8. Demonstrate the effect of stimulation of the central end of the
sciatic nerve on the blood pressure.

9. Obtain respiratory tracings from the animal provided.

GROSS P.\THOLO(;iCAL ANWTOMY
The examination in this branch is oral.

GENERAL PATHOLOGY
An oral examination. The questions included the following sub-
jects: The general principles of pathology, the etiology of infec-
tious and non-infectious diseases, the portals of entrance of micro-
organisms into the body, the bacterial flora of the body, the bacteria
of wound infection, immunity, antitoxins, the etiology and pathologi-
cal anatomy of typhoid fever, tuberculosis, diphtheria, syphilis, pneu-
monia, arterio-sclerosis, the pathology of the circulation, etc.

THERAPEUTICS

1. (a) Define therapeutics; (b) general; (c) special; (rf) ra-
tional; (e) empyrical; (0 natural; (g) prophylactic.

2. (a) By what methods do antipyretics control temperature?
(&) Describe the different methods and give examples of each, (c)
What antipyretic would you suggest in acute rheumatism; (d)
in pneumonia; (e) in typhoid fever?

3. Aconite; (a) give active principles; (b) preparations; (c)
dose of each; (d) action; (e) indications for use. (/) Give symp-
toms and treatment for poisoning.

4. Digitalis: (o) give active principles; (&) preparations; (c)
dose; (d) action; (e) indications for use. (/) Name some syner-
gists as heart tonic: (g) as diuretic.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 203

5. Veratrum Viride: (a) Give active principles; (b) prepara-
tions; (c) dose; (</) action; (e) therapeutic indications.

6. Arsenic: (a) Preparations and dose; (6) therapeutic indica-
cations.

7. Hyoscyamus: (o) Active principles; (b) action of each; (c)
therapeutic indications.

8. Write prescription for (a) cholera infantum; {b) habitual
constipation; (c) insomnia from worry.

9. Describe symptoms and treatment for poisoning by (a) car-
bolic acid; (b) chloral hydrate; (c) opium; (rf) arsenic; (O
strychnia.

PHARMACOLOGY

(WRITTEN EXAMINATION. TIME 2% HOURS)

1. (a) Define: Root, herb, plant-parenchyma, cellulose, {b) De-
scribe the process of isolating strychnine from a mixture, (c) Write
(without abbreviations) a prescription for acute articular rheuma-
tism. The prescription must contain a basis, adjuvant and correc-
tive.

2. (a) State the different mechanisms by which cumulative action
may be explained, (b) Give a rule for calculating doses for children.
(c) Explain the general procedure by which the site of a stimula-
tion is located.

3. (fl) Describe the effects of caffein, and (6) of strychnia, on
the circulation.

4. Summarize the actions of (a) morphin; (b) aconite; (c) digi-
talis (d) ergot.

5. State briefly the therapeutic uses of the drugs enumerated in
question 4.

6. Write an essay of about 500 words on the physical basis and
the physiologic phenomena of salt action.

7. (a) Give the Latin name and dose of specimens i to 13. (b)
State whether the specimens 14 to 20 are correctly labeled.

8. Determine the incompatibilities in the three prescriptions sub-
mitted to you.

DERMATOLOGY

1. What is eczema? Give clinical varieties, and distinctive fea-
tures of each.

2. Outline the treatment of syphilis during its whole course. How
long would you treat the disease?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

204 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

3. Give differentiation between variola and varicella.

4. Give symptoms, pathology and treatment of herpes zoster.

5. Give symptoms, etiology and treatment of scabies. How dif-
ferentiate from prurigo ?

NOSE, THROAT AND EAR
DR. LINCOLN

1. Describe tubercular laryngitis.

2. Describe treatment for chronic pharyngitis.

3. Name the causes of pseudo-membrane in the throat.

DR. INGERSOLL.

1. Discuss atrophic rhinitis.

2. Discuss nasal polypi.

3. Discuss the effect upon the ears of chronic nasal obstruction.

GYNAECOLOGY
THIRD YEAR CLASS

1. What are the different forms of endometritis? How do micro-
organisms gain entrance to the endometrium and what are the prin-
cipal forms found in endometritis?

2. Define and give the etiology and treatment of amenorrhoea,
dysmenorrhoea, menorrhagia and sterility.

3. Enumerate the different forms of genital fistulae, with etiology
and treatment.

4 Differentiate between a myoma of the uterus, an ovarian tu-
mor and an ascitic accumulation, and give the treatment for the sev-
eral conditions.

5. What is vaginismus ? Give the etiology and treatment.

6. Give the etioIog>' and treatment of Bartholinitis.

7. Define prolapsus of the uterus, stating the different forms,
etiology and treatment.

8. What is pruritus of the vulva? Give etiology and treatment

9. What is meant by retroflexion ad retroversion of the uterus?
Give etiology, symptoms and treatment.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 205

PRINCIPLES OF SURGERY

THIRD YEAR, I903.

DR. BUNTS.

1. How are bacteria eliminated from the body? Name the prin-
cipal pyogenic bacteria.

2. Describe the minute changes which take place in inflammation,
terminating in resolution.

3. (a) What is gangrene? {b) What is ulceration? (c) What
determines whether gangrene is moist or dry?

4. Define (a) sequestrum; (b) involucrum; (c) caries; (d) cold
abscess.

5. Give indications for treatment of inflammation.

6. What is traumatic fever? Give its cause. Give prognosis and
treatment.

7. What is an aneurysm? What is an active clot? What is a
passive clot? Which is most favorable for permanent cure of an
aneurysm ?

8. Give microbic cause of tetanus, charbon, glanders, erysipelas.

9. How would you treat a lacerated wound?

10. How would you apply moist heat to a wound?

CLINICAL MICROSCOPY

*i. Stain, describe and diagnose the blood smears given you,
stating reasons for your diagnosis. Two specimens given each.

2. Describe the method of making a white blood count, stating
how you make your dilutions and the various steps you pass through
in order to reach the final result. Draw diagrams wherever necessary
in order to make your statements plain. Errors to be avoided and
which if not avoided would spoil your result. Normal count. Rela-
tive percentage of the various kinds of leucoc)rtes in normal blood.

3. Define the terms leucopenia, poikilocytosis, polychromatophilic
staining, punctate basophilia.

4. The Widal test — its usefulness as an aid to diagnosis of typhoid
fever. How soon is it of value? How long does the reaction last?
What amount of time should be allowed for the reaction? What

*(i/ (Pernicious anemia), (a) eosinopfailia, (4) Lymphatic Leukaemia, (4)
spleno-myelogenous Leukaemia, (5) von Jaksch anemia, (6) tenia malaria, (7)
aestivo autumnal malaria. This represents the various kinds of blood given, two
different varieties being given to each man.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

206 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

dilutions are used and precautions to be observed in performing the
test in order that your results shall be accurate?

5. Give the general characteristics of the urine in the following
diseases: Tubercular cystitis, pyo nephrosis, chronic interstitial ne-
phritis, diabetes insipidus.

6. (Given the general characteristics of the urine) what renal
condition would you expect to be present from an examination of
the given sediment?

MEDICINE
DR. SAWYER

1. Diabetes Mellitus : Give brief account of the (a) early symp-
toms; (b) the various pathological conditions present which have
been suggested as possible causes; (c) the classification of cases;

(d) the prognosis of each class; (e) the complications likely to de-
velop; (f) the treatment.

2. Rheumatism, Acute Polyarticular: Give briefly your idea of

(a) etiology; (b) clinical course; (c) complications; (d) treat-
ment.

3. Ulcer of Stomach: (a) Classify cases; (b) give various path-
logical conditions resulting from or developing out of gastric ulcer;
(c) give differential diagnosis; (d) give treatment.

4. Tuberculosis: (a) Give development of tubercular infection.

(b) What is meant by a "mixed infection," and (c) what are its
symptoms? (d) Give your idea of the prognosis of early cases under
favorable conditions, and (e) name those conditions and other treat-
ment.

DR. LOW MAN

1. Jaundice: (a) Definition; (b) Sjrmptoms; (c) Distinction be-
tween obstructive and toxic jaundice; (d) What is grave jaundice?

(e) Causes of obstructive jaundice? (f) Test for bile in the urine
and blood.

2. Typhoid Fever: (a) What is the diagnostic value of the serum
reaction? (b) What is the diagnostic value of the diazo reaction?

(c) Describe the method of making the above tests; (d) What is the
value in diagnosis of iliac tenderness, chills, hemorrhage, white blood
count, temperature? (e) What is the peculiar behavior of the tongue,
abdomen, bowels, liver, pulse, skin, spleen in typhoid fever? (/)
State immediate causes of death in typhoid fever.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 207

3. Pncumo-pyo-thorax : (o) DiflFerential diagnosis ; (d) Causes;
(c) Treatment.

4. Mitral Stenosis : (o) What is the form of the heart as outlined
by percussion in M.-S.? (b) What murmur is present and how is it
caused? (c) What is the behavior of the heart as to rhythm and
force? (d) What are some of the remote systemic effects?

5. Rheumatism: (a) Name different forms; (b) Describe the
course of acute articular rheumatism; (c) What are the chief dan-
gers and complications? (d) Treatment in full.

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS
Examination in physical diagnosis is oral and clinical.

SURGERY
DR. ALLEN

1. Indications in detail for treatment of patient in condition of
shock, suffering from compound fracture.

2. Palmar abscess.. Its diagnosis, dangers and treatment.

3. In infected and suppurating kidney what bacteria may be
found? What are the most common? Describe laboratory methods
by which two of them may be distinguished.

4. Empyema. Its diagnosis. Its course if unoperated. Indica-
tions for and methods of operating.

5. Aneurism. Its varieties. Methods of treatment.

6. Infection of knee joint. Its causes, dangers, treatment and
prognosis.

7. Distinguish between syphilis and tuberculosis of the testicle.

8. Hip joint disease. Its diagnosis and treatment in children.

9. Symptoms indicating the presence of gall stones.

10*. The treatment of gun-shot wound of the thigh, uncomplicated
by fracture with ball remaining in the tissues.

DR. BUNTS

1. Differentiate between fracture of neck of humerus and sub-
coracoid dislocation.

2. What are the indications for treatment in dislocation? What
impediments to reduction may occur in old dislocations?

3. Differentiate between contusion and compression of the brain.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2o8 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

4. Give clinical and histological differences between benign and
malignant tumors.

5. Describe (a) hip joint amputation; {b) amputation at mid-
leg; select one. (c) Operation for appendicitis; (d) operation for
inguinal colostomy; select one.

OBSTETRICS

1. Give the differential diagnosis of pregnancy.

2. Give the foetal circulation.

3. Give the diagnosis of the third position of the foetus and the
usual mechanism in delivery.

4. Give the management of a breech case without complications.

5. Give the diagnosis and management of inevitable abortion.

6. Give the causes of postpartum hemorrhage.

7. Give the various micro-organisms known to produce puerperal
infection, and mention the various forms of infections.

8. Give the forms of pelvic deformities most frequently met with.

OPHTHALMOLOGY

1. Give the symptoms and muscle affected in case of paralysis of
the sixth nerve. Same in case of third nerve.

2. Give differential diagnosis between acute conjunctivitis, scler-
itis, iritis and acute glaucoma.

3. Give indications for use of atropine, homatropine and eserine.
Also dose internally of atropine, strychnine, bichloride of mercury
and iodide of potash.

4. Give the varieties of ulceration of the cornea. Give full treat-
ment for a perforating ulcer and give its possible sequela.

5. Name the various errors of refraction and give the kind of
glass necessary to correct each.

GYNAECOLOGY

FOURTH YEAR CLASS

DR. ROBB

1. Under what circumstances are a dilatation of the cervix and
curetting of the uterus indicated?

2. What are the dangers to be avoided in this procedure?

3. Give the palliative operative treatment for cancer of the cervix
uteri.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 209

4. Give indications for suspension of uterus and the various steps
of the operation.

5. Give etiology of perineal tears with "ilassification and treat-
ment.

6. Under what conditions is a vaginal incision advisable? State
the manner of performing the same. *

7. What are the causes of prolapsus of uterus and what is the
operative treatment?

8. What operation is most suitable for a cystocele? When is it
indicated, and how is it performed?

The examinations are partly oral and partly written. The method
is to divide the ground covered during the year into about one hun-
dred questions. The class is divided up into ten sections, each of
which receives a. different set of ten questions, so that as a conse-
quence only two or three men will have precisely the same.

DR. HUMISTON

1. (fl) What is an erosion of the cervix? (&) Differentiate be-
tween it and beginning carcinoma.

2. What is gonorrhoeal vaginitis, and how would you treat it?

3. What is a retroversion of the uterus? A retroflexion?

4. Give the indications for curettage.

5. Differentiate between senile endometritis and carcinoma of the
uterus.

6. What is an extra uterine pregnancy? Give the symptoms after
ruptured tubal pregnancy.

7. Name the tumor formations occurring in the uterus.

8. What is meant by prolapsus uteri?

9. What is a rectocele and what are the determining factors in
its causation?

10. Differentiate between a pregnancy of five months gestation
and a fibroid of the uterus whose growth would equal the size of
the former.

PEDT-KTRICS

1. Diet lists for a child at 18 months and at 2V$ years. Diet for
the first days of an attack of gastro-enteritis in infancy.

2. Symptoms and treatment of congenital heart disease.

3. Symptoms and differential diagnosis of tubercular meningitis.

4. Detail of treatment, isolation and disinfection in scarlet fever.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2IO THK MEDICAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

NEUROLOGY

1. What are the causes of facial paralysis?

2. Describe the ocular symptoms of tabes dorsalis.

3. Give the symptoms of melancholia.

4. What are the causes of drop-wrist, and how is it tested elec-
trically?

5. How should epilepsy be treated?

HYGIENE AND PREVENTIVE MEDICLNE

1. Give the measures which can be taken to prevent and limit
the spread of scarlet fever.

2. Give the time of incubation in small-pox.

3. What are some of the channels by which the typhoid bacillus
gains entrance to the body?

4. How would you manage a case of diphtheria to prevent others
from having it?

5. How would you determine water to be safe to drink?

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE FRANKLIN T. BACKUS
LAW SCHOOL

HISTORICAL STATEMENT

DHE Franklin T. Backus Law School of Western Re-
serve University was founded in the year 1892. Its
first class entered the school in September of that year. Dur-
ing the first two years it was located in rented quarters at the
comer of Euclid Avenue and Adelbert Street. In the fall
of 1894 the school was removed to temporary quarters in
Adelbert Hall, where it remained for two years. In 1896
the stone building now occupied by the school was erected.
It contains, in addition to large halls, four rooms of equal
size, twenty-five by forty feet, inside measurement. One of
these rooms is fitted up for a library and reading room, and
the other three are used for recitation work. Each recita-
tion room is furnished with individual tables so constructed
as to enable the students to take notes with as little incon-
venience as possible. The basement is furnished with
toilet, locker and smoking rooms. Each student is furn-
ished a locker for the keeping of his coat, books, etc. The
building is so constructed as to allow the erection of a large
addition whenever the needs of the school shall require it.

In 1892 the library numbered about five hundred volumes.
Today it numbers thirteen thousand volumes and is one of
the largest law school libraries west of New York.

In 1892 nine lectures a week were given; now there are
given fifty lectures a week, and the number of the members
of the faculty has grown from five to nineteen.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

212 THE SCHOOL OF LAW [1903-1904

When the school was first opened candidates for a degree
were required to have but little more than a common school
education. Nearly all the law schools in the country, in-
cluding some of the oldest and most prominent, demanded
no more. In 1900 the requirements of candidates for a de-
gree were raised to the requirements for entering college.

In 1893 Mrs. Franklin T. Backus, of Cleveland, Ohio,
provided an endowment for the school and the name of the
school was then changed from the "Law School of Western
Reserve University" to the "Franklin T. Backus Law
School of Western Reserve University" in honor of a man
who, during his life, was one of the leaders of the Ohio bar
and who always took the deepest interest in all matters per-
taining to legal education.

Digitized by VjOOQI^

WESTERN RESBRVK UNIVERSITY 213

FACULTY

Charles F. Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower A v.

President.

Charles Elliott Pennewell, 1254 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Real Property.

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts and Equity Jurisdiction,

Dean of the Faculty.

Henry Clay White, A. M., 344 Harkness A v.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates.

Homer Hosea Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of Constitutional Law.

Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law of Crimes, Criminal Procedure, and Damages.

Arthur Adelbert Stearns, A M., 87 Oakdale St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage.

James Lawrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

Professor of the Law of Public and Private Corporations.

Alfred G. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Streator Av.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice.

Paul Howland, A. M., LL. B., Huron Terrace.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Partnership.

Henry Bardwell Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Professor of the Law of Agency and Bills and Notes.

Francis Rufus Herrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts.

Frank Beverly Wiluams, A. M., LL. B., 59 The Morris.

Professor of the Law of Evidence and Trusts.

Frederick William Green, LL. B., Rice Av., Newburgh.

Instructor of the Law of Sales.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

214 1*^^ SCHOOI. OF LAW [1903-1904.

Clayton King Fauver, Ph. B., LL. B., 727 Case Av.

Instuctor of the Law of Torts and Sales, and Instructor in charge

of Review Work.

RoLLiN Abbott Wilbur, LL. B., 820 Fairmount St

Instructor of the Law of Contracts, Carriers, and Suretyship and

Mortgage.

James Albert Ford, A. B., LL. B., 126 Ingleside Av.

Instructor of the Law of Personal Property and Pleading.

Frank Macmillan Cobb, A. B., LL. B., 2509 Euclid Av.

Instructor of the Law of Agency.

Harold Remmington, A. B., 425 Rosedale Av.

Lecturer on the Law of Bankruptcy.

Francis L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles Av.

Librarian.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

STUDENTS

215

POST GRADUATE STUDENTS

Joseph Harvey Kitchen, Cleveland 858 Euclid Av.

A. B., Yale, 1899 ; LL. B., Western Reserve University. 1903.

Ernest Schwartz, Cleveland 25 McKinstry St.

I.L. B., Western Reserve University, 1903.

Post Graduate Students, 2.

THIRD YEAR CLASS

Youngstown

John Alvin Album,

A. B.. Adelbert, 1902.

Max Leonard Bernsteen, Cleveland

Adelbert. 1899-1901.

Clinton Lorrin Case, Greensburg

B. S.. New South Lyme Institute, 1901.

Allen Sidney Davis, Columbus

B. S., Denlson Univeraity, 1900.

Fred Desberg, Cleveland

Walter Thomas Dunmore, Cleveland

A. B., Oberlln, 1899.

David Edward Green, Renrock

B. S.. Denlson University, 1901.

Ben Haber, Cleveland
B. L., Adelbert, 1901.

Theodore Hall, Jr., Ashtabula
A. B.. Adelbert, 1901.

Calvin Jenison Hinds, Jr., Girard, Pa.

Morris William Kastriner, Cleveland
A. B., Adelbert, 1901.

William Kurzenberger, Cleveland

Henry Lustig^ Cleveland

Eugene Curie Mathievet, Cleveland
Adelbert, 1900-01.

Walter Charles McClure, Wooster
A. B., Wooster University, 1901.

Herman Joel Nord, Giddings
Ph. B., Adelbert. 1902.

Harrington Simpson, Akron

Edward P. Strong, Cleveland

Eldred Hall.

67 Fifth Av.

995 Doan St.

131 Murray Hill Av.

1050 Central Av.
25s Streator Av.

131 Murray Hill Av.

SLewiston St.

156 Murray Hill Av.

261 Van Ness Av.
731 Scovill Av.

72 Noyes St.

2773 Broadway.

98 Tilden Av.

30 Bell Av.

Eldred Hall.

38 Quebec St.

486 Lake St.

Total Third Year, 18.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l6

THE SCHOOL OF LAW

[1903-I904

SECOND YEAR CLASS

Edwin Clare Caldwell, Warren

A. B., Adelbert. 1002.

Frank Amadeus Carabin, MonroevUle

Edward Joseph Chemey, Cleveland

Denison, 1001-02.

Norman Taylor Clyne, Cleveland

Richard Emmet Collins,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1002,

Maurice Wilbur Crafts, Burton

Ph. B., Kenyon. 1002.

Frank Brown Evarts, Cleveland

A. B., Adelbert, 1002.

Benjamin Feniger. Cleveland

Unlrerslty of Chicago, 1000-01.

William Hamilton Gillie, Twinshurg

Adelbert, 1002-03.

George El wood Hartshorn, Newark

B. L., Denison University. 1002.

Walter Albert Laughren, Cleveland

Kline Fetterman Leet, Cleveland

Ph. B., Mt. Union, 1800.

James Metzenbaum, Cleveland

Roy Ryburn Moffett, Cleveland

l»h. B., Adelbert. 1002.

Charles Augustus Morris,

A. B.. Adelbert, 1002.
Adrian G. Newcomb,

Baldwin University, 1807-1000.
George Arthur Phillips,

A. B., Oberlln, 1002.
Carl Adolph Riemenschneider,

Adelbert. 1001-1002.
Edward Henry Sensel,

A. B.. Adelbert. 1002.
John William Smith,

A. B.. Ohio Wesleyan, 1002.
Ralph Rensselaer Snow,

A. B., Bucknell, 1804.

Loren Edmunds Souers,

Adelbert Hall.

117 Adelbert St.
57 Woodland Ct.

309 Franklin A v.
Cleveland 1934 Woodland Hills Av

134 Murray Hill Av.

29 Bellflower Av.

512 Orange St.

117 Adelbert St.

130 Murray Hill Av.

1571 Woodland Av.
20 Lake View Av.

1 1 17 Case Av.
715 North Logan Av.

Cleveland 189 West Madison Av.

Berea Adelbert Hall.

Chardon The Pelton.

Cleveland
Cleveland

Cleveland

East Cleveland

161 Beech wood A v.

124 Putman St.

3033 Euclid Av.

55 Belmore Rd.

Owen N. Wilcox,

B. L., Adelbert, 1002.

New Philadelphia

Cedar and Watkins.

Cleveland 59 Olive St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 217

East Cleveland 72 Grasmere St.
Alliance 77 Hough Av.

James Victor Wolcott,
Adelbert, 1901-02.

Lawrence Emanuel Yaggi,
Mt. Union, 1890-1902.

Henry Young,

Norwalk Adelbert Hall.

Total Second Year, 26.

Wellsville

Salem
Akron

Sidney

FIRST YEAR CJJ^SS

James Lyman Amerman, Alliance

Mt. Union. 1900-03.

Maurice Bernstein,

John Clayton Barkley,

A. B., Allegheny, 1902.

John Witmer Blackburn,
Adelbert, 1900-03.

John W. Camp,

Homer Charles Campbell,
A. B.. Adelbert, 1903.

Albert Franklin Counts,
Adelbert, 1900-03.

Edward Perrin Cole,

A. B. Oberlin, 1903.

John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr.,
Adelbert, 1900-03.

Rudolph Leon Fischel,

Reuben Alfred Ford,
Kenyon, 1900-02.

Hugh Warren Hastings,

Walter Scott Jackson,

A. B., Kenyon, 1903,

Samuel Kabatchnick,

Clyde Thompson Kirkbride,
Mt. Union, 1900-01.

John Roscoe Morgan,

A. B., Oberlin, 1903.

Auverne Selwyn Mann
Oberlin, 1900-03.

Lloyd McWilliams,

Jesuit College. 1901-02.

William Thomson Nimmons,
Adelbert, 1901-03.

33 Vienna St.

Cleveland 65 Scovill Av.

Phalanx Sta. 1406 Lexington Av.

116 Streator Av.

128 Vine St.
24 Windemere St., E. C.

Adelbert Hall.

West Middlesex, Pa.

130 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland 1433 Willson Av.

Cleveland

S27 Kennard St.

Chicago, III.

2132 Euclid Av.

St. Johnsbury,

, Vt. 28 Mayfield St.

Lima

Adelbert Hall.

Cleveland

52 Brookdale St.

Deerfield

135 Streator Av.

Oak Hill

[30 Murray Hill Av.

Warren

1785 Cedar A v.

Detroit, Mich. 809 Fairmount St.
Lincoln, Kas. 127 Murray Hill Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l8

THE SCHOOL OF LAW

[1903-I904

Arthur Price Nutt,

Adelbert, 1900-03.

Sidney

127 Murray Hill Av.

Bernard Edmund O'Connor,
St. Gregory's Seminary.

190C

Lima

4 Streator PI.

John Henry Aloysius O'Connor, Lima
St. Gregory's Seminary. 1901.

4 Streator PI.

Frank Herson Pelton.
Adelbert, 1900-03.

Willoughby

102 Adelbert St.

Ulrich John Pfeiffer,

Adelbert, 1900-03.

Kenton

102 Adelbert St.

Herbert Allen Quayle,

Cleveland

290 Sibley St.

Ernst Laughlin Skeel,

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan, 1903.

Cleveland

881 Stark St.

Glenn Van Horn Saltzgaber,
University of Tennessee,

Van Wert
1900-01.

2071 Doan St.

Harris Cooper Shannon,
A. B., Harvard, 1903.

Wakeman

2298 Euclid Av.

Maurice Vinton Semple,
Adelbert, 1902-03.

Ashland

156 Murray Hill Av.

William Sperry Searles,
A B., Yale. 1903.

Cleveland

The Manhattan.

Clayton Williamson Tyler,

Lakewood

25 Grace Av.

Walter Knapp Tompkins,
A. B., Princeton, 1903.

Cleveland

149 Cedar Av.

Joseph Frank Williams,
Adelbert. 1900-03.

Youngstown

143 Cornell St.

Schuyler James Wallace,

Ph. B., Mt. Union, 1903.

NortMeld

Northfield.

Raymond Warner,

Adelbert, 1900-03.

Geneva

Adelbert Hall.

John Cook Winters,

B. S., Richmond College,

Steubenville
, 1898.

2071 Doan St.

■

Robert Algar Woolfolk,
Adelbert, 1900-03.

Danville, Va.

156 Murray Hill Av.

Floyd Edward Waite,

Akron

785 Superior St.

Harvey Overholt Yoder,

B. S., Ohio Wesleyan, 1903.

Wadsivorth

45 Fairchild St.

Don John Young,

Nonvalk

Adelbert Hall.

Total First Year Class, 40

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

219

SPECIAL STUDENTS

Charles Taylor Austin, New Baltimore 135 Streator A v.

Ph. B., Mt. Union, 1900.

Milton Bejach, Cleveland 72 Van Buren St.

Charles Pasme Burgeon, Fremont 134 Murray Hill Av.

French Crow, Marion 151 Cornell St.

Theobald Oliver Dakin, " Sahina 134 Murray Hill A v.

B. S , Wilmington College, 1000.

Staney Frank Dembowski, Cleveland 36 Colley St.

Albert Irving Doerr, Erie, Pa, 142 Cornell St.

David Franklin Felmley, Cuyahoga Falls 255 Streator A v.

Charles Lewis Hardesty, Youngstown 203 Adelbert St.

University of Pennsylvania, 1900-02.

Harold Morley Hitchcock, Cleveland 861 Prospect St.

Yale, 1900-01.

Ernest True Hall, Lakezvood 3218 Detroit St.

Hugh Edmund Hawthorne, Cambridge 809 Fairmount St.

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1900.

John Henry Hogg, Glcnz'ille 2638 St. Clair St.

Raymond Willis Jarecki, Sandusky 63 Deering St.

Max Elie Katz, Clcz'cland 241 Beech St.

Edward Phillip Kadlecek, Cleveland 1445 Central Av.

Edward Indice Lawrence, G lousier 4 Streator PI.

John Gildea Murphy, Cleveland 1139 Superior St.

Roscoe Conkling McCulloch, Canton Adelbert Hall.

Ohio State University, 1899-1900 : Wooster University 1901-02.

Leon Lewis Robinson, Novelty 805 Fairmount St.

Benjamin Otto Shulman, Youngstown 14 Stranwood St.

Frank Allman Stone, Steubenville 2071 Doan St.

George Alonzo Waddle, Brilliant 2071 Doan St.

A. B., Bethany College, 1900.
John Vincent Zottarelli, Cleveland 46 Fairview Av.

ToT-AL Special Students, 24.

SUMMARY

Post Graduate 2

Third Year 18

Second Year 26

First Year 40

Special Students 24

no.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

220 THE SCHOOL OK LAW [1903-I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Each person entering the school, whether a candidate for
a degree or not, must present a certificate of good moral
character.

Candidates for the degree of LL. B. must be college grad-
uates or matriculates, graduates of high schools of approved
standing, or must pass the entrance examinations given by
colleges of approved standing.

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION

First Year

Contracts. Lectures and Langdell's Cases, embracing the topics
of mutual assent, consideration, and conditional contracts. Two hours
each week throughout the year. Professor Hopkins.

Criminal Law. Lectures and Clark and Marshall's Criminal
Law. Two hours each week. Professor Hadden.

Property. L Lectures and Tiedeman on Real Property. Two
hours each week. Professor Pennewell.

Property II. Lectures and Vols. I and III, Gray's Cases on
Property, embracing distinction between real and personal property,
nature and acquisition of rights, suits for the recovery of personal
property, acquisition of rights not under former owner, transfer of
rights and possession. Introduction to real property, acquisition in-
ter-vivos, alluvion, statute of limitations, conveyance, dedication.
Two hours each week. Mr. Ford.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 221

Torts. Lectures and Ames's and Smith's Cases, embracing tres-
pass, disseisin and conversion, defamation, malicious prosecution,
conspiracy, legal cause, negligence, contributory and imputed negli-
gence, degrees of care, extra-hazardous occupations, liability from
fire and explosives, deceit, merger, joint wrong-doers, and distinc-
tion between tort and breach of contract. Three hours each week
throughout the year. Professor Herrick and Mr. Fauver.

History of Common Law Procedure. Lectures and selected
readings from Pollock and Maitland's History of English Law, Bige-
low's History of Procedure, Maitland's Domesday Book and Beyond,
Inderwick's The King's Peace, Stubb's Constitutional History of
England, Coke's Institutes, Blackstone's Commentaries, and Stephen
on Pleading. Two hours each week during the first-half of the first-
half-year. Mr. Fauver.

Second Year

Equity Pleading. Cases and Lectures. Two hours each week
during first half-year. Mr. Ford.

Code Pleading. Cases and Lectures. Two hours each week
during last half-year. Mr. Ford.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

222 THE SCHOOI. OF LAW [1903-I904

Wills and Estates. Lectures and Page on Wills. Two hours
each week. Professor White.

Trusts. Lectures and Ames's Cases, embracing voluntary trusts,
language and formalities necessary to the creation of a trust, result-
ing trusts, oral trusts, constructive trusts, executed and executory
trusts. Nature of a cestui que trust's interest in the trust property,
and the interest of a trustee. Two hours each week. Professor
Williams.

Contracts. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing impos-
sible contracts, illegal contracts, joint obligations, discharge of con-
tracts and assignment of contract. Also, Keener's Cases on Quasi-
Contracts, embracing nature of the obligation, failure of consider-
ation, benefits conferred without request, benefits conferred at re-
quest but in the creation or performance of a contract, recovery of
money paid under compulsion and .waiver of tort. Two hours each
week. Mr. Wilbur.

Third Year

Equity Jurisdiction. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Equity Ju-
risdiction. Two hours .each week. Professor Hopkins.

Suretyship and Mortgages. Lectures and selected cases. Two
hours each week. Mr. Wilbur.

Damages. Lectures and Beale's Cases, embracing functions of
court and jury in estimating damages, exemplary, liquidated and
nominal damages, direct and consequential damages, avoidable con-
sequences, counsel fees, certainty, compensation, damages for non-
pecuniary injuries, values, interest, damages in certain actions of
tort and on contracts. One hour each week during first half-year.
Professor Hadden.

Criminal Procedure. Lectures and Beale mi Criminal Proced-
ure. One hour each week during second half-year. Professor Had-
den.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WHSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 223

Partnership. Lectures and Ames's Cases, embracing the cre-
ation of a partnership, quasi or nominal partners, partnership prop-
erty and the interest of a partner therein, the separate property of a
partner as affected by the partnership relation, the relation of debtor
and creditor between a partnership and a partner, the relation of
debtor and creditor between two firms having a common member,
action between a partner and one or more of his co-partners, and
power of a partner to act in behalf of the partnership. Two hours
each week during first half-year. Professor Rowland.

Corporations. Lectures and Elliott's Cases. Two hours each
week. Professor Lawrence.

Common Carriers. Lectures and McClain's Cases, embracing
public callings, carriers of goods, and carriers of passengers. Two
hours each week during first half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Confuct of Laws. Lectures and assigned cases. Two hours
each week last half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Pleadings and Practice in Ohio, including the drawing of
deeds, mortgages, wills, etc., as well as pleadings. Two hours each
week. Professor Hopkins.

Legal Ethics. Lectures. One hour each week for ten weeks.
Professor Hopkins.

Review of subjects embraced in examinations for admission to
the Ohio Bar. Three hours each week. Mr. Fauver.

Bankruptcy. Lectures on the History, Theory and Practice of
Bankruptcy Law with consideration and discussion of the different
statutes and the Supreme Court general orders, and the decisions of
the courts in the interpretation and construction of the statutes. Mr.
Remington.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

224 I'HE SCHOOI. OF LAW [1903-I904

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

MOOT COURT WORK

The Junior Moot Court Association of Western Reserve
Law School, composed of members of the junior class, holds
court weekly, sitting as a justice of the peace court, some
attorney acting as justice, with members of the class as the
other court officers, attorneys, litigants, etc. The term of
court is four weeks and an entirely new set of officers acts
for each term, giving all the members an opportunity of be-
coming familiar with the duties of each office.

The cases are based upon actual facts and the trials are
conducted in all respects like those in the regular courts.

The third year course in pleading and practice is con-
ducted in part as a moot court course. Cases are tried in the
manner prevailing in the common pleas court.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 225

EXAMINATIONS

At the beginning of the school year an examination on
the subjects of the first year will be held for the benefit of
such students as may desire to enter the second year class.

LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL

LIBRARIES

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

226 THB SCHOOL OF LAW [1903-1904

UNIVERSITY ADVANTAGES

EXPENSES

Rooms can be secured in the vicinity of the school for from
$25 to $75 per year. Table board can be secured for from
$2.75 to $4 a week. Text-books used in the classes cost
from $17 to $30 a year, but second-hand books can usually
be procured at a considerable saving.

SCHOLARSHIPS

A limited number of scholarships may be awarded to
meritorious students during the year 1903-04.
For further information address the Dean,

E. H. HOPKINS,

Cleveland, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE DENTAL COLLEGE

GENERAL STATEMENT

OHE Dental Department of Western Reserve University
was organized by the Trustees and Medical Faculty
of the University in the belief that Dental Surgery
should be regarded as a branch of Medicine, and with the
purpose of training students to practice it as a medical spe-
cialty. It is obvious that such an education tends to broaden
the mind and g^ve a keener insight into the basal principles
of dentistry. The public also recognizes the better qualifi-
cations of a medically educated dentist.

The College is under the control of the University Trus-
tees, and is thus in every sense a part of the University.
Its Professors do not control the fees from students, nor
do they accept fees for extra courses. The Dean of the
College acts as Bursar for the department, to whom the
fees are paid and by him transferred to the Treasurer of
the University.

Attention is directed to the fact that there are no extra
fees except as hereinafter indicated, but that the general fee
covers the expense of laboratory, courses in chemistry, his-
tology, physiology, dissection, and bacteriology. The
matriculation fee is paid only once., and there is no diploma
fee. The College furnishes many instruments for the free

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

228 THE DENTAI, COLLEGE [1903-1904

use of the students, such as vulcanizers, extracting forceps,
etc., etc., thus saving considerable expense for every student
during the course.

The course is graded and admirably adapted to preparing
students for the practice of dentistry. It requires four
years of seven months each to complete the course. All of
the technical work is performed the first three years. The
fourth year is devoted largely to clinical work. The
Faculty have decided to require constant attendance each
day in the clinics from 9 :30 A. M. to 4 130 P. M. from each
senior student. This gives an unusual amount of opportu-
nity for practice, and is the outcome of a large and increas-
ing amount of clinical material as well as the desire of the
Faculty to give a thoroughly practical education.

The city of Cleveland now numbers over 400,000 inhab-
itants, and the Dental College is located in the center of the
city. This situation insures a large amount of clinical ma-
terial.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 229

FACULTY

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Henry Lovejoy Ambler, M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Av.

Professor of Operative Dentistry, History of Dentistry,

and Oral Hygiene.

Dean of the Faculty.

Will Henry Whitslar, M. D., D. D. S., 700 Schofield Bldg.

Professor of Pathology.

Secretary and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

George Henry Wilson, D. D. S., 701 Schofield Bldg.

Professor of Prosthesis and Metallurgy.
John William Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect Si.

Professor of Anatomy and Oral Surgery.

Professor of Chemistry.
Daniel Hendrix Ziegler, D. D. S., 726 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry.
Herman Cufford Ken yon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Professor of Operative Technics and Dental Anatomy.
Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 269 Cedar Av.

Professor of Clinical Prosthetic Dentistry.
Weston A. Valleau Price, D. D. S., M. E., 2238 Euclid Av.

Professor of Applied Electricity,
Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Professor of Bacteriology.
John Shell Tierney, M. D., Rose Bldg.

Assistant Professor of Anatomy.

William Hawksley Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av., Kingmore Bldg.

Assistant Professor of Physiology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

230 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

Willis Sanford Hobson, A. B., M. D., 2258 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Histology.
Frederick Augustus Henry, M. A., LL. B., Williamson Bldg.

Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence.
James Freed Wark, D. D. S., 332 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry.
Joseph Anson Coaxes, D. D. S., 45 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Operative Dentistry.
Carl Herbert Clark, Dental College

Assistant in Histology and Physiology.
Professor Wright,

Superintendent of Laboratories,
Miss K. G. Frankle,

Clerk of Operative Clinic.
Mrs. D. a. Wright,

Clerk of Prosthetic Clinic.
William Carson,

Janitor.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

STUDENTS

Byron Hugo Bowman
Martin Vanburen Boyd

Arthur Ira Brown, M. D.
George Humphrey Camp
Walter B. Challis
Leslie Merle Christie
William Clarence Cooper
Will Eugene Culp
Andrews George Donaldson
Butler White Donaldson
Herbert Hamlin Dowd
Harry Dixon
Otto Frances Dusek
John William Frasier
Loyal Ray Hanycn
Ralph Barclay Holeman

Raymond Edward Jackson
Frank Paul Leonard
John Francis McDonagh
Nicholas Newbury Mooney
Abram Wentworth Ostrander

Joseph Norval Renouf
Don Arthur Richards
Harry Henry Rosenberger
Frank Daniel Segur
Ossip Solomon Shube
John Menzo Simpson

Lauren Lindenberger Smith
Wilbur Allen Smith
Tyrell M. Strangways
Ross Clayton Unger
Carl Henry Wads worth

Edwin Wendell Walker
Edward Arthur Womachka

231

SENIORS.

Linesville, Pa,

156 Dodge St.

Cambridge Springs, Pa.

792 Superior St.

Cleveland

225 Lawn St.

Salem

147 Quinby Av.

Lisbon

147 Quinby Av.

Columbus, Pa,

136 Brownell St.

Akron 1004 Woodland A v.

Cleveland

341 Huron St.

ScroggsHeld

48 Wallace St.

South Lorain i^

^ North Perry St.

Cleveland

139 New St.

Warren

708 Superior St.

Cleveland 123 Humboldt St.

Bridgeport

The Gladstone.

Hastings, Mich.

20 Haven St

Mill Village, Pa,

136 Huntington St.

Grafton

593 Scovill Av.

Bucyrus

The Gladstone.

Cleveland 449

W. Madison Av.

Buffalo, N, y.

782 Superior St.

Brampton, Ont,,

Can.

48 Wallace St.

Kent

Sharon

222 Brownell St.

TiMn

Lake Av.

Toledo

407 Prospect St.

Russia

87 Linden St

Dresden, Ont., Can.

968 Prospect St.

Troy

831 Prospect St.

Nova

Lincoln Hotel.

Beeton, Ont., Cat

\. 739 Superior St.

Miles

779 Case Av.

Cooperstown, N.

1304 Euclid Av.

Alliance

156 Dodge St.

Oxford Junction,

, Iowa

155 Swiss St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

232

THE DENTAL COLLEGE

[1903-1904

JUNIORS.

Edward Newton Allison
James Blaine Atchison
David Boyd Bebout
John Rodgers Bcntley
Hugh Ross Binkard
Charles Avis Brown
Alexander James Clark

Princeton, Pa. 825 Superior St
Salem 147 Quinby Av.

Mechanicstown 136 Huntington St.
Cleveland 303 Prospect St.

Urbana 831 Prospect St.

South Newbury 523 Prospect St.
Cornwall, Ont., Can.

739 Superior St

Carl Herbert Clark

Youngstown

116 Commodore St

William Steen Dcclcy

Sandusky

178 Herald St

James Burton Ellis

Beeton, Ont.,

Can.

739 Superior St

Lee Maro English

Antrim

593 Scovill Av.

Don Berry Ford

Cleveland

161 Lincoln Av.

Nye White Goodman

Atwater

341 Huron St

Arthur Wiley Haines

Cleveland

407 Prospect St

William Heller

OrrvUle

347 Euclid Av.

Lee Everettc Howk

Wellington

116 Commodore St

Frank Henry Huff

Butler, Pa,

The Ellington.

Lewis H. Hutchins

Leamington, Ont., Can.

Ill Wade Av.

Don McKay Kent

LinesviUe, Pa.

12 Dellenbaugh Av.

Alfred Churchill Knapp

Elyria

710 Superior St

Howard Sydney Lawrence

Lakewood

Lakewood.

Charles Hiram Maloney

Penn Line, Pa. 16 Granger St.

Charles Thomas Magner

Cleveland

54 Collins Place.

Clare K. Mattingly

Hinkley

Lincoln Hotel.

Harley E. Maxwell

IVooster

The Whittaker.

George Cubbison Mitchell

Grove City, Pa. 347 Euclid Av.

C. Stuart Mygatt

Ashtabula

860 Prospect St

Milton Dodge Neff

Cleveland

45 Archwood St.

Edwin Deroger Phillips

Conneaut

710 Superior St

Willis LeRoy Powell

Oxbow, N. W

. T. 593 Scovill Av.

John Fred Risch

Akron

831 Prospect St.

George William Smith

Cleveland

178 Herald St.

Howard Garfield Weber

Canal Dover

831 Prospect St.

Clarence Everette Webster

Ravenna

508 Prospect St

Don Vincent Weedman

Nova

831 Prospect St.

Harris Reid Coolcy Wilson

Cleveland

74 Burt St

Merrill Ladrew Winger

Orangeville

798 Republic St

Frank Zavodsky

Cleveland

9 Vergennes St

Digitized by Google

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

233

Benjamin Lipschitz

Frank Lee Anway
Thomas Edward Ann strong
Ralph Raymond Bevard
Samuel Aaron E)ruckerman
Alfred Colin Frost
Earl Pearson Jones
John Charles Kline
Charles Laurer
William Anson Maloney
Benjamin Thomas Maltby
Henry Edwin Moffett
Bert Byron Pontius
Arthur Christopher Seids
Henry Frederick Smith

Bert Alvin Shriber

SOPHOMORE.

New York, N. Y.

190 Greenwood St.

FRESHMEN.

Republic 89 Handy St.

Troy Sterlingworth Flats.

Canal Fulton 160 Sixth Av.

Cleveland t^ Perry St.

East Liverpool 625 Franklin Av.
MausHcld 58 Eastman St.

Cleveland 1379 Lexington Av.

Binghampton, N. Y. 171 Dodge St.
Penn Line, Pa. 16 Granger St.
Saybrook 22 Wilmington St.

Cleveland 1018 Scranton A v.

Akron Beck with Flat.

Byran 171 Dodge St.

Brisbane, Ont., Can,

Hiram House.
Barberton 508 Prospect St.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 34

Juniors 38

Sophomores 1

Freshmen 15

Total 88

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

234 'I'HE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Each candidate for admission must be at least eighteen
years of age. The rules for admission and graduation are
such as obtain in the National Association of Dental Fac-
ulties, of which the College is a member.

The minimum preliminary education required of entrance
is a certificate of entrance into the third year of a high
school, or its equivalent.

This College does not receive women students.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.

Students from recognized dental colleges who present cer-
tificates of attendance upon one full course of lectures of at
least seven months, and give evidence satisfactory to the
heads of the respective departments that they have a good
knowledge of the work of the first year will be admitted to
the second. Graduates of reputable medical colleges will
also be admitted to the work of the second year and will be
excused from lectures and examinations upon general anat-
omy, chemistry, histology, physiology, pathology, materia
medica and therapeutics. They will be required, however^
to take the course in operative and prosthetic technics, den-
tal pathology and histology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 235

tions. It is required that students from foreign countries
present certificates from a member of the Advisory Commit-
tee located in the country from which they come. Students
from recognized dental schools may enter the senior class
only upon evidence of having completed work equivalent
to that of the previous year's in this school.

Special Notice. — According to a rule of the National As-
sociation of Dental Faculties credit for a full term cannot be
given to students who enter more than ten days after the
opening of the session. But if any student is prevented by
sickness from entering within the ten days, and if his sick-
ness is properly certified to by a reputable practicing physi-
cian, he can enter not later than twenty days from the open-
ing of the session. Students are requested to be present on
the opening day.

Applications for admission may be sent any time to the
Secretary, Dr. W. H. Whitslar, 700 Schofield Bldg., who
will cheerfully answer any inquiries about the school. As
chair in the operatory and places in the laboratory are se-
lected in the order of matriculation and payment of fees, it
is advisable that students should have their names registered
as early as possible. Names can be registered at any time
for the following session. Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors
of this college are not required to pay a matriculation fee.

COURSE OF STUDY

The session for 1904- 1905 begins on Saturday, October
first, and closes on Thursday, June 15.

The course is seven months in each year, but students who
graduate in 1904 and 1905 are required to take eight and
one-half months in the senior year.

The following table shows the work required in each year
and the number of hours a week in each subject.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

236 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

FIRST YEAR.

HOURS PER WEEK,

^i . , r 3 — lectures.

^^^^'^^^ {^-laboratory.

Osteology 2

General Anatomy 2

General and Dental Histology. . . . .' { ^Zul^^^^ory.

T3-«cfT,^«:» ^ 2— lectures.

P^°^*^^^^s ) 17/2-laboratory.

Dental Anatomy i

SECOND YEAR

Anatomy — Descriptive 2

Reginal Anatomy i

Physiology 2

Crown and Bridge Work i

Operative Technics 12J/2

Prosthetic Technics 15

Prosthetic Clinics 15

Dissection

THIRD YEAR

Metallurgy i

Orthodontia Technics 12^—6 weeks.

Bacteriology 9—6 weeks.

Dental Pathology i

Embryology and Comparative Odontology 2

Materia Medica i

Operative Dentistry 2

Operative Clinics 21

Prosthetic Clinics I2V^

FOURTH YEAR

Operative Dentistry { ^Z^Sonlhl:

Operative Clinics 21

Materia-Medica and Therapeutics

General Pathology

Oral Surgery

Anaesthetics

Jurisprudence

Dental Electricity and Therapeutics

Physical Diagnosis

Applied Physics

Neurology

Ceramics

Dental History -

Oral Hygiene

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 237

METHODS OF INSTRUCTION AND DESCRIPTION
OF COURSES

ANATOMY

PROFESSOR HAMANN, DR. TIERNEY

PRACTICAL ANATOMY

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

238 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

PHYSIOLOGY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR WEIR

Two lectures a week are given to the students of the second year.
The lectures are illustrated by experiments in the class-room and
demonstrations in the laboratory. The properties of the circulating
liquids of the body, blood and lymph, having been first described, the
mechanical and physiological factors concerned in the maintenance
of the circulation are studied in detail. The physical and chemical
phenomena of respiration and the relation of the ner\'ous system to
the respiratory mechanism are next taken up. Then follows an
account of digestion, including the secretion of the digestive juices
and their action on the food substances, the movements of the stom-
ach and intestines, and the influence of nerves on the functions of the
alimentary canal. The absorption of the digested food into the blood-
vessels and lacteals, the changes which the absorbed substances
undergo in the body, and the channels by which the wa^te products
are excreted form the next division of the subject. A general view
is then taken of the statistics of nutrition and metabolism (including
Animal Heat), from which the rules governing the constitution of
dietaries are deduced. The general physiology of muscular and
nervous tissues having been treated of, the physiological anatomy and
functions of the brain and spinal cord are described at length. A
brief account of reproduction and development completes the course.

HISTOLOGY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR HOBSON

The course includes a study of the fundamental mammalian tissues,
followed by a study of the finer anatomy of the principal organs.
Especial attention is given to the structure of bone, teeth, salivary
glands, and the structures connected with the mouth cavity. Each
student stains and mounts the sections which he studies and these
remain his property. The expense to each man for slides and mate-
rial is about two dollars. A deposit of two dollars to cover breakage,
which is returnable at the end of the course, is required. Two two-
hour laboratory exercises and one recitation per week arc given
through Freshman year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 239

CHEMISTRY

Special or advanced students will also be furnished the means for
original work or research, under the guidance of the instructor.
Text-book, Witthaus' Chemistry.

OPERATIVE DENTISTRY

PROFESSOR AMBLER

In this department the teaching is partly accomplished by means of
lectures and quizzes which constitute a systematic and progressive
course, beginning with a concise history of ancient and modern den-
tistry, followed by a careful presentation of the most useful
methods, appliances and materials employed in filling teeth, together
with the basal principles which make operative dentistry a positive
science. The hygiene of the mouth, teeth, artificial dentures, crown,
and bridge-work will also be considered.

In the senior year, the operatory offers to the students an opportu-
nity to become acquainted with the details of office practice ; here he
can apply the art of filling teeth, and have some opportunity for
observing the relative value of different methods and materials;
being advanced from simple to complex operations so fast as his
proficiency will justify. Each senior is allowed to operate for twenty-
one 'hours weekly; thus he can develop his brain and hand in acquir-
ing thoughtful manipulative skill.

Text-book: American Text Book of Operative Dentistry. Am-
bler's Tin Foil and its Combinations for Filling Teeth.

DENTAL ANATOMY- OPERATIVE TECHNICS

PROFESSOR KEN YON

These courses of instruction have been revised and enlarged. Two
hours each week are given to dental anatomy in the first year. The
work consists in carving the various classes of teeth, cutting sections,
and making drawings. These exercises are supplemented by lectures
and recitations and are illustrated by drawings and large models.
Text-book: Broomell's Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth and
Mouth.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

240 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

Eight hours each week are given to operative technics in the second
year. The course consists in technical training in the laboratory,
supplemented by lectures and demonstrations. The technical train-
ing includes treating and filling root canals in extracted teeth, cutting
typical cavity forms in enlarged tooth-models, excavating a large
number of cavities in celluloid tooth-forms mounted in a flexible jaw.
filling these cavities with the various filling materials, and exercises
in engine technic upon extracted teeth. Porcelain inlay technic is a
special feature and will receive particular attention.

The lectures cover the technique of cavity preparation and of treat-
ing the various conditions found in pulp cavities; instrumentation
and classification and measurements of operating instruments ; classi-
fication and forms of cavities; and filling materials.

PROSTHESIS AND METALLURGY

PROFESSOR WILSON

Two lectures a week are given upon prosthesis, to the students of
the first year, and two lectures a week upon crown and bridge-work
and metallurgy, to the students of the second year.

The aim is to make this department thoroughly practical, to eluci-
date the mechanical and artistic principles as well as the science
involved.

The technic laboratories are conducted under the guidance of this
chair. American Text Book of Prosthetic Dentistry, Essig's Metal-
lurgy fourth edition.

TECHNIC LABORATORIES

PROFESSOR WRIGHT AND DR. WAUK

There are two dental laboratory class-rooms, one for students of
the first, and one for those of the second year ; each room is provided
with sixty benches and with a platform furnished with complete
laboratory appliances. There is also a dental laboratory furnished
with lathes, plaster, and apparatus for molding and casting. There
is a specially fitted forge room. Every effort is made to have the
methods of instruction as practical as possible. Comprehensive and
progressive technic courses are given in impressions — vulcanite, cel-
luloid, cast metal, aluminum, gold, continuous gum (optional), crown
and bridge-work, steel and orthodontia.

Seventeen and one-half hours a week are devoted to this work.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC*

1903-^1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 241

PATHOLOGY

PROFESSOR WHITSLAR

This course covers a description of general and special pathology.
It consists of an investigation of the principles of pathological pro-
cesses, their histological changes and effects upon the organism.
Dental pathology is elucidated and the general subject treated so as
to make the subject one of practical utility. The decay of teeth and
inflammation of the dental pulp and pericementum receive special
attention. Diseases of the mouth are also discussed. The lectures
commence in the Junior year and are continued to the end of the
Senior year. Text-books : Marshall's Injuries and Surgical Diseases
of the Face, Mouth and Jaws ; Burchard*s Dental Pathology.

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS

PROFESSOR VAN DOORN

An intelligent knowledge of the properties and application of med-
icaments is so important that dental students should be as well
grounded in this as in anatomy and physiology. The course consists
of a series of comprehensive lectures upon all important drugs, with
especial illustrations of their use in dentistry. The methods of ad-
ministration and application are described in detail. The aim is to
make these lectures of great practical value. Text-book: Gorgas'
Dental Medicine.

ORAL SURGERY

PROFESSOR HAMANN

ANAESTHETICS

PROFESSORS HAMANN AND ZIEGLER

The subject of anaesthetics is elucidated by special instruction.
Professor Hamann describes and illustrates the uses of chloroform
and ether in surgical operations about the mouth, and also the dan-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

242 THE DBNTAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

gers that may arise. Professor Zieglcr presents the subject of anaes-
thesia from nitrous oxide gas and its combinations with other ele-
ments, also the uses of local anaesthetics.

Realizing the danger of anaesthetics, great care is bestowed upon
the teaching of these subjects; the course includes lectures on physi-
cal diagnosis, which are essential in designating methods employed
in detecting disease during life; so that no mistakes will be made.
The clinics afford the students abundant experience in this college.

BACTERIOLCXjY

professor roger g. perkins

The students will take up the various organisms which are found
in the buccal cavity in health and disease, including those concerned
in dental decay. The preliminary studies will deal with the chromo-
genic organisms, until the students have acquired the necessary
technique, when the bacteria peculiar to the mouth and those which
use the mouth as a portal of entry in lesions of the buccal cavity or
more general infections will be carefully investigated.

Special instruction will be given as to the proper methods of ster-
ilization of instruments, and asepsis in dental surgery. Microscopi-
cal sections of decayed teeth will be given out to the students, and
stained to illustrate the invasion of the tissues by the bacteria of
dental decay.

ORTHODONTIA

PROFESSOR WILSON

The course in orthodontia consists of lectures, technic work and
practical cases.

The didactic instruction is given by Professor Wilson and is sup-
plemented by the demonstrator who has direct care of the practical
and technic work. The lectures are illustrated by lantern slides,
models and various appliances especially constructed for the purpose
of instruction.

The technic course is for the juniors and consists in the construc-
tion of material and a technic apparatus which is to be considered in
the final senior examination in this branch. The practical work is
done by senior students and offers great advantages, for the clinical
"material is abundant. Various methods of correcting irregularities
of the teeth are considered and their use and value explained.

Junior students attend the regular course of lectures which are
given to the senior students in this department.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 243

JURISPRUDENCE

F. A. HENRY, M. A., LL. B.

ELECTRiaTY

PROFESSOR PRICE

A thorough course of instruction is given in electro-physics and
electro-chemistry, and the practical application of their principles in
the processes employed in dentistry. It includes lectures, laboratory
experiments and clinical demonstrations. Cataphoresis will be given
special consideration and the various current controllers and millia-
meters are studied by the students and thoroughly demonstrated clin-
ically. The bleaching of teeth by means of electric currents with
various agents, the treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris and aveolar
abscess, and the use of the X Rays for locating unerupted teeth are
elucidated. Instruction is also given in the construction and manage-
ment of electric dental engines and motors, methods of controlling
various kinds of currents, the galvanic effect and electrolytic products
of various filling materials in the mouth, etc. Students should be
familiar with the general principles of electricity before commencing
the course. Text-book : Custer's Dental Electricity.

DENTAL CERAMICS

PROFESSORS WILSON AND KENYON

A course of instruction in dental ceramics is provided. The course
includes all varieties of porcelain work that the dentist requires to
use and is amply illustrated. Where students are able to provide
materials of their own extra instruction is given free of charge.

CLINICS

The operative and prosthetic clinics provide all kinds of clinic
material. The prosthetic clinic is open from 9 130 to 12 a. m., and the
operative clinic is open from i to 4:30 p. m. In the first year the
entire time is devoted to technic courses in prosthesis. In the sec-
ond year technic courses are given in crown and bridge-work, also
orthodontia. After these the student is assigned to practical cases of
artificial dentures as well as operating in the mouth. It is necessary.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

244 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-1904

however, to complete the operative technic course before cases are
assigned in the operatory. In the third and fourth year the course is
made as practical as possible. The morning clinic is devoted entirely
to prosthetic work, crowns and bridges, and orthodontia. The after-
noon clinic is devoted entirely to the filling of teeth, extracting, and
the various surgical operations that can be performed in the college
without hospital attendance. The extensive operations are performed
in the hospital. Thus students are provided with an exceptionally
large amount of actual clinical experience.- The many clinical cases
afford an excellent opportunity for the use of anaesthetics. In rota-
tion the students are assigned to extracting and the use of anaesthetics
under the immediate supervision of a skilled demonstrator. Every
student thus gains experience that prepares him for actual practice.
The location of the college in the heart of the city, where the street
cars center, enables the college to have an unusual advantage in
securing a large clinic.

Students are required to attend all clinics daily and perform oper-
ations faithfully. At the opening of the session each senior has a
chair assigned to him.

TEXT.BOOKS

First Year: Gray*s Anatomy, Schaeffer's Histology, Witthaus'
Chemistry, American Text-Book Prosthetic Dentistry, Broomell's
Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth and Mouth.

Second Year: Stewart's Physiology, Essig's Metallurgy, Burch-
ard's Dental Pathology.

Books of Reference: Dictionary, Gould; American System of
Dentistry; Garrettson's Oral Surgery; Week's Operative Technics;
Evan's Crown and Bridge Work; Mitchell's Dental Chemistry; Mil-
ler's Micro-organisms of the Mouth ; Eckle/s Anatomy of the Head
and Neck; Cryer's Internal Anatomy of the Face; Cigrand's His-
tory of Dental Prosthesis.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 245

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The College session will open on October ist, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a holiday vacation of two weeks, beginning
on December 24th. No College exercises will be held on
Thanksgiving day or Decoration Day.

THE DENTAL BUILDING
When the College of Dentistry was established in 1892,
rooms were assigned to it in the building erected by Mr.
John L. Woods for the Medical College; but the work in
both dentistry and medicine has been so much extended and
the number of students in each department has so rapidly
increased, that the Trustees of the University have provided
separate accommodations for the Dental School in the new
and handsome Bangor Building, situated next to the Young
Men*s Christian Association's building on Prospect Street.
A number of sessions have been held in the new building,
and they have proved its facilities to be excellent. Each
room has perfect light and ventilation. The laboratories,
one for the Freshmen and one for the Juniors, with an ad-
joining room for both classes, are arranged for an advanced
system of teaching. There is also a clinical laboratory for
the Seniors and Juniors. Each room contains a complete
laboratory equipment. Many tools and instruments are pro-
vided for the students without charge. The operating room
contains forty chairs and is fully equipped. The surgical
and extracting room contains a standing amphitheatre. The
building has been planned to accommodate one hundred
and fifty students. When this number is reached, admis-
sion to the Freshman class will be by suitable method of
competition. It is advised that students matriculate early.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

246 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

DENTAL MUSEUM AND LIBRARY
A Dental Museum and Library is being formed. It is
earnestly requested of those who have specimens or litera-
ture of any interest to dental students, that they make con-
tributions. Each specimen and book receives proper care,
and credit is given the donor.

DEGREE
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred
upon all students not under twenty-one years of age, who
have satisfactorily completed the required course of study,
paid all required fees, passed all examinations, performed
such practical operations in the operative and prosthetic de-
partments, as may be required, and conformed with such
other regulations as the faculty may prescribe. Graduates
of Dentistry of other institutions are required to attend one
full course and comply with all the regulations to the senior
year in order to receive a degree from Western Reserve Uni-
versity. Candidates who attain a general average of ninety
per cent, in all their examinations receive honorable mention.

FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES
The fees are as follows: (i) Matriculation fee of five
dollars. This is paid only once. (2) An annual fee of one
hundred dollars, is payable at the opening of the term.
These fees are not returnable.

Students who cannot pay the whole amount on the open-
ing day may pay fifty dollars. After January 10 of the
college year there will be fifty-five dollars due, providing
the whole amount is not paid on that date. (3) An annual
examination fee of ten dollars, due April i.

Students who desire to pay for the entire four years'
course by December ist of the first year will be allowed a
reduction of fifty dollars on the whole amount. There is
no diploma fee. No fee is required for any of the laboratory
courses or dissection.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 247

EXAMINATIONS

No student is permitted to present himself for examina-
tion who has not paid all dues. A fee of ten dollars for
examinations is required April ist.

A fee of two dollars is required for a re-examination. A
second re-examination can only be given with the consent
of the faculty.

There are no scholarships or special prizes.

Students are liable for breakage in the chemical and his-
tological laboratories. An expense of about two dollars for
microscopic slides is necessary in the first year, but they re-
main the property of the student. A small deposit for keys
is required and is returned at close of year.

No student is permitted to enter the laboratories and op-
eratory until he present a receipt for fees, and also is pro-
vided with the necessary equipment of instruments and
tools. Books and instruments can be bought within a short
distance of the college.

The College fees are paid to the Dean.

The expenses for each year, including fees, are as follows :

FIRST YEAR

Matriculation (paid only once) $ 5 00

Tuition 100 00

Instruments 30 00

Histological slides, etc 2 00

Books 23 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

$170 00

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

248 THE DENTAL COLLEGE [1903-I904

SECOND YEAR

Tuition $100 00

Instruments, including engine, about 90 00

Books I II 00

Examination at close of term • 10 00

211 00

THIRD YEAR

Tuition $100 00

Books 20 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

$130 00

FOURTH YEAR

Tuition $100 00

Examination fee 10 00

No Diploma Fee.

no 00

SOaAL LIFE

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 249

during his Senior year. A musical club [s one of the inter-
esting organizations to those musically inclined. Other so-
cieties and organizations exist among the students. Many
of the students become members of the Young Men's
Chnstian Association, whose building is next door to the
College, and thus have use of a fine gymnasium and other
means of amusement and recreation. A special rate of
membership is made to students. There is a branch associa-
tion of the Y. M. C. A. formed among the dental students.
They hold meetings weekly.

For further information, address the Secretary 6i the
Faculty, Dr. W. H. Whitslar, 700 Schofield Bldg., Qeve-
land, Ohio, who will cheerfully answer all inquiries.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

THE LIBRARY SCHOOL

GENERAL STATEMENT

The establis'hnient of this school has been rendered possible
by the generous gift in February, 1903, of one hundred
thousand dollars from Mr. Andrew Carnegie to form an en-
dowment fund.

Its purpose is to give a thorough course in training for
Hbrary work. While, as is eminently proper in a school so
established and endowed, special attention will be given to
training for work in our rapidly developing system of public
libraries, the interests of college, endowed, and other libraries
will not be neglected.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 25 1

FACULTY

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

William Howard Brett, A. M., 205 Wood St.

Dean of Library School.

Lecturer on Library Architecture and Administration.

Head Instructor and Librarian (to be appointed).
Criticism and Selection of Books, Organisation and Administration.
Esther Crawford, B. L., 466 Franklin Av.

Instructor in Classification and Cataloguing.
Linda Anne Eastman, 798 Republic St.

Instructor in Library Extension and Supervision, Reports and

Statistics.
Julia Margaret Whittlesey, B. L., B. L. S., 27 Oakdale St

Instructor in Order and Accession Records, Duplicates and Gifts,

Serials, Loan Systems.
Edward Christopher Williams. B. L. 71 Elberon St., E. Cleveland.
Instructor in Trade and National Bibliography— Order Department,

Reference Work.
Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in General and Special Bibliography.
Electra Collins Doren, Dayton, Ohio.

Lecturer on Assistance to Readers.
Charles Orr, 1662 Lamont St.

Lecturer on History of Libraries. Book Clubs and Book Collecting.
AzARiAH Smith Root, A. M., Oberlin, Ohio.

Lecturer on Book Printing and Illustrating.
Margaret Mann, Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Instructor in Public Documents.
Grace Elstner Woodard, B. Pd., Ann Arbor, Mich.

Instructor in Bookbinding.
Euphemia Louise Power, 785 Eddy Road. Glenville.

Instructor in Work with Children.

Adelaide Frances Evans, 205 Wood St.

Secretary and Reviser.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

252 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL LI903""I904

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

All candidates for admission are expected to bring a ma-
turity and a preparation which will fit them for work equal
to that in graduate schools. Fitness will be determined by an
examination which will be required of all. It will include
literature; history, both general and current; general in-
formation concerning the sciences and arts; and a reading
knowledge of two languages other than English. The ex-
aminations will be held in Cleveland on Friday and Satur-
day, June 17 and 18, 1904. Arrangements will be made, so
far as desired, to hold examinations in each state on the
same days. In the event that the class is not filled from the
number of those taking this examination, another examina-
tion will be^held on September 16 and 17.

Applicants will be supplied with the regular form of ap-
plication, and are requested to submit their academic record
and degrees, if any, a record of any literary or educational
work, and testimonials as to character and ability.

COURSE OF STUDY FOR JUNIOR YEAR

NOTE TAKING

MISS CRAWFORD

Lecture notes of individual students will be scanned occasionally
with the aim of developing in each student the power of quick per-
ception of essentials and their orderly and concise preservation.

LIBRARY HANDWRITING

MISS CRAWFORD

Students are advised to acquire a good library handwriting before
entering the school, as no time will be set aside for definite practice.
The date at which actual record work may be entrusted to the student
will be influenced by the excellence of his handwriting. Equal em-
phasis will be laid upon script and print forms. The school will

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 253

furnish models to any accepted applicant upon receipt of postage.

Ability to use the typewriter will be expected of each student, but
no time will be set aside for instruction in its use. It is recom-
mended that the skill be acquired before entrance.

SELECTION OF BOOKS

(reading seminar)
not yet assigned.
The course in book selection will be conducted as a weekly read-
ing seminar throughout the year, based upon (a) observation and
report upon local community's conditions, interests, and book or
reading privileges ; (b) evaluation of boohs by classes with reference
to content and treatment, and types and grades of readers; (c) ap-
portionment of book fund to various classes of books, apportionment
for older standard works and current publications, selection from
second-hand lists, and American and English editions.

ORDER DEPARTMENT

MR. WILLIAMS.

This will include instruction and practice in the use of trade bib-
liography, the technical routine and the records necessary for intel-
ligent and systematic conduct of book-buying in public and college
libraries. Special attention will be given to editions and their rela-
tive merits.

ACCESSION RECORDS

MISS WHITTLESEY

The A. L. A. Standard and condensed accession books and rules
,7111 be used as texts for instruction. Attention will also be paid
to*other ways of keeping the accession records than by accession
books. Additional practice will be given in connection with the
books for the East branch library and Adelbert College Library.

CLASSIFICATION

MISS CRAWFORD

The Decimal classification (Dcwcy) will be used as text-book,
with adaptations for public librar>- needs. Emphasis will be laid
upon bases of subject relationships. In addition to the regular prac-
tice work, each student will assist in classifying books for the new
East branch library.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

254 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1903-I904

BOOK NUBflBERS

MISS CRAWFORD

The Simplified Library School rules will be taken as a convenient
text, accompanied by the Cutter and the Cutter-Sanbom tables. Full
notes on variations for public library and for college usages will be
given.

SHELF-LISTING

MISS WHITTLESEY

The Simplified Library School rules will be used as a text-book.
Instruction and practice will include both sheets and cards, with
emphasis upon the latter ^rm.

CATALOGUING

MISS CRAWFORD

Special emphasis will be laid upon the perception of underlying
principles rather than the following of any one code of rules. But
the Simplified Library School rules, Cutter's Rules for a dictionary
catalogue, A. L. A. Rules and A. L. A. List of subject headings will
be used as convenient bases for constructing the codes to be used
in the local college and branch libraries in which the instruction
given in the class room will be exemplified. Instruction will be con-
fined to dictionary cataloguing during the junior year, and will cover
the usual points of author, title, imprint, notes, and added entries of
all kinds.

Instruction and practice will include handwritten, typewritten and
duplicated cards, the latter making use of various printed cards now
available. In addition to the regular class room practice, each student
will assist in the cataloguing of books for the East branch library
and for Adelbert College library.

ALPHABETING

Miss CRAWFORD

Cutter's rules will be used as text, with variations where deemed
advisable. In addition to the regular practice, each student will
share the work of card-filing in the library catalogues and all work
will be inspected.

DUPLICATES AND GIFTS

Miss WHITTLESEY

A resume of policies and suggestions for practice in the average
public or college library.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 255

SERIALS

MISS WHITTLESEY

The ordering, receipt, acknowledgment, and care of all serial pub-
lications, so f^r as their treatment varies from that of other books.

LOAN VORK

MISS WHITTLESEY

This will involve the comparative study of types of loan systems,
the subsidiary work in connection with book circulation such as
registration, loan statistics, health reports, prevention of contagion,
care of shelves, training of pages, contact with the public, and the
varied means now in use of bringing books to public attention and
use. Students will have practice in connection with the various
branch libraries of the Cleveland Public library and with Adelbert
College library.

ASSISTANCE TO READERS

Miss DOREN

Practical exercise and observation in developing and directing
reading taste, including discussion and exhibit of such means as
story and reading hours, bulletins, book lists, posting excerpts of
current books, popularizing catalogue use by the public — annotation,
reading slips, etc.

BOOKBINDING

MISS WOODARD

A practical course describing the materials, tools and successive
processes of bookbinding, and illustrating them by actual work. The
necessary records and directions for sending books to and receiving
them from the bindery.

REPORTS AND STATISTICS

MISS EASTMAN

An analytical and constructive study of reports and statistics in
their vital relation to the practical work of the library,

PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

MISS MANN

The work in public documents is intended to familiarize students
with the publications of the government through a study of the
methods employed in printing, binding, indexing and distributing
these documents, and by an examination of the methods of reporting
the work carried on by Congress and the executive departments, to-
gether with a brief history of the organization of these departments.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

256 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1903-1904

TRADE AND NATIONAL BIBLICXjRAPHY.

MR. WILLIAMS

A Study of the trade and national bibliography of the United States,
England, France, and Germany, with a hasty survey of the other
European countries. Special attention will be given to the United
States and England, and to the bibliography of government publica-
tions. Familiarity with the works studied will be induced by prac-
tical problems. Special topics will be treated also, as the scope and
utility of bibliography, bibliographical abbreviations, the limitations of
trade bibliography, etc. The aim of this course is to give the stg-
dent a practical knowledge of the trade books which may be useful
in the work of the order department, and at the same time to furnish
a basis for the advanced work of the second year.

GENERAL AND SPEQAL BIBLICXjRAPHY

MR. SEVERANCE

Part I of this course will treat of elementary bibliography and
will introduce students to: (a) bibliographies of bibliography, (b)
library catalogues under their bibliographical aspect, (c) encyclo-
paedias bibliographically considered, (d) selected lists of "best books,"
and (eX national bibliographies (trade catalogues), both retrospec-
tive and current. Part 2 will show the application of the principles
of general bibliography to special subjects. Particular attention will
be devoted to historical, literary, and theological bibliography. The
aim of this coUrse is to familiarize students with the more important
works useful in library investigations.

REFERENCE WORK

MR. WILLIAMS

A study of the standard works of reference, as the general and
special encyclopaedias, dictionaries, annuals, indexes to periodicals,
ready reference manuals of every kind, and the more important news-
papers and periodicals. Works of a similar scope will be compared,
and the limitations of each pointed out. Lists of questions to be
solved by the use of the works studied will be given, and the methods
of finding the answers discussed in class. The aim of this course is
not only to promote familiarity with a fairly large number of well-
known reference works, but also to give the student some idea of
method in the handling of books, to familiarize him with the use of
indexes, tables of contents, and varying forms of arrangement, and,
finally, to suggest some methods of comparison and evaluation.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 257

LIBRARY HISTORY

MR. BRETT

General. Public libraries in America.

LIBRARY HISTORY

MR. ORR

History, functions, and relations of proprietary and endowed
libraries in America. Ohio Library commission. Ohio State library.

LIBRARY ARCHITECTURE

MR. BRETT

Principles of library planning as applied to smaller libraries and
branch libraries.

LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION

MR. BRETT

The government of libraries. The relations of the librarian to the
library board and the library staff.

LIBRARY ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION

NOT YET ASSIGNED.

The problems of organization and administration of a small library
to be worked out in the actual organization of a model branch of the
Public library to serve as one of the important laboratories of the
School.

LIBRARY EXTENSION AND SUPERVISION

MISS EASTMAN

The problems of supervision and extension as applied to the indi-
vidual library ; departments, branches and stations, exhibits, museums
and galleries, library lectures, work with the schools, clubs, factories,
social settlements, home libraries, special work for the blind, civic
betterment.

HISTORY OF THE PRINTED BOOK

PROFESSOR ROOT

A course of lectures treating of the origin of printing, the devel-
opment of the art, notable printers and publishers, and the methods of
printing and publishing establishments of the present day. Practical
exercises and the preparation of papers on topics suggested by the
lectures.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

258 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1903-I904

WORK WITH CHILDREN

MISS POWER

Methods and aims in work with children, principles of book selec-
tion, planning and equipment of children's rooms, the story hour,
home libraries, summer playground work, children's reference work,
simplified cataloguing of juvenile books. This is not a sufficiently
extensive course for those intending to specialize as children's librar-
ians, but such a general survey of the work as should be had by every
intelligent library worker.

MISCELLANEOUS

Lectures will also be given by members of the Library school
faculty and others on the following subjects :
Pamphlets

Manuscripts, maps, plans, etc.
Reading lists
Bulletins
Indexing

Business principles and ethics
Correspondence
Printing and editing
Library publications
Book plates
Duplicate fiction plan
Co-operative cataloguing
History of library training
Library associations
Library ideals
Music in the library
Art in the library

Foreign books in .American libraries
Book clubs
Book collecting
Limited editions
Law libraries
Medical libraries
State libraries

PRACTICAL VORK

A certain amount of practical work will be required in the Cleve-
land libraries; this will be planned primarily for the benefit of the
students rather than the libraries, and only such work will be re-
quired as seems necessary to a practical knowledge of each subject.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 259

COURSE OF STUDY FOR SENIOR YEAR

The senior instruction will not be given until the second
year of the school and the full course of study will appear
in the next issue of the annual catalogue. The following
is a brief outline:

Cataloguing and classification will be continued throughout th$
entire year with practice work. The Cutter classification will be
given briefly and a comparative study of the different system will be
made.

An advanced course in bibliography will be given, which will am-
plify the work of the junior year, giving special attention to the
sciences and arts, and to bibliographies in foreign languages.

An advanced course in reference work will also be given and a
special course on the sources and literature of the Middle Ages,
showing what use has been made of this source material by mod-
ern writers. It is intended to illustrate an application of the in-
struction previously given to a specific subject.

The criticism and selection of books will be continued throughout
the senior year, and additional courses will be given on public docu-
ments and publications of societies and institutions and on book-
binding.

Courses will be given on Library architecture generally, and on
the larger problems of Library administration and legislation.

LIBRARY VISITS

The Easter recess will be occupied by a trip in which
a series of libraries will be visited for purposes of study
and comparison. These journeys and the visits to the
libraries will be under the direction of members of the
faculty; they are regarded as an important part of the in-
struction and all students are expected to take them. Two
trips will be planned which will be taken on alternate years
and will together include the libraries of Boston and other
important New England cities, New York, Newark, Phila-
delphia, Washington, Baltimore and Pittsburgh. Thus dur-
ing a two years' course the student will have an opportunity
of visiting and studying the most important libraries of the
Eastern States. The expense of these trips will be from
sixty to seventy-five dollars each.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26o THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [19O3-I904

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The first term begins on the Tuesday after the sixteenth
day of September, and continues with a holiday recess of
ten days, until the last Saturday in January. The second
term begins on the following Monday and continues with an
Easter recess of two weeks, until the Thursday after the
eleventh day of June (or on the tenth in years in which Feb-
ruary has twenty-nine days ) . Thanksgiving day, Washing-
ton's Birthday, and Decoration day will be observed as
holidays.

LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL

The school will occupy commodious rooms in Adelbert
Hall on the college campus. These will include a school
room with a reference library, lecture room, reading room,
offices for the faculty, and other necessary rooms, and will
provide satisfactorily for the work of the school and the
comfort of the students.

ENDOWMENT

Tlie endowment is $100,000, the gift of Mr. Andrew
Carnegie, the income of which is used for current expenses
of the school.

LIBRARIES

The school will have conveniently arranged in the school
room a reference library for the use of the students. This
will include the important reference works, such as the
American, English, German, and French trade bibliograph-
ies, encyclopaedias, dictionaries, catalogues, and bibliographi-
cal and bibliothecal books and periodicals. These will be
added to from year to year, and will be kept on shelves con-
venient of access from the desks of the students.

A collection of books will also be made sufficiently com-
prehensive to exemplify the problems of classification, which

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1902-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 261

will be kept unstamped and unlabeled for the use of the
students.

The students will also have the use of the following
libraries for study and reference, and will be expected to do
a portion of their reference work in them :

The Hatch library of Adelbert College, occupying a
library building on the campus within convenient reach of
Adelbert Hall, has a collection of 50,000 volumes. This is a
valuable general reference library, and also includes im-
portant special collections in literature, philosophy, the
French Revolution, and much valuable bibliography.

The Western Reserve Historical library near the campus,
with a collection of over 20,000 volumes, mainly local history
and genealogy, with many manuscripts and an interesting
museum.

The Public library numbering over 200,000 volumes, four
branches, five sub-branches and twenty-six stations.

The Case library with a fine general collection of over
50,000 volumes, in the Caxton Building near the center of
the city. The free use of this library is a special privilege
granted to the University by the library trustees.

The following, while only open for the use of members,
may be visited and inspected by the students : —

The library of the Medical Library Society, 586 Prospect
St., of over 10,000 volumes.

The Cleveland Law library of 20,000 volumes in the
Court House.

These various libraries offer the opportunity to study fair
examples of most of the important types of American
libraries.

The extensions of the Public library rendered possible
by the gift of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars from
Mr. Andrew Carnegie for the purpose of building branch
libraries, will furnish during the coming year an object les-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

262 THE LIBRARY SCHCX>L [1903-I904-

son of library planning, building and organization. As this
goes to press one of the older branches is being rebuilt, a
new branch is in process of construction, and it may reason-
ably be expected that two or more additional ones will be
in progress during the present year.

UNIVERSITY ADVANTAGES
Students of the Library School are admitted without
extra charge to such classes in Adelbert College, the
College for Women, and the Graduate School, as they are
fitted to enter. They also have the privilege of attending
many public lectures given at Adelbert College, the College
for Women and Case School of Applied Science. The
gymnasium of Adelbert College and that of the College for
Women will be available for the use of the students.

GRADUATION AND DEGREE
The requirements for graduation are the satisfactory com-
pletion of the junior and senior courses of study and the
presentation of a satisfactory bibliography and a thesis upon
subjects chosen with the approval of the faculty. The de-
gree of Bachelor of Library Science will be conferred upon
graduates of the school.

EXPENSES

Since issuing the preliminary circular it has been decided
to fix the tuition fee at one hundred and twenty-five dollars
per year. This fee is payable seventy-five dollars at the be-
ginning of the year, and fifty dollars at the beginning of
the second half-year in February. The expense for sta-
tionery and other material used should not exceed twenty-
five dollars per year ; the cost of the necessary books for the
entire course will probably not exceed the same amount.
No matriculation or examination fees will be charged.

Rooms and board may be procured in the vicinity of the
University for from $5 to $8 a week.

For further information address the Dean, 205 Wood St.^
Cleveland, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SUMMER SCHOOL

There is held in June or July each year a Summer
School. The session of 1903 began Monday, the 22d of
June. The lecturers were : Henry Churchill King, D. D.,
President of Oberlin College; Professor E. D. Starbuck,
Ph. D., of the Department of Education, Leland Stanford
University; Professor Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., Prof-
essor of Philosophy in Western Reserve University, and
Associate Professor Howell M. Haydn, Western Reserve
University,

The Following is an outline of the courses given:

"The Seeming Unreality of the Spiritual Life.". .President
King (Five Lectures). L The Reasons for the Seeming Unreality.
A. Removable Causes — i. Misconception of the nature of the spir-
itual life; 2. Failing to fulfill the natural condition of the spiritual
life. B. Causes, Recognizable biit not Removable — i. The limita-
tions and fluctuations of our natures; 2. The moral reasons for the
seeming unreality. IL The Positive Way Out. A. In the Theistic
Argument; B. In the Personal Relation to God.

"What is Religion.^" Professor Starbuck. I. Why do People
Worship? II. The Religious Motives. III. The Place of Feeling
in Religion. IV. Philosophy, Theology and Religion. V. Religion
as Spontaneous Spiritualized Will, or Religion in its Relation to
Conduct.

"Some Interpretations of Childhood, and of Life." Professor
Starbuck. I. The Meaning of Infancy. II. Some Characteristics
of Childhood. III. The Submerged Nine-Tenths of Life. IV. Youth.
V. Old Age.

"Human Nature and How to Deal with it : From the Stand-
point OF THE Psychologist." Professor Aikins. I. Is Man Fun-
damentally Rational? II. What goes on in the Minds of Other Peo-
ple? III. The Practical Relation of Mind and Body. IV. "Culti-
vating One's Faculties," and The True Function of Education. V.
On Being Sane and Good and Happy.

"Three Conceptions of the Christian Life." Professor Haydn.
A Study in the Epistle of James, I Peter and I John.

The number of persons attending the lectures was
about one hundred.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

GENERAL SUMMARY

TRUSTEES, INSTRUCTORS AND OTHER OFnCERS

Trustees.

Western Reserve University only 8

Adelbert College only 6

Members of Both Corporations i6

— 30
Advisory Councii, (College for Women) 29

Corresponding Members . . . . ' 15

- 44

Instructors.

Professors 6r

Associate Professors 5

Assistant Professors 10

Instructors * 28

Lecturers 8

Demonstrators 27

Assistants 11

Non-Resident Lecturers (1902-1 903) 3

— 153

Librarians and Library Assistants 4

Other Officers 5

— 9

Total 162

STUDENTS

Adelbert College 225

The College for Women 236

The Graduate School 20

The Medical College 86

The Law School no

The Dental College 88

Total 765

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

APPENDIX I

DEGREES CONFERRED AT COMMENCEMENT, J903

ADELBERT COLLEGE

BACHELORS OP ARTS

Edwin Childs Baxter,
Walter Louis Bissell,
Charles Bushnell Byal,

{cum laude),
Edwin Leland Carle,
Paul Richard Chamberlain,

{magna cum laude),
Francis Corrigan,
David Love Dugan,
James Julius Hoffman,

Robert George Lotspiech,

{cum laude),
Albert W. Meyer,
William Robert Polhamus,
Feist M. Strauss,

{magna cum laude),
Sidney Burnett Try on,

{cum laude)^
Albert George Tuttle.

{magna cum laude).

BACHELORS OF LETTERS
James Williams Carpenter, Birt Eugene Garver,

{cum laude), {magna cum laude),

Robert Edward Gammel, Warren Daniel Spengler,

Frank Holt Stedman.

BACHELORS

Edwin Allen Barnes,

{magna cum laude).
Homer Charles Campbell,

(magna cum laude),
Arthur Bradley Eisenbrey,
Albert Ellenberger,
Robert Emmett Finley,

{magna cum laude),
Harlan Adolphus Hepfinger,

{magna cum laude),
Isaac McCallum Hogg,
Willis Burton Knisely,
Frederick Tyler Lawton,

OF PHILOSOPHY

John William O'Brien,
Edward Maynard Otis,

{magna cum laude),
Herbert Ernest Parker,

( magna cum laude) ,
Ernest James Reece,

{magna cum laude),
Hugh Griffith Rose,
George Franklin Thomas,
Herbert Alfred Thomas,
Isaac Roy Watts,

{cum laude).

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

266

APPENDIX I

[1903-I904

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
BACHELORS OP ARTS

Mary Lawson Ballantyne,
Caroline Arrowsmith Bruce,
Mary Adeline Hird,
Laura Helen Krejci,
Ethel McDonald,

Edith Harris Parmenter,
Bessie May Post,
May Cameron Quinby,
Lydia Margaret Schwegler,
Florence Jeannette Taylor.

BACHELORS OP LETTERS

Emma Laveme Bishop,
Maud Isabel Bruckshaw,
Matilda Clara Buschman,
Susie Adah DeWitt,
Alice Dunham,
Juliette Alice Handerson,
Ruth Evelyn Haydn,
Sophia Clarke Kenyon,

BACHELORS

Marcia Gertrude Bruckshaw,
Luella Lenore Chaffee,
Blanche Genevieve Cole,
Elizabeth Bertha Cristy,
Matilda Pish,

Ethel Eudora May Gifford,
Elizabeth Hubbell,
Florence Edith Jones,

Maud Harriet King,
Emilie Louise Krug,
Beatrice Moss,
Bertha May Rosenfeld,
Olive Louise Spengler,
Frances Lucille Thomas,
Grace Ethel Tompkins,
Gertrude Elizabeth Vilas.

OP PHILOSOPHY

Maria Margaret Kelly,

Bertha May Lee,

Lillie Margaret Sharlow Lothrop,

Charlotte May Parker,

Ethel Marian Peck,

Clara Ridson,

Alice May Wallace.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
MASTERS OP ARTS

Isabella Beatou, Ph. B., Francis Florian Herr, Ph.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Ph. B., Emma Jean Oram, A. B.
John Fish, Ph. B.

B.,

George I. Bauman,

Nathan Worth Brown, B. S.,

Webb Parks Chamberlain, A.

Carl Cherdon,

Frederick Edwards Dilley,

Ralph Woodbury Elliott, Ph

Henry John Gerstenberger,

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE
DOCTORS OP MBDICINB

William Edward Sampliner,
Edward Jacob Scanlon,
George Wanzer Shepard,
Oscar Merle Shirey,
John Albro Sipher, A. B.,
Charles Edward Spring,
Charles Wesley Thomas, A. B.

B.,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

267

Homer Har\'ey Heath, B. L.,
Walter Centennial Hill,
Alfred Alexander Jenkins,
Henry Creath Kelker,
Fred Kern McCune, B. S.,
John Francis Rudolph, A. B.,

Harry David Vail,
John Allen Vincent,
Carl Richard Wedler,
William Hervey White,
Irvin Samuel Workman, B. S.,
Thomas Charles Young.

. THE LAW SCHOOL
BACHELORS OF LAW

Walter Silas Adams, A. B.,
William Amos, A. B.,
William Hugus Chapman,
Harry Tracy Duncan, Ph. B.,
Earl Washington Farwell, A. B.,
Walter Granger,
Andrew James Haggerly,
Edgar A. Hahn,
Lewis Edwin Harvie, Jr.,
Joseph Harvey Kitchen, A. B.,
Samuel Edmuni Kramer, Ph. B.,
William John Laub, Ph. B.,

Joseph Timmons Micklethwait,
John Allen Nieding,
George Albert Palda, Ph. B ,
Irving Holland Randolph, B. S.,
Raymond Terry Sawyer, Ph. B.,
Ernest Schwartz,
BartlettC. Shepherd, Ph. B.,
Lewis Daniel Slusser, B. S ,
Vernon Leland Stanford, Ph. B.,
Liberty Bernard Ware,
David Ross Wamock,
Benjamin B. Wickham, A. B.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE
DOCTORS OF DENTAL SURGERY

Arthur Andrew Bates,
Charles Chrislian Bachman,
Will Deville Bissell,

{honorable mention).
Leroy Needham Bundy,
John William Culver,

{^honorable mention ) .
Harry Guy Decker,
George William Douttiel,
Gerald Felix Doyle,
Frank Arthur Dunn,
Walter Hayes Dewey,
Phillip Henry Felger,

( honorable mention ) .
Albert Kenyon Friend,

( honorable mention ) .

Harrison Deming Lowrey,

Isidor Lymon,

Clarence Elworthy Magee,

Lloyd Andrew Mapes,

Frank Sumner Manchester, B. L.

( honorable mention ) .
Ralph Edward Miller,
Kennedy Delyle Park,
Edward Lacey Pettibone,
Robert Hartley Ralston,
Henry Stephen Rogers,
Frank Garfield Rummell,
Orrin Franklin Sickman,
Arthur Albert Smith, M. D.,

( honorable mention ) .
Herman Leiter Smith,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

268 APPENDIX I [1903- 1 904

Joseph Garold Foltz, Joseph Elmer SchuUz,
Albert Lorain Griffis, {honorable fnention).

{honorable mention). Howard Clinton Standen,

Dwight Charles Hahn, Clarence Roy Thompson,

Edson Hill, Robert Lee Wilson,

Willis K. Hoch, Kirkum Glenn Worrell,

(honorable mention). John Simon Windisch, M. D ,

Edward John Kocmit, Newton John Worley,
Bertram Ward Li vi ngston , ( honorable mention ) .

HONORS AND PRIZES

ADKLBERT COLLEGE
Commencement Honors

First Honor— Feist M. Strauss.
Second Honor— Robert Emmett Finley.
Third Honor— Herbert Ernest Parker.
Junior Honors

Equal Scholarship Honors to
Leonard Corwin Loomis, John Frederick Oberlin,

Carl Peter Paul Vitz.
Phi Beta Kappa Society

Nominated for Membership, June, 1903.

SENIORS
Robert Emmett Finley, Robert Edward Gammel,

Birt Eugene Garver, Harlan Adolphus Hepfinger,

Willis Burton Knisely, Edward Mayuard Otip,

Herbert Ernest Parker, Ernest James Reece,

Feist M. Strauss.

JUNIORS

Leonard Ccrwin Loomis, John Fiederick Oberlin,

Carl Peter Paul Vitz.
The Two Year Honor in German to

Oliver Jones.
The Two Year Honor in Mathematics to

Andrew Bracken White.

THE HANDY PHII^OSOPHICAI, PRIZES

First /Ws'^— Edwin Allen Barnes.
Second F^ize— Robert Emmett Finley.

HARRIET PHLTON PERKINS SCHOLARSHIP
Raymon Forrest Fritz

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I903-1904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 269

PRESIDBNT'S PRIZES

For the highest records for the Freshman Year in:

English

First Prize— Ov^iSLv George Laubscher.

Second Prize— Fred Newton Burroughs.

French and German {Modem Language Course)
Gustav George Laubscher.

German {Classical and Latin Scientific Courses)
Ford Gramlich.

Greek

Howard Thomas McMyler.

Latin

Equally to Ford Gramlich and Gustav George Laubscher.

Mathematics

First Prize — Gustav George Laubscher.

Second Prize— Tred Newton Burroughs.

Gymnasium

Howard Thomas McMyler.

Junior-Sophomore Oratarical Contest

First Junior Prize — Ra>inan Forrest Fritz.

First Sophomore Prize — Avery Hopwood.

Second Prize — {irrespective oj class) —Wallace T. HoUiday.

THE HOI,DBN PRIZE

For the best Essay by a Senior

Willis Burton Knisely.

THE RUPERT HUGHES PRIZES

For the best Poem

Rayman Forrest Fritz.

THE DEBATE PRIZE

Divided equally betiveen

Fred Desberg,

Walter Thomas Dunmore,

Loren Edmunds Souers.

BARI«Y ENGLISH TEXT SOCIETY PRIZE

Harlan Adolphus Hepfinger.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

270 APPENDIX I [1903-I904

THE COI.LEGE FOR WOMEN
PRBSIDBNT^S PRIZBS

For Freshman Work in the Gymnasium

First — Florence Woodward.
Second— ISXvQA. Annie Marble

HOI,D£N PRIZE

For the best English Essay written by a Senior or Junior
Matilda Fish.

ALUMNI ASSOQATIONS

ADELBERT COLLEGE
President, Thomas H. Bushnbll, 1882, Cleveland.
Vice Presidents, Martyn Bonnei,!., 1872, Cleveland.

W11.1.IAM E. Curtis, 1871, Chicago, 111.
Recording Secretary, Oscar J. Horn, 1895, Cleveland.
Corresponding Secretary, Sherman Artbr, 1886, Cleveland.
Necrologist, Rev. Wii.i,iam H. JoneS, 1887, Cleveland.

VISITING COMMITTEE OF THE AI^UMNI

Rev. J. D. Wii.i,TAMSON, 1870, Cleveland,
W11.WAM B. Parmbi«be, 1883, Hudson, O.
Rev. E. p. Ci^Bavei^nd, 1878, Fredonia, N. Y.

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
President, Mrs. Mary Hoovbr Coi,i«acott, 1894, Painesville, O.
Vice President, Norma Gii*i,ette Smith, 1901, Willoughby, O.
Recording Secretary, Mary Buti^er Thwing, 1901, Cleveland.
Corresponding Secretary, Edith Annette Hughes, 1899, Cleveland.
Treasurer, LouiSB Hai^i, Baker, 1900, Cleveland.

FINANCE committee.

Mrs. Grace Lottridoe Richardson, 1897, Cleveland.
Kathbrine Croxton, 1896, Cleveland.

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE

President, Dr. J. M. Ingbrsoll, 1893, Cleveland.

Vice Presidents, Dr. A. C. Mathias, 1869, McComb, O.

Dr. C. V. Garver, Lorain, O.
Recording Secretary, Dr. G. C. Ashmun, 1873, Cleveland.
Corresponding Secretary, Dr. W. S. Hobson, 1898, Cleveland.
Treasurer, Dr. L. A. Wheblock, 1900, Cleveland.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903- 1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 27 1

THE I.AW SCHOOI,
President, D. W. Mybrs, 1899, Cleveland.
Vice Presidents^ A. B. Strimpi,b, 1898, Cleveland.

W. E. Whitb, 1901.
Secretary, G. W. Shaw, 1900, Cleveland.
Treasurer, O. J. Horn, 1898, Cleveland.

THE DENTAI. COI.LBGE
President, L. L. Bosworth, D. D. S., 1897, Cleveland.
Vice President, F. L. Mii.es, D. D. S., 1897, Cleveland.
Secretary-Treasurer, G. A. Kennedy, D. D. S., 1895, Cleveland.

LOCAL ASSOCIATIONS

POUNDBD 1902

NEW YORK ASSOCIATION

President, Gen. G. S. Carpenter, 1859, New York City.
Vice President, Prof. Geo. T. Ladd, 1864, New Haven, Ct.
Secretary, Rev. Chas. Herbert Schoi^ey, 1895, New York City.
Treasurer, S. E. Emery, 1899, New York City.

WASHINGTON ASSOCIATION
President, Robert W. Tayw)R» 1872.
Secretary, Morris J. Hoi,E, 1899.

NORTHWEST AI.UMNI CI.UB, CHICAGO
President, Robert D. Scott, 1872.
Secretary, H. W. Pierson.
Treasurer, Auce McKini<ey, 1896.

CINCINNATI ASSOCIATION
President, Henry M. Curtis, 1871, Cincinnati.
Vice President, Dr. J. C. Reeve, 1851, Dayton.
Secretary, John E. Bruce, 1876, Cincinnati.

INDIANA AI,UMNI CI^UB

President, R. E. Houghton, Richmond.
Secretary, James A. Robach, 1884.

COLUMBUS ASSOCIATION
President, Aixen C. Barrows, 1861.
Secretary, Caroi<ine Hardy, 1901.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

APPENDIX II

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE WESTERN RE-
SERVE UNIVERSITY.

We, the undersigned, Rutherford B. Hayes, William J. Boardman.
Joseph Perkins, Truman P. Handy, Gustav C. E. Weber, Samuel E.
Williamson, George H. Ely, Carroll Cutler, citizens of the State of
Ohio, with the view of forming a corporation in pursuance of the
Revised Statutes of this State of Ohio, do make, enter into and adopt
the following Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE I.

The name of the corporation shall be Western Reserve Univer-
sity.

ARTICLE II.

The said corporation shall be located in the city of Cleveland,
county of Cuyahoga, and State of Ohio.

ARTICLE III.

The purpose for which said corporation is formed is to
organize, establish and maintain in said city of Cleveland a Univer-
sity for the promotion of learning by means of Departments of
Medicine, of Law, of Philosophy, of Art, of Music, and such other
means of education as may be deemed advisable by the Board of
Trustees of said corporation.

Rutherford B. Hayes,
William J. Boardman^
Joseph Perkins,
Truman P. Handy,
GusTAv C. E. Weber,
Samuel E. Williamson,
George H. Ely,
Carroll Cutler.

Cleveland, April 5, 1884.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-I904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 273

AN ACT
To incorporate the Trustees of the Western Reserve College,

Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State
of Ohio, That George Swift and Zalmon Fitch, of Tntmbull county:
Caleb Pitkin, Elizur Wright, John Seward, Jr.. Benjamin Fenn,
Joshua B. Sherwood and David Hudson, of Portage county; Ste-
phen I. Bradstreet and Simeon Woodruff, of Cuyahoga countj;
Henry Brown and Hermon Kingsbury, of Lorain county, and their
successors, be, and they are hereby created a body politic and cor-
porate, to be styled the Board of Trustees of the Western Reserve
College, and by that name to remain in perpetual succession, with
full powers to sue and be sued, plead and be pleaded; to acquire,
hold, and convey property, real and personal; to have and use a
common seal ; to alter and renew the same at pleasure ; to make and
alter from time to time such by-laws as they may deem necessary
for the government of said institution, its officers and servants.
Provided, such by-laws are not inconsistent with the Constitution
and the Laws of the United States, or of this State; also to have
power to confer on those whom they may deem worthy, all such
honors and degrees as are usually conferred in similar institutions.

Sec. 2. That the said College shall be located in the township
of Hudson, in the county of Portage, and shall be erected on a plan
sufficiently extensive to afford instruction in the Liberal Arts and
Sciences, and the Trustees may, as their ability shall increase, and
the interests of the community require, erect additional departments
for the study of any or all of the liberal professions.

Sec. 3. That the Board of Trustees shall, from time to time,
appoint a President, Vice-President, and other officers and instruc-
tors, and also such servants of the institution as may be necessary;
and shall have power to displace any or either of them for good and
sufficient reasons; and also to fill vacancies which may happen by
resignation, death* or otherwise, in said Board or among said officers
or said servants ; and also to prescribe and direct the course of study
to be pursued in said institution and its departments.

Sec. 4. The President of the College shall be, ex-officio, a mem-
ber of the Board of Trustees and President of the same; and in his
absence the Vice-President shall preside in the meeting of the Board ;
and in the absence of both the President and Vice-President the
Board shall elect one of their own members to preside for the time
being. Provided, that if any of said Trustees shall be permanently

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

274 APPENDIX II [1903-1904-

appointed President of said College, his office of Trustee shall be
deemed vacant, and the Board of Trustees shall fill the same ac-
cordingly.

Sec. 5. That the Board of Trustees shall consist of twelve
members,* exclusive of the President, any seven of whom shall con-
stitute a quorum to do business; said Board of Trustees shall hold
their first annual meeting in the township of Hudson, on the first
Wednesday of March, eighteen hundred and twenty-six; and after-
wards they shall meet on their own appointments, but in cases of
emergency the President, with the advice of two Trustees, may call
a special meeting of the Board, or any five members may call such
meeting by giving notice to each member at least ten days before the
time of said meeting.

Sec. 6. The Board of Trustees shall faithfully apply all funds
by them collected or received, according to their best judgment, in
erecting suitable buildings, supporting the necessary officers, instruc-
tors and servants, and in procuring books, maps, charts, globes, and
other apparatus necessary to the success of the institution. Provided,
nevertheless, that in any case any donation or bequest shall be made
for particular purposes accordant with the design of this institution,,
and the Corporation shall receive and accept the same, every dona-
tion or bequest shall be applied in conformity to the conditions or
design expressed by the donor.

Sec. 7. The Treasurer of the institution shall always, and all
other agents when required, before entering on the duties of their
appointments, give bonds for the security of the Corporation and of
the public in such penal sums and with such securities as the Board
of Trustees shall approve, and that all process against the Corpora-
tion shall be by summons, and the service of the same shall be by
leaving an attested copy thereof with the Treasurer, at least thirty
days before the return thereof.

Sec. 8. That the Legislature shall have a right to alter or
amend this act when they deem it necessary. Provided, that no
fund or property belonging to said College shall ever be by law ap-
propriated to any other purpose.

WM. W. IRVIN,
Speaker of the House of Representatives.
ALLEN TRIMBLE,
Speaker of the Senate.

*Subaeqn€ntly amended by the General Statutes of Ohio, so aa to increase the nam-
ber to twenty-four and the quorum to thirteen.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903 -'904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 275

AN ACT

To amend an act entitled "An act to incorporate the Trustees of the

Western Reserve College*' passed January yth, 1826.

Section i. Be it enacted by the General' Assembly of the State
of Ohio, That the Trustees of the Western Reserve College shall be,
and hereby are authorizd to establish the Medical Department, con-
templated by the act of which this is amendatory, in the City of
Cleveland, in the same manner and with like power to confer degrees
and award diplomas, as though the same department had been
-established under said act hereby amended, at Hudson.

JOHN M. GALLAGHER,
Speaker of the House of Representatives.
THOMAS W. BARTLEY,
February 23d, A. D. 1844. Speaker of the Senate.

State of Ohio, Summit County, ss.

IN COURT OF COMMON PLEAS,
September Term, 1881.

Board of Trustees of the Western Reserve College, Plaintiffs. To
change name.

Journal, Vol. 24, page 191. Transcript of Journal Entry.

This cause came on to be heard upon petition of the Board of
Trustees of the Western Reserve College, a Corporation the princi-
pal office of which is located in the county of Summit, in the State
of Ohio, for a change of the name of said Corporation to Adelbert
College of Western Reserve University, and the evidence, on consid-
eration whereof the Courts find that thirty days* notice of the object
and prayer of the petitioners has been given by publication in a
newspaper of general circulation in said county, according to law,
that all of the statements in said petition contained are true, and
that there is good cause for the change of name prayed for in said
petition. It is therefore ordered by the Court that the name of said
Corporation be and the same is hereby changed from the Board of
Trustees of the Western Reserve College to Adelbert College of
Western Reserve University.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

DIRECTORY

The names of instructors and officers are printed in italics. Each name is followed by an
abbreviation indicating the department to which the person belongs, viz:— A, Adelbert
College; D, Dental Department; G, Graduate Department; L, Law School; M, Medical
College ; W, College for Women.

Adams, P. M.— A Adelbert Hall

Aikins, H, A.— W 23 Adelbert Hall

Alburn. C. R.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Alburn, L. A. — W Haydn Hall

Alburn. J. A.— L Adelbert Hall

Alexander, D. C. — A 65 Jennings Av.

Allen, F. E. — W Guilford House

Allen, L. C. — W 90 Kenllworth St.

Allison, A. L. R.— A 92 Fourth Av.

Allison, K. N. — D 825 Superior St.

Allison, R. S.— W Haydn Hall

Ambler, IL L.— D 176 Euclid Av.

Amerman. J. L. — L 33 Vienna St.

Anderson, J.— M 710 E. Prospect St.

Anderson. T. B.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Anderson, M. E. — W (iullford House

Andrew, V. — W Haydn Hall

Andrews, E. R. — A Lakewood

Annin, E. C. — W Guilford House

Anway. F. L. — D 89 Handy St.

Armstrong. T. E. — D. .Sterllngw'th Fits.

Armstrong, L. — W 962 Wlllson Av.

Atchison. J. B. — D 147 Qulnby Av.

Austin. C. T. — L 135 Streator Av.

Avery, L. C. — W 657 Woodland Hills

Banker. N. S. — M 739 Superior St.

Barkley, J. C. — L..1409 Lexington Av.

Barnard, B. C— M Erie and St. Clalr

Bard. H. L. — A 1341 Lorain St.

Barden. J. P., Jr.— A.. 201 Adelbert St.

Barnett, G. F. — A 116 Streator Av.

Barr, W. E. — A 35 Woodlawn Av.

Bauman, E. C. — W...185 Bellflower Av.

Beaton, I. — G 462 Kinsman St.

Becker, H. A.—TA 105 Lenox Bldg.

Bejack, M.— L 72 Van Buren St.

Beman, L. T. — G 29 McConnell St.

Bemls, A. H. — A 225 E. Prospect St.

Bentley, J. R. — D 303 Prospect St.

Benton, E. J. — A 3020 Euclid Av.

BetUE» H. S. — A 10 Diamond Pk. St.

Berger, S. S. — M 173 Forest Av.

Berkes, H. A.— A 52 Elberon St.

Berman, S. L. — A 835 Woodland Av.

Bernsteen. M. L.-— L 67 Fifth Av.

Bernstein, M. — L 65 ScoviU Av.

Bevard. R. R.— D 160 Sixth Av.

Blddle, F. R. — ^W 1264 Cedar Av.

Bill, C. P. — A 853 Logan Av.

Blnkard, H. R.— D 831 Prospect St.

Birge, R, H. — M 260 Endld Av.

Bishop, n. v.— A The Euclid

Blackburn, IL W.— A..116 Streator Av,
Blackman. J. C. — A. 217 Murray Hill Av.

Bloomburg, J. — A 309 Forest St.

Boggs, J. — W 1257 Euclid Av.

Bolden, J. J. L. — M 25 Newton St

Boltman, C. G.— W 49 Vienna St

Borgerhoff, J. L. — W. . .3020 Euclid Av.

Bourland, B. P. — A 2662 Euclid Av.

Bourne, H, E.—Yf 144 Cornell St

Bowman, B. H. — D 156 Dodge St.

Boyd, M. v.— D 792 Superior St

Boyd, B. B. — A 61 Penrose Av.

Brett. J. H.— M 34 Ocean St

Brett, W. H.— Llb'y 205 Wood St

Brewster. A. L. — W 276 Hosmer St

Brigga, C. E. — M..The New Amsterdam

Brigga, W. D.—A 2662 Euclid Av.

Brooks, F. M. — W 6 The Heyse

Brown, A. I. — D 225 Lawn St

Brown. C. A. — D 523 Prospect St.

Bruner, W. B. — M

614 New England Bldg.

Buchan, H. H. — W 272 Harkness Av.

Buckmaster. J. A. — W.. Guilford Hoose

Buckstein. F.— A 34 Paddock PI.

Budde, I. F. — W 116 Spangler Av.

Burgeon, C. P. — L..134 Murray Hill Av.

Burroughs. F. W. — A Colllnwood

Burroughs. S. H. — M 11 Cheshire St

Buschman. C. M. — W Guilford House

Buschman, M. C. — G 2 Hayward St

Burtinell, F. C. — W 648 Castle Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1904]

WESTERN RKSERVK UNIVERSITY

277

Cadle, T. P. — A West Mentor

Caldwell, E. C— L Adelbert Hall

Camp, J. W.— L 128 Vine St.

Camp, G. H. — D 147 Qulnby Av.

Campbell, H. C— L 68 Bell Av.

Campbell, H. G. — W 993 Cedar A v.

Campbell. R. S.— A 2209 Superior St.

Canfleld, II. H.— A Euclid Hts.

Cannell, A. G.— W 247 Miles Av.

Carabln, P. A.— L 117 Adelbert St.

Carabln. M. A.— W 2238 Euclid Av.

Carnes, W. B. — A 201 Adelbert St.

Carpenter, A. G. — L. . . .125 Streator Av.

Caraon, Wm. — D 260 Prospect St.

Carter, E. P.—U 260 Euclid Av.

Cartwrlght, A. A.— A 818 Hough Av.

Case, C. J.— A 148 Murray Hill AV.

Case. C. L. — L 995 Doan St.

Chaffee, S. L.— A 21 Adelbert Hall

Chains. W. B.— D 147 Qulnby Av.

Chamberlin, W. B. — M. .275 Prospect St.

Chandler, B. If.— W 894 Case Av.

Chapel, R. E.— A 140 Cornell St.

Chapman, U. B. — L B. Cleveland

Chapman, M. E. — W.103 MarcelUne Av.
Chase, C. S. — M . . Erie and St. Clair St.
Cheetham, A. M. — M.805 E Madison Av.

Cherney, E. J. — L 57 Woodland Ct.

Chotek, L. A. — A 55 Hamlet St.

Christie, L. M.— D 136 Brownell St.

Clague, L. M. — W 103 Sterling Av.

Clark. A. J. — D 739 Superior St.

Clark, C. H. — D. . : 260 Prospect St.

Clark, F. 8.—U 621 Rose Bldg.

Clark, M. A.—W Guilford House

Clemens, C. E. — W 1093 Prospect St.

Cleveland, A. M. — W 392 Bolton Av.

Cllne, H. L.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Clyne, N. T.— L 309 Franklin Av.

Coates, J. A. — D 45 Hough Av.

Coe, C. M.— A Glenville

Cohh, F. If.— L 2509 Euclid A v.

Cohh, P, W.— M 743 Republic St.

Cohn, M. T. — A 330 Genesee Av.

Colt, L. B.— W Haydn Hall

Cble, E. P.— L 130 Murray Hill Av.

Collard. K. E.— W 189 Taylor St.

Collins, R. B.— L

1934 Woodland Hills Av.

CoUlngs, R. J. — W 128 Duane St.

Comln. H. L.— A 102 Adelbert St.

Conant, J. L. — A 1701 Dennison Av.

Cond6, E.— W 33 Wellesley St

Council, A. E. — ^M Dunham PI.

Cook. M.— W 304 Franklin Av.

Cook, W. H.— A 724 Republic St.

Cooke, E. D.— W 44 Hough PI.

Cooper, W. C. — D 1004 Woodland Av.

Cornell, A. E. — A 148 Taylor St.

Corrlgan, F. P. — M 66 Gorman Av.

Coss. A. v.— A.... 127 Murray Hill Av.

Counts, A. F.— A 13 Adelbert Hall

Cox, E. H.— M 513 E. Prospect St.

Crafts, M. W.— L.134 Murray Hill Av.
Cramer, L. M. — W....861 Scranton Av.

Cranz, C. — W Haydn Hall

Crow, F. — L 151 Cornell St.

Culp, W. E.— D 341 Huron St.

Cummer. C. L. — A 396 Bolton Av.

Curtis, M. M.—A 43 Adelbert St.

Curtis, N. F.— A 22 Adelbert Hall

Cuahing, H. P.— A 260 Sibley

Cowglll. M. U.— W 756 N. Logan Av.

Daniels, G. M.— W Haydn Hall

Daniels, J. E.— W Haydn Hall

Darhp, J. C. — M 207 Osborn Bldg.

Davey, W. P. — A 76 Gaylord St.

Davis, A. S.— L...131 Murray Hill Av.
Davis, D. O.— L...134 Murray Hill Av.

Davis. B. F.— M 124 Handy St.

Davis, H. H.— A 457 Franklin Av.

Davis, L. P.— A Adelbert Hall

Day, F. E. — A 435 Dunham Av.

Day. M. E. C. — W...2100 Dennison Av.

Day, M. F. — W Guilford House

Debout, D. B. — D. . .136 Huntington St.

Deeley. W. S.— D 178 Herald St.

Deering, R. W. — W 2662 Euclid Av.

De Fries. R. G.— A 8 Adelbert Hall

Delahunt, I.— W 82 Hough PI.

De Laney. M. — W 305 Huron St.

Dellinger, J. H. — A 818 Hough Av.

Dembowskl, S. P.— L 36 Colley St.

Desberg, ¥. — L 1050 Central Av.

Dickenson, J., Jr. — M. .205 Osborn Bldg.

Diokerman, J. — A 1957 Doan St.

Difford, C, L.—M 49 Alum St.

Dixon, H. — D 708 Superior St.

Doering, V. P.— W 1817 WUlson Av.

Dolley, D. H. — M Lakeside Hospital

Donaldson. A. G. — ^D 48 Wallace St

Donaldson, B. W. — D..154 N. Perry St
Donaldson, J. B.— M...154 N. Perry St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

278

DIRECTORY

[1903-1904

Doollttle. G. H.— A 2839 St. Clair St

Doster, A. M. — ^W 72 Merchants Ay.

Dnickerman. 8. A. — ^D 184 Perry St.

Dunbar, R.— A 8 Hough PI.

Dunmore. W. T. — Li 256 Streator Av.

DunnelU, C. K.— W 49 Knox St.

Dunning, B. L. — W Ilaydn Hall

Dunaford, F. A. — ^W. .. .Guilford House

DuBek, O. P. — D 123 Humbolt St.

Duty, A.— W 2677 Euclid Av.

Dowd, H. H. — D 139 New St.

Eastman, E. L. — Ass. Libr

161 Avondale Ay.

BJbert, C. B. — W Guilford House

Elaenbrey, A. B.— M The Cary

Elsenhauer, J. A. Jr. — A

1438 Wlllson Ay.

Bllett, li. V. — ^W Guilford House

Elliott R.— -W 17 Grace Ay.

Ellis, J. B. — D 739 Superior St.

ElBOn, I. A.— M 481 Wade Park Ay.

Emeraon, O. F.— A 60 Wilbur St.

Enegren, C. L. — W Haydn Hall

English. L. M. — D 593 ScoyIU Ay.

Each, J. G.— A 2 Gieb St

Estabrook, F. J. — G 300 Mars Ay.

Etc, B. D. — A 12 Van Buren St.

Erans, H. E. — A 143 Cornell St.

BYans, H. O. — ^A 2214 Broadway

EYarts, F. B. — L 29 Bellflower Ay.

Pauver, C. K, — L 727 Case Ay.

Pelmley, D. F. — L 255 Streator Ay.

Feniger, B.— L 612 Orange St.

Ferry, M. I.— W Haydn Hall

Fetaer, F. G. — A 2 SturtCYant St.

Fiebeger, R. A. — ^W Guilford House

Fllius. G. T.— A 36 Knox St.

Filson, W. C.—A 848 Fairmount St

Flndley. E. R.— A 151 Cornell St

Fischei, R. Ix — L 527 Kennard St.

Fish. P. A.— M.

Fliedner, F.— W 160 Wellington Ay.

Fliedner. G. B.— A 60 Higgins St

Fliedner, P. M.— W..160 Wellington Ay.
Flower, A. Q. — ^M..ErIe & St Clair Sts.

Flower, Mr; A. G, — M

Erie & St. Clair Sts.

Ford, D. B. — T> 161 Lincoln Ay.

Ford, J. A.— L 126 Ingieside Ay.

Ford, R. A.— L 2132 Euclid Ay.

Fowler, H. N.—W 49 Cornell St.

Frankle, K, G. — D 260 Prospect St

Frasier, J. W. — D The Gladstone

Freedlander, E. — W 158 Putnam St

Freer, M.— W 1528 Cedar Ay.

Friedman, M. — W 96 Ostome St

Friend. A. C. — W Guilford House

Fritss. R. F.— A 45 Fairchilds St

Frost, A. C— D 625 Franklin Ay.

Fulk, G. L.— A 14 Mansion St

Fuller, A. L.—A ....46 Wilbur St

Fursdon, C. T. — ^A....'..606 ScoyIII Ay.

Furth, C— W The Whitehall

Furth, H.— W The Whitehall

Gaede, O. Ix— A 164 Osbom St

Gaines. H. B.— W 173 Bell Ay.

Galpln, S. L.— A 886 Giddings Ay.

Gamble, J. K.— M 161 Sibley St

Gardner, C. Y. — W 81 Edgewood Pi.

Garman, C. C.—A Eldred Hall

Garman, C. P.— A Eldred ^all

Garrett, N. L.— W 775 Giddings Ay.

Ganrer, B. E. — M The Cary

Gehlke, C. E. — A 40 Abram St

George, E. A. — A 101 Burton St

Gerstenberger, L. LaG. — A.

242 Oakdale St

Geuder, C. C. — W Guilford House

Gibbons. C. E. — A Euclid Hta.

Gilchrist H. — W Guilford House

Gillie. W. H.— A 117 Adelbert 8t

Glllln, G. M.— W 91 Quincy St

GlUln, E. L.— W 91 Quincy St

Glllmer, B. — W Guilford House

Gleason. A. G. — W 168 Cedar Ay.

Gleeson, J. A. — W 54 Kenwood

Golden. H. G. — ^M 3425 Euclid Ay.

Goldsmith. S. R. — A. . . .250 Kennard St

Goodman, I J. — M 264 Columbus St

Goodman, N. W. — D 341 Huron St

Gramlich, F. — A 2103 Doan St.

Gray. S. E. — ^W 199 Quincy St

Green, D. E.— D 131 Murray Hill

Chreen, F.'W, — ^L Rice Ay., Newbnrs

Greeman, C. M. — A 43 Burt St

Grills. A. T.— M 17% Williams St

Griswold, R. H. — A.... 116 Streator At.

Gruener, H. — A 48 Knox St.

GuelBow, B. W. — 71 Leading St

Gnnn, J. J.— A 158 Dibble At.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904]

WBSTKRN RKSBRVB UNIVERSITY

279

Haber, B. — L 8 Lewlston St

Hndden, A. — D 1870 Lexington At.

Hagan, A. C. — W 886 Willson Av.

Hagan, M. E. — ^W 386 Wlllson Ay.

Hale. F. E.— A 140 Cornell St.

Hall, R. A.— M

Hamann, C. A. — ^D 661 Prospect St.

Hammond, A. P. — ^M 984 Scovill Av.

Haines. A. W. — D 407 Prospect St.

Hall, E. T.— L 3218 Doan St.

Hall. T. Jr,— L 156 Murray Hill Av.

Hamilton* C. K. — W Haydn Hali

Handyside. D. P.— A 26 William St.

Haring, H, A. — ^Treas 78 Cornell St.

Harris. J. McC— A...787 N. Logan Av.

Harris, Ohas. — A 787 N. Logan Av.

Hatcher, B. A.— M. .Erie & St. Clair Sts.

Hardesty, C. U— L 203 Adelbert St.

Hartshorn, G. E, — L

130 Murray Hill Av.

Haskell, B. H.^A Willoughby

Hasse. P. P.— A 1667 Pearl St

HasBler, L. M.— W 89 Williams St.

Hastings, H. W.— L 28 Mayfleld St.

Hatter, N. B. — W 8 Keyes St

Hauser, B. S. — ^W Haydn Hall

Hausserman, E. F. — ^A.lll Fairlawn Av.
Hawthorne. H. B. — ^L.809 Falrmount St.
Haydn, H, O. — W. . . .173 Bell flower A v.

Haydn, H, M.—W 96 Mayfleld St

Hayen. L. R. — ^D 20 Haven St

Heidenrelch, E. — W 18 Selden Av.

Helnemann, D. — W 46 Euclid PI.

HelnmlUer, W. H. C — A. 39 Stelnway Av.

Heller, Wm. — D 847 Euclid Av.

Henning, H. S. — ^W Guilford House

Henry, F. A. — D Williamson Bldg.

Herr, F. F. — G 1276 Scranton Av.

Herriek, F, 0.— M 867 Brie St

Herrick, F. ff.— A 43 Cutler St.

Herriek, F. «.— L . . .449 Russell Av.

Herrlck, H. W.— A 8006 Euclid Av.

Hetsel, H. M.— W Haydn Hall

HeydenJmrk, I. — ^W Haydn Hall

Hill, B. M.— W 768 Hough Av.

Hinde. F. A.— W Haydn Hall

Hinds, C. J.— L 261 Van Ness Av.

Hird, B. F. — ^A 26 Nantucket St

Hitchcock. H. M.— L...861 Prospect St

Hobson. F. A. — W 128 Oakdale St

Hohson, W. B.—D 2288 Euclid Av.

Hodgman, K. B. — ^A. . . .116 Streator Av.

Hodgson, A. E. — A 194 Central Av.

Hoenlg, F. L. — A 134 Fram St

Hofmann, J. A. — M 161 Putnam St

Hogg. J. H.— L 2638 St Clair St

Hole, JO. Jf.— M Cedar Av.

Holeman. R. B. — D..136 Huntington St

Holllday. W. T.— A

166 Murray Hlli Av.
Honecker, M. I. — W...482 Jennings Av.
Honeywell, S. M. — W...315 Genesee Av.

Hopkins, E. H.—Jj 84 Miles Av.

llopklnson, M. E. — W . . . 288 Gordon Av.

Horn. C. M.— W 224 Slater Av.

Horsburgh, M. J.— W...151 Hoadley St.

Horst. A. J.—A 66 Blgelow St

Hosklns. P. C. — M 38 Wilbur Av.

Hostetler, C. N.— A 26 Wilbur St

Howells. J. A.— W 865 Miles Av.

Howk, L. E. — D 116 Commodore St

Hotcland, P. — L Huron Terrace

Hanson, B. M.— W 2220 Wlllson Av.

Hubbard, T.— W 4254 Euclid Av.

Hubbell, F. M,— A 678 Franklin Av.

Huff, F. H. — D The Ellington

Hulbert W. O.— A..127 Murray Hill Av.

Hulme, W. F.— W 48 Mayfleld St

Hutchlngs, L. H.— D Ill Wade Av.

Hurst E. M.— W 401 Rosedale Av.

Hutchinson. F. H. — W Haydn Hall

Hyde, R. E. — A 1957 Doan St

Iklrt. F. H.— M

Ingalls, N. W.— M 9 Dodge Ct.

Jackson, F. W. — M Hotel Beverly

Jackson. R. B. — D 593 Scovlll Av.

Jackson, V. M.— W.1057 E. Madison Av.

Jackson. W. S.— L Adelbert Hall

James, C. B. — A South Euclid

Janousek, E. A. — W 1772 Broadway

Jareckl, R. W.— L 63 Deerlng St.

Jenks, P. R. — A Nottingham

Jeschke, M. L. — ^W 83 Livingston St

Johnson, B. — ^W 41 Mt. Union St

Johnson, H. H. — L Overlook Rd.

Jones, E. M.— W.1143 Woodland Hills

Jones. E. P. — D 68 Eastman St

Jones, B. I. — W 1635 Harvard St

Jones, M. D. — ^W Independent St

Jones, O.— A 148 Murray Hill Av.

Joslyn. K. E. — W Guilford House

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

28o

DIRECTORY

[1903-1904.

Kabatchnlck. S. — L 52 Brookdale St.

Kadelecke, B. P.— L 1445 Central Av.

Kaechele. A. — ^A 78 Aaron St.

Kastrlner, M. W.— L 731 Scovlll Av.

Katz. M. E.— L 241 Beech St.

Keeler, J. A. — W Guilford House

Kelly, E. E. — W 25 Vienna St.

Kelton, E. C. — W Guilford House

Kendall, M. B.— W 1306 Cedar Av.

Kennan, R. R. — W Guilford House

Kennerdell, T. R. — A. 88 Merchants Av.

Kenney. W. A.— G 143 Cornell St.

Kent, D. McK. — D..12 Dellenbaugh Av.

Kenyan, H. C. — D 677 The Arcade

Klefer, L. R,— W Guilford House

King, A A. — A 151 Cornell St.

King. G. A. — W Guilford House

King. P. F.— M 792 Superior St.

Kirk, H. W.— W 27 Brookfleld St.

Kirkbrlde, C. T.— L...135 Streator Av.

Kitchen. J. H.— L 858 Euclid Av.

Kline, J. C— D 1379 Lexington Av.

Kline. J. P.—D 1379 Lexington Av.

Konlgslow, E. — W 882 Scovlll Av.

Knapp, A. C. — D 710 Superior St.

Knowlton, M. — W 630 Jennings Av.

Koblitz, E. M. — M Kennard St.

Krauss, C. L. — W 1997 Superior St.

Kurzenberger, W. — L 72 Noyes St.

Landsberg. R. — W The Euclid

Lang, P. A. H. — A 1383 Cedar Av.

Lanphear, W. P. Jr.— A . 782 Republic St.

Laubscher, G. G. — A 134 Duane St.

Laughbaum, M. A. — M

Lakeside Hospital
Laughren, W. A. — L.1571 Woodland Av.

Laurer, C. — D 171 Dodge St.

Laurer, C. R.— D 171 Dodd St.

Lawrence, E. J. — M . . . 413 The Ellington

Lawrence. E. L — L 4 Streator PI.

Lawrence, J. — L 709 Genesee Av.

Lawrence. H. S.— D Lakewood

Layman, L. R. — W Guilford House

Lea, F. W.— A 12 Adelbert Hall

Lee, B. M.— G 71 Tilden Av.

Lee, M. A.— A 157 Cornell St.

Leet. K. F. — L 20 Lakeview Av.

Lemmon, W. B. — A, 130 N. Chandler Av.

Lemperly, L. — W 574 Franklin Av.

Lenhart, C. H.— -M 1234 Oakdale St.

Leon, G. H.— W 1428 Willson Av.

Leonard, F. P. — ^D The Gladstone

Lessick. F. A.— W 486 Giddings At.

Leuhrs, F. M.— W 580 Willson Av.

Leutner, W. G. — A 137 Arlington St.

Lewis. W. A. — M...ErIe & St. Clair St.

Libby, G. L. — ^W 220 Princeton St.

Linn. L — W 151 Courtland St.

LInn, L. R.— W 112 Dibble Av.

Lipschltz. B. — D 190 Greenwood St.

Loewlnger, E. A. — M 390 Scovlll Av.

Logue, J. C. — A 1 Plymouth St.

Lombard, B. A. — W...462 Giddings A v.
Longsworth,, W. I. — A . . 201 Adelbert St.

Loomis, L. C. — A 1280 Willson Av.

Lovett, M. P.— W Haydn Hall

Lowe, R. C. — A 116 Streator Av.

Lower, W. E. — ^M 275 Prospect St.

Lucas, E. H. — W 12 Ames St.

Lucas. W. P. — M 49 Idlewood Av.

Luehrs, N. M.— W 580 Willson Av.

Lustlg. H. — L 2773 Broadway

Lyman, M. E. — W Guilford House

Lyttle, C. H.— A 52 Arlington St.

Mc Arthur, A. F.— A 203 Oakdale St.

McCartney, J. H. — G Bedford

McClure. R. H. — M 53 Holyoke PI.

McClure, W. C— L 28 Nantucket St

McCullough, R. C— L Adelbert Hall

McCurdy, S. M.— M

McDonaugh, J. F.^D

449 W. Madison Av.

McDowell. J. R. — M The Cary

McFate, J. C— M 739 Superior St

McFall, J. B. — W Guilford House

Maclntyre, A. L. — ^W 136 Sawtell Av.

McKean. R. B, — W Guilford House

McKelvy, B.— A 12 Adelbert Hall

McKeon, J. S.— A 151 Cornell St

McKim, E. B. — W Guilford House

MacMahon. E. T. — G. . . .1616 Lorain St

McMuUln. B. B.— A 151 Cornell St

McMurray. S. E. — W Guilford House

McMyler. H. T. — A Warrensvllle

McWatters, G. B.— A. . .125 Adelbert St
McWIIlIams. L. — L...809 Falrmount St

McWilllams, L. J.— A 1114 Case Av.

Magargee. G. W.— M Erie & St Clair

Magner. C. T.— D 64 Collins PL

Malln, W. C— A 7 Victoria Av.

Maloney, C. H. — D 16 Granger Bt

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1903-1904]

WESTBRN RESERVB UNIVERSITY

281

Maloney, W. A. — D 16 Granger St.

Maltby. B. T. — D 22 Wilmington St.

Maltby, B. J. — D 22 Wilmington St.

Mann, A. S. — L 1785 Cedar A v.

Mann, C. S.— A 1785 Cedar Av.

Mann. R. L.— W 40 Hllllster St.

Manley, R. M.— M

Marble. E. A.— W Haydn Hall

March, F. O.— A 157 Cornell St.

Marshall, J. H.— A 151 Cornell St.

Martin. W. C— A 84 Marvin Av.

Marvin, W. T. — A 43 Spangler Av.

Mathews. J. R— A 22 Dallas St.

Mathlevet, E. C— L 98 Tllden Av.

MattUl, H. A.— A 20 Sanford St.

Mattlngby, C. K. — D Lincoln Hotel

Maxwell, H. E.— D The Whittaker

Merriam. W. K.— M...275 Prospect St.

Merrill. G. E.— W 59 Knox St

Merrills. B. N. — A Adelbert Hall

Metzenbaum. J. — L 1117 Case Av.

}feyer, E. 8. — A Billings Av.

Meyer, J. H. — A 844 Logan Av.

Myer8, C. L. — W 95 Mayfleld St.

Myers. R. V.— A 1617 Cedar Av.

Michel. E. E.— W 1869 Superior St.

Miller, C. W.— A 26 Anndale Av.

Miller, C. R.— A 35 Billings Av.

Miller. L. M. — W Haydn Hall

Miller, W. A.— A Hiram House

Miller, W. T.— A...999 E. Madison Av.

Mills, J.— A 81 Mayfleld St.

Mills, V. G.— A 76 Beersford PI.

Minnig, A.— A 22 Cornell St.

Miser, W. G.— A 16 Adelbert Hali

Mitchell, G. C— D 347 Euclid Av.

Mitchell. U M.— W 14 Stanley Av.

Mitchnick. M.— A 34 Paddock PI.

Moffett, H. E. — D 1018 Scranton Av.

Moffett. R. R.— L 715 N. Logan A v.

Molony, M. C. — W 156 Jennings Av.

Monson, M. A. — W Guilford House

Mooney, N. N. — D 782 Superior St.

Moore. L. G.— M 446 Euclid Av.

Moorehouae, O. W. — M . . . 842 Logan Av.

Morgan, A. L.— W 2232 Willson Av.

Morgan. J. R.— L..130 Murray Hill Av.

Moi'ley, E. W. — A 63 Ingleslde Av.

Morris. C. A. — L 189 W. Madison Av.

Morris, M. A. — W..189 W. Madison Av.

Morrow, W. — W 228 E. Prospect St

Morton, A. W.—A 44 Frank St

Moses. M.— W 1197 Case Av.

Motherwell, R. B. — A... 142 Cornell St.

Moysey, M. K.— W Guilford House

Mueller. A.— W 53 Chestnut St.

Mueller, G. C. F.— A 1049 Doan St.

Mueller. G. M.— W 730 Willson Av.

Mumaw, E. M.— W Haydn Hall

Murphy, J. G.— L 1139 Superior St.

Myers, F. E.— W 1 Glen Park PI.

Mygatt. C. S.— D 860 Prospect St

Nauman, K. B. — A 9 Crawford PI.

Neff, M. D.— D 45 Arch wood St.

Nearpass. H. L. — A 45 Fairchild St.

Neer, E. D.— A 127 Murray Hill Av.

Newcomb. A. G.— L Adelbert Hall

Newton, N. D. — W..408 E. Prospect St.
Nimmons, W. T — A. 127 Murray Hill Av.

NIsbet. V. A.— W 439 Russell Av.

Noland, H. J.— W 1155 Doan St

Nord, H. J.— L Eldred Hall

Norton, J. T.— A 516 E. Prospect St.

Nostran. R. V.— W 204 Harkness Av.

Nutt A. P.— A 127 Murray Hill Av.

Oakley, A. E. — W 800 Hough Av.

Oakley, L. E. — W 800 Hough Av.

Oakley. L. M.— W 800 Hough Av.

Oberlln. J. F.— A 21 Adelbert Hall

Ochs. K E.— M 1103 Central A v.

O'Connor. B. E. — L 4 Streator PI.

O'Connor, J. H. A.— L 4 Streator PI.

O'Connor, N. A. — M

224 Starkweather Av.

Odlin. F. I.— W Guilford House

Opperman. A. E. — A 14 Winchester

Olin. H. E.— A 52 Oakdale St.

Oram, E. J.— G 31 Bell Av.

Ortli. C— W 1083 Pearl St

Osborne. C. N. — A 67 Irvlngton St

Osborne, R. M. — W Guilford House

Osbom, W. 0. — M 275 Prospect St

Osmond, J. D. — A 110 Streator Av.

Ossman. J. L.— W 229 Hamilton St

Ostrander, A. W. — D 48 Wallace St.

Otis, E. M^ — G Wllloughby

Paine. C. W. — G 692 Prospect St

Palmie, A. H.— W 48 Mayfleld St

Pankhurst, C. T.— M..117 Oiestnut St

Parker. J. A.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Parkin, G. B.— A 45 Malcolm St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

282

DIRKCTORY

[1903-1904

Parmenter, C. McK. — A. 717 Republic St.

Parks. P. K. — W Colllnwood

Patton, R.— A 24 Adelbert Hall

Pay. G. O.— M 118 Whitney St.

Peabody, C. A.— G 127 Kinsman St.

Peabody, M. A. — W 127 Kinsman St.

Peets, R. A. — W 62 Tennis St.

Pelton, P. H.— A Adelbert Hal!

Pennewell, C. B. — L . . . 1254 Wlllson Av.

Pennington, G. L. — W 79 Hough Av.

Perkins, E. If.— W 121 Adelbert St.

Perkins, R. G.— M. .Brie & St. Clalr Sts.

Perrin, J. W. — A 81 Cutler St.

Peterka, E. — M 61 Goethe St.

Petrash. A. J. — A 1191 Broadway

Petty, i. R. — A E. Cleveland

Pfelffer. P. E. — A 102 Adelbert St.

Pfelffer, U. J. — A 102 Adelbert St.

Phelan, L. H.— A 698 Bridge St.

Phelan. R. V. — G 698 Bridge St.

Phillips, E. D.— D 710 Superior St.

Phillips. G. A.— L The Pelton

Pierce, R. H. — A 102 Adelbert St.

Pllcher, J. D. — M....64 Aubumdale Av.

Plainer, 8. B. — A 24 Cornell St.

Pomerene, J. — A 47 Anndale St.

Pontius, B. B. — D Beckwith Flat

Pope, C— M 856 Rose Bldg

Pope. P. M. — A 127 Murray Hill Av.

Potter. H. M. — A 116 Streator Av.

Potwin. L. 8. — A 389 Rosedale Av.

Poveu, W, G.— M 693 Hough Av.

Powell. W. L. — D 593 Scovlll Av.

Prentiss, C. TF.— A 77 HUlbum Av.

Prentice. N. B. — A 12 Lakevlew Av.

Prescott. C. T. — A 1053 Wlllson Av.

Presley, B. D.— A 116 Streator Av.

Price. W, A. V. — D 2238 Euclid Av.

Proctor. R. R, — A 157 Cornell St.

Proudfoot. M. J. — W Guilford House

Quay, J. — W 4050 Euclid Av.

Quayle, H. A.— L 290 Sibley St.

Quayle. Z. G.— W 290 Sibley St.

Quinby, M. C— G E. Cleveland

Radcllffe, B. E.— A 135 Cedar Av.

Rayner, B. C. — W Guilford House

Reely. C. L.— A...127 Murray Hill Av.

Reeve, P. A. — W Guilford House

Remington^ H. — L 425 Rosedale Av.

Renouf, J. N. — D Kent

Richards. D. A. — D 222 Brownell St.

Rlemenschnelder. C. A. — L

161 Beachwood St.

Rlsch. J. F. — D 831 Prospect St.

Rltterspach, F. J. — M.413 The Ellington

Roberts, E. E. — W Guilford House

Roberts, N. If.— W 30 Sayles St.

Robinson. L. L. — L..805 Falrmount Sr.

Roblson. W. L. — ^A 5 Hay ward St.

Rose. M. G. — W Haydn Hall

Rosenberger. H. H. — D Lake Av.

Rosenwasser, H. — G

cor. Wlllson & Woodland Ats.

Ross, C. D. — ^W 37 Sayles St.

Roth. G. B.— A...156 Murray Hill Av.

Ruffln. L. M.— W 4 Hudson St.

Ruggles. J. R. — A 224 Streator Av.

Rush. J. H. — M University School

Ryder, S. M.— W 708 Franklin Av.

Sabln, R .R.— W 8^ Tllden Av.

Season, E. B. — M 2238 EucUd Av.

Saltzgaber. G. V. H. — L..2071 Doan St.

Sammler. W. — ^W Haydn Hall

Sampllner, E. A. — W. . .820 Kennard St.

Sandoe, D. N.— M 53 Holyoke PI.

Saunders. N. C— W 1265 Slater Av.

Sayle, F. M.— M 1499 Cedar Av.

Schaechterle. J. F. — A.. 58 Kinsman St.
Schleslnger. W. A.— M..129 McBrlde St.

Schneider, C. B. — W Haydn Hall

Schneider, F. R.— W Haydn Hall

Schoenhut, C. C. — W... Guilford House

Schuele, L. C— W 15 Jay St

Schuler, C. — ^A 122 Oregon St

Schuls, O. — M Charity Hospital

Schwarts, E, — A 126 Merchant St

Schwarti, B. — L 25 McKlnstry St.

Schwarts, H. — W 40 Collamer Av.

Seagrave. P. W. — A 56 Mayfleld St

Searles, W. S. — L The Manhattan

Seesholts. A. G. — W Guilford House

Scgur, F. H. — D 407 Prospect St.

Selds, A. C— D 171 Dodd St

8€tby, C. D.— M St. Alexis Hospital

Selmlnskl, H,— W 84 Princeton St

Sellska. J. A. — ^M 18 Wageman St

Semple, M. V.— L..150 Murray Hill Av.

Senseny, H. M. — A 148 Lincoln Av.

Sensel, E. H. — ^L 124 Putnam St

Severance, A. D. — ^A 1981 Bucild Av.

Shackleton, W. B. — M. . .605 The Osbom

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

X903-I904]

WESTERN RKSBRVB UNIVERSITY

283

Shannon, H. C. — L....2298 BucUd Av.

Sharp. O. B.— A 46 Fairchlld St.

Shaw, A. J. — ^A 748 N. Logan At.

Shaw, O. B.— W 723 Republic St.

Shepherd, H. D. — ^W Guilford House

Sherman, A. — W 542 Pranklln Av.

Sherwood, Z. O. — ^A .Madison

Sheuer. J.— A 16 Adelbert Hall

Shreye, C. G.— A. . .127 Murray Hill Av.

Shriber. B. A. — D 508 Prospect St.

Shube. O. S.— D 87 Unden St.

Shulman. B. O. — L 14 Stranwood St.

Sill. R. H.— H 53 Holyoke PI.

Simpson, H. — L 38 Quebec St.

Simpson, J. M.— D 968 Prospect St.

Singer, W. B.— A..166 Murray Hill Av.
Sipe, D. R.— A..127 Murray Hill Av.

Sipher, J, A. — ^M 'Hie Raddiffe

Skeel, B. L.— L 881 Stark St

Smith, C. — A 14 Kenmore St.

Smith, O. J.-— A 35 Adelbert St.

Smith, D. B.— W 1204 Cedar Av.

Smith, B P.— M 124 Handy St.

Smith, G. W.— D 178 Herald St.

Smith, H.— W 193 Oakdale St.

Smith, H. — W 37 Grasmere St

Smith, H. F. — ^D Hiram House

Smith, J. W.— L 8083 Euclid Av.

Smith. L. L.— D 831 Prospect St.

Smith, R. G. — W Guilford House

Smith, W. A. — D Lincoln Hotel

Snow. R. R. — L 55 Belmore Rd.

Solberg, O. B. — W 2 Sturtevant St

Solomonson, S. H. — M 1022 Case Av.

Souers, L. B. — L Cedar and Watklns

Spence, H. L. — M.512 New England Bldg

Spicer, D. M.— M 2370 Crosby St

Staral, J. A.— M 1251 Wlllson Av.

Stanberry, M. — W Haydn Hall

Stapleton. J. — A 2 Venning PI.

Stauffer, P. M.— A 729 Republic St

Steams, A. A. — L 87 Oakdale Av.

Stein. L. I.— W 1055 Case Av.

Stein, R.— W 1055 Case Av.

Stevens. E. E. — A 2036 Broadway

Stevens, F. A. — W Haydn Hall

Stevens, G. E. — ^W 2036 Broadway

Stevens, H. F. — W 2086 Broadway

Stewart, C. C— M.Erie and St Clair St
Stickle, A. R— A..151 Murray Hill Av.

Stickle, R. J.— A 143 Cornell St

Stilwell. L. B. — W 37 Stanwood Rd,

Stone, F. A.— L 2071 Doan St

Stoney, F. L. — W 30 Bridge St.

Stowell, F. Z.— W 67 Cutler St

Strachan. W. M. — ^A 2423 Broadway

Strangways, T. M. — D. .739 Superior St

Streich. A. C— G 801 Wlllson Av.

Strong, C. A.-^A Adelbert Hall

Strong, B. — G 82 Brookfleld St.

Strong. B. P. — L 486 Lake St.

Stuart, C. a— M 416 Rose Bldg.

Summers, H. C. — A 1528 Superior St

Stumpf, C. L. — W....719 Dennlson Av.
Sunkle, R. H. — M. Pearl St. & Clark Av.

Sutton. G. C— A 491 Cfentral Av.

Swift H. F.— M 41 The Cary

Swltser, L. E. — W Guilford House

Talcott W. B—A

Rosedale Av. & Crawford Rd.

Tarr. H. M.— -M 193 Clinton St

Taylor, B. B. — W Guilford House

Taylor, T. J. — M 2158 Superior St

Taylor. W. E. — A 78 Oakdale St

Tiemey, J, 8. — M 532 Rose Bldg.

'Hiacher. M. A. — W Haydn Hall

Thayer, M. H. — W Guilford House

Thomas, B. H. — W 59 Norton Av.

Thomas. G. F. — ^M. 192 Erie St

Thomas, G. L. — W 2688 Warner Rd.

Thomas, H. A. — W 27 Walker St.

Thomas, J. J. — M 665 Hough A v.

Thomas, O, T. — M 85 Edgewood PI.

Tompkins, W. K — L 149 Cedar Av.

Thompson, J. E. — M.168 Crawford Rd.

Thompson. L. R. — A 44 Burt St.

Thwing, C. C— A..156 Murray Hill Av.
Thwing, C. F. — Prest. .55 Bellflower Av.
Torrey, B L. — W

4132 Euclid Av.. E. Cleveland
Totoer, O. F. — A

The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Towslee, L. O. — W.. 406-8 Osbom Bldg.

Tracy, F. B. — ^W Euclid. O.

Trowbridge, F. L.— L 84 Miles Av.

Truzal, G. W. — A 23 Kelton St

Tryan, S. B. — M

Tuckerman, L. M. — W . . . Guilford House
Tumey, J. M.— G...219 N. St Clair St

Turrill, G. D.— A 401 Rosedale Av.

Turrlll, G L. — W 401 Rosedale Av.

Tyler, B. E.— M 51 Dalsey Av.

Tyler, C. W. — L 25 Grace A v.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

284

DIRECTORY

[1903-1904

Unger, R. C. — D 779 Case Av.

ITpham, F. S. — A 39 Knox St.

Urquhart, L. C— A 2228 Willaon Av.

Van Doom, J. W. — D. .455 The Arcade
Van Eppa, M. E. — W. .905 S. Logan Av.

Van Nostran. E L. — W

204 Harkness Av.
Van Vliet. M. L.— W..373 Harkness Av.

Van Voorhls, R. F.— A 1492 Dix St.

Van Wormer. V. W. — W 27 Kirk St.

Vincent, F. W. — M Illram House

Vltz, C. P. P.— A 45 Marvin Av.

Von den Stcinen, E. — A. 883 Central Av.

Wachner. S. C— A Adelbert Hall

Waddle, G. A. — L 2071 Doan St.

Wadsworth, C. II.— D.. 1304 Euclid Av.

Wagner, H. O.— M 702 Rose Bldg.

Wait. M. C— W 17 Republic PI.

Walte, F. E.— L 785 Superior St.

Walker. E. W.— D 156 Dodge St.

Wallace, A. E. — W Guilford House

Wallace. C W.— A Wllloughby

Wallace. N. F.— W 67 Tllden Av.

Wallace. S. J.— L Northfleld

Walsh, J. D. — W 69 Hower Av.

Ward. B. B.— M

Ward, W. P.— A 235 Ursula St.

Wark, J. F.-~D 332 Cedar Av.

Warner, A. R. — M 739 Hough Av.

Warner, R. C— A Adelbert Hall

Watson. Z. M. — W 59 Knox St.

Water. R M. — A Hough Av.

Waugh, J M. — M 44 Knowles St.

Weber, H. G.— D 831 Prospect St.

Weber, O. A. — M The Cary

Webster. C E.— D 508 Prospect St.

Wedow, F M.— W 93 Tllden Av.

Weedman, D. V.— D 831 Prospect St.

Welmer, E. A. — W..144 Hawthorne Av.

Wells. J. H.— M 121 Lonsdale Av.

Wenger, Rv F. — M 50 Davenport St

Weir, W. H.—^ 260 Euclid Av.

Weis, K.— W 354 Marcelllne Av.

Whelan. C— W 103 Kentucky St

Whipple, R. II. — A 771 Dennison Av.

White, A B.— A 19 La Grange St

White, E.— W Euclid, O.

White, H. C— L 344 Harkness Av.

White. H. L.— W 49 Cory St.

Whitman, F. P. — A 79 Adelbert St.

Whitslar, W. H.—D. .700 Schofield Bldg.

Whltworth, E. C— W 61 Gorman Av.

Wilhur, R. C— L 820 Falrmount St.

Wilkin, M. B.— W

The Kenmore, Cedar At.

Williams, C— W 43 Beersford Pl-

Wllllams, C. D.— M 717 Rose Bldg

WilliamB, E. C— Lib 71 Elberon Av.

Williama, F, R. — L 700 Payne Av.

Williams, H. R.— A 22 Cornell St

Williams. J. P.— A 161 Cornell St

Williams, L. B.— W 127 Streator Av.

Williamson, C. C. — A. 117 Rldgewood Av.

WHaon, G. H.—D 701 Schofield Bldg.

Wilson. H. R. C— D 74 Burt St

Wilson, J. W. — A 46 Murial Av.

Wilcox, A. G.— M 117 Dodge St

Wilcox, O. N.— L 59 Olive St

Winger. M. L.— D 798 Republic St

Winters, J. C— L 2071 Doan St

Wise, E. R.— A 230 Clark Av.

Wittier, M.— W Haydn HaU

Wolcott J. V. — L 72 Grasmere St.

Womachka. E. A. — D 155 Swiss St-

Woodward. F. — W 95 Mayfleld Rd.

Wolf. B. E.— A 529 Scovlll Av.

Woolf, L. A.— M... Erie & St Clair St.
Woolfolk. R. A.— A. 156 Murray Hill Av.

Worthington, E. — W Guilford House

WrfgJit, D. A.—D 304 Cedar Av.

Wright, Mra, D. A.—D... 304 Cedar Av.

Yaggi. H. K. — ^M 314 Dunham Av.

Yaggl. L. E.— L 77 Hough Av.

Yeagle, M. C— M 815 Parkwood Av.

Yoder, H. E.— M 1103 Central Av.

Yoder, H. O.— L 46 Fairchild St

Young, A. A.— A 18 Adelbert Hall

Young D. J.— L Adelbert Hall

Young, H.— L Adelbert Hall

Young, J. — W 22 Melrose Av.

Young, L, H. — W 22 Melrose Av.

Young. S. A. — M 2370 Crosby St.

Zavosky, F. — D 9 Vergennes St.

Zeigler, D, H.—D 726 Rose Bldg.

Zlemer. W. O. — M...34 Woodbridge St.

Zlnner, O. J. — A 1242 Broadway

Zottarelll, J. V.— L 46 Fairvlew Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 903-1 904] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

285

INDEX

ji ji

APPENDICES .

265

ADELBERT COLLEGE,

Admission 38

Aid to Students 75

Alnmni Association 270

Conrse of study 44-68

Degrees 70

Expenses 75

Faculty 29

Grades of scholarship 09

Historical statement 25

Honors 71

Laboratories and museums 65

Libraries 64

Physical training 67

Prizes 72

Religious worship 64

Requirements for admission 88

Scholarship — see Aid.

Students 82

Terms and vacations 6i

ALUMNI ASSOCIATIONS 270

CALENDAR 8

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,

Admission 90

Advisory council 79

Aid to students 125

Alumni association 270

Course of study 94-116

Degrees 118

Dormitory 122

Expenses 125

Faculty 80

General statement 77

Laboratories 120

Libraries 118

Ph:^8ical training 121

Religious worship 124

Scholarship— see Aid.

Students 83

Terms and vacations 117

DENTAL DEPARTMENT,

Admission 234

Alnmni Association 271

Building 245

CUnics 243

Courses of study 285

Degree 246

Expenses 246

Faculty 229

General statement 227

Libraries 64, 246

Students 281

DIRECTORY AND OFFICERS 276

FACULTY 8

GRADUATE DEPARTMENT,

Courses of instruction 182-145

Faculty 128

General information 146-148

Libraries 146

Publication fund 148

Students 180

HISTORICAL STATEMENTS

25,77,127,149,211, 227,250

LAW SCHOOL,

Admission 220

Alumni association 271

Courses of instruction 220-223

Degree— see Examinations,

Examinations 225

Expenses 226

Faculty 218

Historical statement 211

Libraries 64, 225

Location 225

Moot courts 224

Scholarships 226

Students 215

University advantages 226

LIBRARY SCHOOL,

Admission 252

Course of Study 252

Degree 282

Expenses 262

Faculty 251

General statement 250

Libraries 260

Terms and vacations 260

MEDICAL COLLEGE.

Admission 161

Alumni association 270

Clinics 193

Course of study 166-186

Dispensaries 105

Examinations 185

Expenses 196

Faculty 152

General statement 149

Hospital appointments 194

Hospitals 192

Laboratories 189

Libraries 189

Museums 191

Schedule 167

Students 157

Text-books 184

PUBLICATION FUND 74

SENATE 7

SUMMARY OF NUMBERS 264

SUMMER SCHOOL 263

TRUSTEES 6

TRUSTEE COMMITTEES 7

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Western Reserve University

CATALOGUE

1 904- 1 905

CLEVELAND, OHIO

CLBVELANU, U

PRB6S OF WINN ftJUDSON

1906

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CONTENTS.

Gbnrral Statement 5

Trustees 6

Faculty, Instructors and Officers 8

Adelbert College — Historical Statement / . . . . 27

Faculty and Students 31

Requirements for Admission 41

Courses of Study 48

General Information 67

Expenses 77

The College for Women — General Statement 80

Faculty and Students 84

Requirements for Admission 94

Courses of Study loo

General Information • • . . 121

Expenses 128

Graduate Department — General Statement 131

Faculty and Students 132

Courses of Study 135

General Information 150

Medical Coixege — General Statement 153

Faculty and Students 156

Requirements for Admission 166

Courses of Study 173

General Information 195

Expenses 205

The School of Law — Historical Statement 210

Faculty and Students 212

Admission, and Course of Instruction 220

General Information 224

Expenses 226

Dental Department— General Statement 227

Faculty and Students 229

Admission and Course of Study 234

General Information 245

Expenses 247

Library School — General Statement 250

Faculty and Students 251

Admission and Course of Study 255

General Information 266

Expenses 269

General Summary 270

Appendices 271

Directory 292

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CALENDAR*

1904.

19-20 Sept.

Monday-Tuesday

Examinations for admission;

matriculation and registration.

20 Sept.

Tuesday

First term begins.

24 Nov.

Thursday

Thanksgiving day.

23 Dec.

Friday (evening)

Winter recess begins.

1905.

3 Jan.

Tuesday (evening)

Winter recess ends.

26 Jan.

Thursday

Examinations begin.

4 Feb.

Saturday

First term ends.

5 Feb.

Sunday

Day of prayer for colleges.

6 Feb.

Monday

Second term begins.

22 Feb.

Wednesday (evening) Washington's birthday.

19 April

Wednesday (evening) Easter recess begins.

26 April

Wednesday

Easter recess ends.

30 May

Tuesday

Decoration day.

I June

Thursday

General examinations begin.

II June

Sunday

Baccalaureate sermon.

12 June

Monday

Undergraduate day.

13 June

Tuesday

Prize oratorical contest, Adelbert
College.

14 June

Wednesday

Meeting of alumni.

14 June

Wednesday

Commencement, College for

IS June

Thursday

Commencement.

16-17 June

Friday-Saturday

Examinations for admission.

SUMMER VACATION

OF THIRTEEN WEEKS

18-19 Sept.

Monday-Tuesday

Examinations for admission;
matriculation and registration.

19 Sept.

Tuesday

First term begins

30 Nov.

Thursday

Thanksgiving day.

22 Dec.

Friday (evening)

Winter recess begins.

1906.
3 Feb.

Saturday

First term ends.

*Por Library School the EoBtcr recess extends to April 29; general examina-
tions begin June 5; examinations for admission (1905) September 7-8, and first term
begins ^ptember 12.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

August

February

August

1 1 2

••

Sbptbmber

March

Sbftembbr

4' ..

1«

October

April

October

.. 1 ..

4 6

8 4

10 11

17 18

22 22

24 25 26

24 26

31 .. 1 ..

.. 1..

NOVBMBBR

May

4| 5

11 12

1ft

22 23

^^'^

29 30

!.'.

Dbcbmbbr

June

Dbcbmbbr

.. 1

4 6

11 12

18 19

25126

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

GENERAL STATEMENT

Western Reserve University embraces seven
departments* —

Adelbef t G>lles:e — formerly Western Reserve College —
founded at Hudson in 1826, and removed to Cleveland
in 1882.

The College for Women, established in 1888.

The Department of Graduate Instrtiction, established
in 1892 by the Faculties of Adelbert College and the College
for Women; designed to offer to college graduates courses
leading to the degree of A. M. and Ph. D.

The Medical College— formerly known as the Cleve-
land Medical College — founded in 1844, offering a course of
four years in medicine.

The Franklin T. Backus Law School, opened in 1892;
designed by means of a course of study covering three years,
to give an adequate training for the practice of the law.

The Dental Department, opened in 1892; designed to
teach the art of dentistry as a department of medicine.

The Library School, opened in 1904, with a course of
two years in library methods and administration.

Popular and educational lectures are included in the
plans of the University.

Charles F. Thwing, President.

*Por Articles of Incorporation, tee Appendix II.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

TRUSTEES

CHARLES F. THWING, D. D., LL. D., President, Cleveland.

HIRAM C HAYDN, D. D., LL. D., Vice President, Cleveland.

WILLIAM H. UPSON, A. B., Vice President, Akron.

JOHN HAY, LL. D., Washington, D. C

LIBERTY E. HOLDEN, A. M., Cleveland.

EDWIN R. PERKINS, A. B., Cleveland.

SAMUEL MATHER, A. M., Cleveland.

J. HOMER WADE, A. M., Cleveland.
tWILUAM H. BALDWIN, A. B., Washington, D. C.
tJOEL M. SEYMOUR, A. B., B. D., Alliance.

WASHINGTON S. TYLER, Cleveland.

JOHN H. McBRIDE, Cleveland.
tCHARLES M. RUSSELL, A. B., Massillon.
*HARRY A. GARFIELD, A. B., Princeton, N. J.
♦CHARLES L. PACK, Cleveland.
tMOSES G. WATERSON, A. M., Cle\^eland.

HERBERT A. HITCHCOCK, A. B., Michigan City, Ind.

ALFRED A. POPE, Cleveland.

LOUIS H. SEVERANCE, New York City.

HENRY R. HATCH, Cleveland.

WORCESTER R. WARNER, D. Sc, Cleveland.

LEWIS H. JONES, A. M., Ypsilanti, Mich.

WILLIAM D. REES, Cleveland.
tWILLIAM G. MATHER, A. B., Cleveland.
♦ANDREW SQUIRE, LL. D, Cleveland.
tDAVID Z. NORTON, Cleveland.
♦CHARLES W. BINGHAM, A. B., Cleveland.
♦CHARLES F. BRUSH, Ph. D. LL. D., Cleveland.
♦HORACE E. ANDREWS, A. B., Cleveland.
♦GEORGE A. GARRETSON, Cleveland.
tWILLIAM E. GUSHING, A. B., LL. B., Cleveland.

H. A. HARING, A. B., Secretary and Treasurer.

Office in Adelbert College Building.

• Tnistces of the University only, t Trustees of Adelbert College only. All othert
are Trustees of both corporations.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE UNIVERSITY

Samubi, Mathbr, Louis H. Sbvbrancb, J. Hombr Wadb,
Washington S. Tylbr, John H. McBridb.

THE UNIVERSITY SENATE

Thb Executivb Committbb.

Thb Prbsidbnt of thb Univbrsity.

Thb Dbans of thb Sbvbral Dbpartmbnts.
Propbssors M. M. Curtis and S. B. Pi^tnbr, for Adelbcrt College.
Propbssors H. E. Bournb and H. N. Fowler, for College for Women.
Professors J. H. Lowman and D. P. Allen, for Medical College.
Professors H. H. Johnson and H. C. White, for Law School.

COMMITTEES OF THE TRUSTEES OF
ADELBERT COLLEGE

prudential committbb :

Samuel Mather, Edwin R. Perkins, Henry R. Hatch,

J. Homer Wade, Washington S. Tyler.

ON instruction :
Hiram C. Haydn, Edwin R. Perkins, Samuel Mather.

on buildings and grounds :
Liberty E. Holden, Henry R. Hatch, Alfred A. Pope.

on the budget :

Samuel Mather, Washington S. Tyler, David Z. Norton,

William H. Baldwin, Henry R. Hatch.

ON western reserve academy :

Herbert a. Hitchcock, Charles M. Russell,

William H. Baldwin.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranged alphabetically wilhin each division.

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflowcr Av.

President,
A. B., Harvard Coll., 1876; B. D., Andover Theological Seminary,
1879; D. D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1888; LL. D., Illinois Coll. and
Marietta Coll., 1894; Washington and Jefferson, 1902; President Adelbert
College and Western Reserve University, 1890 —

Hiram Collins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 173 Bellflowcr Av.

Vice President and Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature.

A. B., Amherst ColL, 1866; D. D., Woostcr Univ., 1878; LL. D., Am-
herst Coll. and Marietta Coll., 1888; President Adelbert College and Western
Reserve University, 1887-90; Instructor in Biblical Literature, College for
Women, 1888-96; Professor of Biblical Literature, 1896 —

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., (Absent for the year.)

LeMngwell Professor of Philosophy,

A. B., Univ. of Toronto, 1887; Instructor, Univ. of Southern California,
1888; Yale Univ., 1888-91; Lecturer on History of Philosophy, Yale Univ.,
1890-91; Ph. D., Yale, 1891; Professor of Logic and Philosophy Trinity
Coll.. N. C, 1891-93; Honorary Fellow, Clark Univ., 1892-93; Professor of
Philosophy, College for Women, 1898 —

Dudley Peter Allen, A. M., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery

A. B., Oberlin Coll., 1875; A. M., 1883; M. D., Harvard Univ., 1880;
Freiburg, Berlin, Vienna, London, Leipsic, 1880«82; Lecturer and Professor
of Surgery, Western Reserve University, 1898 —

Henry Lovejoy Ambler, M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Ave.

Professor of Operative Dentistry, History of Dentistry,

and Oral Hygiene,

Dean of the Dental College.

B. S., Hillsdale Coll., 1864; M. S., 1867; D. D. S., Ohio Coll. of
Dental Surgery, 1867; M. D., Cleveland Univ. of Medicine and Surgery;
1868; Professor of Dental Science in the same institution, 1868-70;
Lecturer in Dental Hygiene, Dental College of Western Reserve University,
1892; Professor of Operative Dentistry and Hygiene, 1893 —

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine,

Registrar and Bursar of the Medical College.

M. D., Cleveland Medical Coll., 1873; Professor of Diseases of Children,
Woostcr Univ., 1889-98; Professor of Hygiene, Western Reserve University,
1898—

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 9

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Professor of Romance Languages,

A. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1880; A. M., 1890; Instructor in French,
1892-95; Student Paris and Vienna, Rome, Florence, Madrid, 1896-98; Ph. D.,
Univ. of Vienna, 1897; Instructor in French, Univ. of Michigan, 1898*99;
Assistant Professor, 1899-1901; Associate Professor of Romance Languages,
Adelbert College, 1901-1908; Professor of Romance Languages, 1903 —

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Coraell St.

Professor of History.

A. B., Yale Coll., 1883; B. D., Yale Divinity School, 1887; Hooker Fellow,
Yale Divinity School, 1887-88; Teacher of History and Psychology, Free Acad.,
Norwich, Conn., 1889-92; Professor of History and Instructor in Philosophy,
College for Women, 1892-93; Professor of History, 1893 —

William Howard Brett, A. M., 205 Wood St

Lecturer on Library Architecture, History, and Administration.

Dean of Library School.

Adelbert Coll., 1870-71; Univ. of Michigan Medical Coll., 1868-69;
Librarian Cleveland Public Library, 1884 — ; Dean of the Library School
Western Reserve University, 1908 —

Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.
United States Naval Acad., 1881; M. D., The Medical Coll., Western
Reserve Univ., 1886; Lecturer on Minor Surgery, Medical Department of
Wooster Univ., 1887-88; Berlin, Vienna, Paris, 1888-89; Professor of Princi-
ples of Surgery, Wooster Univ., 1890-94; Professor of. the Principles of
Surgery and Clinical Surgery in Medical College, Western Reserve University,
1894—

Alfred G. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Streator Av.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice.
A. B., Ohio Wesleyan Univ., 1873; A. M., 1876; LL. B., Univ. of
Michigan, 1876; Professor of Law of Contracts, Western Reserve University,
1896-1902; Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice, 1902 —

Henry Bardwell Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Professor of the Law of Bills and Notes and Evidence.
A. B., Obcrlin, 1885; LL. B., Harvard Univ., 1890; Professor of the
Law of Agency, Western Reserve University, 1897-04; Professor of the Law
of Bills and Notes and Evidence, 1904 —

William T. Corlett, M- D., L. R. C. P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.
Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology.
M. D., Wooster Univ., 1877; L. R. C. P., London, 1882; Professor of
Dermatology and Syphilology, Western Reserve University, 1898 —

George W. Crile, Ph. D., M. D., 169 Kensington Av.

Professor of Clinical Surgery.

A. B., Ohio Normal Univ., 1882; A. B., Wooster Univ., 1887; M. D.,
1887; Student in New York, Vienna and London, 1887-95; Professor of
Physiology and Surgery, Wooster Medical Coll., 1897-1900; Ph. D., Hiram
Coll., 1899; Professor of Clinical Surgery, Western Reserve University, 1900 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lO FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adclbcrt St

Handy Professor of Philosophy,

A. B., Hamilton Coll., 1880; B. D., Union Theological Seminary, 1883;
A. M., Hamilton Coll., 1883; Pastor at Hastings-on-Hudson and at Cleve-
land, 1888-88; Univ. of Leipsic, 1888-91; Ph. D., 1890; Professor of Phil-
osophy, Adelbert Coll., 1891 —

Frank M. Casto, Ph. G., M. D., D. D. S., 719 Schoficld Bldg.

Professor of Orthodontia,

D. D. S., Ohio Medical Univ., 1894; M. D., 1900; Ph. C, 1904; Angle
School of Orthodontia, 1902; Assistant Professor of Operatic Dentistry, Ohio
Medical Univ., 1900-01; Professor of Orthodontia, 1901-05; Professor of
Orthodontia, Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Henry Platt Gushing, M. S., 260 Sibley St

Professor of Geology.

Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1882; Cornell Univ.. 1882-88; School of Mines,
Columbia Coll., 1883-84; Cornell Univ., 1884-85; M. S., 1885; Instructor in
Geology, Chemistry and Physics, State Normal School, Mankato, Minn., 1885<
91; Univ. of Munich, 1891-92; Instructor in Geology and Chemistry, Adelbert
College, 1892-98; Associate Professor of Geology, 1893-95; Professor of
Geology, 1895 —

Edward Fitch Gushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children.

Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1883; M. D., Harvard Univ., 1888; Professor of
the Diseases of Children, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

John E. Darby, A. M., M. D., Doan St and Euclid A v.

Professor of Therapeutics.

A. B., Williams Coll., 1858; A. M., 1861; M. D., Western Reserve Univ.,
1861; Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1867 —

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literatures.

Dean of the Graduate School.

Centre Coll., 1879-80; Vanderbilt Univ., 1880-85; A. B.. 1884; A. M.,
1885; Instructor in German, Vanderbilt Univ., 1885-86; Univ. of Leipsic,
1886-89; Ph. D., 1889; Adjunct Professor of Germanic Languages and Liter-
atures, Vanderbilt Univ., 1889-92; Professor of Germanic Languages and Lit-
eratures, College for Women, 1892 —

Oliver Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 98 Wadena St, East Qeveland.
Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology,

A. B., Iowa Coll., 1882; A. M., 1885; Superintendent of Schools,
Grinnell, la., 1882-84; Muscatine, la., 1884-86; Principal of the Academy of
Iowa Coll., 1885-88; Goodwin Smith Fellow in English, Cornell Univ., 1888-
89; Instructor in English, Cornell Univ., 1889-91; Ph. D., 1891; Assistant
Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology, 1892-96; Professor of Rhetoric
and English Philology, Adelbert College, 1896 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II

Harou) North Fowler, Ph. D., 33 Cornell St.

Clark Professor of Greek.

A. B., Harvard Coll., 1880; Classical Master in Marston's University
School, Baltimore, 1880-82; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1880-81; American School
of Qassical Studies at Athens. 1882-88; Univ. of Berlin, 1883-84; Univ. of
Bonn., 1884-85; Ph. D., 1886; Instructor in Greek, Latin, and Archaeolo^,
Harvard Coll., 1885-88; Instructor in Latin, Phillips Exeter Acad., 1888-90;
Professor of Latin, Phillips Exeter Acad., 1890-92; Professor of Greek, Univ.
of Texas, 1892-93; Professor of Greek, College for Women, 1893 —

Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law of Crimes, Criminal Procedure, and Damages.

A. B.j Oberlin Coll., 1878; Professor of the Law of Crimes and Damages,
Western Reserve University, 1894 —

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Henry Wilson Payne Professor of Anatomy.

M. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1890; Demonstrator of Anatomy, Univ.
of Pennsylvania, 1890-93; Professor of Anatomy, Western Reserve University,
1893—

Charles Harris, Ph. D., 77 Cutler St.

Professor of German.

A. B., Indiana Univ., 1879; Ph. D., Univ. of Leipsic, 1883; Instructor in
German, Academic Department of Vincennes Univ., 1883-86; Professor of
French and German, Southern Illinois State Normal School, 1886-88; Profes-
sor of German, Oberlin Coll., 1888-93; Professor of German, Adelbert College,
1893—

FRANas HoBART Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St.

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection.
A. B.. Dartmouth Coll., 1881; Ph. D., Johns Hopkins Univ., 1888; D. Sc,
Western Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1897; Instructor in Biology, Adelbert Coll.,
1888-91; Professor of Biology, 1891—

Francis Rufus Herrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts.
A. B., Yale Univ., 1888; Professor of Law of Torts, Western Reserve
University, 1897 —

Charles F. Hoover, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Physical Diagnosis.
A. B., Harvard Univ., 1890; M. D., 1892; Professor of Physical Diagno-
sis, Western Reserve University, 1895 —

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts, Trusts and Equity Jurisdiction,

Dean of the Law School.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1889; LL. B., Harvard Univ., 1892; Professor of
Law of Contracts and Equity Jurisdiction and Dean of Law School, Western
Reserve University, 1892 —

William T. Howard, Jr., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology, Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology.

Univ. of Virginia, 1885-87; M. D., Univ. of Maryland, 1889; Johns
Hopkins Univ., 1889-»4; Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology, Western
Reserve University, 1894 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

12 FACUI.TY AND OFFICERS [1904-1905

Paul Rowland, A. M., LL. B., 11 74 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Partnership.
A. B., Oberlin Cdll., 18«4; A. M., 1894; LL. B., Harvard Univ.. 1880;
Professor of Law of Pleading and Practice, and Partnership. Western Re-
serve University, 1896 — ,

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English,
A. B., Vanderbilt Univ., 1890; Assistant hi Greek. 1889-90; Teacher of
English and Mathematics in the Nashville University School. 1890-91; Univ.
of Leipsic, 1891-92; Univ. of Jena. 1892-98; Univ. of Freiburg, 1898-94; Ph.
D.. 1804; Instructor in German. Adelbert College, 1894-96; Associate Pro-
fessor of English, College for Women, 1896-1900; Professor of English. 1900 —

Homer Hosea Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of the Law of Corporations,

A. B.. Oberlin Coll., 1885; A. M.. 1888; LL. B.. Harvard Univ., 1888;
Professor of the Law of Trusts and Constitutional Law. Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1893-1904; Professor of the Law of Corporations, 1904 —

Herman Clifford Kenyon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Professor of Operative Technique and Dental Anatomy.

D. D. S., Western Reserve University, 1898; Demonstrator of Prosthetic

Dentistry, 1898-1901; Instructor of Prosthetic and Operative Technique, and

Lecturer on Dental Anatomy. 1901-1908; Professor of Operative Technique and

Dental Anatomy, 1908 —

James Lawrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

Professor of Constitutional Law.
A, B.. Kenyon Coll., 1871; Professor of the Law of Public and Private
Corporations, Western Reserve University, 1896-1904; Professor of Constitu-
tional Law. 1904 —

John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine,
A. B., Connecticut Wesleyan Univ.. 1871; A. M., 1874; M. D., Wooster
Medical Coll., 1873; M. D., Coll. of Physicians and Surgeons. New York,
1876; Professor of Medicine, Western Reserve University, 1881 —

John James R. Macleod, M. B. (Aberd.), D. P. H. (Camb.),

Professor of Physiology. 288 Van Ness A v.

M. B., Ch. B., Aberdeen Univ., 1898; Anderson Fellow. Aberdeen Univ.,
1898-1900; Demonstrator in Physiology, London Hospital, 1900-1903; Mackin-
non Research Student, Royal Society, 1902-1908; D. P. H., Univ. of Cam-
bridge, 1902; Lecturer in Bio-Chemistry, London Hospital, 1902; Professor
of Physiology, Western Reserve University, 1903 —

Benjamin L. Millikin, A. M., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Professor of Ophthalmology,
Dean and Executive OfUccr of the Medical College,
A. B., Allegheny Coll., 1874; A. M., 1877; M. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania,
1879; Ophthalmic Surgeon Charity Hospital, 1884; Lakeside Hospital. 1898;
Professor of Ophthalmology, Western Reserve Univ., 1894 — ; Dean of Medi-
cal College. Western Reserve University, 1900 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVEPSITY 13

Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Evcrlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.

Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.

A. B., Williams Coll., 1860; A. M., 1868; M. D., Cleveland Medical Coll.,
1877; Ph. D., Wooster Univ., 1879; LL. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1891:
Williams Coll., 1901; Professor of Chemistry, Western Reserve College and
Adelbert College, 1869—

Anna Helene Palmii^, Ph. B., 48 Mayfield St

Professor of Mathematics,

Ph. B., Cornell Univ., 1890; Fellow in Mathematics, 1890-91; Instructor
in Mathematics and German, College for the Training of Teachers, New
York City, 1891-92; Instructor in Mathematics, College for Women, 1S92-93;
Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1898-95; Professor of Mathematics,
1896—

♦Charles Elliott Pennewell, 1254 ^yillson Av.

Professor of the Law of Real Property.

Professor of the Law of Real Property, Western Reserve University,
1892—

Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Woods Professor of Latin,
a. B., Vassar Coll., 1879; Instructor in Classics, Central High School,
Cleveland, 1879-92; Associate Professor of Latin, College for Women, 1892-
98; Professor of Latin, 1898 —

Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Professor of Bacteriology,

A. B., Union Coll., 1898; A. B., Harvard Univ., 1894; M. D., Johns
Hopkins Univ., 1898; Resident Pathologist, Lakeside Hospital, 1899-1901;
Demonstrator of Pathology, Western Reserve Univ., 1890-1901; Fellow in Re-
search of the Rockefeller Institute, 1901-2; Lecturer in Bacteriology, 1901;
Professor of Bacteriology, The Dental College, 1908 —

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.
Secretary of the Faculty of Adelbert College.
A. B., Yale Coll., 1888; Ph. D., 1885; Instructor in Latin and French,
Adelbert Coll., 1885-90; Assistant Professor of Latin, Adelbert Coll., 1890-
92; Professor of Latin, Adelbert College, 3892 —

Lemuel Stoughton Potwin, A. M., D. D., 389 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature.
A. B., Yale Coll., 1854; A. M., 1867; Tutor in Yale, 1858-60; D. D.,
1886; Professor of Latin, Western Reserve College and Adelbert College,
1871-92; Professor of the English Language and Literature, 1892 —

Hunter H. Powell, A. M., M. -D., 467 Prospect St.

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics.
M. D., Virginia Medical Coll., 1867; A. M., Western Reserve Univ.,
1894; Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics, Western Reserve University,
1875—; Dean of Medical College, 1895-1900.
• Deceased.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

14 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Hunter Robb, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Gynecology,

A. B., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1880; M. D., 1884: House Suff, Presby-
terian Hospital, Philadelphia, 1885; Episcopal Hospital, 1886; Assistant Sur-
geon, Kensington Hospital, 1887; Vienna, Berlin, Praeue, Leipsic, Paris,
London, 1888-89; Associate Professor of Gynecology, Johns Hopkins Univ.,
1889-94; Professor of Gynecology, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

John Pascal Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1883 j A. M., M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1886;
Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine, Western Reserve University,

1889—

Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St

Professor of Mathematics.
A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1870; A. M.. 1873; Professor of Mathe-
matics and Perkins Professor of Natural Philosophy and Astronomy, Western
Reserve Coll., 1870-82; Professor of Mathematics, Adelbert College, 1882 —

Arthur Adelbert Stearns, A. M., 87 Oakdale St

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage.

A. B., Buchtel Coll., 1879; A. M., 1888; Professor of Law of Suretyship
and Mortgage, Western Reserve University, 1894 —

ToRALD SoLLMANN, M. D., 102 Handy St

Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica.

M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1896; Lecturer on Pharmacology, Western
Reserve University, 1898-1901; Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and
Materia Medica, 1901-03; Associate Professor, 1903 —

Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Professor of Neurology.

A. B., Western Reserve Coll., 1880; M. D., Coll. of Physicians and
Surgeons, New York, 1884; Staff of Roosevelt Hospiul, New York, 1885-86;
Berhn and Heidelberg, 1886-87; Professor of Neurology, Western Reserve
University, 1893 —

John Wiluam Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.

Adelbert Coll., 1885-87; D. D. S., New York ColL of Dentistry, 1890;
Lecturer on Materia Medica and Dental Therapeutics, Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1892-96; Professor of Dental Medicine, 1896 —

*Henry Clay White, A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates.

B. L., Univ. of Michigan, 1862; A. M., Hiram Coll., 1891; Probate
Judge of Cuyahoga Co.. 1888 — ; Professor of Medical Jurisprudence, Cleve-
land Homeopathic Medical Coll., 1891; Professor of Testamentary Law and
Probate Procedure, Western Reserve University, 1898 —

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.
Dean of Adelbert College.
A. B.. Brown Univ., 1874; A. M., 1877; D. Sc, 1900; Massachusetts
Inst, of Technology, 1879; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1879-80; Professor of
Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst., 1880-85; Professor of Physics, Adel-
bert College, 1886 —
•Deceased.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WBSTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 15

Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 304 Cedar Av.

Professor of Clinical Prosthetic Dentistry.
D. D. S., Western Reserve University Dental College, 1899; Demon-
strator of Operative Dentistry, 1900-1908; Professor of Qinical Prosthetic
Dentistry. 1908—

Daniel Hendrix Ziegler, D. D. S., 726 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry,

D. D. S., Western Reserve Univ., 1899; Demonstrator in Operative
Dentistry, Dental College of Western Reserve University, 1899-1902; Pro-
fessor of Clinical Operative Dentistry, 1902 —

Frank Acker, M. D., D. D. S., 170 Clinton St.

Assistant Professor of Dental Pathology.

D. D. S., Western Reserve Univ., 1895; M. D., 1896; Assistant Professor
of Dental Pathology, Western Reserve University, 1904 —

CtARENCE Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Associate Professor of Greek.

A. B.. Adelbert Coll., 1894; A. M., 1895; A. M., Harvard Univ., 1896;
Ph. D., 1898; Instructor in Latin, Adelbert College, 1898-1904; Associate
Professor of Greek, 1904 —

John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St

Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Registrar of Adelbert College.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891; Instructor in Mathematics, Western Reserve

^Acad., 1891-94; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1894-95; Chamberlin Observatory,

'Denver Univ., 1895-96; Univ. of Chicago, 1896-97; Instructor in Mathematics,

Adelbert College, 1897-1903; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1903 —

Hippolyte Grubner, Ph. D., 43 Knox St

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

A. B., Yale Coll., 1891; Ph. D., 1893; Instructor in Chemistry and Phy-
sics, Hill School, Pottstown, Pa., 1898-94; Univ. of Munich, 1894-95; In-
structor in Chemistry, Adelbert Coll., 1895-1908; Assistant Professor of
Chemistry, Adelbert College, 1908 — ; Associate Professor of Chemistry, Col-
lege for Women, 1898 —

Howard D. Haskins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Dental College.
A. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1892; M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1895;
Assistant in Chemistry and Pharmacology, Cleveland Coll. of Physicians and
Surgeons, 1892-93; H. M. Hanna Fellow, Western Reserve Univ., 1904;
Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Dental College of Western Reserve Uni-
versity, 1904.

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 116 Ridgewood Av.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1896; Auburn Theological Sem., 1896-99; Diploma,
1899; Instructor in Biblical Literature, College for Women, 1899-1908; Asso-
ciate Professor of Biblical Literature, 1908 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Willis Sanford Hobson, A. B., M. D., 105 Oakdale St.

Assistant Professor of Histology.

A. B., Harvard Univ., 1896; M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1898;
Assistant in Medicine, Lakeside Hospital Dispensary, Assistant Professor of
Histology, Western Reserve Dental College, 1908 —

William H. Humiston, M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Associate Professor of Gynecology,

M. D., Long Island College Hospital, 1879; Associate Professor oT
Gynecology, Medical Department of Western Reserve University, 1895 —

John M. Ingersoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid A v.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891; A. M., 1896; M. D., Medical Coll., Western
Reserve Univ., 1898; House Staff Cleveland City Hospital, 1894; Universities
of Vienna, Berlin and London, 1894-96; Lecturer on Otology, Rhinology and
Laryngology, Western Reserve University, 1895-1903; Assistant Professor of
Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, 1908 —

William R. Lincoln, M. D., 210 Lennox Building.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

M. D., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1888; Lecturer on Otology, Rhinology and
Laryngology, Western Reserve University, 1896-1903; Assistant Professor of
Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, 1908 —

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.

A. B., Columbia, 1893; Univ. of Jena, 1898-94; General Theological
Seminary, New York, 1894-95; Columbia -Univ., 1895-97; Halle and Bonn,
1897-98; Ph. D., Bonn, 1898; Assistant in Philosophy, Columbia Univ., 1898-
99; Instructor in Philosophy, Adelbert College, 1899-1908; Assistant Professor
of Philosophy, 1908 —

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 94 Glen Park Place.

Assistant Professor of German.

B. L.. Adelbert Coll., 1893; Univ. of Leipsic, 1893-94; Univ. of Heidel-
berg, 1894-96; Ph. D., 1896; Instructor in German, Western Reserve Univ.,
1896-99; Instructor in German, Adelbert Coll., 1899-1902; Assistant Profes-
sor of German, 1902 —

AiiEN Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History.

A. B., Amherst Coll., 1889; A. M., 1896; Oberlin Theological Sem.,
1890-92; B. D., Hartford Theological Sem., 1898; Universities of Halle,
Berlin, and Paris, 1893-97; B. D., Oberlin Theological Sem., 1896; Assistant
in History, College for Women, 1897-1900; Instructor in Historical Bib-
liography, 1901-02; Associate Professor of Church History, Adelbert College,
1908—

John Shell Tierney, M. D., 530 Rose Bldg.

Assistant Professor of Anatomy.
M. D., Western Reserve Univ., 1897; Demonstrator of Anatomy, Medical
College, 1901; Assistant Professor of Anatomy, The Dental College, 1903 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WBSTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 7

OuN Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry,

A. B., Wesleyan Univ., 1898; A. M., 180S; Assistant in Chemistry, Wes-
leyan Univ., 1898<94; Univ. of Lcipsic, 1894<96; Ph. D., 1895; AssisUnt
Chemist in Nutrition Investigations, Department of Agriculture, 1895-98;
Assistant in Chemistryt Wesleyan Univ., 1896-98; Instructor in Chemistry,
Adelbert College, 1898-1901; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 1901 —

jREDERicK C. Waite, A. M., Ph. D. 77 Hillbum Av.

Associate Professor of Histology and Embryology.

B. L., Adelbert Coll., 1892; A. M., Western Reserve Univ., 1894; A. M.,
Harvard Univ., 1896; Ph. D., 1898; Assistant in Biology, Adelbert Coll.,
1892-96; Assistant in Zoology, Harvard Univ., 1897-98; Instructor in Biology,
Peter Cooper High School, New York City, 1898-1900; Instructor in Biolo^,
x>Tew York Univ., 1899-1900; Assistant in Anatomy, Rush Medical Coll., of tne
Univ. of Chica^, 1900-1901; Assistant Professor of Histology and Embry-
ology, Western Reserve University, 1901 —

William Hawksley' Weir, M. D., C. M. 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Physiology,

M. D., C. M., Trinity Univ. (Toronto), 1896; Home Surecon, Toronto
General Hospital, 1896-97; Resident Gynecologist, Lakeside Hospital, 1898-
1900; Assistant Visiting Gynecologist. 1899-1900; Student at Prague, Vienna,
etc., 1900-1901; Instructor in Gynecology, Western Reserve University, 1899;
Assistant Professor of Physiology, The Dental College, 1903 —

Elizabeth Kemper Adams, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy,

A. B., Vassar Coll., 1893; Instructor in English, Kemper Hall. Kenosha^
Wis., 1893-99; Instructor in English, Vassar College, 1899-01; Univ. of Chi-
cago, 1901-04; Ph. D., 1904; Instructor in Philosophy, College for Women,
1904—

Charles Criswell Arbuthnot, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Economics,

B. S., Geneva Coll., 1899; Assistant in History, Geneva Coll., 1899-1900;
Fellow in Political Economy, Univ. of Chicago, 1901-1903; Ph. D., 1903;
Instructor in Political Economy, Univ. of Nebraska, 1908-04: Adjunct-Pro-
fessor, 1904; Instructor in Economics, Adelbert College and the College for
Women, 1904 —

Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D., The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av.

Instructor in History,
A. B., Campbell Coll., Kansas, 1896; Principal High School, Holton,
Kan., 1895-97; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1897-98; Instructor in History, High
School, Lafayette, Ind., 1898-1901; Scholar, Johns Hopkins Univ., 1901;
Fellow in History, 1902; Assistant in History, 1902-08; Ph. D., 1908; In-
structor in History, Adelbert Coll., 1908 —

Joseph Leopold Borgerhoff, A. M., The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Romance Languages,

Graduate of the Royal Normal School, Bruges (Belgium), 1889; Univ.

of Brussels, 1889-91; Fellow and Assistant in Romance Languages, Vander-

bilt Univ., 1900-01; A. M., 1901; Assistant in German, Univ. of Wisconsin,

1901-02; Fellow in Romance Languages and Instructor in Spanish, Univ. of

* Chicago, 1902-08; Assistant in Romance Languases, Summer Session, 1908;

Instructor in Romance Languages, College for women, 1908 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Charles £. Briggs, A. M., M. D., 118 Lennox Building.

Instructor in Surgery.

A. B., Oberlin ColL. 1898: A. M., 1897; M. D.. Hanrird Univ., 1897;
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, 1897-99: Resident Surgeon, Lake-
side Hospital, 1899-1900; Assistant in Surgery, Western Reserve Unnrersity,
1899-1900; Demonstrator in Snrgery, 1900-1908; Instmctor in Surgery. 1908 —

William Dinsmore Briggs, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Instructor in English.

A. B., Stanford Univ., 1896; A. M., Harvard Univ., 1899; Ph. D., 1900;
Instructor in English and German, Univ. of Vermont, 1900-01; Instructor in
English, Adelbert College, 1901—

Mary George CXark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.
Sargent Normal School of Gymnastics, 1900; Instructor in Histology,
Sargent Normal School, 1900-1901; Instructor in Histology, Hemenway Gym-
nasium, Harvard Univ., summer 1901; Instructor in Physical Training, Col-
lege for Women, 1901 —

Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music,

Frank Macmillan Cobb, A. B., LL. B., 2509 Euclid Av.

Instructor of the Law of Agency.

A. B., Yale Univ., 1897: LL. B., Western Reserve Univ., 1899; Instruc-
tor in the Law of Agency, Western Reserve University, 1908 —

Esther Crawford, B. L., 855 Fairmount St

Instructor in Classification and Cataloguing.

B. L., Ic
Library, 1888-
Catalogucr Si<
logucr and A
1901; Assistai
Library Scier
Librarian and
Summer Scho
State Univ., :
School, Weste

Electra Colons Doren, 855 Fairmount St

Head Instructor and Librarian of Library School.
Instructor in Criticism and Selection of Books, Library Organisation,
History and Administration.
Assistant, Dayton Public Library, 1880-81; Cataloguer and Reference
Librarian, 1882-90: Assistant Librarian, 1892-96; Librarian, 1897-1904; Head
Instructor and Librarian, Library School of Western Reserve University,
1904—

Linda Anne Eastman, 855 Fairmount St

Instructor in Library Extension and Supervision, History, Reports

and Statistics.

Assistant Cleveland Public Library, 1892-95; Assistant Librarian and

Cataloguer, Dayton (O.) Public Library, 1895-96; Vice-Librarian, Cleveland

Public Library, 1896 — ; Lecturer and Instructor, The Library School, Western

Reserve University, 1904 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 19

Adelaide Frances Evans, 59 Knox St.

Secretary and Reviser of the Library School.

Graduate Pratt Institute Library School, 1892; Pratt Institute Free
Library, 1002-1903; Marietta Coll. Library, 1908-1904; Secretary and Reviser,
Library School, Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Clayton King Fauver, Ph. B., LL. B., 727 Case Av.

Instructor of the Law of Torts, Sales and Real Property.

Ph. B., Oberlin Coll., 1897; Western Reserve University, 1897-1900;
LL. B., 1900; Lecturer and Instructor, Western Reserve University, 1901 —

James Albert Ford, A. B., LL. B., 126 Ingleside Av.

Instructor of the Law of Personal Property and Pleading,

A. B., Adelbert Coll., 1891; A. M., Harvard Univ.. 1892; LL. B.,
Harvard Univ., 1894; Instructor in the Law of Personal Property and Plead-
ing, Western Reserve University, 1908 —

Carl Byron James, B. S., South Euclid, O.

Instructor in Biology,

B. S., Baldwin Univ., 1894; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1894-96; German Wal-
lace Coll., 1895-96; Assistant in Biological Laboratory, Adelbert Coll., 1896-
1902; Instructor in Biology, College for Women, 1902 —

Margaret Mann, Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Instructor in Public Documents.

Graduate Armour Institute Library School, 1896; Assistant Librarian and
Instructor in Library Economy, 1896-1903; Chief Cataloguer in Carnegie
Library, Pittsburg. 1908 — ; Instructor in Public Documents, Library School,
Western Reserve University, 1904 —

John Mills, A. B., 18 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physics,

A. B., Univ. of Chicago, * 1901 ; Feltow in Physics, Univ. of Chicago,
1901-1902; Fellow in Physics, Univ. of Nebraska, 1902-1908; Instructor in
Physics, Univ. of Cincinnati, 1903; Instructor in Physics, Adelbert College,
1903—

Clara Louise Myers, Ph. B., 116 Ridgcwood Av.

Instructor in English.

B. S., Ohio Normal Univ., 1887; Assistant in High School, Fenton,
Mich., 1887-90: Principal of High School, New Philadelphia, O., 1890-91;
Instructor in Ohio Normal Univ., 1891-94; Cornell Univ., 1894*96; Ph. B.,
1896; Instructor in Ohio Normal Univ., 1896-97; Principal of High School,
New Philadelphia, O^ 1898-99; Univ. of Chicaffo, 1899-1900; Assistant in
English Literature, Cornell Univ., 1900-1901; Univ. of Chicago, 1901-02;
Instructor in English, College for Women, 1908 —

EuPHEMiA Louise Power, 50 Landon St.

Instructor in Work with Children.
AssisUnt Cleveland Public Library, 1896-98; Cleveland Summer Scho6U
1898; Children's Librarian, 1898-1902; Student and Instructor, Trainisg
School for Children's Librarians, Carnegie Library, Pittsburg, 1902-1908;
Supervisor Children's Work, Cleveland Public Library, 1903 ; Instructor in
Library Science and J^ivcnile Literature, Cleveland City Normal School,
1903-1904; Instructor in Children's Work, Library School, Western Reserve
University, 1904 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

20 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

William Spence Robertson, Ph. D., 23 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in History.

B. L., Univ., of Wisconsin, 1899; M. L.. Univ. of Wisconsin. 1900;

Graduate Scholar in American History, Univ. of Wisconsin, 1900-1901;

Bulklcy Fellow in American History, Yale Univ., 1901-1903; Ph. D., Yale

Univ., 1903; Instructor in History, College for Women, 1908 —

Edward von den Steinen, 47 Arlington St

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director of the Gymnasium.

Springfield (Mass.) Training School, 1900; Physical Director, Northamp-
ton \. M. C. A., 18991900; Cumberland (Md.) Y. M. C. A., 1900-01; In-
structor in Physical Training and Director of Gymnasium, Univ. of North
Carolina, 1901-1903: Assistant Instructor in Heavy Gymnastics, Harvard
Summer School of Physical Trainiftg, 1903; Instructor in Physical Training
and Director of Gymnasium, Adelbert College, 1903 —

Julia Margaret Whittlesey, B. L., B. L. S., 27 Oakdalc St.

Instructor in Order and Accession Records, Duplicates and Gifts,

Serials, Loan Systems.

B. L., Lake Erie Coll., 1899: Assistant Cleveland Public Library, 1900-
1901; Albany Library School, 1901-1903; B. I,. S., 1903; Instructor in
Library Science, Simmons Coll., 1903-1904; Instructor, Library School,
Western Reserve University, 1904 —

RoLLiN Abbott Wilbur, LL. B., 820 Fairmount St

Instructor of the Law of Contracts, Carriers, and Suretyship and

Mortgage.

Student, Western Reserve Univ. Law School, 1899-1900; Harvard Univ.
Law School, 1900-1902; LL. B., 1902; Lecturer on Contracts and Carriers,
Western Reserve University, 1902 —

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 1668 Lament St.

Instructor in Trade and National Bibliography, Order Department,

Reference Work.

B. Lm Adelbert Coll., 1892;' Librarian" Adelbert Coll., 1894—; Student,
Albany Library School, 1899-1900; Instructor in Bibliography and Reference
Work, Library School, Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Grace Elstner Woodard, B. Pd., Ann Arbor, Mich.

Instructor in Bookbinding.

B. Pd., Graduate Michigan Normal Coll., 1892; Assistant Michigan
Normal Coll., 1892-1900: Assistant in Law Librarv, Univ. of Michigan, 1900;
Instructor in Bookbinaing, Library School, Western Reserve University,
1904—

. Otto Manthey-Zorn, Ph. D., 508 Sterling Av.

Instructor in Gertnan.

A. B., Adelbert ColL, 1901; Univ. of Erlangen, 1901-02; Univ. of Leip-
sic, 1902-04; Ph. D., 1904; Instructor in German. College for Women, 1904 —

Henry A. Becker, M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Lecturer on Fractures and Dislocations.

Adelbert Coll., 1891-93; Western Reserve Medical Coll., 1891-94: M. D..
1894; Demonstrator of Surgical Appliances, 1898-1908; Lecturer on Fractures
and Dislocations, Western Reserve Medical College, 1908^

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 21

Caroline Burnite, 223 Slater Av.

Lecturer on Work with Children.

Graduate of Pratt Institute Library School, 1894; Chief CaUloguer
Library of Union for Christian Work, Brooklyn, 1894-96; Librarian and
Organizer, Walford Insurance Library, New York, 1896; Tome Institute
Library, 1896-1901; Instructor Training School for Children's Librarians,
Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh, 1896-1904; Instructor in Children's work,
Western Reserve University, 1904.

Frederick Augustus Henry, M. A., LL. B., 154 Kensington St.
Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence.

A. B., Hiram Coll., 1888; A. M., LL. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1891;
Professor of Law of Torts, Western Reserve University, 1894-1899; Lecturer
on Dental Jurisprudence, 1899—

Louis W. Ladd, A. B., M. D., 103 Edgewood Place.

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Microscopy,

A. B.. Yale Univ., 1896; Johns Hopkins Univ., 1896-99; M. D., 1899;
Assistant Resident Physician, Johns Hopkins Univ. Hospital, 1899-1900;
Resident Physician, Lakeside Hospital, 1900-01; Lecturer in Clinical Micro-
scopy, Western Reserve University, 1901 —

William E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Lecturer on Genito-Urinary Diseases.
M. I)., Cleveland College of Physicians and Surgeons, 1891; Lecturer
on Genito-urinary Surgery, 1898-99; London, Berlin, Paris, 1901; Demon-
strator of Surgery, Western Reserve University, 1901-04; Lecturer on Genito-
urinary Diseases, 1904.

Charles Orr, 1662 Lamont St.

Lecturer on History of Libraries, Book Clubs and Book Collecting.
Librarian of Case Library, 1888 — ; Lecturer in the Library School,
Western Reserve University, 1904 —

Harold Remington, A. B., 425 Rosedale Av.

Lecturer on the Law of Bankruptcy.

A. B., Univ. of Michigan, 1888; Law School and Georgetown Univ.,
1888-90; Lecturer on Bankruptcy, Western Reserve University, 3903 —

AzARiAH Smith Root, A. M., Oberlin, Ohio.

Lecturer on Book Printing and Illustrating.

A. B., Oberlin ColL, 1884: A. M. Oberlin Coll., 1887; Student
Boston Univ. Law School 1884-86; Cataloguer, Oberlin Coll., Library
1885-86; Student, Harvard Univ. Law School, 1886-87; Librarian, Oberlin
Coll., 1887 — : Student, Univ. of Gottingen, 1898-99; Professor of Bibliography,
Oberlin College, 1890—

LiLUAN G. TowsLEE, M. D., 406-8 Osborn Bldg.

Lecturer in Physiology and Hygiene.
M. D., Cleveland Coll. of Physicians and Surgeons, 1888; Dispensary
Work, Cleveland General Hospital, 1689-1900; Visiting Physician to Women's
and Children's Hospital. 1892-96; Lecturer on Gynecology, Cleveland Coll.
of Physicians and Surgeons, 1901-05; Lecturer on Physiology and Hygiene.
College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1903 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

22 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Jacob B. Austin, Ph. B., M. D., 2230 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Histology and Embryology.

Jay Harvey Bacon, B. S., M. D., Lakeside Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology at Lakeside Hospital.

Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D. 105 Lennox Building.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., 118 Lennox Building.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

Arthur Ira Brown, M. D., D. D. S., 225 Lawn St.

Demonstrator in Operative Dentistry.

Edgar D. Brown, Phar. D., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of Pharmacology and Materia Medico.

William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., 514 New England Building

Demonstrator of Ophthalmology.

Edward P. Carter, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Frank S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 621 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

Joseph Anso.n Coates, D. D. S., 45 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry,

Percy W. Cobb, B. S., M. D., 3425 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Physiology.

John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 112 Lennox Building.

Demonstrator of Surgery.

William E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St

Demonstrator of Surgery uit St. Alexis Hospital.

Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905J WBSTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 23

William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Carlyle Pope, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Diseases of Children.

William Gilbert Povey, A. B., M. D., 693 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Oscar Schulz, A. B., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of Pathology.

Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.

Hubert L. Spence, M. D., 1160 £. Madison Av.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases,

Robert H, Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

John J. Thomas, A. B., M. D., 156 Crawford Road.

Demonstrator of Diseases of Children.

Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgcwood PI.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

John Shell Tierney, M. D., 532 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Anatomy.

Harrison G. Wagner, M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis.

James Freed Wark, D. D. S., 362 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Operative Dentistry.

William H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Charles Dickens Williams, M. D.. 717 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Sarah Amanda Babbitt, A. B., 56 Mayfield St.

Assistant in Greek.

William B. Chamberlin, A. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Bessie Mildred Chandler, Ph. D., 894 Case Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

24 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Carl Herbert Clark, 262 Prospect St.

Assistant in Histology and Physiology.

John E. Cogan, M. D., 707 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary

Caroline B. Colver, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Diseases of Children at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

John Dickenson, Jr., M. D., 205 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Obstetrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Irving A. Elson, M. D., 481 Wade Park Av.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

WiLUAM E. Gill, M. D. 207 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear dt Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Willis S. Hobson, A. B., M. D., 105 Oakdale St

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Charles M. Hole, M. D., 300 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilis at Lakeside

Hospital Dispensary.

Fanny C. Hutchins, M. D., 416 Rose Building.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases.

Alfred A. Jenkins, M. D., 643 Willson Av.

Assistant in Obstetrics.

Secord H. Large, M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary

Ernest James Reece, Ph. B., 59 Beersford PI.

Assistant in English.

Nina May Roberts, A. M., 30 Sayles St.

Assistant in English.

William E. Shackleton, M. D., 310 The Osborn.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary

Alvin S. Storey, M. D., 57 Malcolm St

Assistant in Obstetrics.

Charles C. Stuart, M. D., 105 The Lennox.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

Cecil Orville Witter, B. S., 16 Blaine St

Assistant in Chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 25

Charles Clarence Williamson, A. B., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Assistant in Economics.

Howard D. Haskins, M. D., 41 Bolton Place.

H. Af, //anna /Research Fellow.

LECTURERS IN YEAR J903-J904.

Albert Bushnell Hart, Ph. D., LL. D., Cambridge, Mass.

Lecturer on the Panama Question,

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., Cleveland.

Lecturer on Recent Excavations in the Roman Forum.

Clarence Powers Bill, Ph. D., Cleveland.

Lecturer ott An Ancient of Asia Minor.

OTHER OFFICERS

Harry A. Haring, A. B., 78 Cornell St

Treasurer.

Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 1668 Lamont St.

Librarian.

Charles Clarence Williamson, A. B., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Secretary to the President.

Edith Leona Eastman, 160 Avondale Av., Glenville.

Assistant in the Library.

Anna Louise MacIntyre, A. B., 136 Sawtcll Av.

Librarian, College for Women.

Francis L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles A v.

Librarian of the Law School.

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., 4132 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.
Registrar, College for Women.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26 FACULTY AND OFFICERS [1904-I905

Thos. J. Taylor, M. D., 2153 Superior St.

Clerk of Medical College.

George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Secretary of Tubercular Dispensary.

Henry L. Sanpord, M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Physician in Charge Tubercular Dispensary.

Junius H. McHenry, M. D., 207 Osborn Building.

Physician in Charge Tubercular Dispensary.

Charles J. Wehr, M. D., 2230 Euclid Av.

Visiting Physician Tubercular Dispensary.

Elizabeth Upjohn, Kingmoorc Building.

Directing Visiting Nurse Tubercular Dispensary.

H. Milton Brown, D. D. S., 262 Prospect Sl

Superintendent of Clinics.

Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemisiress, Guilford House.

Is adore Heydenburk, Housemistress, Haydn Hall.

Jessie Boggs, A. M., M. D., 1257 Euclid Ave.

Medical Examiner, College for Women.

Harry Tracy Duncan, A. B., LL. B., 78 Fifth Av.

Presiding Officer of Moot Court.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 2^

ADELBERT COLLEGE

HISTORICAL STATEMENT

nN 1801 The General Assembly of the Territory of
the United States northwest of the river Ohio was
petitioned by residents of the Connecticut Western Reserve
to grant a charter for a college to be situated within the
limits of the Reserve. The petition was denied. In 1803,
on the sixteenth of April, the first General Assembly of the
State of Ohio chartered the Erie Literary Society, a corpo-
ration composed of several proprietors of land within the
county of Trumbull (then comprising the entire Reserve),
who desired to appropriate a part thereof to found a semi-
nary of learning within that county. Under this charter an
Academy was established at Burton in 1805, the first insti-
tution of this kind in Northern Ohio. This school, with the
exception of the years 1810 to 1819, continued in operation
until 1834. In 1817 the Presbytery of Grand River, which
embraced nearly all the Presbyterian and Congregational
ministers and churches of the Reserve, formed itself into a
society "for the education of indigent, pious young men for
the ministry, within the limits of the Presbytery." The
students aided by this society studied privately with clergy-
men until the opening of the Academy at Burton, when
they pursued their studies at that school. In 1818 the
Presbytery of Portage formed a similar society. In 1822
the two Presbyteries appointed a committee to confer to-
gether for the purpose of devising "ways and means for

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

28 ADELBKRT COLLHGB [1904-1905

establishing on the Q>nnecticut Western Reserve a Literary
and Theological Institution." The report of the committee,
which was adopted by the Presbyteries, provided for the
establishment, under certain conditions, of a Theological
Institution on the foundation of the Erie Literary Society
at Burton. The Trustees of the Erie Literary Society ac-
cepted the conditions. A Board of Managers of the Edu-
cation Fund was then appointed by the Presbyteries.

The connection between the Board of Managers and the
Trustees of the Erie Literary Society lasted until June, 1824.
During the year 1823 the managers became convinced that
such an institution as they desired could not be built up at
Burton, and consequently they requested the Trustees of the
Erie Literary Society to move their establishment to a more
eligible situation. As the Trustees held property on condi-
tion that the school should be in Burton, they declined
this proposition. In June, 1824, at a joint session of the
Board of Managers with special commissioners of the Pres-
byteries, it was decided to discontinue the connection with
the Erie Literary Society and to found a separate institu-
tion. In January a special Board of Commissioners, repre-
senting the Presbyteries, to which the Presbytery of Huron
was now added, selected Hudson as the site of the college.
The Board of Managers, with four additional members rep-
resenting the Huron Presbytery, now became the Board of
Trustees, and held their first meeting at Hudson, February
15, 1825. They drafted a charter and drew up plans for
the grounds. The charter was granted February 7, 1826,
and on April 26 the comer stone of the first building was
laid. The first students were received in December, 1826^
and were instructed at Talmadge by Mr. Coe, the principal
of the Academy at that place, who was appointed tutor pro
tempore. In 1827 the new building at Hudson was occupied
and the preparatory department established. A Theological

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 29

department was opened in 1830 and maintained until 1852.*
In 1878 the question of removing the College from Hud-
son to Cleveland was raised, and a committee of the Trus-
tees was appointed to take the matter under consideration.
In March, 1880, through a member of the Board of Trust,
Mr. Amasa Stone, of Cleveland, proposed to give the Col-
lege five hundred thousand dollars, provided it should be
removed to Cleveland, occupy some suitable site to be do-
nated by the citizens, and change its name to "Adelbert
College of Western Reserve University." The new name
was to be a memorial to Mr. Stone's only son, Adelbert,
who had been drowned while a student at Yale. Mr. Stone
proposed further, that of the sum offered by him one hun-
dred and fifty thousand dollars should be expended in build-
ings and the remainder added to the permanent funds of
the College. The committee weighed the comparative ad-
vantages of city and country situation and especially the
opportunities for growth and development in the new envi-
ronment. Moreover an investigation showed that, in the
fifty years from its foundation to 1876, the College had
received in gifts some three hundred and seventy-five thou-
sand dollars, two hundred thousand dollars of which had
been given for current expenses. The remainder consti-
tuted the College endowment, and included the funds used
in establishing the Handy, Hurlbut, Oviatt and Perkins
professorships. Mr. Stone's offer would exactly treble the
endowment, in addition to providing a modern equipment.
The committee, therefore, recommended the acceptance of
the proposition, and the Trustees voted, on September 20
of the same year, to make the change whenever the condi-
tions were fulfilled. On March 19, 1881, the Trustees voted
that the conditions had been complied with and that the re-
moval should be made.

*This sketch of the foundation of the College is based upon "A History of Western
Reserve CoUcge, 1828-1876," by Rev Carroll CuUer, D. D., President, Cleveland, 1876.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

30 ADELBKRT COLLBGE [1904-1905

In accordance with this decision, in September, 1882, the
College opened its doors on the new campus of twenty-two
acres, situated in the midst of the great park system of
Cleveland. On this campus two buildings had been erected,
one containing rooms for the work of instruction, with
offices, chapel, library and museum; the other, apartments
for sixty students. The ensuing years have fully proved
the wisdom of the change, as shown by the increase of stu-
dents and of endowment funds. In 1883 the sum of one
hundred thousand dollars was added to the funds of the
College by the will of Mr. Stone. In 1888 the gymnasium
was erected and equipped by the gifts of numerous friends.
During the same year fifty thousand dollars were received
to found the Haydn Professorship. In 1894 Mr. Samuel
Mather built and furnished the Physical Laboratory, and
Messrs. W. R. Warner and Ambrose Swasey presented the
astronomical dome and the telescope. In the following year
Mr. Henry R. Hatch presented the library building bearing
his name, and in 1898 added the wings as provided in the
original designs. In 1897 Eldred Hall, a building for the
use of the Young Men's Christian Association, was erected
through the gift of the late Rev. Henry B. Eldred. In 1899,
the Biological Laboratory, to which many friends contrib-
uted, was completed. By the will of Daniel B. Fayer-
weather of New York City, who died in 1890, the College
has received an additional endowment fund of one hundred
and fifty thousand dollars. In 1901 the interior of the main
college building was entirely rebuilt and refitted by a friend
of the College, as a memorial to Mr. Stone.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 31

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranged^ tuith exception oftht President^ in the order of graduation from college.

Chajlles Franklin Thwinc, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

Lemuel Stoughton Pot win, A. M., D. D., 389 Rosedale Av.

Professor of the English Language and Literature.

Edward Wiluams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry,

Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St

Professor of Mathematics.

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy, Dean of the Faculty.

Charles Harris, Ph. D., 77 Cutler St

Professor of German.

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St

Handy Professor of Philosophy.

Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St

Professor of Biology and Curator of the Zoological Collection.

Henry Platt Cushinc, M. S., 260 Sibley St

Professor of Geology.

Oliver Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 98 Wadena St, East Cleveland.
Oviatt Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Coniell St

Professor of Latin, Secretary of the Faculty.

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Professor of Romance Languages.

Haydn Professor of History.
Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

32 ADBI^BERT COI^LEGE [1904-I905

John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Registrar,

HippoLYTE Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Olin Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 94 Glen Park Place.

Assistant Professor of German.

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.

Clarence Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Associate Professor of Greek.

Carl Byron James, B. S., 8g6 Hough Av.

Instructor in Biology.

Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D.,

The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.
Instructor in History.

William Dins more Briggs, Ph. D., . .The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Instructor in English,

Charles Criswell Arbuthnot, Ph. D., 10 Adelbert Hall

Instructor in Economics.

John Mills, A. B., 18 Adelbert HalL

Instructor in Physics.

Edward von den Steinen, 47 Arlington St

Instructor in Physical Culture and Director of the Gymnasium.

Additional instruction in their own departments is given by the
follozving members of the Faculty of the College for Women:

Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., The Brightman, 33 Cornell St.

Professor of Greek.

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St

Professor of History.

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 116 Ridgewood Av.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

William Spence Robertson, Ph. D., 23 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in History.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 33

OTHER OFFICERS

Harry A. Harinc, A. B., 78 Cornell St

Treasurer,
John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St

Bursar,
Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 1668 Lamont St

Librarian,
Edith Leona Eastman, 161 Avondale Av., Glcnville.

Assistant in the Library,
John Clayton Barkley, A. B., 1406 Lexington Av.

Assistant in English.
Ernest James Reece, Ph. B., 59 Beersford Place.

Assistant in English.

Charles Clarence Williamson, A. B., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Secretary to the President and Assistant in Economics,

STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY

I. committee on admission:

Professors Emerson, Harris*, Dickerman, Secretary,

n. executive committee:

{Having oversight of the classroom work and academic status of the students)

Professors Platner, Smith, Whitman*.

in. committee on curriculum:

Professors Emerson, Morley*, Platner.

IV. committee on programme of recitations and lectures:

Professors Bourland, Cushing*, Tower.

V. committee on catalogue:
Professors Bourland*, Marvin, Meyer.

vi. committee on rooms:

Professors Emerson*, Harris, Herrick.

vii. committee on the gymnasium:

Professors Cushing, Dickerman*, Mr. von den Steinen.

^Chairman.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE

[1904-I905

STUDENTS

Gary Rudolph Alburn,
Harry Lester Bard,
George Forrest Barnett,
Henry Wilmer Blackburn,
Robert Swinton Gampbell,
Walter Baldwin Games,
Garl Judd Gase,
Gharles Manchester Goe,
Harvey Lee Gomin,
John Lewis Gonant,
Walter Henry Gook,
George Nathaniel Forbes,
Gharles Glarence Carman,
Glark Peter Carman,*
Glarence Edward Gibbons,
William Hamilton Gillie,
John James Gunn,
Howard Waring Herrick,
Kenneth Ethelbert Hodgman,
Frank Merrick Hubbell,
Oliver Ingrhame Jones,
Andrew Kaechele,
Armin Hajman Koller,
Harry Hull Lenhart,
Budd Noble Merrills,
William Theodore Miller,
Arnold Minnig,
Walter George Miser,
Homer Lynn Nearpass,
John R. Petty,
Robert Henry Horace Pierce,
Walter Lawrence Robison,
Philip Wallace Seagrave,
William Ernest Singer,
Glarence Ansel Strong,
Saul Gharles Wachner,
Ghester Marvin Wallace,
Andrew Bracken White,
William Jerome Wilson,

SENIORS

Kyles* Corners A K E House.

Cleveland 1341 Lorain St.

PainesvUle Euclid Heights.

WelUvUU *rA House

Cleveland 2209 Superior St.

Lima AKE House.

Hudson 147 Gomell St

Cleveland 503 Wade Park Av.

Mansfield 1812 Doan SL

Cleveland 1701 Dennison Av.

Cleveland 724 Republic St

Bedford loi Halsey St

Troy Eldred Hall.

Troy * Eldred Hall.

Tallmadge Euclid Heights.

Twinshurg 117 Adelbert St.

Cleveland 153 Dibble Av.

Cleveland 3006 Euclid Av.

Parma *rA House.

Cleveland A A* House.

Cleveland . 292 Prospect St.

Cleveland 78 Aaron St.

Cleveland 122 Laurel St

Wauseon 2188 Doan St

Wickliffe ATA Rooms.

Cleveland 999 E. Madison Av.
New Philadelphia 628 Superior St.

Annapolis loi Halsey St

Mishawaka, Ind. Hiram House.
East Cleveland East Gleveland.

Toledo 1812 Doan St

Cleveland $ Hayward St.

Cleveland 22 Knox St.

Weston A T House.

Warren ATA Rooms.

Akron 89 Woodland Gt

Willoughby Willoughby.

Cleveland 19 La Grange St

Brooklyn 59 Knox St
Seniors 39.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Abner Lee Roy Allison,
John P. Barden, Jr.,
Alton Hay Bemis,
Fred Newton Burroughs,
Ladimir Alrich Chotek,
Myron T. Cohn,
Howard Hubbell Davis,
Gillum Hotchkiss Doolittle,
Charles Elmer Gehlke,
Ford Gramlich,
Emerson Freeman Hird,
Thomas Richard Kennerdell,
Joseph Blaine Kollar,
Gustav George Laubscher,
Ernest McKelvy,
Howard Thomas McMyler,
John Houston Marshall,
William Claude Martin,
Henry Albright Mattill,
John Houser Meyer,
Rienze Verne Myers,
Arthur Ernest Opperman,
Charles Norton Osborne, .
John Dexter Osmond,
James Allen Parker,
Paul Marvin Pope,
Herbert Milford Senseny,
Don Rollin Sipe,
Albert Ralph Stickle,
William Melville Strachan,
George Church Sutton,

JUNIORS

Cleveland

92 Fourth Av.

Painesville

AKE House.

Cleveland

225 E. Prospect St.

Collinwood

Collinwood.

Cleveland

55 Hamlet St.

Cleveland

330 Genesee Av.

Cleveland

457 Franklin Av.

Burton

2839 St. Clair St.

Cleveland

40 Abram St.

Kenton

2103 Doan St.

Lower Waterford, Vt. 18 Nantucket St.
Cleveland 88 Merchants Av.

New Philadelphia 252 Sibley St.
Cleveland
Upper Sandusky
Warrensville

Warren
Cleveland
Denver, Mo.
Cleveland
Shelby
Cleveland
Cleveland
Chardon
Findlay
West Palm Beach, F/a.
Cleveland
Lisbon
Kenton
Cleveland
Cleveland

134 Duane St.

A T O House.

Warrensville

A TO House.

84 Marvin Av.

430 Rosedale Av.

844 Logan Av.

161 7 Cedar Av.

14 Westchester A v.

1951 Dban St.

1957 Doan St.

AKE House.

Ben House.

148 Lincoln Av.

Ben House.

A T House.

2423 Broadway.

491 Central Av.

William Ellsworth Talcott, Cleveland Rosedale Av. & Crawford Rd.
William Philip Ward, Cleveland 235 Ursula St.

Eugene Everett Wolf, Cleveland 42 Fourth Av.

Juniors 34.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADBLBERT COLLEGE

[l 904-1 905

David Clifford Alexander,
Thomas Brooke Anderson,
Edwin Ruthven Andrews,
Warren Ernest Barr,
Howard Sutorius Benz,
Harvey Alfred Berkes,
Saul Louis Berman,
Horace Victor Bishop,
J. C. Blackman,
Julius Bloomberg,
Fred Bukstein,
Thomas Friday Cadle,
Alfred Albert Cartwright,
Arthur De la Vergne Coss,
Nicholson Few Curtis,
Wheeler Pedlar Davey,
John Howard Bellinger,
James George Esch,
Herbert Oliver Evans,
William Craig Filson,
Giordano Bruno Fliedner,
George Samuel Friebolin,
George Lee Fulk,
Charles Thomas Fursdon,
Oscar Louis Gaede,
Sidney Longman Galpin,
Ernest Walter Garrett,
Elmer August George,
Simon Rosenthal Goldsmith,
Raymond Hart Griswold,
Douglas Peace Handyside,
James Handyside, Jr.,
John McCalla Harris,
Paul Fred Hasse,
August John Walter Horst,
Albert Alexander King,
Arthur Malachi Lee, Jr.,
James Cooper Logue,
Walter Ira Longsworth,
Charles Harold Lyttle,

SOPHOMORES

Cleveland

65 Jennings Av.

Salem

AKE House.

Lakewood

ATA Rooms.

Gallon

AT House.

Cleveland ioj4 Diamond Pk. St.

East Cleveland 52 Elberon St.
Cleveland 835 Woodland Av.

Cleveland 883 Scovill Av.

Twinsburg Twinsburg.

Cleveland 309 Forest St.

Cleveland 34 Paddock PL

West Mentor West Mentor.

East Liverpool ATA Rooms,

Lima B 9 H House.

Cleveland 43 Adelbert St

Cleveland 76 Gaylord St.

Cleveland 818 Hough Av.
New Philadelphia 2188 Doan St.

Cleveland 2214 Broadway.

Lisbon 45 Fairchild St.
Cleveland 160 Wellington A v.

Cleveland 50 Higgins St.

Painesville 174 Fairchild St

Cleveland 605 Scovill Av.

Cleveland 154 Osbom St

Jefferson 1951 Doan St

Cleveland 77$. Giddings Av.

Cleveland loi Burton St.

Cleveland 250 Kcnnard St

Chardon Euclid Heights.

Cleveland 25 William St

Cleveland 2$ William St

Cleveland 77 Cutler St

Cleveland 1667 Pearl St

Cleveland 6 Wain Alley.

Painesville AKE House.
Bhomfield, N, J. A A * House.

Cleveland 1 Plymouth St

Lima AKE House.

Cleveland 52 Arlington St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Benjamin Bruce McMuUin, Sharon, Pa.

William Clarence Malin, Glenville

William Henry Meub, Warren

Clarence Wesley. Miller, Lima

Meyer Mitchnick, Philadelphia,

Robert Burns Motherwell, Findlay
Grover Jacob Frederick Mueller, Cleveland

Karl Brandt Naumann, Circleville

James Tertius Norton, Cleveland

Holly Elvertion Olin, Kent

Antony Joseph Petrash, Cleveland

Lester Howard Phelan, Cleveland

Paul Irving Pierson, Warren

Julius Pomerene, E. Cleveland

Howard Mills Potter, Chardon

Everett Edward Radcliffe, Cleveland

Clay Laverne Reely, St. Mary's

John Frederick Schaechterle, Cleveland

John Scheuer, Cleveland

Allen Jay Shaw, Greenspring

Thomas Hamlin Silver, Wellsville

Rollin J. Stickle, Kenton

William Reed Taylor, Cleveland
Leland Rutherford Thompson, Youngstown

Leonard Church Urquhart, Cleveland

Ralph Milton Waters, Austinburg

Ralph Howard Whipple, Cleveland

Edgar Roy Wise, Collinwood

Otto Joseph Zinrier, Cleveland

A T House.

Glenville.

137 Brandon St.

*rA House.

Pa, g Adelbert Hall.

2188 Doan St.

1049 Doan St.

24 Crawford PI.

516 E. Prospect St.

174 Fairchild St.

1 191 Broadway.

698 Bridge St.

203 Adelbert St.

47 Allandale St.

116 Ridgewood St.

135 Cedar Av.

Ben House.

16 Adelbert Hall.

12 Adelbert Hall.

A TO House.

A T House.

78 Oakdale St.

21 Adelbert Hall.

2228 Willson Av.

174 Fairchild St.

771 Dennison Av.

230 Clark Av.

1242 Broadway.

Sophomores 69.

Ferry Milton Adams,
Louis Alexander,
Fred Lewis Allen,
George Wright Arnold,
Asa C. Baldwin,
Harley Brainard Barnett,
Cory don Ford Battershell,
Augustus Weed Bell,
Howard Fred Bell,

FRESHMEN

TiMn

New Philadelphia

Cleveland

Rocky River

Cleveland 361

Cleveland

New Philadelphia

Cleveland

Jefferson

ATA Rooms.

252 Sibley St.

94 Harbor St.

Rocky River.

Crawford Rd.

1640 Pearl St.

West Park.

50 Belvidere St.

.*rA House.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBERT COLLEGE

[1904-1905

Claude Boss Benedict,
Carl Edmund Bliss,
John Henry Brandt,
Max Richards Broadhurst,
Frank Clinton Brubaker,
Edward Knowlton Bruce,
Walter Augustus Buell,
Harvey Albert Burgess,
Harry Payne Burton,
Charles Henry Cain,
Noble Ray Carroll
Dana Louis Qark,
Arnold Elliott Cornell,
Leon Prentiss Davis,
Grove Parker Dean,
Myron Leroy DeVenne,
Harry Lane DeVoe,
Ford Donley,
Charles Herbert Draper,
Harvey Lucius Eaton,
Raymond William Erwin,
Felix Newman Feil,
Emil Timmerman Fischer,
Claude Vivian Erase,
Arlond Clifton Garnett,
Willis R. Godfrey,
Eli Irving Goldberger,
Thomas Don Golden,
Paul Emerson Guinther,
Frederick Sampson Hall,
Henry Edwin Hall,
Chester Edmund Haring,
William Henry Hasselman,
Hugh Warren Hastings,
George Saville Hedley,
June Frederick Holderman,
Clinton Morris Horn,
Roy Edward Hundertmark,
Howard Kirk Hunter,
Frank Salisbury Jackson,
John Boynton Kaiser,

Cleveland 35 Star Av.

Cleveland 1757 Pearl St

Cleveland 6 Wayne St.

Oil City, Pa. • 45 Fairchild St
Cleveland 590 W. Madison Av.
Cincinnati 195 1 Doan St.

Cleveland 1256 Curtis Av.

Willoughby 78 Brightwood Av.
Cleveland 42 Clarkwood St

Cleveland 44 Norwood St

Cleveland 194 Melrose St.

Cleveland 158 Osbom St.

Cleveland 148 Taylor St

IVicklifFe ATA Rooms.

Fairmount Fairmount

Youn^stotvn 156 Murray Hill Av.
Orwell 48 Harkness Av.

Cleveland 161 Aetna St.

Cleveland 578 Cedar Av.

Rocky River 1580 Cedar Av.

Salem * T A House.

Cleveland 513 Giddings Av.

Cleveland 140 Sixth Av.

Jefferson 2217 Euclid A v.

Wickliffe WickliflFe

Cleveland 59 Quimby St.

Cleveland 257 Commonwealth Av.
Upper Sandusky 143 Cornell St.
Galion 95 Mayfield St.

N. Adams, Mass., 95 Mayfield St.
Ionia, N. Y. 1453 Cedar Av.

Massillon A T House.

Lorain 127 Murray Hill Av.

St. Johnshuryyt. 35 Nantucket St
Cleveland 42 Afton PL

Fremont A T House.

Medina 45 Fairchild St.

Geneva 390 Rhodes Av.

Shelby 28 Grasmere St.

Washington C.H, 35 Nantucket St.
Cleveland 87 Brookfield St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Charles Ralph Keim,
William Willard Kelly,
Burton Russell Kimberly,
Forrest, Alva Kingsbury,
Carl Herman Koch,
Edward Joseph Kovanda,
Karl Lemmerman,
Richard Ludwig Lee,
Sam Connell Lind,
Joseph Roland McCorkle,
George Sim Macintosh,
Carroll Brown Malone,
Harold Wales March,
David Markus,
Amlon John Marsh,
George Joseph Martin,
Stephen Joseph Metzger,
Charles Russell Miller,
Frederick Daniel Niederhauser,
Walter Godfrey Nord,
Edward Dicky Pickering,
Ralph Leroy Quass,
Burke Brockway Roberts,
Bernhard Palissy Ruetenik,
William Louis Schart,
Wilfred Adelbert Schulte,
Malvern Emil Schultz,
David Selman,
Zaimon Omar Sherwood,
William Shuler, Jr.,
Joseph Byron Sieber,
George Grover Spitzer,
Graham Henry Stewart,
Isaac Moore Stickney,
Thomas Lawless Terrell,
Harley Hasting Thomas,-
Robert Lincoln Thomas,
Edgar James Tyler,
James Frederick Vitz,
Roy Eugene Walworth,
William James Watterson,

Cleveland 516 Bolton Av.

Cleveland 25 Vienna St

Cleveland 2075 Denison Av.

Osage, la, 82 Auburndale Av.

Cleveland $7 Conovcr St.

Cleveland 165 Quincy St.

Cleveland 25 Cook St.
Bloomfield, N. J. 153 Cornell St.

Cleveland 727 Genesee St.

Warren ATA Rooms.

Cleveland 245 Holmden St.

Cleveland 702 E. Prospect St.

Chagrin Falls 153 Cornell St.

Cleveland 44 Linden St.

Ravenna 24 Adelbert Hall.

Cleveland 435 Jennings Av.

Shelby 24 Adelbert Hall.

Cleveland 35 Billings Av.

Defiance 820 Fairmount St.

Jefferson 60 Bell flower A v.

Cleveland The Bellegrade.

Salem * r A House.

Jefferson 234 LinwoodAv.

Cleveland 1246 Scranton A v.

Cleveland 1174 E. Madison Av.

Clez'eland 61 Stanwood Av.

Elyria 2071 Doan St.

Cleveland 11 73 Case Av.

Madison 24 Adelbert Hall.
Miamisburg 127 Murray Hill Av.

Akron 112 Cornell St.

Grafton 30 Wierfield St.

Cleveland 93 Decker Av.

Cleveland 105 Walton Av.

Cleveland 224 Clinton St.

Cleveland 489 Sibley St.

Cleveland 15 Vienna St.

Cleveland 231 Harkness A v.

Cleveland 45 Marvin Av.
Ashtabula Harbor 117 Adelbert St.

Cleveland 152 Hawthorne St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADEL6BRT COLLBGB

[1904-I905

Percival William Whitlock,

Cleveland

69 Fowler St.

Howard K. Williams,

Cleveland

56 Mayficld St.

Raymond Leroy Williams,

Lorain

26 Wilbur St.

Darcy Vernon Wonders,

Cleveland

482 Wade Park Av.

Frank Meade Woods,

Cleveland

49 Shipherd St.
Freshmen 96.

SPEaAL

STUDENTS

Courtland Linden Booth (4)
Thomas Allan Boyle (3)
Harry Arthur Brereton (i)
Robertson Dunbar (2)
Jacob Franklin Gasser (i)
Ralph Waldo Emerson Hoffman
Claude Clayton Kiplinger (i)
Frank Wright Lea (3)
George Russell McWatters (2)
Fred Christ Oldenberg (i)
Walter Howard Seagravc (4)
John Calvin Winter (4)

Oberlin 286 Commonwealth Av.
Salem AKE House.

N. Tonawanda, iV. 7. A T A Rooms.
Cleveland 8 Hough PL

Cleveland 162 Osbom St.

(i) Cleveland 430 E. Madison Av.
Cleveland 7 Fern St.

Danville, Va. 12 Adelbert Hall.
Cleveland 125 Adelbert St.

Cleveland 667 Scranton Av.

Cleveland 153 Cornell St.

Cleveland 1257 Euclid Av.

Special Students 12.

SUMMARY

Seniors 39

Juniors 34

Sophomores 69

Freshmen 96

Special Students 12

250

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RKSERVB UNIVERSITY 4I

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION

The regular examination for admission to the Freshman
class is held at Adelbert College on the Friday and Saturday
following Commencement (June 16-17, 1905). Attendance
is required at the opening of the examination on Friday
morning. The examinations, which are partly oral and
partly written, occur as follows :

Second Day — Latin, 9 a. m. to 12 m. ; English, 2 p. m. to 4 P. M.

A second examination, to accommodate those unable to
attend the first, is held at Adelbert College on the Monday
and Tuesday before the opening of the first term (Septem-
ber 18-19, 1905), beginning promptly at 9 a. m. The order
of examinations is the same as at the regular examination.
Candidates applying to be examined at other than these
specified times, or late at the second examination, must ob-
tain special permission from the Faculty. Candidates late
at the regular examinations have no opportunity to make
good their loss until the second examination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

42 ADBLBERT COLLEGE [1904-1905

SUBJECTS REQUIRED OF ALL CANDIDATES

Each candidate must be prepared in English, Latin and
Mathematics, according to the outlines of those subjects
given below. Students whose examination papers show
marked deficiency in spelling, punctuation, idiom or division
into paragraphs, will not be admitted to any course.

English: The examination consists of two parts. The student
is required to show a general knowledge of the books marked A in
the following lists, and to write several short paragraphs on differ-
ent subjects chosen from them. In preparation for this part of the
requirement it is important that the candidate shall receive instruc-
tion in the fundamental principles of rhetoric. He is also required
to answer questions testing a thorough acquaintance with the books
marked B. These questions relate to the author and subject matter,
to the essentials of English grammar, and to the leading facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong.

Examinations in 1903 to 1905: A, For Reading: Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar ; The Sir Roger de Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner; Scott's Ivanhoe; Carlyle's Essay on Bums; Ten-
nyson's Princess; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; George Eliot's
Silas Marner. B. For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's
L' Allegro, II Penseroso, Comus, Lycidas ; Burke's Conciliation with
America ; Macaulay's Essays on Milton and Addison.

Latin : Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough) ; Roman
pronunciation. Cxsar — ^three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — six orations, including De Impcrio Gn.
Pompeii. Vergil — the Bucolics, two books of the Georgics and five
books of the i^neid, or the Bucolics and six books of the .Sneid.
Ovid — Translation at sight. The translation at sight of passages
from prose authors. Prose Composition — rendering of simple Eng-
lish sentences into Latin. History of Rome — ^the amount required
is indicated by Smith's Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's
Primer of Roman History. Ancient Geography.

Mathematics Arithmetic, including the metric system of weights
and measures. Algebra (Milne's or Taylor's Academic, or Went-
worth's College, to the chapter on the Binominal Theorem. Geom-
etry — (Beman and Smith, Milne or Wells) complete.

Note : It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 43

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the above, each candidate must be prepared
in either Greek; French; German; or Qiemistry, Physics
and History. The entrance requirements in these subjects
are as follows :

Greek : Grammar ; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon — four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered an equivalent). Homer — three
books of the Iliad with prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition — the rendering into
Greek of simple English sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exer-
cises), or Pearson's Greek Prose Composition are recommended.
History of Greece — Fyffe's Primer, Oman's, Myers's, or Smith's
History of Greece, or Pennell's Ancient Greece. Ancient Geography.

French: Ability to write simple sentences in French. A thor-
ough knowledge of the elements of French Grammar, special atten-
tion being paid to the verbs. Ability to read ordinary French at
sight, to pronounce French, and to understand simple French
phrases when spoken. In addition, the reading of not less than
seven hundred pages of prose and verse, chosen from standard mod-
ern novels, essays and plays.

German : Grammar, with translation at sight of >easy (jerman
prose, based on previous reading of not less than two hundred pages
of simple German prose. Prose Composition — the rendering of
simple connected prose from English into German. Ability to pro-
nounce German and to recognize German words and simple phrases
when uttered. In addition, the reading of not less than five hundred
pages of classical and contemporary prose and verse, as exemplified
in the following works or their equivalents, is required: Riehl —
Der Fluch der Sch6nheit. Freytag — Aus dem Staat Friedrichs des
Grossen. Heine — Die Harzreise. Goethe — First three books of
Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Barnhelm. Schiller
— Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty pages of
lyrics and ballads.

Chemistry : Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.

Physics: Carhart and Chute, Avery, or an equivalent. Class-
work through one year. Each student must perform in the labora-
tory at least thirty-five or forty experiments, mainly quantitative,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

44 ADELBERT COI.LEGE [1904-I905

such as are given in the best laboratory manuals. The laboratory
note-book should be presented as part of the certificate.

History (through one year) : Courses suggested in the order of
preference. Greek and Roman History (a separate course distinct
from work in Latin or Greek) ; mediaeval and modem History ;
English History; American History and Civil Government

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE

Students from such High Schools and Academies as may
be approved by the Faculty are admitted to the Freshman
class without examination, on the presentation of certificates
showing that they have completed the requisite amount of
preparatory study. Blank forms of such certificates, similar
to that given below, will be furnished instructors on appli-
cation to the President, with whom they are invited to cor-
respond. Applicants for admission are requested to present
their certificates or send them by mail to the Registrar, Pro-
fessor Dickerman, during Commencement week, or as soon
thereafter as practicable.

[form of certificate]

Mr , is a graduate of the

School, in the course, Class of

has pursued the studies marked below with the success indicated by
the attached standing, and is hereby recommended for admission 'to
the Freshman class, Adelbert College, Western Reserve University.

(General requirements for admission:)

English : As prescribed on page 42 of this catalogue.

Mathematics : See page 42.

Latin: See page 42.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 45

In addition:

Greek: As on page 43-

German: As on page 43-

French : As on page 43-

Chemistry, Physics, History: See pages 43, 44.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING

Candidates who can present equivalents for any part of
the college work will be given corresponding credit toward
graduation. It is then possible for those entering with
credit for any part of the college course to shorten by so
much the number of hours required for a degree. Such
students may be required to pass examinations on studies
previously pursued. No one is admitted to the Senior class
after the beginning of the second half-year.

ADMISSION TO PARTIAL COURSES

Students may receive instruction without becoming can-
didates for a degree, provided they can meet the require-
ments for admission to the Freshman class, or have pursued
other studies which may be accepted as equivalent to the
entrance requirements. Such special students are permitted
to enter attly those courses for zvhich their previous training
has fitted them. In general they are subject to the same
requirements as to college regulations, number of hours of
work, and standing in class as regular students, but each
application is considered on its merits.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ADELBBRT COLLBGE

[1904-1905

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

FRESHMAN YEAR

SUBJECTS REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS

FIRST

HALF YBAE.

HKS.

Bible I i

English i and 2 3

Latin i and 2 3

Mathematics I AND 2 .. 3

SECOND

HALF YEAR.

HRS.

IN ADDITION

Of Students who enter

with f Greek i and 2 '

Greek: \ German i and 2

with f French i and 2 .
German: \ German 5 and 6.

with
French

German i and 2.
French 3 and 4 .

with r Chemistry 3 AND 4

Natural i Physics i (first half-year).. 1
Science: 1 History i (second half-year) /
I German i and 2

^ 6

In addition to the above subjects Freshmen arc required to take
Course i in Physical Culture, counting for one hour a week through-
out the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905I WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

SOPHOMORE YEAR

SUBJECTS REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS

Engush 3 AND 4, I hour a week throughout the year.
Electives, 15 hours a week throughout the year.

JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS
Electives, 15 hours a week throughout the year.
During the Sophomore, Junior and Senior years each student

must complete not less than four half-year courses of three hours in

each one of the following groups :

ABC

language

mathematics

PHILOSOPHY,

AND

AND NATURAL

HISTORY AND SOCIAL

literature

SCIENCE

English,

Astronomy,

Economics and

German,
Greek,
Latin,
Romance
Languages.

Biology,
Chemistry,
Geology and

Mineralogy,
Mathematics,
Physics.

Politics,
History,
Philosophy.

In exceptional cases, with the permission of the Executive Com-
mittee, students may take a greater number of hours than those out-
lined for each year.

For opportunities to combine undergraduate work with profes-
sional training, see statements regarding Law and Medicine on pages
60 and 61 , and the Case School of Applied Science on page 50.

Digitized by VjOOQIC ,

48 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The following statements describe all courses offered, both
prescribed and elective. Prescribed courses are indicated
on pages 46-47 of this catalogue; all others are elective.
Unless otherwise stated, each course consists of three one-
hour recitations each week. Numbers of courses are not
necessarily consecutive. The hours at which courses are
given will be found on the schedule of recitations, copies of
which may be obtained at the office of the Registrar.

ASTRONOMY

PROFESSOR WHITMAN

I. Astronomy. Young's Manual of Astronomy. The course is
mainly descriptive, and is amply illustrated. Some attention is
given to the history of astronomy. Second half-year.

BIBLICAL LITERATURE

PRESIDENT THWING
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR HAYDN (CoUfSeS 2-6.)

1. The Life of Christ. Essays and discussions upon the prin-
cipal doctrines of Christianity. One hour a week, first half of
Freshman year.

2, 3. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's ^'Elements of Hebrew" will be used, later the Old Testa-
ment text. Three hours a week, throughout the year.

4. New Testament Greek. A critical reading of selections
from the Gospels, Acts and Epistles, to bring out the special charac-
teristics of this Greek. Either half-year.

5. New Testament Exegesis. (Open to those who have taken
Course 4.) Written expositions of assigned passages, with dis-
cussions. Either half-year.

6. Old Testament History and Interpretation. A course in
the English Bible, aiming to discuss Old Testament problems in the
spirit of modern constructive criticism. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 49

BIBLIOGRAPHY

MR. WILLIAMS

I, 2. Reference Work. A study of the standard works of refer-
ence, as the general and special encyclopaedias, dictionaries, annuals,
indexes to periodicals, ready reference manuals of every kind, and
the more important newspapers and periodicals.

3. Trade and National Bibliography. A study of the trade
and national bibliography of the United States, England, France,
and Germany, with a hasty survey of the other European countries.
Special attention will be given to the United States and England,
and to the bibliography of government publications. Familiarity
with the works studied will be induced by practical problems.

For particulars of the courses in Bibliography, see the announce-
ments of the Library School.

BIOLOGY

PROFESSOR HERRICK
MR. JAMES

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of animal
and plant life. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two
hours each. Second half-year.

2. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals.
One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-
year.

3. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A com-
parative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One recitation
and two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and lower
animals. Three exercises, consisting of lectures, recitations and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A study of the devel-
opment of birds and mammals. One recitation, two laboratory ex-
ercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Two exercises weekly. First half-year.

10. Botany. An introduction to the study of plants. Instruc-
tion is given by lectures, laboratory work and field excursions.
Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

50 ADELBBRT COLI.BGB [1904-I905

II. Reading Club. A voluntary association of students and in-
structors for reading and discussing works of general scientific
interest. Meetings are held weekly from December i to May i at a
time most convenient to the members.

Laboratory fees are for Courses i, 2. 3, 7, or 10, $5.00 each.

The following additional courses are offered for 1905-06, first half-
year: Lectures on Living Things, in their fundamental relations^
and a laboratory course in Cryptogapiic Botany. In the second half-
year a course in elementary Phanerogamic Botany, with field-ex-
cursions, will be substituted for course 10, and course 9 will be
transferred to the second half-year.

CASE SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE

By agreement between the two institutions, students may be
graduated both from the Case School and from Adelbert College,
within the space of five years. For information with regard to this
combined course, application should be made to the Dean of Adel-
bert College.

CHEMISTRY

PROFESSOR MORLEY
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR GRUENER

1. Chemistry of the Non-Metallic Elements. Wurtz's Ele-
ments of Chemistry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise
of three hours. First half-year.

2. Chemistry of the Metals. Wurtz's Elements of Chem-
istry. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours.
Second half-year.

3. Inorganic Chemistry. A more advanced course in general
chemistry, required of students who present natural science for ad-
mission. Newth's Inorganic Chemistry. One laboratory exercise
and two recitations. First half-year.

4. Inorganic Chemistry. Course 3 continued. Second half-
year.

5. 6. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout
the year.

7. Inorganic Preparations. This course will deal with the
preparation of a number of inorganic compounds, making use of
methods inapplicable to the elementary courses. Two laboratory

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 5 1

exercises and one recitation each week. Open to those who have
taken Courses i and 2, or Courses 3 and 4. First half-year.

8. Elements of Qualitative Analysis. Three laboratory ex-
ercises of three hours each. Open to those who have taken either
Courses i and 2 or Courses 3 and 4. Second half-year.

9, 10. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. Three laboratory ex-
ercises of three hours each, throughout the year.

11. Physiological Chemistry, A course on the chemistry of the
animal body, of nutrition, and of the ordinary food materials. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to
those who have taken Courses 5 and 6. First half-year.

12. Physical Chemistry. An elementary course treating princi-
pally of the theory of solutions and electro-chemistry. Three times
a week with occasional laboratory exercises. Second half-year.
Open to those who have had three half-year courses in chemistry.

The Laboratory Fee for Course 12 is $2.00; for Course i, 2, 3, 4,
or II, $3.00; for Course 5, 6, or 7, $5.00; and for Course 8, 9, or 10,
$6.00. These fees are for each half-year. Breakage and other dam-
age to apparatus are charged extra.

CHURCH HISTORY

associate professor severance

1. Church History of the First Six Centuries. Especial at-
tention will be devoted to the Patristic Literature and to the Doc-
trinal Controversies that rent the Church. First half-year.

3. The Reformation. A general survey of the period, introduc-
ing the student to the wider literature of the subject. Special atten-
tion will be paid to the formative influences that shaped the doc-
trinal views of the Reformers.

4. Modern Church History. The period of Confessional Or-
thodoxy, Methodism, the Missionary Movement, and the Vatican
Council are amongst the topics discussed.

5. Life in the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

52 AUELBERT COLLEGE [1904-1905

women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photo-
graphs and prints taken from mediaeval manuscripts. First half-
year, 1905-6.

ECONOmCS

DR. arbuthnot.
The first course is a prerequisite to the election of any of the
others, except courses 6, 8, 9 and 10.

1. Elements of Economics. Lectures, recitations and required
readings. The text-book is Bullock's Introduction to the Study of
Economics. First half-year.

2. Economic Theory. An historical and critical study of the
principal theories of value and distribution. Second half-year,
(1905-1906).

4. Public Finance. This course deals with public revenues and
expenditures. Lectures, assigned readings and individual investi-
gation of special topics. Problems of state and local taxation are
given special attention. The text-book is Adams* The Science of
Finance. Second half-year, 1905-1906.

5. Economic Problems. A brief treatment of socialism is fol-
lowed by a discussion of labor problems. Lectures, assigned read-
ings and class reports. The text-books are Ely's Socialism and So-
cial Reform and Levasseur's The American Workman. Second
hall-vear.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 53

6. Economic History. This course treats of the economic his-
tory of England from the 13th to the middle of the 19th century.
Lectures and required readings. The text-book is Cheyney's Indus-
trial and Social History of England. Second half-year. 1905-1906.

7. Modern Industry. This course deals with the social econ-
omy of the present. The growth of corporations, the functions of
speculation, and the problems of railway transportation are among
the topics discussed. Lectures, assigned readings and class reports.
Second half-year.

8. History of Political Thought. The development of polit-
ical philosophy from the Greeks to the present, and its connection
with political history. Lectures, with readings in examples of the
principal schools. First half-year.

9. Comparative Politics. A comparison of the political insti-
tutions of five modern states, viz., the United States, Great Britain,
the German Empire, the French Republic, and Switzerland. First
half-year, 1905-1906.

10. Municipal Government. The economic, social and admin-
istrative problems presented by the modern city. A comparative
study of American and European experience. Second half-year.

ENGLISH

professor potwin (courses 12, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20)

professor EMERSON ( COURSES 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, II, I3, I7, 2I-23)
DR. BRIGGS (courses I, 2, 7, 30)

RHETORIC AND ENGLISH COMPOSITION

1. Rhetoric A review of rhetorical theory with analysis of
prose selections illustrating the principles of composition. A short
theme each week, with conference for the correction of individual
faults. First half-year.

2. English Literature. An introduction to the subject, with
a study of masterpieces of poetry. Themes as in first half-year.
Second half-year.

3. Theme Writing. Short themes each week with individual con-
ferences for correction. Lectures on writing and the use of good
English. One hour a week. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

54 ADBLBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

4. Theme Writing. One long theme each week with individual
conferences for correction and discussion of work. Lectures. One
hotfr. Second half-year.

5. Daily Themes. Five short themes each week on subjects
chosen by the student. Weekly conferences with each student for
correction and suggestion. First half-year.

6. Daily Themes. Similar to Course 5, but of a more advanced
character. Students must have had Course 5 or its equivalent.
Second half-year.

7. FoRENSics. Critical study of masterpieces in argument and
oratory, with preparation of briefs, argumentative essays and ora-
tions. First half-year.

8. History of English Prose. Lectures on prose writers and
the development of prose style. Critical reading of specimens of
English prose from Mandeville to Burke, with collateral readings
and essays. Second half-year.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Students are advised to take at least two of the first five courses
before beginning those which follow.

10. Chaucer and Spenser. A study of the minor poems and the
Canterbury Tales of Chaucer, together with the most important
poetry of Spenser. A survey of English poetry between Chaucer
and Spenser, with lectures and collateral reading. First half-year.

11. Shakespeare and the Drama. A general course on the
literature during the reigns of Elizabeth and James I, with special
emphasis upon the drama. Second half-year.

12. Milton and the Classicists. English poetry from Milton
to Pope inclusive, with special emphasis of Milton. The classical
influence on English writers. Readings in the minor writers of the
period. First half-year.

13. Collins to Keats. A rapid survey of the poets from the
death of Pope to Cowper, and special study of Cowper, Burns,
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, Southey, Byron, Shelley, Keats.
First half-year.

14. Tennyson and the poets from 1830. The poetry of Tenny-
son will be the central and principal study, with readings of other
poets, except Browning, who is the subject of a separate course.
First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 55

15. American Literature. Its beginnings, dependence on Eng-
lish authors, and development under the influences of our history.
Second half-year.

16. History of English Criticism. The study will begin with
Dryden, and include the critical works of Addison, Johnson, Hallam
and others down to Matthew Arnold and the critics of today.

17. The English Novel. An historical course beginning with
the story writers of the Elizabethan period, and following the devel-
opment of the novel throughout the eighteenth, and early nineteenth
century. Second half-year.

18. The English Drama before Shakespeare. Text-book,
Manly's Specimens of the Pre-Shakespearean Drama. First half-
year.

20. The Poetry of Browning. The study will follow the order
of time of composition, typical selections being made for careful
analysis and explanation. Second half-year.

21. Old English (Anglo-Saxon). Lectures and recitations upon
the language, with readings of selections from Old English prose
and poetry. Special attention to the development of the language.
First half-year.

22. Middle English. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with readings of selections from prose and poetry. Special
study of Qiaucer and his contemporaries. Second half-year.

23. 24. Advanced Study of Old and Middle English. Critical
reading of texts, study of sources and of the development of language
and literature. Throughout the year.

ELOCUTION

30. A course in vocal training and drill in public speaking. In-
struction is given by lectures; by individual training in the analysis
and delivery of oratorical masterpieces ; and in the writing of ora-
tions. Three hours a week, second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

56 ADELBKRT COLLEGE [1904-1905

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY

PROFESSOR GUSHING

3. Geology. Lithology and dynamical geology. Three hours a
week. First half-year.

4. Structural and historical geology, with field work in the
vicinity of Cleveland. Open only to those who have taken Course 3
Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. First half-year.

7. A study of the local geology, with field work and mapping;
together with a more exhaustive study of various geologic problems
than was possible in previous courses. Courses 3 and 4 must pre-
cede. First half-year.

A laboratory fee of $2.00 is charged for Courses i and 2; of $1.00
for Course 7; and of $0.50 for Course 4.

GERMAN

professor HARRIS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MEYER (COURSES 1-6)

I, 2. E1.EMENTARY German. Grammar, reading and writing of
easy German. In this and the following courses as much of the
work as possible is done in German, but conversation is used as a
means, not as an end. Required of all who begin German in college.
Throughout the year.

3, 4. Second Year German. Study of grammar and drill in
speaking and writing German continued. Reading of representative
literary works. Open to all who have had Course 2 or its equiva-
lent. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 57

5, 6. Selected Masterpieces of representative German authors,
the latter part of the year being usually given to Schiller. Compo-
sition and advanced grammar. For Freshmen who enter with Ger-
man. Throughout the year.

7, 8. Author Course. The greater part of the year is given up
to the more detailed study of one of the great writers, usually
Goethe, but some other texts are also read. The work is partly in
the form of class exercises and partly private reading on which the
student is examined. Drill in writing German. Open to all who
have had Course 4 ox 6, or an equivalent. Throughout the year.

The following electivcs are open to all who have had Course 8 or
its equivalent. Courses 9-12 are offered alternately; of the others,
as a rule only one may be chosen in any one half-year.

9, 10. Outline History of Germ.^n Literature. Recitations
from a manual, wMth collateral readings ; lectures on German history
and literature. Throughout the year.

II, 12. Middle High German. This course gives a reading
knowledge of Middle High German through a careful study of the
grammar and the reading of selections from various texts, such as
the Nibelungenlied, Hartmann, Walther von der Vogelweide, etc,
1905-06. Throughout the year.

13, 14. Modern German Prose, This course is given up to the
study of a few of the modern writers in the fields of history, biog-
raphy, travels, etc. Essays, lectures, and portions of larger works
are read. 1905-06. Throughout the year.

15, 16. Modern Fiction. German Fiction since 1848 (lectures) ;
readings from Auerbach, Scheffel, Freytag, Spielhagen, Sudermann
and others. Throughout the year.

17. Faust. Goethe's Faust; connected history of the Faust
legend (lectures), with selected readings from the more important
Faustbiicher and Volksschauspiele. First half-year.

18. Recent German Drama. Lectures on the history of the
German drama since Goethe's death ; with the reading of plays of
representative modern dramatists. Second half-year.

19. Modern German Poetry. German poetry of the nineteenth
century with particular reference to the lyrics. First half-year.

20. GusTAV Frevtac. a detailed study of the life and works of
Gustav Freytag, and of his relations to contemporary German litera-
ture. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

58 ADKLBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

GREEK

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BILL

PROFESSOR FOWLER

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR HAYDN

2. Attic Orators. Rhetoric. Greek History. Attic legal antiqui-
ties. Greek prose composition. First half Freshman year.

3. The Drama. Two tragedies in the original ; others in English
translation. A study of meters and scenic antiquities. Second half-
year.

4. Plato. The Apology, Crito and selections from other works.
A connected survey of Greek Literature. First half-year.

Courses 5-12 are open to students who have taken Courses 1-4
or an equivalent. As a rule only one of these courses is given in
any half-year.

5. Comedy. A play of Aristophanes. Selections from Lucian.
First half-year.

6. History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon and other sources of Greek history. Second half-year.

7. Idyllic Poetry. Theocritus. A comparative study of Ver-
gil's Eclogues. First half-year.

8. Philosophy. Second half-year.

9. Lyric Poetry. First half-year.

10. Demosthenes. The Oration on the Crown. iCschines. Sec-
ond half-year.

11. Drama. The development of Attic Drama as exhibited in
the extant plays and fragments. First half-year.

12. Archaeology. Second half-year.

IS, 16. Elementary Greek. The essentials of the grammar.
Simple exercises in composition. The reading of selections from
Greek prose. Throughout the year.

17. New Testament Greek. See Biblical Literature, Course 4.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 59

HISTORY

DR. BENTON

PROFESSOR BOURNE (CoUrSCS Q, lO)

DR. ROBERTSON (CoUFSeS 7, 8)

1. Medieval History. Europe from the fourth to the fourteenth
century. Designed to be introductory to the more specialized
courses in modern history, and therefore a prerequisite to admission
to the other courses. Given both half-years.

2. History of Germany from the close of the Middle Ages to
the end of the eighteenth century, with special reference to the
Renaissance, the German Reformation, the decline of the Holy Ro-
man Empire and the rise of the modern German states. Second
half-year. [Not given in 1904-05.]

4. History of France from the close of the Middle Ages to the
middle of the eighteenth century, with special reference to the
social and political growth of the Old Regime. Second half-year.

5. History of England from the close of the Middle Ages to the
Revolution of 1688. Special emphasis is placed on the development
of the political, industrial and social institutions of the English
people throughout this period. First half-year.

6. England in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries through
the Reform period. The development of Parliartientary government '
and niodern English constitutional law.

7. American Coix)nization. The discovery of the New World ;
Spanish, English and French colonization in America ; the expansion
of the English colonies and their development towards independence
and union. First half-year.

8. History of the United States. The adoption and growth of
the constitution, the development of a foreign policy, of slavery and
expansion, the civil war and reconstruction. Second half-year.

9. The French Revolution, 1789-1795, with introductory studies
of the Qld Regime, and emphasizing the permanent results of the
Revolution in the political system of France. First half-year.

10. The Napoleonic Period, 1796-1815, a continuation of 9 and
introductory to the history of Europe during the nineteenth century.
Second half-year.

11. The History of Continental Europe since 1815. Spread
of the social and political doctrines of the French Revolution

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

6o ADELBERT COLLEGE ['904-I905

throughout Europe, the democratic and industrial revolutions, the
union of Italy and reorganization of Germany, the treaty relations
of the Great Powers, growth of international institutions in Europe.
[Not given in 1904-05.]

12. European Colonization. A history of the government of
dependencies. Investigations will be made in the Spanish, Dutch,
French and English practice and theory of colonial administration.

14. American Diplomacy. The history of negotiations and
treaties since 1776; the gradual growth of American principles of
International Law ; the rise of the United States to a World Power.
Second half-year.

19. The Puritan Revolution. The constitutional and social ex-
periments and theories of the Puritans, chiefly from the primary
sources. First half-year.

LATIN

PROFESSOR PLATNER

assocl^te professor bill

1. LiVY or Cicero. First half Freshman year.

2. Plautus, two or three plays. Horace, Satires. Second half
Freshman year.

3. Odes of Horace. First half-year.

4. Tacitus, Germania and Agricola. Juvenal, Satires. Second
half-year.

5. Cicero's Letters.

6. Lucretius.

8. Latin of the Silver Age, This course is based mainly on
the letters of Pliny the Younger, Seneca, Tacitus, and Suetonius.

10. Roman Elegiac and Lyric Poetry.

Each of the elective courses, 5 to 10, is a half-year course, and in
general they arc given in a cycle, but no definite order can be stated,
variations being introduced according to the number and character
of the students.

LAV

Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Law School
of the University, provided it does not count for more than nine of
the fifteen hours each week required for graduation. By availing
themselves of this opportunity and by proper choice of electives in

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 6 1

the College, students may complete one of the three years required
for the degree in law, during their academic course. For details of
such courses application should be made to the Dean of the Law
School, Professor Hopkins.

MATHEMATICS

PROFESSOR SMITH
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR DICKERMAN

1. Plane Trigonometry. First half Freshman year.

2. Plane Analytic Geometry. Second half Freshman year.

4. Algebra (advanced course). First half-year.

5. Plane and Solid Analytic Geometry (advanced course).
First half-year.

6. Spherical Trigonometry. Surveying. Second half-year.

7. Elements of Differential and Integral Calculus. Second
half-year.

8. Differential and Integral Calculus (advanced course).
First half-year.

9. The Theory of Equations. Burnside and Panton's Theory
of Equations. 1905-1906. Second half-year.

10. Quaternions. Kelland and Tait's Introduction to Quater-
nions. First half-year.

11. Differential Equations. Murray's Differential Equations.
Second half-year.

12. Modern Analytic Geometry. Second half-year.
The Laboratory fee for course 6 is $1.00.

MEDICINE

Seniors in Adelbert College may elect work in the Medical College
of the University, provided it does not count for more than nine of
the fifteen hours each week required for graduation. By availing
themselves of this opportunity and by proper choice of electives in
the College, students may complete one of the four years required
for the degree in medicine, during their academic course. For de-
tails of such courses application should be made to the Dean of the
Medical College, Professor Millikin. *

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

62 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-1905

PHILOSOPHY

PROFESSOR CURTIS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARVIN

The following chronological order will be observed. Students
wishing to elect any of the more advanced courses (5-IS) in the
Junior or Senior year are advised to take Courses i, 2, 3 and 4, in
the Sophomore or Junior year.

3. Logic. This course, of which the purpose is chiefly practical,
presents the elements of deductive and inductive logic, laying espe-
cial emphasis on the formal and material fallacies. Second half-year.

4. Introduction to Philosophy. This course introduces the
student to the chief problems of systematic philosophy, their history
,and present status. The instruction is given in the form of lectures
and assigned private reading. Second half-year.

5. Ethics. An outline of Ethics will be given by lectures. Some
of the most important problems of ethics will be studied in their
historical and philosophical aspects by reference to the works of
Aristotle, Kant, Martineau, Sidgwick, Green, Spencer and Stephen.
First half-year.

6. 7. General History of Philosophy. A course for Seniors
extending throughout the year. The first term reviews oriental and
Greek thought with their bearings upon patristic and scholastic phi-
losophy to the close of the sixteenth century. The second term will
consider the main lines of thought from Bacon and Descartes to
Wundt and Spencer, inclusive.

8. British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume. Lectures,
recitations and private readings. The purpose is to acquaint the
student with the classics of British Empiricism by means of selec-
tions from Bacon's Advancement of Learning and Novum Organum,
Hobbes' Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understand-
ing, Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, and Hume's Treat-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 63

ise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward the main
problems of Modern Philosophy. First half-year.

9. Theory of SoaEXY, on the basis of Anthropology and
Psychology. Open only to students who have done work in these
sciences and also in Philosophy and Economics. Lectures and re-
ports throughout the term. First half-year.

10. Social Institutions, a continuation of the Theory of So-
ciety in its practical applications and illustrations by means of a
classification of social institutions. Lectures and reports through-
out the term. Second half-year.

11. The Philosophy op Kant. After the results of Hume's
Philosophy have been reviewed, Kant's Prolegomena will be taken
up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This will be fol-
lowed by a discussion of the Metaphysics of Morality, the Critique
of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. First half-year.

12. The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical study of
Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolution
along with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Digests and
essays are required for the purpose of bringing into prominence the
main questions of Cosmology, and the bearing of Evolution on recent
thought. Second half-year.

13. Advanced Psychology. The subject of the course is the
Psychology of Education. Its aim is to apply the results of psy-
chology to the solution of some of the chief problems of education.
First half-year.

14. Applied Logic, or Scientific Method. In this course the
general methods of science will be analyzed in order to study their
principles and nature and logical justification. The chief works con-
sulted are those of Mill, Sigwart and Venn. Second half-year.

15. Introduction to the Philosophy of Religion. A brief
presentation of religion in its psychological, historical, critical and
constructive aspects. Second half-year.

PHYSICAL CULTURE

MR. VON DEN STEINEN

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

64 ADEI^BKRT COI^LEGE [1904-1905

PHYSICS

PROFESSOR WHITMAN
MR. MILLS

1. Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. ELECTRiaTY AND MAGNETISM, LiGHT. Continuation of Course
I. Second half-year.

I. (A) General contents and text-book as in i. For Freshmen
presenting natural science for admission. The work is arranged to
utilize as fully as possible the preparatory course in phjrsics. First
half-year. Under certain conditions this course may be postponed
until the Sophomore year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics, or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory of Heat. An introduction to thermodjmamics, given
mainly by lectures, with references. Second half-year.

Alternating with 8.

6. Continuation of Course 5. Second half-year.

8. Mechanics. A study of the principles of applied mechanics.
Text-book, Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year.

Alternating with 4.

9. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important phys-
ical phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to text-books, and a few exercises in the laboratory. First
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 65

II. Physical Experiment. Special topics in phyics are assigned
to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is to
introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than are
usually possible in the general courses. Each student is expected to
spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

13. Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussions on special subjects and current physical literature
by members of the conference. One meeting weekly.

Courses 10 and 11 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

Two weekly exercises under Course 11 may be combined with
Course 10 to count for one three-hour course.

An elementary knowledge of the Differential and Integral Calculus
is necessary for Courses 4, 5, 6, 8, and 11.

The Laboratory fee for Course 9 is $2.00; for each of the other
laboratory courses, $4.00.

THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES

PROFESSOR BOURLAND

FRENCH

1. Elementary. Grammar and easy reading. Practice in speak-
ing and writing French. First half-year.

2. Elementary Course continued. Reading of modern prose
and plays, with practice in speaking and writing. Second half-year.

3. Rapid Reading of Nineteenth Century Texts, with prac-
tice in conversation. This course may be elected twice. First half-
year.

4. (a) The French Classic Drama. Corneille, Racine, Vol-
taire, Moliere. 1905-6. Second half-year.

4. (6) Writers -OF the Eighteenth Century. Montesquieu,
Voltaire, Diderot; the Dramatists. Second half-year.

The foregoing courses will be offered annually, except that 4 (a)
and 4 (6) will be given in alternate years; they or their equivalent
must precede all other work in French. Of the following electives,
not ipore than one may be expected in any half-year ; for admission
to them the special permission of the instructor is required.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

66 ADELBKRT COLLEGE [1904-I905

5, 6. French Prose Composition. Practice in writing French,
with review of syntax.

7. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. Montaigne, Rahelais.
Lectures and recitations.

8. Outlines of the History of French Literature to the end
OF THE Sixteenth Century. Lectures with illustrative readings.

9. 10. Historical French Grammar. Lectures on the phonology
and morphology, with illustrative readings in Old French texts.

11. The Naturaustic Novel. Balzac, Flaubert, Stendhal, Gon-
court, Zola. First half-year.

12. Jean-Jacques Rousseau. A study of his principal works,
his life and his influence. Second half-year.

ITALIAN

The courses in Italian must be preceded by Courses i and 2 in
French.

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. First half-year.

2. Dante. The Purgatorio and the Vita Nuova. Lectures, read-
ings and recitations. Second half-year.

SPANISH

The courses in Spanish must be preceded by Courses i and 2 in
French.

1. Elementary Course. Grammar and easy reading, with prac-
tice in speaking. 1905-06. First half-year.

2. Reading of Modern Prose and Plays, with special drill in
speaking and writing Spanish. ^1905-06. Second half-year.

3. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the dramatic literature of
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with readings from Lope de
Vega, Tirso de Molina, AIarc6n, Calderon. First half-year. [Not
given in 1904-05.]

4. Cervantes. Lectures, recitations and reports. Second half-
year. [Not given in 1904-05.]

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 67

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The first half-year begins on the Tuesday after the six-
teenth day of September, and continues, with a holiday
recess of nine days, until the first Saturday in February.
The second half-year begins on the Monday after the first
Saturday in February, and continues, with an Easter recess
of one week, until Commencement, which occurs on the
Thursday after the eleventh day of June (or after the tenth
in years in which February has twenty-nine days). No
college exercises are held on Thanksgiving day, Washing-
ton's birthday, and Decoration day. On the day of prayer
for colleges, religious exercises are held in Eldred Hall. The
exercises of each half-year begin with prayers in the chapel
at nine o'clock.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP

All students are required to attend daily prayers in the
chapel. During the current year the following gentlemen,
clergymen of the city of Cleveland, assist in the conduct of
the chapel exercises : Very Reverend C. D. Williams, Rev-
erend C. W. Carroll, Reverend M. O. Simons, Reverend E.
A. Hanley, Reverend W. R. Stearly. Students are also ex-
pected to attend morning service on Sunday in the churches
of the city. It is desired that students should connect them-
selves with the churches of their choice, and enter as far as
possible into their religious activities.

The Young Men's Christian Association of the college
holds its meetings in Eldred Hall. This building is devoted
entirely to the religious and social work of the Association.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

68 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

LIBRARIES

The College Library, including the collections of former
literary societies, contains about fifty thousand bound
volumes and ten thousand unbound books and pamphlets.
It is commodiously housed in the Hatch Library building,
the gift of Mr. Henry R. Hatch, of Cleveland. The col-
lections relating to the study of the German language and-
literature, French literature, United States history, and the
history of the French Revolution are particularly full.
The list of periodicals is very complete, and the library con-
tains many sets of valuable publications in classical phil-
ology and archaeology, Germanic and general philology,
history^ anthropology and science, besides sets of the oldest
and best literary magazines. These sets are kept up to
date and their number is increased by constant additions.
The whole collection is classified according to the Dewey
system somewhat iliodified. Students have access to all the
books on the shelves, and the library is open from eight
o'clock in the morning until half-past five in the aftemocm.

In addition to the College Library, students may use the
Public Library of Cleveland, which contains 150,000 vol-
umes, and includes valuable collections for the study of
Shakespeare, modern literature, history, art and archaeology.
On request of members of the Faculty, books from the Pub-
lic Library are delivered at the Hatch Library building, and
may be retained for an extended period. This arrangement
makes this collection readily accessible to students at all
times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
50,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and gen-
eral literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of
the fine arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the
sciences, especially chemistry and botany.

Students thus have access to collections aggregating about
250,000 volumes and constantly increasing in number.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 69

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS
Biology. The Biological laboratory is designed for the
study of the biological sciences, especially zoology and
botany ; for a biological museum, in the sense of a reference
or teaching collection of objects drawn from the living
world to illustrate types of structure, variations, life his-
tories and kindred subjects; and for the maintenance of
vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals and plants, both
aquatic and terrestrial, may be kept alive while their habits
are studied, and, when possible, their breeding and devel-
opment watched.

CHEaiiSTRY. The department of chemistry is well sup-
plied with apparatus for use in illustrative lectures. The
chemical laboratory is equipped with sufficient apparatus so
that each student may become familiar with the facts of the
science through experiments made by himself under the
guidance of the instructor. Such experimental courses are
offered in the chemistry of the non-metallic and metallic
elements, in organic, analytical, and physiological chemistry.

Geology and Mineralogy. The laboratory of this
department is, at the present time, on the third floor of the
main building. The collections at the service of the depart-
ment are well chosen, and are rapidly growing. They com-
prise sets of crystal models and crystals, crystal sections for
optical study, and rock sections in great number, besides
mineralogical, lithological, and palseontological collections.
The vicinity of Cleveland is interesting geologically, es-
pecially in regard to its glacial deposits and its paleon-
tology. It furnishes abundance of material for the special
investigator.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

70 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

apartments for more advanced work. Especial attention
has been paid to heating, lighting, and ventilation. The
department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present oflFered — ^all of which
include work in the laboratory — and additional j^paratus
is continually being obtained.

GYMNASIUM AND ATHLETIC FIELD
At the southern end of the campus is the gymnasium, and
beside it the athletic field. The former is sufficiently
equipped with apparatus for ordinary use. All members of
the Freshman class are required to take systematic exercise
in the gymnasium three times a week during six months of
the year. During the same period a similar opportunity is
aflForded members of the other classes. All work is under
the supervision of the instructor in Physical Culture.

The athletic field is graded, fenced and provided with
seats for viewing athletic contests.

RULES GOVERNING ATTENDANCE
Each student is allowed, during each half-year, absences
to the amount of one in twelve, from recitations in each
study, provided that such absences do not immediately pre-
cede or follow a vacation or recess. Lack of preparation,
when reported to the instructor beforehand, will be counted
as an absence. Absences from chapel, or from work in the
gymnasium, are treated in the same way as absences from
recitation. The absence of any considerable number of a
class, by agreement, is not included in allowed absences, and
will lessen the number of allowed absences, as may be deter-
mined by the Faculty.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 7 1

All omitted exercises, allowed or excused, must be made
up within one week after the resumption of college duties,
at a time and place appointed by the instructor whose exer-
cises were omitted. The responsibility in this matter rests
with the student. For special reasons the instructor may
grant an extension of the time beyond one week, or the
Executive Committee may excuse the student altogether, on
application in writing, through the Dean. A single omitted
exercise is considered as made up if at the next exercise in
that study there is a review, and the student reports that he
is prepared upon the review as well as the advance lesson.
In all cases a student is held responsible for preparation on
omitted work whenever involved in review or examination.

Omitted exercises, not allowed or excused (or in any
case, if not made up), will be counted as failures in reckon-
ing a student's standing. Irregularities in attendance, not
allowed or excused, are marked as follows : Absence from
examination, public or private, five marks. Absence from
lectures, two marks. Absence from any other exercise, one
mark. Tardiness at, or egress from any of the above, one
mark.

When the marks of a student amount to five, he will be
informed of the fact, and a written notice will be sent to his
father or guardian, together with a statement of all of his ab-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

72 ADBLBKRT COLLEGE [1904-I905

Sences, allowed and excused, and a copy of the rules. When
the marks amount to ten, a second notice will be sent ; when
they amount to fifteen a third will be sent, and the student
will be suspended from the privileges of the college for a
period determined by the Faculty.

GRADES OF SCHOLARSHIP

Students are graded in their studies by letters which have
value on a scale of eight, as follows :

E (excellent) 7-8

G (good) 6-7

F (fair) 5-6

P (pass) 4.5

D (deficient) -4

Care over the work of students is exercised by the Execu-
tive Committee after the following method: When the
grade of a student becomes D in any study, the instructor
reports the fact at once to the Dean, who sends an official
notification of the deficiency to the student and to his
parent or guardian. The instructor keeps the Dean in-
formed as to whether the student's grade continues D.
Once a month the Dean reports to the faculty all infor-
mation which he has received from instructors in regard to
the grades of students.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 73

majority vote of the same persons he is allowed to remain in
the study under special probation for a short time. In all
cases the student's grade is determined by all his previous
work in a study from the beginning of the half-year.

If a student has grade D in the class-work of any study,
he is not allowed to enter the examination, and cannot be
graduated until the head of the department reports to the
Registrar that the deficiency has been removed. In case the
deficiency is in an elective study, the student may take in
class some other elective of the same number of hours a
week, and the satisfactory completion of such elective will
be regarded as removing his deficiency.

If a student's term standing in any study is not below
grade P, but he fails in his examination, the instructor
hands in his grade as D and also notice that he is to be
re-examined in that study. When he has passed this re-
examination the instructor notifies the Registrar at once,
and the deficiency is cancelled.

When a student so fails in his work that, in the judgment
of the Executive Committee, he cannot successfully continue
it, a condition is placed upon him. He cannot then go on
with any study unless he makes up the deficiency before a
specified time.

All conditions imposed at entrance must be made up be-
fore the beginning of the Junior year. Students who fail
to comply with this rule will not be admitted to classes, or
allowed to go on with their work. No student is allowed
to enter the second half of his Senior year who has not
made up all his deficiencies.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

74 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

DEGREES

In order to be recommended for a degree a student shaU
have passed in all the studies of his course and have attained
a grade of F or a higher grade in two-thirds of them.
Upon students who have completed these requirements the
degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred.

For degrees in combination with the Medical College, the
School of Law, and the Case School of Applied Science, see
the synopsis of courses under the proper headings.

HONORS

In Chemistry, French, German, Greek, Latin and Mathe-
matics, two-year honors are given to those students who, at
the completion of the Sophomore year, have attained grade
E in each course of these departments during two years,
and grade F or a higher grade in all of their other studies.

Opportunity is given to students having sufficient prepara-
tion to pursue studies and investigations outside the pre-
scribed course under the direction and assistance of the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 75

Faculty, provided they maintain a standing of at leist G in
each of their regular studies. Students who pass successful
examinations in these additional studies may be exempted
from a portion of the regular examinations, and receive
honorable mention in the catalogue.

PRIZES
President's Prizes are offered as follows:
Three prizes for excellence in producing and speaking
orations are awarded to members of the Junior and Sopho-
more Classes who engage in a Junior-Sophomore oratorical
contest at Commencement. Of these, two first prizes of
thirty-five dollars each are given to the contestants who
rank first in each class. A second prize of twenty dollars is
awarded irrespective of class. The following rule respect-
ing the competition has been adopted by the Faculty: a
Sophomore who gains the first prize in any contest shall not
compete again^ and one who gains the second prize may
compete in his Junior year for the first prize only.

Six prizes for the highest records in scholarship are
awarded at the end of the Freshman year as follows: In
French and German (students who enter with one modern
language) twenty-five dollars; in German (students who
enter without modem language) twenty-five dollars; in
English, forty dollars; in Greek, twenty-five dollars; in
Latin, forty dollars ; in Mathematics, forty dollars. A prize
of twenty-five dollars is also awarded for the best results
in the work of the gymnasium during the Freshman year.
These prizes are awarded only to those pursuing their
Sophomore year in Adelbert College, and no prize will be
given if it seems to the department or departments con-
cerned that it is not clearly merited.

Philosophical Prizes, founded by Mr. Truman P.
Handy and continued in his memory by his daughter, Mrs.
John S. Newberry, are offered as follows : Two prizes, one

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

76 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

of sixty and one of thirty dollars, are awarded by a com-
mittee at the close of the college year to the two members
of the philosophical group who shall excel in an original
essay and a special examination. The subject assigned for
1904-1905 is "John Stuart Mill's Utilitarianism."

English Prizes are offered as follows : The Early Eng-
lish Text Society offers a prize for the best examination
in Old and Middle English. The New Shakespeare Society
oflFers a similar prize for the best" examination in Shakes-
peare. Each prize consists of publicatic«is of the Sodet}
oflFering it.

The Holden Prize. Mr. L. E. Holden, of Qeveland,
offers a prize of twenty-five dollars for the best essay writ-
ten by a Senior or Junior on some subject selected by the
department of Rhetoric. Essays in competition for this
prize must be type-written and submitted under an assumed
name not later than May fifteenth, 1905. The subject for
this academic year is "The New Humanitarian Spirit in
English Poetry from Collins to Keats."

The Debate Prize. In order to encourage and
strengthen the debating interests of the College, an alumnus
offers a prize of sixty dollars to be divided equally among
the six students who win places on the debating teams in
the preliminary contests, and represent the institution in the
annual debates. The College Literary Society also offers a

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 77

prize of ten dollars to each of its own members who wins a
place on the team representing the college in the annual
contest of the Ohio Debating League.

The Harriet Pelton Perkins Scholarship, the in-
come of a fund of two thousand dollars, given for that pur-
pose by Mr. Edwin R. Perkins, is awarded annually to that
member of the Junior class who fills the following condi-
tions: He must rank in the first third of his class in the
study of the classics, having pursued Latin and Greek
through the Sophomore year. Among those fulfilling the
first condition he must also attain the highest rank for ex-
cellence in English, having taken, besides all required
courses, at least three hours a week during both terms of
the Junior year.

Except to Seniors, prizes awarded at commencement are
paid at the beginning of the ensuing term, and no prize will
be so paid unless the student continues his connection with
the College.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER PUBLICATION FUND

EXPENSES
The College charges are as follows :

Matriculation $ S-OO

Tuition, Incidentals, Library and Gymnasium, each year 85.00

Beginning with Commencement 1906, a graduation fee will be

CHARGED.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

78 ADELBERT COLLEGE [1904-I905

Board and rooms in private families in the vicinity of the
College may be obtained at a cost of from three to five
dollars a week; board in clubs for from two and a half to
three dollars a week.

BENEFICIARY AND OTHER AID
Certain scholarships are awarded to meritorious students
who need pecuniary aid. By these they are relieved of a
portion of the fixed charges of the College. The scholar-
ships are founded by gifts of $500 each, and are worth the
interest of that sum at six per cent, or $30 a year. All
scholarships are granted upon the following conditions:

1. All applicants for scholarships shall file written state-
ments of resources, expenses and needs, accompanied in the
case of those just entering college, whether as Freshmen
or in the higher classes, by testimonials as to character and
attainments.

2. Scholarships shall be granted annually upon each
application, but may be withdrawn for cause at the end of
one half-year.

3. The granting and withdrawing of scholarships, for
students who have attended the College as long as one half-
year, shall be in the hands of the Executive Committee, who
shall report to the Faculty at the beginning of each year the
names of those students to whom scholarships are to be
granted, and each half-year the names of those from whom
scholarships have been withdrawn.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 79

4. In general only candidates for a degree in full stand-
ing are eligible to scholarships. But one may be granted
to any student who, by reason of incomplete preparation, is
obliged to enter college as a special student, but with the in-
tention of making up his deficiencies and taking a degree,
and it may be continued to him in successive years if his
progress warrants the belief that he will carry out his inten-
tion. But a student in full standing who becomes a special
student, shall not in general be eligible to a scholarship. A
student, to be eligible to a scholarship, or to retain one, must
in general maintain an average of F in all his studies and
must not fall below the passing grade in any subject.

5. A scholarship may be withdrawn from a student
whose work or conduct ceases to be satisfactory.

Students placed upon the list of beneficiaries arc expected
to maintain their standing in scholarship, and also to finish
their course in this College. Before dismissal to another
institution can be granted, the college dues, including the
amounts given or loaned, must first be paid.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

8o COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-1905

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

GENERAL STATEMENT

nN ORDER to provide more adequate means for the
separate higher education of young women, .the Trus-
tees of Western Reserve University established the College
for Women in 1888. The first session began in September
of the same year. For the first three years of its existence
the college depended largely for its courses of instruction
upon members of the faculty of Adelbert College. At* the
end of that period it acquired a separate corps of instructors,
so that since that time each of the two colleges, the one for
women and the other for men, has had a Faculty of its own.
In this relation special mention should be made of the gen-
erous gifts and bequests through which have been estab-
lished the Eliza Clark Professorship of Greek, the Emily
A. Woods Professorship of Latin, the Florence Harkness
Professorship of Biblical Literature, and the Lucy A,
Leffingwell Professorship of Philosophy. The two colleges
have a common standard of work, and the relations of each
to the other and to the rest of the University tend to develop
a common breadth of outlook. Moreover, in a number of
the departments, by exchange of work and other arrange-
ments, instruction is given in each college by members of
the Faculty of the other. Graduates of the College for
Women receive their degrees from the University, of which
it is an integral part. The system is thus not one of co-
education, nor of complete separation in education, but of
co-ordination.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 8 1

In 1904 was erected the Mary Chisholm Painter memorial
gateway.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLKGE FOR WOMEN

[1904-1905

ADVISORY COUNCIL

Honorary President^
Miss L. T. Guii,ford.

President^
Mrs. E. W. Mori,by.

Vice President^
Mrs. G. a. Garrktson.

Recording Secretary^
Miss Katharine Croxtok.

Mrs. Luke Lascei.i.es.
Corresponding Secretary ^

Miss Anna Burgbss.
Treasurer^

Mrs. Samu£i< Mather,

Mrs. Edward W. Haines,

Miss Harriet Shei,don Hurlbut,

Miss Harriet L. Keeler,

Mrs. J. H. Wade.

Mrs. Charles J. Sheffield,

Mrs. W. R. Warner,

Miss Augusta Mittleberger,

Mrs. p. H. Sawyer,

Mrs. W. S. Tyler,

Mrs. HeTnry S. Sherman,

Mrs. William A. Leonard,
Mrs. J. J. Tracy,
Mrs. Jay C. Morse,
Mrs. H. E. Myers,
Miss Mary L. Southworth,
Mrs. Dudley P. Allen,
Mrs. D. Z. Norton,
Mrs Arthur E. Lyman,
Mrs. Samuel A. Raymond,
Mrs. William E. Gushing,
Miss Cora E. Canfield.

Miss Mary B. Thwing, President of the Alumnae Association.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 83

Corresponding Members,

Mrs. Wm. H. Upson, Akron» O.
Mrs. C. W. Jacques, Ashtabula, O.
Mrs. J. Osborne Moss, New York.
Mrs. James A. Garfield, Mentor, O.
Mrs. H. S. Lane, Crawfordsville, Ind.
Mrs. C. O. Gridley, Erie, Pa.
Mrs. Thos. Kilpatrick, Omaha, Neb.
Miss Ellen G. Reveley, Syracuse, N. Y.
Mrs. Henry B. Perkins, Warren, O.
Mrs. Frank Swayne, Toledo, O.
Mrs J. S. Newberry, Detroit, Mich.
Mrs. Prank G. Sigler, Montclair, N. J.
Mrs. Joseph Howells, Jefferson, O.
Mrs. George H. Ely, Elyria, O.
Miss Caroline Hardy, Columbus, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

84 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904— 1905

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.

Arranged, vnth exception of the President, in the order of graduaHon from
college, within each division.

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Hiram Collins Haydn, D. D., LL. D., 173 Bellflower Av.

Harkness Professor of Biblical Literature.

Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Hurlbut Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.

Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adclbcrt St

Perkins Professor of Physics and Astronomy.

Ekma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St

Woods Professor of Latin.

Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., 33 Cornell St

Clark Professor of Greek.

Franos Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St

Professor of Biology.

Henry Platt Cushing, M. S., ' 260 Sibley St

Professor of Geology.

Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St

Professor of History.

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature.

Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., (Absent for the year.)

LefHngwell Professor of Philosophy.

Anna Helene Palmie., Ph. B., 48 Mayfield St

Professor of Mathematics.

William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St

Professor of English.

Hippolyte Gruener, Ph. D.. 43 Knox St

Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 85

OuN Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 116 Ridgewood Av.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

Charles Edwin Clemens.. 1093 Prospect St

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.

AiiEN Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in Historical Bibliography,

Joseph Leopold Borgerhoff, A. M., The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av.
Instructor in Romance Languages.

Elizabeth Kemper Adams, Ph. D., 46 Knox St

Instructor in Philosophy.

Carl Byron James, B. S., South Euclid, O.

Instructor in Biology.

Clara Louise Myers, Ph. B., 116 Ridgewood Av.

Instructor in English.

William Spence Robertson, Ph. D., 23 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in History.

Charles Criswell Arbuthnot, Ph. D., id Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Economics.

Mary George Clark, Guilford House.

Instructor in Physical Training.

John Mills, A. M., 18 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physics.

Otto Manthey-Zorn, Ph. D., 508 Sterling Av.

Instructor in Gertnan.

Additional instruction in their own departments is given by the
following members of the Adelbert College Faculty.

Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D.. 43 Adelbert St

Handy Professor of Philosophy.

Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St.

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.

Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 94 Glen Park Place.

Assistant Professor of German.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

86 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN ['904— 1905

Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.

Clarence Powers Bill, Ph. D., 853 Logan Av.

Associate Professor of Greek.

Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D., The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av.

Instructor in History.

Nina May Roberts, A. M., 30 Sayles St.

Assistant, in English.
Sarah Amanda Babbitt, A. B., 56 Mayfield St

Assistant in Greek.
Bessie Mildred Chandler, Ph. D., 894 Case Av.

Assistant in Biological Laboratory.

Lillian G. Towslee, M. D., 406-8 Osborn BIdg.

Lecturer in Physiology and Hygiene.

Jessie Bogcs, A. M., M. D., 1257 Euclid Ave.

Medical Examiner.

OTHER OFFICERS

Bertha Louise Torrey, A. B., 4132 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.

Registrar.
Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St

Bursar.

Harry Albert Raring, A. B., 78 Cornell St.

Treasurer.
Charles Clarence Wiluamson, A. B., 10 Adelbert Hall.

Secretary to the President.
Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 1668 Lamont St.

Librarian, Hatch Library.
Anna Louise MacIntyre, A B., 136 Sawtell Av.

Librarian, College for Women.
Elizabeth Currier Annin, Housemisiress, Guilford House.

Isadore Heydenburk, Housemistress, Haydn Hall.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN KBSBRVB UNIVERSITY

STUDENTS

Vera Andrew
Ida Florence Budde
Mabel Elizabeth Chapman
Alice Duty
Etta Freedlander
Malvina Friedman
Nancy Lodelle Garrett
Helen Gilchrist
Gertrude Marie Gillin
Helen Sterrett Kenning
Hilda Maud Hetzel
Vesta Maude Jackson
Emanuela Anna Janousek
Lena Rivers Kiefer
Grace Amanda King
Carrie Louise Krauss
Maud Eugenia Lyman
Jean Bailey McFall
Mabel Adele Morris
Ruby Mary Osborne
Phoebe Katharine Parks
Grace Louise Pennington
Jean Quay

Elizabeth Ellinwood Roberts
Louise Christina Schuele
Helen Dennison Shepherd
Olga Elizabeth Solberg
Lenore Irene Stein
Helen Florence Stevens
Jennie Camille Suits
Mary Eugenia Suliot
Harriet Anna Thomas
Gwendolyn Lloyd Thomas
Ruth Van Nostran
Ethel Georgia Ward
Elizabeth White
Lois Brockway Williams

SENIORS

Cedarville
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Fargo, N. D.
Miamishurg
Cleveland
Cleveland
Findlay
Butte, Mont,
Cleveland
• Chardon

Haydn Hall.

318 Quinby Av.

103 Marcelline Av.

2577 Euclid Av.

158 Putnam St.

96 Osborne St.

775 Giddings Av.

379 Amesbury Av.

91 Quincy St

Guilford House.

Haydn Hall.

1057 E. Madison A v.

1772 Broadway.

Guilford House.

1997 Superior St.

Guilford House.

Pittsburg, Pa. Guilford House.
Cleveland 189 W. Madison Av.
Binghamton, N. Y. Guilford Hse.
Collinwood 31 Nantuckett St.

Cleveland 79 Hough Av.

East Cleveland 4050 Euclid Av.
Winsted, Conn. Guilford House.
Cleveland 15 Jay St.

Painesinlle Guilford House.

Salem Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 1055 Case Av.

Cleveland 5 Lake View Av.

Cleveland 50 Bertram St.

Salem Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 489 Sibley St.

Cleveland 85 Warner Rd.

Cleveland 204 Harkness Av.

Willoughby Guilford House.

Euclid Euclid, O.

Cleveland 127 Streator Av.

Seniors, 37.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[1904-1905

JUNIORS

Lula Alberdena Alburn

Mabel Estelle Anderson

Florence Margaret Brooks

Lettie May Clague

Martha Cook

Cornelia Cranz

Marguerite Eckstein Case Day

Mary Frances Day

Irene Delahunt

Mildred DeLaney
Ruth Elliott
Aimee Carolyn Friend
Helen Barber Gaines
Charlotte Christine Geuder
Mary Estelle Hagan
Gussie Kelley Hamilton
Elsie Sophia Hauser
Florence Adelaide Hobson
Sarah Mildred Honeywell
Clara Mary Horn
Ethel May Hurst
Martha Louise Jeschke
Edna Mary Jones
Margaret Dorothy Jones
Ruth Richmond Kennan
Lillian Rhea Linn
Nellie May Luehrs
Ruth Bixby McKean
Ruth Lovern Mann
Elma Anne Marble.
Eleanore Emma Michel
Margretta Catherine Molony
Anna Louise Morgan
Nelly Bell Newton
Christine Ortli
Mary Ann Peabody
Helene Selminski
Adaline Sherman
Helen Smith

Youngstown Haydn Hall.

New York, N, Y, Guilford Housc
Cleveland 6 The Heyse.

Madison 103 Sterling Av.

Cleveland Guilford House,

Akron Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 2100 Dennison A v.
Warren Guilford House.

Buffalo, N. Y. 9 Florence Av.
Mayfield Heights.
Cleveland 160-62 Huntington St.
Lakewood 17 Grace Av.

Milwaukee, Wis. Guilford House.
Cleveland 173 Bell A v.

Cleveland 222 Genesee Av.

Cleveland 386 Willson Av.

Kelley's Island Haydn HaU.

Sandusky Haydn Hall.

Lakewood 105 Oakdale St.

Cleveland 315 Genesee Av.

Cleveland 224 Slater Av.

Lake Breese 924 Euclid Av.

Cleveland 33 Livingston St.

Cleveland 1143 Woodl'd Hills Av.
Cleveland Independence St.

Medina Guilford House.

Cleveland 112 Dibble Av.

Cleveland 580 Willson Av.

Cleveland 7S7 N. Logan Av.

Cleveland 40 Hollister St

Girard Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 1869 Superior St

Cleveland 156 Jennings Av.

Cleveland 2232 Willson Av.

Cleveland 408 E. Prospect St

Cleveland 1083 Pearl St

Cleveland 64 Wabash Av.

Cleveland 22 The Hazard.

Cleveland Guilford House.

East Cleveland 37 Grasmere St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Mary Arabella Thacher

Toledo

Haydn Hall.

Elva Held Thomas

Cleveland

840 Hough Av.

Anna Eliza Wallace

Warren

Guilford House.

Hazel Lucinde White

PainesvUle

3 Knowlton Av.

Ethel Cora Whitworth

Cleveland

61 Gorman Av.

Florence Woodward

Cleveland

95 Mayfield Rd.

Jennie Young

Cleveland

22 Melrose Av.

Lucy Harriet Young

Cleveland

22 Melrose Av.
Juniors 47

SOPHOMORES

Lucy Cordelia Allen

Cleveland

90 Kenilworth St.

Ruth Shirk Allison

Erie, Pa,

Haydn Hall.

Leila Covert Avery

BufFalo, N. Y

'. 657 Woodl'd Hills.

Florence Ruth Biddle

Cleveland

1264 Cedar Av.

Addie Laura Brewster

Cleveland

276 Hosmer St.

Helen Hunt Buchan

Cleveland

272 Harkness A v.

Jeanne Arwilda Buckmaster

Mansfield

Guilford House.

Florence Cornelia Bushnell

Cleveland

648 Castle Av.

Maud Augusta Carabin

Monroeville

Guilford House.

Ruth Josephine Collings

Cleveland

128 Duane St

Eleanor Duffield Cooke

Cleveland

44 Hough PI.

Carrie Belle Ebert

Elyria

Guilford House.

Cecile Leffingwell Enegren

Moline, III.

Haydn Hall.

Rosalie Alice Fiebeger

Akron

Guilford House.

Paula Marie Fliedner

Cleveland

160 Wellington Av.

Ethel Luella Gillin

Cleveland

91 Quincy St

Ethel Marie Hanson

Cleveland

2220 Willson Av.

Elsie Heidenreich

Cleveland

18 Selden Av.

Mary Jessie Horsburgh

Cleveland

151 Hoadley St

Jean Allan Howells

Cleveland

Guilford House.

Katherine Eleanor Joslyn

Youngstown

Guilford House.

Hazel Warrington Kirk

Cleveland

27 Brookfield St.

Florence Rose Lembeck

Cleveland

46 Streator Av.

Grace Lucile Libby

Cleveland

220 Princeton St

Bessie Adelaide Lombard

New Haven,

Conn. ^ Giddings.

Fannie Maude Luchrs

Cleveland

580 Willson Av.

Grace Estelle Merrill

Ravenna

Haydn Hall.

Mildred Kelly Moyscy

Elyria

Guilford House.

Alma Mueller

Cleveland

862 Cedar Av.

Gertrude Maud Mueller

Cleveland

730 Willson Ave.

Digitized by Google

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[ 1 904-1 905

Vida Alberta Nisbct
Loey May Oakley
Lola Mabel Ruffin
Wilhelmina Sammler
Flora Ruth Schneider
Ida Amy Schwab
Hulda Schwartz
Marie Virginia Smith
Gladys Elizabeth Stevens
Frances Zoe Stowell
Clara Louise Stumpf
Lois Margaret Tuckerman
Ethel Linda Van Nostran
Marie Qara Wait
Zola May Watson
Charlotte Williams

Cleveland 439 Russell Ave

Cleveland 800 Hough Av.

Washington, D. C 4 Hudson St.

Marysville

Canton

Cleveland

East Cleveland

Cleveland

BellvUle

Cleveland

Haydn HalL
Haydn Hall.
1076 Case Av-
40 CoUamer Av.
888 Hough Av.
5 Lake View Av.
67 Cutler St.
719 Denison Av.
Guilford House.
204 Harkness Av.
17 Republic PI.
Guilford House
99 Glen Park PL
Sophomores 46.

FRESHMEN

Ellen Catharine Ahrens Cleveland

Ada Laura Akins Cleveland

Annie Bienvenu Allen Painesville

Laurel Gail Baker PainesTHlle

Elsie Aleen Baldwin Cleveland

Marion Frances Beckenbach Cleveland

Constance Isabella Bell Cleveland

Gertrude Bialosky Cleveland

Jessie Bialosky Cleveland

Mary Louise Brack Glenville

Eva May Brainerd Cleveland

Dorothy Adalaide Butts Cleveland

Gertrude Ord Campbell Cleveland

Florence Cavanaugh Cleveland

Nellie May Coblentz MansHeld

Ethel Barrows Copland Buffalo, N,

Marion Cox Canton

Bessie Margaret Critchlcy Cleveland

Helen La Verne Daniels Canton

Gwendoljm Helen Edwards Youngstown

Florence Farr Salem

Hazel Elora Foster Cleveland

6 Evergreen St.

715 Republic St,

Haydn Hall.

Guilford House.

745 Giddings Av.

53 Fifth Av.

97 Fourth Av.

274 Forest St

778 Scovill Av.

257 Lake View Av.

217 Clinton St.

485 Sibley St

743 Republic St

131 Fourth Av.

The Charles.

7. The Logan.

Guilford House.

74 Giddings Av.

Hadyn Hall.

267 K Prospect St

Guilford House.

478 Denison Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905I WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

Mildred Frederick
Margaret Willard Fuller
Anna Laura Gilgen
Aline Goldsmith
Elsa Danziger Goodman
Ethel Gladys Green
Eleanor Handmacher
Louise Amelia Hanson
Ada Mayno Hart
Elizabeth Olin Haymaker
Norma Herr
Mabel Gertrude Hopkins
Helena Ewart Howland
Eva Jean Hunter
Hazel Elizabeth Hyatt
Florence Ethel Jackman
Elsie Eugenia Kelly
Ethel Mears King
Annabelle Kinsey
Hannah Olive Kummer
Grace Lamport
Lucia Lemperly
Eleanor Adele Lofland
Mary Esther Longsworth
Eleanore Elizabeth Lord
Vinnetta lona Lothrop
Fannie Hilda Lyman
Hazel Kay McDole
Gertrude Helen McGuirc
Genevieve Mason
Donna Lorena Mead
Loretta Marie Mehling
Mildred Emily Morris
Nellie Dorothy Neubrand
Lillian Theresa Niebes
Bessie Carter Parks
Eleanor Jane Radcliflfc
Mildred Emma Reeve
Marie Louise Reid
Maggie Richardson
Mabel Jane Rogers

Lakewood Hadyn Hall

Cleveland 1205 E. Madison Av.
N. Philadelphia Guilford House.

Cleveland 27 Fifth Av.

Cleveland Guilford House.

Perry Haydn Hall.

Cleveland 2260 Broadway.

Cleveland 2220 Willson Av.

Lakewood 52 Alameda Av.

Ravenna Guilford House.

Cleveland 1276 Scranton A v.

Cleveland 47 Jones Av.

Akron Guilford House.

Cleveland 47 Hilburn Av.

Cleveland 69 Bolton Av.

Cleveland 40 Bell Av.

Cleveland 25 Vienna St.

Butte, Mont. Guilford House.
N, Philadelphia 40H Breck Av.

Cleveland Guilford House.

Cleveland 3 York St.

Cleveland $74 Franklin Av.

Plymouth Haydn Hall.

Lima Guilford House.

Kewanee, III. Guilford House.

Cleveland 684 Jennings Av.

Cleveland 190 Greenwood St

Cleveland 61 Dartmouth St

£. Cleveland 37 Belmore Rd.

Cleveland 38 Bellflower Av.

Cleveland i Arey Av.

Cleveland 487 Jennings Av.

Cleveland 758 Superior St

Berea Bridge St., Berea.

Cleveland 144 Florence St.

Akron Guilford House.

Cleveland 51 Penn St

Willoughby Guilford House.

Cleveland 30 Gladstone St.

Cleveland 12 Oakland St

Parma 59 Beersford PI.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

[1904-1905

Sara May Rusbatch
Eleanor Scheier

Edna Pearl Schleicher
Helen Louise Schmidt
Ora Eunice Shaw
Vera Mabel Smisek
Willavene Sober
Winnifred Maud Stilwell
Mabel Florence Strickler
Nora Beryl Swearingen
Grace Helen Talcott

Lucy Agnes Terrell

Marguerite Edna Trask

Sallie Ellen Van Epps

Claribel Van Vliet

Lucile Henrietta Vickery

Mabel Watkins

Mary Watkins

Helen Louise Way

Ruth Olivette Weeks

Florence Margaret Wedow

Beulah Wells

Hazel Belle Whittem

Bertine Wolf

Agnes Therese Zismer

Emilie Ziircher

Cleveland
Cleveland

Cleveland

East Cleveland

Cleveland

Canton

E. Cleveland

Glendale

Midvale

Cleveland

Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Wellsville
Cleveland
Cleveland
Cleveland
Canton

38 Bolton Av.

22 Cadwell Av.,

Mayfield Heights.

loi Bolton Av.

no Noble Rd.

27 Brookfield St.

58 Kenwood Sl

Guilford House.

37Stanwood Rd.

Guilford House.

Haydn Hall

Rosedale Av. and

Crawford Rd.

224 Qinton St.

142 Beechwood St.

915 S, Logan Av.

373 Harkness Av.

304 Van Ness Av.

366 Amesbury Av.

1082 Central Av.

48 Mayfield St

93 Tilden Av.

Haydn HalL

59 Woodbridge Av.

316 Kennard St

112 Mechanic St.

Haydn HalL

Freshmen 89.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

STUDENTS PURSUING PARTIAL COURSES

FOURTH YEAR

Anita Marie Cleveland Cleveland 392 Bolton Av.

Edith Conde East Cleveland 33 Wellesley St

Frieda Fliedner Cleveland 160 Wellington Av.

Lillian Ethel Switzer Cleveland 35 Lohengrin St.

Faye Emma Tracy Euclid Euclid, O.

THIRD YEAR

Lila Emily Coit Ravenna Haydn Hall

Laura Marie Hassler Cleveland 39 Williams St.

Maude Barber Kendall Cleveland 1306 Cedar Av.

Benlah Cranage Rayner Cleveland 59 Edmunds Terrace.

Edith Belle Taylor Penn Van, N, K.. Guilford House.

SECOND YEAR

Cornelia Furth Cleifcland The Whitehall.

Dorothy Heinemann Wausau, Wis. Guilford House.

Rita Stein Cleveland 1055 Case Av.

FIRST YEAR

Mildred Douthitt N. Philadelphia Guilford House

Sadye Friedman Columbus Grove Hadyn Hall.

Elsie Marie Hipp ' Cleveland 1012 Franklin A v.

Trissa Hubbard Bedford Bedford, O.

Julia Adaline Keeler Painesville Guilford House.

Mabel Newhard Carey Haydn Hall.

Marguerite Fannie Porter Cleveland 20 Kenwood St.

Olive Carter Robbins Cleveland Overlook Rd.,

Euclid Heights.
Charlotte Jeanette Strickland Ravenna Guilford House.

Vera Wilcox Van Wormer Cleveland 27 Kirk St.

Specials 23.

SUMMARY

Seniors , 37

Juniors 47

Sophomores 46

Freshmen 89

Specials 23

Total 242

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

94 COI.LEGB FOR WOMEN [1904-1905

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

All applicants for admission, whether to the Freshman
class, to advanced standing, or to partial courses, must pre«
sent satisfactory testimonials of good moral character, and
those from other colleges must also bring certificates of hon-
orable dismission. Admission to the Freshman class may
be gained in one of two ways, either on examination, or on
presentation of a certificate from an approved High School
or Academy. Each of these methods is outlined below.

ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Each candidate must be prepared in English, Latin, and
Mathematics, according to the outlines of those subjects
given below.

English : The examination consists of two parts. On the books
marked A in the following lists, the student is required to write a
paragraph or two on each of several topics chosen by her from a con-
siderable number set before her on the examination paper. In every
case the knowledge of the book will be considered of less importance
than the ability to write English. On the books marked B, the
student is required to answer questions relating to the author, subject
matter, the essentials of English grammar, and the important facts in
those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed
books belong. She is also expected to express her knowledge with
clearness and accuracy.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 95

Examinations in 1904 and (905 : A. For Reading : Shakespeare's
Merchant of Venice, and Julius Caesar; The Sir Roger dc Coverley
Papers; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; Coleridge's Rime of the
Ancient Mariner ; Scott's Ivanhoe ; Carlyle's Essay on Bums ; Tenny-
son's Princess ; Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal ; George Eliot's Silas
Marner. B, For Study: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's L' Alle-
gro, II Penseroso, Conius, Lycidas; Burke's Conciliation with Amer-
ica; Macaula/s Essays on Milton and Addison.

Latin : Grammar (Bennett, or Allen and Greenough) ; Roman
pronunciation. Caesar — three books of the Gallic War, or two books
of the Civil War. Cicero — Six orations, including De Imperio Gn.
Pompeii. Virgil — six books of the ^Eneid. Ovid — Translation at
sight The translation at sight of passages from prose authors.
Prose Composition — rendering of simple English sentences into
Latin. History of Rome — the amount required is indicated by
Smith's Smaller History of Rome, or Creighton's Primer of Roman
History. Ancient Geography.

Mathematics : Arithmetic, including the metric system of weights
and measures. Algebra (Loomis, Wells, or Wentworth's College),
to the chapter on the Binomial Theorem. Geometry— (Wentworth
or Wells) complete.

Note : It is very important that students review a portion at least
of both Algebra and Geometry in their last preparatory year.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the above, each candidate must be prepared
in (a) Greek, or (b) French or German, or (c) Chemistry,
Physics, and History. The entrance requirements in these
subjects are as follows :

Greek : Grammar ; pronunciation as recommended on page vii of
the Preface to Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Xenophon — four books
of the Anabasis (for which one hundred and ten pages of Goodwin's
Greek Reader will be considered an equivalent). Homer — three-
books of the Iliad, with Prosody. The translation at sight of easy
passages in Attic prose. Prose Composition — the rendering into
Greek of simple English sentences. White's Beginner's Greek Book
(complete), or Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose (twenty-six exer-
cises), is recommended. History of Greece — the amount required is
indicated by Botsford's, Oman's or Myers's History of Greece, or
Pennell's Ancient Greece. Ancient (^ography.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

96 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [l904-'9O5

French : Grammar and syntax (stress being laid on the irregular
verbs) ; accuracy of pronunciation; ability to understand easy spoken
French; facility in rendering connected English into easy French;
ease and accuracy in sight translation ; familiarity with the following
works or their equivalent:

Erckmann, Chatrian, Madame Therese; HaJevy, L'Abbe Constan-
tin ; Labiche, Voyage de M. Perrichon ; Contes de Coppee et de Mau-
passant (pub. by Holt & Co.); Augier, Le (jendre de M. Poirier;
Moliere, L'Avare; Comeille, Le Cid; Racine, Athalie; Balzac, Eu-
genie Grandet; Renan, Souvenir de Jeunesse; Ste. Beuve, Causeries
du lundi (Holt & Co.).

German : Grammar, with translation at sight of easy German
prose. Prose Composition — the rendering of simple connected prose
from English into German. Ability to pronounce German and to
recognize German words and simple phrases when spoken. In addi-
tion, familiarity with the following works or their equivalents, is
required: Riehl — Der Fluch der Schonheit. Freytag — Aus dcm
Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. Heine — Die Harzreise. <}octhe — First
three books of Dichtung und Wahrheit. Lessing — Minna von Bam-
helm. Schiller— Wilhelm Tell and Das Lied von der Glocke. Thirty
pages of lyrics and ballads.

Chemistry : Remsen's Chemistry, briefer course, or an equivalent.
Class work (through one year). Laboratory.

Physics: Carhart and Chute, Avery, or an equivalent. Oass-
work through one year. Each student must perform in the labora-
tory at least thirty-five or forty experiments, mainly quantitative,
such as are given in the best laboratory manuals. The laboratory
note-book should be presented as part of the certificate.

History: (through one year). Courses suggested in order of
preference: Greek and Roman (studied as a separate course dis-
tinct from work in Latin), or Mediaeval and Modern, or English.

ADMISSION ON CERTIFICATE

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 97

whom they are invited to correspond. Applicants for ad-
mission are requested to present their certificates, or send
them by mail to the Registrar, during Commencement week,
or as soon thereafter as practicable.

Students received on certificate are regarded as upon pro-
bation during the first half-year, and those deficient in prep-
aration are dropped whenever the deficiency has been clearly
demonstrated.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING

Candidates for admission to the Sophomore, Junior and
Senior classes, whether from other colleges or not, may be
required to pass examinations on studies previously pur-
sued, but full credit will be given to such certificates as they
bring from their previous instructors. No one is admitted
to the Senior class after the beginning of the second half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

COI.I.KGE FOR WOMEN

[1904-1905

REQUIREMEPfTS FOR GRADUATION

FRESHMAN YEAR
GENERAt, REQUIREMENTS

BiBLB, 1, 2

English, 1,2

Latin, 1, 2

Mathematics, 1,2,

SPECIAL requirements

Pint
Hall-Year.

Second
Half-Year.

Hrt.

Hn.

Students fORBBK, 1, 2

offering i Physics 9 (first half-year)

Greek: I History 1 (second half-year) . . .

Students ( French 6a, Oa

offering < Physics 9 ( first half-year)

French: ( History 1 (second half-year) . . .

Students ( Gkrman 5, 6

offering -j Physics 9 (first half-year)

German: [ History 1 (second half-year) . . .

Physics 1 A ]

or y (first half-3rear) .

Students Chemistry 2 j
offering History 1 ( second half-year) .
Science •{ French 1, 2

and or

History : German 1, 2
or
Elementary Greek ^

In addition to the above subjects all members of the Freshman
class are required to attend lectures on Hygiene, one hour a week,
first half-year. Systematic exercises in the gymnasium three times a
week, throughout the year, are required of Freshmen and Sophomores.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I9<553 WKSTBRN RESERVB UNIVERSITY 99

SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS

Bible 3, 4 required of all Sophomores.

Elcctives, IS hours a week througJiout the year. Seniors with
the average grade of G may take 12 hours a week. Juniors and
Seniors may diminish the number of their recitations, though not
the total amount of their work, three hours a week, by arranging
to do extra work in one or more courses.

During the Sophomore, Junior and Senior years each student
must complete no fewer than four half-year courses of three hours
in each of the following groups :

Language

Mathematics

History,

and

Philosophy,

Literature

Science

and
Social Science

For the present Freshman class this programme will go into
effect at the opening of the year 1905-6, with the exception that the
courses in History and Physics formerly required of Sophomores
must be completed. These courses may, however, be counted
towards the fulfilling of the elective requirements of the last three
years.

The programme may become effective for other students at once,
provided they give written notice to the Registrar.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

lOO COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904— 1905

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The following statements include all courses offered,
whether prescribed or elective. Unless otherwise stated,
each course consists of three weekly recitations of one hour
each.

In making choice of elective courses students are ex-
pected to confer with the President, Registrar, and mem-
bers of the Faculty for advice and assistance. Students must
give the Registrar written notice of their choice of electives
for the second half-year of 1904-1905, on or before January
14th, 1905: for first half-year, 1905-1906, on or before May
20th, 1905.

ANTHROPOLOGY

PROFESSOR CURTIS

1. Anthropology. The main problems and bearings of Anthro-
pology are discussed in systematic order. Lectures are given cm
the history of Anthropology, and an effort is made to understand its
position in the present century. First half-year.

2. Theory of Society. Tliis course uses Anthropology as a basis
of Social Theory, and is given in lectures with discussions and re-
ports by students. Open only to those who have had courses in
Anthropology, Psychology and Introduction to Philosophy. First
half-year.

ART

PROFESSOR POWLER

1. History of Art. Ancient art — ^Lectures and collateral reading.
Through the year. [Not given in 1905- 1906.]

2. History of Art. Post-classical art; from the beginning of
Christian art through the period of the Renaissance — Lectures and
collateral reading. Through the year. 1905-1906.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY lOI

ASTRONOMY

PROFESSOR WHITMAN

BIBLICAL LITERATURE

PRESIDENT THWINC, I

PROFESSOR HAYDN

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR HAYDN, 2-1,1

1. The Life of Christ. One hour a week, first half-year.

2. The Acts of the Apostles. One hour a week, second half-
year.

3. 4. Studies in the Old Testament. One hour a week through-
out the year.

5. Studies in the Acts and the General Epistles. A critical
course intended for those who can use the Greek Testament. Second
half-year.

Note: This course may serve as a substitute for Course 2, if de-
sired.

6. The Pauline Epistles. A course in the English Testament,
aiming to exhibit the circumstances of writing, content, and perma-
nent value of these epistles to the Church. First half-year.

7. The General Episti-es. A course similar to 6. Second half-
year.

8. Old Testament Poetry. A series of studies in the English
Old Testament, taking up Hebrew poetry as exhibited especially in
the historical books, in Proverbs, and in Psalms. Second half-year.

9. Jewish History and Literature in the Post-Exilic Period.
A course in the English Old Testament. Supplementary to 4, de-
signed to exhibit the most important features of this period in his-
tory, literature, and religion. First half-year.

Note: Courses 8 and 9 are open to those only who have had
courses 3 and 4.

10. II. Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An introductory course.
Harper's Elements of Hebrew will be used, with the Old Testament
text. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I02 COLLBGB FOR WOMEN ['904-I9O5

The establishment of the Florence Harkness Foundation has en-
abled this department not only to become exceptionally wdl supplied
with maps and books, but to offer each year to all the students a
series of lectures by eminent persons from outside the University,
including Dr. William H. Ward, of the Independent; Professor
Charles P. Fagnani, of Union Theological Seminary; Mr. Gerald
Stanley Lee, of Northampton, Mass. ; Professor George Adam Smith,
of United Free Church College, Glasgow, Scotland; Professor
Richard G. Moulton, of the University of Chicago ; Professor Frank
K. Saunders, Ph. D., D. D., of Yale University; Professor W. D.
Forrest, D. D., of Glasgow, Scotland; and The Right Reverend
Henry C. Potter, Bishop of New York.

The lecturer for 1904-1905 is Professor John E. McFayden, A. M.,
of Knox College, Toronto, and his topic, Some Problems of Faitb
and Life as Viewed by Biblical Writers. The time, March 16, 17.
20, 21, 22, 1905.

In Old Testament teaching the object is to trace the development
of the idea of the Kingdom of God, as wrought out in the history of
the Hebrew people until the coming of Christ; to dwell upon the
pivotal men and periods of the history ; to take account of the several
books, their significance and literary form — so to prepare the way for
a more intelligent study of the Scriptures, in detail, in after life.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

MR. SEVERANCE, I, 2
MR. WILLIAMS, 3, 4

1. Historical and General Bibliography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, in-
dices, repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examination
will be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those
looking forward to library work.

2. The Sources and Literature of Mediaeval History. This
course will describe the original material at the command of the
historian of the Middle Ages, and show what use has been made of
this source material by modern writers. The course is designed
for students interested in historical study or library work.

3. Reference Work. A study of the standard works of refer-
ence, as the general and special encyclopaedias, dictionaries, annuals,
indexes to periodicals, ready reference manuals of every kind, and
the more important newspapers and periodicals.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY IO3

4. Trade and National Bibliography. A study of the trade
and national bibliography of the United States, England, France,
and Germany, with a hasty survey of the other European countries.
Special attention will be given to the United States and England,
and to the bibliography of government publications. Familiarity
with the works studied will be induced by practical problems.

For particulars of the courses in Bibliography, 3, 4, see the an-
nouncements of the Library School.

BIOLOGY

PROFESSOR HERRICK
MR. JAMES

1. Elementary Biology. An introduction to the study of anima)
and plant life. One recitation, two laboratory exercises of two hours
each. Second half-year.

2. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals. One
lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-year.

3. Zoology — Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A compar-
ative study of the principal t)rpes of vertebrates. One recitation and
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

6. Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and the lower
animals. Lectures, recitations, and demonstrations. First half-year.

7. Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A study of the devel-
opment of birds and mammals. One recitation, two laboratory exer-
cises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Two exercises weekly. Second half-year.

10. Phanerogamic Botany. An introduction to the study of
the higher flowering plants. Lectures, field and laboratory work.
Second half-year.

11. Cryptogamic Botany. An introduction to the study of the
lower orders of plant-life (continuing the work of course 10), in-
cluding such forms as are of pathogenic and economic importance.
One lecture, two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

12. Living Things. A series of lectures, with illustrations on the
phenomena of life in their fundamental relations, dealing with living
form and structure, action, habit and instinct, intelligence, heredity

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I04 COI^LEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I9O5

and evolution : A brief account of the field of biological science, for
the benefit of the general student, with a review of some of the
work accomplished, and some of the problems which await investi-
gation. One hour a week, first half-year.

13. Reading Club. A voluntary association of students and in-
structors for reading and discussing works of general scientific in-
terest. Meetings are held weekly from December i to May i at a
time most convenient to the members.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses i,
$300; 2,3,7, 10, II, $5.00.

CHEMISTRY

PROFESSOR MORLEY

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR GRUENER

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR TOWER

1. Chemistry of. the Non-Metaluc Elements. Remsen's Col-
lege Chemistry. Two hours a week in recitation and one labora-
tory exercise of three hours. First half-year.

2. Inorganic Chemistry. A more advanced course in general
chemistry, designed for students entering with a preparation in
chemistry. Newth's Inorganic Chemistry. Two recitations and one
laboratory exercise. First half-year.

3. Chemistry of the Metals. Remsen's College Chemistry.
Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to
those who have taken course i or pourse 2. Second half-year.

4. Physiological Chemistry. Including the chemistry of food
and nutrition. Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three
hours. Open to those who have taken course i or course 2. Second
half-year.

5. Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two rec-
itations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. Open to those
who have taken courses i and 3, or courses 2 and 3. First half-year.

6. Course 5 continued. Second half-year.

7. Elements of Quautative Analysis. Three laboratory exer-
cises of three hours each. Second half-year.

The Laboratory Fees for the different courses are: Courses i, 2,
3 OT 4, $3.00; Courses 5 or 6, $5.00; Course 7, $6.00.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 105

ECONOMICS

DR. ARBUTHNOT

The first course is a prerequisite to the election of any of the
others, except courses 6, 8, 9 and 10.

I. Elements of Economics. Recitations, lectures and required
readings. Text-book, Seager's Introduction to Economics.

4. Public Finance. This course deals with public revenues and
expenditures. Text-book, Adams' The Science of Finance. Second
half-year. 1905-1906.

5. Economic Problems. A brief discussion of Socialism is fol-
lowed by a study of labor problems. Lectures and required readings.
Second half-year. 1904-1905.

6. Economic History. The economic history of England from
the thirteenth to the middle of the nineteenth century. Lectures and
required readings. Text-book, Cheyney's Industrial and Social His-
tory of England Second half-year. 1905- 1906.

8. History of Political Theories. The development of political
theories from the Greeks to the present in connection with political
history. First half year. 1904- 1905.

9. Comparative Politics. A study of European and American
national governments. First half-year. 1905-1906,

10. Municipal Go\'ernment. The economic, social, and adminis-
trative problems presented by the modem city. A comparative study
of American and European experience. Second half-year. 1904-
1905.

ENGLISH

professor hulme

miss MYERS, i-7a

COMPOSITION

3. Daily Themes (for a considerable portion of the time) ; fre-
quent long themes, lectures, conferences. Open to all who have taken
courses i and 2. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Io6 COI^LEGE FOR 'WOMEN [1904-I905

4. Continuation of 3. In the course of the year detailed atten-
tion will he given to exposition, criticism, description, narrative and
argumentation. Second half-year.

5. Themes. The -work in this course will be adapted to the needs
and tastes of the students electing it. Especial opportunity will be
given for criticism by the members of the class. Open to those who
have taken courses 3 and 4. First half-year.

6. Continuation of 5. Under the direction of the instructor, each
student will be required to plan and write a piece of composition of
considerable length. This course may be elected two years in suc-
cession. Second half-year.

7. Argumentation. Two long forensics, preceded by briefs. The
questions for these forensics will be so selected that each student
may write on a subject connected with her college studies. Lectures,
conferences, study of masterpieces of argumentation, briefs based on
the latter debates. Second half-year.

7a. Engush Versification. A study of nietrical and rhythmical
theories. Students will be required to translate from Latin, French
and German into English verse. Second half-year.

LANGUAGE

8. A Beginners' Course in Old English. In this course special
attention is given to the elements of Old English grammar, and to
the reading of selections from Old English prose and poetry. Text-
books : Smith's Old English Grammar ; Bright's Anglo-Saxon Read-
er. First half-year.

9. Old English Epic Poetry. Beowulf is read and is made the
basis of a careful study of the mythology, and the religious and
social life of the Anglo-Saxons. Advanced Old English grammar.
Parallel reading of other epic fragments in Old English. Text-
books: Wyatt's Beowulf; the Cook-Sievers Old English Grammar.
Second half-year,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905! WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 107

LITERATURE

11. Chaucer. Select readings from the Canterbury Tales. Lec-
tures on Chaucer's life and works, and on his contemporaries and
immediate successors in English literature. Text-books: Mather's
edition of The Prologue, The Knight's Tale, and The Nonne Prestes
Tale. Second half-year.

12. Non-Dramatic Poetry of the Sixteenth and Early Seven-
teenth Centuries. In this course the work will be confined mainly
to a careful study of the poetry of Spenser and Milton. First half-
year. 1905-1906.

13. Shakespeare and the Euzabethan Drama. This course is
preparatory to a more extended study of Shakespeare and his con-
temporaries. A brief history of the Pre-Shakespearean drama in lec-
tures. A study of three or four of Shakespeare's plays. First half-
year. 1905-1906.

15. English Literary CRmasM. The history of literary criti-
cism. The class will study select essays of Dryden, Steele and Addi-
son, Johnson, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, DeQuincey, Leigh Hunt,
Carlyle, Matthew Arnold and others. Lectures and i)apers. Open to
students who have had courses 16 and 17 or their equivalent. First
half-year. [Not given 1905-1906.]

16. Classicism in Engush Literature. A history of modern
English literature from Milton to the beginning of the Romantic
movement in the eighteenth century. The development of Classicism
in English poetry of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This
course is arranged specially for Sophomores who intend to elect
English literature. First half-year.

Second half-year.

18. American Literature'. The historical development of English
literature in America from its beginning to the present day. Lec-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Io8 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-1905

tures, papers and extensive readings from the principal writers.
Open to Juniors and Seniors. Second half-year. [Not given 1905-
1906.]

19. The English Novel. The history of the rise and growth of
the English Novel from its beginning to the nineteenth century.
Lectures, select readings and papers. Text-book: . Cross' Develop-
ment of the English Novel. First half-year.

20. English Poetry from 1830 to 1880. Tennyson, Browning,
Mrs. Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Cough, and other poets
of the period. A large amount of reading and frequent papers are
required on topics suggested by the course. Open to Juniors and
Seniors. First half-year. [Not given 1905-1906.]

21. Engush Prose from 1830 to 1880. Carlyle, Ruskin, Matthew
Arnold, Newman, Thackeray, George Eliot, and other prose writers
of the period. The course is a continuation of 20, but the two may
be elected separately. Open to Seniors and Juniors. Second half-
year. [Not given 1905-1906.]

GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY

PROFESSOR GUSHING.

1. Mineralogy. Crystallography and descriptive Mineralogy.
Two hours of recitation and lectures, and one laboratory exercise of
three hours. First half-year.

3. Geology. Dynamical Geology. Three hours a week. First
half-year.

4. Geology. Structural and Historical Geology. Lectures and
field work in vicinity of Cleveland. Open only to those who have
had course 3 or its equivalent Second half-year.

5. Physiography. The cause and manner of the development of
topographic forms. Second half-year.

A Laboratory fee of $1.00 is charged for courses i and 2, and 50
cents for course 4.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 109

GERMAN

PROFESSOR DEERING

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MEYER, 3, 5a.

DR. ZORN, 5b.

3, 4. Grammar continued— Prose Composition. Recent German
prose and the simpler plays of Lessing, Goethe and Schiller. In 1905-
1906 the first text will be Storm's In St. Jurgen. Throughout the
year.

5, 6. Advanced Grammar — Prose Composition. Rapid reading of
representative modern authors and, in the second half-year, of classic
German, with especial attention to Schiller. Practice in reading at'
sight. The first text for 1905-1906 will be Wildenbruch's Das Edle
Blut Throughout the year.

7. Goethe. His life and works and times, with selected readings
from his lyrits, prose and dramas. An outline of the development of
German literature during the classical period will be studied. First
half-year.

8, Nineteenth Century Authors. Outline history of German
literature since Goethe's death, with especial reference to its prose
development. Readings from the best modern novelists, essayists,
historians, and dramatists. Practice in writing German. Second
half-year.

g. Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend, with
parallel reading of the most important Faust literature; Goethe's
Faust. First half-year.

ID. Lessing and the Classic German Drama. Early eighteenth
century drama, Lessing's reforms and influence (lectures) ; selected
dramas of Goethe, Schiller and other contemporaries, with parallel
readings. First half-year.

12, 13. Middle High German. Paul's Mittelhochdeutsche Gram-
matik; Selections from the Nibelungenlied, from Hartmann, Wal-
ther, and Wolfram. Throughout the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

no COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

16. Advanced Composition. Studies in German style. Original
German essays on subjects assigned. Lectures on the history of the
German language. Recommended to those who intend to teach
German.

17. Contemporary German Literature. From the Franco-Prus-
sian War to the present time. The new spirit of German literature ;
reading of representative authors.

18. Old Germanic Myths and Legends. Outline of Germanic
Mythology. Study of the most important mediaeval saga cycles.
Lectures and papers.

19. Nineteenth Century Literature. Lectures, papers, reports ;
assigned reading of important fiction, poetry, drama, etc.

20. Great Masterpieces. Reading and discussion of the most
important single works in German literature, beginning with tlie
Nibelungenlied. Lectures and papers.

21. Deutsche Kulturceschichte. Outline study of old German
life, culture, customs, and institutions. Lectures and papers.

Courses 9-21 are open only to students who have taken courses 7
and 8, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year.

GREEK

professor fowler
associate professor bill

A. Elementary Greek. White's First Greek Book. The essen-
tials of the grammar. Simple exercises in composition. The reading
of selections from Greek prose. Throughout the year.

2. Attic Orators. Rhetoric and law practice in Athens. History
of Greece. Attic legal antiquities. Greek Prose Composition. First
half-year.

3. The Drama. Two tragedies in the original ; others in English
translation. A study of metres and scenic antiquities. First half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I9<55] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY III

4. Plato's Apology, Crito, and selections from other works. A
connected survey of the history of Greek Literature. Second half-
year.

5. Comedy, A play of Aristophanes. Selections from Lucian.
First half-year.

6. History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, and other sources of Greek history. Second half-year.

7. Idyllic Poetry. Theocritus. A comparative study of Virgil's
Eclogues. First half-year.

8. Philosophy. Second half-year.

9. Lyric Poetry. First half-year.

ID. Demosthenes, On the Crown; Aeschines. Second half-year.

11. Drama. The development of Attic drama as exhibited in
the extant plays and fragments. First half-year.

12. Greek Prose Composition. An advanced course, the special
features of which will be determined by the acquirements and needs
of the class. Second half-year.

Courses 5-12 are open only to students who have taken courses 3
and 4, or their equivalent. Not more than two of these courses will
be given in any half-year.

HISTORY

PROFESSOR BOURNE

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE, I3-16.

DR. ROBERTSON, I, 5, 6, 9.

DR. BENTON, 3, 4.

1. History of the Middle Ages. A survey of the history of
Europe from the barbarian invasions to the fourteenth century, in-
cluding a study of the Germans and their migrations, the Church,
Mohammedanism, the mediaeval empires, feudal society, and the
crusades. Each half-year.

2. History of France, from the end of the Middle Ages to the
death of Louis XV., with special reference to the periods of the
Renaissance, the Reformation, and the growth of the Bourbon
monarchy. Second half-year.

3. History of England, from the end of the Middle Ages. The
development of English institutions, and the rise of England to the
position of a great state. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

112 COLI^KGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

3a. England Since 1688. The rise of political parties, develop-
ment of party government, social and political reform movements
of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, studies in the writings of
Chatham, Burke, Paine, Canning, Bentham, Russell, and O'Connell.
Second half-year.

4. History of Germany, 1494- 1786. The Renaissance, the Refor-
mation, the Thirty Years' War, the Rise of Prussia, Frederick the
Great. Second half-year. [Not given in 1904-1905.]

5. American Colonization. The discovery of the New World.
The Spanish, English, and French colonization in America, the ex-
pansion of the thirteen colonies, and their development towards inde-
pendence and union. First half-year.

6. History of the United States. The adoption and growth of
the constitution; the development of foreign policy, slavery and
expansion, the Civil War and Reconstruction. Second half-year.

7. French Revolution, 1789-1795, with introductory studies of
the Old Regime, emphasizing the permanent results of the Revolu-
tion in the political and social system of France. First half-year.

8a. The Napoleonic Era, 1796-1815, a continuation of 7 and
introductory to the history of Europe during the nineteenth
century. Second half-year.

8b. Europe After 1815, the reorganization of Germany, the union
of Italy, the development of France, the industrial revolution on the
Continent. First half-year, 1905-1906.

9. American Poutical Institutions, the central and local gov-
ernments of the United States and its dependencies, with special at-
tention to the system of party government and to present political
problems, and with a consideration of the governments of Canada
and the leading Latin- American States. Second half-year. [First
half-year, 1905-1906.]

10. European Colonization, the history of geographical discov-
ery and the spread of European civilization, especially since the Ren-*
aissance. First half-year. [Not given in 1905-1906.]

In courses 3-10 the work will include wide reading from the litera-
ture of the subject, as well as some study of official records and of
contemporary writers.

11. Epochs of History. The object is the more careful study of
a particular epoch, from the sources and from other writers; for
1904-1905 the subject is the Puritan Revolution with special refer-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II3

encc to the career of Cromwell; for 1905- 1906 the subject will be
the English Reformation. First half-year.

12. History and Historical Research. This includes a sketch
of the development of the scope of history as a literature, readings
from the masterpieces of historical writing, a study of the elements
of historical criticism, and a study of the problems of teaching his-
tory. Second half-year.

Course 11 is open each year to Seniors, who have had, in addition
to I, two other courses selected from 2 to 10. Course 12 is open to
Seniors.

14. The Beuefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages. Espe-
cial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their outcome
in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days, pre-
cious stones, palmistry, etc., will also be touched on. First half-year,
1905-1906.

15. Special Topics in Mediaeval History. This course will be
conducted according to the principles of the seminary method, and
aims to teach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval
History from the sources. The subject for 1905-06 will be "Studies
in the Life of Pope Adrian IV."

For courses in History of Art, see Art.

LATIN

professor PERKINS

1. Livy, Books XXI, XXII ; translation at sight and at hearing ; the
writing of Latin. Collateral reading in Roman History. First half-
year.

2. Cicero de Senectute; Plautus (one play); Horace, Satires.
Translation at sight and at hearing; the writing of Latin. Second
half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

114 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

Only four of the following elective courses will be given in any
half-year.

3. Odes and Epodes of Horace. First half-year.

4. Cicero's Letters. First half-year.

5. Letters of Pliny the Younger. First half-year.

6. Tacitus and Suetonius. Tacitus, Agricola; Annales (Books
1-2, entire; Books 3 and 4, selections). Suetonius, selections. First
h^lf-year.

8. Lucretius. Second half-year.

9. Catullus. Selections from Tibullus, Propertius and Ovid's
Tristia. Second half-year.

10. The Epistles of Horace. The Ars Poetica. Wilkins* Primer
of Roman Literature. Second half-year.

11. Roman Comedy. Terence and Plautus. Second half-year.

12. Juvenal and Martial. Second half-year.

13. Latin Rhetoric. Quintilian, Book x; Cicero, De Oratore,
Selections. Second half-year.

14. Roman Oratory. Tacitus, Dialogus de Oratoribus, with se-
lections from Cicero. Second half-year.

15. Teachers' Training Course. This course is recommended
only for students who have had two years of elective work in Latin.
The aim of the course is to give prospective teachers assurance in
their work. The course includes lectures on problems connected
with the teaching of Latin in secondary schools; practical exercises
in the study of the Grammar and the authors read in secondary
schools. Second half-year.

16. Selections from Cicero, De Officiis, and the Tusculan Disputa-
tions. Second half-year.

17. Septeca. Selections from (a) Prose writings, (b) Tragedies.
Second half-year.

18. History of Latin Literature. (Prose.) Lectures, with
direction of the student's private reading, one hour a week. Ad-
vanced courses in Latin writing two hours a week. Second half-
year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II 5

BflATHEMATICS

PROFESSOR PALM I ^

1. Trigonometry. Jones's Drill Book in Trigonometry. First
half-year.

2. Algebra. Hall and Knight's Text-^book. Second half-year.

3. Plane and Solid Geometry. Exercises to be solved by the
students; Chauvenet's Elementary Geometry. Second half-year.

5. Analytical Geometry. Ashton's Analytical Geometry. First
half-year.

6. Differential Calculus. Osborne's Differential Calculus.
Second half-year.

7. Integral Calculus. Osborne's Calculus. First half-year.

8. Differential Calculus (advanced course). Harnack's Intro-
duction to the Calculus.

9. Analytical Geometry (advanced course). Salmon's (x)nic
Sections. First half-year.

10. Theory of Functions, of a complex variable. Introductory
course.

11. The Theory of Equations. Bumside and Panton's Theory ^
of Equations. First half-year.

12. Projective Geometry. Second half-year.

13. Theory of Substitution Groups, and its application to alge-
braic equations.

14. Theory of Numbers. Elementary course.

Only three elective courses will be offered in any half-year.

MUSIC

MR. CLEMENS

I. History of Music A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music, Ancient Music, and the music
of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fillmore's
Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supplemented by
musically illustrated lectures and references to standard works. A
short course in the elements of Harmony is combined with the more
strictly historical study in order that the musical development and
relations of the different periods may be more clearly understood.
First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Il6 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

2. A continuation of course i, embracing the periods from the
beginning of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and Bach.
Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the work
of the preceding course. Second half-year.

Those desirmg to elect the course in the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject

3, 4. Harmony and Counterpoint. Throughout the year.

PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION

PROFESSOR aikins [Absent for the year]

DR. ADAMS
assistant professor MARVIN

1. Logic The principles of logic, with practice in definition and
the analysis of arguments. Second half-year.

3. Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discussion
of practical problems. First half-year.

4. Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discussion
of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the ultimate
nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real nature of
material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged conflict of
science and religion, what knowledge is, and what we can hope to
know, idealism, realism, and scepticism; the relation of knowledge
to faith.

5. History of Philosophy. Some of the greatest thinkers, and
how they looked at life and the world. The same philosophers will
not usually be studied in two successive years. Second half-year.

6. Advanced Course in Philosophy. A critical study of some
one or two philosophers or of some group of philosophical prob-
lems. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I17

8. Psychology in Education. The course is intended to cover
about the following ground. Animals and children; how to study
them and what we learn from them. Individual differences; the
mental life and education of the blind, the deaf afid other defectives.
Laws of mental and physical growth. Rhythm, fatigue, and other
general relations of mind and body. The training and the breakdown
of various mental faculties. Special educational devices and their
psychological basis. First half-year.

10. Advanced Psychoi-ogy. Second half-year.

PHYSICS

professor whitman

MR. MILLS

lA. General contents and text-book as in course i. For Fresh-
men offering Science and History at entrance. The work is ar-
ranged to utilize as fully as possible the preparatory course in
Physics. First half-year. When advisable this course may be post-
poned until Sophomore year.

I.' Mechanics, Sound, Heat. Hastings and Beach, General
Physics, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

2. Light, Electricity and Magnetism. Continuation of course
I. Second half-year.

3. Physical Optics. Glazebrook's Physical Optics or Preston's
Theory of Light, with lectures and laboratory work. First half-year.

4. Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's Theory
of Heat, with lectures and references. Second half-year. Alter-
nating with 8.

5. E1.ECTRICITY and Magnetism. A review of electrical theory,
with laboratory practice in electrical measurements. The text-book
will depend somewhat on the character of the class. First half-year.

6. Continuation of course 5. Second half-year.

8. Mechanics. The Elements of Applied Mechanics. Textbook:
Wright's Elements of Mechanics. Second half-year. Alternating
with 4.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Il8 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

9. Descriptive Physics. This course is intended for those who
wish to obtain a general acquaintance with the more important phys-
ical phenomena. It is given mainly by lectures, but includes refer-
ences to text-books, and a few exercises in the laboratory. First
half-year.

10. Physical Manipulation. Instruction is given in the ele-
ments of the ordinary laboratory arts, as glass-blowing and soldering,
in the use of the dividing engine and other general instruments, in
the construction of simple pieces of apparatus. One exercise weekly.
Second half-year.

11. Physical Experiment. Special topics in Physics are as-
signed to each student for detailed study. The aim of the course is
to introduce somewhat more advanced experimental methods than
•are usually possible in the general courses. Each student is expected
to spend from six to nine hours weekly in the laboratory.

13. Physics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports,
and discussions on special subjects and current physical literature by
members of the conference. One meeting weekly.

Courses 10 and 11 are intended primarily for those intending to
teach physical science, or for students who expect to specialize in
Physics.

Course 13 or the weekly exercise under course 10 may be com-
bined with course 11 to count for one three-hour course.

The laboratory fee for course 9 is $2.00; for each of the other
laboratory courses, $4.00.

PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE

DR. TOWSLEE

I. The instruction consists of weekly lectures illustrated with
charts, manikin and skeleton. These lectures embrace the funda-
mental principles that underlie the promotion of health ; the structure
and functions of all the organs of the body ; the proper exercise and
rest of the muscles ; the conversion of food into tissues ; the import-
ance of always keeping the body supplied with pure blood; ventila-
tion, food and clothing. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY II9

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

MR. BORGERHOFF

FRENCH
I, 2. The essentials of the French grammar with a careful drill in
the regular and irregular verbs. Composition and conversation.
Reading of easy prose. Throughout the year.

3, 4. A fuller study of the grammar and syntax. Reading of
modern novels, short stories and plays. Practice in conversation.'
Composition based upon texts. French will be spoken prevailingly
in this course. Throughout the year.

5a, 6a. Practice in speaking and writing French. This course
will be practical. It will consist of original composition, reports
in French of short stories, plays, magazine and newspaper articles
free reproduction of good models of style, all of which papers will
be criticized orally or in writing. Fragments of speeches or of
plays will be committed to memory. French will be spoken exclu-
sively. Open to students who have taken at least courses i, 2, 3, 4,
after consultation with the instructor. Throughout the year.

Of the following courses not more than two will be given in any
half-year.

5b. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and development
of the French drama. Interpretation of the masterpieces of Cor-
neille, Racine, Moliere, Regnard. Collateral reading. Themes.
First half-year. 1904- 1905.

6b. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centu-
ries. The Decadence of Classic Drama. Rise and growth of the
romantic and realistic drama. Modem tendencies. Reading of Vol-
taire, Beaumarchais, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo, Alfred de
Musset, Scribe, Dumas pere, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou, Copp^e,
Rostand. Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year. 1904-
1905.

7. Mouere. Lectures on the life and times of Moliere. Interpre-
tation of the greater comedies.

8. French Lyric and Didactic Poetry. Boileau, La Fontaine,
Chenier, Victor Hugo, de Musset, Lamartine. Collateral reading.
Essays.

9. 10. Modern Noveusts. Lectures and recitations. The Roman-
tic School. First half-year. The Realistic School. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I20 COLI.KGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

11. Seventeenth Century Prose Classics. Lectures on French
culture, society and prose literature of the seventeenth century. The
great preachers and moralists. Jansenism and Port Royal. The
French Academy and the Salons. Memoirs and Letter-Writers,
Readings from Descartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyere,
Bossuet, Bourdaloue, Mme. de Sevigne, Mme. de La Fayette, Fene-
lon, Saint-Simon. Themes and collateral reading. First half-year.

14. History of Old French Literature, with representative read-
ings from Bartsch's Chrestomathie, La Chanson de Roland, and
Christian of Troyes. The Mediaeval Drama. Second half-year.

15. 16. French Historical Grammar. Phonetics, morphology,
syntax. Illustrative reading from old French texts. Throughout
the year.

17, 18. Outline history of the French Literature. Collateral read-
ings and reports. 1905-1906.

ITALL\N

I, 2. Grandcent's Italian Grammar. Reading of modern Ital-
ian. Composition. 1904-1905. Throughout the year.

SPANISH

1. Elementary Course. Giese, A First Spanish Book and Read-
er. First half-year.

2. Reading of modern texts. 1905- 1906. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 121

GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFICIENT WORK

1. All entrance conditions are to be removed before a
student is allowed to begin the work of Sophomore year.

2. A student who fails in the work of an elective course
is to remove this deficiency, or complete another course as
extra work.

3. All conditions incurred at examinations are to be re-
moved at the next examinations held for the same courses ;
except that all conditions incurred and all work omitted in
Freshman year are to be made up before a student is allowed
to begin the work of Junior year; and that all conditions
incurred, and all work omitted in Sophomore year are to be
made up before a student is allowed to begin the work of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

122 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904— 1905

Senior year; and that all other conditions, and all other
omitted work, are to be made up before *a student is allowed
to begin the work of the second term of Senior year.

Students are graded in their studies by letters which have
value, as follows:

E (excellent)

G (good)

F (fair)

P (pass)

D (deficient)

GRADUATION

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on stu-
dents who have completed the amount of work outlined on
pages 98-99.

LIBRARIES

Hatch Library on the Adelbert College campus, five min-
utes' walk from the College for Women, is open on equal
terms to all members of the University. It is furnished with
well-lighted reading rooms, contains about fifty thou-
sand bound volumes and ten thousand pamphlets, and is
especially rich in German, French, historical and philosoph-
ical literature. The list of periodicals is very complete, and
the library contains many sets of valuable publications in
classical philology and archaeology, Germanic and general
philology, history, anthropology and science, besides sets of
the oldest and best literary magazines. These sets are kept
up to date and their number is increased by constant addi-
tions. Students have access to all the books on the shelves.
The library is open every day from eight to half-past five
o'clock.

For the special convenience of students in the College for
Women there is in Clark Hall itself a carefully selected and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVEkSITY ' 1 23

growing library containing encyclopaedias and other books
of reference, magazines, duplicates of books in common use,
and a considerable number of other works.

A special library in Biblical literature is placed in The
Florence Harkness Memorial. This collection is being con-
stantly enlarged by means of funds from the Florence Hark-
ness Foundation.

In addition to these, students may freely use the principal
libraries of Cleveland. The Free Public Library contains
235,000 volumes, and includes valuable collections for the
study of Shakespeare, modern literature, history, art, and
archaeology. On request of members of the Faculty, books
from the Public Library are delivered at the Hatch Library
building, and may be retained for an extended period. This
arrangement makes its collections readily accessible to stu-
dents at all times.

Through the courtesy of its directors, students also have
free tickets to the Case Library. This collection, containing
55,000 volumes, is well supplied with periodicals and general
literature, and offers excellent facilities for study of the fine
arts, of political economy and sociology, and of the sciences,
especially chemistry and botany.

LABORATORIES AND MUSEUMS

Biology. The laboratory is designed, first, for the study
of the biological sciences, especially zoology and botany;
second, for containing a biological museum, in the sense
of a reference or teaching collection of objects drawn from
the living world to illustrate types of structure, variations,
life histories and kindred subjects; and third, for the main-
tenance of vivaria, or rooms in which certain animals and
plants, both aquatic, and terrestrial, may be kept alive while
their habits are studied, and, when possible, their breeding
and development watched.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

124 COLLEGE FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

Chemistry. The department of chemistry is well sup-
plied with apparatus for use in illustrative lectures. The
chemical laboratory- is equipped with sufficient apparatus so
that each student may become familiar with the facts of the
science through experiments made by herself under the
guidance of the instructor. Such experimental courses are
offered in the chemistry of the non-metallic and metallic
elements, in organic, analytical, and physiological chemistry.

Geology and Mineralogy. The collections at the serv-
ice of the department are well chosen, and are rapidly-
growing. They comprise sets of crystal models and crys-
tals, crystal sections for optical study, and rock sections in
great number, besides mineralogical, lithological, and palae-
ontological collections. The library is good and constantly
being increased. The vicinity of Cleveland is interesting
geologically, especially in regard to its glacial deposits and
its palaeontology. It furnishes abundance of material for
special investigation.

Physics and Astronomy. The Physical laboratory is
a three-story building of sound and substantial construction,
containing large lecture and laboratory rooms for the ele-
mentary courses, and a considerable number of smaller
apartments for more advanced work. Especial attention
has been paid to heating, lighting, and ventilation. The
department is equipped with a large variety of apparatus
bearing on the courses at present offered — ^all of which in-
clude work in the laboratory — and additional apparatus is
continually being obtained.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 125

GYMNASIUM

The Gymnasium in Clark Hall is well equipped with all
the necessary apparatus, and is under the direction of a
graduate of Dr. Sargent's School of Physical Training.
Upon entering college each student is examined by a
physician and the Director of the gymnasium, and informa-
tion obtained concerning habits and general health. From
this data and the measurements made by the Director,
exercise is prescribed to meet the special need of each indi-
vidual. Exercise in the gymnasium is required tnree hours
a week of Freshmen and Sophomores, and is under the per-
sonal supervision of the Director. Students are advised to
consult the Director before procuring their gjminasium
suits. When the weather permits, work in the gymnasium
is replaced by tennis, basket ball, golf, and other games out
of doors. Special instruction is given to those who wish it
in fencing. Wade Park pond furnishes the students witl
facilities for rowing and skating.

To receive these prizes a student must remain in college
throughout the Sophomore year.

HALLS OF RESIDENCE

The halls of residence are Guilford House and Haydn
Hall. They accommodate seventy-two students. Each is
well warmed, lighted and ventilated. The rooms are fully
furnished. Linen for beds and tables is provided, but each
student pays fifty cents a month to meet the cost of its
laundering. The charge for other plain laundry work is
fifty cents a dozen. The table of each hall is excellent and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

126 COLI^EGE FOR WOMEN [1904-1905

well served. The aim of the housekeeping is to make the
surroundings as home-like as possible.

The apartments in Guilford House are arranged, for the
most part, in suites consisting of a study and two bed-rooms.
The rooms in Haydn Hall used for dormitory purposes are
usually single rooms designed for one student, although a
few of a specially large size are designed for two. The price
of board and room for each student ranges from $225 to
$300 for the year. Any student entering within the first
five weeks is charged from the beginning of the year. If
an applicant have had a special room retained for her, and
if she fail to occupy it, she is charged for one-half of a term.
Claims for deductions arising from necessary withdrawal are
to be adjusted with the Officers. The date of withdrawal
of a student is reckoned from the time when the President
is informed of the fact by the parent or guardian. To
students remaining in either hall during the Christmas or
Easter recess a small charge is made. It is requested that
students make separate payments for their tuition and board.

In addition to its use as a dormitory, Haydn Hall contains
various rooms for general purposes of the students. The
first floor is devoted especially to students who reside at their
homes in Cleveland. This floor contains a study room, a
lunch room, and a central hall, available for social purposes.
On the second floor are rooms set apart for the four college
classes and also for the alumnae. At the time of making
application for rooms in either hall of residence, students
are requested to make a deposit of $25.00, which will be
counted as an advance payment.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I27

annoying restraint. The endeavor of all officers is to make
a home in every way suitable for college women.

Correspondence regarding the engagement of rooms may
be addressed to the President.

THE FLORENCE HARKNESS MEMORIAL

The chapel seats about six hundred. Under the same roof
are a large lecture room, a library and study for the Biblical
work of the college, the endowment of which bears the same
name as the chapel.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP

The principles and influences of the College are distinc-
tively Christian, but the College has no formal connection
with any particular denomination. A short service is held
each morning in the Chapel at a quarter past nine o'clock.
All students are required to be present at this service and
on Sunday are expected to attend the services at the churches
of their choice. It is desired that as far as possible each stu-
dent should enter into the life of her church. On Sunday,
Vesper Services are held in the Florence Harkness Mem-
orial throughout the college year. The students carry on a
Young Women's Christian Association, the aims of which
are to maintain in the College a healthy, progressive
Christian spirit and to keep the students in touch with the
religious and charitable work of the world.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

128 COLrLBGB FOR WOMEN [1904— 1905

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

The student organizations include • a Young Women's
Christian Association, a Glee Club, a Mandolin Club, a Dra-
matic Association, an Athletic Association, and several liter-
ary and scientific societies.

The conduct of the student body as a whole is largely
entrusted to the Students' Association.

EXPENSES AND BENEFICIARY AID
The charge for tuition and incidentals for each student is
$85 per year. In addition to this each student pays a matric-
ulation fee of $5 on entering College. Beginning with
Commencement 1906, a graduation fee will be charged. All
checks should be made payable to the Bursar. One-half of
the charge for tuition is to be paid at the beginning of each
half-year; no part will be refunded if the student retain
her place in class. In laboratory courses fees are charged
to meet the cost of perishable material. The amount in
each case is indicated with the description of the courses.
There are certain annual scholarships which are awarded
to students of high rank and slender means, by which they
are relieved of a portion of the tuition fee of the College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESBRVK UNIVERSITY 1 29

Conference either in person or by letter with the President
is invited.

Scholarships are granted annually upon application, but
may be withdrawn for cause at the end of one half-year.
The granting and withdrawing of scholarships, for students
who have attended the College as long as one half-year, is
in the hands of the executive committee^ who shall report
to the Faculty at the beginning of each year the names of
those students to whom scholarships are to be granted, and
each half-year the names of those from whom scholarships
have been withdrawn.

From the Loan Fund certain grants are made to worthy
students. The Alumnae Association has also established a
Loan Fund to be used for similar purposes. Students re-
ceiving these benefits are expected to maintain their standing
in scholarship and to finish their course here. If dismissal
. to another college is sought, the College dues, including the
amounts given or loaned, must first be paid.

The opportunities offered by the College for the higher
education of young women of limited means are presented
to the attention of those who desire to promote such work
by the establishment of scholarships for worthy students.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE

Mr. L. E. Holden, of Cleveland, offers a prize of twenty-
five dollars for the best essay written by a Senior or Junior
on some subject selected by the department of English.
Essays in competition for this prize must be submitted not
later than May 16, 1905. The subject for the present aca-
demic year is "A Study of Shakespeare's Plays in their Sev-
enteenth and Eighteenth Century Adaptations."

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I30 COUUBGB FOR WOMEN [1904-I905

PUBLICATION FUND

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

In the Graduate Department of the University opportunity
is given graduates of this and other colleges to pursue courses
of study leading to the degrees of A. M. and Ph. D.

For the catalogue of Graduate Courses, address Dean of
the Graduate School.

THE LIBRARY SCHOOL

A School for the Training of Librarians has been estab-
lished in the University by Andrew Carnegie. Its first ses-
sion opened with the academic year of 1904-05. Information
will be given by Wm. H. Brett, Dean.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RBSERVB UNIVERSITY 131

DEPARTMENT OF GRADUATE
INSTRUCTION

GENERAL STATEMENT

GTSHE privileges of the Graduate Department are open,
U without distinction of sex, to graduates of this and
other universities and colleges of good standing who present
satisfactory evidence of character and scholarship. In ex-
ceptional cases, by special permission, other persons of suit-
able age and attainments may also be received as students.

The work of the department is under the general super-
vision of an Executive Committee, consisting^ this year, of
Professor R. W. Deering, H. N. Fowler, and F. P. Whit-
man. Persons desiring to do graduate work are invited to
confer or correspond with any member of this committee.

Applications for admission as graduate students may be
received at any time, but should be presented, if possible,
at least a month before the beginning of the academic year.
This is advisable because books and apparatus for special
work must often be imported from Europe. All such ap-
plications should be made to the Dean of the Graduate
Faculty, and should be accompanied, except in the case of
graduates of this university, by diplomas, or such other
official certificates as will satisfy the Executive Committee
as to the student's character and attainments. Applicants
admitted as students must then register with the Dean and
file statements of the courses of study they intend to pursue,
indicating also the degrees, if any, for which they wish to
be candidates. Eligible students who do not wish to apply
for higher degrees may be admitted and registered as
resident graduates.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

132 GRADUATE DBPARTHBNT [l904~I9O5

FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS

Arranged, with the exception of the President and Dean, in the order of coUege
graduation.

Charles Fhankun Thwinc, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President.

Robert Waller Deering, Ph. D., Dean, The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.
Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature,

Edward Williams Morley, M. D., Ph. D., LL. D.,

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Professor of Natural History and Chemistry.
Charles Josiah Smith, A. M., 35 Adelbert St.

Professor of Mathematics,
Frank Perkins Whitman, A. M., D. Sc, 79 Adelbert St.

Professor of Physics and Astronomy.
Emma Maud Perkins, A. B., 121 Adelbert St.

Professor of Latin.
Charles Harris, Ph. D., 77 Cutler St.

Professor of German.
Mattoon Monroe Curtis, Ph. D., 43 Adelbert St.

Professor of Philosophy.
Harold North Fowler, Ph. D., The Brightman, 33 Cornell St.

Professor of Greek.
Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph. D., D. Sc, 43 Cutler St

Professor of Biology.
Oliver Farrar Emerson, Ph. D., 98 Wadena St., East Qeveland.

Professor of Rhetoric and English Philology.
Samuel Ball Platner, Ph. D., 24 Cornell St

Professor of Latin and Instructor in Sanskrit.
Henry Eldridge Bourne, A. B., B. D., 144 Cornell St

Professor of History.
Herbert Austin Aikins, Ph. D., Absent for the year.

Professor of Philosophy.

Benjamin Parsons Bourland, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Professor of Romance Languages.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 133

Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Associate Professor of Church History and Instructor in

Historical Bibliography.

Anna Helene Palmi^ Ph. B., 48 Mayfield St

Professor of Mathematics,
William Henry Hulme, Ph. D., 48 Mayfield St.

Professor of English,
HiPPOLYTE Gruener, Ph. D., 43 Knox St

Associate Professor of Chemistry.
John Dickerman, A. B., 1957 Doan St

Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
OuN Freeman Tower, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Edward Stockton Meyer, Ph. D., 94 Glen Park Place.

Assistant Professor of German.
Charles Edwin Clemens, 1093 Prospect St

Instructor in the History and Theory of Music.
Walter Taylor Marvin, Ph. D., The Euclid, 2662 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Elizabeth Kemper Adams, Ph. D., 46 Knox St.

Instructor in Philosophy.

Carl Byron James, B. S., South Euclid, O.

Instructor in Biology.

Elbert Jay Benton, Ph. D.,

The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av., East Cleveland.
Instructor in History.
Howell Merriman Haydn, A. B., 116 Ridgewood Av.

Associate Professor of Biblical Literature.

Joseph Leopold Borgerhoff, A. M.,

The Auburn, 3020 Euclid Av., East Qeveland.
Instructor in French.
Charles Criswell Arbuthnot, Ph. D., 10 Adalbert Hall.

Instructor in Economics.

John Mills, A. B., 18 Adelbert Hall.

Instructor in Physics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

134 GRADUATB DBPARTMBNT [1904— 1905

STUDENTS

John Oaytan Barklcy, Phalanx StatioH, O.

1406 Lexington At.
A. B., Allegheny College, 1002. 1 year. English.

Walter Lewis Bissell, Cleveland 728 Republic St

A. B., Adclbert College, 1008. 1 year. English, History.

Albert Franklin Counts, Sidney, O. 22 Adelbert Hall.

Ph. B., Adelbert College, 1004. 1 yesr. Economics, History.

Albert Ehrgott, Cleveland 173 Streator Av.

B. D., University of Rochester, 1805. 1 year. History, Economics, Ph»>
losophy.

Blanche Chipman Leggett, Cleveland 2662 Euclid Av

A. B., Smith College, 1808. 1 year. History, French.

Irma Linn, Cleveland 151 Cortland St.

B. L., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1004. 1 year.
History, English.

Simon Peiser, Cleveland

cor. Woodland and Willson Av.
B. A., University of Cincinnati, 1806. 2 year. Philosophy, Education.

Hermann Rosenwasser, Cleveland

cor. Woodland and Willson Av.

Abiturient, Kperjes, Hungary, 1802. 2 year. German, Philosophy, Hebrew.

Ruhamah Georgette Smith, Euclid, O. Euclid, O.

A. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1004. 1 year.
History, Economics, Education.

Qarence Albert Streich, Cleveland 37 Collins PL

A. B., Otterbein University, 1808. 2 years. German.

Charles Clarence Williamson, Clei>eland 10 Adelbert HalL

A. B., Adelbert College, 1004. 1 year. History, Philosophy, Economics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I9<55] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 135

COURSES OF GRADUATE INSTRUCTION

BIBUCAL LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

ASSOaATE PROFESSOR HAYDN

1. 2. *Hebrew Grammar and Reading. An Introductory
course. Harper's Elements of Hebrew, will be used, with the Old
Testament text. Throughout the year.

3. New Testament Greek. Grammar and reading, with espe-
cial attention to the development of the New Testament vocabulary
First half-year.

4. New Testament Exegesis. The critical analysis of selected
passages or books. Given in Seminar, if desired. Second half-year.

5. Old Testament Exegesis. A course similar to 4, open to
those who have had i and 2, or their equivalent. Second half-year.

BIOLOGY

PROFESSOR HERRICK
MR. JAMES

2. *Zo6logy. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. A com-
parative study of a few important types of invertebrate animals.
One lecture, two laboratory exercises of two hours each. First half-
year.

3. *Zo6logy. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. A compar-
ative study of the principal types of vertebrates. One lecture and
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

136 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904-I905

5. Zoology. Research in Animal Morphology. The assignment
of special problems for investigation, with individual instruction and
supervision. Laboratory work throughout the year.

6. '^'Physiology. Elements of the physiology of man and lower
animals. Three exercises consisting .of lectures, recitations and
demonstrations of one hour each. First half-year.

7. *Elements of Vertebrate Embryology. A practical study of
the development of birds and mammals. One recitation, two labor-
atory exercises of two hours each. Second half-year.

9. Animal Behavior. A course for the reading and discussion
of the most significant works upon the instinct and intelligence of
animals. Second half-year.

10. Phanerogamic Botany. An introduction to the study of the
higher — ^flowering — plants, including lectures, demonstrations, and
field excursions. Three exercises weekly. Second half-year.

11. Cryptocamic Botany. An introduction to the study of the
lower orders of plant-life, (continuing course 10), including such
forms as are of economic or pathogenic importance. One lecture,
two laboratory exercises. First half-year.

12. Living Things. A series of lectures on the phenomena of
life in their fundamental relations, dealing with form, structure, ac-
tion, habit, instinct, heredity and evolution. Brief statements of
the aims and problems of the science for the benefit of the general
student Weekly, first half-year.

13. Biological Reading Club. A voluntary association of stu-
dents and instructors for reading and discussing works of general
scientific interest. Meetings are held weekly, from December to
May, at times most convenient to all.

The laboratory fees for the different courses are : Course 2, 3, ;.
or II, $5.00; course 5, $5.00 for each half-year.

CHEMISTRY

professor morley
associate professor gruener
assistant professor tower.

I. *Organic Chemistry. Remsen's Organic Chemistry. Two
recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours, throughout
the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 137

2. Organic Prepakations. An equivalent of three laboratory
exercises of three hours each, with occasional discussions, for one
half-year or the entire year. This course may be taken in conjunc-
tion with, or as supplementary to course i.

4. *Elements op Quantitative Analysis. Three iaboratory
exercises of three hours each. Throughout the year.

5. *Physiological Chemistry. A course on the chemistry of
the animal body, of nutrition, and of the ordinary food materials.
Two recitations and one laboratory exercise of three hours. First
half-year.

6. *Physical Chemistry. An elementary course treating princi-
pally of the theory of solutions and electro-chemistry. Three times
a week with occasional laboratory exercises. Second half-year.

Laboratory fees for the several courses are as follows : Course i
or 3$ $5-00; course 2, $10.00; course 4, $6.00; course 5, $3.00; course
6, $2.00.

ECONOMICS

DR. ARBUTHNOT

2. ^Economic Theory. An historical and critical study of the
principal theories of value and distribution. Second half-year,
1905-6.

3. ♦Money and Banking. The theory of money, the monetary
history of the United States, and the principal banking systems of
the world. First half-year.

4. *PuBUc Finance. A study of public revenues and expendir
tures, with special attention to the problems of state and local taxa-
tion. Second half-year, 1905-6.

5. ♦Economic Problems A brief treaitment of socialism is fol-
lowed by the discussion of labor problems. Second half-year.

6. ♦Modern Industry. This course deals with the social econ-
omy of the present. The growth of corporations, the functions of
speculation, and the problems of railway transportation are among
the subjects discussed. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

138 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904— 1905

7. *HiSTORY OF PoLmcAL THOUGHT. The development of poltkal
philosophy, with special reference to the theory of the state. First
half-year.

9. ^Comparative Politics. A comparison of the political institu-
tions of five modem states, viz., the United States, Great Britain,
the German Empire, the French Republic, and Switzerland. First
half-year, 1905-^.

II. *MuNiaPAL Government. The economic, social, and ad-
ministrative problems presented by the modern city. A comparative
study of American and European experience. Second half-year.

EDUCATION AND TEACHING

PROFESSOR AiKiNS (absent for the year)

assistant professor MARVIN

J. History and Prinqples of Education. A brief historical
study of educational theories and practices, followed by a discussion
of the history of philosophy and the history of morals; the mean-
ing and aim of education, and the various problems of education
itself, such as those of curriculym and method. The course will
include a large amount of outside reading. Second half-year.

ENGLISH

PROFESSOR EMERSON (I-5)
PROFESSOR HULliE (6-1 1 )

2. Old English. Lectures on historical and descriptive gram-
mar, with readings from Old English prose and poetry. Special
attention to the development of the language. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RBSBRVK UNIVERSITY 139

3. Middle Engush. Lectures on Middle English language and
literature, with critical reading of selections from prose and poetry.
Further development of the language. Second half-year.

4. Cynewulf and His School. The acknowledged poems of
Cynewulf will be critically read and examined. This will be fol-
lowed by a careful reading of the works believed to have been
written by Cynewulf, or by those influenced by him. First half-year.

5. The Middle English Poetical Romance. The sources of
the poetical romance of Middle English times and its development
on English soil. Lectures and readings. Second half-year.

6. 'The English Novel. The historical development of the
English novel. Lectures and recitations. Manual: Cross's devel-
opment of the English novel. First half-year. Omitted 1905-6.

7. The Non-Dramatic Poetry op the Sixteenth and Early
Seventeenth Centuries. This course will include special study of
Spencer and Milton, with lectures, select reading and papers. First
half-year. Omitted 1905-6.

9. *Engush Poetry, 1830-1680. Tennyson, Browning, Mrs.
Browning, Matthew Arnold, Arthur H. Clough, with some attention
to other poets of the period. Lectures, reports, and class-room dis-
cussions. A considerable amount of reading will be required, ^nd a
much larger amount recommended. First half-year. Omitted 1905-6.

10. *Engush Prose^ 1830- 1880. Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay,
Emerson, Matthew Arnold, George Eliot, Hawthorne, Thackeray,
with some attention to other prose writers. The course will be con-
ducted by much the same method as course 9. Second half-year.
Omitted 1905-6.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

140 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904-I905

GERBSANIC LANGUAGES

PROFESSOR PEERING (I-6, 16-I7)

PROFESSOR HARRIS (8-9)

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MEYER (IO-I5)

1. Gothic. Introduction to Germanic Philology, subjects, aims,
means, methods; Gothic Grammar (Braune) ; Readings from
Wulfila's Bible ; Skeireins and other Fragments ; Germanic PhonoIo>
gy. First half-year. Or,

2. Old German Literature. History of the older German litert-
ture from the beginnings to the Reformation. Lectures and parallel
readings. First half-year, 1905-6.

4. Old High German. Old High German Grammar and Read-
er (Braune). Readings from Tatian, Notker, Otfrid, Willinun
Special study of Old High German dialects, with illustrative read-
ings. Second half-year, 1905-6.

5. '^'Germanic Mythology and Legends. Study of Germanic
Mythologie und Heldensage. Lectures and reports. Second half-
year, 1905-6.

6. *Faust. Lectures on the development of the Faust legend,
with parallel readings from the most important Faust literature;
critical study of Goethe's Faust. Second half-year.

8. ♦History of German Literature. Outline history of German
literature from the earliest times to the present; development of
Lyric, Epic, Drama ; illustrative parallel readings. Throughout the
year.

9. *Middle High German. This course gives a reading knowl-
edge of Middle High German through a careful study of the gram-
mar and the reading of selections from various texts, such as
the Nibelungenlied, Hartmann, Walther von der Vogelweidc, etc
Throughout the year.

10. The Oldest Germanic Poetry. Rapid reading and compari-
son of Beowulf, Widsith, the Eddas and Volsunga Saga, the Hilde-
brandslied and Muspilli. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905J WBSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 141

11. The Germanic Religious Epics. Comparative study of
Caedmon, Otfrid, and the Heliand. Second half-year.

12. The Court Epic. Reading of Wolfram's Parzival with lec-
tures on Heinrich von Veldeke, Hartmann von Aue, Wolfram von
Eschenbach, and Gottfried von Strassburg. First half-year.

13. The Popular Epic. Reading of the Nibelungenlied and
Gudrun, with lectures on the six saga-cycles (Franconian, Burgun-
dian, Hunnish, Ostrogothic, Lombardic, and Norman- Saxon). Sec-
ond half-year.

14. Grillparzer. Study of Sappho, Des Meeres und der Liebe
Wellen, Wehe dem der Ltigt, Das Goldene Vliesz (in part), and Die
Jiidin von Toledo with lectures on the relation of Grillparzer*s art
to that of Shakespeare, Lope de Vega, Alfieri, Goethe, and Schiller.
Second half-year.

16. '^Nineteenth Century Literature. History of German
Literature from the death of Goethe to the Franco-Prussian War.
First half-year, 1905-6.

17. *Contemporary Literature. History of German Literature
during the last quarter of a century. First half-year.

GREEK

PROFESSOR FOWLER (3-4)
ASSOaATE PROFESSOR BILL (1-2)

1. * Comedy. A play of Aristophanes. Selections from Lucian.
First half-year.

2. ♦Idyixic Poetry. Theocritus. A comparative study of Vergil's
Eclogues. First half-year.

3. *ARCH-fi0L0GY. Extracts from the description of Olympia in
Pausanias will be read and discussed, with full illustration from the
great excavations, and a topical study of architecture and sculpture
will be pursued. The object of this course is to acquaint the student
with the great monuments of art, and to stimulate the faculty of in-
dependent observation and criticism. Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

142 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904-I905

4. ♦History. Seminary work in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xeno-
phon, the Historiconim Graecorum Fragmenta, and other sources of
Greek history. Second half-year.

HISTORY

PROFESSOR BOURNE (I-3)

DR. BENTON (19-20)

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR SEVERANCE (l2-l8)

1. *MoDERN European History since 1789. The French Revolu-
tion as a social and political movement, .the £mpire, the growth of
the national movements in Germany and Italy, industrial and social
changes, the development of the democratic spirit, will be the sub-
jects chiefly investigated. Throughout the year.

2. Church and State in France since the French Revolution,
with special emphasis upon the struggle for the control of education.
First half-year.

3. The Financial and Economic Legislation of France during
the Revolution and the Consulate. Second half-year.

19. The Puritan Revolution. The constitutional and social
experiments and theories of the Puritans. Study of the Stuart sys-
tem. The Commonwealth period and the Restoration of monarchy.
Chiefly from the primary sources.

20. The Development of Paruamentary Government in
England since the Revolution of 1688. The origin and history of
political parties. The rise of Radicalism. Cabinet government.

11. ♦The Reformation. A general survey of the period, intro-
ducing the student to this wider literature of the subject Special
attention will be paid to the formative influences that shaped the
doctrinal views of the reformers. First half-year.

12. *Church History of the First Six Centuries. Especial
attention will be devoted to the Patristic Literature and to the Doc-
trinal Controversies that rent the Church. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY I43

14. ♦Modern Church History. The period of Confessional Or-
thodoxy, Methodism, the Missionary Movement, and the Vatican
Council are amongst the topics discussed.

15. ♦Life in the Middle Ages. This course will deal with the
dwellings, costumes, food, occupations and habits of the men and
women of that epoch. It will be illustrated by means of photo-
graphs and prints taken from medixal manuscripts. First half-
year, 1905-6.

16. ♦The Beliefs and Superstitions of the Middle Ages. Espe-
cial attention will be paid to magic and sorcery, and to their out-
come in the witchcraft delusion. Portents, lucky and unlucky days,
precious stones, palmistry, etc., will also be touched on. Second
half-year.

17. Special Topics in MsDiiBVAL History. This course will be
conducted according to the principles of the seminary method, and
aims to teach the student how to investigate a topic in Mediaeval
History from the sources. The subject for 1905-6 will be "Studies
in the Life of Pope Adrian IV." First half-year, 1905-6.

18. ♦Historical and General Bibuography. The object of this
course will be to familiarize the students with the best guides, in-
dices, repertoria and helps to the study of history. An examinaiton
will be made of books mentioned. The course is adapted to the
needs, not only of those specializing in history, but also of those
looking forward to library work. First half-year, 1905-6.

LATIN

PROFESSOR PLATNER (l)
PROFESSOR PERKINS (2-6)

1. The Elective Courses in Latin in Adelbert College are open to
graduate students.

2. ♦Roman Satire, (a) Lectures on the beginnings of satire,
the history of its development, and its influence on later writers,
(b) A course of reading in Lucilius, Horace, Persius, Juvenal, and
Martial. First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

144 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904-I905

3. Roman Lyric and Elegiac Poetry. A course of reading cov-
ering the chief works in each of these divisions. First half-year.

4. Latin Prose Composition. An advanced course, adapted to
the acquirements and needs of the class. Second half-year.

5. History of Latin Literature. Lectures, with reading of
typical selections, and direction of the student's private reading.
Throughout the year.

6. Cicero's Letters. Lectures on the history of the period.
Students will do critical work on various points in this correspond-
ence and present reports. Second half-year.

MATHEMATICS

PROFESSCHt SMITH (l)

PROFESSOR PALMI]^ (2-6)

assistant PROFESSOR DICKERMAN (l)

1. The elective courses in Mathematics in Adelbert College arc
open to graduate students.

3. Theory of Functions. General Theory of Functions. Second
half-year.

5. *Projective Geometry. Lectures on parallel projections; per-
spective; homology; vanishing points and lines; projective figures;
cross ratios; harmonic ratios; projective ranges and pencils; conic
involution; conjugate points and lines; reciprocal figures; centers
and diameters ; foci and directrices. Second half-year.

6. Theory of Substitutions. General Theory of Substitutions
with applications to the solution of cubic and biquadratic equations.
First half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I45

MUSIC

MR. CXEMENS

(Special arrangements must be made for work in this department)

1. *HiSTORY OF Music A course in the history of music covering
the periods embracing Primitive Music, Ancient Music, and the
music of the Christian Era to the end of the sixteenth century. Fill-
more's Lessons in Musical History is used as a text-book, supple-
mented by musically illustrated lectures and references to standard
works. A short course in the elements of Harmony is combined
with the more strictly historical study in order that the musical
devdopement and relations of the different periods may be more
clearly understood. First half-year.

2. *A continuation of course i, embracing tht periods from the
beginnmg. of the seventeenth century to the time of Handel and
Bach. Substantially the same methods will be followed as in the
work of the preceding course. Second half-year.

Those desiring to elect the course in the second term only must
possess an adequate knowledge of this subject.

3. 4. *Harmony and Counterpoint. Throughout the year.

PHILOSOPHY

PROFESSOR CURTIS

PROFESSOR AiKiNS (absent for the year)

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARVIN
DR. ADAMS (10-13)

2, British Philosophy from Bacon to Hume. Lectures, recita-
tions, and private readings. The purpose of this course is to acquaint
the students with the classics of British Empiricism by means of
selections from Bacon's Advancement of Learning, and Novum Or-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

146 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904-I905

ganum, Hobbes' Leviathan, Locke's Essay Concerning Human
Understanding, Berkele/s Principles of Human Knowledge, and
Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. The course will bring forward
the main problems of Modem Philosophy. Such features as are
specially prominent today will be indicated and outlined. Among
the general reviews of this period mention may be made of Morris*
British Thought and Thinkers, Eraser's Selections from Berkeley,
and Grimm's Zur Geschichte des Erkenntnisproblems von Bacon bis
Hume. First half-year.

3. The Philosophy of Herbert Spencer. A critical study of
Spencer's elaboration of the principle and process of Evolution along
with the application of Evolution to Philosophy. Selections from
the following parts' of his work are thus examined: First Principles.
The Principles of Biology, The Principles of Psychology,- and The
Principles of Sociology. Lectures will be given with the aim of
showing the historical development and present condition of evolu-
tional thought. Digests and critical essays will be requirM for the
purpose of bringing into prominence the main questions of Cosmol-
ogy. The more important handbooks for this study are Spencer's
First Principles, and Collins' An Epitome of the Synthetic Philoso-
phy. Second half-year. Or,

4. The Philosophy of Kant. After the results of Hume's Phi-
losophy have been reviewed, Kant's Critique of Pure Reason will be
taken up and the object of knowledge carefully studied. This will
be followed by a discussion of the Metaphysics of Morality, the
Critique of Practical Reason, and the Critique of Judgment. For
this course some knowledge of German is advantageous. Second
half-year.

6. Advanced Ethics. Presupposes the undergraduate work in
Psychology, Logic, Ethics, and Introduction to Philosophy. The
work is conducted by seminary methods in abstracts and discussions.
Throughout the year.

7. Theory of Society. This course will be g^iven in lectures
throughout the year in two parts, (a) A theory of society based
upon anthropology, (b) a study of the institutions of society based
upon a theory of society. The second part is a practical illustration
of the first part.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WKSTBRN RESBRVK UNIVERSITY I47

8. Advanced Logic and Logical Methods. This course will in-
clude a careful study of Sigwart's Logic in connection with other
important German and English works on that subject. Throughout
the year.

9. Metaphysics. The main problems of systematic Metaphysics
will be studied in connection with the reading of some recent writ-
ings belonging to this part of philosophy. Throughout the year.

10. *Ethics. An outline of ethical theory with incidental discus-
sion of practical problems. First half-year.

11. ♦Introduction to Philosophy. A direct and simple discus-
sion of the main problems of speculative philosophy, such as the
ultimate nature of the mind and its relation to the body, the real
nature of material things, the significance of evolution, the alleged
conflict of science and religion. Knowledge : what it is and what we
can hope to know; idealism, realism and scepticism; the relation of
knowledge to faith. Second half-year.

12. ♦Advanced Psychology. Mainly from the physiological
standpoint. Second half-year.

For other courses, see Education and Teaching.

PHYSICS

PROFESSOR WHITMAN
MR. MILLS

1. ♦Physical Optics. Preston's Light, with lectures and labora-
tory work. Two hours a week, and one laboratory exercise. First
half-year.

2. ♦Theory of Heat. A course based mainly on Maxwell's The-
ory of Heat, with lectures and references. Three hours a week.
Second half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

148 GRADUATE DEPARTMENT [1904— 1905

5. *PHysics Conference. Lectures on selected topics. Reports
and discussions on special subjects and on current physical literature
by members of the conference. One meeting, weekly.

A knowledge of the elements of the Calculus is necessary for
courses i, 2, 3 and 4.
The laboratory fee of courses i, 3 and 4 is $400 for each half-year.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

professor bourland (1-2-6)

MR. BORGERHOFF (3-S-7-IO)

No courses are, at present, offered primarily for graduates. The
following undergraduate courses are open to properly qualified
graduate students:

1. *Italian. Dante's Purgatorio and Vita Nuova. Second
half-year.

2. *Spanish. Spanish Literature of the XIX Century. Sec-
ond half-year, 1905-6.

3. *French. The Classic Drama. Lectures on the rise and de-
velopment of the French classic drama, with interpretation of the
masterpieces of Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Regnard. Collateral
reading. Themes. First half-year.

4. *French. The Drama of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth
Centuries. The decadence of the classic drama. Rise and growtli
of the romantic and realistic drama. Modern tendencies. Readings
from Voltaire, Beaumarchfiis, Destouches, Marivaux, Victor Hugo,
Alfred de Musset, Scribe, Dumas pere, Augier, Dumas fils, Sardou,
Coppee, Rostand. Themes on collateral reading. Second half-year.

5. *French. Modern Novelists. Lectures and recitations. The
romantic school. First half-year. The realistic school. Second
half-year.

6. *French. Jean-Jacques Rousseau. A study of his principal
works, his life, and influence. Second Half-year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WBSTERN RESKRVB UNIVBRSITY 149

7. *French. The Sixteenth Century. The Reformation and
the Renaissance. Rabelais, Calvin, Marot, Ronsard and the P16iade,
Montaigne. Readings from Darmesteter and Hatzfeld's Le Sei-
zieme Siecle en France. Study of the language and syntax of the
period. Themes and collateral reading. First half-year.

8. ^French. History of Old French Literature, with repre-
sentative readings from Bartsch's Chrestomathie, La Chanson de
Roland, and Christian of Troyes. The Mediaeval Drama. Second
half-year.

9. *French. French Historical Grammar. Phonetics, morph-
ology, syntax. Illustrative reading from Old French texts. Through-
out the year.

la *French. Outline history of the French Literature. Col-
lateral readings and reports.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I50 GRADUATE DKPARTMBNT [1904-1905

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

METHODS AND LIBRARY FAaLITIES

Instruction is given by lectures, seminaries, recitations,
and conferences with instructors, by specially directed
courses of reading or research, by work in laboratories, etc.

The library facilities available are: (i) Hatch Library
(about 60,000 books and pamphlets), with a very full peri-
odical list, with good collections, especially in French
literature, classical philology, ardioeology, and history, and
unusually well equipped in Germanic philology and litera-
ture, including the library (12,000 vols.) of the late Prof.
Wilhelm Scherer of the University of Berlin; (2) Library of
the College for Women, a small well selected collection for
general work; (3) the Case Library (50,000 vols.) well sup-
plied with periodicals and general literature, and offering
excellent facilities for the study of the fine arts, of political
economy and sociology, and of the sciences, especially chem-
istry and botany; (4) the Cleveland Public Library (150,000
vols.), well supplied with Shakesperiana, with modern liter-
ature, with works on history, art, education, and archaeology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 151

DEGREES

The degrees conferred by the Trustees, on recommen-
dation of the Graduate Faculty, are Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Master of Arts
will be conferred on accepted candidates who shall have
pursued successfully, in residence and under the direction
of the Faculty, advanced courses of liberal study equal in
amount to the work of one collegiate year— ordinarily the
equivalent of four courses aggregating twelve hours a week.
These courses must be divided among at least three different
subjects. Detailed information regarding courses of study
may be obtained from the Dean of the Faculty. The
degree will also be, conferred without residence, upon grad-
uates of the class of 1893 or before, of Adelbert College or
the College for Women, provided the candidate sustain
satisfactory examination in the courses prescribed, and sub-
mit either a thesis on a subject assigned or other sufficient
evidence of fitness to receive the degree — such as printed
essays.

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be conferred
only on persons who have previously received a Bachelor's
degree either from this or from some other university or
college of good standing. The candidate must have pursued
courses of advanced study, mainly of university as dis-
tinguished from college grade. He must have shown special
ability in one branch of study (major) and high attainments
in two other branches (minors), as determined by written or
oral examinations or both. The candidate must have sub-
mitted to the Graduate Faculty a thesis, which shall be ac-
cepted as evincing powers of research and independent
investigation. After its acceptance he must deposit at least
fifty copies of his thesis, printed either in full or in abstract
as may be required, with the Dean of the Graduate Faculty.
The degree will be granted to no one who does not possess

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

152 GRADUATE DEPARTMBNT [1904-I905

a good reading knowledge of French and German and,
unless specially excused, of Latin. The degree is not given
merely for faithful study of courses taken or text-books
assigned, but as evidence of special ability 'in some chosen
field; hence no definite term of study can be specified.
Ordinarily at least two years are necessary and often a
longer time is advisable. Part of this time may be spent in
advanced study at some other institution of high standing
in this country or abroad; the last year, at least, must be
spent in residence here.

EXPENSES

The regular fee for instruction for each graduate student
is eighty-five dollars a year. This does not include special
laboratory fees, which vary with the courses concerned.

THE FRANCIS G. BUTLER FUND

The Francis G. Butler Publication Fund is available to
graduate students for the publication of the results of origi-
nal research in the field of American history.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WBSTKRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I53

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE

GENERAL STATEMENT

OHE Medical Department of the Western Reserve
University was organized, in 1843, ^s the Cleveland
Medical College, a branch of Western Reserve Col-
lege. The first Faculty contained the names of Drs. John
Delemater, Jared P. Kirtland, Noah Worcester, Horace A.
Ackley, John Lang Cassels, and Samuel St. John, names
widely known in medicme. The first class graduated in
1844. The requirements for graduation were three years'
study of medicine, including two terms of attendance on
medical lectures, each term extending over a period of six-
teen weeks, together "with good moral character." The old
college building was erected in 1844, on the present site, at
the corner of St. Clair and Erie Streets. This ground has
since been continuously occupied for medical college pur-
poses. The length of the course remained sixteen weeks
until 1868, when it was increased to seventeen weeks. In
1871 the course was increased to twenty weeks. In 1^75 the
old Cleveland City Hopsital, with its fifty-nine beds, the pred-
ecessor of the Lakeside Hospital, was first utilized for clin-
ical purposes. In 1878 the length of the course became
twenty-four weeks. In 188 1 Charity Hospital, with about
seventy-five beds, together with its Maternity Department,
was added as a clinical field. In 1887 the present com-
modious college building was first occupied ; in the same year
a preliminary examination was for the first time instituted.
In 1888 the length of the course was increased to six months,
and the number of the required courses to three. In the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

154 'J^HE MBDICAL COLLKGE [1904-I905

same year laboratory work in Chemistry and Pathology was
made obligatory. An optional four-year course was adopted
in 1895, and was made obligatory in the following year. In
1895 the length of the course was increased to eight months ;
at the same time practical work in the laboratories of His-
tology, Bacteriology and Physiology, was added as a part of
the required work. In 1896 the right to use the present City
Hospital for clinical purposes during four months in the year
was acquired. In January, 1898, the new Lakeside Hospital
was formally occupied, and the new chemical laboratory
was erected. At the same time laboratory instruction in
Pharmacology was added as one of the required courses of
the curriculum. In 1900 the new laboratory of Qinical
Microscopy and Clinical Medicine was erected, and in 1901
it was fully equipped. In 1901, by unanimous recommenda-
tion of the Medical Faculty and by vote of the Trustees, the
requirements for admission to the first year of the Medical
College were increased to include the work of the Junior
year in an academic institution of recognized collegiate rank.
The rapid development of the curriculum in this school in
the late years has been possible only through the generous
financial assistance of its many friends to whom the Med-
ical Faculty thus desires to make public acknowledgment
The graduates of the Medical College now number two
thousand three hundred and fifteen.

The course of study for the degree of Doctor of Medicine
IS now of four years* duration. The school year or session
begins on the first of October, unless this falls on Sunday,
in which case it begins on the second, and terminates at the
University Commencement in June. Theoretical and ap-
plied branches of study are graded and arranged with
reference to their bearing upon and preparation for
each other, and the effect of the whole course. Instruc-
tion is given by lectures, recitations, quizzes, laboratory

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 55

work, clinical demonstrations, clinical conferences and prac-
tical dispensary and bedside work. Endowment of the
chairs of Anatomy, Histology, Bacteriology, Physiology,
Pathology, Pharmacology, and Clinical Microscopy, per-
mits the employment of instructors who devote all of their
time to teaching and research in this college. The build-
ings are modern in plan, construction and equipment, and
ample in size for their purposes. In the subjects of An-
atomy, Physiology, Histology, Embryology and Compara-
tive Anatomy, Bacteriology, Pathological Anatomy, Phar-
macology, and Clinical Microscopy, laboratory work accom-
panies the didactic instruction, and is required of every
student. In the Junior and Senior classes every student is
required to do practical work in the Dispensaries, at the
bedside in the hospitals, and -in the obstetrical wards.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

156 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [l 904"' 9^5

FACULTY

Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bcllflowcr Av.

President,
John E. Darby, A. M., M. D., Doan St, and Euclid Av.

Professor of Therapeutics,
Hunter H. Powell, A. M., M. D., 467 Prospect St.

Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics,
John H. Lowman, A. M., M. D., 441 Prospect St.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
John P. Sawyer, A. M., M. D., 536 Rose Building^.

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
WnxiAM T. CoRLETT, M. D., L. R. C. P. (London), 553 Euclid Av.

Professor of Dermatology and Syphilis.
Henry S. Upson, A. B., M. D., 514 New England Building.

Professor of Neurology.

George C. Ashmun, M. D., 794 Republic St

Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine,

Registrar and Bursar.

Dudley Peter Allen, A. M., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery

Benjamin L Millikin, A. M., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Professor of Ophthalmology,

Dean and Executive Officer of the Faculty.

Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St

Henry IVilson Payne Professor of Anatomy.
Frank E. Bunts, M. D., 275 Prospect St

Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.
Hunter Robb, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Gynecology.
William T. Howard, Jr., M. D., 88 Dorchester Av.

Professor of Pathology, Pathological Anatomy and Bacteriology,
Edward Fitch Cushing, Ph. B., M. D., 1160 Euclid Av.

Professor of the Diseases of Children.

Charles F. Hoover, A. B., M. D., 702 Rose Building.

Professor of Physical Diagnosis,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 57

George W. Crile, Ph. D., M. D.» 169 Kensington Av.

Professor of Clinical Surgery.

John James R. Macleod, M. B. (Aberd.), D. P. H. (Camb.),

Professor of Physiology, 288 Van Ness Av.

ToRALD SoLLMANN, M. D., 102 Handy St.

Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica.

WnxiAM H. HuMiSTON, M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Associate Professor of Gynecology,

Frederick C. Waite, A. M., Ph. D. (Harvard), 77 Hillbum Av.
Associate Profissor of Histology and Embryology,

John M. Ingersoll, A. M., M. D., 50 Euclid Ay.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology,

WnxiAM R. Lincoln, M. D., 210 Lennox Building.

Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.

Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., 1527 Euclid Av.

Assistant Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology,

Louis W. Ladd, A. B., M. D., 1Q3 Edgewood Place.

The Leonard Hanna Lecturer on Clinical Microscopy,
Henry A. Becker, M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Lecturer on Fractures and Dislocations.
WiLUAM E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Lecturer on Genito-Urinary Diseases,

Charles E. Briggs, A. M., M. D., 118 Lennox Building.

Instructor in Surgery,

DEMONSTRATORS

Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D. 105 Lennox Building.

Demonstrator of Surgery,
WiLUAM E. Bruner, a. M., M. D., 514 New England Building

Demonstrator of Ophthalmology.
WiLUAM O. OsBORN, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St

Demonstrator of Medicine,
WALTER H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 27s Prospect St

Demonstrator of Medicine,
Frederick C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 112 Lennox Building.

Demonstrator of Surgery,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

158 THK MEDICAL COLLBGB [1904-1905

Charles E. Brjggs, A. M., M. D., 118 Lennox Buildiiifl^

Demonstrator of Surgery.
Hubert L Spence, M. D., 1160 K Madison Av.

Demonstrator of Nervous Diseases,
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PL

Demonstrator of Gynecology,
Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine,
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Log^n Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine,

John Shell Tierney, M. D., 532 Rose Building:.

Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St and Clark Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Surgery.
William E. Lower, M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Demonstrator of Surgery at St. Alexis Hospital.

Carlyle Pope, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Diseases of Children.

Harrison G. Wagner, M. D., 702 Rose Building:.

Demonstrator of Physical Diagnosis.

William H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Willlam Gilbert Povey, A. B., M. D., 693 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.
EIdward P. Carter, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
John J. Thomas, A. B., M. D., 156 Crawford Road.

Demonstrator of Diseases of Children.

Frank S. Clark, A. M., M. D., 621 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Obstetrics.

Percy W. Cobb, B. S., M. D., 3425 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Physiology.
John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Demonstrator of Medicine.
Charles Dickens Williams, M. D., 717 Rose Building.

Demonstrator of Gynecology.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTBRN RESBRVB UNIVERSITY 1 59

Edgar D. Brown, Phar. D., M. D., Eric and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of Pharmacology and Materia Medica,

Jacob B. Austin, Ph. B., M. D., 2230 Euclid Av.

Demonstrator of Histology and Embryology,

Oscar Schulz, A. B., M. D., Erie and St. Clair Sts.

Demonstrator of Pathology,

Jay Harvey Bacon, B. S., M. D., Lakeside Hospital.

Demonstrator of Pathology at Lakeside Hospital

ASSISTANTS

William E. Bruner, A. M., M. D., ^ 514 New England Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary
Oscar T. Thomas, M. D., 85 Edgewood PI.

Assistant in Gynecology at Charity Hospital Dispensary.
Henry A. Becker, A. M., M. D., 105 Lennox Building.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,
Hubert L. Spence, M. D., 1160 East Madison Av.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John J. Thomas, A. B., M. D., 156 Crawford Road.

Assistant in Diseases of Children at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Robert H. Sunkle, A. B., M. D., Pearl St. and Clark Av.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

William O. Osborn, B. L., M. D., 275 Prospect St.

Assistant in Medicine at CJutrity Hospital Dispensary.

Edwin B. Season, M. D., 2238 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

Walter H. Merriam, Ph. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St

Assistant in Medicine at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

pREDEiacK C. Herrick, A. B., M. D., 112 Lennox Building.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

William B. Chamberlin, A. B., M. D., 275 Prospect St

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

Charles M. Hole, M. D., 300 Cedar Av.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilis at Lakeside

Hospital Dispensary.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l6o THB MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

Charles £. Briggs, A. M., M. D., 118 Lennox Building.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

George W. Moorehouse,*M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.

WiLUAM E. Shackleton, M. D., 310 The Osbom.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary
WzLLZAM £. Gill, M. D. 207 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,
Fanny C. Hutchins, M. D., 416 Rose Building.

Assistant in Nervous Diseases.

Russell H. Birge, A. B., M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Surgery at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

Charles C. Stuart, M. D., 105 The Lennox.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Charity Hospital Dispensary,
William H. Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
Irving A. Elson, M. D., 481 Wade Park Av.

Assistant in Throat, Nose and Ear at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,
John J. Thomas, A. M., M. D., 156 Crawford Road.

Assistant in Obstetrics.
John Dickenson, Jr., M. D., 205 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Surgery at Charity Hospital Dispensary.

Willis S. Hobson, A. B., M. D., 105 Oakdale St.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,

John Dickenson, Jr., M. D., 205 Osborn Building.

Assistant in Obstetrics at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary.
John C. Darby, A. B., M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Assistant in Medicine at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,
Charles Dickens Wiluams, M. D., 717 Rose Building.

Assistant in Gynecology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary,
Alvin S. Storey, M. D., 57 Malcolm St.

Assistant in Obstetrics.
Alfreix a. Jenkins, M. D., 643 Willson Av.

Assistant in Obstetrics.
Secord H. Large, M. D., 536 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary

John E. Cogan, M. D., 707 Rose Building.

Assistant in Ophthalmology at Lakeside Hospital Dispensary

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 161

WiLUAM £. Gill, M. D. 207 Osbom Building.

Assistant in Dermatology and Syphilis at Lakeside Dispensary,
George W. Moorehouse, M. L., M. D., 842 Logan Av.

Secretary of Tubercular Dispensary,
Henry L. Sanford, M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Physician in Charge Tubercular Dispensary,
Junius H. McHenry, M. D., 207 Osbom Building.

Physician in Charge Tubercular Dispensary.
Charles J. Wehr, M. D., 2230 Euclid Av.

Visiting Physician Tubercular Dispensary.

Caroline B. Colver, M. D., 260 Euclid Av.

Assistant in Diseases of Children at Lakeside HospiUU Dispensary.

Howard D. Haskins, M. D., 41 Bolton Place.

H, M, Hanna Research Fellow,

Elizabeth Upjohn, Kingmoorc Building.

Directing Visiting Nurse Tubercular Dispensary.

Thos. J. Taylor, M. D., 2153 Superior St

Clerk of Medical College.

Andrew Flower, Erie and St. Qair Sts.

Prosector and Curator Anatomical Rooms.
Mrs. Flower, Erie and St Clair Sts.

Janitrcss.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 62

THE HBDICAL COLLEGB

[1904-1905

STUDENTS*

FOURTH YEAR
Canton,

175 Chestnut St.

Newton S. Banker, A. B.,

Ohio Northern UniTeraity.

John Joseph Lincoln Bolden,
Arthur M. Cheetham,
Ernest Harper Cox, B. S.,

Wabash College.

Qaude Leroy Difford, A. B.,
Adelbert CoUege.

Noiman William Ingalls, B. S., La Grange,

Baldwin University.

Everett Jay Lawrence, A. B., Norwalk,
WUliams College.

William Palmer Lucas, A. B., Cleveland,
Wooater University.

John Roy McDowell, A. B., Medina,

Adelbert College.
Joseph Charles McFate^ A. B., Cochranton, Pa,, 175 Chestnut St.

Grove City College.

Edward Peterka, A. B., Cleveland,

AdeU«rt College.

J. Douglas Pilcher, Ph. B., Cleveland,

Adelbert College.

Fred Jacobs Ritterspach, A. B., Nevada,
Wittenberg College.

D. Nevin Sandoe, Columbus,

Fred M. Sayle, Cleveland,

James Seliskar, Cleveland,

St. Thomas College.

Ralph Henry Sill, Millersburg,

Shandor Harry Solomonson, B.S., Cleveland,

Case School of Applied Science.

Edward von den Steinen, Cleveland,

University of North Carolina.

Chauncey C. Stewart, Poland,

John Ross Stewart, Cleveland,

Cleveland, 259 Commonwealth Av.
Cleveland, 805 E. Madison Av.
Cleveland, 513 E. Prospect St.

Cleveland, 49 Alum St.

7 Dodge Ct.

413 "The Ellington.-

49 I die wood Av.

41 "The Gary."

SI Goethe St.

54 Aubumdalc Av.

413 "The Ellington."

Erie and St Clair.

1499 Cedar Av.

20 Norwood St.

Charity HospitaL
1022 Case Av.

47 Arlington St.

Erie and St Clair.
821 Logan Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 163

Oliver Arkcnburg Weber, Ph. B., Miamisburg, 41 "The Gary."

Adelbert CoUeg«.

Arthur Garfield Wilcox, Ph. B., Akron, 6 Wycomb PL

Adelbert College.

Fourth year, 23.

THIRD YEAR
Emmett Mose Blahd, Cleveland, 45 Fourth Av.

Cornell Univeraity.

Ralph Ethan Browne, Cleveland, 156 Gcdar Av.

State School of Mines and Bngineering, Colorado.

Francis Patrick Gorrigan, A. B., Cleveland, 66 Gorman Av.

Adelbert College.

Egbert Frank Davis, Ph. B., Gallon, 161 Ghestnut St.

Baldwin University.

Arthur Bradley Eisenbrey, Ph. B., Cleveland, 41 "The Gary."

Adelbert College.

Birt Eugene Garver, B. L., Lorain, 41 "The Gary."

Adelbert CoUege.

John Allen Hofmann, Ph. B., Cleveland, 2039 Doan St

Wooster University.

Luman Gordon Moore, Jr., A. B., Kinsman, 41 "The Gary."

Leland Stanford.

David A. Prendergast, Cleveland, 92 Burton St.

George Franklin Thomas, A. B., Akron, "The Deanna."

Adelbert College.

Frank Walter Vincent, A. B., Oberlin, Hiram House.

Oberlin College.

Andrew Robert Warner, A. B., A. M.,

Hamilton College. Puloski, N. Y., 739 Hough Av.

Henry Klar Yaggi, B. S., Alliance, 20 Lake View Av.

Mt. Union College.

Third year, 13

SEGOND YEAR

Gharles J. Albl, Cleveland,

Benjamin Glyde Barnard, Ph. B., Cleveland,
Wooster University.

John Ross Beiter, B. L., Canton,

Kenyon CoUege.

1406 Broadway.
114 Whitney Av.

4 Wycomb PI.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l64 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

Oydc Lothidge Cummer, Ph. B., Cleveland, 396 Bolton Av.

Addbert CoUege.

Russell Arthur Jewitt, Cleveland, 456 Dunham Av.

Ohio Wesleyan University.

Edmonde De Witte Neer, Ph. B,,De Graff, Erie and St Clair.

Adelbert College.

Earl Frederick Smith, Lorain, 7 Wycomb PL

Ohio Wesleyan Uniyeraity.

Benjamin Briggs Ward, A B., Wickliffe, 3700 Euclid Av.

Wabash College.

John King Gamble, B. S., New Wilmington, Pa.,

Westminster College. 161 Sibley St

Second year, 9.

FIRST YEAR

Harry Lester Bard, Cleveland, 1341 Lorain St

Senior Adelbert College.

Robert Hamilton Bishop, Jr., A. B.,Mankato, Kan.,

Miami College. Suite 305 "The Hannah."

Cortland Linden Booth, Wakeman, 286 Commonwealth Av.

Senior Oberlin College.

Jacob George Brody, Youngstown, . 769 Superior St

Bzamined by Adelbert Faculty.

Ernest R. Brooks, A. B., Beaver Falls, Pa., 102 Adelbert St

Washington and Jefferson College.

Robert Swinton Campbell, Cleveland, 2209 Superior St

Senior Adelbert College.

Carl Judd Case, Hudson, 147 Cornell St

Senior Adelbert College.

Archibald Nail Dawson, A. B., Elyria, Suite 305, "The Hannah."
Ohio Wesleyan University.

David Randolph Frasher, B. S., Lexington, 135 Chestnut St

Ohio Northern Uniyersity.

David Percy Hillis, A. B., Oberlin, Hiram House.

Oberlin College.

Samuel Campbell Hotchkiss, A.B., IVest Toledo, St Clair and Erie.
Oberlin College.

Perley Howe Kilbourn, A. B., Arcanum,

Ottcrbein University. Suite 305 "The Hannah."

William Claude Martin, Cleveland, 84 Marvin Av.

Senior Adelbert College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 165

William Theodore Miller, Jr., Cleveland, 999 E. Madison Av.
Senior Adelbert College.

Arnold Minnig, New Philadelphia,

Senior Adelbert College. Suite 305 'The Hannah."

George Byron Parisen, B. S., Pittsburg, Pa,, 161 Chestnut St

Westminster College.

Ervin Albert Peterson, B. L., Cleveland, 2525 Broadway.

Ohio Wesleyan University.

Harley Jesse Powell, Ph. B., Cleveland, 297 Taylor St

Findlay College.

Homer P. Prowitt, B. S., Washington, Pa., 102 Adelbert St

Washington and Jefferson College.

Homer Garfield Scran ton, Alliance, 20 Lake View Av.

Senior Mt. Union College.

Henry Harlow Skinner, A. B., Princeton, Mass.,

OberUn College. 286 Commonwealth Av.

Arthur Morris Tweedie, B. L., Walton, N. Y., 161 Chestnut St
Westminster College.

Charles Wesley Wendelken, B. S., Portsmouth,

German Wallace College. Suite 23, "The Charles."

Cecil Orville Witter, B. S., Cleveland,

Ashland College. ''The Latimer," Blaine St

Chauncey Witter Wyckoff, A. B., Chagrin Falls,

Ohio Wesleyan UniTersity. Suite 305 "The Hannah."

First year, 25.

SiPECIAL
M. M. Smith, Cleveland, 1621 Euclid Av.

SUMMARY

Fourth Year 23

Third Year 13

Second Year 9

First Year 25

Special i

Total 71

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 66 THB MBDICAL COLLBGK ['904—1905

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

I. Graduates in Arts and Sciences of recognized colleges
will be accepted without examination, on presentation of
diploma.

II. Students who present certificates from recognized
colleges, showing that the work of the Junior year in such
colleges has been completed, will be accepted without ex-
amination.

III. Students who can not present certificates covering
the entire work of the first three years in a recognized col-
lege, will be required to pass an examination upon the work
in which they may be deficient. These examinations will
be conducted by the Faculty of Adelbert College of Western
Reserve University.

V. By law of the State of Ohio every student of med-
icine, in order to be eligible at the end of his course, for
examination and license by the State Board of Medical Ex-
amination and Registration, must, at the beginning of his
course, register with this Board. The examiner for Cleve-
land is Prof. E. L. Harris, Central High School, Willson
Ave., who will issue certificates. A fee of $2.00 is required
by the Board.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 67

COLLEGE TRAINING SUGGESTED PREPARATORY
TO THE STUDY OF MEDICINE

Students who contemplate the study of medicine should,
during their undergraduate course, take as much work in
Biology, Oiemistry and Physics as is consistent with general
culture training. To this end the student should take the
elementary courses in these subjects, as early in his col-
legiate course as is permissible and follow these by more
advanced courses in order that he may be prepared to take up
medical work with a thorough knowledge of these subjects.
In Biological science, he should take General Biology or
Elementary Zoology and Botany, Anatomy of Vertebrates
and Embryology of Vertebrates. Courses in Invertebrate
Zoology, Phanerogamic Botany and Elementary Physiology
are also desirable.

For such work as the student completes in Normal Animal
Histology, Vertebrate Anatomy and Embryology, due credit
will be given upon presentation of evidence that such work
has been done in regular courses under competent instruc-
tion and with adequate equipment. Such evidence 1 con-
sists chiefly in presentation of laboratory note books and
drawings. He will be required to take in the Medical
College only such parts of these as he has not already
covered.

In Physics he should take at least the elementary courses.
A knowledge of Mechanics, Optics and the elements of
Electricity and Magnetism are especially desirable.

The student, previous to entering the medical depart-
ment, should have completed his studies in Chemistry; his
undergraduate work, therefore, should cover inorganic
chemistry and qualitative analysis as well as elementary
course in organic chemistry. Quantitative analysis is also
desirable. Where, however, the student is deficient in any
of these subjects, an opportunity to study them is given in

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l68 THB MBDICAL COLLEGE ['904-1905

the physiological laboratory. The subject of physiolog^ical
chemistry is also studied in the medical school.

The above branches are thus particularly desirable as
preparatory studies for medicine.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING

Graduates in Arts or Sciences of recognized colleges who
have, during their academic course, devoted to the subjects
the number of hours, or have covered the text-books men-
tioned below or their equivalents, and have passed satisfac-
tory examinations therein, may be admitted to the second
year of the course. But the amount of practical work in
such courses must not be less than th&t required in the cor-
responding subjects during the first year in this college.

Comparative Anatomy, 90 hours ; Kingsley or Wicdersheim. Em-
bryology, 90 hours; Foster and Balfour, Hertwig, McMurrich or
Heisler. Human Anatomy, 120 hours. Histology, 200 hours ; Bohm
and Davidoff, Scnafer, Piersol, Stohr, or Szymonowicz, Inorganic
and Organic Chemistry, 300 hours.

Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, 150 hours; Practical
Physiology by various writers (Arnold, London).

Graduates in Arts or Sciences who are deficient in Prac-
tical Anatomy or Histology may still be permitted to enter
the second year on condition of making up the deficiency by
private work and passing the examination on these subjects
during the year.

Students from other recognized Medical Colleges will be
admitted to advanced standing, subject to the following con-
ditions :

I. They must present satisfactory evidence that they
have completed the required preliminary literary work.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTBRN RBSBRVK UNIVERSITY 169

2. Credit will be given for such work as has been satis-
factorily done by the student. The head of each department

*in which credit is sought will satisfy himself of the stand-
ing of the applicant, by an informal examination^ or by any
other means which may be considered necessary. A cer-
tificate from the instructor under whom the work has been
done must be submitted, as also the note books of the
student, and a syllabus of the course.

3. Any course, or any part of a course, which is com-
pulsory in this college, and which has not been sufficiently
covered by the previous work of the student, must be taken
at this college.

4. The conditions for the admittance to a class are the
same as the conditions of advancement in force for the
students of this college, as given below.

The main object of these restrictions is to prevent pros-
pective students from undertaking work for which they
are not sufficiently prepared, and for which they would
not have time. Deficiencies are most likely to exist in the
experimental subjects of the freshman and sophomore years
of the curriculum. Students who wish to enter the junior
or senior classes must therefore expect, as a rule, to spend
the greater part of their first year in making up back work.
This necessity may be avoided in many cases by attending
the courses which are offered during the summer.

Graduates in Medicine from other schools, who desire to
apply for the degree of Doctor of Medicine in this school,
must present satisfactory proof that they have completed
the preliminary literary work required for admission to this
College, must take at least the work of the fourth year, and
must pass the examination on all the subjects of this year,
and any subjects of other years in which they may be de-
ficient. Graduates in Medicine, or other students who de-
sire to take special courses without graduation, will be ad-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I70 THB MBDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

mitted without examination. Such special courses will not
count in any way for the degree of Doctor of Medicine in
this College.

Examination of certificates for admission will take place
in the college building on the two week days preceding the
opening of the session. Candidates should attend at the col-
lege on either of these days, bringing their certificates with
them. Diplomas or certificates may also be personally pre-
sented to the Registrar during the week preceding the open-
ing, or forwarded to him at any time.

In accordance with the laws of several states (not at
present including Ohio, but likely soon to be in force in
this state), all persons desiring to practice medicine in these
states are required to have attended, before taking the state
examination, four full years at a regular medical college,
whether they are graduates of a literary college or not. A
student, who by reason of premedical subjects completed in
undergraduate colleges attempts to complete the medical
course in three years, is therefore disbarred from practice
in these states. The attention of candidates for advanced
standing is therefore called to this fact.

The laws of the State of Ohio as well as the majority of
other states and territories require that any person applying
for a license to practice medicine, whether having a med-
ical diploma or not, must pass an examination before the
State Board of Medical Examination and Registration.

CONDITIONS OF ADVANCEMENTS.

The promotion from one class into another will be de-
termined by the results of examinations and by the other
records of the students' work. A final grade of 75% will be
required for passing in any subject. A student who has
failed in a course may be required, at the discretion of
the instructors, to repeat his attendance at all or a part of

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 171

the course; or he may only be required to be re-examined
within the first three weeks of the school year. If he have
failed in subjects covering 300 hours or more of schedule
time,* re-attendance of at least one-half of the work in
which he has failed will be required before a re-examination
is allowed. With the permission of the head of the de-
partment, attendance of summer courses or private instruc-
tion by a member of the teaching staff may be accepted in
place of attendance at the regular classes.

The available time of each year being amply filled by the
compulsory studies of that year, students will not be able,
and will not be permitted, to enter a higher class until they
have shown their fitness to carry the work of this class. In
deciding this question of fitness, the faculty will be guided
by the following rules:

1. The student must have passed, by the third week
of October, in every subject of the class two years below
that which he wishes to enter, (i. e, he cannot enter the
junior class unless he has passed in all freshman sub-
jects, nor the senior class, if he has not passed all the fresh-
man and sophomore examinations).

2. He will not be permitted to enter a class if he is
obliged to repeat, or attend at, 150 hours or more of the
work of the preceding year, or if he is deficient in subjects
amounting to 300 schedule hours or more. (This rule does
not apply to the entrance of graduates of colleges into the
sophomore class, which is covered by the regulations of
page 167.)

3. As a rule, promotions from one class to another will
only be made at the end and beginning of the school year.

4. Students who are not promoted will be permitted to
take any courses of the next class for which they are
sufficiently prepared, and which do not interfere with the

*One hour per week through the year is counted an 80 hours of schedule time.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

172 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

work in which they are conditioned. All the courses taken
(repeated and new) must not amount to more than 1,000
schedule hours, and a lesser number of hours will generally
be advisable. Examinations in these courses may be taken
with the regular class. By supplementing this work with
summer-courses, the ground which has been lost may in
some cases be recovered.

5. Candidates for the degree who have failed to graduate
may be required to repeat their attendance at such courses as
the faculty may direct; those who have failed in three
courses or more must repeat their attendance at all the
courses in which they have failed, and at such further
courses as the faculty may direct. When these conditions
of attendance have been satisfied, re-examinations in the
subjects in which the candidate was deficient will be granted
as follows: If the student has failed in but one subject,
he may be re-examined in October; if he has failed in
two subjects, in January; if he has failed in three subjects
or more, he must take the regular examinations in these sub-
jects with the senior class. Diplomas will only be granted
at the regular commencement.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 173

COURSE OF STUDY

Number of Hours a Week.
FIRST YEAR

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS

Anatomy 3 hours

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy i hour

Comparative Anatomy and Embryology i hour

Physiology i hour

LABORATORY WORK

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy 6 hours

Comparative Anatomy and Embryology 6 hours

Physiology 4 hours

Dissections 12 hours, until March ist

Electives 3 hours, until March ist

9 hours, after March ist

Chemistry 6 hours, until March ist

12 hours, after March ist

SECOND YEAR

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS

Physiology 3 hours, until March ist

I hour, after March ist

Anatomy and Applied Anatomy 4 hours

Pathology and Bacteriology 2 hours

Bandaging and Splints 2 hours, after March ist

Physical Diagnosis 2 hours, after March ist

Pharmacology i hour

LABORATORY EXERCISES

Physiolog}' 6 hours, until March ist

2 hours, after March ist

Pathology and Bacteriology 9 hours

Pharmacology 2 hours, until March ist

7 hours, after March ist

Dissections 9 hours, until March ist

Electives 2 hours, after March ist

Demonstration in Gross Pathology i hour

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

174 'THB MEDICAL COLLKGB [1904-1905

THIRD YEAR

LECTURES AND RECITATIONS

Pharmacology 2 hours

Therapeutics 3 hours

Obstetrics 2 houn

Medicine 3 houn

Surgery 2 hours

Gynecology i hour

Physical Diagnosis 3 houn

DIDACTIC AND CLINICAL LECTURES

Medicine 4 houn

Surgery 6 houn

Nose, Ear and Throat i hour

Dermatology i hour

LABORATORY EXERaSES

Applied Anatomy i hour

Pathological Demonstrations i hour

Clinical Laboratory 4 houn

FOURTH. YEAR
Daily work in Dispensary Section, i to 3 p. m., Lakeside Hospital
Individual Assignment for ward cases. Ginical Laboratory in con-
nection with Clinics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
to Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetric Mannikin
taught to Sections. Autopsies and Clinical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year. No Sections to be detailed to Hos-
pitals or Dispensaries in hours conflicting with schedule.

GENERAL CLINICS

Medicine 4 boun

Surgery 6 houn

Gynecology 2 houn

Obstetrics As material offcn

LECTURES

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine 2 houn

Jurisprudence i hour

LECTURES, CLINICAL AND DIDACTIC

Nervous Diseases i hour

Pediatrics i hour

Ophthalmology i hour

Special clinics in medicine and surgery at St Alexis or City Hos-
pitals, two sections to half of class, two hours each per week.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTBRN RESBRVB UNIVBRSITY 1 75

FIRST YEAR CLASS
Monday— Histolofiical Laboratory, 8 to 12 a. m. Dissections (un-
til March ist), 1:30 to 4:50 p. m. Elective Work (Note A; after
March ist), 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.

Tuesday— Comparative Anatomy and Embryology Laboratory
(Note B), 8 to II a. m. Anatomy Lecture, 11 to 12 a. m. Dissec-
tions (until March ist), i :30 to 4:30 p. m.

Wednesday— Physiology Laboratory, 8 to 10 a. m. Histology
Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Dissections (until March ist), 1:30 to
4:30 p. m.

Thursday — Comparative Anatomy and Embryology Lecture
(Note B), 8 to 9 a. m. Elective Work (Notes A and B), 9 to 12
a. m. Dissections (Note C; until March ist), 1:30 to 4:30 p. m.
Chemistry (Note C; after March ist), 1:30 to 4:30 p. m.

Friday — Histology Quiz, 8 to 9 a. m. Physiology Lecture, 9 to
10 a. m. Physiology Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Dissections (Note
D; until March ist), 1:30 to 4:30 p. m. Elective Work (Notes A
and B ; after March ist), i '.3/0 to 4 .30 p. m.

Saturday— Comparative Anatomy and Embryology Laboratory
(Note B), 8 to II a. m. Anatomy Lecture, 11 to 12 a. m.

NOTES TO FIRST YEAR SCHEDULE

Note A— A number of Elective Courses will be offered, supple-
mentary to the regular work in the departments. The
subjects of these courses will be announced later. Stu-
dents must account for the whole time assigned to the
Electives, but are allowed the choice of the subjects;
except that those conditioned in Chemistry must elect
this branch. The Elective work may also be taken at
Adelbert College.

Note B — ^These courses may be taken at Adelbert College.

Note C — Only for students conditioned in Chemistry.

Note D — Only for students not conditioned in Chemistry.

SECOND YEAR CLASS

Monday — Physiology Lecture, 8 to 9 a. m. Bacteriology and Path-
ology, 9 to 12 a. m. Dissections (until March ist), 1:30 to 4:30 p.
m. Physical Diagnosis at (Tharity Hospital (after March ist), 2 to
3 p. m. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Tuesday— Physiology Laboratory (until March ist), 8 to 12 a. m.
Pharmacology Laboratory (after March ist), 8 to 12 a. m. Dissect-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

176 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

ing (until March ist), 1:30 to 4 p. m. Anatomy (until March ist),
4 to 5 p. m. Anatomy (after March ist) 3 to 4 p. m. Batidagiiis
(after March ist), 4 to 5 p. m.

Wednesday — Pharmacology Lecture, 8 to 9 a. m. Bacteriology
and Pathology, 9 to 12 a. m. Pharmacology Laboratory (after
March ist), 1 130 to 4:30 p. m.

Thursday — Physiology Lecture (until March ist), 8 to 9 a. m.
Bacteriology and Pathology, 9 to 12 a. m. Dissections (until March
1st), 1 130 to 4 p. m. Physical Diagnosis (after March ist), 3 to 4
p. m. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday — Physiology Lecture (until March ist), 8 to 9 a. m. Bac-
teriology and Pathology, 9 to 12 a. m. Dissections (until March
ist), 1 130 to 3 p. m. Anatomy, 3 to 4 p. m. Bandaging (after March
1st), 4 to s p. m.

Saturday — Pharmacology Laboratory (until March ist), 8 to 10
a. m. Elective Work (after March ist), 8 to 10 a. m. Physiology
Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m.

THIRD YEAR CLASS

Monday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a. m.
Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Fractures and Dislocations, 11 to 12 a. m.
Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Tuesday — Medical Clinic, Lakeside Hospital, 8:30 to 10 a. m.
Surgical Clinic, Lakeside Hospital, 10 to 12 a. m. (including instruc-
tions in anaesthetics). Qinical Surgery (to Jan. ist), 2 to 3:30 p.
m. Physical Diagnosis, City Hospital 3 :30 to 5 p. m. Clinical Lab-
oratory (after Jan. ist), 2 to 5 p. m.

Wednesday — Medical Recitation, Charity Hospital, 8 to 9 a. m.
Medical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 9 to 10 a. m. Surgical Qinic,
Charity Hospital, 10 to 11 a. m. Principles of Surgery, Charity Hos-
pital, II to 12 a. m. Dermatology, 2 to 3 p. m.

Thursday — Pharmacology, 8 to 9 a. m. Therapeutics, 9 to 10 a.
m. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gross Pathology, Demonstration, 11
to 12 a. m. Clinical Laboratory (to Jan. ist), 1 130 to 3 p. m. Med-
icine, Lakeside Hospital, 3 to 4 p. m. Applied Anatomy, 4 to 5 p. m.

Friday— Therapeutics, 8 to 9 a. m. Gynecology, 9 to 10 a. m.
Clinical Laboratory, 10 to 12 a. m. Nose, Ear and Throat, Lakeside
Hospital, 2 to 3 p. m. Genito-Urinary, College Building (to Jan.
1st), 3 to 4 p. m. Physical Diagnosis, Lakeside Hospital (after Jan.
ist), 3 to 4 p. m. Medicine, College Building, 4 to 5 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 177

Saturday — Medicine, Chairty Hospital, 9:30 to 10:30 a. m. Sur-
gical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 10:30 to 11:30 a. m. Principles of
Surgery, Charity Hospital, 11:30 to 12:30 a. m. Ginical Surgery,
2 to 3:30 p. m. Physical Diagnosis, City Hospital (to Jan. ist), 3:30
to s p. m. Clinical Laboratory (after Jan. ist), 2 to 5 p. m.

After January ist, sections to Charity Hospital Dispensary.

Instructions at special hours in history taking, recording, cata-
loguing and references.

Attendance on autopsies as especially arranged.

FOURTH YEAR CLASS

Daily Work in Dispensary Section, Lakeside Hospital, i to 3 p. m.

Individual assignment in Ward Cases. Ginical Laboratory in con-
nection with ainics and Assigned Cases. Operative Surgery taught
in Sections in second half-year. Exercises in Obstetrics and Mani-
kin taught to Sections. Autopsies and Ginical Pathological material
worked up throughout the year.

Sections detailed to St. Alexis Hospital Wednesday and Saturday
mornings.

Quizzes on Clinics in hours to be announced.

Monday — Ginical Laboratory and Ward Cases by Sections, 8 to
10 a. m. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Fractures (first half-year), 11
to 12 a. m. Dispensary Clinics, i to 3 p. m. Surgical Diagnosis,
Lakeside Hospital, 3 to 4 p. m.

Tuesday — Medical Clinic, Lakeside Hospital, 8:30 to 10 a. m.
Surgical Clinic, Lakeside Hospital, 10 to 12 a. m. Dispensary Clinics,
I to 3 p. m. Nervous Diseases, Lakeside Hospital, 3 to 4 p. m.

Wednesday — Medical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 9 to 10 a. m. Sur-
gical Clinic, Charity Hospital, 10 to 11 a. m. Hygiene and Preven-
tive Medicine, 11 to 12 a. m. Dispensary Ginic, i to 2 p. m. Pedi-
atrics, Lakeside Hospital, 2 to 3 p. m. Dermatology, 3 to 4 p. m.

Thursday — Clinical Laboratory and Ward Cases, by Sections, 8 to
10 a. m. Obstetrics, 10 to 11 a. m. Gynecological Clinic, Lakeside
Hospital, II to 12 a. m. Dispensary Ginic, i to 3 p. m. Medical
Clinic, 3 to 4 p. m.

Friday — ^Jurisprudence, 8 to 9 a. m. Surgical Clinic, Lakeside
Hospital (including instructions in anaesthetics), 10 to 12 a. m. Dis-
pensary Clinic, I to 3 p. m. Ophthalmology, Lakeside Hospital, 3
to 4 p. m. Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, 4 to 5 p. m.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

178

THK MBDICAI« COLI«BGB

[1904-I905

Satukday — Gynecological Qinic, Charity Hospital, 8 to 9 : jo a. m.
Medicine, Charity Hospital,, 9:30 to 10:50 a. m. Surgrical Qinic,
Charity Hospital, 10:30 to 11 130 a. m. Dispensary Clinic, i to 3 p. m.
City Hospital Qinics (to Jan. ist), 2 to 5 p. m.

DISPENSARY SECTIONS

SECTION.

Oct. S to

Oct. 29,

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N. D.,

Surg.

Gyn.

N.E.T.

Oct. 81 to

Nor. 28,

N.E.T.

Bye

Paed.

Med.

N. D.

Sni^g.

Gyn.

Nov. 38 to

Dec. 81,

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Jan. 2 to

Jan. 28,

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Bye

Paed.

Med.

N.D.

Jan. 80 to

Feb. 25.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Med.

Feb. 27 to
Mar. 25,

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Oyn.

N. E. T.

Eye

Paed.

Mar. 27 to
Apr. 22,

Paed.

Med.

N. D.

Surg.

Gyn.

N. E. T.

Bye

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 79

DEPARTMENTS AND METHODS OF
INSTRUCTION

ANATOMY

PROFESSOR HAMANN
DR. TIERNEY

The course in anatomy consists of lectures upon descriptive and
applied anatomy, together with demonstrations, recitations and
quizzes. In order to facilitate the work in osteology, students of the
first year are provided with separate portions of the skeleton, which
they are permitted to take to their rooms for study. Two hours in
recitations, and twelve hours for dissecting, until March ist, in suit-
able periods weekly, are given to anatomy during the first year. Stu-
dents are required to dissect all parts of the cadaver at least once.
For demonstrations upon the cadaver and anatomical preparations
the second year class is divided into a number of small sections,
whose meetings take the form of anatomical conferences rather than
of formal demonstrations. Each individual student thus has an ex-
cellent opportunity for becoming familiar with the various parts of
the body, and for receiving direct personal instruction. Four hours
a week are given to lectures and recitations in the second year and
nine hours a week until March ist to dissecting. In the third year
instruction is given by lectures and recitations in applied anatomy.

HISTOLOGY, COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND
EMBRYOLOGY

PROFESSOR WAITE
DR. AUSTIN

HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPICAL ANATOMY

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l8o THE MBDICAl, CX)LLEGB [1904-1905

component parts. The time allowance and equipment permits of
a thorough course in this fundamental subject and prepares for the
work in pathology, for which this course is a prerequisite. An essen-
tial part of the work is training in the standard methods of technique.
Each student stains and mounts over two hundred sections which he
later studies, describes and draws. He is required to carry a con-
siderable number of tissues through all the steps of preparation,
including removal from the animal, fixation by several methods,
hardening, dehydration, infiltration, embedding in celloidin and in
paraffin, sectioning, including serial sectioning, staining in toto« in
sections and on the slide and mounting. The rapid preparation with
the freezing microtome and the special methods for blood examina-
tion are also used. A student may elect to do additional work in this
subject, the details to be arranged by conference.

The recitations supplement the laboratory work and aim to bring
out those point which the student does not see in his sections. One
recitation and six hours* laboratory work per week throughout the
Freshman year.

COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY

The aim of this course is to acquaint the student with the more
important structural characteristics of the several classes of verte-
brates, and also to prepare for the experimental work in physiology.
The student dissects, as carefully as the time will allow, represen-
tatives of the different classes of vertebrates, and makes descriptive
notes and drawing of these dissections. The lectures and recita-
tions deal with the modifications of the several systems of organs
in the vertebrate series and are supplementary to assigned reading
in a standard text-book. Quizzes are held upon the dissection, lec-
tures and assigned reading. This course or its equivalent is a pre-
requisite to the course in embryology. The student may elect to do
additional work in this subject, the details to be arranged by con-
ference. One lecture or recitation and six hours' laboratory work
per week, first half Freshman year.

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
This course is planned to instruct the student in the funda-
mental facts of vertebrate development. The laboratory work begins
with a rapid study of cleavage and gastrulation in forms represent-
ing the fundamental conditions in these processes, followed by the
study of the development of the chick to the end of the fourth day.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 181

The development of the pig is then taken as a favorable form for the
study of mammalian ontogeny. In these two forms the development
of external form, of the germ layers, organ systems, and the individ-
ual organs is taken up with as much detail as the time will allow.
In the recitations emphasis is laid upon the development of the
human embryo. The student may elect to do additional work in this
subject, the details to be arranged by conference. One recitation
and six hours* laboratory work per week, second half Freshman year.

PHYSIOLOGY

PROFESSOR MACLEOD
DRS. COBB AND UASKINS

The course of physiology extends over two years. During the first
year the class meets five hours a week, the time being almost entirely
occupied in practical laboratory work; in bio-chemistry during the
first half of the session, and in experimental physiology, as studied
on amphibians, during the latter half. These laboratory exercises
are supplemented by lectures and quizzes.

After March ist of this year two hours a week are spent in study-
ing the experimental physiology of the nervous system and special
senses; and in advanced bio-chemistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 82 THE MEDICAL COLI^GB [1904-I905

CHEMISTRY

Besides this a special class is held in organic chemistry with
special reference to those parts of the subject which are of interest
from a biological and medical standpoint The work of this class
is conducted by lectures and quizzes and by demonstrations. No
extra fee is charged for this class.

- PHARMACOLOGY AND MATERIA MEDICA

PROFESSOR SOLLMANN
DR. BROWN

Thirty hours of lectures and recitations, and 110 hours of labora-
tory work in the Sophomore year; 60 hours of lectures and recita-
tions in the Junior year.

The course in this department aims to give an exact knowledge of
the actions and characters of drugs, by means of lectures, recitations,
laboratory demonstrations and conferences, experimental work by
the students, reviews and tests.

The study of the actions of drugs is based upon a critical resume
of the experimental and toxicological data, and the application of
these to the clinical uses of medicines. The laboratory work is
made to precede the lectures.

The experiments are designed to bring out some important phar-
macological principle, or to investigate the possible reactions of the
important functions to drugs, or to illustrate important methods of
pharmacological experimentation. By a careful selection of the
drugs, all the more important facts of pharmacology are demon-
strated.

The object of each exercise is explained in a preliminary confer-
ence, and attention is directed to the phenomena to be observed
The experiments are then performed by the students or demonstrated
with the assistance of members of the class. The results are dis-
cussed informally at the next meeting, especial stress being laid
on making proper deductions from the experimental data. The
laboratory course therefore furnishes, by direct observation, a
ground-plan of pharmacology, on which the book-study may be
built up.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 83

For the latter, the drugs are arranged in groups, according to
their pharmacologic affinities. A broad outline of the principal fea-
tures of a group is given in a lecture. The subject is then assigned
for study, and reviewed in recitations, when the details of the sub-
ject are developed. Review quizzes and written tests are given at
intervals during the course.

The chemical and physical character of drugs and their prepara-
tion, and the methods of administration, are studied in connection
with their actions. A collection of materia medica, comprising some
1500 specimens, is always accessible to students, and a familiarity
with the appearance, etc., of the more important preparations is
required for passing in the subject Pharmacy and toxicological
analysis are treated in so far as they are important to practitioners.
Prescription-writing is taught by practical drills scattered through
the course; these are designed to illustrate at the same time the
methods of employing the drugs.

The regular course covers the entire subject to the extent which
is deemed necessary for the general practitioner. In addition to this
compulsory work, there are offered various optional courses, e. g.
in pharmacy, toxicological analysis, abstracting of papers, prepara-
tion of theses, special lectures, and advanced laboratory work. Every
encouragement and aid is given to original investigations.

The regular instruction is arranged as follows:

Sophomore Year: Pharmacognosy; Chemistry of vegetable prin-
ciples; Metrology; General Pharmacy; Special Pharmacy; Dispens-
ing; Incompatibility; General Toxicology; Toxicologic Analysis;
Prescription Writing; Flavors; Irritants, Astringents' and Corro-
sives; Alimentary Canal; Anthelmintics; Nutrients.

Further subjects covered by laboratory work and conferences:
Blood; Absorption; Excretion; Drugs in Urine; Idiosyncrasy; Cbn-
vulsants; Depressants; Muscle; Heart; Cardiac Nerves; Pulse;
Blood Vessels; Glycosuria; Pupil; Glands; Anesthesia and Re-
suscitation; Blood Pressure; Respiration; Diuresis; Peristalsis;
Mammalian Heart.

Junior Year: Lectures; and recitations on the drugs acting after
absorption.

The examinations for the entire course are given at the end of the
junior year. The grades of the recitations and of the written tests
are considered in the final grade. All tests must have been passed
with a grade of at least 75, before a student can be examined. At-
tendance at four-fifths of the class hours is also required.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l84 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

PATHOLOGY

PROFESSOR HOWARD
PROFESSOR PERKINS^ DRS. SCHULZ, BACON AND OCHS.

Instruction in this department is given by lectures, laboratory
work, and demonstrations of fresh and prepared specimens. The
most important feature of this course is the laboratory work done by
each student.

Bacteriology. Dr. Perkins. Laboratory work in this course is
given four half days a week from October i to Christmas in the
Sophomore year. The subject is elucidated by informal lectures,
demonstrations, and experiments on animals, as occasion requires.
The student, after having prepared the various media required, is in-
structed in the principles of disinfection and sterilization, the bacte-
riological examination of air, water and soil, and the methods of
cultivating, staining and studying bacteria. The pathogenic bacteria
and various molds and yeasts are then studied. Altogether from
thirty to thirty-five different micro-organisms are studied by each
student. Students are trained in the employment of bacteriological
methods in medical and surgical diagnosis, and those who p^ovc
themselves capable are permitted to pursue investigations along
special lines, on subjects assigned them by the professor in charge.

Pathological Histology. Prof. Howard, Prof. Perkins and
Dr. Schulz. The course comprises eleven hours a week of labora-
tory work for the last five months of the second year. It begins
with the study of the various forms of tissue degeneration and
necrosis. This is followed by the study of inflammation in the
frog's mesentery and in sections of hardened tissue, showing all the
various forms of inflammatory processes. The infectious granulom-
ata are then taken up, and the forms and special characters of the
reaction of the tissues to the specific organisms of infectious dis-
eases are demonstrated. The study of the various pathological proc-
esses is based upon their aetiology, and in addition to human tis-
sues, the material from the experiments on animals in the bacteri-
ological course is used for this purpose. The effects of bacterial and
other toxines upon the tissues is taught in the same manner. Tumors
are next considered. Based upon the above as a ground work, the
pathological histology of the various organs and systems is studied,
ilie use of fresh frozen sections of material derived from autopsies,
the operating room and animal experiments form an important
feature of the course. Each student receives and is required to
stain, mount, carefully study and draw about three hundred and
fifty sections.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WBSTERN RESERVB UNIVERSITY 185

Demonstrations of Gross Pathological Anatomy. Props. How-
ard AND Perkins, and Drs. Schulz, Bacon and Ochs. Demon-
strations are made to second and third year students from the
large amount of fresh material derived from autopsies and from the
surgical and gynecological clinics. Students are required to handle
and describe specimens and to make diagnoses from the gross ap-
pearances, the macroscopical diagnosis of tumors being an import-
ant feature. The hospital connections of the laboratory are such that
students can be trained in making autopsies and in writing protocols
of the lesions found.

General Pathology. Profs. Howard and Perkins. Throughout
the course lectures are given in connection with the laboratory work.
In these lectures the various infectious diseases, immunity, the
degeneration and regeneration of tissue, the aetiology of tumors, and
the special pathology of the various organs and systems are con-
sidered.

CLINICAL LABORATORY

DR. LADD

The new clinical laboratory at Lakeside Hospital is thoroughly
equipped with all the necessary apparatus for making complete
examinations of the various secretions and excretions, normal and
pathological ; the blood, urine, sputum, gastric contents, fseces, etc.

Microtomes for frozen sections and celloidin work and the various
necessary stains and reagents are at the disposal of the students, they
being required to apply the methods of technique taught in the labo-
ratory in the study of special cases assigned to them in the hospital
wards. A large room of the clinical laboratory is devoted exclusively
to the fourth year class and the main lecture room is devoted entirely
to the third year class, who are given systematic instruction
throughout the session. The fourth year students are required to
apply the knowledge thus gained in working up the cases assigned
to them during the fourth year. Special rooms are equipped for the
examination of sputum and making chemical tests ; also a dark room
is fitted up for doing polaroscopic and haemoglobin work. A few
rooms are available for the use of special workers, these rooms to be
assigned at the discretion of the director of the laboratory. Micro-
scopes and other instruments are available for the work in this
department. The total laboratory capacity contains 2,600 square feet.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

l86 -THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-1905

CuNicAL Microscopy. Work in this department will cover the
third and fourth years. The third year work will comprise a sys-
tematic course, consisting of two laboratory exercises a wedc
throughout the term, on blood, sputum, gastric juice, urine, faeces and
pathological exudates.

The methods of preparing material obtained at the operating table
for microscopical examination will be shown and each student re-
quired to do such work before the completion of his course. The
object of this course is not only to cover the g^round outlined above,
but to prepare the student for independent work. In the fourth year
the students will work in small groups in the room assigned to them
and especially equipped for their use. They will receive no system-
atic instruction, but will work under the direction and control of the
instructor. Their work will consist of the examination of urine,
blood, sputum, gastric juice, faeces, and purulent and other dis-
charges from their ward and dispensary cases, as well as of tumors
and other material removed at operations. This work is obligatory,
is done in connection with the students' own clinical cases, and is
therefore thoroughly practical.

THERAPEUTICS

PROFESSOR DARBY

Three hours a week are devoted to Therapeutics during the third
year. The teaching is done mainly by means of lectures and quizzes,
designed to make the student familiar with all the resources of
Therapeutics and enable him to make an intelligent and satisfactory
use of them in his future work. Medicines are studied in groups
based on their therapeutic affinities, and individually in their applica-
tion to disease. Careful attention is paid to dosage, the time and
mode of administration, influences and conditions which may modify
their actions, the effect of toxic doses, the treatment of poisonings
and of drug habits. Electrotherapy, Kinesitherapy, including Mas-
sage and Rest-Cure, Psychotherapy, including Hypnotism and Sug-
gestion, Serotherapy, Hydrotherapy and Balneothers^y, Dietetics and
Climatology are carefully studied in their relation to pathological
conditions. The aim of the course is to give the student a thorough
and practical knowledge Of all the means and methods used in the
"treatment and prevention of disease, which is the ultimate aim of
all medical research."

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WBSTKRN RBSBRVB UNIVBRSITY 187

PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS

PEOFESSOK HOOVER

D&S. OSBORN, MERRIAM, SEASON, MOOREHOUSE, WAGNER,

CARTER AND DARBY

Physical diagnosis is taught in the second and third years. During
the second year the student is taught to recognize and elicit all of the
physical phenomena of the circulatory and respiratory organs and
abdominal viscera that are demonstrable by inspection, palpation and
auscultation. Pathological cases are sh6wn only as they are found
necessary for the demonstration and explanation of physiological
signs. At the end of the year each student is required to demon-
strate the normal physical signs of the thorax and abdomen. During
the third year physical diagnosis is taught from pathological cases.
The students are required to demonstrate at every exercise, and are
also giuen opportunity to practice in the dispensary and hospital
wards. The final examination in this course is a practical one. Each
student is required to examine a patient, describe the physical signs
and make an eliminative physical diagnosis.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE

PROFESSOR LOW MAN

PROFESSOR SAWYER

DRS. OSBORN, MERRIAM, SEASON, MOOREHOUSE, CARTER AND DARBY

The teaching of medicine is done in the third and fourth years.
Lectures, largely clinical, are given to both classes, and the largest
possible number of students make direct observation of the patients
presented. It is found that very often the whole class can individ-
ually verify the conditions described by the lecturer, and this plan
has proved of great advantage in the presentation of the cases. The
third year class will receive two hours per week in text book work,
in which internal medicine not provided for in special departments
will be covered in recitation and discussion. The same class has
three hours of clinics, and is assigned to the individual study of select
dispensary cases. Clinical laboratory drill is made a decided feature
of this year's work. In the fourth year the class is taught medicine
by clinics, by drill in sections in the dispensary, by the assignment to
ward cases, in connection with which the fullest use of the clinical
laboratory will be insisted upon. Throughout the course thus out-
lined, the endeavor is made to develop not only the knowledge of
diseases and their diagnosis, but also to thoroughly consider the use
of remedies.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 88 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-1905

SURGERY

PROFESSOR ALLEN

PROFESSOR BUNTS

PROFESSOR CRILE

DRS. BECKER, BRIGGS, HERRICK, LOWER AND BIRGE

Surgery is taught by means of lectures and demonstrations. Dur-
ing the second year two hours weekly, after March ist, are devoted
to the systematic instruction in the application of bandages, splints
and in minor surgery. In addition to this the students are given
practical drill, in sections, in the application of bandages and splints.
During the third year the students receive two hours of lectures
weekly upon the principles of surgery, and also section work in
Charity Hospital Dispensary. A course of one hour a week is given
in the taking of histories, the recording of cases with the surgical
literature pertaining to them and in surgical diagnosis. The material
from the dispensary at Lakeside Hospital is used for the latter
course. Instruction is given one hour weekly on the subject of
fractures and dislocations. There are at least four hours weekly de-
voted to clinics, and there is instruction of one hour weekly during a
period of six months in genito-urinary surgery. A laboratory course
has been arranged for instruction in addition to that given during the
second year in the course on general pathology.

In this course students are taught to examine blood, and pus, to
make cultures, to inoculate animals, to cut sections and make diag-
nosis of tumors and to perform personally all the laboratory work
incident to the diagnosis of surgical cases. This course occupies, in
conjunction with a similar course in clinical medicine, from four to
six hours weekly during the entire year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 1 89

fections, and to make exhaustive reports, under the supervision of
especially appointed instructors or demonstrators, which shall be
compared with those' made by the clinical staff of the various hos-
pitals. In addition to this the class is divided into sections for daily
work, in the dispensaries. Until January ist, one hour weekly is de-
voted to surgical diagnosis. After January ist this same hour is
utilized for the purpose of quizzing the class upon the subjects pre-
sented at the surgical clinics. For the purposes of instruction the
material is ample, clinics being given at Lakeside, Charity, St.
Alexis and the City Hospitals.

OBSTETRICS

PROFESSOR POWELL
DRS. CLARK, THOMAS AND DICKENSON

Instruction in this course begins with the third and continues
through the fourth year, two lectures a week throughout each year.
The plan includes didactic lectures, quizzes, practical demonstrations
and bedside instruction. Lectures are illustrated freely by charts,
diagrams, models and operations upon the manikin. Students are
required to become familiar with the use of the various obstetric
instruments. The Senior class is divided into small sections and
given practical work outside of schedule hours.

Each Senior student is expected to attend from three to five cases
of labor under the supervision of the Professor of Obstetrics, or his
assistant. The work of the class is chiefly practical.

The work of the Junior class is conducted by Drs. Clark and
Thomas. Two hours per week, including recitations from text book
and quizzes, are assigned for this purpose.

GYNECOLOGY

PROFESSOR ROBB

PROFESSOR HUMISTON

DRS. THOMAS, SUNKLE, WEIR, POVEY AND WILLIAMS

Gynecology is taught by a weekly didactic lecture, lasting one
hour, and by supplemental quizzes during the third year; through
the fourth year two hours a week are devoted to clinical instruction.
The patients admitted to the wards of the Lakeside, Charity and City
Hospitals for laceration of the perinxum and for vaginal, vesical,
uterine, tubal and ovarian disease, will be shown either at the regular
clinics in the amphitheatre or will be made the subjects of teaching
at the bedside. Instruction will be given in the wards, so far as it is
possible, upon the management of such cases during the period im-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I90 THE MBDICAL COI^LBGE [1904-1905

mediately following operation and during the period of conva-
lescence. As a rule, each student will have an opportunity of per-
forming some minor operation.

The work in the dispensary at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals will
include history-taking and the ordinary methods of examination, the
diagnosis and treatment of cases. This instruction is given daily
during the school year to the students of the fourth year. For this
work the class is divided into sections, so that each^ student can
receive individual attention. Students in turn will he permitted to
examine patients, and suitable cases will be operated upon before the
class.

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY

PROFESSOR CORLETT
DRS. HOLE AND GILL

Instruction in this department is given to the third and fourth 3rear
classes. Qinical lectures are given once a week to the third year
students during a part of the college year. It is the endeavor to cover
the rudiments of dermatology in these demonstrative lectures. When
necessary lantern-slide plates and other illustrations are used to
further elucidate the subject of diseases of the skin. During the
course the class will be quizzed by the assistant in Dermatology.

DISEASES OF THE NOSE, THROAT AND EAR

PROFESSOR INGERSOLL

PROFESSOR LINCOLN

DRS. CHAMBERLIN, ELSON AND GILL

Didactic lectures on these diseases are given once a week during
the third year. Clinical instruction is given during the fourth year
and consists in daily work in the dispensary of Lakeside HospitmL
Each section of the class is in turn given personal instruction in the
use of instruments for examination and operation and also in the
diag^nosis and treatment of the various cases.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905]- WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I9I

DISEASES OF CHILDREN

PROFESSOR GUSHING
ORS. THOMAS AND POPE

The instruction in this course, given in the fourth year, consists of
a weekly clinical lecture and recitation, followed by a ward visit
Abundant illustrative material is obtained from the Lakeside Hospital
dispensary and the children's ward.

OPHTHALMOLOGY

PROFESSOR MILUKIN
DRS. BRUNNER, SHACKLETON, LARGE AND COGAN

The method of instruction is largely clinical with didactic teaching
interspersed. It is given to the Senior class. The class is divided
into sections, each one being assigned in rotation to cases for exam-
ination in the dark room. Each student will be given cases for spe-
cial study, and is expected to make a report upon them before th<e
class, and will be subject to quizzing by members of the class and the
instructor. The aim is to teach the diagnosis and methods of treat-
ment of the external diseases of the eye, and to give a working
knowledge of the uses of the ophthalmoscope. The eye department
has separate wards in Lakeside Hospital in which students have
opportunities for seeing work at the bedside. The class will be
divided into sections for instruction with the ophthalmoscope, and
for daily work in the dispensary rooms during the year. This de-
partment has abundant facilities, appliances and material. A large
"dark room" with ten lights, a Javal-Schiotz Ophthalmometer, a
perimeter, test cases and ophthalmoscopes for practical ophthal-
mology are provided. A Haab's magnet has also been added to the
equipment

NEUROLOGY

PROFESSOR UPSON
DRS. SPENCE AND HUTCHINS

Instruction in this branch of medicine is clinical and occupies one
hour a week throughout the fourth year. Cases from the wards of
the Lakeside Hospital and from the Neurological Qinic of the
Dispensary are used for demonstration. Through the courtesy of
Dr. Howard the State Hospital at Newburg is made available, and
the class is taken there for study of the typical cases of the various
forms of insanity. In addition, the material of the City Hospital
is utilized from the beginning of the school year up to January i

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

192 THB MKDICAX COUB6B . [1904-1905

if necessary as a supplementary source of supply. In connectiofi
with the cases shown, the class is instructed in the use of the dif-
ferent forms of electric current in diagnosis and treatment, and in
other diagnostic methods.

HYGENIE AND PREVENTIVE MEDICINE

PROFESSOR ASHMUN

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine are included in the fourth jrear,
and will occupy two hours a week. In hygiene the course will in-
clude consideration of heredity; normal development of individuals
and races; climatic and meteorological influences; the essentials and
accessories to life and health; effects of habits of life and occupa-
tion; individual family and community sanitation.

MEDICAL' JURISPRUDENCE

Throughout the first half-year, one lecture a week is given to the
fourth year class on the subject of Medicine in its relations to the
existing laws, and to the various decisions, which are rendered from
time to time in important medico-legal cases. Taking up the ques-
tion of real and apparent death, homicide, wounds, survivorship,
identity, the determination of stains, feigned diseases, life insurance,
etc, and considering in brief the relationship existing between the
law and the practice of medicine.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WBSTERN RBSBRVE UNIVERSITY 1 93

TE3CT- BOOKS

Anatomy—GTBy, Morris, CunninghanL

Histology and Microscopical Anatomy — Szymonowicz, or Stohr.

Comparative Anatomy — Wieder^heim.

Embryology-— ^HtisltT, or McMurrich.

Bacteriology — Abbot, Lehmann and Neumann.

PAyw/o^y— Practical Physiology by various writers (Arnold,
London) ; for reference, Stewart's Manual, the American Text-Book
of Physiology, and Schafer's Physiology.

Pathology — Delaficld and Prudden.

Pharmacology and Materia MedtVa— Sollmann.

Therapeutics— Wood, Brunton, Bartholow, Shoemaker, Butler,
Schmiedeberg.

Medicine — Wood & Fritz, Strumpell, Osier.

Surgery — American Text-book of Surgery, Koenig's Surgery,
Warren's Surgical Pathology.

Gynecology— Disezsts of Women (Dudley), An American Text-
book of Gynecology (Baldy), A Text-book on Gynecology (Reed),
Practical Gynecology (Montgomery), Hart and Barbour's Manual of
Gynecology. Books of reference, Pozzi, Fritsch, Aseptic Surgical
Technique (Robb).

Obstetrics— Wiilisans, Hirst, Jewitt and Edgar.

Dermatology— Crocker, Hardway, Jackson, Morrow's System of
Dermatology, Corlett's Acute Exanthemata.

Neurology— Church and Peterson, Dercum, Dana. Books of refer-
ence, Gowers, Berkley on Mental Diseases.

Ophthalmology— American Text-book, De Schweinitz, Swanzy,
May, Haab's Ophthalmoscopy.

Nose, Ear and 7/irofl/— American Text-book, Kyle, Bacon, Buck,
Coakley, Grayson, Knight, Dench.

Hygiene and Preventive Medicine—Stevtnson and Murphy, Eg-
bert, Abbott.

Physical Diagnosis— YierordVs Medical Diagnosis.

Diseases of Children — Holt's Infancy and Childhood, Jacobi's
Therapeutics of Infancy, Ashby and Wright

Medical Jurisprudence — Taylor's (A. S.) Medical Jurisprudence,
Taylor's (A. N.) The Law in its Relation to Physicians.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

194 'THE MBDICAL COIXKGR [1904-1905

EXAMINATIONS, S905.

FIRST YEAS CLASS

Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy — ^Tuesday, February 7th.
Histology — Friday, May 26th.
Embryology— Szturdsiy, May 27*.
Osteology — Monday, May 29.
Physiology — ^Wednesday, May 31.

SECX)ND YEAR CLASS

Bacteriology — Thursday, June i.

Physical Diagnosis — Monday, May 22.

Anatomy — ^Tuesday, May 23.

Physiology — Practical, Wednesday, May 31, 8 to 11 a. m.; i to 4

Physiology — ^Written and oral, Thursday, May 25, 8 a. m. [p. m.

Pathological Anatomy — Wednesday, April sth.

General Pathology — Friday, May 26th.

Minor Surgery — Saturday, May 27th.

THIRD YEAR CLASS

Therapeutics — Monday, May 22.

Pharmacology and Materia Medica, written and oral, Tuesday,
May 23, 1 :30 to 4:30 p. m.
Anatomy — Wednesday, May 24th.
Obstetrics — ^Thursday, May 2Sth.
Physical Diagnosis— ThuTsdsiys, May nth to 25th.
Dermatology — Friday, May 26th.
Genito Urinary — Friday, May 26th.
Gynecology — Saturday, May 27th.
Clinical Laboratory — Tuesday, May 29th.
Medicine — ^Wednesday, May 31SL
Surgery — ^Thursday, June isL
Fractures and Dislocations — ^Thursday, June ist
Pathology — Friday, June 2.
Ear, Nose and Throat — Saturday, June 3.

FOURTH YEAR CLASS I

Neurology — Monday, May 22. !

Obstetrics — Tuesday, May 23. 1

Medicine — ^Wednesday, May 24th.

Physical Diagnosis — ^Thursday, May 2Sth. |

Ophthalmology — Friday, May 26th. j

Jurisprudence, Hygiene and Preventive Medicine — Saturday, May
Surgery — Monday, May 29th. [27th.

Pediatrics — ^Wednesday, May 31st, 2 p. m.
Gynecology — Thursday, June ist

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 195

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The College session will open on October ist, each year,
unless this date falls on Sunday, in which case the opening
shall be on October 2nd.

There will be a vacation of two weeks, during the Christ-
mas holidays. There will also be a vacation of two days
preceding Easter Sunday. No College exercises will be
held on Thanksgiving Day, and the two days following^
Washington's Birthday or Decoration Day.

SITUATION OF BUILDINGS

The Medical College stands at the comer of Erie and St.
Qair Sts., about five minutes' walk from the center of the
city, and easily accessible by the various street car lines.

The Lakeside Hospital fronts on Lake Street, comer of
Muirson Street — five minutes' walk from the college. St.
Vincent's Hospital (Charity) fronts on Perry Street, comer
of Central Avenue. The Home of Maternity is on Wood-
land and Longwood Avenues. The St. Alexis Hospital is
located at the comer of Broadway and McBride Street, and
is reached by the Broadway car line. The City Hospital
fronts on Scranton Avenue, and is reached by either Jen-
nings Avenue or Pearl Street and Brooklyn cars. The
Medical Library building is at 586 Prospect Street.

ENDOWMENTS

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

196 THE MBDICAI, COLLEGE [1904-I905

The John L. Woods Fund.

The H. B. Hurlbut Fund.

The John Huntington Fund.

The John A. Vincent Fund.

The H. Melville Hanna Fund.

The Leonard Hanna Endowment for the

Chair of Clinical Microscopy.
The Henry Wilson Payne Endowment of

the Department of Aiiatomy.
Dr. Adolph Cudell Memorial Library Fund.

THE H. M. HANNA RESEARCH FELLOWSHIP

This Fellowship has been founded by Mr. H. M. Hanna
for encouragement of research in Physiology and Pathology,
and is open to graduates of any medical school.

The occupant of the post will be expected to devote him-
self to original investigation in Physiology or Pathology in
this college under the guidance of the Professor, who shall
suggest a subject for research or approve one submitted by
the Fellow himself. All applicants must produce evidence
of fitness for engaging in such work.

The income of the Fellowship is about $600 a year. It is
tenable, in the first instance, for one year, but a Fellow who
has done exceptionally good work may be reappointed for a
second term.

THE "HENRY WILSON PAYNE DEPARTMENT
OF ANATOMY"

Recently the sum of $100,000 was donated to the Uni-
versity by Mr. H. Melville Hanna for the endowment of
the "Henry Wilson Payne Department of Anatomy." This
generous contribution to the college enables it by releasing

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY I97

other funds to apply a considerable amount of money to-
wards improving the clinical teaching of the school. To
this end jt number of young men have been appointed to
spend a considerable amount of time in the various hospital
wards and elsewhere, in drilling the students individually
in various departments of medicine. This enables the
Faculty to put its clinical teaching on a basis comparable
to that heretofore <;^rried out in the laboratory depart-
ments.

UBRARIES
The Free Public Library, over 200,000 volumes; Case
Library, 50,000 volumes; Hatch Library, 50,000 volumes,
and the library of the Qeveland Medical Library Associa-
tion are accessible to students of this College, and, with the
exception of the Hatch Library, are within a few minutes'
walk of the Medical College. By special arrangement of the
Faculty members of the Senior class may have the read-
ing privileges of the Medical Library Association's books
and journals during the year. This Library now has on
its shelves more than 10,000 bound volumes, and one hun-
dred and fifty Medical Journals are on file in the reading
rooms. There are more than two hundred volumes of
modem text-books and medical works. In addition there
is a working library in the College itself, consisting of
about 2,500 volumes.

LABORATORIES
Anatomy. — The dissecting room is well lighted with
electricity, heated and ventilated and provided with modem
appliances. The anatomical rooms have about three thou-
sand square feet of floor space. Anatomical material is pre-
served at all seasons of the year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

198 the medical college [1904-1905

Histology, Comparative Anatomy and Embryology. —
The laboratory is well lighted by a north, east and south ex-
posure, and is equipped with electric light for use on dark
days. Enough Leitz miscroscopes are owned so that each
student has one for his individual use, available at all times.
Individual lockers are provided. The material for study is
furnished without cost to the student. There is a good
equipment of microtomes, ovens, glassware, stains and
reagents, and a rapidly growing collection of books, charts,
models, and demonstration preparations.

Bacteriology. — ^The work in bacteriology is carried on in
the pathological laboratory. Students are required to pro-
vide their own material for drawings. Miscroscopes^ cul-
ture media and animals are provided without charge, and
material for staining and mounting specimens, to be retained
by students at cost. The laboratory has the benefit of excel-
lent lighting with space for individual work.

Pharmacology. — ^The laboratories occupy the entire
fourth floor of the main building and comprise a large room
for lecturing and chemical work, another large room for
demonstrations and experimental work, four commodious
research rooms, animal and storage rooms, etc. The rooms
are excellently lighted, and well equipped for the work, and
comprise in all nearly ^,000 square feet.

Physiology. — This is located in a separate building con-
nected with the college building by a gangway. There are
three large well lighted rooms with a total floor space of
six thousand five hundred square feet. Two of the rooms
are set apart for the practical teaching of physiology and
are thoroughly equipped for all the details of the course.
The third room is for advanced and research work in bio-
chemistry. Besides these laboratories, there are several
smaller rooms for private research work and storage pur-
poses, a lecture room, a dark room, a carpenter shop, etc.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 199

Pathology. — The pathological laboratory occupies the
entire east second floor, two thousand four hundred square
feet, and has in addition a special room for research work,
a museum and a professor's room. The teaching laboratory
room affords each student separate locker and ample table
space. Apparatus, instruments and teaching material are
provided without extra charge.

Clinical Laboratory. — A clinical laboratory has been
completed at Lakeside Hospital, of sufficient size to accom-
modate an entire class. This provides the students with
greatly increased facilities for the examination of secretions
and excretions, sputum, purulent and other infections, blood,
urine, stomach contents, stools, etc., and permits them to
make personal examinations of tumors and other pathologi-
cal specimens. This work is a part of the regular instruc-
tion in the third and fourth years and greatly increases the
efficiency with which the clinical work of these years is per-
formed. Miscroscopes and other instruments are available
for the work in this department.

MUSEUMS

Rooms in the College building are set apart for the pres-
ervation of anatomical and pathological preparations, casts
and specimens. Persons not connected with the College
who have specimens they wish preserved can place them in
these rooms, with the owners' names attached and such his-
tories, descriptions or remarks as they choose to give, re-
specting them. A very complete collection of Materia
Medica is kept accessible to the students.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

200 THE MBDICAL COLI^EGE [1904-I905

HOSPITALS

Lakeside Hospital. — Lakeside Hospital occupies a plot
of ground four hundred feet long by three hundred and
eight>- feet deep, on the bank overlooking Lake Erie, about
five minutes' walk from the College building. It affords ac-
commodation for two hundred and fifty patients. The staff
is composed of members of the Faculty of this College. The
hospital has an amphitheatre seating about two hundred
students for the surgical classes, and a smaller one with a
seating capacity of over one hundred for the medical classes.
On the third floor of the dispensary building are two lecture
rooms, each capable of seating fifty to seventy-five students.
There are eighteen resident assistants for the departments
of surgery, gynecology, medicine, ophthalmology, children's
diseases, pathology, etc. These positions are open to the
graduates of this College, and afford great opportunities for
practical work.

There has been erected a pavilion for infectious and con-
tagious diseases, having four small wards, with every facility
for the proper care and study of these diseases.

St. Vincent's (Charity) Hospital. — This is one of
the oldest and best known institutions in the city and state.
It has between seventy-five and one hundred beds. The
staff is selected by the faculty, and the clinical material of
the hospital is utilized for instruction in this College. There
are six hospital positions open each year to the graduates
of this College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 20I

St. Alexis Hospital, founded and controlled by the
Sisters of St. Francis, contains 275 beds which are mostly
occupied by acute cases. The Hospital has lately been very
much enlarged by the addition of several modem public and
private wards and a small pathological laboratory. Students
of this school enjoy the privileges of instruction in the
wards and amphitheatres of this hospital. Graduates of
this school are eligible to appointment, by competitive ex-
amination, to medical, surgical and pathological resident-
ships.

City Hospital. — This institution is under municipal
control. It accommodates one hundred and fifty to one
hundred and seventy-five patients continually in the adult
department and has a new building for children, with one
hundred beds, besides operating rooms, pathological labora-
tory, etc. From September to January regular clinics in
medicine, gynecology, surgery, neurology and cutaneous and
venereal diseases are given here by members of this faculty.
The insane department of this hospital affords material for
clinical instruction in mental diseases. Frequent autopsies
are held and abundant material for pathological demonstra-
tions obtained. The resident staff is selected by competitive
examination, and the students of this College are eligible.

St. Ann's Maternity Hospital and Foundung
Asylum. — During 1901 a long desired change was made at
the St. Ann's Maternity Hospital and Foundling Asylum.
The old institution located on Marion Street was vacated to
supply more space to St. Vincent's Hospital. The Sever-
ance homestead at the comer of Woodland and Longwood
was purchased and remodeled and formally opened to carry
on the work in a new location.

St. Ann's Maternity Hospital affords abundant oppor-
tunity for the study of the physiology, mechanism and man-
agement of labor at the bedside. Graduates of our college
are appointed as residents.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

202 THE MEDICAL COLI*EGE [1904-I905

CLINICAL FACILITIES

The clinical facilities of this College comprise, through-
out the course, the two hundred and fifty beds at Lakeside
Hospital, one hundred and forty beds of Charity Hospital,
the Dispensaries at Lakeside and Charity Hospitals, and the
Tuberculosis Dispensary at the College building, nearly
three hundred beds of St. Alexis Hospital, the Maternity
and Children's Home, and two hundred and seventy-five
beds of the City Hospital during four months of each year.

RESIDENT PHYSICIANS
From twenty-five to thirty resident positions are open to
the graduates of the College in the hospitals of this city,
and additional posts in the hospitals of several cities adja-
cent to Qeveland. Of the class graduating in 1904, twenty-
nine men, or 93.54%, received hospital appointments. The
large number of hospital and other valuable medical posts
assures a high percentage of such appointments from each
graduating class.

HOSPITAL SERVICE

LAKESn)E HOSPITAL STAFF

Medicine— Dtts. H. H. Powell, J. H. Lowman, H. S. Upsom, E.

F. CUSHING.

Surgery— DtL D. P. Allen; Dr. G. W. Crile, Associate.
Ophthalmology— DiL. B. L. Mh-likin.
Gynecology— jyR, H. Robb.
Dermatology — Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Pathology— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.

CHARITY hospital 'STAFF

Consulting Physicians— Dks, G. C. Ashmun, B. W. Holubay, J.

H. Low MAN.

Consulting Surgeons — Drs. G. C. E. Weber and D. P. Allen.
Consulting Ophthalmologist — Dr. B. L. Millikin.
Consulting Dermatologist— Dr. W. T. Corlett.
Consulting Gynecologist — Dr. H. Robb.

Visiting Physicians— Drs. J. H. Lee, J. E. Cook, J. P. Sawyer, T.
A. Burke.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 203

Visiting Surgeons— Drs. F. £. Bunts and C A. Hamann.
Visiting Gynecologist— D^ W. H. Humiston.
Visiting Ophthalmologist— DtL W. £. Bruner.
Pathologist— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.

HOME OF MATERNITY '

Obstetrics— DvL H. H. Powell.

CONSULTING STAFF AT CITY HOSPITAL

Medicine— Drs. J. H. Lowman, J. E. Darby and C F. Hoover.

Surgery— Drs. D. P. Allen and F. E. Bunts.

Obstetrics— Dr. H. H. Powell.

Neurology — Dr. H. L. Sfence.

Gynecology— Dr. W. H. Humiston.

Dermatology— Dr. W. T. Corlett.

Pathology— Dr. W. T. Howard, Jr.

Ophthalmology— Dr. C. C. Stuart.

Laryngology — Dr. J. M. Ingersoll.

VISITING STAFF

Drs. C. a. Hamann and H. G. Wagner.

DISPENSARIES

Free Dispensaries are maintained at Lakeside and Charity
Hospitals with daily service except Sundays and holidays.
These college dispensaries were established on the Hurlbut
and Huntington Funds and afford treatment to about ten
thousand new cases annually.

There has just been established in the College building a
Dispensary for Tuberculosis, where this important class of
cases can be efficiently taken care of. In connection with
the Visiting Nurses Association and the Associated Char-
ities Organization of the city this service will be in position
to do effective work and will add much to the value of the
medical instruction in this school.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

204 THB HBDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

LAKESIDE HOSPITAL SERVICE

Medicine— 'Dr. J. H. Lowman» Director; Des. E. H. Season, G.
W. MocHtEHOUSE, £. P. Carter and John C Darby, Physicians in
Charge; Drs. W. S. Hobson and P. W. Cobb, Assistants.

Surgery — Dr. D. P. Allen, Director; Drs. H. A. Becker, Chas.
£. BrigAs, and R. H. Birge, Surgeons in Charge.

Obstetrics— Thu H. H. Powell, Director; Dr. J. Dickenson, Jr.,
Obstetrician in Charge.

Diseases of Children— Dil E. F. Cushing, Director; Drs. J. J.
Thomas, and C. Pope, Physicians in Charge; Dr. C. B. Colver,
Assistant.

Gynecology — Dr. H. Robb, Director; Drs. R. H. Sunkle, W. H.
Weir, G. Povey and Charles D. Williams, Gynecologists in Charge.

Nervous Diseases — Dr. H. S. Upson, Director; Dr. H. L. Spence,
Neurologist in Charge; Dr. F. C. Hutchins, Assistant

Ophthalmology— Dr. B. L. Millikin, Director ; Dr. W. E. Bruner,
Ophthalmologist in Charge ; Drs. Wm. E. Shackleton, S. H. Large
and J. E. Cogan, Assistants.

Dermatology and Syphilis — Dr. W. T. Corlett, Director and Phy-
sician in Charge; Drs. C. M. Hole and W. C. Gill, Assistants.

Diseases of Nose, Ear and Throat — Drs. J. M. Ingersoll and Wil-
liam R. Lincoln, Surgeons in Charge; Drs. Wm. B. Chamberun,
L A. Elson and W. E. Gill, Assistants.

charity hospital service

Medicine— Dr. J. P. Sawyer, Director; Drs. W. O. Osborne and
W. H. Merriam, Physicians in Charge.

Surgery— Dr. F. E. Bunts, Director; Drs. Fred C Herrick and
J. Dickenson, Jr., Surgeons in Charge.

Gynecology— Dr. W. H. Humiston, Director; Dr. O. T. Thomas,
Gynecologist in Charge.

Ophthalmology— Dr. Wm. E. Bruner, Director; Dr. C C. Stuart,
Assistant in Charge.

HOME OF MATERNITY

Obstetrics— Dr. Hunter H. Powell, Director ; Drs. J. J. Thomas
and E O. Houck, Visiting Obstetricians; Drs. A. S. Storey and
A. A. Jenkins, Assistants.

tuberculosis dispensary

Dr. J. H. Lowman, Director; Dr. G. W. Moorehouse, Secretary
of Dispensary ; Drs. H. L. Sanford and J. H. McHenry, Physicians
in Charge; Dr. C. J. Wehr, Visiting Physician; Euzabeth Up-
john, Directing Visiting Nurse.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 205

DISPENSARY AND HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS

Students who have completed the third year, remaining
in the city during the summer, may be appointed for prac-
tical work in the Dispensaries, in sections, by applying to
the Dean. Members of the same class may also secure the
opportunity for practical work in the various Hospital
Wards during the summer, or as substitutes on the Resident
Staffs.

EXPENSES

The fees are $125 a year. This amount includes payment
for tuition and all laboratory expenses, except the price of
anatomical material, breakage and use of oil immersion
miscroscopes, and is due before October twentieth of each
year. Students who prefer may pay $75 by October twen-
tieth, and $55 by March fifteenth of the college year. No
student will be permitted to present himself for examina-
tion in any branch who has not paid all dues and liabilities.
Students who wish to pay for the entire four years' course
by October twentieth of their first year, will be allowed a
reduction of $50 on the whole amount. A deposit of $2 is
required from students in each of the laboratories at the
outset, in addition to the tuition fee, to cover breakage.
The unused balance of such deposit is returned at the end
of the session. A rental of $5.00 per year will be charged
for the use of oil immersion microscopes, the students hav-
ing full use of these instruments during their entire year.
Students who prefer may furnish their own miscroscopes.

Beginning with Commencement, 1906, a graduation fee
will be charged.

Good board can be procured at from three to five dollars
a week, and furnished rooms at from five to ten dollars a

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

206 THB MBDICAL COLLBGB [1904-I905

month. By forming "clubs" students are able to bring their
living expenses considerably below these prices. The janitor
at the College building keeps a list of boarding houses for
the convenience of students. By reason of the central loca-
tion of the College, together with excellent street car serv-
ice, students may live in any part of the city without se-
rious inconvenience in meeting their appointments.

The cost of necessary books and instruments will average
$25 per year. Thus the total necessary expense, including
tuition, anatomical material, books, instruments and board
and room for the college year, need not exceed $325. The
outlay for clothing, traveling expenses and incidentals de-
pends entirely upon the individual.

By an arrangement with Goodrich House, which stands^
within one block of the College, a gymnasium, with bathing
accommodations, is available to the students at a very small
cost. At the Y. M. C. A. building, which is near, similar
opportunities are afforded. The students of the Medical
Department are members of the Athletic Association of the
University, and as far as their time will permit may take
part in all branches of athletics on equal terms with stu-
dents of other departments of the University.

POST-GRADUATE AND SPECIAL INSTRUCTION

Courses of post-graduate and special instruction for phy-
sicians and special students will be offered in the various lab-
oratories, commencing about June ist and lasting from three
to six weeks.

Physiology. Dr. P. W. Cobb. A course of practical physiology,
based on the text-book of Practical Physiology used in the regular
course. Six half-days a week for six weeks. Fee, $20.00. A fee of
$5.00 to defray the cost of animals is divided by each set of four.

This course covers the entire work of the first year in the regular
class. By taking the course and passing the examination, the student
may obtain advanced standing in Physiology. (See p. 167.)

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 207

Pharmacology. Drs. T. Sollmann and E. D. Brown. This
course will be identical with that given in the pharmacological labora-
tory during the regular session. It comprises experiments on mam-
mals and frogs, as well as chemical work. Fee, $25.00.

Research work may be begun at any time during the year. No fee
is charged to competent investigators, beyond the actual cost of
material.

Pathological . Anatomy. Dr. Oscar Schulz. In this course
both gross and histological pathological anatomy will be studied.
General problems, such as degeneration and necrosis, inflammation,
the infectious granulomota, and tumors will be considered first, after
which the special pathological anatomy of the various organs will be
studied. The laboratory is well supplied with material for the
course, which will be entirely practical, the students doing their own
staining and mounting. They will be given such further botanical
training as they may desire. The class will meet six half-days a
week for six weeks. Fee, $30.00.

Cunical Microscopy. Dr. L. W. Laod. This course will include
the various methods of examining blood, sputum, urine, fxces,
gastric contents, pathological exudates, and in general, the applica-
tion of the microscope to the diagnosis and the •other aspects of
clinical medicine. The class will meet three times a week for a
period of two hours each meeting, for six weeks. Fee, $30.00.

Histology and Embryology. Dr. J. B. Austin. Work will be
offered to cover part of the laboratory work in each subject and
is designed primarily for students who apply for advanced standing,
not having completed as much work in these subjects as is done
here, and who may wish to make up the deficiency in order to enter
free of condition in these subjects. The work will be given in the
forenoons. Fee, $25 for either subject

For further information apply to the instructors in the
various courses.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

208 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE [1904-I905

PUBUC LECTURES ON PROBLEMS OF SCIENTIFIC
MEDICINE

The Faculty of the Medical College of Western Reserve
University announces a series of advanced lectures on cur-
rent problems of medical science. It will be the object of
each course to take up a circumscribed topic, treating rather
exhaustively and critically the special literature, the ex-
perimental and clinical data, the theories, current opinions,
unsolved problems and the general outlook of the subject.
Special stress will be laid on the personal observations of
the lecturers, and on the bearing of the results on medical
practice.

Each course will consist of eighi monthly evening lec-
tures, delivered at the Medical College, from October to
May inclusive. The fee for each course has been fixed at
$5.00; students of the College will be admitted free.

The following courses were started in October, 1904:

Course*!. Dr, /. /. R, Macleod. Two topics will be treated,
about five lectures being assigned to the first, and the balance to
the second subject.

The second Thursday of each month, at 7 :4s P. M.

A. The Fate of Sugars in the Organism: The Chemical

Pathology of Diabetes Mellitus.

The digestion and absorption of carbohydrates; glycogenic func-
tion of the liver; Bernard's discovery; glycogen in other organs
and tissues; fate of glycogen; derivation of glycogen from foods
other than carbohydrates; true and pseudo-glycogen builders. The
control of the nervous system over the percentage of sugar in the
blood; how this percentage is normally kept at a constant level.
Experimental diabetes — ^pancreatic, phloridzin, and other drugs; in-
fluence of pancreas on the combustion of sugars. Diabetes mellitus ;
percentage of sugar excreted with different diets; due to want of
decomposition of sugar molecule ; evidence of deficient tissue oxida-
tion. Diabetic coma. Remarks on treatment

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 209

B. Modern Views Concerning the Mechanisms of Digestion.

General consideration of mechanism of action of the digestive
glands; mechanism peculiar to the salivary, gastric and intestinal
glands, the pancreas and liver; psychic influences; chemical in-
fluences; the inter-relation of the different glands; deglutition; the
movements of the stomach and intestines ; the absorption of proteids,
fats and carbohydrates.

Course II. Dr, T. Solltnann. The Mechansim of Urine Foslu-

ATION, normally AND IN DISEASE.

The fourth Thursday of each month, at 7 :45 P. M.

Historical sketch of the theories of urine formation; mechanical
factors in urine formation; filtration and circulation phenomena;
functions of the glomeruli; of the tubules; reabsorption theories;
excretion of the several constituents; occlusion of the ureters; ex-
planation of vital secretion; diuretics; renal poisons; albuminuria;
renal glycosuria; diagnosis of urine; uremia; synthetic processes
in kidney; internal secretion; nephrotoxic sera; comparative phys-
iology of kidneys in different classes of animals.

It is intended to offer two other courses during the ensu-
ing year. The topics and lectures will be announced later.

Dhgitized by VjOOQ IC

2IO THB SCHOOL OP LAW [1904-I905

THE FRANKLIN T. BACKUS
LAW SCHOOL

HISTORICAL STATEMENT

BBfrlE Franklin T. Backus Law School of Western Re-
im serve University was founded in the year 1892. Its
first class entered the school in September of that year. Dur-
ing the first two years it was located in rented quarters at the
comer of Euclid Avenue and Adelbert Street In the fall
of 1894 the school was removed to temporary quarters in
Adelbert Hall, where it remained for two years. In 1896
the stone building now occupied by the school was erected.
It contains, in addition to large halls, four rooms of equal
size, twenty-five by forty feet, inside measurement. One of
these rooms is fitted up for a library and reading room, and
the other three are used for recitation work. Each recita-
tion room is furnished with individual tables so constructed
as to enable the students to take notes with as little incon-
venience as possible. The basement is furnished with toilet,
locker and smoking rooms. Each student is furnished a
locker for the keeping of his coat, books, etc. The building
is so constructed as to allow the erection of a large addition
whenever the needs of the school shall require it.

In 1892 the library numbered about five hundred volumes.
Today it is one of the largest law school libraries west of
New York, containing practically all reports of American
and English courts of last resort.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WBSTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 211

In 1892 nine lectures a week were given; now there are
given fifty lectures a week, and the number of the members
of the faculty has grown from five to sixteen.

When the school was first opened candidates for a degree
were required to have but little more than a common school
education. Nearly all the law schools in the country, in-
cluding some of the oldest and most prominent, demanded
no more. In 1900 the requirements of candidates for a de-
gree were raised to the requirements for entering college.

In 1892 the school had an attendance of twenty students ;
in 1904-5 the enrolment is one hundred and twenty-six.

In 1893 Mrs. Franklin T. Backus, of Qeveland, Ohio,
provided an endowment for the school and the name of the
school was then changed from the "Law School of Western
Reserve University" to the "Franklin T. Backus Law
School of Western Reserve University" in honor of a man
who, during his life, was one of the leaders of the Ohio bar
and who always took the deepest interest in all matters per-
taining to legal education.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

212 THE SCHOOL OF LAW [1904— 1905

FACULTY

Charles F. Thwinc, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bcllflower Ay.

President

♦Charles Elliott Pennewell, 1254 Willson A v.

Professor of the Law of Real Property.

Evan Henry Hopkins, A. B., LL. B., 84 Miles Av.

Professor of the Law of Contracts, Trusts and Equity Jurisdiction,
Dean of the Faculty.

Henry Clay White, A. M., 344 Harkness Av.

Professor of the Law of Wills and Estates.

Homer Hosea Johnson, A. M., LL. B., Overlook Road.

Professor of the Law of Corporations.

Alexander Hadden, A. B., 1670 Lexington Av.

Professor of the Law of Crimes, Criminal Procedure, and Damages.

Arthur Adelbert Stearns, A. M., 87 Oakdalc St.

Professor of the Law of Suretyship and Mortgage.

James Lawrence, A. B., 709 Genesee Av.

Professor of Constitutional Law.

Alfred G. Carpenter, A. M., LL. B., 125 Streator Av,

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Practice.

Paul Howland, A. M., LL. B., 1174 Willson Av.

Professor of the Law of Pleading and Partnership.

Henry Bardwell Chapman, A. B., LL. B., East Cleveland.

Professor of the Law of Bills and Notes and Evidence.

Francis Rufus Herrick, A. B., 449 Russell Av.

Professor of the Law of Torts.

Clayton King Fauver, Ph. B., LL. B., 727 Case Av.

Instructor of the Law of Torts, Sales and Real Property,
•Died November 3rd, 1904.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 213

RoLLiN Abbott Wilbur, LL. B., 820 Fainnount St.

Instructor of the Law of Contracts, Carriers, and Suretyship and

Mortgage,

James Albert Ford, A. 6., LL. B., 126 Ingleside Av.

Instructor of the Law of Personal Property and Pleading,

Frank Macmillan Cobb, A. B., LL. B., 2509 Euclid Av.

Instructor of the Law of Agency,

Harold Remington, A. B., 425 Rosedale Av.

Lecturer on the Law of Bankruptcy.

Harry Tracy Duncan, A. B., LL. B., 78 Fifth Av.

Presiding OMcer of Moot Court,

FRANas L. Trowbridge, 84 Miles Av.

Librarian,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

214

THE SCHOOL OF LAW

STUDENTS

[1904-1905

THntO

Eugene Qare Caldwell,

A. B., Adelbert, 1902.

Homer Charles Campbell,

A. B., Adelbert, 1008.

Edward Joseph Chemey,

Denison, 190M902.

Norman Taylor Clyne,

Richard Emmet Collins,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1008.

Maurice Wilbur Crafts,

Ph. B., Kenyan, 1008.

George Elwood Hartshorn,

B. L., Denison Univ., 1002.

John Henry Hogg,

Clyde Thompson Kirkbride,
Mt. Union, 1900-1001.

Walter Albert Laughren,

Kline Fetterman Leet,

Ph. B., Mt Union, 1899.

James Metzenbaum,

Charles Augustus Morris,
A. B., Adelbert, 1908.

George Arthur Phillips,
A. B., Oberlin, 1902.

Carl Adolph Riemenschneider,

Adclbert. 1901-1902.

Edward Henry Sensel,

A. B., Adelbert, 1902.

John William Smith,

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan, 1908.

Ralph Rensselaer Snow,

A. B., Bucknell, 1894.
Loren Edmunds Souers,

YEAS CLASS

Warren 31 Nantucket

Akron 21 Chapman St, £. C

Cleveland 57 Woodland Ct

Cleveland 309 Franklin Av.

Cleveland 1934 Woodland Hills Av

New Philadelphia

Cedar and Watkins.

Auburn

134 Murray Hill Av.

Newark

131 Murray Hill Av.

Glenville

2638 St Clair St

Deerfield

131 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland

1571 Woodland Av.

Cleveland

20 Lake View Av.

Cleveland

1117 Case Av.

Cleveland

189 West Madison Av.

Chardon

3 Scranton Terrace.

Cleveland

161 Becchwood Av.

Cleveland

124 Putman St

Cleveland

3033 Euclid Av.

East Cleveland 55 Belmore Rd.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 215

Brilliant 131 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland 59 Olive St

East Cleveland 72 Grasmere St.

Alliance 20 Lake View Av.

Total Third Ybas, 28.

George Alonzo Waddle,

A. B., Bethany, 1900.

Owen N. Wilcox,

B. Lm Adelbert, 1908.

James Victor Wolcott,

Adelbert, ldOl-1002.

Lawrence Emanuel Yaggi,

Mt Union, 1809-1902.

SECOND YEAR CLASS

James L3rman Amerman, Alliance

Mt Union, 1900-1908.

Dwight Spencer Anderson,

Ohio State Univ., 1902-1908.

John Clayton Barkley,

A. B., Allegheny. 1902.

Maurice Bernstein,

Alvin L. Boehmer,

Univ. of Cincinnati, 1908-1904.

John W. Camp,

Edward Perrin Cole,

A. B., Oberlin, 1908.

Albert Franklin Counts,

A. B , Adelbert, 1904.

Walter LeRoy Flory,

B. U, Denifton, 1903: Yale, 1908-1904.

Arthur Henry Hill,

Walter Scott Jackson,

A. B., Kenyon, 1908.

Samuel Kabatchnick,

Auveme Selwyn Mann,

A. B., Adelbert, 1904.

Roy Rybum MoflFet,

Ph. B., Adelbert, 1902.

John Roscoe Morgan,

A. B., Oberlin, 1908.

Charles Edward Moyer,

Univ. of Michigan, 1902-1908.

William Thomson Nimmons,
Adelbert, 1901-1908.

33 Vienna St.

Cleveland 1055 Detroit St.

Phalanx Sta. 1406 Lexington Av.

Cleveland 645 Woodland Av.

Ft. Jennings 165 Stre^tor Av.

Salem, 94 Roselle Av.

West Middlesex, Pa,

130 Murray Hill Av.

Sidney Adelbert Hall.

Newark 131 Murray Hill Av.

Richfield

I Arey Av.

Lima

130 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland

52 Brookdale St.

Warren

3 Bennington St

Cleveland

715 N. Logan A v.

Oak Hill

130 Murray Hill Av.

Andover

234 Linwood Av.

Lincoln, Kas. 127 Murray Hill Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l6

THE SCHOOL OF LAW

[1904-I905

Bernard Edmund O'Connor,

Lima

4 Streator PI.

St. Gregory's Seminary, 1900.

John Henry Aloysius O'Connor,

Lima

4 Streator PL

St Gregory's Seminary, 1901.

Frank Herson Pelton,

JVilloughby

Adelbert HaU.

A. B.. Adelbert, 1904.

Herbert Allen Quayle,

Cleveland

290 Sibley St

Glenn Van Horn Saltzgaber,

Van Wert

1946 Doan St

University of Tennessee, 1900-1901.

Ernest Laughlin Skeel,

Cleveland

95 Adelbert St

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan, 1908.

Harris Cooper Shannon,

Wdkeman

• 2298 Euclid Av.

A. B., Harvard, 1908.

Maurice Vinton Semple,

Ashland

156 Murray Hill Av.

Adelbert, 1902-1908..

Clayton Williamson Tyler.

Lakewood .

25 Grace Av.

Schuyler James Wallace,

NortMeld

Northfield

Ph. B.. Mt Union, 1908.

Joseph Frank Williams,

Youngstown

140 Cornell St

A. B., Adelbert. 1904.

Don John Young,

Norwalk

130 Murray Hill Av.

Total Sbcond Ybax, 29.

FIRST YEAR CLASS

Morris Ackerman,

Cleveland

Adelbert Hall.

Cary Rudolph Alburn,

Kyles Corners 201 Adelbert St

Adelbert, 1901-1904.

Wallace Farmer Andrews,

Ada, Minn.

117 Adelbert St

A. B., Oberlin, 1908.

Louis DeCamp Barr,

Mansfield

1812 Doan St

Ohio Wesleyan, 1902-1904.

John Witmer Blackburn,

Wellsville

1951 Doan St

Adelbert, 1900-1904.

Erwin Carl Braun,

Lorain

95 Adelbert St

B. L.. Ohio Wesleyan, 1904.

Walter Baldwin Cames,

Lima

201 Adelbert St

Adelbert, 1901.1904.

Clarence Amasa Chandler,

Pittsburgh

The Haddcn-

ComelU 1902-1908; Case School, 1908-1904.

Edward Richard Conway,

Cleveland

12 Wade Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WBSTERN RBSERVE UNIVBRSITY

217

Walter Henry Cook,

Adelbert, 1001 -1904.

Herbert Frederick Counts,

Jacob Dolson Cox, Jr.,

A. B., WilUams, 1908.

Cleaveland Rosella Cross,
A. B.p Oberlin, 1908.

Arthur Benedict Crotty,

Su Ignatius. 1900-1904.

William Jay Dawley,

A. B., Adelbert, 1904.

Arthur Raymond Edgerton,
A. 6., Oberlin, 1904.

William Tecumseh Elwell,

Isador Samuel Epstein,

William Harvey Fahrenbach,

Claude Eugene Faulhaber,
Case School, 1902-1904.

George Nathaniel Forbes,

Adelbert, 1901-1904.

Charles James Ford,

A. B., Oberlin, 1904.

Horatio Ford,

A. B., Yale, 1904.
George Albert Harwood Gardner,
Louis LaGrange Gerstenberger,

Adelbert, 1902-1904.

Thomas Edward Greene, Jr.,
Case School, 1902-1904.

Seymour Guthman,

Stanley Abner Hackett,

Oberlin, 1902-1904.

Lambert Mason HeflFner,

Grover Cleveland Hosford,

Paul Shaw Knight,

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan, 1904.

Alexander Sanders Kraus,

Eugene Tullius Lippencott,

A. B.. Ohio Wesleyan, 1904.

Cleveland

29 Carlyon Rd., E. C

Sidney

Adelbert Hall.

Cleveland

925 Euclid Av.

Oberlin

University School.

Cleveland

36 Alanson St

Cleveland

14 Granger St.

Brecksville

Hiram House.

Cleveland

1917 Detroit St.

Cleveland

201 Wade Av.

Lakewood

264 Highland Av.

Cleveland

Lake Av.

Bedford

loi Halsey St.

Geneva

117 Adelbert St

Cleveland

2464 Euclid Av.

Cleveland

14 Hough PI.

Cleveland

190 Oakdale St

Ashtabula

305 Bell Av.

Youngstown

30 Nantucket St

Norwalk

2801^ Streator Av.

Canton

203 Adelbert St

Cleveland

28054 Streator Av.

Cleveland

16 Birchdale St

Cleveland

3 Becker St

Lima

1812 Doan St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

2l8

THB SCHOOL OP LAW

[1904-1905

Leonard Corwin Loomis,

A. B., Adelbert, ItOi.

Howard Edward MacGregor,
James Jefferson McCall»

A. B., Ohio Northern, 1908.

Budd Noble Merrills,

Adelbert, 1001.1904.

William Rose Miller,

Case School, 1908-1904.

Walter George Miser,

Adelbert, 1901-1904.

Ralph Christopher Murphy,

Frederick Early Pfeiffer,
Ph. B.. Adelbert, 1904.

Grover Cleveland Rice,

Walter Lawrence Robison,

Adelbert, 1901-1904.

Walter Howard Seagraves,
Ph. B., Yale, 1904.

Jacob Singer,

William Ernest Singer,
Adelbert, 1901-1904.

Lawrence Caleb Spieth,

A. B., Leiand SUnford, 1904.

William Henry Steinbrenner,

Joseph Suffinsky,

Joseph Walworth Sutphen,
Case School, 1902-1904.

Charles Sumner Sutton,

Archibald Robert Temple,

Mt. Union, 1901-1904.

Jesse Paul Thompson,

A. B., Ohio Wesleyan, 1904.

Earl Lytton Triffit,

A. B., Wooster Univ., 1904.

James Leon Vaughn,

Charles Saul Wachner,
Adelbert, 1901-1904.

Harvey Overholt Yoder,

B. S., Ohio Wesleyan, 1908.

Cleveland

1280 Willson Av.

Springiield

1812 Doan St

Canton

168 Streator Av.

WickMe

IQ2 Adelbert Sl

Cleveland

35 Billings Av.

Anapolis

loi Halsey St.

Cleveland

90 Liberty St.

Kenton

59 Mayfield St.

Lodi

2192 Doan St

Cleveland

5 Hayward St.

Toledo

153 Cornell St.

Cleveland

13 Berg SL

Weston

156 Murray Hill Av.

Cleveland

17 Hough PL

Cleveland

92 Kinsman St

Cleveland

35 Sanford St

Cleveland

757 Prospect St

Cleveland

491 Central Av.

Alliance

173 Streator Av.

Jewett

142 Cornell St

Lodi

1812 Doan St

Brecksville

108 Commodore St

Akron

89 Woodland Ct

Wadsworth

45 Fairchild St

Total Fimt Yrak, 57.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

219

SPECIAL STUDENTS

Charles Enoch Alden, Cleveland
A. B., Hiram, 1901.

Orlando Raymond Barnes, Payne
A. B., Ohio Northern, 1900.

Edgar Henry Baker, Zanesville

William Edward Chappie, Sylvania

Staney Frank Dembowski, Cleveland

Kenneth Ray Derby, ' Henrietta

Albert Irving Doerr, Erie, Pa.

James Bernard Fagan, Empire

John D. Fackler, Glenville

70 Halsey St

168 Streator Av.

35 Nantucket St.

Sylvania.

36 Colley St.

173 Streator Av.

I Arey Av.

66 Victoria Av.

A. B., Woostcr Univ., 1900; Harvard Univ., 1900-1901.

Elden James Hopple,

Heidelberg Univ., 1901-1902.

Raymond Willis Jarecki,

Leon Lewis Robinson,

Benjamin Otto Shulman,

Frank Allman Stone,

Cleveland Jonas Suffinsky,

James Garfield Vance,

John Vincent Zottarelli,

Bucyrus

Sandusky

Novelty

Youngstown

Steubenville

Cleveland

Empire

Cleveland

117 Adelbert St.

766 Fairmount St.

117 Adelbert St

14 Stranwood St.

131 Murray Hill Av.

35 Sanford St

I Arey Av.

46 Fairview Av.

Total Special Students, 17.

SUMMARY

Third Year 23

Second Year 29

First Year 57

Special Students 17

126

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

220 THB SCHOOL OF LAW [1904-I905

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Each person entering the school, whether a candidate for
a degree or not, must present a certificate of good moral
character.

Persons not candidates for a degree may be admitted to
the school as special students at any time without examina-
tion upon satisfying the Faculty that they are able to carry
on- the work to advantage.

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION

First Year.
Contracts. Lectures and Williston's Cases (new edition), em-
bracing the topics of mutual assent, consideration, assignability of
contracts, joint contracts, performance and discharge of contracts,
illegal contracts. Three hours each week throughout the year.
Professor Hopkins.

Common Law Pleading. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Plead-
ing, embracing demurrers, pleas by way Of confession and avoidance,
pleas by way of traverse, duplicity, departure, new assignment, and
motions based on pleadings. Two hours each week during last half-
year. Professor Rowland.

Criminal Law. Lectures and Dark and Marshall's Criminal
Law, including theories of punishment, motive, will, malice, the
various common law and statutory crimes and defenses. Two hours
each week. Professor Hadden.

Property. I. Lectures and Tiedeman on Real Property, cm-
bracing tenure, estates, mortgages, liens, uses and trusts, executory
devises, incorporeal hereditaments, title, methods of acquiring title,
conveyances, deeds, covenants in deeds. Two hours each week.
Professor Pennewell and Mr. Fauver.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 221

Property. II. Lectures and Vol. I, Gray's Cases on Property,
embracing distinction between real and personal property, nature and
acquisition of rights, suits for the recovery of personal property,
acquisition of rights not under former owner, transfer of rights and
possession. Two hours each week. Mr. Ford. •

History of Common Law Procedure. Lectures and selected
readings from Pollock and Maitland's History of English Law, Bige-
low's History of Procedure, Maitland's Domesday Book and Beyond,
Inderwick's The King's Peace, Stubb's Constitutional History of
England, Coke's Institutes, Blackstone's Commentaries, and Stephen
on Pleading. One hour each week during the first-half of the first-
half-year. Mr. Hopkins.

Second Year

Bills and Notes. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Bills and
Notes, embracing formal requisites, acceptance, indorsement, trans-
fer, extinguishment, obligations of parties to bills and notes, dili-
gence, bill or note in the nature of a specialty, checks, negotiable
paper other than bills, notes and checks. Two hours 6ach week.
Professor Chapman.

Equity Pleading. Cases, Lectures and drawing and criticism
of pleadings. Two hours each week during first half-year. Mr. Ford.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

222 THE SCHOOI. OF I.AW [1904-I905

Code Pleading. Cases, Lectures and drawing of all the plead-
ings in general use and criticism of same by class and instructor.
Two hours each week during last half-year. Mr. Ford.

Sales. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing subject mat-
ter of sale, executed, and executory sales, stoppage in transitu, fraud
and related matters, warranty, and Statute of Frauds. Two hours
each week during first half-year. Mr. Fauver.

Wills and Estates. Lectures and Page on Wills. Two hours
each week. Professor White.

Contracts. Lectures and Williston's Cases, embracing impos-
sible contracts, illegal contracts, joint obligations, discharge of con-
tracts and assignment of contract. Also, Keener's Cases on Quasi-
Contracts, embracing nature of the obligation, failure of consider-
ation, benefits conferred without request, benefits conferred at re-
quest but in the creation or performance of a contract, recovery of
money paid under compulsion and waiver of tort. Two hours each
week. Mr. Wilbur.

Third Year

Equity Jurisdiction. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Equity
Jurisdiction, including specific performance of contracts, accident,
mistake and fraud, nuisance, injunctions against torts. Two hours
each week. Professor Hopkins.

Suretyship. Lectures and Ames's Cases on Suretyship, em-
bracing the surety obligations and rights of persons. Two hours
each week during first half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Mortgages. Lectures and Wyman's Cases on mortgages, em-
bracing the surety obligations and rights of property, including real
estate and chattel mortgages, pledges, collateral securities, etc Two
hours each week during the last half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 223

Damages. Lectures and Beale's Cases, embracing functions of
court and jury in estimating damages, exemplary, liquidated and
nominal damages, direct and consequential damages, avoidable con-
sequences, counsel fees, certainty, compensation, damages for non-
pecuniary i ijurics, values, interest, damages in certain actions of
tort and on contracts. One hour each week during first half-year.
Professor Hadden,

Criminal Procedure. Lectures and Beale on Criminal Proced-
ure, One hour each week during second half-year. Professor Had-
den.

Corporations. Lectures and Smith's Cases on Corporations,
embracing the creation of corporations, the distinction between a
corporation and its stockholders, the law in relation to promoters,
charters, rights of stockholders against corporation, directors and
others, ultra vires transactions, the power of corporations as to
creditors, etc, liquidation of corporations by receiverships, foreign
corporations, legislative control of corporations. Two hours each
week. Professor Johnson.

Public Service Corporations. Lectures and Beale and Wyman's
Cases, embracing the law of common carriers, telephone companies,
telegraph companies, electric light companies, etc. Two hours each
week during first half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Conflict of Laws. Lectures and assigned cases. Two hours
each week last half-year. Mr. Wilbur.

Pleadings and Practice in Ohio, including the drawing of
deeds, mortgages, wills, etc., as well as pleadings and the trial of
cases in Moot Court. Two hours each week. Mr. Duncan.

Legal Ethics. Lectures. One hour each week for ten weeks.
Professor Hopkins.

Review of subjects embraced in examinations for admission to
the Ohio Bar. Three hours each week. Mr. Fauver.

Digitized by

Google

224 'J^HE SCHOOL OF LAW [1904-I905

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

MOOT COURT WORK

The cases are based upon actual facts and the trials are
conducted in all respects like those in the regular courts.

The third year course in pleading and practice is con-
ducted in part as a moot court course. Cases are tried in the
manner prevailing in the common pleas court.

Special attention is paid io the several steps in the course
of trial, such as summoning and impaneling jury, statement
of case, examination of witnesses, taking of exceptions,
making of motions, argument, preparation of charge to jury,
verdict, judgment, motion for new trial, bill of exceptions
and petition in error.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 225

EXAMINATIONS

Candidates for the degree of LL. B. must attend the school
at least two years, and must pass satisfactory examinations
in all the subjects of the first year and in enough courses of
the second year to aggregate ten hours a week, and of the
third year to aggregate eleven hours a week. If a stu-
dent is absent a year he must take the examinations in the
subjects of that year at the school with the class.

At the beginning of the school year an examination on
the subjects of the first year will be held for the benefit of
such students as may desire to enter the second year class.

LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL

LIBRARIES

The Law School has a library containing a large collection
of the leading text-books and encyclopaediae, an almost com-
plete collection of the English Reports, and the Reports of
the Courts of last resort of every state and territory together
with the reports of the Supreme and Circuit Courts of the
United States. Students also have the use of Hatch Library
which is located near the school and contains fifty thousand
volumes. They also have free access to the Cleveland Public
Library of almost one hundred and fifty thousand volumes.
The library facilities offered students are therefore abundant.
The Law School Library is open daily from 8 a. m. until 5 .-30
p. m., and on four evenings each week from 5 130 p. m. to
9 130 p. m.

Digitized byCjOOQlC

226 THB SCHOOL OF LAW [1904-1905

UNIVERSITY ADVANTAGES

EXPENSES

Beginning with Commencement, 1906, a graduation fee
will be charged.

Rooms can be secured in the vicinity of the school for from
$25 to $75 per year. Table board can be secured for from
$2.75 to $4 a week. Text-books used in the classes cost
from $17 to $30 a year, but second-hand books can usually
be procured at a considerable saving.

SCHOLARSHIPS

A limited number of scholarships may be awarded by
the faculty to meritorious students during the year 1904-05.
For further information address the Dean.

Evan H. Hopkins,

Qeveland, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 227

THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY

GENERAL STATEI«ENT

BB|HE Dental Department of Western Reserve University
mi was organized by the Trustees and Medical Faculty
of the University in the belief that Dental Surgery
should be regarded as a branch of Medicine, and with the
purpose of training students to practice it as a medical spe-
cialty. It is obvious that such an education tends to broaden
the mind and give a keener insight into the principles of
dentistry. The public also recognizes the better qualifica-
tions of a medically educated dentist.

The College is under the control of the University Trus-
tees, and is in every sense a part of the University. Its
professors do not control the fees from students, nor do
they accept fees for extra courses. The Dean of the Col-
lege acts as Bursar for the department, to whom all fees arc
paid and by him transferred to the Treasurer of the Uni-
versity.

Attention is directed to the fact that there are no extra
fees except as hereinafter indicated, but that the general fee
covers the expense of laboratory courses in chemistry, his-
tology, physiology, dissection, and bacteriology. The
matriculation fee is paid only once. The College furnishes

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

228 THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-1905

many instruments for the free use of the students, such as
vulcanizers, extracting forceps, etc., etc., thus saving con-
siderable expense for every student during the course.

The course is graded and admirably adapted to preparing
students for the practice of dentistry. It requires three
years of thirty weeks each to complete the course. All of
the technical work is performed the first two years. The
third year is devoted largely to clinical work. The Faculty
has decided to require constant attendance each day in the
clinics from 9:30 A. M. to 4:30 P. M. from each senior
student. This gives an unusual opportunity for practice,
and is the outcome of a large and increasing amount of
clinical material as well as the desire of the Faculty to give
a thoroughly practical education.

The city of Cleveland now numbers over 400,000 inhab-
itants, and the Dental College is located in the center of the
city. This situation insures a large amount of clinical ma-
terial.

During the summer of 1904, the Prosthetic Laboratories,
the Operatory, and the Extracting Rooms, were refurnished
at great expense. The rooms were all decorated in blue and
gold and all woodwork covered with white enamel, pre-
senting not only an extremely attractive appearance but
also impressing the students with the advantages of ab-
solute cleanliness in all matters pertaining to their profes-
sion. The Operatory is now furnished with Columbia chairs,
upholstered in leather, glass bowls, fountain cuspidors, elec-
tric service at every chair; in short, with all the necessities
and conveniences which go to equip the most modem dental
office. Such perfect equipment enables a student to become
familiar with the best office furnishings while still in school,
and greatly increases his ability to do good work when he
begins practice for himself.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 229

FACULTY

Charles Frankun Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 55 Bellflowcr Av.

President,

Henry Lovejoy Ambler, M. S., D. D. S., M. D., 176 Euclid Ave.

Professor of Operative Dentistry, History of Dentistry,

and Oral Hygiene.

Dean of the Faculty,

John William Van Doorn, D. D. S., 455 The Arcade.

Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics,
Carl A. Hamann, M. D., 661 Prospect St.

Professor of Anatomy and Oral Surgery.

Daniel Hendrix Ziegler, D. D. S., 726 Rose Bldg.

Professor of Clinical Operative Dentistry,

Herman Cufford Kenyon, D. D. S., 677 The Arcade.

Professor of Operative Technics and Dental Anatomy.

Douglas Austin Wright, D. D. S., 304 Cedar Av.

Professor of Clinical Prosthetic Dentistry.

Professor of Applied Electricity.
Roger Griswold Perkins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Professor of Bacteriology.
Frank M. Casto, Ph. G., M. D., D. D. S., 719 Schofield Bldg.

Professor of Orthodontia.
John Shell Tierney, M. D., Rose Bldg.

Assistant Professor of Anatomy.
William Hawksley Weir, M. D., 260 Euclid Av., Kingmore Bldg.

Assistant Professor of Physiology.
Willis Sanford Hobson, A. B., M. D., 105 Oakdale St.

Assistant Professor of Histology,
Frank Acker. M. D., D. D. S., 170 Clinton St.

Assistant Professor of Pathology.
Howard D. Haskins, A. B., M. D., Medical College.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Frederick Augustus Henry, M. A., LL. B., 154 Kensington St.

Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence.

James Freed Wark, D. D. S., 362 Cedar Av.

Demonstrator of Operatit*e Dentistry.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

230 THE COI.LEGB OF DBNTISTRY [1904-I905

Joseph Anson Coaxes, D. D. S., 45 Hough Av.

Demonstrator of Prosthetic Dentistry.
Arthur Ira Brown, M. D., D. D. S., 225 Lawn St

Demonstrator in Operative Dentistry,
Carl Herbert Clark, 262 Prospect St

Assistant in Histology and Physiology.

Cecil ORvnxE Witter, B. S., 16 Blaine St.

Assistant in Chemistry,

Professor Wright,

Superintendent of Laboratories,

H. Milton Brown, D. D. S., 262 Prospect St.

Superintendent of Clinics.

Samuel A. V. Rice, D. D. S., 262 Prospect St.

Clerk of Clinics.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

231

STUDENTS

SENIORS.

Edward Newton Allison
James Blaine Atchison
David Boyd Bebout
John Rogers Bentley
Hugh Ross Binkard
Charles Avis Brown
Carl Herbert Dark
William Steen Deelcy
James Burton Ellis
Lee Maro English
Don Berry Ford
William B. Gerow

Arthur Wiley Haines
William Heller
Lee Everette Howk
Lewis Henry Hutchins

Don McKay Kent
Alfred Churchill Knapp
Charles Thomas Magner
Charles Hiram Maloney

Clare Keyes Mattingly
George Cubbison Mitchell
C. Stuart Mygatt
Milton Dodge Neff
Edwin Deroger Phillips
John Fred Risch
George William Smith
Howard Garfield Weber
Qarence Everette Webster

Don Vincent Wecdman
Harris Reid Cooley Wilson
Merrill Ladrew Winger
Frank Zavodsky

Princeton, Pa, 121 Chestnut St
Salem 11 Cheshire St

Mechanicstown 371 Euclid Av.
Toledo 32754 Prospect St

Urbana 831 Prospect St

South Newbury 523 Prospect St
Youngstown 116 Commodore St
Sandusky 44 Collins PL

Beeton, Ont,, Can. 33 Queen St
Antrim 593 Scovill Av.

Cleveland 161 Lincoln Av.

Blenheim, Ont., Can,

121 Chestnut St
Cleveland 287 Prospect St

OrrvUle The Gladstone.

Wellington 116 Commodore St
Leamington, Ont., Can,

33 Queen St.
Linesville, Pa. 120 Studley St
Elyria 287 Prospect St.

Cleveland 57 Burt St

Penn Line, Pa.

loi Huntington St.
Hinckly 162 Chestnut St

Grove City, Pa, The Gladstone.
304 Sibley St.
45 Archwood Av.
287 Prospect St.

Ashtabula

Cleveland

Conneaut

Akron

Cleveland

Canal Dover

Theresa, N.

y..

831 Prospect St
178 Herald St
29 Cheshire St.

New London
Cleveland
Orangeville
Cleveland

217 Huntington St

29 Cheshire St

Hotel Tavistock.

798 Republic St

9 Vergennes St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

232

THE COI,I.EGE OP DENTISTRY [1904-I905

Frank Lee Anway
Thomas Edward Armstrong
Louis Albert Arosemena

Ralph Raymond Bevard
Alexander James Clark

Earl Pearson Jones
John Charles Kline
Emanuel Zebastian Kreidel
Charles Laurer

Benjamin Lipschitz

William Anson Maloney

Benjamin Thomas Maltby
Henry Edwin Moffett
Bert Byron Pontius
Frederick Rieske
George Alexander Roy Ross

Bert Alvin Shriber
Henry Frederick Smith

JUNIORS.

Republic 89 Handy St

Troy 429^ Superior St

Guayaquil, Ecuador , S. A.

8 Royal Arms, Handy St
Canal Fulton 98 White Av.

Cornwall, Ont., Can.

17s Dodge St
Mansfield 58 Eastman St

Cleveland 1379 Lexington Av.
Ellensburg, Wash, 469 Euclid Av.
Binghcmton, N. Y.

The GladstCMie.
New York, N. Y.

190 Greenwood St
Penn Line, Pa,

loi Huntington St
Saybrook 508 Prospect St

Cleveland 1018 Scranton Av.

Cleveland 12 Smiley Av.

Cleveland 306 Fairfield Av.

Stoughton, Assiniboia, Can.

175 Dodge St
Barberton 508 Prospect

Brisbane, Ont., Can.

II Cheshire St

FRESHMEN.

Joseph Warren Anson Sharon, Pa,

Raleigh Pringle Barnes Waterford,

Arthur Windslow Dcgnon Akron

Frank Dennis Augusta

Francis Marion Fosdick Cleveland

Harry Baker Fought Fremont

Clarence Tamblyn Franke Cleveland

Maurice Berton Galvin Cleveland

Bruce Raymer Gilbreath Collinwood

Grover Cleveland Gotschall Minerva

Merryll Greenwood Akron

George Harrlow Smith Worden

Ernest Meade Herrick Cleveland

Wilfred Hector Jerrett Cleveland

Lawrence Alfred Krejii Cleveland

S7 Sibley St
Pa. II Cheshire St
49 Mecca St
II Cheshire St
143 Chambers St
753 Superior St
3250 Euclid Av.
368 Woodland Av.
Collinwood
II Cheshire St
198 Dodge St
160 Kenilworth St
52 Aubumdale Av.
10 Lockwood St
290 Forest St.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904- 1 905] WESTERN RBSKRVE UNIVERSITY

233

Edmonde Joseph LaBarge
Louis Lyman
Louis Albert Maska
Walter Howard Maxwell
Lewis David Mount
Charles Rudolph Pheneger
Charles Henry Friday
Charles Chamberlain Rogers
Harry Delmont Smith
Edward Thomas Talbott

Horace Van Valkenburg
Harry E. G. Wright
Will Wallace Wright

179 Streator A v.

190 Greenwood St.

2 Arch St.

3586 Euclid Av.

304 Sibley St.

87 Hillsdale Av.

3533 Euclid Av.

831 Prospect St.

117 Adelbert St

Cleveland

Euclid

Ashtabula

Cleveland

Troy

Brilliant

Crestline

The Hawthorne, Dodge St
Chagrin Falls 11 Cheshire St.
Rittman 508 Prospect St

Lakewood

232 Cook Av., Lakewood, O.

SUMMARY.

Seniors 33

Juniors ' 18

Freshmen .* 28

Totol 79

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

234 'THE COLI,EGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-I905

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Each candidate for admission must be at least eighteen
years of age. The rules for admission and graduation are
such as obtain in the National Association of Dental Facul-
ties, of which tJie College is a member.

The minimum preliminary education required for admis-
sion to the Freshman class is a certificate of entrance into the
third year of the high school, or its equivalent.

Those who are unable to present a certificate showing
that they have studied the branches usually required in the
first two years of the high school will be required to take an
examination given by an examiner appointed by the State
School Commissioner. A list of the studies in which an
examination is required will be sent to anyone desiring to
prepare for admission.

The College does not receive wtxnen as students.

Special Notice. — According to a rule of the National As-
sociation of Dental Faculties credit for a full term cannot be
given to students who enter more than ten days after the
opening of the session. But if any student is prevented by
sickness from entering within the ten days, and if his sick-
ness is properly certified to by a reputable practicing physi-
cian, he can enter not later than twenty days from the open-
ing of the session. Students are requested to be present on
the opening day.

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING

Students from recognized dental colleges who present cer-
tificates of attendance upon one full course of lectures of at
least seven and one-half months, and who g^ve evidence
satisfactory to the heads of the respective departments, that
they have a good knowledge of the work of the first year,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 235

will be admitted to the second. Likewise, students who have
satisfactorily completed two years of work in another re-
putable school may be admitted to the Senior year of this
College. According to the present ruling of the National
Association of Dental Faculties, no time allowance shall be
granted except to regular g^duates in Medicine. Students
who have completed one or two years in a medical school
may receive credit for work done. Graduates of recognized
medical colleges will be admitted to the work of the second
year and may be excused from lectures and examinations
upon General Anatomy, Chemistry, Histology, Physiology,
Pathology, Materia Medica, and Therapeutics. They will
be required, however to take the course in Operative and
Prosthetic Technics, Dental Pathology and Histology.

Applicants for admission to advanced standing from
European schools are required, like other applicants, to fur-
nish properly attested evidence of study and of attendance
upon lectures, and they must pass the intermediate examina-
tions. It is required that students from foreign countries
present certificates from a member of the Advisory Commit-
tee located in the country from which they come. Students
from recognized dental schools may enter the senior class
only upon evidence of having completed work equivalent
to that of the previous years in this school.

Applications for admission or for further information
may be sent at any time to the Secretary, College of Dentis-
try, Western Reserve University. As places in the labora-
tory are assigned in the order of matriculation and payment
of fees, it is an advantage to students to matriculate early.
Names can be registered at any time for the following ses-
sion. Juniors and Seniors of this College are not required
to pay .a fee for registration.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

236 THE COLLEGE OP DENTISTRY [1904-I905

COURSE OF STUDY

The following table shows the work required in each
year and the number of hours a week in each subject

FIRST YEAR

HOX7XS PER WBBK

C»»-^ {^ZlrbSry

General and Dental Histology { ^Z}^"^

Osteology 2

Dental Anatomy 2

2 — ^lectures
laboratofy

f 2 ^1

Prosthesis < 2i_]

SECOND YEAR

Operative Technics 8

Dental laboratory 21 — laboratory

C^'e-try.... irla'bS^

Pathology ....'.... i

Physiology 2

Anatomy 5

Crown and Bridge Work and Metallurgy 2

Orthodontia Special lectures

THIRD YEAR

Operative Dentistry 2}i — lectures

Prosthetic Clinics i4>^

Operative Clinics , 21

Materia Medica and Therapeutics i

Pathology i

Bacteriology 9-6 weeks

Oral Surgery 2

Orthodontia Special lectures

Anaesthetics

Jurisprudence

Dental Hygiene

History of Dentistry

Electro-Therapeutics

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 237

METHODS OF INSTRUCTION AND DESCRIPTION
OF COURSES

During the hours for clinics the demonstrators in charge devote
their whole time to the work of instruction. It will be seen that this
method gives each student constant personal attention. All practical
work must be performed in the College, and every effort is made to
prevent students from practising dentistry illegally. Regular attend-
ance at all the courses of instruction and clinics is required. No
student is excused from the technic or practical courses.

OPERATIVE DENTISTRY

PROFESSOR AMBLER.

In this department the teaching is partly accomplished by means of
lectures and quizzes which constitute a systematic and progressive
course, beginning with a concise history of ancient and modem den-
tistry, followed by a careful presentation of the most useful methods,
appliances and materials employed in filling teeth, together with the
basal principles which make operative dentistry a positive science.
The hygiene of the mouth, teeth, artificial dentures, crown, and
bridge-work will also be considered.

In the senior year, the operatory offers to the student an opportu-
nity to become acquainted with the details of office practice ; here he
can apply the art of filling teeth, and have some opportunity for
observing the relative values of different methods and materials;
being advanced from simple to complex operations as fast as his
proficiency will justify. Each senior is allowed to operate for
twenty-o;ie hours weekly; thus he can develop his brain and hand
in acquiring thoughtful manipulative skill.

Text-book: American Text-Book of Operative Dentistry; Am-
bler's Tin Foil and its Combinations for Filling Teeth.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

238 THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-1905

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS

PROFESSOR VAN DOORN

An intelligent knowledge of the properties and application of med-
icaments is so important that dental students should be as well
grounded in this as in anatomy and physiology. The course consists
of a series of comprehensive lectures upon all important drugs, with
especial illustrations of their use in dentistry. The methods of ad-
ministration and application are described in detail The aim is to
make these lectures of great practical value. Text-book: Gorgas*
Dental Medicine.

ORAL SURGERY

PROFESSOR HAMANN

Instruction in this branch will be given by means of lectures, clin-
ics, and recitations. The aim is to furnish the student an ooportunity
of acquiring a practical knowledge of this department of surgery.

The principles underlying the treatment of pathological conditions
of the mouth and jaws will be considered. Wounds, fractures,
tumors, ulcers and congenital defects are among the subjects to be
discussed, especial attention being devotedtto diagnosis. Dental
students have access to the various hospitals. Marshall's Text Book
on Diseases and Injuries of Jaw and Mouth.

ANAESTHETICS

PROFESSORS HAMANN AND ZIEGLER

The subject of anaesthetics is elucidated by special instruction.
Professor Hamann describes and illustrates the uses of chloroform
and ether in surgical operations about the mouth, and also the dan-
gers that may arise. Professor Ziegler presents the subjects of anaes-
thesia from nitrous oxide gas and its combinations with other ele-
ments, also the uses of local anaesthetics.

Realizing the danger of anaesthetics, great care is bestowed upon
the teaching of these subjects; the course includes lectures on physi-
cal diagnosis, which are essential in designating methods employed
in detecting disease during life so that no mistakes will be made.
The clinics afford the students abundant experience in this college.

DENTAL ANATOMY-OPERATIVE TECHNICS

PROFESSOR KEN YON

These courses of instruction have been revised and enlarged. Two
hours each week are given to dental anatomy in the first year. The

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 239

Students' work consists in carving the various classes of teeth, cut-
ting sections, and making drawings. These exercises are supple-
mented by lectures and recitations and are illustrated by drawings
and large models. Text-book: Broomell's Anatomy and Histology
of the Teeth and Mouth.

Eight hours each week are given to operative technics in the second
year. The course consists in technical training in the laboratory,
supplemented by lectures and demonstrations. The technical train-
ing includes treating and filling root canals in extracted teeth, cutting
typical cavity forms in enlarged tooth-models, excavating a large
number of cavities in celluloid tooth-forms mounted in a flexible jaw,
filling these cavities with the various filling materials, and exercises
in engine technic upon extracted teeth. Porcelain inlay technic is a
special feature and will receive particular attention.

The lectures cover the technique of cavity preparation and of treat-
ing the various pathological conditions found in pulp cavities; in-
strumentation and classification and measurements of operating in-
struments ; classification and forms of cavities ; and filling materials.

Note — The operations in the technic department require a great
number of natural teeth, and as it is difiicult to procure a sufficient
number, it would be to the interest of every student to obtain as
many as possible.

PROSTHESIS AND METALLURGY

PROFESSOR WRIGHT

Two lectures a week are given upon prosthesis, to the students of
the first year, and two lectures a week upon crown and bridge-work
and metallurgy, to the students of the second year.

The aim is to make this department thoroughly practical, to eluci-
date the mechanical and artistic principles as well as the science
involved

The technic laboratories are conducted under the guidance of this
chair. American Text Book of Prosthetic Dentistry, Essig's Metal-
lurgy, fourth edition.

TECHNIC LABORATORIES

PROFESSOR WRIGHT AND DR. COATES

There are two dental laboratory class-rooms, one for students of
the first, and one for those of the second year ; each room is provided
with sixty benches and with a platform furnished with complete

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

240 THE COLLEGE OP DENTISTRY [1904-I905

laboratory appliances. There is also a dental laboratory furnished
with lathes, plaster and apparatus for molding and casting. There
is a specially fitted forge room. Every effort is made to have the
methods of instruction as practical as possible. Comprehensive and
progressive technic courses are given in impressions — vulcanite, cel-
luloid, cast metal, aluminum, gold, continuous g^um (optional), crown
and bridge-work, steel and orthodontia.
Twenty-one hours a week are devoted to this work.

ELECTRICITY

A thorough course of instruction is given in electro-physics and
the processes employed in dentistry. It includes lectures, laboratory
experiments and clinical demonstrations. Cataphoresis will be given
special consideration and the various current controllers and millia-
meters are studied by the students and thoroughly demonstrated
clinically. The bleaching of teeth by means of electric currents with
various agents, the treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris and aveolar
abscess, and the use of the X Rays for locating unerupted teeth are
elucidated. Instruction is also given in the construction and 'manage-
ment of electric dental engines and motors, methods of controlling
various kinds of currents, the galvanic effect and electrolytic products
of various filling materials in the mouth, etc. Students should be
■familiar with the general principles of electricity before commencing
the course. Text-book: Custer's Dental Electricity.

BACTERIOLOGY

PROFESSOR ROGER G. PERKINS

The students will take* up the various organisms which are found
in the buccal cavity in health and disease, including those ooncemed
in dental decay. The preliminary studies will deal with the chnnno-
genic organisms, until the students have acquired the necessary
teclmique, when the bacteria peculiar to the mouth and those which
use the mouth as a portal of entry in lesions of the buccal cavity or
more general infections will be carefully investigated.

Special instruction will be given as to the proper methods d
sterilization of instruments, and asepsis in dental surgery. Micro-
scopical sections of decayed teeth will be given out to the students,
and stained to illustrate the invasion of the tissues by the bacteria of
dental decay.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 241

ORTHODONTIA

PROFESSOR CASTO

The course in orthodontia consists of lectures, technic work and
practical cases.

The didactic instruction is given by Professor Casto and is sup-
plemented by the demonstrator who has direct carc^of the practical
and technic work. The lectures are illustrated by lantern slides,
models and various appliances especially constructed for the purpose
of instruction.

Junior students attend the regular course of lectures which are
given to the senior students in this department.

ANATOMY

PROFESSOR HAMANN, DR. TIERNEY

The course in anatomy consists of lectures upon descriptive and
applied anatomy, together with demonstrations and recitations. In
accordance with the needs of dental students especial attention is
given to the anatomy of the head, neck and alimentary canal. In
order to facilitate the work in osteology, students of the first year are
provided with separate bones, which they are permitted to take home
for purposes of study. For demonstrations upon the cadaver and
anatomical preparations, the second-year class is divided into sections,
in order that individual students may have every opportunity of
becoming familiar with the various parts of the body, and of receiv-
ing direct personal instruction. Text-book: Gray's Anatomy.

PRACTICAL ANATOMY

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

242 THB COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-I905

PHYSIOLOGY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR WEIR

Two lectures a week are given to the students of the second year.
The lectures are illustrated by experiments in the class-room and
demonstrations in the laboratory. The properties of the circulating
liquids of the body, blood and lymph, having been first described, the
mechanical and^physiological factors concerned in the maintenance
of the circulation are studied in detail. The physical and chemical
phenomena of respiration and the relation of the nervous system to
the respiratory mechanism are next taken up. Then follows an
account of digestion, including the secretion of the digestive juices
and their action on the food substances, the movements of the stom-
ach and intestines, and the influence of nerves on the functions of the
alimentary canal. The absorption of the digested food into the
blood-vessels and lacteals, the changes which the absorbed substances
undergo in the body, and the channels by which the waste products
are excreted form the next division of the subject. A general view
is then taken of the statistics of nutrition and metabolism (including
Animal Heat), from which the rules governing the constitution of
dietaries are deduced. The general physiology of muscular and
nervous tissues having been treated of, the physiological anatomy and
functions of the brain and spinal cord are described at length. A
brief account of reproduction and development completes the course.

HISTOLOGY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR HOBSON

The course includes a study of the fundamental mammalian tissues,
followed by a study of the finer anatomy of the principal organs.
Especial attention is given to the structure of bone, teeth, salivary
glands, and the structures connected with the mouth cavity. Each
student stains and mounts the sections which he studies and these
remain his property. The expense to each man for slides and ma-
terial is about two dollars. A deposit of two dollars to cover break-
age, which is returnable at the end of the course, is required Two
two-hour laboratory exercises and one recitation per week arc given
through Freshman year.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 243

PATHOLOGY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR ACKER

The course covers the general principles of pathological processes
and resultant histological changes, as a basis for and preliminary to
the special study of Dental Pathology. By the co-operation of the
Professor of Qinical Operative Dentistry, Dr. Ziegler, clinical
demonstrations of diseased conditions of the teeth and parts adja-
cent will be used to make clear and fix the lectures and work with
the text-book. In conjunction with the study of morbid anatomy,
consideration will be given to symptomatology and physical diagno-
sis, enabling the student to meet intelligently the demands of the
clinic. Lectures and quizzes, one hour a week through Junior and
Senior years. Text-book: Dental Pathology and Therapeutics,
Burchard, revised by Inglis.

CHEMISTRY

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR UASKINS

The course includes lectures and quizzes covering the entire sub-
ject of inorganic chemistry and elementary organic chemistry. The
lectures are illustrated as far as possible by experiments. The labor-
atory work in chemistry consists in a complete course in qualitative
analysis, including the analyzing of unknown mixtures.

Five hours a week throughout the year are given to chemistry.
Text-book, Remsen's Chemistry.

JURISPRUDENCE

FREDERICK A. HENRY, M. A.^ LU B.

The legal responsibilities of dental practitioners and also the rela-
tions of the public to the dentist are clearly explained by the lecturer
in this department. A knowledge of the subject of dental law is
required in the course of instruction, and an examination is given
upon the lectures.

DENTAL CERAMICS

PROFESSOR KENYON

A course of instruction in dental ceramics is provided. The course
includes all varieties of porcelain work that the dentist is required to
use and is amply illustrated. Where students are able to provide
materials of their own, extra instruction is given free of charge.

CLINICS

The operative and prosthetic clinics provide all kinds of clinic ma-
terial. The prosthetic clinic is open from 9:30 to 12 a. m., and the

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

244 THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-I905

oper^ive clinic is open from i to 4:30 p. m. In the first year the
entire time is devoted to technic courses in prosthesis. In the second
year technic courses are given in crown and bridge-work, also ortho-
dontia. After these the student is assigned to practical cases of
artificial dentures as well as operating in the mouth. It is necessary,
however, to complete the operative technic course before cases are
assigned in the operatory. In the third year the course is made as
practical as possible. The clinics in both morning and afternoon are
devoted to prosthetic work — crowns, bridges and orthodontia, also
the filling of teeth, extracting, various surgical operations without
hospital attendance. The extensive operations are performed in the
hospital. The operatory has been newly equipped and additional
apparatus added to the prosthetic room, thus enabling the student
to become thoroughly acquainted with the most modem office and
laboratory furnishings. Students are thus provided with an excep-
tionally large amount of actual clinical experience. The many clini-
cal cases afford an excellent opportunity for the use of anesthetics.
In rotation the students are assigned to extracting and the use of
anaesthetics under the immediate supervision of a skilled demon-
strator. Every student thus gains experience that prepares him for
actual practice. The location, in the heart of the city, where the
street cars center, enables the college to have an unusual advantage
in securing a large clinic.

Students are required to attend all clinics daily and perform oper-
ations faithfully.

TEXT-BOOKS

First Year: Gray's Anatomy, Schaeffer's Histology, Remsen's
Chemistry, American Text-Book Prosthetic Dentistry, Broomell's
Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth and Mouth.

Second Year: Stewart's Physiology, Essigf's Metallurgy, Burch-
ard's Dental Pathology and Therapeutics (revised by Inglis.)

Third Year: Marshall's Injuries and Diseases of the Jaw and
Mouth, Gorgas' Dental Medicine, American Text-Book Operative
Dentistry, Ambler's Tin Foil and its Combinations for Filling Teeth,
Custer's Dental Electricity.

Books of Reference: Dictionary, Gould; American System of
Dentistry; Garrettson's Oral Surgery; Week's Operative Technics;
Evan's Crown and Bridge Work; Mitchell's Dental Chemistry; Mil-
ler's Micro-organisms of the Mouth ; Eckley's Anatomy of the Head
and Neck; Cryer's Internal Anatomy of the Face; Cigrand's His-
tory of Dental Prosthesis.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 245

GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMS AND VACATIONS

The college year consists of thirty weeks of six days each,
exclusive of holidays. The session opens on October ist
each year, except this day fall on Saturday, Sunday or
Monday^ in which case the opening shall be on the Tuesday
following the ist of October. The session of 1905-06 will
open Tuesday, October 3rd.

A Holiday Vacation of two weeks begins on December
24th. No college exercises are held on Thanksgiving Day
or Decoration Day.

THE DENTAL BUII-DING
When the College of Dentistry was established in 1892
rooms were assigned to it in the building erected by Mr.
John L. Woods for the Medical College. But the work in
both Dentistry and Medicine has been extended so greatly,
and the number of students in each department has in-
creased so rapidly, that the Trustees of the University have
provided separate accommodations for the Dental School
in the new Bangor building, situated at 262 Prospect
Street, next to the Young Men's Christian Association
Building. The facilities provided in the new building have
proved to be excellent. Each room has perfect light and
ventilation. The laboratories, one for the Freshmen and one
for the Juniors, with an adjoining room for both classes, are
arranged for an advanced system of teaching. There is also
a clinical laboratory for the Senior and Juniors. Each room
contains a complete laboratory equipment. The operatory

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

246 THK COI^LEGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-1905

IS equipped with Columbia chairs, upholstered in leather,
glass bowl fountain cuspidors, and electric service at every
chair. The surgical and extracting room contains a stand-
ing amphitheatre. The building has been planned to ac-
comodate one hundred and fifty students. When this num-
ber is reached, admission to the Freshman Class will be by
suitable method of competition.

MUSEUM AND LIBRARIES

A Dental Museum and Library has been established in
the School. Those who have specimens or literature of in-
terest to any of the students are earnestly requested to make
contributions. Each specimen and book is credited to the
donor and receives proper care.

Students have access to the Hatch Library on the campus
of Adelbert College, to the Public Library of Cleveland, and
to the Case Library, which is located near the Dental Col-
lege. These collections aggregate nearly three hundred
thousand volumes.

EXAMINATIONS

A written examination in all branches is given at the
close of the session. No student is permitted to take the
examinations until all fees are paid. An examination fee
of $10.00 is due April ist.

An opportunity for a re-examination is given to students
who have failed in any branch, but it shall not be later thin
December ist of the succeeding year. The fee for re-ex-
amination is $2.00 and must be paid before the examination
is given. A second re-examination can be given only by
special permission of the Faculty. A student who has
failed in any subject may register in the succeeding year,
but will not be allowed to continue after December ist if
he is deficient in more than two branches.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 247

DEGREE
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred
upon all students not under twenty-one years of age, who
have satisfactorily completed the required course of study,
paid all required fees, passed all examinations, performed
such practical operations in the operative and prosthetic
departments as may be required, and conformed with such
other regulations as the Faculty may prescribe. Graduates
of other Dental colleges are required to attend one full ses-
sion and comply with all the regulations of the Senior year
in order to receive a degree from Western Reserve Uni-
versity. Candidates who attain a general average of ninety
per cent, in all their examinations receive honorable mention.

EXPENSES

The fees are as follows: (i) Matriculation fee of $5.00
to be paid but once ; (2) An annual fee of $100.00 payable
at the opening of the term. These fees are not returnable.
Students who cannot pay the whole amount on the opening
day may pay $50.00. In this case, the balance must be
paid on or before January loth. After that date, $55.00
will be due. Students who desire to pay the fees for the
three years by December ist of the first year, will be al-
lowed a reduction of $50.00 on the whole amount. (3) An
annual examination fee of $10.00 due April ist. Beginning
with Commencement, 1 906, a graduation fee will be charged.
The college fees are paid to the Dean.

Students will be charged for the cost of perishable ma-
terial used in the laboratories and for unnecessary damage
to equipment. An expense of about $2.00 for microscopic
slides is necessary in the first year, but they remain the
property of the student. A small deposit for keys is re-
quired, which may be returned at the close of the year.

No student is permitted to enter the laboratories and
operatory until he presents a receipt for his fees. He is

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

248 THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY [1904-I905

also required to have a full equipment of instruments before
a locker can be assigned to him. The cost of the required
instruments is made as low as is consistent with good teach-
ing. Books and instruments can be bought within a short
distance of the College.
The expenses for each year, including fees, are as follows :

FIRST YEAR

Matriculation (paid only once) $ 5 00

Tuition 100 00

Instruments 30 00

Histological slides, etc 2 oo

Books 23 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

$170 00

SECOND YEAR

Tuition $100 00

Instruments, including engine, about 90 00

Books II 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

$211 00

THIRD YEAR

Tuition $100 00

Books 20 00

Examination at close of term 10 00

$130 00

Good accomodations for board and lodging in the vicinity
of the College may be secured at $4.00 a week and upwards.
Lists of places where board and rooms are offered will be
sent on application to the Secretary. Students will be as-
sisted in finding reliable boarding houses by applying at the
office of the Central Y. M. C. A., the building of which is
next door to the College.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904- 1 905] WBSTKRN RESERVB UNIVERSITY 249

Many students earn board, or lodging, or both, by wait-
ing on table, clerking in family hotels, running elevators,
caring for lawns and furnaces, or similar work. The of-
ficers of the College, however, cannot undertake to provide
such work. Students who wish to help themselves in this
way should be on hand a few days before the opening of the
School and make a personal canvass.

SOCAL LIFE

The College aims to surround its students with the best
influences, and to open to them opportunities for social and
intellectual culture. During the session of 1896-97, a flour-
ishing Dental society was organized for the purpose of plac-
ing serious responsibilities upon the students and of incul-
cating true professional ideals. Each year this society elects
its own ofiicers, and the President is made curator of the
College museum, which office he holds during the college
year. A musical club is one of the interesting organizations
for those who possess musical talent. Other societies and
organizations exist among the students. Many of them be-
come members of the Young Men's Christian Association
and thus have use of a fine gymnasium and other means of
amusement and recreation. A special rate of membership
is made to the College students.

Students in the Dental Department share in University
athletics, participating in football, baseball, and track-team
contests. The students of the Dental Department also have
a representative on the Board of Editors of the Reserve
Weekly and of the Students' Annual, the "Reserve."

So fax as possible, students should have their mail ad-
dressed to their residences.

For further information, address the Secretary, The Col-
lege of Dentistry, Western Reserve University, Cleveland,
Ohio, All inquiries are gladly answered.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

250 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-1905

THE LIBRARY SCHCXDL

GENERAL STATEMENT

The establishment of this school was rendered possible
by the generous gift in February, 1903, of one hundred
thousand dollars from Mr. Andrew Carnegie to form an en-
dowment fund.

Its purpose is to give a thorough course in training for
library work. While, as is eminently proper in a school so
established and endowed, special attention will be given to
training for work in our rapidly developing system of public
libraries, the interests of college, endowed, and other libraries
will not be neglected.

' The school opened September 20, 1904, with fourteen
students in the junior year and fifteen special students tak-
ing a portion of the work. The special students are, with
one exception, from the Cleveland libraries which co-
operate in the work of the school.

Only the junior courses of study are given in 1904-1905.
The senior course will be given for the first time in 1905-
1906.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WBSTBRN RBSBRVB UNIVERSITY 25 1

FACULTY

Charles Frankun Thwing, D. D. LL. D., 55 Bellflower Av.

President,

William Howard Brett, A. M., 205 Wood St.

Dean of Library School.

Lecturer on Library Architecture, History, and Administration,

Electra Coluns Doren, 855 Fairmount St

Head Instructor and Librarian.

Criticism and Selection of Books, Library Organisation, History,

and Administration.

Esther Crawford, B. L., 855 Fairmount St.

Instructor in Classification and Cataloguing,
Linda Anne Eastman, 855 Fairmount St.

Instructor in Library Extension and Supervision, History, Reports

and Statistics:
Julia Margaret Whittlesey, B. L., B. L. S., 27 Oakdale St.

Instructor in Order and Accession Records, Duplicates and Gifts,

Serials, Loan Systems.
Edward Christopher Williams, B. L., 1668 Lamont St.

Instructor in Trade and National Bibliography, Order Department,

Reference Work,
Allen Dudley Severance, A. M., B. D., 1981 Euclid Av.

Instructor in General and Special Bibliography.
Charles Orr, 1662 Lamont St

Lecturer on History of Libraries, Book Clubs and Book Collecting.
Azariah Smith Root, A. M., Oberlin, Ohio.

Lecturer on Book Printing and Illustrating.
Margaret Mann, Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Instructor in Public Documents.

Grace Elstner Woodard, B. Pd., Ann Arbor, Mich.

Instructor in Bookbinding.

Euphemia Louise Power, 50 Landon St

Instructor in Work with Children.

Caroline Burnite, 223 Slater Av.

Lecturer on Work with Children.

Adelaide Frances Evans, 59 Knox St

Secretary and Reviser.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

252 THB LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-I905

STUDENTS

JUNIOR STUDENTS

Edna Isabel Allyn, 278 Harkness Av.

Ph. B., Hiram College, 1882, post-graduate work; M. A., Columbia Univer-
sity, 1903; librarian Iowa Sute Industrial School, 1008-04.

Mrs. Julia Concannon, Guilford House, Bellflower Av.

Graduate High School, Kankakee, III.; organizer library of Yankton Col-
lege, 1900; Wisconsin Summer Library School, 1901; organizer library
of Spearfish State Normal, 1901-02; librarian Hearst Free Library, Lead,
S. Dak., 1902—

Elizabeth Bragdon Doren, 855 Fairmount St.

Graduate Normal School, Dayton; Oberlin College, 1896-97; Leland Stan-
ford, Jr., University, 1897-99; student assistant, Oberlin College Library,
1896-97; custodian Sutro Library, San Francisco, 1900; Iowa Summer
Library School, 1901; library student, Dayton Public Library, 1908.

Hortense Foglesong, 864 Stark Av.

Graduate High School and Miami Commercial College, Dayton; Harvard
Sinnmer School, 1895 and 1900.

Richard Alexander Lavell, 54 Hough Fl.

B. A., University of Minnesota, 1904; circulating department Minneapolis
Public Library, 1901-04.

Frances Henrietta Lynch, 40 Knox St

Miss Buckinghanrs private school, 1891-94, 1896-96; Rideau Street Convent;
Ottawa, Ont., 1894-95; A. B., Smith College, 1900.

Zana Kate Miller, Guilford House, Bellflower Av.

Graduate of Downer College, seminary department, 1892; Ferry Hall Semi-
nary, Lake Forest, 111., 1892-94; Wisconsin Summer Library School,
1901, 1902; assistant Wisconsin Free Library Commission, one year; as-
sistant at Armour Institute, five months; librarian Neenah (Wis.) Public
Library until July, 1904.

Magdaline Rutan Newman, 843 Fairmount St

Graduate Mechanicsburgh High School; Ohio Normal University, 1891 and
1893; Ohio Wesleyan University, 1894-96; Ohio Sutc University, 1900-01,
1903-04.

Ernest James Reece, 59 Beersford PL, East Cleveland.

Ph. B., Adclbert College, 1908.

Frances Elizabeth Root, 855 Fairmount St.

Oberlin College, 1899; A. 6., Wells College, 1902; assistant Lorain Public
Library, 1903.

Helen J. Stearns, Guilford House, Bellflower Av.

Moravian Seminary, Bethlehem, Pa., 1888-86; University of Denver, 1888-
1900; private tutors, Germany, 1900-01; University of Chicago, summer
of 1904.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RKSERVK UNIVERSITY 253

Eliza Ellen Townsend» 855 Fairmount St.

Graduate of Keokuk (Iowa) High School, 1897; six years Unirersity of
Chicago Extension Lectures; Iowa Summer Library School, 1908, 1904;
assistant Keokuk Public Library, 1908-04.

Carl Peter Paul Vitz, 45 Marvin St.

A. B., Adelbert College, 1904; Cleveland Public Library, 1898-1904; assist-
ant Hatch Library, 1908-04.

Martha Wilson, Guilford House, Bcllflower Av.

High School, Flora, III.; graduate Lester Seminary, Holden, Mo., 1890;
University of Chicago, 1901.

Graduate Cleveland High School; New York State Library Summer School,

SPECIAL STUDENTS

By Special arrangement for the Cleveland Public and Adelbert
College libraries, the following assistants from these libraries are
also taking partial courses, with the privilege of taking a longer
time to complete the full course:

Jane Thompson Beavis, 19 Walker St.

Graduate Cleveland High School, Cleveland Public Library, 1900 —

Sarah Elizabeth Cotter, 42 Archwood Av.

Graduate Ravenna High School; Oberlin College, 1899-1900; Cleveland
Public Library, 1900 —

Mary Isabel Davis, 8 Tumbull Terrace, West Roy St.

rraduate Cleveland High School; New Yor
1908; Cleveland Public Library, 1900—

Edith Leona Eastman, 161 Avondale Av., Glenville, O.

Graduate Glenville High School; College for Women, Western Reserve
University, 1900-04; C. P. L. Summer School, 1900; Adelbert College
Library, 1900 —

Juliet Alice Handerson, 444 Dunham Av.

B. L., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1908; Cleveland
Public Library, 1902—

Lura Lowell Haupt, 59 Chapman A v., East Cleveland.

B. A., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1899; Cleveland
Public Library, 1900—

Elizabeth Hubbell, Wickliffe, O.

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1908; Cleveland
Public Library, 1908—

Roena Alice Ingham, 153 Rhodes Av.

Graduate Cleveland High School; C. P. L. Summer School, 1898; Cleve-
land Public Library, 1897 —

Stella Charlotte Norton, 901 Crawford Rd.

Graduate Cleveland Normal School; Ph. B., Oberlin College, 1900; Cleve-
land Public Library, 1902 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

254 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-I905

Ada MuUins Pierson, 150 Harkness At.

Graduate Oevdand High School; Cleveland Public Library, 1899 —

Paulina Reich, 186 Woodbridgc Av.

Graduate Clereland High School; C. P. L. Summer School* 1900; Clere-
land Public Library, 1900—

Qara Risdon, 108 Edgewood PL

Ph. B., College for Women, Western Reserve University, 1902; Adelbert
College Library, 1901; Cleveland Public Library, 1902—

Bessie Hunt Shepard, The Pelton, 187 Jennings Av.

Graduate Ware (Mass.) High School; C P. L. Summer School, 1900; Qeve-
land Public Library, 1900—

Mabel Clare Smith, 99 Mt Vernon St

Graduate Cleveland High School, College for Women, Western Reserve
University, 1898-99; Cleveland Public Library, 1908—

Caroline Isabel Wales, 40 Knox St

Toledo High School; Toledo Normal School, one year; Ursuline Convent,
two years; Toledo Public Library, 1889 —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 255

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

All candidates for admission are expected to bring a ma-
turity and a preparation which will fit them for work equal
to that in graduate schools. Fitness will be determined by an
examination which will be required of all. It will include
literatute; history, both general and current; general in-
formation concerning the sciences and arts; and a reading
knowledge of two languages other than English. The ex-
aminations will be held in Qeveland on Tuesday and Wed-
nesday, June 20 and 21, 1905. A fee of fifty cents will be
charged to those taking the examination in Qeveland. For
the convenience of applicants living at a distance, arrange-
ments may be made to hold the examinations on the same
days at other places. The request for such an arrangement
should be made at the time of filing the application. Any
additional expense for such examinations will be borne by
the applicant. In the event that the class is not filled from
the number of those taking this examination, another exam-
ination will be held on Thursday and Friday, September 7
and 8.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

256 THJt LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-1905

COURSE OF STUDY

JUNIOR YEAR

Courses

Reference Work and Bibliography i, 2

General and Special Bibliography i

Library Publications i

Selection of Books i

Classification i

Cataloguing i

Public Documents i

Loan Work and Distributing Systems i

Library Records i

Library Office Routine i

Bookbinding I

Library Organization and Administration 1-32, 7a

Library History 1-3

Work with Children i

Note Taking and Library Hand 1-2

Lectures i

Practical Work i

SENIOR YEAR*

Reference Work and Bibliography 3

General and Special Bibliography 2, 3

Library Publications 2

Selection of Books 2

Classification 2, 3

Cataloguing 2

Indexing i

Public Documents 2

Book-buying I

Printing and Editing i

Library Organization and Administration 3b-6, 7b

Library History 4-7

Lectures 2

Practical Work 2

•The Senior conne will be given fint in 1906-00, and at the date of
going to press many details are still to be arranged.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 257

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

BIBUOGRAPHIC COURSES

REFERENCE WORK AND BIBUOGRAPHY

MR. WILLIAMS.

1. Reference Work. A study of the standard works of reference,
as the general and special encyclopaediaSi dictionaries, annuals, in-
dexes to periodicals, ready reference manuals of every kind, and
the more important newspapers and periodicals. Works of a sim-
ilar scope will be compared, and the limitations of each pointed
out. Lists of questions to be solved by the use of the works studied
will be given, and the methods of finding the answers discussed in
class. The aim of this course is not only to promote familiarity
with a considerable number of well-known reference works, but also
to give the student some idea of method in the handling of books,
to familiarize him with the use of indexes, tables of contents, and
varying forms of arrangement, and finally, to suggest some methods
of comparison and evaluation. 39 hours.

2. Bibliography. A study of the trade and national bibliography
of the United States, England, France, and Germany, with a hasty
survey of the other European countries. Special attention will be
given to the United States and England, and to the bibliography of
government publications. Familiarity with the works studied will
be induced by practical problems. Special topics will be treated
also, as the scope and utility of bibliography, bibliographical abbrevia-
tions, the limitations of trade bibliography, etc. The aim of this
course is to give the student a practical knowledge of the trade
books which may be useful in the work of the order department, and
at the same time to furnish a basis for the advanced work of the
second year. 14 hours.

3. Advanced Reference Work and Bibliography. This work,
while based upon courses i and 2 in reference work and bibliography,
differs radically from these in scope and method. It is designed
to acquaint the student with the bibliographical resources of many

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

258 THB LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-I905

important subjects, and as far as possible to bring him into actual
contact with the important indexes, bibliographies, repertories, col-
lections, society publications, periodicals, and source books of
various kinds. Emphasis will be laid upon the subjects regarded
as most important from the standpoint of the American library.
30 hours.

GENERAL AND SPECIAL BIBUOGRAPHY

MR. SEVERANCE

1. Bibliography. This course will treat of elementary bibliog-
raphy and will introduce students to : (a) bibliographies of bibliog-
raphy, (b) library catalogues under their bibliographical aspect,
(c) encyclopaedias bibliographically considered, (d) selected lists of
"best books," and (e) national bibliographies (trade catalogues),
both retrospective and current. 12 hours.

2. Advanced Bibliography. The advanced course in bibliography
will be an expansion of the work of the first year. Especial stress
will be laid upon subject bibliography, and particular attention will
be paid to bibliographies in foreign languages. Practical problems
will be investigated and the attempt will be made to familiarize stu-
dents with the more important works actually used in scholarly in-
vestigation. 12 hours.

3. Bibliography of science and useful arts. (Unassigned.)

LIBRARY PUBUCATIONS

MISS DOREN

1. American Publications. Seminar each month for report
and discussion of library publications, reports, catalogues, bulletins,
special lists, and other subjects of kindred nature. 10 hours.

2. Foreign Pubucations. Continuation of course i with which
it alternates fortnightly. 10 hours.

SELECTION OF BOOKS

miss DOREN
MISS WHITTLESEY

I. The course in book selection will be conducted as a weekly
reading seminar. It will be based upon (a) observation and report
upon local community's conditions, interests, and book or read-
ing privileges; (b) evaluation of books by classes with reference
to content and treatment, and types and grades of readers. Also
critical study of American periodical literature, especially in regard

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 259

to book reviews. Annotation developed. Special emphasis will be
placed upon current publications and the relation to current events.
43 hours.

2 (a). Annotation continued together with critical study of Eng-
lish and foreign periodicals, having special reference to book re-
views. Group study of great books with special reference to the
effectiveness of literature. Study of book needs of a large city pop-
ulation.

(b). Study and grouping of English fiction (including transla-
tions) ; compilation of special lists. 45 hours.

TECHNICAL COURSES*

CLASSinCATION

MR. BRETT (3)
MISS CRAWFORD (l, 2)

I (a). Elementary Course. The Decimal Classification (Dew-
ey) and Expansive classification (Cutter) will be used as text-books,
upon bases of subject relationships.

(b). Book Numbers. For book numbers the Simplified Library
School rules will be taken as a convenient text, accompanied by the
Cutter and the Cutter-Sanbom tables. Full notes on variations for
public library and for college usages will be given, a and b, 45 hours.

2. Systems op CXassification. The co.urse will lay special
emphasis upon the practical work of classifying under supervision in
a branch of the public library and the library of Adelbert College.
In addition, there will be a course of lectures on the application of
fundamentals to the needs of special collections such as music, art,
portraits, clippings, etc. Both the Decimal and the Expansive classi-
fications will be used as texts.

3. Advanced Course. The classification of knowledge.

*In addition to regular classroom practice in technical subjects^ practical work
will be assigned in the Public Library and its branches, and in the Adelbert
College Library.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

26o THB LIBRARY SCHOOL [l994-I905

CATALOGUING

MISS CRAWFOKD

I (a). Elementary Course. Special emphasis will be laid upon
the perception of underlying principles rather than the following of
any one code of rules. But the Simplified Library School rules.
Cutter's Rules for a dictionary catalogue, A. L. A. Rules and A. L.
A. List of subject headings will be used as convenient bases for con-
structing the codes to be used in the local college and branch
libraries in which the instruction given in the class room will be
exemplified. Instruction will be confined to dictionary cataloguing
during the junior year, and will cover the usual points of author,
title, imprint, notes, and added entries of all kinds.

Instruction and practice will include handwritten, typewritten and
duplicated cards, the latter making use of various printed cards now
available.

(b). Alphabeting. Cutter's rules will be used as text, with
variations where deemed advisable. In addition to the regular
practice, each student will share the work of card-filing in the
library catalogs and all work will be inspected, a and b, 75 hours.

2. Advanced Course. An amplification of the principles laid
down in course i, and their application to problems of library
expansion such as branches, stations and departments and to special
collections such as music and art. Qassed cataloguing will be given
due attention and comparison of codes will be continuous through-
out the course. Practical work in cataloguing under supervision
will be an important feature and the use of printed cards and other
cooperative aids will be exemplified. 60 hours.

INDEXING

MISS CRAWFORD

I. The principles of mdexing will be deduced and differentiated
from those of cataloguing and the applications indicated for books,
clipping files, and official records, such as those of executive boards,
legislative bodies, and others. 10 hours.

PUBUC DOCUMENTS

MISS MANN

I. The work in public documents is intended to familiarize stu-
dents with the publications of the government through a study of
the methods employed in printing, binding, indexing and distributing

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 261

these documents, and by an examination of the methods of reporting
the work carried on by ^Congress and the executive departments, to-
gether with a brief history of the organization of these depart-
ments. ID hours.
2. Foreign documents (to be assigned).

LOAN VORK AND DKTRffiUTING SYSTEMS

MISS WHITTLESEY
MISS EASTMAN

I. This will involve the comparative study of types of loan sys-
tems, the subsidiary work in connection with book circulation such
as registration, loan statistics, health reports, prevention of con-
tagion, care of shelves, training of pages, contact with the public and
the varied means of bringing books to public attention and use.
Students will have practice in connection with the various branches
of the Cleveland Public library and with Adelbert College library.
12 hours.

LIBRARY RECORDS

MISS WHITTLESEY

I (a). Order Work. This will include instruction and practice
in the use of trade bibliographies, the technical routine and the
records necessary for intelligent and systematic conduct of book-
buying in public and college libraries.

(b). Accessioning. The A. L. A. Standard and condensed acces-
sion books and rules will be used as texts for instruction. Attention
will also be paid to other ways of keeping the accession records
than by accession books.

(c). Serials. The ordering, receipt, acknowledgment, and care
of all serial publications, so far as their treatment varies from that
of other books.

(d). DuPUCATES AND GiFTS. A resumc of policies and sug-
gestions for practice in the average public or college library. 18
hours.

BOOK-BUYING

MR. BRETT (or MISS DOREN)

I. A supplementary course to selection of books, dealing with
book collecting as a commercial and economic problem; apportion-
ment of book fund to various classes of books, taking into considera-

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

262 THB LIBRARY SCHOOL [l904-I9<^5

tion such factors as book markets and the local needs and interests ;
apportionment for older standard works, aqd current publications;
selection from second-hand lists; American and English editions,
and importations. 5 hours.

PRINTING AND EDITING

[unassigned]
I. Preparation of copy; fonts of type; principles of composition,
and design of page; methods of book illustrating; class visits to
local publishing houses. 5 hours.

LIBRARY OFnCE ROUTINE

MR. BRETT
MISS EVANS

I. This course includes a resume of business principles and ethics,
methods, correspondence forms, filing systems, proofreading, and
kindred topics. 4 hours.

BOOKBINDING AND REPAIR

Miss WOODARD

I. A practical course describing the materials, tools and suc-
cessive processes of bookbinding, and illustrating them by actual
work. The necessary records and directions for sending books to
and receiving them from the bindery. 10 hours.

ADMINISTRATION

UBRARY ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION

MR. BRETT (l, 2, 4, $)

MISS DOREN (3)
MISS EASTMAN (6, 7)

1. The Government of Libraries. The relations of the librarian
to the library board and the library staff.

2. Architecture. Principles of library planning as applied to
smaller libraries and branch libraries.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESBRVB UNIVERSITY 263

3. The Small Library, (a) Interior economy and administration
for despatch of library routine and direction of work in all depart-
ments, having in view the most efficient and economical service to
the public.

The problems of organization and administration of a small library
to be worked out and submitted in diagram from observation and
practice at the various stations and branches of the Cleveland Public
Library.

Courses i-3a, 45 hours.

(b) The same problems will be worked out constructively for
public libraries varying in respect to size, type, and social conditions
of the community served.

4. Support, Civic Functions. Legislation, founding, funds, en-
dowment, civic and educational inter-relation.

5. Library Architecture. Housing of books; library buildings
and equipment. Special attention to the problems of the larger
libraries.

6. Extension and Supervision. The problems of supervision
and extension as applied to the individual library; departments,
branches and stations, exhibits, museums and galleries, library
lectures, work with the schools, clubs, factories, social settlements,
home libraries, special work for the blind, civic betterment.

7. Reports and Statistics, (a) An analytical and constructive
study of reports and statistics in their vital relation to the practical
work of the library, (b) Compilation and comparative study of
library, educational and social statistics.

Courses 3b-7, 35 hours.

LIBRARY HISTORY

MR. BRETT (l)

MR. ORR (2)

MISS DOREN (3, 4)

MR. ROOT (5)
MISS EASTMAN (7)

I. General. Public libraries in America. History of library leg-
islation.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

264 THB LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-I905

2. History, functions, and relations of proprietary and endowed
libraries in America. Ohio Library commission. Ohio State library.

3. Library schools and associations.
Courses 1-3, 8 hours.

4. History of the transmission of learning; printing and writing
materials; bookbinding; the book trade.

5. History of the Printed Book. A course of lectures treat-
ing of the origin of printing, the development of the art, notable
printers and publishers, and the methods of printing and publishing
establishments of the present day. Practical exercises and the prep-
aration of papers on topics suggested by the lectures.

6. History of Education (to be arranged).

7. Foreign libraries; English and Continental libraries; foreign
bibliographical societies and library associations; library training
abroad.

Courses 4-7, 35 hours.

UrORK WITH CHILDREN

MISS POWER
MISS BURNITE

Methods and aims in work with children, principles of book selec-
tion, planning and equipment of children's rooms, the story hour,
home libraries, summer playground work, children's reference work,
simplified cataloguing of juvenile books. This is not a sufficiently
extensive course for those intending to specialize as children's librari-
ans, but such a general survey of the work as should be had by every
intelligent library worker. 12 hours.

MISCELLANEOUS

LECTURES

Lectures will also be given by members of the Library school
faculty and others on the following subjects:

1. Library advertising: foreign books in American libraries;
book plates; book collecting; limited editions; special collections;
state libraries. 12 hours.

2. Special collections, as in law, technology, music, art; state
libraries; state library commissions; museums. 10 hours.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-I905] WBSTERN RBSKRVK UNIVERSITY 265

NOTE TAKING AND LIBRARY HAND

MISS CRAWFORD

1. Note-taking. Lecture notes of individual students will be
scanned occasionally with the aim of developing in each student the
power of quick perception of essentials, their concise statement and
orderly preservation.

2. Library Handwriting. Students are advised to acquire a good
library handwriting before entering the school, as no time will be
set aside for definite practice. The date at which actual record work
may be entrusted to the student will be influenced by the excellence
of his handwriting. Equal emphasis will be laid upon script and
print forms. The school will furnish models to any accepted appli-
cant upon receipt of postage.

Ability to use the typewriter will be expected of each student, but
no time will be set aside for instruction in its use. It is recom-
mended that the skill be acquired before entrance.

PRACTICAL UrORK

1-2. A certain amount of practical work will be required in the
Cleveland libraries; this will be planned primarily for the benefit
of the students rather than the libraries, and only such work will
be required as seems necessary to a practical knowledge of each
subject

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

266 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904— 1905

GENERAL INFORMATION

LIBRARY VISITS

The Easter recess will be occupied by a trip in whicfa
a series of libraries will be visited for purposes of study
and comparison. These journeys and the visits to the
libraries will be under the direction of members of the
faculty; they are regarded as an important part of the in-
struction and all students are expected to take them. Two
trips will be planned which will be taken on alternate years
and will together include the libraries of Boston and other
important New England cities, New York, Newark, Phila-
delphia, Washington, Baltimore and Pittsburgh. Thus dur-
ing a two years' course the student will have an opportunity
of visiting and studying the most important libraries of the
Eastern States. The expense of these trips will be from
sixty to seventy-five dollars each.

LOCATION OF THE SCHOOL

The school occupies commodious rooms in Adelbert
Hall on the college campus. These include a school room
with a reference library, lecture room, offices for the faculty,
and other necessary rooms, and provide satisfactorily for
the work of the school and the comfort of the students.

ENDOWMENT

The endowment is $100,000, the gift of Mr. Andrew
Carnegie, the income of which is used for current expenses
of the school.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1 905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 267

LIBRARIES

The school has a conveniently arranged reference library
for the use of the students. This includes the important
reference works, such as the American, English, German,
and French trade bibliographies, encyclopaedias, dictionaries,
catalogues, and bibliographical and bibliothecal books and
periodicals. This will be increased from year to year. A
collection of books is being made, sufficiently comprehensive
to exemplify the problems of classification and cataloging,
which will be kept unstamped and unlabeled for the use of
the students.

The students will also have the use of the following
libraries for study and reference, and will be expected to do
a portion of their reference work in them :

The Hatch library of Adelbert College occupying a
library building on the campus within convenient reach of
Adelbert Hall and having a collection of 50,000 volumes.
This is a valuable general reference library, and includes
important special collections in literature, philosophy, the
French Revolution, and much valuable bibliography.

The Public library numbering 235,000 volumes, five
branches, seven sub-branches and thirty-six stations.

The Western Reserve Historical library near the campus,
with a collection of over 20,000 volumes, mainly local history
and genealogy, with many manuscripts and an interesting
museum.

The following, and several other libraries in the city, while
only open for the use of members, may be visited and in-
spected by the students : —

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

268 THE LIBRARY SCHOOL [1904-I905

The library of the Medical Library Society of over 10,0000
volumes, 586 Prospect St.

The Qeveland Law library of 20,000 volumes in the
Court House.

These various libraries offer the opportunity to study fair
examples of most of the important types of American
libraries.

The extensions of the Public library rendered possible
by the gift of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars from
Mr. Andrew Carnegie for the purpose of building seven
branch libraries, will furnish an object lesson in library
planning, building and organization. One of these branches
is completed and in successful operation and as this goes
to press another is about to be dedicated, two others are in
process of erection and plans for a fifth made.

UNIVERSITY ADVANTAGES
Students of the Library School are admitted without
extra charge to such classes in Adelbert College, the
College for Women, and the Graduate School, as they are
fitted to enter. They also have the privilege of attending
public lectures given at Adelbert College, the College
for Women and Case School of Applied Science. The
gymnasium of Adelbert College and that of the College for
Women will be available for the use of the students.

GRADUATION AND DEGREE

The requirements for graduation are the satisfactory com-
pletion of the junior and senior courses of study and the
presentation of a satisfactory bibliography and a thesis upon
subjects chosen with the approval of the faculty. The de-
gree of Bachelor of Library Science will be conferred upon
graduates of the school.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 269

EXPENSES

The fee for tuition is one hundred dollars per year. This
fee is payable fifty dollars at the beginning of the year, and
fifty dollars at the beginning of the second half-year in
February. The expense for stationery and other material
used should not exceed twenty-five dollars per year; the
cost of the necessary books for the entire course will prob-
ably not exceed the same amount. No matriculation fee
will be charged.

Beginning with Commencement, 1906, a graduation fee
will be charged.

Rooms and board may be procured in the vicinity of the
University for from $5 to $8 a week.

For further information address the Dean, W. H. Brett,
Adelbert Hall, Western Reserve University.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

GENERAL SUMMARY
TRUSTEES^ INSTRUCTORS AND OTHER OFFICERS

Trustees.

Western Reserve University only 7

Adelbert College only 7

Members of Both Corporations 17

— 31
Advisory Councii. (College for Women) 29

Corresponding Members 16

— 44

Instructors.

Professors 56

Associate Professors 6

Assistant Professors 11

Instructors 27

Lecturers 9

Demonstrators 31

Assistants 21

Non-Residentlvecturers (1908-1904) 1

— 162

Librarians and Library Assistants 4

Other Officers 14

— 18

Total 180

STUDENTS

Adelbert College 260

The College for Women 242

The Graduate School 11

The Medical College 71

The Law School 126

The Dental College 79

The Library School 29

Totel 808

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

APPENDIX I

DEGREES CONFERRED AT COMMENCEMENT, (904

ADBLBBRT COLLEGE

BACHELOR OP ARTS

Ralph Ezra Chapel,

( magna cum la ude ) «
William Jay Dawley,
George Tuttlc Filius,
Ra3nnond Forest Fritz,

( magna cum laude ) ,
Emil William Guelzow,
Prank Elmer Hale,

[tnagna cum laude) ^
William Henry Charles Heinmiller,

[magna cum, laude) ^
Percy R. Jenks.

{cum laude) ^

Wade Oakly Hulbert,
Leonard Corwin Loomis,

{magna cum laude) ^
Auveme Selwyn Mann,
Emery E. Stevens,
Howard Clifford Summers,

{cum laude) ^
Carl Peter Paul Vitz,

( magna cum, laude ) ,
Raymond Crandall Warner,
Howard Rees Williams,
Charles Clarence Williamson,

{magna cum laude) ^

BACHBLORS OF I^BTTBRS

Hiram Henry Canfield,
John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr.
{cum laude) ^

Noyes Billings Prentice, Jr.,
Robert Algar Woolfolk.

BACHELORS OP PHILOSOPHY

Albert Frank Counts,
Clyde Lottridge Cummer,

{magna cum, laude) ^
Milo Hart Evans,
Robert Crosby Lowe,

{magna cum laude) ^
Arthur Fraw McArthur,
Forest Oliver March,
Victor Garfield Mills,

{magna cum laude) y
Edmond De Witt Neer,
Arthur Price Nutt,

John Frederic Oberlin,

{summa cum laude),
Raymond Patton,

{cum laude),
Frank Herson Pelton,
Frederick Early PfeiflFer,
Ulrich John PfeifiFer,
Ralph Roscoe Proctor,
Olvia Bumell Sharp,
Joseph Frank Williams,
{cum laude).

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

272

APPENDIX I

[1904-I905

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
BACHBI.ORS OF ARTS

Florence Ellinwood Allen,
Alma Gertrude Gleason,
Alice Constance Hagan,
Ethel Irene Jones,
Louise Reber Layman,
Florence Agnes Lessick,
Mary Jeannette Proudfoot,

Florence Alice Reeve,
Ruhamah Georgette Smith,
Fannie Langhome Stoney,
Mary Emily Van Epps,
Josephine Depear Walsh,
Cecily Whelan,
Ethel Ogarita Weimer.

BACHELORS OP LETTERS

Carlyne Margaret Buschman,
Agnes Mary Doster,
Fanny Alice Dunsford,
Ella Konigslow,
Rhoda Landsberg,
Irma Linn,
Emma Bean McKim,
Sarah Emily McMurray,
Wilamina Morrow,

Florence Elizabeth Myers,
Zillah Genevieve Qnayle,
Etta Anthony Sampliner,
Clara Beth Schneider,
Anna Groh Seesholtz,
Lillian Belle Stilwell,
Mary Helen Thayer,
Katie Weis,
Eleanor Worthington.

BACHELORS OP PHILOSOPHY

Katherine Evelyn CoUord,
Grayce Mildred Daniels,
Jessie Edna Daniels,
Lois Violet Ellet,
Madge Ina Ferry,
Hortense Furth,
Bessie Gilmer,
Jennie Adele Gleeson,
Susan Elizabeth Gray,
Edith Mabel Hill,

Frances Antoinette Hinde,
Mary Estelle Hopkinson,
Theresa Dorothy Luck,
Mabelle Amele Monson,
Emma May Mumaw,
Addie Ellen Oakley,
Lillian Elizabeth Oakley,
Frances Isabel Odlin,
Beulah Blanch Smith,
Mary Wittier.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
MASTERS OP ARTS

John Alvin Album, A. B.,
Charles Warner Paine, B. S.,

Carroll Adelbert Peabody, B. L.,
Raymond Vincent Phelan, Ph. B.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

273

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE
DOCTORS OF MEDICINE

Samuel Sylvester Berger,
John Henry Brett,
Shepard H. Burroughs,
Albert Emmons Connell,
John Buchanan Donaldson,
Henry George Golden, A. B.,
Isadore Jacob Goodman,
Albert Thomas Grills,
Ardon Philo Hammond,
Prank Carlton Hoskins,
Perry Firestone King, B. S..
Emanuel Manny Koblitz,
Carl Henri Lenhart, Ph. B.,
Wade Allison Lewis,
George Washington Magargee,
Sidney Morrill McCurdy,

Russell Hunter McClure,
R. M. Manley, B. S.
Karl Elmer Ochs,
Nicholas Aloysius O'Connor,
Charles Trumbo Pankhurst,
William Arthur Schlesinger,
Demba Morton Spicer,
John Alfred Staral,
Harry Minch Tarr,
Jesse Eugene Thompson,
Bert Emerson Tyler,
John Henry Wells,
Harvey Elmer Yoder,
Samuel Alexander Young,
William Otto Ziemer.

THE LAW SCHOOL
BACHELORS OP LAW

John Alvin Alburn, A. B.,

Max Leonard Bernsteen,

Clinton Lorrin Case, B. S.,

Allen Sidney Davis, B. S.,

Fred Desberg,

Eli Edwin Doster,

Walter Thomas Dunmore, A. B.,

Benjamin Peniger,

David Edward Green, B. S.,

Ben Haber, B. L.,

Ernest True Hall,

Theodore Hall, Jr., A. B.,

Hugh Edmund Hawthorne, Ph. B.,

Morris William Kastriner, A. B.,

William Kurzenbeiger,

Henry Lustig,

Eugene Curie Mathievet,

Walter Charles McClure, A. B.,

Adrian G. Newcomb,

Herman Joel Nord, Ph. B.,

Harrington Simpson,

Edward P. Strong,

Henry Young.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE
DOCTORS OF DENTAL SURGERY

Byron Hugo Bowman,
Martin Vanburen Boyd,
Arthur Ira Brown, M. D.,

{honorable mention)^
George Humphrey Camp,
Walter B. Challis,

Frank Paul Leonard,
John Francis McDonagh,
Nicholas Newbury Mooney,
Abram Wentworth Ostrander,
Joseph Norval Renouf,
Don Arthur Richards,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

274 APPENDIX I [1904-I905

Leslie Merle Christie, Harry Henry Rosenberger,

( honorable mention ) , Prank Daniel Segnr,

William Clarence Cooper, Ossip Solomon Shube,
Will Eugene Culp, {honorable tnenHon ) ,

Harry Dixon, Lauren Lindenberger Smith,

Andrews George Donaldson, Wilbur Allen Smith,

( honorable mention ) , Tyrell M . Strangways ,

Butler White Donaldson, Ross Clayton Unger,
Herbert Hamlin Dowd, {honorable mention ) ,

Otto Frances Dusek, Carl Henry Wadsworth,

John William Prasier, Edwin Wendell Walker,
Ralph Barclay Holeman. {honorable mention ) ,

Raymond Edward Jackson, Edward Arthur Womachka,

{honorable mention).

HONORS AND PRIZES

ADELBERT COLLEGE
Commencement Honors

First Honor— John Frederick Obcrlin.

Second Honor-^C&rl Peter Paul Vitz.

Third Honor— 'William Henry Charles Hein miller.

Junior Honors

Equal Scholarship Honors to
Oliver Jones, Andrew Bracken White,

Chester Marvin Wallace.

Phi Beta Kappa Society

Nominated for Membemhip, June, 1904.
SENIORS
Clyde Lottridge Cummer, Robert Crosby Lowe,

Rayman Forrest Fritz, Victor Garfield Mills,

William H. C. Heinmiller, Charles Clarence Williamson.

JUNIORS

Oliver Jones, Andrew Bracken White,

Chester Marvin Wallace.

The Two Year Honor in Chemistry to

Fred Newton Burroughs, Ernest McKelvey.

The Two Year Honor in French to

Gustav George Laubscher, Henry Albright Mattill.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 275

The Two Year Honor in German to

Gustav George Laubscher, Ford Gramlich,

Charles Orton Osborne.
The Two Year Honor in Greek to

Ford Gramlich, Howard Thomas McMyler.

The Two Year Honor in Latin to

Charles Elmer Gehlke, Howard Thomas McMyler,

Albert Ralph Stickle.
The Two Year Honor in Mathematics to

Fred Newton Burroughs, Gustav George Laubscher,

Howard Thomas McMyler.

THK HANDY PHII^OSOPHICAI, PRIZE

Carl Peter Paul Vitz.

HARRIET PBI«TON PERKINS SCHOI^ARSHIP

Oliver Jones.

PRESIDENT'S PRIZES

For the highest records for the Freshman i^ear in :
English

First Prize -^xmon Rosenthal Goldsmith.
Second Prize — ^John Howard Dellinger.
French and German (Modem Language Course)
EqucUly to

Simon Rosenthal Goldsmith and
Otto Joseph Zinner.
German ( Classical and Latin Scientific Courses)
Geoige Samuel Friebolin.
Greek

Latin
Mathematics

August John Walter Horst.
Simon Rosenthal Goldsmith.

First Prize — Simon Rosenthal Goldsmith.
Second Prize — John Howard Dellinger.

Gymnasium

Edgar Roy Wise.

Junior-Sophomore Oratorical Contest

First Junior /Vf>^— Wallace Trevor Holliday.
First Sophomore /ViV^— Eugene Everett Wolf.
Second Prize {irrespective 0/ class) —W Biter Henry Cook.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

276 APPENDIX I [1904- 1 905

THB RUPBRT HUGHES PRIZES

For the best Poem

First /Vt>tf-— waiiam Jerome Wilson.
Second Prize — Ra3rtnan Forest Fritz.

THE DEBATE PRIZE

Divided equally between

John Clayton Barclay,
Ralph Ezra Chapel,
John Adam Eisenhauer, Jr.,
Paul Marvin Pope,
Loren Edmunds Souers,
Don Rollin Sipe.

THE COIvIvEGE FOR WOMEN
THE PRESIDENT'S PRIZES

For Freshman Work in the Gymnasium

First— KviXh Shirk Allison.
Second— 'V\ot9l Ruth Schneider.

THE HOLDEN PRIZE

For the best English Essay written by a Senior or Junior

Irma Linn.

ALUB«vn ASSOQATIONS

ADELBERT COIvLEGE
President, Martyn Bonnei«l, 1872, Cleveland.
Vice President, Chas. W. Stage, 1892, Cleveland.
Recording Secretary, Oscar J. Horn, 1895, Cleveland.
Corresponding Secretary, Sherman Arter, 1886, Cleveland.
Necrologist, Rev. Wii^wam H. Jones, 1887, Cleveland.

VISITING COMMITTEE OF AI«UMNI

Rev. a. C. Ludlow, 1884, Cleveland.

J. W. McLane, 1883, Cleveland.

Rev. E. p. Ci,eavei,and, 1878, Fredonia, N. Y.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I9O4-X905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 277

THE COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
President, Mary Butler Thwino, 1901, Cleveland.
Vice President^ Norma Jbannbttb Smith, 1901, Willoughby, O.
Recording Secretary, Winifred Storer, 1900, Oeveland.
Corresponding Secretary, Inez Eccleston Haring, 1898, Cleveland.
Treasurer, Evelyn Collins Bingham, 1902, Cleveland.

finance committeb
KaTherine Croxton, 1896, Cleveland.
Edith Annette Hughes, 1899, Cleveland.

THE MEDICAL COLLEGE
President, Dr. Chari^es C. Stuart, 1895, Cleveland.
Vice Presidents, Dr. O. T. Maynard, 1884, Elyria, O.

Dr. E. H. Season, 1898, Cleveland.
Recording Secretary, Dr. G. C. Ashmun, 1873, Cleveland.
Corresponding Secretary, Dr. W. S. Hobson, 1898, Cleveland.
Treasurer, Dr. Martin Friedrich, 1894, Cleveland.

THE LAW SCHOOL
President, Wm. A. Carey, 1899, Cleveland.
Vice Presidents, Julian Tyler, 1902, Cleveland.

Vernon T. Standford, 1903.
Secretary, Albert Manning, 1898, Cleveland.
Treasurer, O^J. Horn, 1898, Cleveland.

THE DENTAL COLLEGE
President, L. L. Bosworth, D. D. S., 1897, Cleveland.
Vice President, F. L. Miles, D. D. S., 1897. Cleveland.
Secretary-Treasurer, G. A. Kennedy, D. D. S., 1895, Cleveland.

LOCAL ASSOCIATIONS

POUMDBD 1902

NEW YORK ASSOCIATION
President, Rev. Josiah Strong, D. D., 1869, New York City.
Vice President, Wm. P. Upson, 1878, New York City.
Secretary, J. T. Embry, 1899, 32 Liberty St., New York City.
Treasurer, Fred A. Dibbi«k, 1895, New York City.

■ Digitized by VjOOQ IC

278 APPENDIX I [ 1 904-1 905

WASHINGTON ASSOCIATION
I^esideni, W. H. Bai^dwin, 187 i, Washington, D. C.
Secretary, John H. Dynes, 1891, 1300 30th St., Washington, D. C.

NORTHWEST ALUMNI CLUB, CHICAGO
President, Rev. R. D. Scott, 1872, Chicago. [Chicago.

Secretary, H. W. Pierson, M. D., 1881, 809 Marshall Field Building,
Treasurer, Alice Maude McKinley, 1896, Chicago.

CINCINNATI ASSOCIATION

President, Rev. Henry M. Curtis, 187 i, Cincinnati.
Vice President, Dr. J. C. Rebvb, 1851, Dayton.
Secretary, John E. Bruce, 1876, Cincinnati.

BOSTON ASSOCIATION

President, Rbv. Edgbr S. Wibrs, 1895, Billerica, Mass. [Mass.

Secretary, Rbv. Wm. A. Knight, 1886, Brighton Parsonage, Boston,
Treasurer, Mrs. J. Allen Smith, 1897, Newton, Mass.

CLEVELAND ASSOCIATION
President, John H. Clarke, 1877, Cleveland.
Vice President, Frank S. McGowan, 1890, Cleveland.
Secretary, Sherman Artbr« 1886, Cleveland.

INDIANA ALUMNI CLUB
President, R. E. Houghton, Richmond.
Secretary, James A. Robach, 1884.

COLUMBUS ASSOCIATION
President, Ai«lbn C. Barrows, 1861, Columbus.
Secretary, Carounb Hardy, 1901, Columbus.

PITTSBURG ASSOCIATION

President, Dr. A. S. Daggette, 1881, Pittsburg.
Vice President, Dr. I. J. Mover, 1886, Pittsbui^g.
Secretary, John D. Evans, 1897, Pittsburg.
Treasurer, G. G. Turfi^by, 1879, Pittsburg.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

APPENDIX n

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE WESTERN RE-
SERVE UNIVERSITY.
We, the undersigned, Rutherford B. Hayes, William J. Boardman,
Joseph Perkins, Truman P. Handy, Gustav C. E. Weber, Samuel E.
Williamson, George H. Ely, Carroll Cutler, citizens of the State of
Ohio, with the view of forming a corporation in pursuance of the
Revised Statutes of this State of Ohio, do make, enter into and adopt
the following Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE I.
The name of the corporation shall be Western Reserve Univer-
sity.

ARTICLE II.
The said corporation shall be located in the city of Cleveland,
county of Cuyahoga, and State of Ohio.

ARTICLE III.
The purpose for which said corporation is formed is to organize,
establish and maintain in said city of Cleveland a University for
the promotion of learning by means of Departments of Medicine,
of Law, of Philosophy, of Art, of Music, and such other means of
education as may be deemed advisable by the Board of Trustees of
said corporation.

Rutherford B. Hayes,
William J. Boardman,
Joseph Perkins,
Truman P. Handy,
Gustav C. E. Weber,
Samuel E. Williamson,
George H. Ely,
Carroll Cutler.
Cleveland, April s, 1884.

AN ACT
To incorporate the Trustees of the Western Reserve College,
Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State
of Ohio, That George Swift and Zalmon Fitch, of Trumbull county :
Caleb Pitkin, .Elizur Wright, John Seward, Jr., Benjamin Fenn,
Joshua B. Sherwood and David Hudson, of Portage county; Ste-
phen I. Bradstreet and Simeon Woodruff, of Cuyahoga county;
Henry Brown and Herman Kingsbury, of Lorain county and their
successors, be, and they are hereby created a body politic and cor-
porate, to be styled the Board of Trustees of the Western Reserve
College, and by that name to remain in perpetual succession, with
full powers to sue and be sued, plead and be pleaded; to acquire,
hold, and convey property, real and personal; to have and use a
common seal ; to alter and renew the same at pleasure ; to make and

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

28o APPENDIX II [1904-I905

alter from time to time such by-laws as they may deem necessary
for the government of said institution, its officers and servants.
Provided, such by-laws are not inconsistent with the Constxtaticm
and the Laws of the United States, or of this State; also to have
power to confer on those whom they may deem worthy, all such
honors and degrees as are usually conferred in similar institutions.

Sec 2. That the said College shall be located in the township
of Hudson, in the county of Portage, and shall be erected on a plan
sufficiently extensive to afford instruction in the Liberal Arts and
Sciences, and the Trustees may, as their ability shall increase, and
the interests of the community require, erect additional departments
for the study of any or all of the liberal professions.

Sec. 3. That the Board of Trustees shall, from time to time,
appoint a President, Vice-President, and other officers and in-
structors, and also such servants of the institution as may be neces^
sary ; and shall have power to displace any or either of them for good
and sufficient reasons ; and also to fill vacancies which may happen by
resignation, death or otherwise, in said Board or among said officers
or said servants ; and also to prescribe and direct the course of study
to be pursued in said institution and its departments.

Sec. 4. The President of the College shall be ex-officio, a mem-
ber of the Board of Trustees and President of the same ; and in his
absence the Vice-President shall preside in the meeting of the Board ;
and in the absence of both the President and Vice-President the
Board shall elect one of their own members to preside for the time
being. Provided, that if any of said Trustees shall be permanently
appointed President of said College, his office of Trustee shall be
deemed vacant, and the Board of Trustees shall fill the same accord-
ingly.

Sec. 6. The Board of Trustees shall faithfully apply all funds
by them collected or received, according to their best judgment, in
erecting suitable buildings, supporting the necessary officers, in-
structors and servants, and in procuring books, maps, charts, globes,
and other apparatus necessary to the success of the institution. Pro--
vided, nevertheless, that in any case any donation or bequest shall be
made for particular purposes accordant with the design of this insti-
tution, and the Corporation. shall receive and accept the same, every
donation or bequest shall be applied in conformity to the conditions
or design expressed by the donor.

Sec. 7. The Treasurer of the institution shall always, and all

* Subsequently amended by the General Statutes of Ohio, so as to increase the
number to twenty-four and the quorum to thirteen.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905] WESTBRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 28 1

Other agents when required, before entering on the duties of their
appointments, give bonds for the security of the Corporation and of
the public in such penal sums and with such securities as the Board
of Trustees shall approve, and that all process against the Corpora-
tion shall be by summons, and the service of the same shall be by
leaving an attested copy thereof with the Treasurer, at least thirty
days before the return thereof.

WM. W. IRVIN,
Speaker of the House of Representatives.

ALLEN TRIMBLE,
January 7, 1826. ' Speaker of the Senate.

AN ACT
To amend an act entitled "An act to incorporate the Trustees of the
Western Reserve College" passed January 7th, 1826.
Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State
of Ohio, That the Trustees of the Western Reserve College shall be,
and hereby are authorized to establish the Medical Department, con-
templated by the act of which this is amendatory, in the City of
Cleveland, in the same manner and with like power to confer deg^rees
and award diplomas, as though the same department had been
established under said act hereby amended, at Hudson.

JOHN M. GALLAGHER,
Speaker of the House of Representatives.
THOMAS W. BARTLEY,
February 23d, A. D., 1844. Speaker of the Senate.

State of Ohio, Summit County, ss.

IN COURT OF COMMON PLEAS,

September Term, 1881.

Board of Trustees of the Western Reserve College, Plaintiffs. To

change name.
Journal, Vol. 24, page 191. Transcript of Journal Entry.

This cause came on to be heard upon petition of the Board of
Trustees of the Western Reserve College, a Corporation the princi-
pal office of which is located in the county of Summit, in the State
of Ohio, for a change of the name of said Corporation to Adelbert
College of Western Reserve University, and the evidence, on consid-
eration whereof the Courts find that thirty days' notice of the object
and prayer of the petitioners has been given by publication in a
newspaper of general circulation in said county, according to law,
that all of the statements in said petition contained are true, and
that there is good cause for the change of name prayed for in said
petition. It is therefore ordered by the Court that the name of said
Corporation be and the same is hereby changed from the Board of
Trustees of the Western Reserve College to Adelbert College of
Western Reserve University.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

DIRECTORY

The names of instructors and officers are printed in italics. Bach name is followed by
an abbreviation indicating the department to which the person belongs, rit: — ^A, Addbert
College; D, Dental Department: G, Graduate Department; L, Law School; L,y, Librazy
School; M, Medical College; W, College for Women.

Acker, F.— D 170 Qinton St.

Ackcrman, M.— L Adelbert Hall

Adams, E, /C.— W 46 Knox St.

Adams, P. M.— A Adelbert HaU

Ahrens, E. C— W 6 Evergreen St.

Atkins, H. i4.— W 40 Cornell St.

Akins, A. L.— W 716 Republic St.

Albl. C. J.— M 1406 Broadway

Alburn, C. R.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Alburn, L. A.— W ^. Haydn Hall

Alden, C. E.— L 70 Halscy St.

Alexander, D. G. — A.... 65 Jennings Av.

Alexander, L.— A 252 Sibley St.

Allen, A. B.— W Haydn Hall

Allen, D. P.—U 260 Euclid Av.

Allen, F. L.— A 94 Harbor St.

Allen, L. C— W 90 KenUworth St.

Allison, A. L. R. — A 92 Fourth Av.

Allison, E. N.— D 121 Chestnut St

Allison, R. S.— W Haydn Hall

AUyn, E. I.— Ly 278 Harkness Av.

Ambler. H, L.—D 176 Euclid Av.

Amerman, J. L. — h 38 Vienna St

Anderson, D. S.— I* 1066 Detroit St

Anderson, M. E. — W Guilford House

Anderson, T. B.— A...201 Adelbert St

Andrew, V.— W Haydn Hall

Andrews, E. R.— A Adelbert Hall

Andrews, W, F.— L 177 Adelbert St

Annin, E. C. — W Guilford House.

Anson, J. W.— D 57 Sibley St

An way, F. L. — D 89 Handy St

Arbuthnot, C. C— A...10 Adelbert Hall
Armstrong, T. E. — D..429J4 Superior St

Arnold, G. W.— A Rocky River

Arosemcna, L. A. — D . . 8 Royal Arms,
Handy St

Ashmun, G. C— M 794 Republic St

Atchison, J. B. — D 11 Cheshire St

Austin, J. B.—M 2230 Euclid Av.

Avery, L. C— W...657 Woodland Hills

Babbitt, S, A.—V/ 66 Mayfidd St

Bacon, J. H. — M Lakeside Hospital

Baker, E. H.—L 86 Nsntucket St

Baker, L. G.— W Guilford House

Baldwin, A. C— A....861 Crawford Rd.

Baldwin, E A.— W 745 Giddings At.

Banker, N. S.— M 175 Chestnut St

Bard, H. L.— A 1341 Lorain St

Barden, J. P. Jr.— A 201 Adelbert St

Barkley, J, C. — ^A...1406 Lexington Av.

Barnard. B. C— M 114 Whitney Av.

Barnes, O. R. — L 168 Streator Av.

Barnes, R. P. — D 11 Cheshire St

Barnctt G. F.— A Euclid Heights

Barnett H. B.— A 1640 Pearl St

Barr, L. D. — L 1812 Doan St

Barr, W. E— A 156 Murray Hill Av.

Battershell, C. F.— A West Park

Bcavis, J. T.->Ly 19 Walker St

Becker, H, ^4.— M...106 Lennox Bldg,

Beckenbach, M. F.— W 53 Fifth Av.

Bcitcr, J. R.— M 4 Wycomb PL

Bell, A. W.— A 50 Belviderc St

Bell, C. L— W 97 Fourth Av.

Bell, H. F.— A 1961 Doan St

Bemis, A. H.—A 226 E Prospect St

Benedict, C. B. — A 35 Star Av.

Bentlc, J. R.— D 827 H Prospect St

Benton, E. /.—A 3020 Euclid Av.

Bcnz, H. S.— A 10 Diamond PI.

Berkes, H. A.— A 62 Elberon St

Berman, S. L.— A 886 Woodland Av.

Bernstein, M.— L 65 Scovill Av.

Bevard, R. R.— D 98 White Av.

Bialosky, G.— W 274 Forest St

Bialosky, J.— W 778 Scovill Av.

Biddlc, F. R.— W 1264 Cedar Av.

Bill, C. P.— A 858 Logan Av.

Binkard, H. R.— D 831 Prospect St

Birge, R. //.— M 260 Euclid Av.

Bishop, H. v.— A 888 Scovill Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-I905]

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

283

Bishop. R. H. Jr.— M... 805 The Hannah

Bisaell, W. L.— C Adelbert Hall

BUckburn, H. W.— A... 1061 Doan St.

Blackman, J. C. — A Twinsburg

BUhd, E. M.— M 46 Fourth At.

Bliaa, C. E.— A 1767 Pearl St.

Bloomberg, J.— A 800 Forest St.

Boehmer, A. L. — h 166 Streator Av.

Boggs, /.— W 1267 Euclid Av.

Bolden. J. J. L.— M

260 Commonwealth Av.
Booth, C. L. — X..286 Commonwealth Av.
Borgerhoif, /. Z,.— W...8020 Euclid Av.

Bourland, B. P.— A 2662 Euclid Av.

Bourne, H, B.— W 144 Cornell St

Boyle, T. A.— A 201 Adelbert St.

Brack, M. L.— W...267 Lake View Av.
Brainerd, E. M.— W. ..217 Qinton St.

Brandt, J. H.— A 6 Wayne St

Braun, E. C— L 06 Adelbert St

Brereton, H. A.— A Adelbert Hall

Brett, W. H.— Ly 206 Wood St

Brewster, A. U— W 276 Hosmer St

Briggs, C. E. — M 118 Lennox Bldg.

Briggs, W, D.—A 2662 Euclid Av.

Broadhurst, M. R.— A

166 Murray Hill Av.

Brody, J. C— M 760 Superior St

Brooks, E R— M 102 Adelbert St

Brooks, F. M.— W 6 The Heyse

Brcvm, A. /.— D 226 Lawn St

Brown, C. A.—D 628 Prospect St

Brown, E. D. — M..Erie & St Qair Sts.

Brotvn, H. M.^D 262 Prospect St

Browne, R. E. — M 156 Cedar Av.

Brubaker, F. C— A..500 W. Madison Av.

Bruce, E. K.— A 1051 Doan St

Bruner, W. £. — M

614 New England Bldg.
Buchan, H. H.— W..272 Harkncss Av.
Buckmaster, J. A. — W... Guilford House

Budde, I. F.— W 818 Quinby Av.

Buell, W. A.— A 1256 Curtis Av.

Bukstein, F.— A 34 Paddock PI.

Bunts, F, E.— M 275 Prospect St

Burgess, H. A. — A ... 78 Brightwood Av.

Burnite, C— Ly 228 Slater Av.

Burroughs, F. N. — A Collin wood

Burton, H. P.— A 42 Clarkwood St

Bushncll, F. C— W 648 Castle Av.

ButU, D. A.— W 485 Sibley St

Cadle, T P.— A West Mentor

Cain. C, H.— A 44 Norwood St

Caldwell, E C— L Adelbert Hall

Camp, J. W.— L 04 Roselle Av.

Campbell, G. O.— W 748 Republic St

Campbell, H. G.— L..21 Champan St,
E. Oeveland, O.

Campbell, R. S.— A 2200 Superior St

Carabin, M. A.— W Guilford House

Games, W. B.— A 201 Adelbert St

Carpenter, A. G.—h 125 Streater Av.

Carroll, N. R.— A 104 Melrose St

Carter, E. P.— M 260 Euclid Av.

Cart Wright A. A,— A Adelbert Hall

Case, C. J.— A 147 Cornell St

Casta, P. M.—D 710 Schofield Bldg.

Cavanaugh, F.— W 131 Fourth Av.

Chamberlin, W, B. — M. ..275 Prospect St

Chandler, B. 3f.— W 804 Case Av.

Chandler, C. A.— L The Hadden

Chapman, H. B. — L . . . E. Cleveland, O.
Chapman, M. E— W. .108 Marcelline Av.

Chappie, W. E— L Sylvania

Cheetham. A. M.— M 805 E Madison Av.

Chemey. E. J.— L 57 Woodland Ct

Chotek, L. A,— A 56 Hamlet St

Clague, L. M.— W 108 Sterling Av.

Clark, A. J.— D 175 Dodge St

Clark, C. H.— D 116 Commodore St

Clark, D. L.— A 158 Osborn St

Clark, P. S.^U 621 Rose Bldg.

Clark, M. G.— W Guilford House

Clemens, C. £.— W . . . 1008 Prospect St

Cleveland, A. M.— W 302 Bolton Av.

Clync. N. T.— L 300 Franklin Av.

C Gates, J. A. — D 45 Hough Av.

Cobb, P. M.—h 2500 Euclid Av.

Cobb, P. W.—U 3425 Euclid Av.

Coblentz, N. M.— W The Charles

Coc, C. M.— A 503 Wade Park Av.

Cogan, J. E. — M 707 Rose Building

Cohn, M. T.— A 330 Genesee Av.

Coit, L. E— W Haydn Hall

Cole, E. P.— L 130 Murray Hill Av.

Collings. R. J.— W 128 Duanc St

Collins, R. E—L

1034 Woodland Hills Av.

Collins, A. W.— Jan 106 Cornell St

Comin, H. L.— A 1812 Doan St

Conant J. L. — A 1701 Denison Av.

Concannon, J. — I.y Guilford House

Conde, E— W 33 Wellesley St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

284

DIRBCTORY

[l 904-1 905

Condon, Chas.— A 87 Grand At.

Conway, £. R.— L 12 Wade At.

Cook. M.— W GuUford Hoose

Cook. W. H.— A 724 Republic St

Cooke. C. D.— W 44 Hough At.

Copland. E. B.— W The Logan

Corlett, W. r.— M.. 538 Euclid At.

Cornell. A, E.— A 148 Taylor St.

Corrigan. F. P. — M 66 Gorman St.

C0S8. D. v.— A... 127 Murray HUl At.

Cotter, S. E. — Ly 42 Archwood At.

Counu, A. F.— L Adelbert Hall

Counu. H. P.— L Adelbert HaU

Cox, E. H.— M 513 E. Prospect St

Cox, J. D. Jr.— L »25 Euclid At.

Cox, M-— W Guilford House

Crafte. M. W.— L Nantucket St

Cranr, C— W Haydn Hall

Crapnall, A. — Custodian

5 Centennial St

Crawford, E. — Ly 855 Fairmount St

Crile. G. ff .— M 160 Kensington At.

Critchley, B. M.— W 74 Giddings At.

Cross, C. R. — L UniTersity SchooL

Crotty, A. B.— L 36 Alanson St

Crough. H.— Custodian 2 Drake St

Cummer, C. L.— M 396 Bolton At.

Curtis, M. Af.— A 43 Adelbert St

Curtis, N. F.— A 43 Adelbert St

Cushing, E. F.—VL 1160 Euclid At.

Cushing, H. F.—A 260 Sibley St

Cutis, C. H.— A 390 Melvin St

Daniels, H. L. V.— W Haydn Hall

Darby, J. £.— M. . .Doan St & Sudid At.

Davcy, W. P.— A 76 Gaylord St

Davis, E. P.— M 161 Chestnut St

Davis, H. H.— A 457 Franklin At.

Davis, L. P.— A Adelbert Hall

Davis, M. L— Ly

8 TurnbuU Terrace, West Roy St

Day, M. E. C— W 2100 Dentson At.

Day, M. F.— W Guilford Houae

Dawson, A. N. — M 305 The Hannah

Dawlcy, W. J.— L 14 Granger St

Dean, G. P. — A Fairmount

Dcbout D. B.— D 371 Euclid At.

Deeley, W. S.— D 44 Collins PL

Deering, R. IV.—W 2662 Euclid At.

Degnon, A. \V.— D 49 Mecca St

Delahunt L — W 9 Florence At.

DcLancy, M. — W 160 Huntington St

Dellinger. J. H.—A 818 Hough At.

Dembowski. S. F.— L 86 Colley St

Dennis, F.— D 11 Cheshire St

Derby, K. R.— L 173 Streator At.

DeVenne, M. L.— A.156 Murray Hill At.

DeVoe, H. L.— A 48 Harkness At.

Dickenson, 7.— M 205 Osbom BIdg.

Dickerman, J. —A 1957 Doan St

Difford. C U— M 49 Alum St

Doerr. A. L — L 1 Arcy At.

Donley. P.— A 161 Aetna St

Doolittle. G. H.— A 2839 St Clair St

Doren, E. B.— Ly 855 Fairmount St

Dor en, B, C, — Ly 655 Fairmount St

Douthitt, M.--W Guilford Hooae

Draper, C H-— A 578 Cedar At.

Dunbar. R.--A 8 Hough PL

Duncan, H. T.— L 78 Fifth St

Duty, A.— W 2577 Euclid At.

Eastman, E. L. — Ly

161 ATondale At., GleuTillc, O.

Eaton, H. L.— A 1580 Cedar At.

Ebcrt C B.— \V Guilford Hooae

Edgerton. A. R. — L Hiram House

Edwards, G. H.— W..267 E. Prospect St

Ehrgott, A. — G 173 Streator At.

Eisenbrey, A. B. — M " . . 41 The Gary

Elliot R.— W 17 Grace At,

Ellis. J. B.— D 33 Queen St

Ellis, N.— Custodian 18 Brandon St

Elson, /. A.—M 481 Wade Park Ave.

El well, W. T.— L 1917 Detroit St

Emerson, O. F. — A

98 Wadena St. E. CleTeland.

Enegren. C. L.— W Haydn HaU

English. L. M.— D 593 ScoTiU At.

Epps, S. E. v.— W 915 S. Logan At.

Epslein, L S.— L 201 Wade At.

Erwin, R. W.— A 1961 Doan St

Each. J. G.— A 8188 Doan St

Evans, A. F. — Ly 59 Knox St

Evans. H. O.— A 2214 Broadway

Fackler. J. D.— L 66 Victoria At.

Pagan. J. B. — L 1 Arey At.

Fahrenbach, W. H.— L.864 Highland At.

Parr. P.— W Guilford House

Faulhaber, C E.— L Lake At.

Fauver, C. X.— L 727 Case At.

Peil, P. N.— A 518 Giddings At.

Fiebeger. R. A.— W Guilford House

Pilson. W. C— A 45 PairchUd St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1904-1905] WESTERN RKSBRVK UNIVERSITY

285

Findlay. Wm.— Custodian 161 Cornell St.

Fischer, E. T.— A 140 Sixth Av.

Fliedner, F.—W 160 Wellington Av.

Flicdncr, G. B.— A...160 Wellington Av.

FHcdner. P. M.— W...160 Wellington Av.

Flory, W. L.— L..1S1 Murray Hill Av.

Flower, A. C— M..Eric & St Clair St.

Flower, Mrs, A, C.-7M .

Erie & St. Clair Sts.

Foglesong, H.— Ly 864 Stark Av.

Forbes, G. N.— A 101 Halsey St

Ford, C. J.—L 117 Adelbcrt St

Ford. D. B. — D 161 Lincoln Av.

Ford, H.— L 2464 Euclid Av.

Ford, J, A.—h 12« Ingleside Av.

Fosdick, F. M.— D....148 Chambers St

Foster, H. E-— W 478 Denison Av.

Fought, H. B.—D 768 Superior St

Fowler, H. AT.— W 38 Cornell St

Franke, C- T.—D 8260 Euclid Av.

Frasc, C V.— A 2217 EucUd Av.

Frasher. D. R.— M 185 Chestnut St

Frederick, M.— W Haydn HaU

Freedlander, E.-*-W 168 Putnam St

Friebolin, G. S.— A 50 Higgins St

Friedman, M.— W »6 Osbom St

Friedman, S.— W Haydn Hall

Friend, A. C— W Guilford House

Fulk, G. I^— A 174 Fairchild St

Fuller, M. W.— W.1205 E. Madison Av.

Fursdon, C. T.— A 605 Scovill Av.

Furth, C—W The Whitehall

Gaede, O. L.— A 164 Osbom St.

Gaines, H. B.— W 178 Bell Av.

Galpin, S. L.— A 1»51 Doan St

Galvin, M. B.—D 868 Woodland Av.

Gamble, J. K.— M 161 Sibley St

Gardner, G. A. H.— L....14 Hough PI.

Garman, C. C— A Eldred Hall

Garman, C. P.— A Eldred Hall

Garnctt A. C— A Wickliffc

Garrett, E. W.— A 776 Giddings Av.

Garrett, N. L.— W 776 Giddings Av.

Garvcr. B. E-— M 41 The Gary

Gasser, J. F.— A 162 Osbom St

Gehlke, C. E-— A 40 Abram St

George, E. A.— A 101 Burton St

Gerow, W. B.—D 121 Chestnut St

Gerstenberger, L. U—h 1»0 Oakdale St

Geuder, C. C—W 222 Genesee Av.

Gibbons, C. E.— A Euclid Heights

Gilbreath, B. R.— D Collinwood

Gilchrist, H.— W 870 Amesbury Av.

Gilgen, A. L.— W Guilford House

Gill, IV. B.— M 207 Osbom Bldg.

Gillie, W. H.— A 117 Adelbert St

Gillin, E. L.— W 91 Quincy St

GiUin, G. M.— W »1 Quincy St

Godfrey, W. R.— A 68 Quimby Av.

Golden, T. D.— A 148 Cornell St

Goldberger, E. I. —A

257 Commonwealth Av.

Goldsmith, A.— W 27 Fifth Av.

Goldsmith, S. R.— A 250 Kcnnard St

Goodman, E. D.— W Guilford House

Gotschall, G. C— D....11 Cheshire St

Gramlich, F.— A 2103 Doan St

Green, E. G.— W Haydn Hall

Greene, T. E. Jr.— L 306 Bell Av.

Greenwood, M.— D 198 Bridge St

Griswold, R. H.— A Euclid Heights

Gruener, H.— A 43 Knox St

Guinther, P. E.— A 95 Mayfield St

Gunn. J. J.-A 163 Dibble Av.

Guthman, S.— L 80 Nantucket St

Hackett. S. A.— L... -28054 Streator Av.

Madden, A.—h 1670 Lexington Av.

Hagan, M. E.— W 886 WiUson Av.

Haines, A. W.— D 287 Prospect St

Hall.F. S.— A 95 Mayfield St

Hall, H. E.— A 1463 Cedar Av.

Hamaun, C. ^.— M 661 Prospect St

Hamilton, G. K.— W Haydn Hall

Handerson, J. A.— Ly..444 Dunham Av.

Handmacher, E.— W 2260 Broadway

Handyside, D. P.— A 26 William St

Handyside, J. Jr.— A 26 William St

Hanson, E. M.— W....2220 Willson Av.

Hanson, L. A.— W 2220 Willson Av.

Haring, C. E.— A..166 Murray Hill Av.
Haring, H. A, — Treasurer. .78 Cornell St

HarHs, C.—K 77 Cutler St

Harris, J. M.— A 77 Cutler St

Hart A. M.— W 62 Alameda Av.

Hartshorn, G. E.— L

181 Murray Hill Av.

Raskins, H. D.—M 41 Bolton PI.

Hasse, P. F.— A 1667 Pearl St

Hasselman. W. H.— A

127 Murray Hill Ay.

Hassler, L. M.— W 89 Williams St

Hastings. H. W.— A 86 Nantucket St

Haupt L. L. — Ly .•'V^

69 Chapman Av., E. Cleveland, O.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

286

DIRECTORY

[1904-I905

Hauaer, E. S.— W Haydn Hall

Haydn, H. C— W 178 Bcllflowcr Av.

Haydn, H. Af.— W..lie Ridgewood Av.

Haymaker. E. O.— W Guilford House

Hedlcy, G. S.— A 42 Afton PI.

Heffner, L. M.— L 208 Adelbcrt St

Hcidcnrcich, E.— W 18 Selden Av.

Heinemann, D. — W Guilford House

Heller, W.— D The Gladstone

Hcnning. H. S.— W Guilford House

Henry, P. A.—l> 164 Kensington St.

Herr, N.— W 1276 Scranton Av.

Herrick, E. M. — D...62 Aubumdale Av.
Hcrrick, F, C.--M....112 Lennox Bldg.

Hernck, P. H.—A 48 Cutier St.

Herrick, P. R.—h 449 Russell Av.

Herrick, H. W.— A 8006 Euclid Av.

Hetrcl, H. M.— W Haydn Hall

Heydenburk, /.— W Haydn Hall

Hill. A. H.— 1< 1 Arey Av.

Hillis, D. P.— M Hiram House

Hipp, E. M.— W 1012 Franklin Av.

Hird, E. F.— A 18 Nantucket St.

Hobson. F. A.— W 106 Oakdale St

Hobson, W, 5.— M 106 Oakdale St

Hodgeman, K. E.— A.... 1951 Doan St

Hoffman. R. W. E.— A

480 E. Madison Av.

Hofman, J. A.— M 2039 Doan St

Hogg, J. H,— L 2638 St Clair St

Holdcrman, J. F. — ^A

156 Murray Hill Av.

Hole, C. Af.— M 300 Cedar Av.

Honeywell, S. M.— W...315 Genesee Av.

Hoover, C. P.—U 702 Rose Bldg.

Hopkins, E. H.—L 84 Miles Av.

Hopkins, M. G.— W 47 Jones Av.

Hopple, E. J.— L 117 Adelbert St

Horn, C. M.— W 224 Slater Av.

Horn, C. M.— A 46 FairchUd St

Horsburgh, M. J.— W 151 Hoadley St

Horst, A. J. W.— A 6 Wain Alley

Hosford, G. C— L. .280}4 Streator Av.
Hotchkiss, S. C— M St Clair & Erie Sts.
Howard, IV. T, Jr.—M 88 Dorchester Av.

Howclls, J. A.— W Guilford House

Howk, L. E.— D 116 Commodore St

Howland, H. E.— W. .. .Guilford House.

Holland, P. — L Huron Terrace

Hubbard, T.— W Bedford, O.

Hubbell, E,— Ly Wickliffe, O.

Hubbell. F. M.— A 157 Cornell St

Huime, W. H.—W 48 Mayfield St

Humiston, W. H.— M....536 Rose Bldf.
Hundertmark. R. E. — ^A..890 Rhodes Av.

Hunter. E. J.— W 47 Hflbum Av.

Hunter, H. K.— A 28 Grumere St

Hurst, E. M.~W 924 Euclid At.

Hutchins, P, C— M 416 Rose Bldg.

Hutchins, I,. H. — D 88 Queen St

Hyatt H. E.— W 69 Bolton Av.

IngalU. N. W.— M 7 Dodge Ct

Ingenoll, /. if.— M 50 EucUd Av.

Ingham. R A. — I<y....l68 Rhodes Av.

Jackman. P. E.— W 40 BeU Av.

Jackson. F. S.— A 86 Nantucket St

Jackson. V. M.— W.1057 E. Madison Av.
Jackson. W. S.— L..180 Murray HiU Av.

James, C. B. — ^A 896 Hough Av.

Janousek. E. A.—W 1772 Broadway

Jarecki. R. W. — L 766 Fairmount St

Jenkins, A. A,—U 648 Willsoa Av.

Jerrett. W. H.— D 10 I^ockwood St

Jewitt R. A.— -M 466 Dunham Av.

Jeschke, M. L.— W S3 Livingston St

Johnson, H. H.— I, Overlook Rd.

Jones. E, M.— W

1143 Woodland Hills Av.

Jones. E. P. — D 68 F,asfman St

Jones. O. I.— A 292 Prospect St

Jones, M. D. — ^W Independence St

Joslyn. K. E.— W Guilford House

Kabatchnick. S. — h 52 Brookdale St

Kaechele, A.— A 78 Aaron St

Kaiser. J. B.— A 87 Brookfield St

Keeler. J. A.—W Guilford House

Keim. C. R— A 616 Bolton Av.

Kelly. E. U.— W 26 Vienna St

Kelly, W. W.— A 26 Vienna St

Kendall. M. B.— W 1806 Cedar Av.

Kennan, R R — W Guilford House

Kennerdell, T. R. — A.. 88 Merchants Av.

Kent D. M.— D 120 Stndley St

Kenyan, H. C— D 677 Arcade

Kiefer. L. R.— W Guilford Hoose

Kilbourn. P. H.— M 806 The Hannah

Kimberly, B. R— A... 2076 Denison Av.

King. A. A.— A 201 Adelbert St

King, G. A.— W Guilford House

King. E. M.— W GuUford Hoose

Kingsbury, F. A. — A.. 82 Aubumdale Av.
Kinsey, A.—W 40 J4 Breck Av.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESBRVE UNIVERSITY

287

Kiplinger, C. C— A 7 Fern St

Kirk. H. W.— W 27 Brookfield St

Kirkbride, C T.— L. .181 Murray HUl Av.

Kline. J. C— D 1879 I^exington Av.

Knapp. A. C— D 287 Prospect St

Knight, P. S.— L 19 Birchdale St

Koch, C. H.— A 67 Conover St

Kollar, J. B.— A 262 Sibley St

Koller, A. H.— A 132 Laurel St

Kovanda, E. J.— A 166 Quincy St

Kraus, A. S.— L 8 Becker St

KrausB, C. L. — W 1907 Superior St

Kreidel, £. Z.— D 460 Euclid Av.

Krejii. L. A.— D 200 Forest St

Kummer, H. O. — W .... Guilford House

LaBarge, E. J.— D 179 Streator Av.

Ladd, L. H^.— M....108 EJgcwood PI.

Lamport, G.~W 8 York St

Large, S. H.— M 686 Rose Bldg.

Laubscher, G. G.— A 184 Duane St

Laughrcn, W. A.— L. 1671 Woodland Av.

Laurcr, C— D The Gladstone

Lavell, R. A.— Ly 54 Hough PI.

Lawrence, E. J. — M

418 The Ellington

Lawrence, J. — ^L 700 Genesee Av.

Lea. F. W.— A 12 Adelbert Hall

Lee, A. M.— A 167 Cornell St

Lee, R. L.— A 163 Cornell St

Lcet, K. F.— L 20 Lake View A v.

Leggett B. C— G 2662 Euclid Av.

Lembeck, F. R.— W 46 Streator Av.

Lemperly, L.— W 674 Franklin Av.

Lemmerman, K. — A 25 Cook St

Lcnhart H. H.—A 2188 Doan St

Libby, G. L.-— W 220 Princeton St

Lincoln, W. R. — M..210 Lennox Bldg.

Lind, S. C— A 727 Genesee St

Linn, I.— G 1 51 Courtland St

Linn, L. R.— W 112 Dibble Av.

Lippencott, E. T.— L 1812 Doan St

Lipschitz, B.— D 100 Greenwood St

Lofland. E. A.— W Haydn Hall

Logue, J. C— A 1 Plymouth St

Lombard, B. A.— W 462 Giddings

Longsworth, M. E. — W.. Guilford House
Longs worth, W. I.— A.. 201 Adelbert St

Lord, E. E.--W Guilford House

Lothrop, V. I.— W 684 Jennings Av.

Lower, IV. JS.— M 276 Prospect St

Lawman, /. H. — M 441 Prospect St

Lucas, W. P.— M 40 Idlewood Av.

Luehrs. F. M.— W....680 WiUson Av.

Luchrs. N. M.— W 680 Willson Av.

Lyman. F. H. — W....190 Greenwood St

Lyman, L. — ^D 190 Greenwood St

Lyman, M. E.— W Guilford House

Lynch, F. H.— Ly 40 Knox St

LytUe. C. H.—A 62 Arlington St

McCall, J. J.— L 168 Streator Av.

McDowell, J. R.—M 41 The Gary

McCorkle, J. R.— A Adelbert Hall

McDole, H. K.— W 61 Dartmouth St

McFall, J. B.— W Guilford House

McFate, J. C— M 176 Cnestnut St

McGuire, G.' H.— W 87 Bclmore Rd.

McHenry, J. H.— M..207 Osborn Bldg.

McKean, R. B.— W 767 Logan Av.

McKelvy, E.— A 161 Cornell St

McMullin, B. B.— A 151 Cornell St

McMyler, H. T— A Warrensvillc

McWatters, G. R.— A 125 Adelbert St

MacGregor, H. E.— L 1812 Doan St

Macintosh, G. S.— A 246 Holmden St

Maclntyre, A. L.— W..136 Sawtell Av.
Mttcleod, J. J. i?.— M..288 Van Ness Av.

Magner, C. T.— D 67 Burt St

Malin, W. C— A Glenville

Malone, C B.— A 702 E. Prospect St

Maloney, C. H. — D..101 Huntington St
Maloney, W. A. — D..101 Huntington St

Maltby, B. T.— D 608 Prospect St

Mann, A. S., — L 3 Bennington St

Mann, M. — Ly

Carnegie Library, Pittsburg

Mann, R. L. — W 40 Hollister St

Marble, E. A.— W Haydn Hall

March, H. W.— A 163 Cornell St

Markus, D. — A 44 Linden St

Marsh, A. J.— A 24 Adelbert Hall

Marshall. J. H.—A 161 Cornell St

Martin, G. J. — A 436 Jennings Av.

Martin, W. C. — A 84 Marvin Av.

Marvin, W. T.—A 2662 Euclid Av.

Maska, L. A.— D 3 Arch St

Mason, G.— W 38 Bellflower Av.

Mattill. H. A.— A 430 Rosedale Av.

Mattingly, C. K.— D 162 Chestnut St

Maxwell, W. H.— D 8586 Euclid Av.

Mead, D. L.— W 1 Arey Av.

Mchling, L. M.— W 487 Jennings Av.

Merriam, W. H.— M 276 Prospect St

Merrill, G. E.— W Haydn Hall

Merrills, B. N.— A Adelbert Hall

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

288

DIRECTORY

[1904-I905

Metzcnbaum, J.— L 1117 Case Av.

Meugcr. S. J.— A 24 Adclbcrt Hal!

Mcub, W. H.— A 187 Brandon St

Meyer, E. S.—A 04 Glen Park PI.

Meyer, J. H.— A 844 Logan Av.

Michel, E. R— W 1860 Superior St

Miller, C. R.— A 86 Billings Av.

Miller, C. W.— A 1951 Doan St.

Miller, W. R— L 36 Billings Av.

Miller, W. T.— A....999 E, Madison Av.

Miller, Z. K.— Ly Guilford House

Millikin, B. Z..— M 860 Euclid Av.

Mills, /.—A 18 Adelbert HaU

Minnig, A. — ^A 628 Superior St.

Miser, W. G.— A 101 Halscy St.

Mitchell, G. C— D The Gladstone

Mitcbnick, M.— A 9 Adelbert HaU

Moffett, H. E.— D 1018 Scranton Av.

Moflfet, R. R— L 716 N. Logan Av.

Molony, M. C. — ^W....166 Jennings Av.

Moore, L. G.— M 41 The Gary

Moorehouse, G. W, — M..d42 Logan Av.

Morgan, A. L.— W 2232 Willson Av.

Morgan, J. R— L..180 Murray HiU Av,

Morley, E. W.—K

The Everlyne, 63 Ingleside Av.
Morris, C. A.— L..189 W. Madison Av.
Morris, M. A.— W..189 W. Madison Av.
Morris, M. E.— -W. . . .'r68 Superior St.
Motherwell, R. B.— A.. 2188 Doan St.

Mount, L. D,— D 304 Sibley St

Moyer, C. E.— L 284 Linwood Av.

Moysey, M. K.— W Guilford House

Mueller, A.— W 862 Cfcdar Av.

Mueller, G. J. F.— A 1049 Doan St

Mueller, G. M.--W 780 WUlson Av.

Murphy, R. C— L 90 Liberty St

Myers, C. Z..— W 116 Ridgewood Av.

Myers, R. V.—A 1617 Cedar Av.

Mygatt, C. S.—D 304 Sibley St

Nauman, K. B.— A 24 Crawford PI.

Nearpass, H. L. — ^A Hiram House

Neer, E. D. W.— M

Erie & St. Qair Sts.

NeflF. M. D.—D 46 Archwood Av.

Neubrand, N. D.— W Bridge St Berea

Ncwhard. M.— W Haydn Hall

Newman, M. R — Ly. ..843 Painnount St

Newton, N. B.— W 408 Prospect St

Niebes, L. T.— W 144 Florence St

Niederhauser, F. D. — A

820 Fairmount St

Nimmons. W. T.— L 127 Murray Hill Av.

Nisbet V. A.— W 489 RosseU Av.

Nord, W. G.— A 60 BeUflower Av.

Nostran, E. L. V.— W..204 Harkoeas Av.
Nostran, R. V.— W....204 Harkncss Av.
Norton, J. T.— A..516 E. Prospect St
Norton, S. C— Ly 901 Crawford Rd.

Oakley, L. M.— W 800 Hough Av.

O'Connor, B. E.— L Wflbor Ct

O'Connor, J. H. A.— L Wilbur Ct

Oldenberg, F. C— A...667 Scranton Av.

Olin, H. E.— A 174 Fairchnd St

Opperman, A. E. — ^A. .14 Westchester Av.

Orr, C. — Ly 1662 Lamont St

Ortii, C.~W 1088 Pearl St

Osborn, W. O.— M 275 Prospect St

Osborne, C. N.— A 1951 Doan St

Osborne, R. M.— W GuUford House

Osmond, J. D.— A 1957 Doan St

Palmie, A. //.— W 48 Mayfield St

Parisen, G. B.— M 161 Chestnut St

Parker, J. L.— A 201 Adelbert St

Parks, B. C— W Guilford House

Parks, P. K.— W 81 Nantucket St

Peabody, M. A.— W 64 Wabash At.

Peiser, S.—G. Woodland and Willson Av.

Pelton. F. H.--L Adelbert HaU

Pennewell, C, £.— L 1254 Willson Av.

Pennington, G. L.— W....79 Hough Av.

Perkins, E. Af.— W 121 Adelbert St

Perkins, R. G.—U 1627 Euclid Ave.

Peterka, E.— M 61 Goethe St

Peterson, E. A. — ^M 2626 Broadway

Petrash, A. J.— A. . . # 1191 Broadway

Petty, J. R.— A East Oevelaad

Pfeiffer, F. E.— L 69 Mayfield St

Phelan, L. H.— A 698 Bridge St

Pheneger, C. R— D 87 Hillsdale Av.

Phillips. E. D.—D 287 Prospect St

Phillips, G. A. — L...8 Scranton Terrace

Pickering, E. D. —A The Bellegrade

Pierce, R H. H.— A 1812 Doan St

Pierson, A. M. — Ly. . . .160 Harkness At.

Pierson, P. L— A 208 Adelbert St

Pilcher, J. D.— M 54 Anbumdale Av.

Plainer, S, B.— A 24 Cornell St

Pomerene, J.— A 47 Allandale St

Pontius, B. B.— D 12 Smiley At.

Pope, C— M 260 Euclid At.

Pope, P. M.— A 127 Murray Hill At.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

1 904-1905] WESTERN RESERVIC UNIVERSITY

289

Porter, M. F.-
Potter, H. M.-
Potwin, L, S.—
Powell, H. H,-
PowcH, H. J.-
Povey, W, C-
Power, B. L.—
Prendergast, D.
Friday, C. H.— ]
Prowitt, H. P.

-W 20 Kenwood St

-A.... 116 Ridgewood St

-A 389 Rosedale Av.

-M 467 Prospect St

-M 297 Taylor St

-M 698 Hough Av.

■Ly 50 Landon St

A.— M 92 Burton St

D 8538 Euclid Av.

M 102 Adelbert St

Quass, R. L.— A 1951 Doan St

Quay. J.— W 4050 Euclid Av.

Quayle, H. A.— L 290 Sibley St

Radcliffe. E. E— A 185 Cedar Av.

Raddiffc, E. J.— W 51 Penn St

Rayner, B. C— W..59 Edmunds Terrace

Reece. E J.— Ly

59 Beersford PI., E. Cleveland

Rcely, C. L-— A 127 Murray Hill Av.

Reeve, M. E— W Guilford House

Reich, P.— Ly 186 Woodbridge Av.

Reid, M. L-— W 80 Gladstone St

Remington, H. — L 425 Rosedale Av.

Rice, G. C— L 2192 Doan St

Rice, S. A, V.—D 262 Prospect St

Richardson, M.—W 12 Oakland St

Riemenschneider, C. A. — L

161 Beechwood Av.

Rieske, F,— D 806 Fairfield Av.

Risch, J. F.— D 881 Prospect St

Risdon, C. — Ly 108 Edgewood pi.

Riser, M. — Custodian 48 Mentor Av.

Ritterspach, F. J. — M..418 The Ellington

Robb, H.—M 702 Rose Bldg.

Roberts, B. B.— A 234 Lin wood Av.

Roberts, E. L. — W Guilford House

Roberts, N. M.—W 80 Sayles St

Robertson, W. S".— W..28 Adelbert Hall

Robbins, O. C— W

Overlook Rd., Euclid Heights

Robinson, L. L. — L 805 Fairmount St

Robison, W. L.— A 5 Hayward St

Rogers, C C— D 881 Prospect St

Rogers, M. J.— W 59 Beersford PI.

Root, A. S.—hy Oberlin, O.

Root F. R. — Ly 866 Fairmount St

Rosenwasser, H. — G

Woodland and Willson Av.

Ross, G. A. R.— D 175 Dodge St

Ruetenik, B. P.--A...1246 Scranton Av.

Ruffin, L. M.— W 4 Hudson St

Rusbatch, S. M.—W 88 Bolton Av.

Saltzgaber, G. V. H.— L...1946 Doan St

Sammler, W.— W Haydn Hall

Sandoe, D. N.— M..Erie and St Clair St

Sanford, H. L.—Jd 207 Osborn Bldg.

Sawyer, J. P.— M 586 Rose Bldg.

Sayle, F. M.— M 1499 Cedar Av.

Schaechterle, J. F.~A..16 Adelbert Hall
Schart, W. L.— A.. 1174 E Madison Av.

Scheier. E.— W

22 Cad well Av., Mayfield Heights

Scheuer, J.— A 16 Adelbert Hall

Schleicher, E P.— W 101 Bolton Av.

Schmidt, H. L.— W 110 Noble Rd.

Schneider, F. R.— W Haydn Hall

Schuele, L. C— W 16 Jay St

Schulte, W. A. — A 61 Stanwood Av.

Schultr, M. E— A 2071 Doan St

Schultx, O.— M..Erie and St Clair Sts.

Schwab, I. A.— W 1076 Case Av.

Schwartz, H.— W 40 Collamer Av.

Scranton, H. G.— M...20 Lake View Av.

Seagrave, W. H.— A 158 Cornell St

Seagraves, P. V. — A 22 Knox St

Season, E, B. — M 2288 Euclid Av.

Scliskar, J.— M 20 Norwood St

Selman, D.— A 1178 Case Av.

Selminski, H.— W 22 The Hazard

Semple, M. V.— L..156 Murray Hill Av.

Scnscl, E. H.— L 124 Putnam St

Senseny, H. M. — A 148 Lincoln Av.

Severance, A. D. — W 1981 Euclid Av.

Sieber, J. B.— A 112 Cornell St

Sill, R. H.— M Charity Hospital

Silver, T. H.— A 161 Cornell St

Singer, W. E— A..156 Murray Hill Av.

Sipe. D. R.— A 127 Murray Hill Av.

Shackleion, W, B.— M...810 The Osborn

Shannon, H. C— L 2298 Euclid Av.

Shaw, A. J.— A 12 Adelbert Hall

Shaw, O. E— W 27 Brookfield St

Shepard, B. H.— Ly

The Pelton, 187 Jennings Av.

Shepherd, H. D.— W Guilford House

Sherman, A. — W Guilford House

Sherwood. Z. O.— A 24 Adelbert Hall

Shribcr, B. A.— D 508 Prospect St

Shulcr, W., Jr.— A.. 127 Murray Hill Av.

Shulman, B. O.— L 14 Stranwood St

Skecl, E. L.— L 95 Adelbert St

Skinner, H. H.— M

286 Commonwealth Av.

Smisek, V. M.—W 58 Kenwood St

Smith, C. /.—A 85 Adelbert St

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

290

DIRECTORY

[1904-1905

Smith, E. F.— M 7 Wycomb PL

Smith, G. H.— D 160 Kenilworth St.

Smith, G. W.— D 178 Herald St.

Smith, H. — W 87 Graamere SL

Smith, H. D.— D 117 Adelbert St.

Smith, H. F.— D 11 Cheshire St.

Smith, J. W.— L .' .8088 Endid At.

Smith, M. C— Ly M Mt Vernon St.

Smith. M. M.— M lOSl Eudid At.

Smith, M. v.— W 888 Hough At.

Smith, R. G.— G Eudid. O.

Snow, R. R.— L 55 Belmore Rd.

Sober. W.— W Guilford Houae

Solbcrg, O. E.— W Haydn HaU

SoUmoHH, r.—M 109 Handy St.

Solomonson, S. H.— M 10S8 Caae At.

Souers, !«. E. — L.... Cedar and Watkina

Spence, H. L.-~M 1160 Madiaon At.

Spieth, h. C— L 17 Hough PL

Spitzer, G. G.— A 80 Wierfidd St.

Steams, A. i4.—L 87 Oakdale St.

Stearns, H. J. — Ly GuUford House

Stein, L. I.— W 1065 Case At.

Stdn, R.— W 1066 Case At.

Steinbrcnner, W. H. — L..92 Kinsman Sl

Stevens, G. E-— W 5 Lake View At.

Stevens, H. F.— W....5 Lake View At.
Stewart. C. C— M.Erie and Sl Clair Sta.

Stewart. G. H.— A 08 Decker Av.

Stewart, J. R.—M 821 t,ogan At.

Stickle, A. R.— A 161 Cornell St.

Stickle, R. J.— A 161 CogicU St

Stickney, I. M.— A 106 Walton At.

Stilwell. W. M.— W....87 Stanwood Rd.

Stone. F. A.— L 131 Murray HUl At.

Storey, A. 5.— M 67 Malcom St

Stowcll, F. Z.— W 67 Cutler St

Stuart, C. C. — M 106 The Lennox

Stumpf, C. L.— W 719 Denison Av.

Strachan, W. M.— A 2428 Broadway

Streich, C A.— G 87 Collins PL

Strickland, C J.— W Guilford House

Strickler. M. F.— W GuUford House

Strong, C A.— A Adelbert Hall

Suffinsky, C. J.— L 86 Sanford St.

Suffinksy, J.— L 86 Sanford St

Suits, J. C.~W 60 Bertram St

Suliot, M. E.— W Haydn HaU

Sunkle, R, H,—U

Pearl St. and Qark At.

Sutphcn, J. W.— L 767 Prospect St

Sutton, G. C— A 491 Central At.

Sutton, S. S.— L 491 Central At.

Sweartngen, N. B.—W Haydn HaU

Switzer. U E.— W 85 Lohengrin St

Talbott. E. T.— D

The Hawthorne. Dodge St

Taylor, E. B.— W Gnilford Hoose

Taylor, /. T. — M 2163 Superior St

Taylor. W. R.— A 78 Oakdale St

Talcott, G. H.— W

Rosedale At. and Crawford Rd.
Talcott. W. R— A

Rosedale At. and Crawford Rd.

Temple, A. R — L 178 Stivator At.

Terrell, L. A.— W 224 Ointon St

Terrdl. T. L.— A 224 Clinton St

Thacher. M. A.— W Haydn HaD

Thomaa, E. H.— W 840 Hough At.

Thomaa. G. F. — M The Deanna

Thomas. G. L.— W 85 Warner Rd.

Thomas. H. A.— W 489 Sibley St

Thomaa. H. H.— A 489 Sibley St

Thomas, /. /.— M 168 Crawford Rd.

Thomas, O. T.— M 85 Edgewood PL

Thomaa. R. U— A 15 Viemui St

Thompson. J. P. — L 142 Cornell St

Thompson, L. R.— A 21 Adelbert Hall

Thwing, C. F. — ^President

66 Bellflower At.

Tiemey, J. 5.— M 582 Rose Bldg.

Torrey, B, L.— W

4132 Eudid At.. E. OeTdand

Tower, O. P. — ^A 2882 Eudid At.

Townsend, E. E. — Ly. .865 Fairmount St

Towslee, L. C— W 406 Osbora Bldg.

Tracy, F. E.— W Eudid At.

Trask, M. E.— W....142 Beechwood St

Triffit, E. L.~L 1812 Doan St

Troivbridge, F. L. — L 84 Miles At.

Tuckerman, U M. — W... Guilford House

Tweedie, A. M.— M 161 Chestnut St

Tyler, C W.— L 26 Grace At.

Tyler. E. J.—A 281 Harkness At.

Upjohn, BliMobeth—M. . .Kiagmore Bldg.
Upson, H, ^.— M..614 New England Bldg.
Urquhart, L. C— A.... 2228 WUlsoo At.

Valkenburg, H. V.— D...11 Cheshire St

Vance. J. G.— L 1 Arey At.

Van Doom, /. fV.—D 456 Arcade

Vaughn. J. L. — L 108 Commodore St

Vickery. L. H.— W....S04 Van Ness At.

Vincent. F. W. — M Hiram House

Vitz, J. F.— A 46 Marvin At.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

I904-1905] WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY

291

Vitz, C. P. P.— Ly 46 Marvin At.

Vliet, C. v.— W 878 Harkness Av.

Von den Steinen, E. — M.47 Arlington St

Wachner, S. C— A 80 Woodland Cl

Waddle, G. A.— L..181 Murray Hill At.

Wagner, H, G.—U 702 Rose Bldg.

Wait. M. C—W 17 Republic PI.

Woite, P. C— M 77 HiUburn Av.

Walea, C. I.— Ly 40 Knox St.

Wallace, A. E— W GuUford House

Wallace, C M.— A Willoughby

Wallace, S. J.— I. Northfield

Walworth, R. E.— A 117 Adelbcrt St.

Ward, B. B.— M 8700 Euclid Av.

Ward, E. G.—W...*.... .Guilford House

Ward, W. P.— A S86 Ursula St 1

JVark, /. F.—D 368 Cedar Av.

Warner. A. R.— M 739 Hough Av.

Waters, R. M.— A 174 Fairchild St

Watkins, Mabel— -W ... 366 Amesbury Av.
Watkins, Mary — ^W. . . .866 Amesbury Av.

Watson. Z. M.— W Guilford House

Watterson, W. J.— A.. 152 Hawthorne St

Way, H. L.— W 1082 Central Av.

Weber, H. G.— D 20 Cheshire St

Weber, O. A.— M 41 The Cary

Webster, C. E— D...217 Huntington St

Wcdow, P. M.— W 08 TUden Av.

Wcedman, D. V. — D 20 Cheshire St

Weeks, R. O.— W 48 Mayfield St

JVekr, C. /.— M 2280 Euclid Av.

Weir, W. H.—U 260 Euclid Av.

Wells, B.— W Haydn Hall

Wendelken, C. W.— M...28 The Charles

Whipple, R. H.— A 771 Denison Av.

White, A. B.— A 10 La Grange St

White, E— W Euclid, O.

White. H. C— L 844 Harkness Av.

White, H. L.— W 8 Knowlton Av.

WhiUock, P. W.— A 60 Fowler St

Whitman, P, P.— A 70 Adelbert St

Whittern, H. B.— W..60 Woodbridge Av.

Whittlesey, J. M.—hy 27 Oakdale St

Whitworth, E C—W 61 Gor/nan Av.

Wilbur, R. A,—h 820 Fairmount St

Wilcox, A. G.— M 6 Wycomb PI.

Wilcox, O. N.— L 60 Olive St

Williams, C—W 00 Glen Park PI.

Williams, C. £>.— M 717 Rose Bldg.

Williams, E. C— A 1668 Lamont St

Williams, H. K.— A 66 Mayfield St

Williams, J. F.— L 140 Cornell St '

Williams, L. B.— W 127 Streator Av.

Williams, R. L.— A 26 Wilbur St

Williamson, C, C— A...10 Adelbert HaU
Wilson. H. R. C—D.... Hotel Tavistock

Wilson, M.— Ly Guilford House

Wilson, W. J.— A 60 Knox St

'Winger, M. L.— D 708 Republic St

Winter, J. C— A 1267 Euclid Av.

Wise, E R.— A 280 Oark Av.

Witter, C. O.— M.The Latimer, Blaine St

Wolcott, J. V. — L 72 Grasmere St

Wolf, B.— W 816 Kennard St

Wolf. E E— A 42 Fourth Av.

Wonders, D. V.— A..482 Wade Park Av.
Woodard, G. B. — Ly. .Ann Arbor, Mich.

Woods, F. M.— A 40 Shipherd St

Woodward, F.— W 06 Mayfield Rd.

Wormer, V. W. V.— W 27 Kirk St

Wnght, D. /4.— D 804 Cedar Av.

Wright, H. E. G.— D 608 Prospect St

Wright W. W.— D

832 Cook Av., Lake wood, O.
Wyckoff, C W.— M....806 The Hannah

Yaggi, H. K.— M 20 Lake View Av.

Yaggi, L* E— L 20 Lake View Av.

Yoder, H. O.— L 46 Fairchild St

Young, D. J.— L...180 Murray Hill Av.

Young, J.— W 22 Melrose Av.

Young, L. H.— W 22 Melrose Av.

Zavodsky, F. — D Vergennes St

Ziegler, D. H.—D 726 Rose Bldg.

Zinncr, O. J. — A 1242 Broadway

Zismer, A. T.— W 112 Mechanic St

Zom, O. M.— W 608 Sterling Av.

Zottarclli, J. V. — L 46 Fairview Av.

Zurcher, E— W Haydn Hall

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

. INDEX

APPBNDICBS 271

ADELBERT COLLEGE,

Admissioii 41

Aid to Stndcnts 78

Alumni Association 276

Coarse of Study 48-68

Degrees 74

Expenses 77

Faculty 81

Grades of Scholarship 72

Historical Statement 27

Honors 74

Laboratories and Museums 68*

Libraries 68

Physical Training 70

Prises 76

Religious Worshfp 67

Requirements for Admission 41

Scholarship—see Aid.

Students 84

Terms and Vacations 67

ALUMNI ASSOCIATIONS 278

CALENDAR 8

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,

Admission 94

Advisory Council 82

Aid to Students 128

Alumni Association 277

CourseofStudy 100-120

Degrees 122

Dormitory 126

Expenses 128

Faculty 84

General Statement 80

Laboratories 123

Libraries 122

Physical Training 125

Religious Worshm 127

Scholanihip — see Aid.

Students 87

Terms and Vacations 121

DENTAL DEPARTMENT,

Admission 234

Alumni Association 277

Building 245

Clinics 248

Courses of Study 286

Degree 247

Expenses 247

Faculty 220

General Statement 227

Libraries 68,246

Students 281

DIRECTORY 282

FACULTY 8

GRADUATE DEPARTMENT,

Courses of Instruction

Faculty

General Information

Libraries •

Publication Fund

Students

HISTORICAL STATEMENTS. . . .
27, 80. 181. 168, 210, 2

LAW SCHOOL,

Admission

Alumni Assodatlon

Courses of Instruction

Degree — see Examinations.

Examinations

Expenses

Faculty

Historical Statement

Libraries

Location

Moot Courts

Scholarships

Students

University Advantages

LIBRARY SCHOOL,

Admission, ,

Course of Study. . . . ,

Degree

Expenses

Faculty ,

General Statement .

Libraries ,

Students

.'m-3

:::S

... sia
... sni

.68-90$

214

MEDICAL COLLEGE,

Admission 166

Alumni Association 277

Clinics 2tt

Cou rse of Study ITS-IM

Dispensaries 20K

Examinations IM

Expenses 206

Faculty 166

GenersJ Statement ISH

Hospital Appointments 202

Hospitals 20O

Laboratories 197

Libraries * IW

Museums 122

Schedule of Hours 175

Students 162

Text-books 192

PUBLICATION FUND 77

SENATE 7

SUMMARY OP NUMBERS 270

TRUSTEES 6

TRUSTEE COMMITTEES 7

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Western Reserve University bulletin"

See other formats